Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2024-062 - 3/19/2024 - Approved
00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on March 19, 2024, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Reytec Construction Resources, Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 – WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities E17047 ARTICLE 2 – DESIGNER AND OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. 800 N Shoreline, Blvd., Ste 1600N Corpus Christi, TX 78401 LNV, LLC. 801 Navigation Blvd., Ste 300 Corpus Christi, TX 78408 Carollo Engineers 8911 N. Capital of Texas Hwy Austin, TX 78759 Bath Engineering Group 5656 S. Staples St Corpus Christi, TX 78411 Agreement 00 52 23 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 2.02 The Owner’s Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson City of Corpus Christi - Engineering Services 4917 Holly Road, Bldg. No. 5 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 Josephj2@cctexas.com 361-826-3691 ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 1,095 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 1,155 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in Section 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $2,630 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $1,050 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Critical Operations: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 1.03 of Specification 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet critical operations requirements. Agreement 00 52 23 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 – CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ $86,679,500.00 ARTICLE 5 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner’s option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 ARTICLE 6 – INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor’s safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8 – ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor’s fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor’s Bid Form. b. Include Wastewater CD Exhibit if Project pertains to SSO CD work. Agreement 00 52 23 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 – CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services __________________________ AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL ___________________________ Assistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR Reytec Construction Resources, Inc. (Seal Below) By: Title: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 1901 Hollister St. Financial Officer Address Houston TX 77080 City State Zip (713) 957 -4003 Phone Fax greyes@reytec.net EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Rev 12/2021 DJWDBTUSGC!5792!PO!Tufwfot!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbou!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!G///Sfqpsu!Dsfbufe!Po;!2203:03134!:;13;65!QN DJWDBTUSGC!5792!PO!Tufwfot!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbou!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!G///Sfqpsu!Dsfbufe!Po;!2203:03134!:;13;65!QN DJWDBTUSGC!5792!PO!Tufwfot!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbou!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!G///Sfqpsu!Dsfbufe!Po;!2203:03134!:;13;65!QN DJWDBTUSGC!5792!PO!Tufwfot!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbou!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!G///Sfqpsu!Dsfbufe!Po;!2203:03134!:;13;65!QN DJWDBTUSGC!5792!PO!Tufwfot!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbou!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!G///Sfqpsu!Dsfbufe!Po;!2203:03134!:;13;65!QN 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1 Definitions and Terminology ..................................................................................................... 10 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................. 10 1.02 Terminology ................................................................................................................................ 15 Article 2 Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................... 16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ............................................................................. 16 2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................. 16 2.03 Project Management System ...................................................................................................... 16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ...................................................................................................... 17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ................................ 17 Article 3 Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................. 17 3.01 Intent ........................................................................................................................................... 17 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................... 18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...................................................................................... 19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents ................................................................................. 20 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 20 Article 4 Commencement and Progress of the Work .............................................................................. 20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. 20 4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 20 4.03 Progress Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 21 4.04 .................................................................................................. 21 Article 5 Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ................................................................................................................................................... 22 5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................... 22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................................................ 23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................... 24 5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 26 Article 6 Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .................................................................................. 28 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................ 29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage .................................................................................... 29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions ...................................................................................................... 29 6.05 ................................................................................................................ 30 6.06 Property Insurance ...................................................................................................................... 33 6.07 Waiver of Rights .......................................................................................................................... 34 6.08 .................................................................................................... 34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance .............................................................................................. 35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance ............................................................................................................... 35 6.11 Insurance Policies ........................................................................................................................ 35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage ............................................................................................... 35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ...................................................................................................... 35 6.14 ....................................................... 36 Article 7 ..................................................................................................... 38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence .............................................................................................. 38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................. 38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................... 39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 40 7.06 Permits ........................................................................................................................................ 41 7.07 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 41 7.08 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................................................. 41 7.09 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................. 42 7.10 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 43 7.12 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................ 43 7.13 ......................................................................... 43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION ...................................................................................................................... 44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services ................................................................................ 45 Article 8 Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 46 8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 46 8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 47 8.03 Legal Relationships ...................................................................................................................... 47 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Article 9 ........................................................................................... 48 9.01 Communications to Contractor .................................................................................................. 48 9.02 ...................................................................... 48 9.03 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 48 9.04 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................. 48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................... 48 9.06 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 48 9.07 Modifications .............................................................................................................................. 48 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 48 9.09 ......................................................................................... 48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...................................................................... 49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program ................................................................................................ 49 Article 10 .................................................................. 49 10.01 .......................................................................................................... 49 10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................. 49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives ........................................................................................... 49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................ 49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments......................................................................... 50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 50 10.07 ..................................... 50 Article 11 Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents ....................................................... 50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ................................................................................ 51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 52 11.05 Change of Contract Times ....................................................................................................... 52 11.06 Change Proposals .................................................................................................................... 52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 53 11.08 Notice to Surety ...................................................................................................................... 54 Article 12 Change Management .............................................................................................................. 54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal ................................................................................................ 54 12.02 Change Proposals .................................................................................................................... 54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification ................................................................... 55 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 12.04 Substitutions ........................................................................................................................... 55 Article 13 Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 56 13.01 Claims ...................................................................................................................................... 56 13.02 Claims Process ......................................................................................................................... 57 Article 14 Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements ....................................................................................... 58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates ......................................................................................... 58 14.02 Records .................................................................................................................................... 58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense ......................................................................................... 59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates ............................................................................................................. 59 Article 15 Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 59 15.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 59 15.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 63 15.03 Unit Price Work ....................................................................................................................... 63 15.04 Contingencies .......................................................................................................................... 64 Article 16 Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 65 16.01 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................ 65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals ............................................................................................ 65 16.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................ 66 16.05 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................... 67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ....................................................................................... 67 Article 17 Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 67 17.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 67 17.02 Application for Payment ......................................................................................................... 69 17.03 Schedule of Values .................................................................................................................. 71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value ............................................................ 72 17.05 Basis for Payments .................................................................................................................. 73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment ....................................................................... 73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ........................................................................................................... 74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment ......................................................... 74 17.09 ........................................................... 75 17.10 ................................................................................................ 76 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.11 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................... 76 17.12 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... 77 17.13 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 77 17.14 Final Application for Payment ................................................................................................. 77 17.15 Final Payment .......................................................................................................................... 78 17.16 Waiver of Claims ..................................................................................................................... 78 17.17 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 78 Article 18 Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................................................................... 79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................ 79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................ 80 Article 19 Project Management ............................................................................................................... 81 19.01 Work Included ......................................................................................................................... 81 19.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................................... 81 19.03 Document Submittal ............................................................................................................... 81 19.04 Required Permits .................................................................................................................... 81 19.05 Safety Requirements ............................................................................................................... 82 19.06 Access to the Site .................................................................................................................... 82 19.07 .......................................................................................................... 82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities ........................................................................ 83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations.............................................................................. 83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations ........................................................................ 84 19.11 Field Measurements ............................................................................................................... 84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points ......................................................................................... 84 19.13 Delivery and Storage ............................................................................................................... 85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction ................................................................................................. 86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access ...................................................................... 86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control .............................................................................................. 87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires ....................................................................................................... 87 19.18 Blasting .................................................................................................................................... 87 19.19 Archeological Requirements ................................................................................................... 87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources ............................................................................................... 88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies .......................................................................................... 88 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Article 20 Project Coordination ................................................................................................................ 88 20.01 Work Included ......................................................................................................................... 88 20.02 Document Submittal ............................................................................................................... 88 20.03 Communication During Project ............................................................................................... 89 20.04 Project Meetings ..................................................................................................................... 89 20.05 Requests for Information ........................................................................................................ 91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log.................................................................................................. 91 20.07 Notification By Contractor ...................................................................................................... 92 20.08 Record Documents .................................................................................................................. 92 Article 21 Quality Management ............................................................................................................... 94 21.01 .................................................................................................. 94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT .................................................................................. 95 21.03 .................................................................................. 96 21.04 Documentation ....................................................................................................................... 96 21.05 Standards ................................................................................................................................ 97 21.06 Delivery and Storage ............................................................................................................... 97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects.............................................................................. 97 21.08 Test Reports ............................................................................................................................ 97 21.09 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory ........................................................................ 98 21.11 Quality Control Plan ................................................................................................................ 98 21.12 ...................................................................... 100 Article 22 Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................. 101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations ..................................................................................................... 101 22.02 Mediation .............................................................................................................................. 101 Article 23 Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy ................................................................................ 102 23.01 Policy ..................................................................................................................................... 102 23.02 Definitions ............................................................................................................................. 102 23.03 Goals...................................................................................................................................... 103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................ 104 Article 24 Document Management ........................................................................................................ 104 24.01 Work Included ....................................................................................................................... 104 24.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................................. 104 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 24.03 ................................................................................................ 104 24.04 Document Submittal ............................................................................................................. 105 24.05 Document Numbering .......................................................................................................... 105 24.06 Document Requirements ...................................................................................................... 106 Article 25 Shop Drawings ....................................................................................................................... 107 25.01 Work Included ....................................................................................................................... 107 25.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................................. 107 25.03 ................................................................................................ 107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................ 109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports ........................................................................................ 109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees .................................................................................................. 110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures .................................................................................... 110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures .......................................................................... 112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products ............................................................................................... 113 25.10 Requests for Deviation .......................................................................................................... 113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities ...................................................................................................... 114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements ................................................................................................. 116 Article 26 Record Data ........................................................................................................................... 117 26.01 Work Included ....................................................................................................................... 117 26.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................................. 117 26.03 ................................................................................................ 117 26.04 Record Data Requirements ................................................................................................... 118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports ........................................................................................ 118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees .................................................................................................. 119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures ....................................................................................... 119 26.08 .................................................................................................... 120 Article 27 Construction Progress Schedule ............................................................................................ 121 27.01 Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 121 27.02 Document Submittal ............................................................................................................. 121 27.03 Schedule Requirements ........................................................................................................ 121 27.04 Schedule Revisions ................................................................................................................ 123 27.05 Float Time.............................................................................................................................. 123 Article 28 Video and Photographic documentation .............................................................................. 124 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 28.01 Work Included ....................................................................................................................... 124 28.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................................. 124 28.03 Document Submittal ............................................................................................................. 124 28.04 Photographs .......................................................................................................................... 125 28.05 Video Recording .................................................................................................................... 125 Article 29 Execution and Closeout ......................................................................................................... 125 29.01 Substantial Completion ......................................................................................................... 125 29.02 Final Inspections.................................................................................................................... 126 29.03 Reinspection Fees ................................................................................................................. 126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................ 127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ............................................................................................................... 127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements......................................................................... 127 Article 30 Miscellaneous ........................................................................................................................ 128 30.01 Computation of Times........................................................................................................... 128 30.02 ....................................................................... 128 30.03 Independent Contractor ....................................................................................................... 129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ........................................................................................................... 129 30.05 Limitation of Damages .......................................................................................................... 129 30.06 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................. 129 30.07 Severability ............................................................................................................................ 129 30.08 Survival of Obligations .......................................................................................................... 130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries ................................................................................................. 130 30.10 Assignment of Contract......................................................................................................... 130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity ........................................................................................ 130 30.12 Controlling Law ..................................................................................................................... 130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue ................................................................................... 130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury........................................................................................................... 130 30.15 Attorney Fees ........................................................................................................................ 130 30.16 Compliance with Laws........................................................................................................... 131 30.17 Enforcement.......................................................................................................................... 131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation ....................................................................................................... 131 30.19 Contract Sum......................................................................................................................... 131 30.20 .................................................................... 131 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.21 Notices. ................................................................................................................................. 131 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the terms singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (CERCLA); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (RCRA); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 21. Contractors Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OARs recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 32. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award - The notice of Owners intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the Citys officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owners Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owners Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owners Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractors plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information, solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractors Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to at no additional cost to Owner, at Contractors expense, or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. endar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms as allowed, as approved, as ordered, as directed, or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to reasonable, suitable, acceptable, proper, satisfactory, or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words furnish, install, perform, and provide have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 equipment, but do not expressly use the words furnish, install, perform, or provide. F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word all is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words furnish, install, perform, provide, or similar words include the meaning of the phrase The Contractor shall... before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPTs project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule, which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractors Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all g verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00 - 19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designers or OARs interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractors Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractors Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. O exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the C performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays. Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractors Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractors performance or progress is delayed, disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contracto interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractors Team. ARTICLE 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 00 72 00 - 22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractors Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractors Teams operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractors Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The c of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommen conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendation connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend act recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 00 72 00 - 26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims : 1. aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern br costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set- creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals Team that was not created b: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractors obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owners termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 00 72 00 - 29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract J. indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsemen primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the wor 6.05 A. 1. employee company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet al Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death 3. coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insura providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. En- Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds $5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella lity, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Pro 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow fo 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created nd other property insurance. 6.08 A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 00 72 00 - 35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 City of Corpus Christi Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 A. Definitions: 1. - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project by the governmental entity. 3. - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the c the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 00 72 00 - 37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self- Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owners consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OARs consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Years Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 00 72 00 - 38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.B 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractors reasonable objections. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owners notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractors Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractors Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractors obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractors Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owners exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractors compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractors Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractors Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractors Team. E. Contractors duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractors Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owners safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owners safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractors General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractors warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractors warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractors obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractors obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractors performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractors Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owners defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractors Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractors Team, (ii) Contractors Teams action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owners employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owners sole negligence. C. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractors Team. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractors Team or other individuals or entities under workers compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractors Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released, waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractors counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owners consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owners full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 00 72 00 - 45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 services are required to carry out Contractors responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractors design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designers review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designers review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractors Work. This other work may be performed by Owners employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractors Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractors Work. Contractors failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractors Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractors Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractors ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractors Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owners employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owners contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractors obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 OWNERS AND OPTS RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owners Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owners duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owners responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owners responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPTs responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPTs Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractors means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractors failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPTs responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10 OARS AND DESIGNERS STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owners Representative A. OAR is Owners representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owners representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designers visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designers authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owners quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owners representative as described in the Contract Documents. OARs visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OARs authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designers authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designers authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designers authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OARs authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designers decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designers decision. 10.07 Limitations on OARs and Designers Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractors Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractors Team. ARTICLE 11 AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designers approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractors safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractors fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owners correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractors agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractors submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13 CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 00 72 00 - 56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which -compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, knowledge and belief, the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12, shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. recommendation regarding a Claim, the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14 PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. 3(b) Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. 58 Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15 COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractors employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractors Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractors Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractors employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor- and Subcontractor-owned machinery, trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the wĻƓƷğƌ wğƷĻ .ƌǒĻ .ƚƚƉ and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractors Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractors officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 00 72 00 - 61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractors principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractors fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractors office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractors capital expenses, including interest on Contractors capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractors Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractors fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractors indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractors fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. 5.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. 5.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. Paragraphs 15.05.B.1 through 15.05.B.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractors costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.B.1 and 15.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractors overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OARs decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OARs decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractors selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 16 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractors safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPTs acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractors purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractors obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owners special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPTs evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPTs observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractors intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owners right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractors Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractors services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractors Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owners rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractors conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractors failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractors Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractors failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; l. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 00 72 00 - 73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arr E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of t necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractors Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractors notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owners use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractors coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owners assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owners use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractors obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractors access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractors performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractors other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPTs reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OARs recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractors failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractors continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OARs instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. Contractors obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractors obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractors persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractors creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractors insolvency; 5. Contractors disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractors repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. ork with diligence; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 8. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OARs request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. nstructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the -of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in a delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. shall state: General Conditions 00 72 00 - 86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. required permits from the Owner 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20 PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. epresentatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 A. Quality Control Plan. B. Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 00 72 00 - 95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products 4. 5. ted Work. D. which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 A. anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test report activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may subm Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratory B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; l. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Article 25. d to review the document before General Conditions 00 72 00 - 98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Supp 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the D. personnel. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. mitted and before approval. 21.12 A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22 FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 00 72 00 - 101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit, either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-sts. Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County, Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23 MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 00 72 00 - 102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities. The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 00 72 00 - 103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. . h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 00 72 00 - 105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Article 25 for approval of product Certified Test Report Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25 SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 00 72 00 - 107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 00 72 00 - 109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 00 72 00 - 111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. d in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. ll not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 5. of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26 RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. ities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use softwa h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the statu further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26 required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data - , and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to res ARTICLE 27 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project, transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30 MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exerci access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractors Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractors Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractors Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County, Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for pay General Conditions 00 72 00 - 130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein, and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractors Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractors guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00 - 132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 #Hfofsbm!Efdjtjpo!Ovncfs;!UY31321132!1201203132!! Tvqfstfefe!Hfofsbm!Efdjtjpo!Ovncfs;!UY31311132!! Tubuf;!Ufybt!! Dpotusvdujpo!Uzqf;!Ifbwz!! Dpvoujft;!Ovfdft!boe!Tbo!Qbusjdjp!Dpvoujft!jo!Ufybt/!! IFBWZ!DPOTUSVDUJPO!QSPKFDUT!)jodmvejoh!Tfxfs!boe!Xbufs!Mjof!! Dpotusvdujpo!boe!Esbjobhf!Qspkfdut*!! Opuf;!Voefs!Fyfdvujwf!Psefs!)FP*!24769-!bo!ipvsmz!njojnvn!xbhf!! pg!%21/:6!gps!dbmfoebs!zfbs!3132!bqqmjft!up!bmm!dpousbdut!! tvckfdu!up!uif!Ebwjt.Cbdpo!Bdu!gps!xijdi!uif!dpousbdu!jt!bxbsefe!! )boe!boz!tpmjdjubujpo!xbt!jttvfe*!po!ps!bgufs!Kbovbsz!2-!3126/!! Jg!uijt!dpousbdu!jt!dpwfsfe!cz!uif!FP-!uif!dpousbdups!nvtu!qbz!! bmm!xpslfst!jo!boz!dmbttjgjdbujpo!mjtufe!po!uijt!xbhf!! efufsnjobujpo!bu!mfbtu!%21/:6!qfs!ipvs!)ps!uif!bqqmjdbcmf!! xbhf!sbuf!mjtufe!po!uijt!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo-!jg!ju!jt!ijhifs*!! gps!bmm!ipvst!tqfou!qfsgpsnjoh!po!uif!dpousbdu!jo!dbmfoebs!! zfbs!3132/!!Jg!uijt!dpousbdu!jt!dpwfsfe!cz!uif!FP!boe!b!!! dmbttjgjdbujpo!dpotjefsfe!ofdfttbsz!gps!qfsgpsnbodf!pg!xpsl!po!!! uif!dpousbdu!epft!opu!bqqfbs!po!uijt!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo-!uif!!! dpousbdups!nvtu!qbz!xpslfst!jo!uibu!dmbttjgjdbujpo!bu!mfbtu!!! uif!xbhf!sbuf!efufsnjofe!uispvhi!uif!dpogpsnbodf!qspdftt!tfu!!! gpsui!jo!3:!DGS!6/6)b*)2*)jj*!)ps!uif!FP!njojnvn!xbhf!sbuf-!! jg!ju!jt!ijhifs!uibo!uif!dpogpsnfe!xbhf!sbuf*/!!Uif!FP!njojnvn!!! xbhf!sbuf!xjmm!cf!bekvtufe!boovbmmz/!!Qmfbtf!opuf!uibu!!! uijt!FP!bqqmjft!up!uif!bcpwf.nfoujpofe!uzqft!pg!dpousbdut!!! foufsfe!joup!cz!uif!gfefsbm!hpwfsonfou!uibu!bsf!tvckfdu!!! up!uif!Ebwjt.Cbdpo!Bdu!jutfmg-!cvu!ju!epft!opu!bqqmz!!! up!dpousbdut!tvckfdu!pomz!up!uif!Ebwjt.Cbdpo!Sfmbufe!Bdut-!!! jodmvejoh!uiptf!tfu!gpsui!bu!3:!DGS!6/2)b*)3*.)71*/!Beejujpobm!!! jogpsnbujpo!po!dpousbdups!sfrvjsfnfout!boe!xpslfs!qspufdujpot!!! voefs!uif!FP!jt!bwbjmbcmf!bu!xxx/epm/hpw0xie0hpwdpousbdut/!! Npejgjdbujpo!Ovncfs!!!!!Qvcmjdbujpo!Ebuf!! !!!!!!!!!!1!!!!!!!!!!!!!1201203132! +!!TVUY2:98.112!2301202:98!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!Sbuft!!!!!!!!!!Gsjohft!! DBSQFOUFS!)Fydmvejoh!Gpsn!!!!! Tfuujoh*/////////////////////////%!!:/16!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!! Dpodsfuf!Gjojtifs////////////////%!!8/67!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!! FMFDUSJDJBO//////////////////////%!24/48!!!!!!!!!!!!!3/69!! !!!! Mbcpsfst;!!!! !!!!!Dpnnpo//////////////////////%!!8/36!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!Vujmjuz/////////////////////%!!8/79! ! Qpxfs!frvjqnfou!pqfsbupst;!!!! !!!!!Cbdlipf/////////////////////%!!:/32!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!Npups!Hsbefs////////////////%!!9/83!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! ................................................................!! XFMEFST!.!Sfdfjwf!sbuf!qsftdsjcfe!gps!dsbgu!qfsgpsnjoh!! pqfsbujpo!up!xijdi!xfmejoh!jt!jodjefoubm/!! >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>!! !!! Opuf;!Fyfdvujwf!Psefs!)FP*!24817-!Ftubcmjtijoh!Qbje!Tjdl!Mfbwf!! gps!Gfefsbm!Dpousbdupst!bqqmjft!up!bmm!dpousbdut!tvckfdu!up!uif!! Ebwjt.Cbdpo!Bdu!gps!xijdi!uif!dpousbdu!jt!bxbsefe!)boe!boz!! tpmjdjubujpo!xbt!jttvfe*!po!ps!bgufs!Kbovbsz!2-!3128/!!Jg!uijt!! dpousbdu!jt!dpwfsfe!cz!uif!FP-!uif!dpousbdups!nvtu!qspwjef!! fnqmpzfft!xjui!2!ipvs!pg!qbje!tjdl!mfbwf!gps!fwfsz!41!ipvst!! uifz!xpsl-!vq!up!67!ipvst!pg!qbje!tjdl!mfbwf!fbdi!zfbs/!! Fnqmpzfft!nvtu!cf!qfsnjuufe!up!vtf!qbje!tjdl!mfbwf!gps!uifjs!! pxo!jmmoftt-!jokvsz!ps!puifs!ifbmui.sfmbufe!offet-!jodmvejoh!! qsfwfoujwf!dbsf<!up!bttjtu!b!gbnjmz!nfncfs!)ps!qfstpo!xip!jt!! mjlf!gbnjmz!up!uif!fnqmpzff*!xip!jt!jmm-!jokvsfe-!ps!ibt!puifs!! ifbmui.sfmbufe!offet-!jodmvejoh!qsfwfoujwf!dbsf<!ps!gps!sfbtpot!! sftvmujoh!gspn-!ps!up!bttjtu!b!gbnjmz!nfncfs!)ps!qfstpo!xip!jt!! mjlf!gbnjmz!up!uif!fnqmpzff*!xip!jt!b!wjdujn!pg-!epnftujd!! wjpmfodf-!tfyvbm!bttbvmu-!ps!tubmljoh/!!Beejujpobm!jogpsnbujpo!! po!dpousbdups!sfrvjsfnfout!boe!xpslfs!qspufdujpot!voefs!uif!FP!! jt!bwbjmbcmf!bu!xxx/epm/hpw0xie0hpwdpousbdut/!! Vomjtufe!dmbttjgjdbujpot!offefe!gps!xpsl!opu!jodmvefe!xjuijo!! uif!tdpqf!pg!uif!dmbttjgjdbujpot!mjtufe!nbz!cf!beefe!bgufs!! bxbse!pomz!bt!qspwjefe!jo!uif!mbcps!tuboebset!dpousbdu!dmbvtft!! )3:DGS!6/6!)b*!)2*!)jj**/!! ................................................................!! !!! Uif!cpez!pg!fbdi!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo!mjtut!uif!dmbttjgjdbujpo!! boe!xbhf!sbuft!uibu!ibwf!cffo!gpvoe!up!cf!qsfwbjmjoh!gps!uif!! djufe!uzqf)t*!pg!dpotusvdujpo!jo!uif!bsfb!dpwfsfe!cz!uif!xbhf!! efufsnjobujpo/!Uif!dmbttjgjdbujpot!bsf!mjtufe!jo!bmqibcfujdbm!! psefs!pg!##jefoujgjfst##!uibu!joejdbuf!xifuifs!uif!qbsujdvmbs!! sbuf!jt!b!vojpo!sbuf!)dvssfou!vojpo!ofhpujbufe!sbuf!gps!mpdbm*-!! b!tvswfz!sbuf!)xfjhiufe!bwfsbhf!sbuf*!ps!b!vojpo!bwfsbhf!sbuf!! )xfjhiufe!vojpo!bwfsbhf!sbuf*/!! Vojpo!Sbuf!Jefoujgjfst!! B!gpvs!mfuufs!dmbttjgjdbujpo!bccsfwjbujpo!jefoujgjfs!fodmptfe!! jo!epuufe!mjoft!cfhjoojoh!xjui!dibsbdufst!puifs!uibo!##TV##!ps!! ##VBWH##!efopuft!uibu!uif!vojpo!dmbttjgjdbujpo!boe!sbuf!xfsf!! qsfwbjmjoh!gps!uibu!dmbttjgjdbujpo!jo!uif!tvswfz/!Fybnqmf;!! QMVN12:9.116!1801203125/!QMVN!jt!bo!bccsfwjbujpo!jefoujgjfs!pg!! uif!vojpo!xijdi!qsfwbjmfe!jo!uif!tvswfz!gps!uijt!! dmbttjgjdbujpo-!xijdi!jo!uijt!fybnqmf!xpvme!cf!Qmvncfst/!12:9!! joejdbuft!uif!mpdbm!vojpo!ovncfs!ps!ejtusjdu!dpvodjm!ovncfs!! xifsf!bqqmjdbcmf-!j/f/-!Qmvncfst!Mpdbm!12:9/!Uif!ofyu!ovncfs-!! 116!jo!uif!fybnqmf-!jt!bo!joufsobm!ovncfs!vtfe!jo!qspdfttjoh!! uif!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo/!1801203125!jt!uif!fggfdujwf!ebuf!pg!uif!! nptu!dvssfou!ofhpujbufe!sbuf-!xijdi!jo!uijt!fybnqmf!jt!Kvmz!2-!! 3125/!! Vojpo!qsfwbjmjoh!xbhf!sbuft!bsf!vqebufe!up!sfgmfdu!bmm!sbuf!! dibohft!jo!uif!dpmmfdujwf!cbshbjojoh!bhsffnfou!)DCB*!hpwfsojoh!! uijt!dmbttjgjdbujpo!boe!sbuf/! ! Tvswfz!Sbuf!Jefoujgjfst!! Dmbttjgjdbujpot!mjtufe!voefs!uif!##TV##!jefoujgjfs!joejdbuf!uibu!! op!pof!sbuf!qsfwbjmfe!gps!uijt!dmbttjgjdbujpo!jo!uif!tvswfz!boe!! uif!qvcmjtife!sbuf!jt!efsjwfe!cz!dpnqvujoh!b!xfjhiufe!bwfsbhf!! sbuf!cbtfe!po!bmm!uif!sbuft!sfqpsufe!jo!uif!tvswfz!gps!uibu!! dmbttjgjdbujpo/!!Bt!uijt!xfjhiufe!bwfsbhf!sbuf!jodmveft!bmm!! sbuft!sfqpsufe!jo!uif!tvswfz-!ju!nbz!jodmvef!cpui!vojpo!boe!! opo.vojpo!sbuft/!Fybnqmf;!TVMB3123.118!602403125/!TV!joejdbuft!! uif!sbuft!bsf!tvswfz!sbuft!cbtfe!po!b!xfjhiufe!bwfsbhf!! dbmdvmbujpo!pg!sbuft!boe!bsf!opu!nbkpsjuz!sbuft/!MB!joejdbuft!! uif!Tubuf!pg!Mpvjtjbob/!3123!jt!uif!zfbs!pg!tvswfz!po!xijdi!! uiftf!dmbttjgjdbujpot!boe!sbuft!bsf!cbtfe/!Uif!ofyu!ovncfs-!118!! jo!uif!fybnqmf-!jt!bo!joufsobm!ovncfs!vtfe!jo!qspevdjoh!uif!! xbhf!efufsnjobujpo/!602403125!joejdbuft!uif!tvswfz!dpnqmfujpo!! ebuf!gps!uif!dmbttjgjdbujpot!boe!sbuft!voefs!uibu!jefoujgjfs/!! Tvswfz!xbhf!sbuft!bsf!opu!vqebufe!boe!sfnbjo!jo!fggfdu!voujm!b!! ofx!tvswfz!jt!dpoevdufe/!! Vojpo!Bwfsbhf!Sbuf!Jefoujgjfst!! Dmbttjgjdbujpo)t*!mjtufe!voefs!uif!VBWH!jefoujgjfs!joejdbuf!! uibu!op!tjohmf!nbkpsjuz!sbuf!qsfwbjmfe!gps!uiptf!! dmbttjgjdbujpot<!ipxfwfs-!211&!pg!uif!ebub!sfqpsufe!gps!uif!! dmbttjgjdbujpot!xbt!vojpo!ebub/!FYBNQMF;!VBWH.PI.1121!! 1903:03125/!VBWH!joejdbuft!uibu!uif!sbuf!jt!b!xfjhiufe!vojpo!! bwfsbhf!sbuf/!PI!joejdbuft!uif!tubuf/!Uif!ofyu!ovncfs-!1121!jo!! uif!fybnqmf-!jt!bo!joufsobm!ovncfs!vtfe!jo!qspevdjoh!uif!xbhf!! efufsnjobujpo/!1903:03125!joejdbuft!uif!tvswfz!dpnqmfujpo!ebuf!! gps!uif!dmbttjgjdbujpot!boe!sbuft!voefs!uibu!jefoujgjfs/!! B!VBWH!sbuf!xjmm!cf!vqebufe!podf!b!zfbs-!vtvbmmz!jo!Kbovbsz!pg!! fbdi!zfbs-!up!sfgmfdu!b!xfjhiufe!bwfsbhf!pg!uif!dvssfou!! ofhpujbufe0DCB!sbuf!pg!uif!vojpo!mpdbmt!gspn!xijdi!uif!sbuf!jt!! cbtfe/!! !!! ................................................................!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!XBHF!EFUFSNJOBUJPO!BQQFBMT!QSPDFTT!! 2/*!Ibt!uifsf!cffo!bo!jojujbm!efdjtjpo!jo!uif!nbuufs@!Uijt!dbo!! cf;!! +!!bo!fyjtujoh!qvcmjtife!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo!! +!!b!tvswfz!voefsmzjoh!b!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo!! +!!b!Xbhf!boe!Ipvs!Ejwjtjpo!mfuufs!tfuujoh!gpsui!b!qptjujpo!po!! !!!b!xbhf!efufsnjobujpo!nbuufs!! +!!b!dpogpsnbodf!)beejujpobm!dmbttjgjdbujpo!boe!sbuf*!svmjoh!! Po!tvswfz!sfmbufe!nbuufst-!jojujbm!dpoubdu-!jodmvejoh!sfrvftut!! gps!tvnnbsjft!pg!tvswfzt-!tipvme!cf!xjui!uif!Xbhf!boe!Ipvs!! Sfhjpobm!Pggjdf!gps!uif!bsfb!jo!xijdi!uif!tvswfz!xbt!dpoevdufe!! cfdbvtf!uiptf!Sfhjpobm!Pggjdft!ibwf!sftqpotjcjmjuz!gps!uif!! Ebwjt.Cbdpo!tvswfz!qsphsbn/!Jg!uif!sftqpotf!gspn!uijt!jojujbm!! dpoubdu!jt!opu!tbujtgbdupsz-!uifo!uif!qspdftt!eftdsjcfe!jo!3/*!! boe!4/*!tipvme!cf!gpmmpxfe/!! Xjui!sfhbse!up!boz!puifs!nbuufs!opu!zfu!sjqf!gps!uif!gpsnbm!! qspdftt!eftdsjcfe!ifsf-!jojujbm!dpoubdu!tipvme!cf!xjui!uif!! Csbodi!pg!Dpotusvdujpo!Xbhf!Efufsnjobujpot/!!Xsjuf!up;! ! Csbodi!pg!Dpotusvdujpo!Xbhf!Efufsnjobujpot!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Xbhf!boe!Ipvs!Ejwjtjpo! !!!!!!!!!!!!V/T/!Efqbsunfou!pg!Mbcps!! !!!!!!!!!!!!311!Dpotujuvujpo!Bwfovf-!O/X/!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Xbtijohupo-!ED!31321!! 3/*!Jg!uif!botxfs!up!uif!rvftujpo!jo!2/*!jt!zft-!uifo!bo!! joufsftufe!qbsuz!)uiptf!bggfdufe!cz!uif!bdujpo*!dbo!sfrvftu!! sfwjfx!boe!sfdpotjefsbujpo!gspn!uif!Xbhf!boe!Ipvs!Benjojtusbups!! )Tff!3:!DGS!Qbsu!2/9!boe!3:!DGS!Qbsu!8*/!Xsjuf!up;!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Xbhf!boe!Ipvs!Benjojtusbups!! !!!!!!!!!!!!V/T/!Efqbsunfou!pg!Mbcps!! !!!!!!!!!!!!311!Dpotujuvujpo!Bwfovf-!O/X/!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Xbtijohupo-!ED!31321!! Uif!sfrvftu!tipvme!cf!bddpnqbojfe!cz!b!gvmm!tubufnfou!pg!uif!! joufsftufe!qbsuz(t!qptjujpo!boe!cz!boz!jogpsnbujpo!)xbhf!! qbznfou!ebub-!qspkfdu!eftdsjqujpo-!bsfb!qsbdujdf!nbufsjbm-!! fud/*!uibu!uif!sfrvftups!dpotjefst!sfmfwbou!up!uif!jttvf/!! 4/*!Jg!uif!efdjtjpo!pg!uif!Benjojtusbups!jt!opu!gbwpsbcmf-!bo!! joufsftufe!qbsuz!nbz!bqqfbm!ejsfdumz!up!uif!Benjojtusbujwf!! Sfwjfx!Cpbse!)gpsnfsmz!uif!Xbhf!Bqqfbmt!Cpbse*/!!Xsjuf!up;!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Benjojtusbujwf!Sfwjfx!Cpbse!! !!!!!!!!!!!!V/T/!Efqbsunfou!pg!Mbcps!! !!!!!!!!!!!!311!Dpotujuvujpo!Bwfovf-!O/X/!! !!!!!!!!!!!!Xbtijohupo-!ED!31321!! 5/*!Bmm!efdjtjpot!cz!uif!Benjojtusbujwf!Sfwjfx!Cpbse!bsf!gjobm/!! >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>!! !!!!!!!!!!FOE!PG!HFOFSBM!EFDJTJPO!! #! ! ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 11 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 11 Addendum Date: November 14, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. Attachments: 1. Modifications to the Specifications Page 1 of 1 00 91 07 ADDENDUM NUMBER 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Addendum No. 11 Specification Section: 00 91 07 Issue Date: 11/14/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Jason Cocklin, PE, BCEE 11/14/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 40 05 50 Fabricated Gates 22.2503134 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS NOT APPLICABLE Addendum No. 11 00 91 07 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) NOT APPLICABLE 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 40 05 50 Fabricated Gates - Paragraph 3.04 A: AMEND: Paragraph 3.04 A by adding the following: The Contractor shall ensure that the controls interlock between the Junction Structure gates and the Nueces River Pump Station Pumps (refer to notes on Sheet 03-IC-01) has been integrated before the raw water flows through the gates and the new infrastructure. B. SECTION 40 05 50 Fabricated Gates - Paragraph 3.04 Table 3-1: AMEND: Paragraph 3.04 by deleting Table 3-1 and replacing it with the Table 3-1 below: ğĬƌĻ ЌΏЊ ƦǞğƩķ hƦĻƓźƓŭ {ƌǒźĭĻ DğƷĻƭ Opening Opening Seating/ ID Height / Gate Operator Location/Service Width Mount Unseating Tag Diameter Material Type (in) Head (feet) (in) Raw Water Wall SGV- 0310 Junction 54 NA 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0311 Junction 54 NA 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0312 Junction 54 NA 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0313 Junction 72 NA 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0314 Junction 108 NA 304 SS 36 / 28 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0315 Junction 96 96 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0316 Junction 96 96 304 SS 36 / 36 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0317 Junction 108 NA 304 SS 36 / 28 Actuated Mounted Structure Raw Water Wall SGV- 0320 Junction 84 NA 304 SS 36 / 31 Actuated Mounted Structure Addendum No. 11 00 91 07 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 Opening Opening Seating/ ID Height / Gate Operator Location/Service Width Mount Unseating Tag Diameter Material Type (in) Head (feet) (in) Raw Water Wall SGV- 0321 Junction 84 NA 304 SS 36 / 31 Actuated Mounted Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0501 Injection Vault / 84 NA 304 SS 31 / 36 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0502 Injection Vault / 84 NA 304 SS 31 / 36 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0503 Injection Vault / 96 96 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0504 Injection Vault / 54 NA 304 SS 31 / 36 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0511 Injection Vault / 84 84 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0521 Injection Vault / 63 56 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0522 Injection Vault / 63 56 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0531 Injection Vault / 84 84 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0541 Injection Vault / 96 96 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure Chemical Wall SGV- 0542 Injection Vault / 96 96 304 SS 31 / 31 Actuated Mounted Splitter Structure SGV-1011 Plant 1 Flash Mix Wall 54 NA 304 SS 10 / 26 Actuated Vault Mounted SGV-1021 Plant 1 Flash Mix Wall 54 NA 304 SS 10 / 26 Actuated Vault Mounted SGV-1111 Plant 2 Flash Mix Wall 54 NA 304 SS 10 / 26 Actuated Vault Mounted SGV-1121 Plant 2 Flash Mix Wall 54 NA 304 SS 10 / 26 Actuated Vault Mounted Addendum No. 11 00 91 07 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS NOT APPLICABLE ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS NOT APPLICABLE END OF ADDENDUM NO. 11 Addendum No. 11 00 91 07 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 10 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 10 Addendum Date: November 8, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. Bid Date is revised: Date/Time Activity Wednesday, November 15 29, 2023 @ 2:00 3:00 PM BIDS DUE/BID OPENING Attachments: 1. Modifications to the Specifications and Responses to Questions. Page 1 of 1 00 91 06 ADDENDUM NUMBER 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ardurra Addendum No. 10 Specification Section: 00 91 06 Issue Date: 11/8/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Ardurra Prachi Kala, PE 11/8/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Specification updates as per Article 2 Responses to Questions as per Article 4 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable Addendum No. 10 00 91 06 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06.A.2: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06.A.2 by deleting the following text in its entiretyWafer style valves shall be provided in sizes 2 inch through 10 inch for installation between ANSI B16.1 Class 125 or Class 250 iron flanges or ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300 steel flanges. B. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06 B: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06 B by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: Isolation Valves: Isolation valves shall be butterfly type with resilient seat designed for installation between ANSI B16.1 Class 150 flanges. Valves shall have cast iron body with Buna-N liner. Ductile iron disc with one-piece stainless-steel shaft and PTFE bushings. Butterfly C. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06.C.3: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06.C.3 by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: All piping material shall be SCH 40 steel, shall meet AWWA C200 and other requirements in the specification. D. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06 A: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06 A by deleting in its entirety and replacing it with the following: Pressure Tank- System shall be provided with an NSF-61 compliant, per Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Hydro-Pneumatic bladder tank sized for 3970 gallon with a max working pressure of 150 PSI for minimizing pump start/stop short circuiting. The tank Shall be FXA-15000 by Wessels company or approved equal. The fill connections shall be located centrally within the tank and the drain connections should be located on the side. Provide all appurtenances including pressure vessel, supports, pressure gages, accessory valves, and piping, and other necessary controls E. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06.C.7: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06.C.7 by deleting the following text in its entirety: Flanged header and suction pipe shall be centrifugally cast, ductile iron, complying with ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C115 and class 250 thickness Addendum No. 10 00 91 06 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 F. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06.C.8: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06.C. 8 by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: Pipe flanges and welding of pipe to flanges shall conform to AWWA C207 and AWWA 206. Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure ARTICLE 3 MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS - Not Used 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Used ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Is Toshiba the only allowable motor? Can U.S. Motors or ABB be used? Response: U.S. Motors or ABB are acceptable providing the selected motor is inverter rated for VFD service. B. 33 14 43 2.08 A.1 Spec calls out 316 SS NEMA 4X enclosure NEMA 1 SS. What is needed. Is it NEMA 1 with as SS panel? Response: Per CoCC ONSWTP Electrical Standard Specification 26 29 23, Para. 2.7: Indoor (clean & dry location) enclosures may be NEMA Type 1. For any outdoor control / instrumentation junction boxes, CoCC ONSWTP Instrumentation Standard Specification 40 90 01, Para. 2.2: Cabinets shall be NEMA 4X, 316 S.S. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 10 Addendum No. 10 00 91 06 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 9 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 9 Addendum Date: November 6, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. The Statement of Experience (SOE) has been revised to reflect changes made in Addendum No. 2. The updated SOE reflects changes made to Texas State Law. The Contractor is no longer required to provide documentation of the Experience Modification Ratio (EMR). ATTACHMENTS: Statement of Experience (REVISED) Revisions to Specifications, Part A and B Page 1 of 1 00 91 01 ADDENDUM NUMBER 9 PART A ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Addendum No. 9 Specification Section: 00 91 05 Issue Date: 11/01/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc Jason Cocklin, PE, BCEE 11/01/2023 Name Date Addendum Items: ARTICLE 1 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS: 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 220203134 01 35 00 Special Procedures 33 11 13.13 Steel Pipe ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS: Responses to Questions ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. - Paragraph Article 20: ADD: New ARTICLE 20 PROJECT COORDINATION SC-20.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS immediately after ARTICLE 19 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION as shown below: ARTICLE 20 PROJECT COORDINATION SC-20.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Delete Paragraph 20.08 D 6 of General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: 6. Progress Record Documents (including the up-to-date Progress As-Built Drawings) will need to be submitted with each Payment Application. Submit the Progress Record Documents and up-to-date Project Redlines monthly. B. Delete Paragraph 20.08 E of General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: Application will not be recommended if Record Documents (including the up-to-date Progress Drawings) are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final Payment will not be recommended with incomplete Record Documents. ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION - Paragraph 1.05: ADD: New paragraph 1.05 immediately after Paragraph 1.04. 5 Asset Registry for Computerized Maintenance Management System A. The Contractor shall be responsible for compiling the following Management System (CMMS), Cityworks. 1. For each asset that meets the defined asset definition indicated herein, provide up to 20 fields of data (e.g., asset class, asset type, asset nameplate information, asset specification information, facility, area number). The Owner will provide a spreadsheet of the data required for each asset at Notice to Proceed. 2. Definitions Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 a) Asset Class: similar equipment types (e.g., structure, valves, instrumentation). b) Asset Type: designation for a specific type of equipment (e.g., a submersible pump, control panel, air release valve) 3. The program is expected to include up to 3,000 assets located above- ground. 4. Assets include structural, civil, pipeline, electrical, process mechanical, building mechanical (plumbing, HVAC, and fire protection), security, information technology (IT), and instrumentation and controls that meet the asset definition. 5. An asset is a physical item of a system or process that has value and performs a specific function to provide a service. It is the lowest level maintain the item as per its designed performance, to make repairs, rehabilitate and to assist in replacement decisions. 6. Further definition of a managed asset includes every operating utility asset that meets two or more of the following requirements: a) Asset has an expected useful life greater than 1 year b) Asset requires recurring or preventive maintenance c) Asset performs a critical function within the system d) Asset would be repaired rather than replaced if it fails e) There is a clear need to track preventative and predictive maintenance costs f) Work order is typically written for preventative and/or corrective maintenance of the asset such as equipment requiring extensive calibration or items that, because of their regulatory nature, require proof of maintenance such as safety equipment 7. Representative as part of the shop drawing in a format that can be directly imported into a CSV format. The Engineer and Owner will review the asset data for data completeness and correctness during B. SECTION 33 11 13.13 Steel Pipe - Paragraph 1.02 A. 3.: AMEND: Paragraph 1.02 A. 3. by deleting: Approved manufacturers include Hanson Pipe, Northwest Pipe, American Spiral Weld, and Ameron. No other Suppliers will be allowed. and add the following: manufacturers include Hanson Pipe, Northwest Pipe, American Spiral Weld, Ameron and Hallmark Industrial Supply. No other Suppliers will Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS Not Applicable ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Question #77We respectfully request the bid requirements to be amended as follows: (A) Pg. 6 of the specifications: section 2.3, Instructions to Bidders, edit to reflect "3 years" in the first line. (B) Pg. 32: section 2.06 A, Experience Requirements, change the word "organization" to "principal and key personnel." (C) Pg. 32: section 2.06 A, Experience Requirements, replace "awarded" with "completed by. Answer: The City will not be modifying the Statement of Experience as requested; however, a revised Statement of Experience is attached to Addendum 9 and replaces any previous versions in its entirety. C. Question #78With the extended bid date, Hallmark Industrial Supply respectfully requests a review of the response to Question 76. Of the five listed manufacturers, one is not in business and another primarily focuses on transmission pipelines and not treatment plant projects. Hallmark invites the City of Corpus Christi, Freese & Nichols, LNV and Carollo Engineers to tour our facility in Crosby, Texas, and review our qualifications previously listed Answer: Hallmark Industrial Supply has been added as an acceptable manufacturer for steel pipes. D. Question #82-evaluating responses to questions #60, #61, #62, #63, #65, & #66 and any other Electrical equipment specified to allow other acceptable manufacturers. As this should encourage competitiveness of the bids, Improve schedule and lower ov Answer: current preference is to not include additional manufacturers other than the ones mentioned in the specifications. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 9 PART A Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 00 91 05 ADDENDUM NUMBER 9 PART B ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ardurra Addendum No. 9 Specification Section: 00 91 05 Issue Date: 10/31/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Ardurra Prachi Kala, PE 10/31/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Specification updates as per Article 2 Attachment 2 drawings per Article 3 Question Responses as per Article 4 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 1.05 A: AMEND: Paragraph 1.05 A by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: Each horizontal end suction centrifugal pump shall have a rated capacity of __700___ GPM when increasing pressures in the range of 20 psi 50 psi each. The minimum suction pressure is 40 PSIG and could increase up to 80 PSIG. The booster pump station must have an ability to discharge at a constant pressure and should provide an ability to set these constant discharge points (60 100 psi) and shall allow the operator to adjust to input this pressure value via the control screens and remotely via SCADA. B. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 1.07 A: AMEND: Paragraph 1.07 A by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: The pumps and pump station manufacturers must have a be able to produce an ISO 9001:2008 certification or a certified copy of engineer. C. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 1.07 B: AMEND: Paragraph 1.07 B by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: The pump station manufacturer must have a documented environmental policy in place. Manufacturer must be able to produce to responsible, environmentally friendly manufacturing practices. D. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 1.07 G: AMEND: Paragraph 1.07 G.2 by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: Factory test reports demonstrating must be provided for to Owner and Engineer for review and approval prior to Shipping of any component E. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.02 B: AMEND: Paragraph 2.02 B by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: The specifications and project drawings depict equipment and materials manufactured by t he Gorman-Rupp Company or USEMCO which are deemed most suitable for the service anticipated. The contractor shall prepare his bid based on the specified equipment for the purpose of determining a low bid. Award of a contract shall Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 constitute an obligation to furnish the specified equipment and materials. F. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.04 A: AMEND: Paragraph 2.04 A by adding: Similar pump models by Cornell Pump Company are also approved. G. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.04 A: AMEND: Paragraph 2.04 A.1.f by deleting in its entirety and replacing with the following: Impeller shall be of the single suction enclosed type made entirely of ASTM B148 C95800, finished smooth all over and of ample strength and stiffness for maintaining the maximum capacity of the unit. H. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.06 A: AMEND: Paragraph 2.06 A by deleting in its entirety and replacing it with the following: Pressure Tank- System shall be provided with an NSF-61 compliant, per Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Hydro-Pneumatic bladder tank sized for 3970 gallon with a max working pressure of 300 PSI for minimizing pump start/stop short circuiting. The tank Shall be FXA-15000 by Wessels company or approved equal. The fill connections shall be located centrally within the tank and the drain connections should be located on the side. Provide all appurtenances including pressure vessel, supports, pressure gages, accessory valves, and piping, and a pressure-based air control system I. SECTION 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station-Paragraph 2.08 B: AMEND: Paragraph 2.08 B.3.a by adding the following: Similar models by Allen Bradley or Eaton are also acceptable. J. SECTION 43 23 13.40 Horizontal ANSI Centrifugal Pumps - Paragraph 2.13 B: AMEND: Paragraph 2.13 B.4 by deleting the following: rebuild set ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings 01-CD-3 Overall Control Plan B. ADD the following Drawings (provided in Part B Attachment 1): Added Drawings 01-CD-3 Overall Control Plan Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Used ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Responses to questions 79, 80 and 81 are provided in Part B Attachment 2. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 9 PART B Addendum No. 9 00 91 05 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 8 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 8 Addendum Date: September 25, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. Bid Date is revised, and additional site visits have been added: Date/Time Activity Thursday, October 5, 2023, from 9am to 10am Site Visit (ON Stevens WTP) Thursday, October 12, 2023, from 9am to 10am Site Visit (ON Stevens WTP) Wednesday, November 1, 2023, by 5:00 PM Requests for Clarification from Bidders are due Wednesday, November 8, 2023 Responses to Requests for Clarification will be posted via Addendum in CivCast Wednesday, November 15, 2023 @ 2:00 PM BIDS DUE/BID OPENING All prospective Bidders are highly encouraged to attend a Site Visit. The site visit address is O.N. Stevens Water Treatment Plant (ONSWTP), 13101 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas. All Contractors visiting O.N. Stevens Water Treatment Plant must have a valid photo ID (Driver’s License or Passport) and Company ID and proper PPE. Contractors should contact Brittany Mouttet, brittanym@cctexas.com for any questions related to the Site Visit. ON Stevens Water Treatment Plant staff will not be answering questions regarding this RFB. Bidders are instructed to use CivCast for any questions or comments. Any attempt to question City employees regarding this RFB outside of CivCast may result in the City disqualifying that Bidder. Page 1 of 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 7 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 7 Addendum Date: September 20, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. If the City receives no bids for this project, the bid date is automatically extended by 30 days. Page 1 of 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 6 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 6 Addendum Date: September 13, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. ATTACHMENTS: 1. PART A, B, C, & D: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS with corresponding Responses to Requests for Clarification. Page 1 of 1 00 91 04 ADDENDUM NUMBER 6 PART A ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Addendum No. 6 Specification Section: 00 91 04 Issue Date: 09/12/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Jason Cocklin, PE, BCEE 09/12/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: ARTICLE 1 - 00 30 00 Bid Form ARTICLE 2 Specifications (Div 01 specs as listed) :02403134 ARTICLE 3 Drawings (GD and PD sheets as listed) ARTICLE 4 - Questions Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Shane Torno, PE 09/12/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: ARTICLE 3 - Drawings (S Sheets as listed) ARTICLE 4 - Questions Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM: DELETE: SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM in its entirety. ADD: SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM in its entirety (Attachment 1). ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Delete the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Deleted Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES B. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) (Attachment 2) 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings 01-GD-09 NEW SITE PLAN (2 OF 4) 01-GD-11 NEW SITE PLAN (4 OF 4) 01-PD-16 Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 01-PD-17 03-S-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE - TOP PLAN 03-S-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE - SECTION B. ADD the following Drawings: Added Drawings (Attachment 3) 01-GD-09 NEW SITE PLAN (2 OF 4) 01-GD-11 NEW SITE PLAN (4 OF 4) 01-PD-16 01-PD-17 03-S-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE - TOP PLAN 03-S-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE - SECTION 03-S-15 FUTURE TEMPORARY BYPASS PIPING 11-S-06 TEMPORARY INSTALLATION STRUCTURAL DETAILS 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Applicable ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Please refer to Attachment 4 for responses to questions. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 6 PART A Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 QBSU!B!.!BUUBDINFOU!5 00 91 04 ADDENDUM NUMBER 6 PART B ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Project: Facilities Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ardurra Addendum Specification No. 6 Section: 00 91 04 Issue Date: 9/12/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Ardurra Prachi Kala, PE 09/12/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Article 3 Drawings (CD, C and M sheets as listed) Specification as listed Approved by: Ardurra Douglas Lawrence, PE 09/12/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Article 3 Drawings (S and SD sheets as listed) Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Delete the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Deleted Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) 13 31 20 PRECAST CONCRETE BAFFLE WALL 03 01 30 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING B. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) (Attachment 1) 33 14 33 FACTORY-BUILT BASE MOUNTED PLANT WATER PUMP STATION 33 11 00 PRESSURE PIPING GENERAL & RESTRAINING REQUIREMENTS 33 05 69 PRE-ENGINEERED PRECAST CONCRETE TRENCH 13 31 20 PRECAST CONCRETE BAFFLE WALL 13 31 10 STAINLESS STEEL BAFFLE WALL 03 01 30 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Used ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings 01-CD-2 CIVIL GENERAL NOTES 01-CD-3 OVERALL CONTROL PLAN 01-CD-4 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-5 PROPOSED PAVEMENT PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-6 PROPOSED GRADING PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 01-CD-7 PROPOSED UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-14 BASELINE A WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-15 BASELINE A WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-16 BASELINE B WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-17 SODIUM PERMANGANATE INJECTION LOCATION PLAN AND SECTIONS 01-CD-18 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 01-CD-19 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 01-S-05 PLANT 1 CONCRETE INLET CHANNEL WALL DEMOLITION PLAN 01-S-07 PLANT 2 CONCRETE INLET CHANNEL WALL DEMOLITION PLAN AND SECTION 01-S-08 CONCRETE PORTED BAFFLE WALL 17-S-01 STRUCTURAL CAUSTIC FACILITY AREA FOUNDATION PLAN S2 SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE FOUNDATION PLAN B. ADD the following Drawings: Added Drawings (Attachment 2) 01-CD-2 CIVIL GENERAL NOTES 01-CD-3 OVERALL CONTROL PLAN 01-CD-4 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-5 PROPOSED PAVEMENT PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-6 PROPOSED GRADING PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-7 PROPOSED UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS PLAN WEST CHEMICAL STORAGE 01-CD-14 BASELINE A WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-15 BASELINE A WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-16 BASELINE B WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 01-CD-17 SODIUM PERMANGANATE INJECTION LOCATION PLAN AND SECTIONS 01-CD-18 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 01-CD-19 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 01-S-05 PLANT 1 CONCRETE INLET CHANNEL WALL DEMOLITION PLAN 01-S-07 PLANT 2 CONCRETE INLET CHANNEL WALL DEMOLITION PLAN AND SECTION 01-S-08 CONCRETE PORTED BAFFLE WALL 01-SD-01 GUIDE RAIL/TRUSS PIPE SUPPORT PLAN AND DETAILS 01-SD-02 STRUCTURAL MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE DETAILS 17-S-01 STRUCTURAL CAUSTIC FACILITY AREA FOUNDATION PLAN C1001 COVER SHEET C1002 OVERALL PROJECT CONTROL LAYOUT FOR PLANT WATER PUMP STATION ONLY Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 C1003 WATERLINE IMPROVEMENTS 1 OF 2 C1004 C1005 ENLARGED SITE PLAN C1006 PCR 3 VFD DEMOLITION REFERENCE PHOTO M1001 PLANT WATER PUMP STATION PLAN M1002 DETAIL SHEET S1001 STRUCTURAL PLANT WATER STATION AND CANOPY FOUNDATION AND DETAILS S1002 STRUCTURAL CANOPY STEEL FRAMING PLAN, SECTION AND DETAILS S2 SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE FOUNDATION PLAN 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Used ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS Not Applicable 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 6 PART B Addendum No. 6 00 91 04 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 5 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 5 Addendum Date: September 12, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. Responses to Requests for Clarification will be provided on Addendum 6. ATTACHMENTS: 1. PART A & B: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS Page 1 of 1 00 91 03 ADDENDUM NUMBER 5 PART A ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ardurra Addendum No. 5 Specification Section: 00 91 03 Issue Date: 9/11/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Ardurra Prachi Kala, PE 09/11/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Attachment 1 Drawings per Article 3 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Used Addendum No. 5 00 91 03 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Used ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings G2 Overall Project Control Plan C2 Civil General Notes C4 Proposed Site Plan C5 Chemical Yard Piping Overall Location Plan C6 Chemical Yard Piping to Raw Water Junction B. ADD the following Drawings (provided in Part A Attachment 1): Added Drawings G2 Overall Project Control Plan C2 Civil General Notes C4 Proposed Site Plan C5 Chemical Yard Piping Overall Location Plan C6 Chemical Yard Piping to Raw Water Junction 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Used ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS Not Applicable 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 5 PART A Addendum No. 5 00 91 03 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 14.!QBSU!C POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft Jnqspwfnfout :02203134 :02203134 :0903134 :02203134 :0803134 POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 :02203134 :0903134 POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 .!QBSU!C POTXUQ!Sbx!Xbufs!Jogmvfou!boe!Difnjdbm!Gbdjmjujft!Jnqspwfnfout!–!F28158 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 4 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 4 Addendum Date: August 22, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. ATTACHMENTS: 1. PART A: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS 2. PART B: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 3. PART C: MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS Page 1 of 1 00 91 02 ADDENDUM NUMBER 4 PART A ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Addendum No. 4 Specification Section: 00 91 02 Issue Date: 08/21/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Jason Cocklin, PE, BCEE 08/21/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: ARTICLE 2: 40 05 50 FABRICATED GATES specification ARTICLE 3: GD, CD, PD, MD, TM and CP sheets included in paragraph 3.01 903203134 Approved by: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Shane Torno, PE 08/21/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: ARTICLE 3: S Sheets included in paragraph 3.01 Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Delete the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Deleted Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) 40 05 50 FABRICATED GATES B. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) 40 05 50 FABRICATED GATES (Part A Attachment 1) 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings 01-GD-07 EXISTING DEMOLITION SITE PLAN 01-GD-08 NEW SITE PLAN (1 OF 4) 01-GD-09 NEW SITE PLAN (2 OF 4) 01-GD-10 NEW SITE PLAN (3 OF 4) 01-GD-17 EXISTING PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM 01-GD-18 PROPOSED PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM 01-GD-19 PROPOSED HYDRAULIC PROFILE 01-CD-26 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PLAN 01-CD-27 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE DEMOLITION SECTIONS 01-CD-28 RAW WATER RECEIVING UNIT DEMOLITION PLAN Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 01-CD-29 RAW WATER RECEIVING UNIT DEMOLITION SECTIONS 01-PD-01 01-PD-02 01-PD-03 01-PD-04 01-PD-05 01-PD-06 01-PD-07 01-PD-08 LAN AND PROFILE 01-PD-09 01-PD-10 01-PD-11 01-PD-12 01-PD-13 01-PD-15 01-S-11 CONCRETE DETAILS 01-S-13 STEEL FRAMING DETAILS 01-S-14 GUARDRAIL DETAILS 03-S-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 03-S-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE SECTION 1 03-S-03 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE SECTION 2 03-S-04 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 03-S-05 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 03-S-06 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 1 03-S-07 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 2 03-S-08 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 3 03-S-09 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 4 03-S-10 ANALYZER BUILDING FOUNDATION PLAN 03-S-11 POWER CONTROL ROOM PCR-11 FOUNDATION PLAN 03-S-12 RAW WATER VALVE VAULT PLAN 05-S-01 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 05-S-02 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 05-S-03 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 1 05-S-04 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 2 05-S-05 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE CANOPY Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 10-S-01 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 10-S-02 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 10-S-03 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-01 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 11-S-02 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-03 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-05 FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SLUICE GATE DETAILS 03-MD-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- TOP PLAN 03-MD-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTIONAL PLAN 03-MD-03 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTION 03-MD-04 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTION 03-MD-05 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- TOP PLAN 03-MD-06 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTIONAL PLAN 03-MD-07 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 1 03-MD-08 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 2 03-MD-09 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 3 03-MD-10 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 4 05-MD-03 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 05-MD-04 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 05-MD-05 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 1 05-MD-06 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 2 10-MD-04 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 10-MD-05 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 1 10-MD-06 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 2 11-MD-03 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 11-MD-04 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 1 11-MD-05 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 2 01-TM-08 MECHANICAL DETAILS 01-TM-28 MECHANICAL DETAILS 01-CP-01 CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS B. ADD the following Drawings (provided in Part A Attachment 2): Added Drawings 01-GD-07 EXISTING DEMOLITION SITE PLAN 01-GD-08 NEW SITE PLAN (1 OF 4) Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 01-GD-09 NEW SITE PLAN (2 OF 4) 01-GD-10 NEW SITE PLAN (3 OF 4) 01-GD-17 EXISTING PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM 01-GD-18 PROPOSED PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM 01-GD-19 PROPOSED HYDRAULIC PROFILE 01-CD-26 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PLAN 01-CD-27 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE DEMOLITION SECTIONS 01-CD-28 RAW WATER RECEIVING UNIT DEMOLITION PLAN 01-CD-29 RAW WATER RECEIVING UNIT DEMOLITION SECTIONS 01-PD-01 01-PD-02 01-PD-03 01-PD-04 01-PD-05 01-PD-06 PROFILE 01-PD-07 01-PD-08 01-PD-09 01-PD-10 01-PD-11 01-PD-12 01-PD-13 01-PD-15 01-PD-16 WASH WATER LINE PLAN AND PROFILE 01-PD-17 WASH WATER LINE PLAN AND PROFILE 01-PD-18 WASH WATER LINE PLAN AND PROFILE 01-S-11 CONCRETE DETAILS 01-S-13 STEEL FRAMING DETAILS 01-S-14 GUARDRAIL DETAILS 03-S-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 03-S-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE SECTION 03-S-03 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE SECTION 03-S-04 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 03-S-05 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 03-S-06 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 1 Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 03-S-07 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 2 03-S-08 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 3 03-S-09 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 4 03-S-09A RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE SECTION 5 03-S-10 ANALYZER BUILDING FOUNDATION PLAN 03-S-11 POWER CONTROL ROOM PCR-11 FOUNDATION PLAN 03-S-12 RAW WATER VALVE VAULT PLAN 05-S-01 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 05-S-02 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 05-S-03 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 1 05-S-04 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 2 05-S-05 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE CANOPY 10-S-01 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 10-S-02 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 10-S-03 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-01 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 11-S-02 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-03 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11-S-05 FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SLUICE GATE DETAILS 03-MD-01 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- TOP PLAN 03-MD-02 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTIONAL PLAN 03-MD-03 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTION 03-MD-04 RAW WATER METERING STATION STRUCTURE- SECTION 03-MD-05 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- TOP PLAN 03-MD-06 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTIONAL PLAN 03-MD-07 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 1 03-MD-08 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 2 03-MD-09 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 3 03-MD-10 RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 4 03-MD-10A RAW WATER JUNCTION STRUCTURE- SECTION 4 05-MD-03 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE TOP PLAN 05-MD-04 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTIONAL PLAN 05-MD-05 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 1 05-MD-06 CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 2 05-MD-06A CL2 & LAS PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & SPLITTER STRUCTURE SECTION 3 Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 10-MD-04 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 10-MD-05 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 1 10-MD-06 PLANT 1 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 2 11-MD-03 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT PLAN 11-MD-04 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 1 11-MD-05 PLANT 2 PUMPED DIFFUSION FLASH MIX & METERING VAULT SECTION 2 01-TM-08 MECHANICAL DETAILS 01-TM-28 MECHANICAL DETAILS 01-CP-01 CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Applicable ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS Not Applicable 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 4 PART A Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 00 91 02 ADDENDUM NUMBER 4 .!QBSU!C ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Addendum No. 4 Specification Section: 00 91 02 Issue Date: August 21, 2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Bath Group, Inc. William B. Stark, PE August 21, 2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: SPECIFICATIONS: APPENDIX 5 E&IC Standard Specifications and Drawings DRAWINGS: : Electrical Demolition Photo Sheet 1 of 6 : Ductbank Sections & Details 03: 480V Power Conduit & Cable Schedule Sheet 2 of 3 : 480V Power Conduit & Cable Schedule Sheet 3 of 3 : Power Control Room Single Line Diagram : Power Control Room Building Plan : Plant #2 Alum Storage & Feed System Instrument Location Plan ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Not Applicable ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Delete the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Deleted Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) APPENDIX 5 E&IC STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS REV 8 B. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) APPENDIX 5 E&IC STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS REV 9 (Attachment 1) 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) Not Applicable ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: Deleted Drawings Ductbank Sections & Details Location Plan B. ADD the following Drawings (provided in Attachment 2): Added Drawings Schedule Sheet 3 of 3 Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS Not Applicable ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. CivCast Question #19 There seems to be discrepancies between, 1-line diagrams, conduit cable schedule and electrical plans. For example circuit P-SUMP-1A shown on one line diagram 02-EO-02 and plan drawing 10-EP-01 does not show on the conduit cable schedules nor do they show on the home run in tray on drawing 02-EP-03. In other cases circuit shown on conduit cable schedule such as P-HOIST-1A does not show on the 1-line diagrams nor do they show on plan drawings. Please provide clarifications regarding discrepancies. Answer: Discrepancies resolved in the updated drawings included in Addendum #4. B. CivCast Question #65- Motor-Control Centers does not have Eaton included in the manufacturers list, only Allen-Bradley was listed. Although some of the MCC modifications are done on Cutler-Hammer Inc/Eaton 2100 existing MCCs. We kindly request the addition of Eaton Corporation as an approved manufacturer for Motor Control Answer: -Bradley CENTERLINE 2100" (Part 2, Para. 2.1 "Manufacturers"). Allen-Bradley is the only C. CivCast Question #66- Enclosed Controllers does not have Eaton included in the manufacturers list. Rather it only has Rockwell Automation, Inc. Allen- Bradley brand listed. We kindly request the addition of Eaton Corporation as an approved Answer: -Bradley is the only acceptable manufacturer for MCC's to 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS Not Applicable END OF ADDENDUM NO. 4 .!QBSU!C Addendum No. 4 00 91 02 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 01-13-2016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 3 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 3 Addendum Date: August 16, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. ATTACHMENTS: 1. PART A: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 2. PART A: ATTACHMENT 1 3. PART A: ATTACHMENT 2 – Q&A (FROM CIVCAST, QUESTIONS 5 THRU 63) 4. PART B: MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 5. PART B: ATTACHMENT 1 6. PART B: ATTACHMENT 2 7. PART B: ATTACHMENT 3 Page 1 of 1 00 91 01ADDENDUM NUMBER 3PART A ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project:Improvements Project Number: Owner:City of Corpus ChristiE17047 City Engineer:J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer:Freese and Nichols, Inc. Addendum No.3 Specification Section:00 91 01 Issue Date:8/15/2023 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the BidAcknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bidas non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Jason Cocklin, PE, BCEE8/15/2023 bğƒĻ5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Note to Designer: SECTION00 73 00Supplementary Conditions SECTION 33 11 13.13 Steel Pipe 902603134 Approved by: Michael P Schuster, PE8/15/2023 bğƒĻ5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Note to Designer: SHEET 01-EP-11Analyzer Building Plan and Schedule 19.26.3134 Addendum No. 300 91 01-1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Project: Improvements Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E17047 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Freese and Nichols, Inc. Approved by: Kevin Thompson, RA 8/15/2023 bğƒĻ 5ğƷĻ Addendum Items: Note to Designer: SECTION 26 05 30 Electrical Building 1902603134 ARTICLE 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - ARTICLE 6 Paragraph SC-6.03: AMEND: Paragraph SC-6.03 by deleting the Insurance Requirements table and adding the updated table as shown below: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 5. Products / Completed Operations Hazard $2,000,000 Aggregate 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal & Advertising Injury Addendum No. 3 00 91 01 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Statutory $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence wĻƨǒźƩĻķ źŅ /ƚƓƷƩğĭƷ tƩźĭĻ Ѣ υЎͲЉЉЉͲЉЉЉ $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental Required Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. wĻƨǒźƩĻķ źŅ ĻǣĭğǝğƷźƚƓ Ѣ Ќ ŅƷ Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents wĻƨǒźƩĻķ ŅƚƩ ǝĻƩƷźĭğƌ ƭƷƩǒĭƷǒƩĻƭ ğƓķ ĬƩźķŭĻƭ Required Not Required ARTICLE 2 MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. Delete the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Deleted Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) SECTION 26 05 30 ELECTRICAL BUILDING B. Add the following Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications): Added Specification Sections (or Technical Specifications) SECTION 26 05 30 ANALYZER BUILDING (Attachment 1) 2.02 AMEND SPECIFICATIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. SECTION 33 11 13.13 STEEL PIPE - Paragraph 1.02 A.3.: AMEND: Paragraph 1.02 A.3. by deleting: Approved manufacturers include Hanson Pipe, Northwest Pipe, American Spiral Weld, and Ameron. No other Suppliers will be allowed. and add the following: Approved manufacturers include Hanson Pipe, Northwest Pipe, Mid-America Pipe and Fabrication, American Spiral Weld, and Ameron. No other Suppliers will be allowed. Addendum No. 3 00 91 01 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS NOT APPLICABLE 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS A. Drawing Sheet No. 03-EP-11 - Analyzer Building Plan and Schedule Schedule Power Plan LP-ANL1: 1. Change 1. Replace the NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel requirement with NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel. ARTICLE 4 CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Please refer to Attachment 2 for responses to CivCast questions. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS NOT APPLICABLE END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 PART A Addendum No. 3 00 91 01 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 009101ADDENDUMNUMBER03.!QBSU!C ONStevensWaterTreatmentPlantRawWater InfluentandChemicalFacilitiesImprovements Project:Project ProjectNumber: Owner:CityofCorpusChristiE17407 City Engineer:J.H.Edmonds,PE Designer:JasonAnderson,PE,CarolloEngineers,Inc. AddendumSpecification No.03 Section:009101 IssueDate:08/11/2023 AcknowledgereceiptofthisAddendumintheBidAcknowledgementFormsubmittedforthis Project.FailuretoacknowledgereceiptofthisaddendumintheBidAcknowledgementForm mayrendertheBidasnonresponsiveandserveasthebasisforrejectingtheBid. Maketheadditions,modificationsordeletionstotheContractDocumentsdescribedinthis Addendum. Approvedby: JasonAnderson,PE08/11/2023 bğƒĻ5ğƷĻ AddendumItems: SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION40_05_00.01ΑCommonWorkResultsfor GeneralPiping SECTION40_05_52ΑSpecialtyValves SECTION40_05_65.24ΑCheckValves CarolloEngineers,Inc. TBPELSNo.F882 ARTICLE1ΑBIDDINGREQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGEADDENDA A. AcknowledgereceiptofthisAddendumintheBidAcknowledgementFormsubmittedfor thisProject.FailuretoacknowledgereceiptofthisaddendumintheBidAcknowledgement FormmayrendertheBidasnonresponsiveandserveasthebasisforrejectingtheBid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONSTOTHEBIDDINGREQUIREMENTSΑNOTAPPLICABLE AddendumNo.30091011 ONStevensWTPRawWaterInfluentandChemicalFacilitiesImprovementsProjectNo.E17407 Rev01132016 ARTICLE2ΑMODIFICATIONSTOTHESPECIFICATIONSORTECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD,DELETEORREPLACESPECIFICATIONSECTIONS(ORTECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS) A. DeletethefollowingSpecificationSections(orTechnicalSpecifications): DeletedSpecificationSections(orTechnicalSpecifications) SECTION40_05_00.01ΑCOMMONWORKRESULTSFORGENERALPIPING SECTION40_05_52ΑSPECIALTYVALVES SECTION40_05_65.24Α/I9/YVALVES B. AddthefollowingSpecificationSections(orTechnicalSpecifications): AddedSpecificationSections(orTechnicalSpecifications) SECTION40_05_00.01ΑCOMMONWORKRESULTSFORGENERALPIPING (ATTACHMENT1) SECTION40_05_52ΑSPECIALTYVALVES(Attachment2) SECTION40_05_52ΑSPECIALTYVALVES(Attachment3) 2.02 AMENDSPECIFICATIONS(ORTECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS)ΑNOTAPPLICABLE ARTICLE3MODIFICATIONSTOTHEDRAWINGSΑNOTAPPLICABLE ARTICLE4ΑCLARIFICATIONSΑNOTAPPLICABLE .!QBSU!C ENDOFADDENDUMNO.03 AddendumNo.30091012 ONStevensWTPRawWaterInfluentandChemicalFacilitiesImprovementsProjectNo.E17407 Rev01132016 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 2 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 2 Addendum Date: July 10, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. I. Questions 1-4 are answered below, and remaining questions will be answered on future addenda: Questions 1 & 2 - Can we do a site visit , what is the procedure if so ? City Response - A site visit was held at 2PM on June 14, 2023. Please see bidding documents for details. No other site visits are planned. Question 3 - Section 2.3 A. of the “Bid Requirements” requires that a Bidder must have operated continuously for a minimum of 5-years as an established firm in providing heavy construction of water and wastewater facilities including utilities, civil, structural, mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation work. Please consider a reduction of that requirement to 4-years. City Response – This requirement is waived and reduced to four years as requested. Question 4 - In Document 00 45 16 “City of Corpus Christi Statement of Experience” Article 2, Section 2.06 A., requires experience to include the satisfactory completion of at least five similar projects within the last 5 years for the Bidder's organization that are equal to or greater in size and magnitude than the current Project. Given the number of days that project of equal or great size and magnitude take to satisfactorily complete, could the “five similar projects within the last 5 years” be modified to “three similar projects within the last 5 years?” City Response - This requirement is waived and reduced to three projects of a similar scope and complexity as requested. The three projects must be of a magnitude greater than $30 Million. Additionally, the Bidders must provide description and references for at least two additional projects of similar scope and complexity which are not required to be equal to or greater than $30 Million and may be performed by individual entities Page 1 of 2 constituting a joint venture. Similar scope and complexity for this project is defined as a project including work on large diameter pipelines in the 54" to 108" range, construction of water or wastewater treatment plant structures/buildings, water or wastewater treatment plant Electrical & Instrumentation and Chemical Storage and Feed Facilities work. Page 2 of 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Project No. E17047 ADDENDUM No. 1 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT Addendum No: 1 Addendum Date: June 30, 2023 Bidder must acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in its bid. Failure of the Bidder to acknowledge this Addendum may result in City’s rejection for the Bidder for non-responsiveness. I. BID DOCUMENT CHANGES Revised plans and specifications are forthcoming. SECTION 1 – NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR BIDS, 1.3 Schedule is revised: Date/Time Activity Wednesday, July 5, September 6, 2023, by 5:00 Requests for Clarification from PM Bidders are due Wednesday, July 12, September 13, 2023 Responses to Requests for Clarification will be posted via Addendum in CivCast Wednesday, July 19, September 20, 2023 @ 2:00 BIDS DUE/BID OPENING PM October 2023 Projected Date Award of Contract November 2023 Anticipated Notice to Proceed Page 1 of 1 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: A. The construction of new raw water facilities including metering structure, junction structure, chemical feed facilities, splitter structure, analyzer building, raw water piping, plant yard piping, and chemical storage facilities. The project will also include electrical, instrumentation, and controls improvements for the raw water infrastructure and chemical storage and feed facilities. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. E10144 ONSWTP Chlorine Storage & Handling Facilities Improvements 2. E16417 Nueces River Raw Water Pump Station Transmission Main 3. 18130A Part B ONSWTP Sedimentation Basin Improvements 4. 18130A Part A ONSWTP Pre-sedimentation Basin Dredging 5. 18131A ONSWTP Clearwell No. 3 6. 20094A ONSWTP Filter Building 1 Rehabilitation Phase 2 B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 10/2018 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. The owner will be responsible for installing a temporary sodium permanganate injection point when the presedimentation basin is temporarily taken out of service. It is the duty of the contractor to inform the owner at least two weeks prior to taking the presedimentation basin out of service. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 01 11 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 10/2018 01 23 10ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00GENERAL 1.01REQUIREMENTS A.Alternates: 1.This Section describes each alternate by number and describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work when this alternate is made a part of the Work in the Agreement. 2.Drawings and Specifications will outline the extent of Work to be included in the alternate Contract Price. 3.Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to properly integrate the Work under each alternate, and provide a complete and functional Project as required by the Contract Documents. 4.Bids for alternates may be accepted or rejected at the option of the Owner. 5.Owner may incorporate these alternates in the Contract when executed, ormay issue a Change Order to incorporate these alternates within 120 days at the prices offered in the Bid, unless noted otherwise. A Request for a Change Proposal may be issued after 120 days or other designated time period to negotiate a new price for incorporating the Work into the Project. B.Allowances: 1.Include specified allowance amount in the Contract Price. 2.The amount of each allowance includes: a.The cost of the product to the Contractor less any applicable trade discounts. b.Delivery to the Site. c.Applicable taxes. 3.Include in the Contract Price all costs for: a.Handling at the Site, including unloading, uncrating, and storage perArticle 19 of SECTION 01 7200GENERAL CONDITIONS. b.Cost for labor and equipment for installation and finishing. c.Cost for related products not specifically listed in the allowance required for installation, including consumable supplies and materials. d.All overhead, profit, and related costs. 4.Assist Owner in the selection of products. a.Identify qualified Suppliers. b.Obtain bidsfrom qualified Suppliers. c.Present available alternates to the Owner through the OAR. Notify OARof: 1)Any objections to a particular Supplier or product. Alternates and Allowances01 23 10 -1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 2) Effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by the selection of each option. 3) Cost of each option. 5. Upon selection of the product: a. Purchase and install the product. b. Contractors responsibilities for products shall be the same as for products selected by the Contractor. 6. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS to adjust Contract Price if the net cost of the product is more or less than the specified amount. a. Adjust the unit cost applied to the quantities installed per the method of payment described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for products specified as Unit Price Work. b. Do not perform Work until selection of alternate has been approved by the Owner. c. Provide actual invoices for the materials. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate I1 - East Chemical Facilities Sitework and Demolition: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for all civil, sitework and demolition items for East Chemical Facilities. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. B. Alternate I2 - East Chemical Facilities Structural: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for all structural items for East Chemical Facilities. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. C. Alternate I3 - East Chemical Facilities E&IC: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for all electrical, instrumentation and controls items for East Chemical Facilities. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. D. Alternate I4 - East Chemical Facilities Chemical Process Mechanical & Feed Improvements: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for all process mechanical and feed improvements items for East Chemical Facilities. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. E. Additive Alternate J1 - Inlet Channel Modifications and Concrete Ported Baffle Improvements and Cast-in-place Concrete Baffle Wall: 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for completing inlet channel modification work and ported cast-in-place concrete baffle wall improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. F. Additive Alternate J2 - Inlet Channel Modifications and Concrete Ported Baffle Improvements and Stainless Steel Baffle Wall: 1. Provide Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for completing inlet channel modification work and ported steel baffle wall improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. G. Additive Alternate J3 - Inlet Channel Modifications and Concrete Ported Baffle Improvements and Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction and successful commissioning required for completing inlet channel modification work and ported steel baffle wall improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment H. Note: Only one alternate item out of J1, J2 or J3 shall be awarded. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance C1 - Contingency Allowance for Required Line Stops, Bypass and Unforeseen Equipment Condition: 1. The sum of up to $2,700,000 to be used for the furnishing line stops and bypass required as per the project sequencing and shutdowns along with the line stops and bypass not foreseen prior to the start of the project. The allowance includes the effort required to determine the functionality of the existing gates or valves, and the equipment & material required to isolate the gates or valves as needed. 2. Payment for Contingency Allowance for Unforeseen Equipment Condition will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all the effort under this item. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. B. Allowance C2 - Mobilization (Not to Exceed 5% of Total Bid) 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage C. Allowance C3 - Bonds and Insurance 1. A maximum of 2% of the bid price to be used for all bonds and insurance required as per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. D. Allowance C4 - Allowance for Building Permits 1. The sum of up to $120,000 to be used for the purchase of building permits required for the project. 2. Payment for Allowance for Building Permits will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all Building Permits. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of the Building Permits as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. E. Allowance C5 Electrical Demolition associated with Item A25 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction associated with demolition of VFDs and other appurtenances in PCR 3 associated with the plant water pump station and will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs provided by the Contractors. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. All electrical and instrumentation drawings will be issued at the beginning of construction. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 F. Allowance C6 Lighting associated with Item A25 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to provide lighting associated with the plant water pump station and other appurtenances and will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs provided by the Contractors. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. G. Allowance C7 Cable Trays associated with Item A25 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals to provide cable tray system associated with the plant water pump station and other appurtenances and will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs provided by the Contractors. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. H. Allowance C8 Electrical, Instrumentation and Controls associated with Item A25 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals to provide electrical, controls and SCADA integration with the plant water pump station and other appurtenances and will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs provided by the Contractors. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. I. Allowance C9 - Line stops associated with Item A25 1. This sum to be used for the furnishing any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals for providing linestops and bypass required for improvements associated with Item 25 for the vements. There are existing valves on the 12ne and the Contractor shall coordinate with the City to identify if linestops are needed. If the existing valves cannot be operated, the amount The allowance also any and all Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 includes the effort required to determine the functionality of the existing gates or valves, and the equipment & material required to isolate the gates or valves as needed. 2. Payment for will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all the effort under this item. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost for all the effort under this item as required and obtained specifically for this Project, not to exceed the amount specified under this allowance item. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 01 29 01MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00GENERAL 1.01MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A.Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONSfor each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B.Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A.Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONSfor each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B.Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number,and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BIDITEMS A.BidItem A-1: Raw Water Influent: Demolition 1.Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to performconstruction required for theRaw Water Influent:Demolition. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2.Any mitigation and abatement required for handling lead shallbe included in this item. 3.Measurementfor payment will be made per lump sumon the followingbasis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. Measurement and Basis for Payment01 29 01 -1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 B. Bid Item A-2: Raw Water Influent: Analyzer Building 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent: Analyzer Building, including Raw Water Sample Pumps and Pipelines. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. C. Bid Item A-3: Raw Water Influent: 54 Inch Site Piping 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent: 54 inch Site Piping including tie-ins, pipe supports, cathodic protection monitoring, combination air valves/vaults, flow meters, gate valve/vault, fittings and other appurtenances for the pipeline. This item includes all work, demolition, utility conflicts, tie-ins, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per linear feet basis. Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. D. Bid Item A-4: Raw Water Influent: 72 Inch Site Piping 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent: 72 inch Site Piping including tie-ins, pipe supports, cathodic protection monitoring, combination air valve/vault, flow meters, fittings and other appurtenances for the pipeline. This item includes all work, demolition, utility conflicts, tie-ins, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per linear feet basis. Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. E. Bid Item A-5: Raw Water Influent: 84 Inch Site Piping 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent: 84 inch Site Piping including tie-ins, pipe supports, cathodic protection monitoring, fittings and other appurtenances for the pipeline. This item includes all work, demolition, utility conflicts, tie-ins, temporary work, specified and/or Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per linear feet basis. Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. F. Bid Item A-6: Raw Water Influent: 108 Inch Site Piping 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent: 108 inch Site Piping including tie-ins, pipe supports, cathodic protection monitoring, fittings and other appurtenances for the pipeline. This item includes all work, demolition, utility conflicts, tie-ins, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per linear feet basis. Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. G. Bid Item A-7: Raw Water Influent Structures: RW Metering Station 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent Structures: RW Metering Station including structure, sump pumps and other accessories to the structure. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. H. Bid Item A-8: Raw Water Influent Structures: RW Junction Structure 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent Structures: RW Junction structure, including structure, sluice gates, temporary and permanent re-routes for the Recycle Wash Water pipelines from Lagoon 7 and Return Wash Water Pit respectively, and other accessories to the structure. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 I. Bid Item A-9: Raw Water Influent Structures: CI2 & LAS Pumped Diffusion Flash Mix and Splitter Structure 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent Structures: CI2 & LAS Pumped Diffusion Flash Mix and Splitter Structure including structure, sump pumps, sluice gates, weir gates, stubouts and other accessories to the structure. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. J. Bid Item A-10: Raw Water Influent Structures: Plant 1 Pump Diffusion Flash Mix & Metering Vault 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent Structures: Plant 1 Pump Diffusion Flash Mix & Metering Vault, including structure, sump pumps, sluice gates, two Sedimentation Basins 1 and 2 as required under respective shutdowns, and other accessories to the structure. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. K. Bid Item A-11: Raw Water Influent Structures: Plant 2 Pump Diffusion Flash Mix & Metering Vault 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required to install the Raw Water Influent Structures: Plant 2 Pump Diffusion Flash Mix & Metering Vault, including structure, sump pumps, sluice gates, two Sedimentation Basins 1 and 2 as required under respective shutdowns, and other accessories to the structure. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 L. Bid Item A-12: Raw Water Influent: E&IC 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for the associated Raw Water Influent: E&IC Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. M. Bid Item A-13: West Chemical Facilities: Sitework and Demolition 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for West Chemical Facilities Sitework and Demolition. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. N. Bid Item A-14: West Chemical Facilities: Structural 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for West Chemical Facilities: Structural Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. O. Bid Item A-15: West Chemical Facilities: E&IC 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for West Chemical Facilities: E&IC Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. P. Bid Item A-16: West Chemical Facilities: Chemical Process Mechanical & Feed Improvements 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for West Chemical Facilities: Chemical Process Mechanical & Feed Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. Q. Bid Item A-17: Sodium Permanganate: Sitework and Demolition 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Sodium Permanganate: Sitework and Demolition. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. R. Bid Item A-18: Sodium Permanganate: Structural 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Sodium Permanganate: Structural Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. S. Bid Item A-19: Sodium Permanganate: E&IC 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Sodium Permanganate: E&IC Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. T. Bid Item A-20: Sodium Permanganate: Chemical Process Mechanical & Feed Improvements 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Sodium Permanganate: Chemical Process Mechanical & Feed Improvements. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. U. Bid Item A-21: Inlet Channel Coating & Resurfacing 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Inlet Channel Coating & Resurfacing. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per square feet basis. Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. V. Bid Item A-22: Misc. Sitework, Chemical Feed and Yard Piping 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for the Misc. Sitework, relocation of pipelines and duct banks, duct bank relocation and Yard Piping. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. W. Bid Item A-23: Ozone Days 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for ozone days This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 2. Measurement for payment will be made per days basis. X. Bid Item A-24: Storm Water Pollution Prevention 1. Payment shall include but not be limited to furnishing all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for Storm Water Pollution Prevention. This item includes all work, demolition, temporary work, specified and/or shown on the contract documents, and all other items necessary to complete the work that are not specifically included in other bid items. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: The initial pay application will include 50% of the lump sum bid amount minus retainage. The balance will be paid according to the percent of construction completion after 50% completion has occurred, minus retainage. Y. Bid Item A-25: Factory Built Plant Water Pump Station Improvements 1. Scope under this bid items includes any and all supervision, materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals and to perform all construction required for the civil, site grading, paving structural, process mechanical components, the proposed plant water drawings and specifications. This item shall also include all electrical and controls equipment components specified in 33 14 43 -Factory Built-Base Mounted Plant Process Water Pump Station. Refer to allowances for all remaining electrical and controls items. Include any item that is specifically not included in Allowances should be included by the Contractor in this bid item. 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: Each pay application will identify and document materials-on-hand and a percent-complete of construction for the bid item minus retainage. The OAR will review and validate the documentation before a pay application is approved for payment. 1.04 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES: 1. . 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 5/2020 ЉЊ ЌЌ ЉЊ {ǒĬƒźƷƷğƌ wĻŭźƭƷĻƩ ΛwğǞ ğƷĻƩ LƓŅƌǒĻƓƷ ğƓķ /ŷĻƒźĭğƌ CğĭźƌźƷźĻƭ LƒƦƩƚǝĻƒĻƓƷƭΜ Note: This is not a comprehensive list of submittals required. Deviation from the approved drawings, specified details will require an approved shop drawing ǤƦĻƭ ƚŅ {ǒĬƒźƷƷğƌƭ wĻƨǒźƩĻķ tğƩğŭƩğƦŷ {ƦĻĭźŅźĭğƷźƚƓ {ĻĭƷźƚƓ{ƦĻĭźŅźĭğƷźƚƓ 5ĻƭĭƩźƦƷźƚƓ tƩƚķǒĭƷ {ğƒƦƌĻ ƚƩ hƦĻƩğƷźƚƓƭ bƚ͵ LƓŅƚƩƒğƷźƚƓaƚĭƉǒƦ5ğƷğ 02 64 30 - SBar Wrapped Concrete Cylinder PipeShop DrawingO&M Manual 03 20 20 - SReinforcing SteelShop Drawing 03 70 40 - SEpoxy CompoundsShop Drawing 03 41 19 - TPrecast Reinforced Concrete Valve VaultShop Drawing 05 54 40 - SAluminum Grating (S-110)Shop Drawing 05 72 20 - SAluminum Handrails (S-98)Shop Drawing 06 80 15 - TFiberglass Reinforced PlasticShop Drawing 07 92 00 - TJoint SealantsShop Drawing 08 31 19 - TFloor Access DoorsShop Drawing 09 96 00 - THigh Performance CoatingsShop Drawing 09 96 00 - TPipeline Coatings and LiningsShop Drawing 22 14 29.16 - TSubmersible Sump PumpsShop DrawingO&M Manual 22 45 17 - TEmergency Eye/Face Wash and Shower EquipmentShop DrawingO&M Manual 23 34 26 - TRoof Exhausters and FansShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 05 19 - TLow-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and CablesShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 05 29 - THangers and Supports for Electrical SystemsShop Drawing 26 05 33 - TRaceways and Boxes for Electrical SystemShop Drawing 26 05 36 - TCable Trays for Electrical SystemsShop Drawing 26 05 43 - TUnderground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical SystemsShop Drawing 26 22 00 - TLow-Voltage TransformersShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 24 16 - TPanelboardsShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 27 26 - TWiring DevicesShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 28 16 - TEnclosed Switches and Circuit BreakersShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 29 13 - TEnclosed ControllersShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 29 43 - TVariable Frequency Motor ControllersShop DrawingO&M Manual 26 51 00 - TLightingShop DrawingO&M Manual 27 13 23 - TCommunications Optical Fiber BackboneShop DrawingO&M Manual 33 05 01.03 - TPrestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and FittingsShop Drawing 33 11 13.13 - TSteel PipeShop Drawing 40 05 07.03 - TPreformed Channel Pipe Support SystemShop Drawing 40 05 19.01 - TDuctile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151Shop Drawing 40 05 23.01 - TStainless Steel Pipe and TubingShop Drawing 40 05 24.02 - TSteel Pipe: Galvanized and Black, ASTM A 53Shop Drawing 40 05 27.01 - TDouble Containment PipingShop Drawing 40 05 31.17 - TPolyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: Schedule TypeShop Drawing 40 05 31.22 - TChlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe: ASTM F 441Shop Drawing 40 05 50 - TFabricated GatesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 52 - TSpecialty ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 57.24 - TElectric ActuatorsShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 61 - TGate ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 63 - TBall ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 64 - TButterfly ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 65.01 - TGate, Globe, and Angle ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 65.24 - TCheck ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 67.37 - TPressure Reducing and Pressure Relief ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 05 67.40 - TAir and Vacuum Relief ValvesShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 71 15 - TFlow Measurement: Magnetic Flowmeters for Chemical Shop DrawingO&M Manual Feed Systems 40 71 43 - TFlow Measurement: Rotameters (Variable Area Shop DrawingO&M Manual Flowmeters) 40 72 13 - TLevel Measurement: UltrasonicShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 75 13 - TAnalyzers: pHShop DrawingO&M Manual Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 10/2018 Note: This is not a comprehensive list of submittals required. Deviation from the approved drawings, specified details will require an approved shop drawing ǤƦĻƭ ƚŅ {ǒĬƒźƷƷğƌƭ wĻƨǒźƩĻķ tğƩğŭƩğƦŷ {ƦĻĭźŅźĭğƷźƚƓ {ĻĭƷźƚƓ{ƦĻĭźŅźĭğƷźƚƓ 5ĻƭĭƩźƦƷźƚƓ tƩƚķǒĭƷ {ğƒƦƌĻ ƚƩ hƦĻƩğƷźƚƓƭ bƚ͵ LƓŅƚƩƒğƷźƚƓaƚĭƉǒƦ5ğƷğ 40 75 23 - TAnalyzers: Residual ChlorineShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 75 29 - TAnalyzers: Ammonia and MonochloramineShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 75 53 - TAnalyzers: TurbidityShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 90 00 - TInstrumentation and Control for Process SystemsShop Drawing 40 90 01 - TInstrumentationShop DrawingO&M Manual 40 90 02 - TSupervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) Shop Drawing System 43 23 13.40 - THorizontal ANSI Centrifugal PumpsShop DrawingO&M Manual 43 33 10.01 - TLiquid Chemical Peristaltic Hose Transfer PumpsShop DrawingO&M Manual 43 33 10.02 - TLiquid Chemical Peristaltic Tube Metering PumpsShop DrawingO&M Manual 43 41 46 - TFiberglass Reinforced Plastic Aboveground Storage Shop DrawingO&M Manual Tanks Submittal Register 01 33 01-2 10/2018 p p p p p p p 12!46!11!TQFDJBM!QSPDFEVSFT BUUBDINFOU!2 TVHHFTUFE!TFRVFODJOH!BOE TIVUEPXO!TDFOBSJPT Dpotusvdujpo Mfhfoe Tusvduvsft!Tivu!Epxo Cfgpsf!Tivuepxot Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Opof Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 271!NHE Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Ovfdft!Sjwfs!QT!3 Usbotnjttjpo!Nbjo Dpnqmfujpo!pg!uif!ofx!nfufsjoh!tubujpo- b* Ovfdft!Sjwfs!QT!2 Usbotnjttjpo!Nbjo Dm3!0!MBT!Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy!boe!Tqmjuufs Nbsz!Sipeft!Qjqfmjof Tusvduvsf-!boe!bttpdjbufe!sbx!xbufs qjqfmjof/ Dpnqmfujpo!pg!Qmbou!3!Dpbhvmbou!gbdjmjuz- c* SX!Nfufsjoh!Tusvduvsf bttpdjbufe!difnjdbm!mjoft-!Dbvtujd SX!Sfdfjwjoh!Voju Tfe/!Cbtjo!$2 SX!Kvodujpo!Tusvduvsf Jnqspwfnfout-!Xftu!MBT!gbdjmjuz/ Dpnqmfujpo!pg!uif!ofx!QDS.22!Cvjmejoh/ d* Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe QDS.9 Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!mjhiujoh!gps!Mbhppo!6 Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy e* boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu boe!7!bsfbt/ Tfe/!Cbtjo!$3 Jotubmmbujpo!pg!ufnqpsbsz!qjqjoh!up!sfspvuf f* Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* xbti!xbufs!sfuvso!gmpx!gspn!fyjtujoh!31# SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo Sfuvso!Xbti!Xbufs!)SXX*!mjof!up!uif Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT fyjtujoh!kvodujpo!tusvduvsf/ QDS.22 Jotubmmbujpo!pg!ufnqpsbsz!qjqjoh!up!sfspvuf g* Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Tfe/!Cbtjo!$4 xbti!xbufs!sfdzdmf!gmpx!gspn!fyjtujoh!27# Dm3!boe!MBT!Qvnqfe Sfuvso!Xbti!Xbufs!)SXX*!mjof!up!uif Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy!boe Tqmjuufs!Tusvduvsf fyjtujoh!kvodujpo!tusvduvsf/ Qmbou!3!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Qsf.!Tfe!Cbtjo boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu 23#!qspdftt!xbufs!mjof!boe!Qmbou!Xbufs h* Qvnq!Tubujpo!)Cje!Jufnt!B36!boe QDS.: D6.D:*!xjuijo!23!npouit!pg!Dpotusvdujpo Tfe/!Cbtjo!$5 OUQ/ Jogmvfou!Diboofm Qspqptfe!Qmbou pg!Qsf.Tfe!Cbtjo 3!Dpbh/ Mfhfoe Tivuepxo!Op/!2 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo Tusvduvsft!Tivu!Epxo Dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 4!npouit Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Evsbujpo Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife 271!NHE Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Ovfdft!Sjwfs!QT!3 Usbotnjttjpo!Nbjo Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Ovfdft!Sjwfs!QT!2 Usbotnjttjpo!Nbjo Nbsz!Sipeft!Qjqfmjof Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo!tibmm!cf!esbjofe!up b* difdl!uif!tmvjdf!hbuft!boe!gps!xbufs!rvbmjuz )dpvme!cf!vujmj{fe!gps!tmvehf!sfnpwbm!xijmf!pvu pg!tfswjdf*/ SX!Nfufsjoh!Tusvduvsf SX!Sfdfjwjoh!Voju Sfnpwbm!pg!uif!83”!qjqjoh!cfjoh!sfqmbdfe/! SX!Kvodujpo!Tusvduvsf c* Tfe/!Cbtjo!$2 Dpnqmfujpo!pg!uif!ofx!kvodujpo!tusvduvsf-!219” d* QDS.9 mjoft!up!uif!qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo-!bobmz{fs Bobmz{fs cvjmejoh-!uif!bttpdjbufe!sbx!xbufs!qjqfmjoft/ Cvjmejoh Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Jotubmm!boe!dpnqmfuf!dpnnjttjpojoh!pg!ofx e* Tfe/!Cbtjo!$3 jokfdujpo!qpjout!gps!dimpsjof!ejpyjef!boe tpejvn!qfsnbohbobuf/ Jotubmm!uif!qfsnbofou!sf.spvuf!pg!31”!SXX f* qjqfmjof!up!uif!ofx!kvodujpo!tusvduvsf/ QDS.22 Jotubmm!uif!qfsnbofou!sf.spvuf!pg!uif!SXX g* SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Tfe/!Cbtjo!$4 qjqfmjof!gspn!Mbhppo!8!)qspqptfe!35”!QWD*!up uif!ofx!kvodujpo!tusvduvsf/ Qsf.!Tfe!Cbtjo Sfnpwbm!pg!qpxfs!mjof!up!uif!qsf.tfe!cbtjo h* boe!jotubmmbujpo!pg!uif!ofx!qpxfs!mjof!up!uif Tfe/!Cbtjo!$5 qsf.tfe!cbtjo!uispvhi!QDS.9/ QDS.: Jogmvfou!Diboofm pg!Qsf.Tfe!Cbtjo Tivuepxo!Op/!3 Mfhfoe .!Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo! Tusvduvsft!Tivu!Epxo Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo .!Qsjnbsz!Tfe!Cbtjo!5 Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 231!NHE Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dmptf!Jomfu!Wbmwf!up!tfe!cbtjo!5/!Esbjo b* uif!cbtjo!up!jotubmm!b!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo tusvduvsf!joup!uif!njyjoh!diboofm/!Uijt jtpmbuft!uif!bsfb!bspvoe!uif!jomfu!wbmwf gps!uif!dpotusvdujpo!qspkfdu/!Nblf!tvsf fopvhi!sppn!jt!hjwfo!up!dpsf!uif!xbmm boe!jotubmm!ofx!65”!wbmwf/ Jotubmm!uif!ufnqpsbsz!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf c* up!Tfe!Cbtjo!5/ Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!5 d* jodmvejoh!b!ufnqpsbsz!jomfu!up!uif!cbtjo!5 epxotusfbn!pg!uif!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!bu!b epxotusfbn!qjqfmjof!jowfsu!tjnjmbs!up fyjtujoh!sbx!xbufs!qjqjoh!up!uif!cbtjo- bcpwf!uif!dpotusvdujpo!kpjou!fmfwbujpo )sfgfs!up!tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm qfofusbujpo!boe!sfqbjs!efubjmt*/!Uif czqbtt!qjqjoh!tibmm!jodmvef!nfbot!up npojups!boe!dpouspm!uif!gmpx!up!uif tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo/ Difnjdbm!jokfdujpo!xpvme!cf!npwfe!cz e* uif!qmbou!up!uif!ejtdibshf!qpjou/ Jotubmm!Jtpmbujpo Tusvduvsf Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh Tivuepxo!Op/!4 Mfhfoe .!Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!Epxo Dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo .Qsjnbsz!Tfe!Cbtjo!4 Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 231!NHE Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dmptf!Jomfu!Wbmwf!up!tfe!cbtjo!4/!Esbjo b* uif!cbtjo!up!jotubmm!b!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo tusvduvsf!joup!uif!njyjoh!diboofm/!Uijt jtpmbuft!uif!bsfb!bspvoe!uif!jomfu!wbmwf gps!uif!dpotusvdujpo!qspkfdu/!!Nblf!tvsf fopvhi!sppn!jt!hjwfo!up!dpsf!uif!xbmm boe!jotubmm!ofx!65”!wbmwf/ Jotubmm!uif!ufnqpsbsz!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf c* up!Tfe!Cbtjo!4/ Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!4 d* jodmvejoh!b!ufnqpsbsz!jomfu!up!uif!cbtjo!4 epxotusfbn!pg!uif!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!bu!b epxotusfbn!qjqfmjof!jowfsu!tjnjmbs!up fyjtujoh!sbx!xbufs!qjqjoh!up!uif!cbtjo- bcpwf!uif!dpotusvdujpo!kpjou!fmfwbujpo )sfgfs!up!tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh qfofusbujpo!boe!sfqbjs!efubjmt*/!Uif Jotubmm!Jtpmbujpo czqbtt!qjqjoh!tibmm!jodmvef!nfbot!up Tusvduvsf npojups!boe!dpouspm!uif!gmpx!up!uif tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo/ Difnjdbm!jokfdujpo!xpvme!cf!npwfe!cz e* qmbou!up!ejtdibshf!qpjou/ Tivuepxo!Op/!5 Mfhfoe Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!Epxo Dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 271!NHE Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dpotusvdujpo!pg!Qmbou!3!Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo b* Gmbti!Njy!boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dpotusvdujpo!pg!uif!uxp!qspqptfe!65”!SX c* qjqfmjoft!up!tfe!cbtjot!4!boe!5/ Qspqptfe!65# SX!Qjqjoh Ofx!Qmbou!3!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Tivuepxo!Op/!6 Mfhfoe .!Qsf.tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof .!Nbsz!Sipeft!Qjqfmjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 21!ebzt Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Evsbujpo Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu 231!NHE!)cbtfe!po!71!NHE Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz gspn!fbdi!OS!Qjqfmjof* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Podf!Tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjot!4!boe!5 b* ibwf!cffo!dpoofdufe!up!uif!ofx!tqmjuufs tusvduvsf-!dpnqmfuf!uif!dpoofdujpo!pg uif!Nbsz!Sipeft!Qjqfmjof!up!uif!ofx 83”!SX!mjof/ Sfnpwf!qpsujpo!pg!uif!Nbsz!Sipeft c* Qjqfmjof!ofbs!uif!pme!Nfufsjoh!Tubujpo/ Jg!uif!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!4!Qjqfmjof!)tfqbsbuf d* qspkfdu*!jt!dpnqmfufe!cz!uif!ujnf!pg!uijt tivuepxo-!dpnqmfuf!b!ufnqpsbsz dpoofdujpo!pg!uif!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!Qjqfmjof 4!up!uif!ofx!65”!sbx!xbufs!qjqfmjof!)po uif!nptu!fbtu!pg!uif!ofx!gpvs!sbx!xbufs qjqfmjoft*-!jo!psefs!up!qspwjef!sbx!xbufs tvqqmz!uispvhi!uif!ofx!jogsbtusvduvsf/ Uijt!dpoofdujpo!tipvme!cf!dpnqmfuf cfgpsf!tivuepxo!9!jo!psefs!up!ibwf!b tvggjdjfou!sbx!xbufs!tvqqmz/ Tivuepxo!Op/!7 Mfhfoe Tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo!5 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Evsbujpo Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 231!NHE Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Qsf.tfe!cbtjo!dbo!cf!gjmmfe!cbdl!vq!vtjoh b* uif!gmpx!gspn!uif!Nbsz!Sipeft!Qjqfmjof uispvhi!uif!ofx!Kvodujpo!Tusvduvsf/ Qsf.Tfe!nvtu!cf!gvmm!cfgpsf Tfejnfoubujpo!Cbtjo!5!jt!cspvhiu!cbdl pomjof!bgufs!uijt!tivuepxo/ Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf/ c* Bobmz{fs Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!5 d* Cvjmejoh boe!sfqbjs!uif!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!)sfgfs!up Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!boe sfqbjs!efubjmt*/ Jg!uif!jotubmmbujpo!pg!Ovfdft!Sjwfs e* Qjqfmjof!4!)tfqbsbuf!pohpjoh!qspkfdu*!jt dpnqmfuf-!qspwjef!b!ufnqpsbsz QDS.22 dpoofdujpo!gspn!ju!up!uif!ofx!65”!SX SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo Qjqf!B/ Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!27#!boe!31#!SXX f* mjof!dpoofdujpot!up!uif!fyjtujoh!kvodujpo tusvduvsf!boe!tubsu!vtjoh!uif!qfsnbofou dpoofdujpot!gps!uiftf!mjoft!up!uif!ofx SX!Kvodujpo Qsf.!Tfe!Cbtjo Tusvduvsf kvodujpo!tusvduvsf/ Sfnpwf!Jtpmbujpo Tusvduvsf Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh Tivuepxo!Op/!8 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tfe!Cbtjo!4 Mfhfoe Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz .!221!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!241!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Tfe!cbtjo!5!tipvme!cf!cbdl!jo!tfswjdf b* uispvhi!uif!ofx!tztufn!cfgpsf!tfe!cbtjo 4!dbo!cf!sfnpwfe!gspn!tfswjdf!boe esbjofe!up!sfnpwf!uif!ufnqpsbsz jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf/ Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf/ c* Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!4 d* boe!sfqbjs!uif!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!)sfgfs!up tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!boe sfqbjs!efubjmt* Bgufs!Tivuepxo!$8-!uif!Qmbou!3 e* Qspqptfe!Qmbou Dpbhvmbou!gbdjmjuz!dbo!cf!dpnnjttjpofe 2!Dpbh/ bttvnjoh!ofx!nfufs!jt!pomjof/ Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh Sfnpwf!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!9 Mfhfoe Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Ovfdft!Sjwfs!2!Qjqfmjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 21!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf .!:1!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu .!261!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Podf!Cbtjot!4!boe!5!ibwf!cffo!dpoofdufe b* up!uif!ofx!tqmjuufs!tusvduvsf-!dpnqmfuf!uif dpoofdujpo!pg!uif!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!2!mjof!up!uif ofx!65”!mjof/ Dpnqmfuf!qpttjcmf!qpsujpot!pg!uif!uxp!65” c* mjoft!gspn!uif!ofx!tqmjuufs!tusvduvsf!up!tfe cbtjot!2!boe!3/ Bobmz{fs Dpnqmfuf!qpttjcmf!qpsujpo!pg!uif!czqbtt d* Cvjmejoh qjqjoh!up!tfe!cbtjo!3/!Uif!czqbtt!qjqjoh Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt tibmm!jodmvef!nfbot!up!npojups!boe!dpouspm uif!gmpx!up!uif!tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo/ Sfnpwf!uif!qpsujpo!pg!uif!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!2 e* mjof!ofbs!uif!pme!Nfufsjoh!Tubujpo SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo Dpnqmfuf!Xftu!Bmvn!gbdjmjuz!jnqspwfnfout/ f* SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Dm3!boe!MBT Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!: Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!3 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf .!241!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!251!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dmptf!Jomfu!Wbmwf!up!tfe!cbtjo!3/!Cfhjo b* esbjojoh!up!jotubmm!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!joup uif!njyjoh!diboofm/!Uijt!jtpmbuft!uif bsfb!bspvoe!uif!jomfu!wbmwf!gps!uif dpotusvdujpo!qspkfdu/!!Nblf!tvsf fopvhi!sppn!jt!hjwfo!up!dpsf!uif!xbmm boe!jotubmm!ofx!65”!wbmwf/ Jotubmm!uif!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf c* Bobmz{fs up!tfe!cbtjo!3/ Cvjmejoh Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Difnjdbm!jokfdujpo!xpvme!cf!npwfe!cz! d* qmbou!up!ejtdibshf!qpjou/ Jotubmm!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf Dpoofdu!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh Dpoofdu!czqbtt!qjqjoh!up!tfe!cbtjo!3 e* xjui!b!ufnqpsbsz!jomfu!up!uif!cbtjo!3 SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo epxotusfbn!pg!uif!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!bu b!epxotusfbn!qjqfmjof!jowfsu!tjnjmbs!up fyjtujoh!sbx!xbufs!qjqjoh!up!uif!cbtjo- SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf bcpwf!uif!dpotusvdujpo!kpjou!fmfwbujpo )sfgfs!up!tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ qfofusbujpo!boe!sfqbjs!efubjmt*/!Uif czqbtt!qjqjoh!tibmm!jodmvef!nfbot!up Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo npojups!boe!dpouspm!uif!gmpx!up!uif Gmbti!Njy!boe Dm3!boe!MBT Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo/ TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!21 Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!2 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf .!241!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!251!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dmptf!Jomfu!Wbmwf!up!tfe!cbtjo!2/!Cfhjo b* esbjojoh!up!jotubmm!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!joup uif!njyjoh!diboofm/!Uijt!jtpmbuft!uif bsfb!bspvoe!uif!jomfu!wbmwf!gps!uif dpotusvdujpo!qspkfdu/!!Nblf!tvsf!fopvhi Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh sppn!jt!hjwfo!up!dpsf!uif!xbmm!boe!jotubmm ofx!65”!wbmwf/ Jotubmm!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf Jotubmm!uif!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf c* Bobmz{fs Cvjmejoh up!tfe!cbtjo!2/ Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Jotubmm!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!2 d* jodmvejoh!b!ufnqpsbsz!jomfu!up!uif!cbtjo!2 epxotusfbn!pg!uif!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf!bu b!epxotusfbn!qjqfmjof!jowfsu!tjnjmbs!up SX!Nfufsjoh fyjtujoh!sbx!xbufs!qjqjoh!up!uif!cbtjo!- Tubujpo bcpwf!uif!dpotusvdujpo!kpjou!fmfwbujpo )sfgfs!up!tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm SX!Kvodujpo qfofusbujpo!boe!sfqbjs!efubjmt*/!Uif Tusvduvsf czqbtt!qjqjoh!tibmm!jodmvef!nfbot!up Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ npojups!boe!dpouspm!uif!gmpx!up!uif tfejnfoubujpo!cbtjo/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Difnjdbm!jokfdujpo!xpvme!cf!npwfe!cz e* Dm3!boe!MBT Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf qmbou!up!ejtdibshf!qpjou/ Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Bdujwjuz!Op/!22 Mfhfoe O0B Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz .!261!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!271!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl Dpotusvdujpo!pg!Qmbou!2!Qvnq!Ejggvtjpo b* Gmbti!Njy!boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Jotubmm!ofx!65”!qjqfmjoft!up!tfe!cbtjot c* 2!boe!3/ Bobmz{fs Cvjmejoh Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Dm3!boe!MBT Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!23 Tfe!Cbtjo!3 Mfhfoe Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz .!241!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!251!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Ofx!qjqjoh!up!tfe!cbtjo!3!tipvme!cf dpoofdufe!cfgpsf!uijt!tivuepxo/ c* Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf/ d* Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!3 boe!sfqbjs!uif!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!)sfgfs!up Bobmz{fs tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!boe Cvjmejoh sfqbjs!efubjmt*/ Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Sfnpwf!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Dm3!boe!MBT Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!24 Tfe!Cbtjo!2 Mfhfoe Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 6!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf .!241!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!251!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Tfe!cbtjo!3!tipvme!cf!cbdl!jo!tfswjdf uispvhi!uif!ofx!tztufn!cfgpsf!tfe cbtjo!2!dbo!cf!sfnpwfe!gspn!tfswjdf boe!esbjofe!up!sfnpwf!uif!ufnqpsbsz jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf/ Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!Qjqjoh c* Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!jtpmbujpo!tusvduvsf Sfnpwf!Jtpmbujpo!Tusvduvsf gspn!Tfe!Cbtjo!2/ Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu d* Sfnpwf!Czqbtt!qjqjoh!gps!Tfe!Cbtjo!2 Cvjmejoh boe!sfqbjs!uif!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!)sfgfs!up Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt tiffu!22.T.17!gps!xbmm!qfofusbujpo!boe sfqbjs!efubjmt*/ SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!25 Mfhfoe Ovfdft!Sjwfs!2!Mjof Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo 21!ebzt Evsbujpo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf .!:1!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!261!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Ujf.jo!sfnbjojoh!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!3 qjqfmjof!up!uif!ofx!tusvduvsft/ c* Podf!Ovfdft!Sjwfs!3!qjqfmjof dpoofdujpo!jt!dpnqmfuf-!sfnpwf!uif ufnqpsbsz!dpoofdujpo!gps!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!qjqfmjof!boe!dpnqmfuf!jut Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy qfsnbofou!dpoofdujpo!up!uif!ofx Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh tusvduvsft/ Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt d* Sfnpwf!uif!qpsujpo!pg!uif!Ovfdft Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT Sjwfs!3!mjof!ofbs!uif!pme!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo/ SX!Nfufsjoh e* Fyjtujoh!SX!Nfufsjoh!Tubujpo- Tubujpo Kvodujpo!Tusvduvsf-!Sfdfjwjoh!Voju!boe bttpdjbufe!SX!Qjqjoh!up!cf SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf efnpmjtife!bgufs!uif!tivuepxo!25/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!26 Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!2 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 261!NHE! Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Dpotusvdu!Cbggmf!Xbmm!jo!tfe!cbtjo!2/ Jotubmm!Cbggmf!Xbmm Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!27 Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!3 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz 261!NHE! Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Dpotusvdu!Cbggmf!Xbmm!jo!tfe!cbtjo!3/ Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT Jotubmm!Cbggmf!Xbmm SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!28 Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!4 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo 261!NHE! Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Dpotusvdu!Cbggmf!Xbmm!jo!tfe!cbtjo!4/ Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo Jotubmm!Cbggmf!Xbmm SX!Kvodujpo Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Ofx!Qmbou!3 Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Dm3!boe!MBT Gmbti!Njy!boe TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Tivuepxo!Op/!29 Mfhfoe Tfe!Cbtjo!5 Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo 261!NHE! Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Dpotusvdu!Cbggmf!Xbmm!jo!tfe!cbtjo!5/ Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Ofx!Qmbou!3 Tusvduvsf Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Jotubmm!Cbggmf!Xbmm Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ Gjobm!Mbzpvu Mfhfoe O0B Dpnqpofout!Pgg.mjof Tusvduvsft!Tivu!EpxoDpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!uif!Tivuepxo O0B Bmmpxbcmf!Tivuepxo Ofx!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Fyjtujoh!Tusvduvsft!jo!Vtf Evsbujpo Tusvduvsft!cfjoh!Efnpmjtife Ofx!Qjqjoh!boe!Tusvduvsft!Cvjmu Bwbjmbcmf!Dbqbdjuz .!261!NHE!)xjuipvu!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* .!311!NHE!)xjui!Ovfdft Sjwfs!4!mjof!dpoofdujpo* Eftdsjqujpo!pg!Xpsl b* Dpotusvdujpo!gjobmj{fe/! Ofx!Qmbou!2!Qvnqfe Ejggvtjpo!Gmbti!Njy Bobmz{fs boe!Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Cvjmejoh Qspqptfe!Qpmznfs!)DBQ* Sbx!Xbufs!Tbnqmf!Qvnqt Qspqptfe!Xftu!MBT SX!Nfufsjoh Tubujpo SX!Kvodujpo Ofx!Qmbou!3 Tusvduvsf Qvnqfe!Ejggvtjpo Gmbti!Njy!boe Nfufsjoh!Wbvmu Qspqptfe!Qmbou!2!Dpbh/ Dm3!boe!MBT TQmjuufs!Tusvduvsf Qspqptfe!Qmbou 3!Dpbh/ BUUBDINFOU!3!.!DIFNJDBM!TVQQMZ!BDDFTT!SPVUF CHEMICAL SUPPLY ACCESS ROUTE 6 ONSWTP RAW WATER INFLUENT AND CHEMICAL ATTACHMENT 1 TO SECTION FACILITIES IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS CHEMICAL SUPPLY ACCESS ROUTE OF SPECIFICATION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES EXHIBIT SHEET 1 OF 1 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPTs field office and the Contractors field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPTs field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPTs field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractors use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 10 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPTs field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractors and the OPTs field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contingency measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPTs field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPTs field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owners operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 361-826-1817 to ob permit from the Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER (NOT APPLICABLE) A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas. B. actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owners requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine, which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owners wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 Rev 8/2019 SECTION 01_60_00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Product requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 2. 372 - Drinking Water System Components Î Lead Content. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Inclusive of raw materials, finished goods, equipment, systems, and shop fabrications. B. Special tools: Tools that have been specifically made for use on a product for assembly, disassembly, repair, or maintenance. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Calculations/certifications in accordance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for materials in contact with drinking water. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. B. Provide products by same manufacturer when products are of similar nature, unless otherwise specified. C. Provide like parts of duplicate units that are interchangeable. D. Provide equipment or product that has not been in service prior to delivery, except as required by tests. E. When necessary, modify manufacturer's standard product to conform to specified requirements or requirements indicated on the Drawings. November 2022 01_60_00-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Formal substitution request procedure: 1. Submit a written formal substitution request to Engineer for each proposed substitution within 30 days of effective date of Contract. 2. Engineer will return initial opinion and request for additional information within 30 days. 3. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject the substitution request within 30 days of receiving required information. B. Formal substitution request contents: 1. Provide Substitution Request Form, Appendix A, as specified in this Section. 2. ManufacturerÓs literature including: a. ManufacturerÓs name and address. b. Product name. c. Product description. d. Reference standards. e. Certified performance and test data. f. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Samples, if applicable. 4. Shop drawings, if applicable. 5. Reference projects where the product has been successfully used: a. Name and address of project. b. Year of installation. c. Year placed in operation. d. Name of product installed. e. Point of contact: Name and phone number. 6. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified including a list of significant variations: a. Design features. b. Design dimensions. c. Installation requirements. d. Operations and maintenance requirements. 7. Define impacts: a. Impacts to construction schedule. b. Impacts to other contracts. c. Impacts to other work or products. d. Impact to Contract Sum: 1) Do not include costs under separate contracts. 2) Do not include EngineerÓs costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 3) Required license fees or royalties. e. Availability of maintenance services and sources of replacement materials. 8. Contractor represents the following: a. Contractor shall pay associated costs for Engineer to evaluate the substitution. b. Contractor bears the burden of proof of the equivalency of the proposed substitution. c. Proposed substitution does not change the design intent and will have equal performance to the specified product. d. Proposed substitution is equal or superior to the specified product. November 2022 01_60_00-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) e. Contractor will provide the warranties or bonds that would be provided on the specified product on the proposed substitution, unless Owner requires a Special Warranty. f. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work and will be responsible for the costs to make changes as required to the Work. g. Contractor waives rights to claim additional costs caused by proposed substitution which may subsequently become apparent. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance under the following conditions: 1. No formal substitution request is made. 2. The substitution is simply implied or indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals. 3. The formal substitution request is submitted by a subcontractor or supplier. D. Substitution requests submitted after the deadline will not be considered unless the following evidence is submitted to the Engineer: 1. Proof that the specified product is unavailable for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor. a. Reasons may include manufacturing discontinued, bankruptcy, labor strikes, or acts of God. b. Contractor placed or attempted to place orders for the specified products within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement. c. The formal substitution request is submitted to Engineer within 10 days of Contractor discovering the specified product cannot be obtained. E. EngineerÓs decision on a substitution requests will be final and binding. 1. Approved substitutions will be incorporated into the Contract Documents with a Change Order. 2. Requests for time extensions and additional costs based on submission of, approval of, or rejection of substitutions will not be allowed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Material requirements: 1. Materials: Provide corrosion resistance suitable for project conditions. 2. Dissimilar metals: Separate contacting surfaces with dielectric material. B. Edge grinding: 1. Sharp projections of cut or sheared edges of ferrous metals which are not to be welded shall be ground to a radius required to ensure satisfactory paint adherence. 2.02 PRODUCTS IN CONTACT WITH DRINKING WATER A. Materials in contact with drinking waters: In accordance with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1. Certification by an independent ANSI accredited third party, including, but not limited to, NSF International, as being lead free. November 2022 01_60_00-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) 2.03 PRODUCT SELECTION A. When products are specified by standard or specification designations of technical societies, organizations, or associations only, provide products that meet or exceed reference standard and Specifications. B. When products are specified with names of manufacturers but no model numbers or catalog designations, provide: 1. Products by one of named manufacturers that meet or exceed Specifications. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. C. When products are specified with names of manufacturers and model numbers or catalog designations, provide: 1. Products with model numbers or catalog designations by one of named manufacturers. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. D. When products are specified with names of manufacturers, but with brand or trade names, model numbers, or catalog designations by one manufacturer only, provide: 1. Products specified by brand or trade name, model number, or catalog designation. 2. Products by one of named manufacturers proven, in accordance with requirements for an "or equal", to meet or exceed quality, appearance and performance of specified brand or trade name, model number, or catalog designation. 3. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. E. When Products are specified with only one manufacturer followed by "or Equal," provide: 1. Products meeting or exceeding Specifications by specified manufacturer. 2. Engineer deemed "or equal" evidenced by an approved shop drawing or other written communication. 2.04 SHIPMENT A. Mandatory requirements prior to shipment of equipment: 1. Engineer approved shop drawings. 2. Engineer approved ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing, when required by specifications. 3. Draft operations and maintenance manuals, as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data, when required by specifications. B. Prepare products for shipment by: 1. Tagging or marking products to agree with delivery schedule or shop drawings. 2. Including complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. 3. Packaging products to facilitate handling and protection against damage during transit, handling, and storage. 4. Securely attach special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and installation to each piece of equipment before packaging and shipment. November 2022 01_60_00-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) C. Transport products by methods that avoid product damage. D. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging. 2.05 SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide spare parts and maintenance products as required by Specifications. B. Provide one set of special tools required to install or service the equipment. C. Box, tag, and clearly mark items. D. Contractor is responsible for spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools until acceptance by Owner. E. Store spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools in enclosed, weather- proof, and lighted facility during the construction period. 1. Protect parts subject to deterioration, such as ferrous metal items and electrical components with appropriate lubricants, desiccants, or hermetic sealing. F. Provide spare parts and special tools inventory list, see Appendix B: 1. Equipment tag number. 2. Equipment manufacturer. 3. Subassembly component, if appropriate. 4. Quantity. 5. Storage location. G. Store large items individually: 1. Weight: Greater than 50 pounds. 2. Size: Greater than 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. 3. Clearly labeled: a. Equipment tag number. b. Equipment manufacturer. c. Subassembly component, if appropriate. H. Store in spare parts box smaller items: 1. Weight: Less than 50 pounds. 2. Size: Less than 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. 3. Clearly labeled: a. Equipment tag number. b. Equipment manufacturer. c. Subassembly component, if appropriate. I. Spare parts and special tools box: 1. Wooden box: a. Size: 24 inches wide by 18 inches high by 36 inches long. 2. Hinged wooden cover: a. Strap type hinges. b. Locking hasp. c. Spare parts inventory list taped to underside of cover. 3. Coating: As specified in Section 09_96_01 - High-Performance Coatings. November 2022 01_60_00-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) 4. Clearly labeled: a. The words ÐSpare Parts and/or Special ToolsÑ. b. Equipment tag number. c. Equipment manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Handle equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Upon delivery, promptly inspect shipments: 1. Verify compliance with Contract Documents, correct quantities, and undamaged condition of products. 2. Acceptance of shipment does not constitute final acceptance of equipment. 3.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Immediately store and protect products and materials until installed in Work. B. Store products with seals and legible labels intact. C. Maintain products within temperature and humidity ranges required or recommended by manufacturer. D. Protect painted or surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and damage. 1. Repaint damaged painted or surfaces. E. Exterior storage of fabricated products: 1. Place on aboveground supports that allow for drainage. 2. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. 3. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation under covering. F. Store moisture sensitive products in watertight enclosures. G. Furnish covered, weather-protected storage structures providing a clean, dry, noncorrosive environment for mechanical equipment, valves, architectural items, electrical and instrumentation equipment and special equipment to be incorporated into this project. 1. Storage of equipment shall be in strict accordance with the Ðinstructions for storageÑ of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including connection of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment, etc. 2. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the manufacturerÓs instructions for storage to the Engineer prior to storage of all equipment and materials. H. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in well-drained area. 1. Prevent materials mixing with foreign matter. 2. Provide access for inspection. November 2022 01_60_00-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) I. Payment will not be made for equipment or and materials improperly stored or stored without providing Engineer with the manufacturer's instructions for storage. J. Provide an Equipment Log including, as a minimum, the equipment identification, date stored, date of inspection/maintenance, date removed from storage, copy of manufacturerÓs recommended storage guidelines, description of inspection/maintenance activities performed, and signature of party performing inspection/maintenance. 3.03 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. 1. Remove covering when no longer needed. 2. Replace corroded, damaged, or deteriorated equipment, product, or parts before acceptance of the project. B. Update Equipment Log on a monthly basis with description of maintenance activities performed in accordance with the manufacturerÓs recommendation and industry standards and signature of party performing maintenance. 3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ entities that meet or exceed specified qualifications to execute the Work. B. Verify project conditions are satisfactory before executing subsequent portions of the Work. 3.05 COMMISSIONING (NOT USED) 3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Owner may request advanced delivery of spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools. 1. Deduct the delivered items from the inventory list and provide transmittal documentation. B. Immediately prior to the date of Substantial Completion, arrange to deliver spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools to Owner at a location on site chosen by the Owner. 1. Provide itemized list of spare parts and special tools that matches the identification tag attached to each item. 2. Owner and Engineer will review the inventory and the itemized list to confirm it is complete and in good condition prior to signing for acceptance. 3.07 ATTACHMENTS A. Appendix A - Sample Substitution Request Form. B. Appendix B - Spare Parts, Maintenance Products, and Special Tools Inventory List. END OF SECTION November 2022 01_60_00-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) APPENDIX A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM November 2022 01_60_00-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) DOCUMENT 01_60_00 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Owner: Date: Contractor: Project No.: Project Name: To: From: Re: Contract For: Substitution Request Engineering Project Number: Number: Specification Information Title: Number: Page: Article/Paragraph: Description: Proposed Substitution Product: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone: History: New Product 2-5 years old 5-10 years old More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: Point-by-point comparative data and impacts attached Î REQUIRED BY ENGINEER November 2022 01_60_00-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) Reason For Not Providing Specified Item Reason: Similar Installation: Project: Address: Date Installed: Owner: Architect: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes, Explain: Benefit to Owner For Accepting Substitution Savings: ($) Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes (Add) (Deduct) days Supporting Data Attached Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports Reference Projects Other: Certifications The undersigned certifies: Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product, unless Owner requires a Special Warranty. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. Payment will be made for changes to building design, including Engineer design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. November 2022 01_60_00-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) Certifications Submitted by: Signed by: Firm Name Firm Address: Phone: Attachments: EngineerÓs Review And Action Substitution accepted - Make submittals as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. Substitution accepted as noted - Make submittals as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by: Date: Additional Comments Additional Comments: Contractor Subcontractor Supplier Manufacturer Engineer Other: Comments: November 2022 01_60_00-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) APPENDIX B SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS INVENTORY LIST Owner: Date: Contractor: Project No.: Project Name: Inventory List Spec Number: Spec Title Equipment Tag Equipment No.: Manufacturer: Subassembly ManufacturerÓs Storage Quantity Component Description Part Number Location November 2022 01_60_00-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_60_00 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 01_78_23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Preparation and submittal of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.02 GENERAL A. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals as specified in technical sections. B. Make approved manuals available at project site for use by construction personnel and Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Draft Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Submit prior to shipment of equipment or system to site. 2. Shipment will be considered incomplete without the draft Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Quantity: a. Hard copy: 4 sets. b. Electronic: 2 CD-ROM or DVD. B. Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Make additions and revisions in accordance with Owner's and Engineer's review comments on draft manuals. 2. Submit approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals at least 30 days prior to Functional Testing and at least 60 days prior to Owner Training. 3. Quantity: a. Hard copy: 4 sets. b. Electronic: 2 CD-ROM or DVD. 1.04 PREPARATION A. General requirements: 1. Provide dimensions in English units. 2. Assemble material, where possible, in the same order within each volume. 3. Reduce drawings and diagrams to 8 1/2 by 11-inch size, if possible unless otherwise specified. 4. Complete forms on computer, handwriting not acceptable. 5. Delete items or options not provided in the supplied equipment or system. 6. Provide package control system annotated ladder logic for PLC, if applicable. B. Hard copy requirements: 1. Binders: 3-ring with rigid covers. a. Break into separate binders as needed to accommodate large size. November 2022 01_78_23-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) 2. Utilize numbered tab sheets to organize information. 3. Provide original and clear text on reproducible non-colored paper, 8 1/2 by 11-inch size, 24 pound paper. 4. Drawings larger than 8 1/2 by 11 inch: a. Fold drawings separately and place in envelope bound into the manual. b. Label each drawing envelope on the outside regarding contents. C. Electronic requirements: 1. File format: a. Entire manual in PDF format. 1) Include text and drawing information. 2) Provide a single PDF file even if the hard copy version is broken into separate binders due to being large. 3) Create PDF from the native format of the document (Microsoft Word, graphics programs, drawing programs, etc.) a) If material is not available in native format and only available in paper format, remove smudges, fingerprints, and other extraneous marks before scanning to PDF format. b) Hard copy record drawing requirements: (1) Provide a single multipage PDF file of each set of the scanned drawings. (2) Page 1 shall be the cover of the drawing set. c) At file opening, display the entire cover. (1) Scan drawings at 200 to 300 dots per inch (DPI), black and white, Group IV Compression, unless otherwise specified. (2) Scan drawings with photos in the background at 400 dots per inch (DPI), black and white, Group IV Compression. 4) Pagination and appearance to match hard copy. 5) Searchable. 6) Scanned images are not acceptable. 7) Bookmarks: a) Bookmarks shall match the table of contents. b) Bookmark each section (tab) and heading. c) Drawings: Bookmark at a minimum, each discipline, area designation, or appropriate division. d) At file opening, display all levels of bookmarks as expanded. 8) Thumbnails optimized for fast web viewing. b. Drawing requirements. 1) Provide additional copy of drawings in most current version of AutoCAD format. 2) Drawings shall have a white background. 3) Drawing shapes shall not degrade when closely zoomed. 4) Screening effects intended to de-emphasize detail in a drawing must be preserved. 5) Delete items or options not provided in the supplied equipment or system. 2. Media: a. CD-ROM or DVD-ROM compatible with Microsoft Windows. b. Flash drive. c. Secure Electronic File Transfer (SEFT). 3. Label media with the following information: a. Operation and Maintenance Manual. November 2022 01_78_23-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) b. Equipment name. c. Specification Section Number d. Equipment tag number. e. Owner's name. f. Project number and name. g. Date. 4. If multiple submittals are made together, each submittal must have its own subdirectory that is named and numbered based on the submittal number. 1.05 CONTENTS A. Label the spines: 1. Equipment name. 2. Tag number. 3. Project name. 4. Owner name. B. Cover page: 1. Operation and Maintenance Manual. 2. Equipment name. 3. Specification Section Number 4. Equipment tag number. 5. Owner's name. 6. Project number and name. 7. Date. C. Table of Contents: General description of information provided within each tab section. D. Equipment Summary Form: Completed form as specified in Appendix A of this Section. E. Equipment Maintenance Summary Form: Completed form as specified in Appendix B of this Section. F. Electric Motor Technical Data Form: Completed form as specified in Appendix C of this Section. G. Description of equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. H. Manufacturer's product data sheets: 1. Where printed material covers more than 1 specific model, indicate the model number, calibrated range, and other special features. I. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. J. Storage instructions: Control diagrams: 1. Internal and connection wiring, including logic diagrams, wiring diagrams for control panels, ladder logic for computer based systems, and connections between existing systems and new additions, and adjustments such as calibrations and set points for relays, and control or alarm contact settings. 2. Complete set of 11-inch by 17-inch drawings of the control system. November 2022 01_78_23-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) 3. Complete set of control schematics. K. Programming: Copies of Contractor furnished programming. L. Start-up procedures: Recommendations for installation, adjustment, calibration, and troubleshooting. M. Operating procedures: 1. Step-by-step instructions including but not limited to the following: a. Safety precautions. b. Guidelines. c. Manual keyboard entries. d. Entry codes. e. System responses. f. Other information as needed for safe system operation and maintenance. 2. Modes: a. Startup. b. Routine and normal operation. c. Regulation and control. d. Shutdown under specified modes of operation. e. Emergency operating shutdown. N. Preventative maintenance procedures: 1. Recommended steps and schedules for maintaining equipment. 2. Troubleshooting. O. Lubrication information: Required lubricants and lubrication schedules. P. Overhaul instructions: Directions for disassembly, inspection, repair and reassembly of the equipment; safety precautions; and recommended tolerances, critical bolt torques, and special tools that are required. Q. Parts list: 1. Complete parts list for equipment including but not limited to the following information: 2. Catalog data: Generic title and identification number of each component part of equipment. 3. Include bearing manufacturer, model and ball or roller pass frequencies for every bearing. 4. Availability. 5. Service locations. R. Spare parts list: Recommended number of parts to be stored at the site and special storage precautions. S. Engineering data: 1. Drawings: Complete set of 11-inch by 17-inch equipment drawings. 2. Exploded view or plan and section views with detailed callouts. 3. Outline, cross-section, and assembly drawings. 4. System drawings: Provide interconnection and wiring diagrams, plan views, panel layouts, bill of materials, etc. November 2022 01_78_23-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) 5. Packaged equipment system drawings: Provide instrumentation loop drawing, control schematic diagrams, interconnection and wiring diagrams, plan views, panel layouts, bill of materials, etc. 6. System drawings and data sheets: Include drawings and data furnished by the Engineer and the Supplier; provide "as installed" version. 7. Provide electrical and instrumentation schematic record drawings. T. Test data and performance curves, when applicable. U. Manufacturer's technical reference manuals. V. Source (factory) Test results: Provide copies of Source Tests reports as specified in technical sections. W. Functional Test results: After Functional Tests are completed, insert Functional Test reports as specified in technical sections. 1.06 ARCHIVAL DOCUMENTATION A. Typically does not require updating to remain valid and should be stored in a format that preserves the document and limits one's ability to make changes. B. Types of archival documents include the following: 1. Record drawings. 2. Reports. 3. Specifications. 4. Shop drawings. 5. Vendor Equipment O & M Manuals. 6. Photos. 7. Demonstration and training videos. 8. Other. 1.07 LIVING DOCUMENTATION A. Requires periodic updates to remain valid and should be stored in formats that are easy to update. B. Types of living documents include the following: 1. Facility O&M Manuals. 2. Standard Operating Procedures. 3. Other. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. November 2022 01_78_23-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION November 2022 01_78_23-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) APPENDIX A EQUIPMENT SUMMARY FORM 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM 2. MANUFACTURER 3. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(S) (maps equipment number) 4. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT 5. WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (OVER 100 POUNDS) NAMEPLATE DATA - Horsepower Amperage Voltage Service Factor (S.F.) Speed ENC Type Capacity Other 7. MANUFACTURER'S LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE Name Address Telephone Number 8. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 9. LUBRICANT LIST 10. SPARE PARTS (recommendations) 11. COMMENTS November 2022 01_78_23-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) APPENDIX B EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE SUMMARY 1. Equipment Item: 2. Manufacturer: 3. Serial No. (if applicable): 4. ManufacturerÓs Order No. (if applicable): 5. Nameplate Data (horsepower, voltage, speed, etc.): 6. ManufacturerÓs Local Representative: Name: Address: Telephone: 7. Maintenance Requirements: Maintenance Lubricant (if Operation Frequency applicable) Comments (List each operation (List required (Refer by symbol to required. Refer to frequency of each lubricant list as specific information maintenance required) in ManufacturerÓs operation) Manual, if applicable) 8. Lubricant List: Reference Conoco Symbol Phillips Exxon/Mobil BP/Amoco Other (List) (Symbols used (List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for in Item 7 above) the specific use recommended) 9. Spare Parts: (Include recommendation on what spare parts should be kept on the job): ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ November 2022 01_78_23-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/01_78_23 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 020100 SURVEY MONUMENTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and installing survey monuments as required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS a) Brass Monument Marker: 2¼" diameter brass disk with 3½" anchor rod to be provided by the City. b) Concrete: Class A, in accordance with Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". c) Rebar: No. 5 deformed bar, 3½ feet long, in accordance with Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The location of survey markers shall be established in the field by the Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor. The Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor will provide four off-set stakes with intersecting string line for precise location of horizontal alignment to which the brass disk shall be positioned. The Contractor shall excavate hole and set formwork. Forms shall be placed to a tolerance which allows the precise position of the brass disk to be within one inch of the center of the concrete base. The Contractor shall place concrete in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". At the appropriate time, the Contractor shall place the brass disk (provided by the City) to its precise position in the uncured concrete. The brass disk shall be placed to within 1/4" tolerance of its intended location. Positioning of the base and brass disk will be checked by the Engineer and/or his representative Surveyor. Non-compliance with specified tolerances shall result in replacement at the Contractor's expense. The properly furnished survey monument shall be neat in appearance with the exposed brass face free of cement mortar and constructed to an elevation of approximately one inch of finished grade. (See Survey Markers Detail on the following page.) 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, survey monuments shall be measured as individual units for each monument placed. Payment shall be at the unit price bid, which price shall constitute full compensation for all work, materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals required to install the survey monuments complete in-place. 020100 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 020100 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated onthe drawings and/or as directed by the Engineeror his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural groundor 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at adisposalsite obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-wayshall be measured by theacre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing, handling,and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 021040 SITE GRADING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for backfill and grading of the site to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to site grading, the site shall be cleared in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 021020 “Site Clearing and Stripping”. Unless specified otherwise on the drawings, the existing surface shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than six (6) inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with fill required to bring the site to the required grades and elevations indicated on the plans. Fill shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content. Fill shall be free of large clods, large rocks, organic matter, and otherobjectionable material. No fill that is placed by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated into a layer in that position; all such piles and windrows shall be moved by blading or similar method. All fill shall be placed in layers approximatelyparallel to the finish grade in layers not to exceed six (6) inches of uncompacted depth, unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The fill shall be compacted to a density which approximates that of natural ground unless indicated otherwise on drawings. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction. All irregularities, depressions and soft spots that develop shall be corrected by the Contractor. Excess material from excavation, which is not incorporated into the site as fill,shall be become property of the Contractor and disposed of away from the job site, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site grading shall not be measured for pay, but shallbe considered subsidiary to other work. 021040 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 021080 REMOVING ABANDONEDSTRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall provide for thedemolition,removal and disposal of abandonedstructures or portions of abandonedstructures, as noted on the drawings, and shall include all excavation and backfilling necessary to complete the removal. The work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. METHOD OF REMOVAL Culverts or Sewers.Pipe shall be removed by careful excavation of all dirt on top and the sides in such manner that the pipe will not be damaged. Removal of sewer appurtenances shall be included for removal with the pipe. Those pipes which are deemed unsatisfactory for reuse by the Engineer may be removed in any manner the Contractor may select. Concrete Structures.Unwanted concrete structures or concrete portions of structures shall be removedto the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure outside of the limits designated for removalwhich is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to its original condition at the Contractor's entire expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Portions of the abandonedstructure shall be removed to the lines and dimensions shown on the plans, and these materials shall be disposed of as shown on the drawings or asdirected by the Engineer. Any portion of the existing structure, outside of the limits designated for removal, damaged during the operations of the Contractor, shall be restored to its original condition entirely at the Contractor’s expense. Explosives shall not be used in the removal of portions of the existing structure unless approved by the Engineer, in writing. Concrete portions of structures below the permanent ground line, which will not interfere in any manner with the proposed construction, maybe left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five(5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Reinforcement shall be cut off close to the concrete. Steel Structures.Steel structures or steel portions of structures shall be dismantled in sections as determined by the Engineer. The sections shall be storedif the members are to be salvaged and reused. Rivets and bolts connecting steel railing members, steel beams of beam spans and steel stringers of truss spans, shall be removed by butting the heads with a "cold cut" and punching or drilling from the hole, or by such other method thatwill not injure the members for re-use and will meet the approval of the Engineer. The removal of rivets and bolts from connections of truss 021080 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 members, bracing members, and other similar members in the structure will not be required unless specifically called for on the plans or special provisions, and the Contractor shall have the option of dismantling these members by flame-cutting the members immediately adjacent to the connections. Flame-cutting will not be permitted, however, when the plans or special provisions call for the structure unit to be salvaged in such manner as to permit re-erection. In such case, all members shall be carefully matchmarked with paint in accordance with diagrams furnished by the Engineer prior to dismantling, and all rivets and bolts shall be removed from the connections in the manner specified in the first portion of this paragraph. Timber Structures.Timber structures or timber portions of structures to be reused shall be removed in such manner as to damage the timber for further use as little as possible. All bolts and nails shall be removed from such lumber as deemed salvable by the Engineer. Unlessotherwise specified on the drawings, timber piles shall be either pulled or cut off at the point not less than five(5) feet below ground line, with the choice between these two methods resting with the Contractor, unless otherwise specified. Brick or Stone Structures.Unwanted brick or stone structures or stone portions of structures shall be removed.Portions of such structures below the permanent ground line, which will not in any manner interfere with the proposed construction, may be left in place, but removal shall be carried at least five (5) feet below the permanent ground line and neatly squared off. Salvage.All material such as pipe, timbers, railings, etc., which the Engineer deems as salvable for reuse, and all salvaged structural steel, shall be delivered to a designated storage area. Materials, other than structural steel, which are not deemed salvable by the Engineer, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed to suitable disposal sites off of the right-of-way arranged for by the Contractor, or otherwise disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Where temporary structures are necessary for a detour adjacent to the present structure, the Contractor will be permitted to use the material in the old structure for the detour structure, but he shall dismantle and stack or dispose of the material as required above as soon as the new structure is opened for traffic. Backfill.All excavations made in connection with this specification and all openings below the natural ground line caused by the removal of abandonedstructures or portions thereof shall be backfilled to the level of the original ground line, unless otherwise providedon the drawings. Backfill in accordance with applicable requirements of Sections 022020“Excavation and Backfill for Utilities”and 022080 “Embankment”. All open ends of abandoned pipe or other structures shall be filled or plugged as specified. That portion of the backfill which will support any portion of the roadbed,embankment, levee, or other structural featureshall be placed in layers of the same depth as those required for placing 021080 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 embankment, maximum 10” loose lifts unless otherwise specified. Material in each layer shall be wetted uniformly, if required, and shall be compacted toa minimum of95%Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise specified. In places inaccessible to blading and rolling equipment, mechanical or hand tamps or rammers shall be used to obtain the required compaction. That portion of the backfill which willnot support any portion of the roadbed,embankment, or other structural featureshall be placed as directed by the Engineer in such manner and to such state of compaction as will preclude objectionable amount of settlement, maximum 10” loose lifts to minimum 95% Standard Proctor density unless otherwise specified. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the work governed by this specification shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the project. 021080 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLFOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1)Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipeand conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 “Trench Safety for Excavations” of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit,after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable materialis encountered duringthe excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, the Contractor, prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved, unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height; and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inches minimum, for pipesless then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2)Shaping of Trench Bottom.The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (3)Dewatering Trench.Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping, or by installation of well-points, as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point).The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directlyinto the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4)Excavation in Streets.Excavation in streets, together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (5)Removing Abandoned Structures.When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility, such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance, the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lineswhich are known to be abandoned, these linesshall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6)Protection of Utilities.The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewaterlines are cut in the trenching operations,temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay.The Contractorshall not hold theCity liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because ofutility adjustments orconflicts. (7)Excess Excavated Material.All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the jobsite promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (8)Backfill A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe(Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipeas applicableshall begranular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section,and shall be free of large hard lumpsor other debris.If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below.The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench, in layers not to exceedten(10) inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans, but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density.A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12)inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe(Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS:The backfill for that portion of trench overone(1) foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm waterpipe) shall be imported select material or clean, excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall beplaced in layers not more thanten(10)inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction,and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may onlybe allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed10inchesand density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill.If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS:At utility linecrossings under pavements(including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains,and reinforced concrete storm waterpipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilledas shown below: Fromtop of initial backfill (typically twelve (12) inches above top of the pipe)to three (3) feet below bottom ofroad base course, backfill shall be selectmaterialmeeting the requirementsof 022100“Select Material”. 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 Asphalt Roadways The upper three(3) feetof trench belowthe road base courseshall be backfilled to the bottom of theroad base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sandand compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench belowthe road base coursewith cement stabilized sand as noted above,orin the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698)following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill,shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION022021 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER 1.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Dewatering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations, structural excavations, and foundation beds in a stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B.Protection of excavations and trenches from surface runoff. C.Disposing of removed ground waterby approved methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A.ASTM D 698 -Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (304.8 mm) Drop. B.Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards-Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C.Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES), Para.122.26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water-bearing soil layers. 1. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed ground waterby approved methods. The intent of dewatering is to increase the stability of tunnel excavations and excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and construction of structures, pipingand other installations. 2. Depressurization includes reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not controlled by dewatering alone, as required to preventfailure or heaving of excavation bottom or instability of tunnel excavations. B.Excavation drainage includes keeping excavations free of surface and seepage water. 022021 Page 1 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 C.Surface drainage includes the use of temporary drainage ditches and dikes and installation of temporary culverts and sump pumps with discharge lines as required to protect the Work from any source of surface water. D.Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters, for observing and recording flow rates. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Conduct subsurface investigationsas neededto identify groundwater conditions and to provide parameters for design, installation, and operation of groundwater control systems. B.Design a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and City Standard SpecificationSection 022022-Trench Safety for Excavations, to produce the followingresults: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting: a)Excavations (including utility trenches); b)Tunnel excavation, face stability or seepage into tunnels. 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, installed facilities, and other work. 4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the foundation strata. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations. C.Provide ground water control systems which may include single-stage or multiple-stage well point systems, eductor and ejector-type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. D.Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. E.Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface water away from excavations. F.Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. 022021 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 G.Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures,and any settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water control systems or resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required. H.Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells. I.Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as required to provide adequate observations of hydrostatic conditions and possible contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the ground water control system. J.Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractors monitoring and use, if applicable. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B.Comply with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. C.Priorto beginning construction activities, file Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the Texas Pollutant Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000, administered by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). The general permit falls under the provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act and Chapter 26 of the Texas Water Code. D.Prepare submittal form and submit to TCEQ along with application fee. E.Upon completion of construction, file Notice of Termination(NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permitwith the TCEQ. F.Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals. G.Monitor ground waterdischarge for contamination while performing pumping in the vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. 022021 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 H.Conduct sampling and testing of ground water and receiving waters as outlined in Article 3 below. 2.PRODUCTS 2.1EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A.Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for dewatering. B.Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, shallbe furnished, installed and operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control system design, installation, and operation. C.All equipment must be in good repair and operating order. D.Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure continuous operation, where required. 3.EXECUTION 3.1GROUND WATER CONTROL A.Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown characteristics of the waterbearing layers. B.Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions.Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent property. C.Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the ground water control system design. Notify the City’s Construction Inspectorin writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. Revisethe ground water control system design to reflect field changes. D.Provide for continuous system operation, including nights, weekends, and holidays. Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for dewatering system. E.Monitor operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgrade forprosecution of subsequent operations. F.Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation, depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or installed 022021 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the ground water control system design. G.Remove ground water control installations. 1.Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2.Remove piezometersand monitoringwells when directed by the City Engineer. 3.Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes. Fill piping that is not removed with cement- bentonite grout or cement-sand grout. H.During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimumof 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement. I.Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering. Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout or cement-sand grout when pipe is removed from service. J.Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated underground drainage system may be reduced,such as for units designed to withstand hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means fordraining the affected portion of underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during operations and remove it when no longer required. K.Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of surface or ground water is no longer required. L.In unpaved areas, compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of Standard Proctormaximum dry density in accordance withASTM D 698.In paved areas (or areas to receive paving), compact backfill to not less than 98percent of Standard Proctormaximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D 698. 3.2REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS A.For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. B.Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells to show that all trench or shaft excavations in water bearing materials are pre-drained prior to excavation. Provide separate piezometers for 022021 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 monitoring of dewatering and for monitoring of depressurization. Install piezometersand monitoring wells for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work. C.Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning the associated excavation(including trenching). D.Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but only where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is pre-drained by an existing system such that the criteria of the ground water control system designare satisfied. E.Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development. F.Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, in the event that the installations according to the ground water control system designdonot provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined bythe ground water control system designand by thesespecifications. 3.3EXCAVATION DRAINAGE A.Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of a layer of crushed stone and filter fabric, and sump pumping in combination with sufficient wells for ground water control to maintain stable excavation and backfill conditions. 3.4MAINTENANCEAND OBSERVATION A.Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area or seepage into tunnel is occurring. Keep system in good condition. B.Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule. C.Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed, only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to maintain and make observations, as specified. D.Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wellswhen directed by the City Engineer. 3.5MONITORING AND RECORDING A.Monitor and record average flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system. Also monitor and record water level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter. 022021 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 B.Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed, except when CityEngineerdetermines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Construction Inspector’sdirection for increased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective dewatering for intended purpose. 3.6SAMPLING,TESTINGAND DISPOSAL OF GROUND WATER A.It is the intent that the Contractor discharge groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system in accordance with City Ordinance, Article XVI, Section 55-203,onlyif the groundwater is uncontaminated and the quality of the ground water is equal to or better than the quality of the receiving stream. B.The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavationdewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water systemprior to testing and authorization. Ground water from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, and disposed of by approved methods. C.Laboratory analysis of groundwater and receiving water quality is to be performed by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense, prior to commencing discharge, and groundwater analysis shall be performed by the Contractor at a minimum of once per week. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Storm Water Department on all laboratory analysis. Laboratory analysis of groundwater shall also be performed at each new area of construction prior to discharge from that location. D.Sample containers, holding times, preservation methods, and analytical methods, shall either follow the requirements in 40 CFR Part 136 (as amended), or the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater." Any laboratory providing analysis must be accredited or certified by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality according to Title 30 Texas Administrative Code (30 TAC) Chapters 25 for the matrices, methods, and parameters of analysis, if available, or be exempt according to 30 TAC §25.6. E.Analysis of the ground water dischargeshall show it to beequal to or better than the quality of the first natural body of receiving water.This requires testing of both the receiving water and a sample of the groundwater. All parts of this procedure shall be complete prior to any discharge of groundwater to the storm water system. F.Steps to Determine Legitimate Discharge: 1. Identify the First Receiving Water. a)When the first body of water is a freshwater system (Nueces River or Oso Creek), the analysis typically fails because the localgroundwater will likely betoo high in Total Dissolved Solids (TDS). Inthe case ofa perched aquifer, the ground watermay turn out fairly fresh, but localexperienceshows this to be unlikely. b)If the receiving water is a marine environment, proceedwith Step 2belowto compare the groundwater quality to receiving water quality. 022021 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 2.Compare Ground Water Discharge Quality to Receiving Water Quality. The following table, GroundWater Discharge Limits, indicatesthatthe parameters to compare to the receiving water are Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)andTotal Suspended Solids (TSS). If the groundwater results are equal to or better than the receiving water, then the discharge may be authorized as long as the discharge does not exceed the other parameters which would indicate hydrocarbon contamination. Note that the receiving water only needs to be tested initially as a baseline and the groundwater shall be tested weekly to ensure compliance. GROUND WATER DISCHARGE LIMITS Ground Receiving WaterWater Maximum Monitoring Monitoring Parameter Limitation FrequencyFrequency Total Dissolved Once Prior to Solids (TDS) Initial + Weekly< Receiving Water Discharge Total Suspended Once Prior to Solids (TSS) Initial + Weekly< Receiving Water Discharge Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons Initial + Weekly15 mg/L Total Lead Initial + Weekly0.1 mg/L Benzene Initial + Weekly0.005 mg/L Total BTEX Initial + Weekly0.1 mg/L Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons Initial + Monthly0.01 mg/L 3.Analyze Ground Water for Hydrocarbon Contamination. All other parameters listed on the GroundWater Discharge Limits table must be analyzed prior to groundwater discharge to the storm water system. If no limits are exceeded, groundwater discharge to the storm water system may be authorized following notification to the MS4 operator(City of Corpus Christi)and all Pollution Prevention Measures for the project are in place. Analytical results shall be on-site or readily available for review by local, state or federal inspectors. Note that this step is frequently done simultaneously with Step 2aboveto shorten analytical processing time. 4.Pollution Prevention Measures. A storm water pollution prevention plan or pollution control plan shall be developed and implemented prior to any groundwater discharges to the storm water system. The plan’s objectives are to limit erosion and scour of the storm water system, and minimize Total Suspended Solids(TSS)and other forms of contamination, and preventany damage to the storm water system. Note that groundwater discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods.If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the storm water system, the responsible party 022021 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 shall remediate any damage to the storm water system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Storm Water Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. 5.MS4 Operator Notification. The MS4 operator shall be notified prior to groundwater discharge to the storm water system. Contractor shall contact the designated City MS4 representativeto request authorization to discharge ground water to the storm water system. Notification shall include: Project Name: Responsible Party: Discharge Location: Receiving Water: Estimated Time of Discharge: Linear Project: Yes / No Pollution Prevention Measures Implemented: Statement indicating all sampling and testing has been conducted and meets the requirements of a legitimate discharge. G.Discharges to Wastewater System In the event that the groundwater does not equal or exceed the receiving water quality, an alternative disposal option would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. Discharge to the sanitary sewer system requires a permit from the Wastewater Department. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater treatment plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Contractor shall contactthe Pretreatment Group forCity Utility Operationsto obtain a Wastewater Discharge Permit Application for authorization to discharge to the wastewater system. Authorization approval will include review of laboratory analysis of the ground water and estimated flow data. Note that groundwater discharges must cease immediately upon the first recognition of contamination, either by sensory or analytical methods. If the discharge of groundwater results in any damages to the wastewater collection system or wastewater overflows, the responsible party shall remediate any damage to the wastewater collection system and the environment to the satisfaction of the Wastewater Department and/or any State or Federal Regulatory Agency. H.Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Engineer on a case by case basis. 3.7SURFACE WATER CONTROL A.Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through theuse of dikes, ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. B.Divert surface water into sumps and pump into drainage channels or storm drains, when 022021 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 approved by theCity Engineer. Provide settling basins when required by the City Engineer. C.Storm water that enters the excavation can be pumped out as long ascare is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is required to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering the storm water system. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property. 4.MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwisespecified on the Bid Form, control of groundwater will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to otherbid items. 022021 Page 10 of 10 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineeror Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineerand Consultantfrom all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of thetrench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for UtilityStructuresshall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those formanholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavationor by the lump sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Paymentshall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas CodeChapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022040 STREET EXCAVATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Street Excavation required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (A) Stripping and Excavation Strip the top 6 inches in all areas to underlay compacted fill, curbs, base or pavement, by removing all humus, vegetation and other unsuitable materials. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing trees, shrubs, fences, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drives, paving, pipe and structuresand other items within the graded area which interfere with new construction of finishedgrading. All suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practicable, in constructing the required roadway sections or in uniformly widening embankments, flattening slopes, etc., as directed by the Engineer,provided that the material meets the requirements for roadway embankment as specified in Article 3 below. Unwantedor unsuitableroadway excavation and roadway excavation inexcess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him outside the limits of the right-of-way at a location suitable to the Engineer. "Unsuitable" material encountered below subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared unwanted by the Engineer, shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer with suitable material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material. Maintain moisture and density until covered and protected by the subbase or base course. Remove soft or wet areas found at any time, replace with suitable material, and recompact (especially utility trenches). (B) Subgrade Preparation That area shown on the drawings for street construction shall be cut to grade, scarified to a depth not less than 6 inches,or as otherwise indicated on the drawings,and compacted to 95%Standard Proctor density(ASTM D698)to within 0 to +3% of optimum moisture.The section may be accepted if no more than 1 in 5 of the most recent moisture or density tests is beyond +1% deviation from the required moisture or density requirement.Irregularities exceeding ½ inch in 16 feet shall be corrected. Soft areas found at anytime shall be removed, replaced with suitable material and compacted (especially at utility trenches). The correct moisture density relationship shall be maintained until the subgrade is protected. Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted and refinished and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 022040 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 (C) Curb Backfill and Topsoil (Sidewalks, Parkways, Islands,etc.) Fill and compact areas behind curbs and adjacent to sidewalks and driveways within 48 hoursafter completion of concrete work. The top 6 inches (where disturbed by construction or where unsatisfactory material is exposed by excavation) of finish earth grade shall be clean excavated material or topsoil capable of supporting a good growth of grass when fertilized and seeded or sodded. It shall be free of concrete, asphalt, shell, caliche, debris and any other material that detracts from its appearance or hampers the growth of grass.Topsoil shall meet the requirements specified inCity Standard Specification Section 028020"Seeding". (D) Matching Grades at Right-of-Way Line Finish grade at the property line shall be as shown on the drawings. TheEngineer may require a reasonable amount of filling on private property where the sidewalk grade is above the property elevation. Use suitable material from the excavation. Unless otherwise directed, cuts at right-of - way lines shall be made at a slope of three horizontal to one vertical (3:1)or flatter. (E) Drainage During construction, the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition as to insure proper drainage at all times, and ditches and channels shall be so constructed and maintained as to avoid damage to the roadway section. All slopes which, in the judgment of the Engineer, require variation, shall be accurately shaped, and care shall be taken that no material is loosened below the required slopes. All breakage and slides shallbe removed and disposed of as directed. 3. SELECTION OF ROADBED MATERIALS Where shown on the plans, Select Material shall be utilized to improve the roadbed, in which case the work shall be performed in such manner and sequence that suitable materials may be selected, removed separately, and deposited in the roadway within limits and at elevations required. Material used for roadway embankment shall meet the requirementsof City Standard Specification Section 022100 Select Material. 4. GEOGRID If indicatedon the drawings,geogrid shall be placed in the base layer according to the pavement details to provide a mechanically-stabilized aggregate base layer within the pavement structure. Geogrid shall be "Tensar TX5 Triaxial Geogrid", or pre-approved equivalent. Use (and approval) of a different product must be supported by documentationshowingthat the alternate pavement section will meet or exceed the required number of 18-kip equivalent single axle loads (ESAL) and structural number(SN)over the stated pavement design life, and the pavement design mustbe sealedand signedby a Texas professional engineer. Documentation must also include the structural design valueused for the geogrid structural contribution, based on and supported by 022040 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 validatedtest data.Alternate pavement designs shall utilize the same structural design values for other pavement structural components (HMAC, base, sub-base) as used in the original pavement design, and the pavement designs must be approved by the Engineer and the geotechnical consultant. Contractor shall take care to protect geogrid from damage. Overlap edges of geogrid in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, but not less than 12 inches. Do not drive tracked equipment directly on the geogrid. Provide at least 6 inches of compacted aggregate base material over the geogrid before driving any tracked equipment over the geogrid area. Standard highway- legal rubber-tired trucks may drive over the geogrid at very slow speeds (less than 5 mph). Avoid turns and sudden starts and stops when driving on the geogrid.Any damaged geogrid shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. Proper replacement shall consist of replacing the affected area adding 3 feet of geogrid in each direction beyond the limits of the affected area. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, street excavation shall be measured and paid for by the square yardto the limits shown on the drawings including excavation for street transitions. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,borrow materialand incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, compacted subgrade shall be measured and paid for by the square yardto the limits shown on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,borrow materialand incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, geogrid shall be measured and paid for by the square yardto the limits shown on the drawings, excluding overlaps. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work required for disposing of waste, including hauling will not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to the various contract items. 022040 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022060 CHANNEL EXCAVATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Channel Excavation required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Trees, stumps, brush and other vegetation shall be removed and hauled away. Excavated slopes shall be finished in conformance with the lines and grades established by the Engineer. When completed, the average plane of slopes shall conform to the slopes indicated on the drawings,and no point on completed slopes shall vary from the designated slopes by more than 0.5 foot measured at right angles to the slope. In no case shall any portion of the slope encroach on the roadbed. The tops of excavated slopes and the end of excavation shall be rounded.The bottom and sides of the ditch or channel shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate topsoil for seeding, sodding, or slope protection, as indicated on the drawings. All suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be used, insofar as practicable, in the formation of embankments in accordance with City Standard SpecificationSection 022080 "Embankment", or shall be otherwise utilized or satisfactorily disposed of as indicated on drawings, or as directed, and the completed work shall conform to the established alignment, grades and cross sections. During construction, the channel shall be kept drained, insofar as practicable, and the work shall be prosecuted in a neat workmanlike manner. Unsuitable channel excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall become the property of the Contractor and removed from the site and properly disposedof. 3.SELECTION OF MATERIALS Where shown on the drawings, selected materials shall be utilized in the formation of embankment or to improve the roadbed,provided that the material meets the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Sections022040 "Street Excavation"and 022100 “Select Material”,in which case the work shall be performed in such manner and sequence that suitable materials may be selected, removed separately and deposited in the roadway withinthelimits and at elevations required.Concrete for lining channels, where specified on the drawings, shall be Class "A" in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, channel excavation shall be measured in its original position and the volume computed in cubic yards by the method of average end areas,or by linear foot of channelor drainage ditch, as specified. Channel excavation shall include, but not be limited to, clearing and removal of vegetation, excavation, de-watering, embankment, compaction,hauling, and disposal. Channel excavation shall not include undercutting to accommodate topsoil, sod, or slope protection.Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 022060 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 022080 EMBANKMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Embankment required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placing embankment, the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation and the material so removed shall be disposed of off the job site. Washes, gulleys, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to adepth of not less than 6 inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed ten(10)inches uncompacted(loose) depth for the full width of the embankment, unless otherwise noted. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an uncompacted layer. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, debrisor other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each layer shall be feather-edged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Except as otherwise required by the drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of 1/4 inch per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density and moisture by any method, type and size of equipment that will give the required compaction. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it is the intent of this specification to provide the density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Soils for 022080 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 embankment shall be sprinkledwith wateras required to provide not less than optimum moisture and compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density determinations will be made in accordance with approved methods. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to, the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. Should the embankment, due to any reasonor cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer ofgranular material. 3. SELECTION OF MATERIAL In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on drawings, with such modifications as may be directed by the Engineer. The layer of embankment immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shallbe constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than 0.10 foot from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer.Select material, when specified,shall meet therequirements in City Standard Specification Section 022100 "Select Material". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, embankment shallnot be measured and paid for separately, but shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 022080 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall benon-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayeysand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2” diameter Liquid Limit (L.L.): < 35 Plasticity Index (P.I.) Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: asspecifiedin the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10inches loose depth(or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Detailsfor Sanitary Sewers).Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted toa minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A.Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B.Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence-This system consists of fence posts, spaced nomore than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn verticalpockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence-This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike-This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C.Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 D.Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a.Name of manufacturer or supplier b.Brand name and style c.Manufacturer's lot number or control number d.Roll size (length and width) e.Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at thebid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 023020 JACKING, BORING OR TUNNELING (S-65) 1.DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern provisions of the required opening for the installation of conduits by the methods of jacking, boring, or tunneling as shown on the plans and in conformity with this specification. 2.MATERIALS Unless indicated otherwise in the drawings, casing pipe shall be smooth pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Minimum casing wall thickness shall be as follows: Casing Diameter Minimum Wall Thickness (Inches) (Inches) Less than 12 1/4 Over 12 to 18 5/16 Over 18 to 22 3/8 Over 22 to 28 7/16 Over 28 to 34 1/2 Over 34 to 42 9/16 Over 42 to 48 5/8 Over 48 Specified by Engineer 3.CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Where encasement or carrier pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets, or other facilities by jacking, boring or tunneling methods, construction shall be made in a manner that will not interfere with the operation of the railroad, highway, or other facility, and will not weaken or damage any embankment or structure. During construction operations, barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and maintained, as directed by the engineer, until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall be removed from the site. The drilling of pilot holes for the alignment of pipe prior to its installation by jacking, boring or tunneling will not be a requirement but may be necessary to maintain grade. The drilling of pilot holes will be considered as incidental work and the cost thereof shall be included in such contract pay items as are provided in the proposal and contract. The contractor shall take the proper precautions to avoid excavating earth beyond the limits of excavation needed to install the conduit. All damages by excavating, either to surface or subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his own cost and expense. The removal of any obstruction that may be found to conflict with the placing of this pipe will not be measured for payment or paid for as a separate contract pay item. The removal of any such obstruction will be included in such contract pay items as are provided in the proposal and contract. The contractor shall dispose of all surplus materials at his own cost and expense at site approved by the engineer. 4. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Suitable bracing, shoring and barricading shall be placed as necessary to provide a safe condition. Proper ventilation for excavations and tunnels shall 023020 12/3/8 Page 1 of 4 be required. Any excavation that remains open after working hours shall be covered with a steel plate of sufficient thickness to support traffic. 5.CONSTRUCTION BY JACKING If the grade of the pipe at the jacking end is below the ground surface, suitable pipes or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. This excavation shall not be carried to greater depth than is required for placing of the guide and jacking timbers and no nearer the roadbed than the minimum distance shown on the plans. At the other end of the pipe, an approach trench shall be excavated accurately to grade. All open trenches and pits shall be braced and shored in such a manner as will adequately prevent caving or sliding of the walls into the open trench or pit. Heavy-duty jacks suitable for forcing the pipe through the embankment shall be provided. In operating jacks, even pressure shall be applied to all jacks used. A suitable jacking head not less than 6 inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, usually of timber and suitable bracing between jacks and jacking head, shall be provided so that pressure will be applied to the pipe uniformly around the ring of the pipe. The jacking head shall be of such weight and dimensions that it will not bend or deflect when an opening for the removal of excavated material as the jacking proceeds. A suitable jacking frame or backstop shall be provided. The pipe to be jacked shall be set on guides that are straight and securely braced together in such manner to support the section of the pipe and to direct it in the proper line and grade. All timber and other materials used in the construction of the jacking assembly will be of such quality and dimensions that they will withstand all stresses to which they are subjected in such a manner as to insure even pressures on the pipe during jacking operations. The whole jacking assembly shall be placed so as to line up with the direction and grade of the pipe. As the jacking proceeds, the embankment material shall be excavated slightly in advance of the pipe in such a manner to avoid making the excavation larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, with the excavated material being removed through the pipe. The excavation for the underside of the pipe, for at least one third of the circumference of the pipe, shall conform to the contour and grade of the pipe. The excavation for the top half of the pipe shall conform closely to the outside diameter of the pipe and a clearance greater than 2 inches will not be permitted. All voids between the pipe and the earth shall be filled with non-shrinking grout. Grout holes shall be provided in the pipe. The grouting shall follow immediately upon completion of the jacking operation. All carrier pipes installed by jacking shall be supported as required by the plans. The distance that the excavation shall extend beyond the end of the pipe depends on the character of the materials, but it shall not exceed 2 feet in any case. The pipe, preferably, shall be jacked from the low or downstream end. Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe from the line grade established by the engineer will be permitted only to the extent of 1 inch per 10 feet, maximum of 6 inches, provided that such variation shall be regular and only in one direction and that the final grade of flow line shall be in the direction indicated on the plans. When jacking of pipe is once begun, the operation shall be carried on without interruption, insofar as practicable; to prevent the pipe from becoming firmly 023020 12/3/8 Page 2 of 4 set in the embankment. Any pipe damaged in jacking operations shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the Contractor at his entire expense. The pits or trenches excavated to facilitate jacking operation shall be filled immediately after the jacking of the pipe has been completed unless an encasement only has been installed; in which case, the trenches and pits shall be left open until the carrier pipe has been laid through and manholes have been built if required. The pits or trenches shall then be backfilled in accordance with 022020, Excavation and Backfill for Utilities & Sewers. 7.CONSTRUCTION BY BORING The hole shall be bored mechanically with a suitable boring assembly designed to produce a smooth, straight shaft and so operated that the completed shaft will be at the established line and grade. The size of the bored hole shall be of such diameter to provide ample clearance for bells or other joints. Voids outside the casing shall be grouted with non-shrinking grout and will be considered subsidiary work. In addition to the requirements stated above, the applicable provisions of "Construction By Jacking", in regard to the construction of trench, tolerance in line and grade, method of operation, backfilling, etc., shall govern for construction by boring. 7.CONSTRUCTION BY TUNNELING The tunnel shall be excavated in such a manner and to such dimensions, which will permit placing of the proper supports necessary to protect the excavation. The contractor shall take the proper precautions to avoid excavating earth beyond the limits of excavation shown on the plans. All damages by excavating, either to surface or subsurface structures, shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his own cost and expense. If required by the plans or if required for safety, suitable steel or timber sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be used to support the sides and roof of the excavation. Supports may be left in place provided that they clear the steel liner plate or carrier pipe. No separate payment will be made for supports left in place. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the contractor from placing such temporary or permanent supports as he deems necessary, nor shall it be construed as relieving the contractor from his full responsibility for the safety of the work, and for all damages to persons and property. Liner plate shall be place when the foundation is in a condition satisfactory to the engineer. Tunnel dimensions shall be minimum dimensions and subsequent grout fill around the perimeter of the liner plate, shall be at the expense of the contractor. The liner plate shall be laid true to line and grade. Tolerance in line and grade shall be as specified in, "Construction by Jacking". The void between the tunnel wall and the tunnel lining shall be backfilled with non-shrinking grout having a minimum compressive strength of 1000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Grout shall not be placed inside the liner plate. All pipe damaged during construction operations shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the contractor at his entire expense. 8.JOINTS If corrugated galvanized metal pipe is used, joints may be made by field bolting 023020 12/3/8 Page 3 of 4 or by connecting bands, whichever is feasible. If reinforced concrete pipe 24 and larger in diameter with tongue and groove joints is used for the encasement pipe, the interior joints for the full circumference shall be sealed and packed with mortar and finished smooth and even with the adjacent section of pipe. If steel pipe is used for the encasement pipe, the joints shall be welded sealed for the full circumference. 9.MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the proposal, Jacking, Boring, and tunneling shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to the casing pipe or the liner plate. 023020 12/3/8 Page 4 of 4 SECTION 023040 TUNNEL LINER PLATE (S-65A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all necessary work for furnishing tunnel liner plate required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Tunnel liner plate shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO "Design Specification for Tunnel Liner Plate". It shall be capable of withstanding a unit pressure of 1,400 lb. per square foot at top of liner based on safety factors of 3, 2, and 3 for seam strength, buckling and stiffness, respectively. Liner plate shall be fabricated from structural quality, hot-rolled carbon-steel sheets or plates conforming to ASTM Specification A-569. Plates shall be accurately curved to suit the tunnel cross section and shall be of uniform fabrication to allow plates of similar curvature to be interchanged. All plates shall be punched for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams and shall be so fabricated as to permit complete erection from the inside of the tunnel. The longitudinal seam shall be of the lap type, with an offset equal to gauge of metal for the full width of late to allow the cross section of the plate to be continuously through the seam. Circumferential hole spacing will be a multiple of plate length to allow staggering of the longitudinal seam. Material shall be galvanized and zinc coated in accordance with ASTM Specification A 123, except that the zinc shall be applied at the rate of two (2) ounces per square foot total for both sides. Material shall be bituminous coated and conform to AASHTO Designation M190. Bolts and nuts shall be of the diameter and length as recommended by the manufacturer. Galvanized bolts and nuts are required with galvanized plate and shall conform to ASTM Specification A 153. Liner plate shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Longitudinal seams shall be staggered between rings. Liner plate shall be a nominal diameter of 48" after assembly and have a minimum thickness of .1046" or 12 gauge. 3. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Tunnel liner plate shall be measured and paid for by the linear foot. 023040 Rev 11/2/99 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 025202 SCARIFYING AND RESHAPING BASE COURSE 1. DESCRIPTION "Scarifying and Reshaping Base Course" shall consist of scarifying and reshaping the existing base course (with or without asphalt surface) to the line, grade and section as indicated on the drawings. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The existing base and surface shall be scarified to the width and depth indicated on the drawings. Subgrade shall remain undisturbed, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Any asphalt surfacing shall be broken into particles no larger than 2 ½ inches. The asphalt surfacing shall then be uniformly mixed with the existing base. Additional base material, where required to achieve the lines and grades shown on the drawings, shall also be added to and uniformly mixed with the existing scarified base material. If indicated on the drawings, geogrid shall be installed in the pavement section. The base material shall be shaped and rolled after mixing and allowed to set at least 48 hours before final compaction. Moisture content shall be maintained in the material during the 48-hour period. Material shall be sprinkled with water or aerated to optimum moisture content, and compacted in layers (10-inch maximum loose depth) to a minimum density of 98% Modified Proctor density (AASHTO T180), at a moisture content on the wet side of optimum (+3% maximum). Use mechanical tamps in areas inaccessible to rollers. Upon completion of compaction, the surface shall be smooth and shall conform to line, grade and section as shown on the drawings. Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross-section, and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally, shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and re-compacting by sprinkling and rolling. Moisture content shall be maintained on the wet side of optimum (+3% maximum) until paving is complete. If required, lime shall be applied in the amount indicated on the drawings. Lime shall be applied and the treated base mixed, cured, compacted and finished in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 025210 "Lime Stabilization." 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, scarifying and reshaping base course shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be subsidiary to other work. 025202 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025205 PAVEMENT REPAIR, CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the removal and replacing of all types of pavements and surfacing required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions used along with this specification shall conform to the respective following specifications: City Standard Specifications Section 022020 “Excavation and Backfill for Utilities” Section 022100 “Select Material” Section 025223"Crushed Limestone Flexible Base” Section 025424 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement" Section 025610 "Concrete Curb and Gutter" Section 025612 "Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways" Section 025620 “Portland Cement Concrete Pavement” Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete", Class "A" Concrete Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel" Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. METHOD OF CUTTING The outline of the trench shall be marked upon the surface of the pavement to be cut, and all cutsinto the pavement shall be saw-cut as nearly vertical as it is possible to make them. All unwanted materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor and shall not be used as backfill material. 4. BACKFILL OF TRENCH Excavation and backfilling of trench shall be in accordance with City StandardSpecification Section 022020 “Excavation and Backfill for Utilities.” 5. REPLACING STREET AND OTHER PAVEMENT All pavements, driveways, sidewalks, and curbs and gutters which are cut shall be replaced in a workmanlike manner, with like or better materials or per pavement repair details on the drawings. 025205 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 6. REPLACING DRIVEWAY PAVEMENT On all concrete driveway pavements, the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class "A" concrete slab with aminimum thickness of six (6) inches. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old pavement. Reinforcement shall be #4 bars at 12 inches each waywith additional diagonal bars as indicated on the drawings. Any other type shall be replaced with like or better replacement.Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score mark. 7. REPLACING SIDEWALKS On all sidewalk pavements, the replacement shall consist of a reinforced Class "A" concrete slab four (4) inches thick. The type of finish for the replaced section shall be the same as that appearing on the old sidewalk. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score marks. Reinforcement shall be 4" x 4" -W2.9 x W2.9 welded wire fabriclocated at mid-depth in the slab. 8. REPLACING CURB AND GUTTER On all curb and gutter, the replacement shall consist of a section conforming in all details to the original section or to City of Corpus Christi Standardcurb and gutter section,if required by the Engineer. Cuts through the curb shall be replaced with Class "A" concrete. Preserve the original steelreinforcingand reinforce all new curbs with three #4 bars. Adjust grades forpositivedrainage. Replacement shall, in general, be to original joint or score mark.For jointed concrete roadways, the joints in curb or in curb and guttershould match the concrete roadway joints. 9. REPAIRING STREET SHOULDERS AND UNIMPROVED STREETS On streets or roads without curb and gutter where a shoulder is disturbed, it shall be restored to like or better condition. The shoulder surface shall be rolled to an acceptably stable condition. 10. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, pavement repair shall be measured by thesquare yard of the type of repair specified; curb and gutter replacement shall be measured by the linear foot; and sidewalk and driveway replacement shall each be measured by the square foot.Payment will be made at the unit price bid for the completed work and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals required to completethe work.No separate measurement or payment will be made for subgrade compaction,sand leveling course,geogrid, ordinary backfill, cement-stabilized sand backfill, flexible base, prime coat, hot-mix asphaltic concrete, etc. 025205 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025210 LIME STABILIZATION 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of treating the subgrade, subbase or base by the pulverizing, addition of lime, mixing and compacting the mixed material to the required density. This specification applies to natural ground, embankment, existing pavement structure or proposed base, and shall be constructed as specified herein and in conformity with the typical sections, lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer. 2. MATERIALS (1) The lime shall be a commercially produced "Hydrated Lime" in accordance with AASHTO M216, or in accordance with TxDOT Specification Item 260. The specifications apply specifically to the normal hydrate of lime made from "high- calcium" type limestone. Hydrated lime for stabilization purposes shall be applied as a slurry. (2) Lime to be used for the treated subgrade, existing subbase, existing base or proposed base is determined by preliminary tests and shall be applied at a rate indicated on the drawings, but no less than 6%. 3. EQUIPMENT The machinery, tools and equipment necessary for proper prosecution of the work shall be on the project and approved by the Engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations. All machinery, tools and equipment used shall be maintained in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. Hydrated lime shall be stored and handled in closed weatherproof containers until immediately before distribution on the roadbed. If storage bins are used, they shall be completely enclosed. Hydrated lime in bags shall be stored in weatherproof buildings with adequate protection from ground dampness. If lime is furnished in trucks, each truck shall have the weight of lime certified on public scales. If lime is furnished in bags, each bag shall bear the manufacturer's certified weight. Bags varying more than 5 percent from that weight may be rejected and the average weight of bags in any shipment, as shown by weighing 50 bags taken at random, shall not be less than the manufacturer's certified weight. ! 025210 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS General - It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed course of treated material containing a uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth and with a smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime, maintain the work and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Application - Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, lime shall be applied at a rate in pounds of dry-hydrated lime per square yard, in the form of a slurry. Application rate may be varied by the Engineer, if conditions warrant, but no less than 6% must be applied. Certification of lime quantity and quality shall be provided as required to monitor the application. Certification should be in the form of weight tickets which indicate the actual weight of dry hydrated lime, CA(OH). 2 The application and mixing of lime with the material shall be accomplished by the method hereinafter described. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Mixing - The mixing procedure shall be as hereinafter described. (a) First Mixing: The material and lime shall be thoroughly mixed by approved road mixers or other approved equipment, and the mixing continued until, in the opinion of the Engineer, a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods or lumps. Materials containing plastic clays or other material which will not readily mix with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of the lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and left to cure 1 to 4 days as directed by the Engineer. During the curing period, the material shall be kept moist as directed. (b) Final Mixing: After the required curing time, the material shall be uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the soil binder-lime mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by raking, blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying or the use of other approved pulverization methods so that, when all nonslaking aggregates retained on the No. 4 sieve are removed, the remainder of the material shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory sieves: ! 025210 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 Percent Minimum Passing 1" Sieve .................................................. 100 Minimum Passing No. 4 Sieve ............................................. 85 Old bituminous wearing surface shall be pulverized so that 100% will pass a 2 ½" sieve. During the interval of time between applications and mixing, hydrated lime that has been exposed to the open air for a period of 6 hours or more, or to excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. Compaction - Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing and in no case later than 3 calendar days after final mixing, unless approval is obtained from the Engineer. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as necessary to provide the optimum moisture. Compaction shall begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly compacted as hereinafter specified. If the total thickness of the material to be treated cannot be mixed in one operation, the previously mixed material shall be bladed to a windrow just beyond the area to be treated and the next layer mixed with lime as previously specified. The first layer of the material shall be compacted in such a manner that the treated material will not be mixed with the underlying material. The course shall be sprinkled as required to maintain moisture content on the wet side of optimum and compacted to the extent necessary to provide the specified density. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, all lime treated subgrades, sub-bases, and bases that are not in direct contact with surface or binder course shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (AASHTO T99), unless otherwise specified. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material shown on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section is completed, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements. Rework, when required to meet pulverization requirements or density requirements, shall include the addition of lime, about 10% to 15% of the initial application rate, or as deemed necessary by the Engineer. A new optimum density will be obtained. Throughout this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be maintained by blading, and the surface, upon completion, shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings and to the established lines and grades. ! 025210 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, lime stabilization for bases, sub-bases and subgrade shall be measured by the square yard of lime-stabilized material in place. Pulverizing, mixing, watering grading, compacting, working material etc., shall not be measured for pay but shall be subsidiary to other work. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. ! 025210 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025223 CRUSHED LIMESTONE FLEXIBLE BASE 1. DESCRIPTION This Specification shall govern all work for furnishing and placing Crushed Limestone Flexible Baserequired to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL Crushed Limestone Flexible Base shall consist of crushed limestone produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally occurring single source, meeting the requirements for Type ‘A’ material as specified in Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Specification Item 247 “Flexible Base”. Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel shall notbe acceptable. No blending of sources and/or additive materials will be allowed. The material shall be free of vegetation and shall be approved by the Engineer. All acceptable material shall be screened and the oversize shall be crushed and returned to the screened material in such a manner that a uniform product will be produced which meets all of the physical requirements for Grade 1-2as specified in TxDOT Specification Item 247 “Flexible Base”. 3. TESTING The City will engage a laboratory and pay for one test each gradation, liquid limit, plasticity index, modified proctor, moisture-density relation, CBR, and necessary field densities. The Engineer may call for additional tests at any time. The cost of all retests, in case of failure to meet specifications, will be deducted from the Contractor's payment. The City will pay for proctor and soil constants and abrasion testsat the rate described in the materials testing schedule.If material changes, the Contractor shall pay the cost of additional tests required by the Engineer. The Engineer may waive testing and/or lime admix for small amounts for unimportant uses. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placement of flexible base,the surface of the previous underlying course shall be finished true to line and grade as established, and in conformity with the typical section shown on the drawings. Grade tolerance shall be generally 1/2 inch, and highs and lows must approximately balance.If called for in the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents, geogrid, as specified in City Standard Specification Section 022040“Street Excavation”, shall be placed as indicated. Flexible baseshall be delivered and spread the same day if possible (no later than the next day). Base shall be mixed as required to produce a uniform mixture with water. Base shall be placed in uniform lifts not to exceed 10 inch loose liftsor 8 inchcompacted lifts.Moisture and density requirements shall be as indicated on the drawings,typical minimum 98% Modified Proctor 025223 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 (ASTM D1557)under flexible pavements or typical minimum98% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) under concrete pavementand to within +2% of optimum moisture. The section may be accepted if no more than 1 of the 5most recent moisture or density tests is outside of the specified limits, and the failed testis within +1% deviation from specifiedmoisture or density requirements. The surface of the compacted base, after meeting moisture and density requirements, shall be primed in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 025412 “Prime Coat”. On completion of compaction and priming, the surface shall be smooth and conform to lines, grades, and sections shown on the drawings.Areas with any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch in cross-section and in lengths of 16 feet measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting by repriming and rolling. Moisture and density shall be maintained until the paving is complete.Excessive loss of moisture shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing, or covering with a subsequent layer. Should the base, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density, or moisture before it is protected by placement of the next layer, it shall be re-compacted, refinished, and retested at the expense of the Contractor until acceptable to the City. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, crushed limestoneflexible base shall be measured by the square yard complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for all materials, royalty, hauling, placing, compacting, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the completion of work. Prime shallbe measured and paid under separatebid item if specified on the Bid Form. Geogrid shall be measured and paid under separate bid item if specified on the Bid Form. 025223 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025402 PLANING ASPHALTIC SURFACES (S-27A) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for planing an existing asphaltic concrete pavement required to complete the project. 2. EQUIPMENT Planer shall be a self propelled planing machine capable of removing, in one pass, a.c. surface to any required thickness less than 9 inches, in a minimum of 6-foot width. The planer shall be capable of accurately and automatically establishing profile grades along each edge of the machine by referencing from the existing pavement or curb and shall have an automatic system for controlling cross slope. The machine shall be equipped with an integral loader to remove material being cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings into a truck, all in one operation. Adequate back-up equipment (street sweepers, loaders, water trucks, etc.) and personnel will also be provided to minimize dust and remove all cuttings. The planer shall be equipped with means to control dust created by the cutting action and shall have a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of cut while the machine is in motion thereby making it possible to cut flush to all inlets, manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area. Any machine that is incapable, in the opinion of the Engineer, of meeting these requirements will not be permitted to be used. Various machines may be permitted to make trial runs to demonstrate to the Engineer the capabilities of that machine. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The pavement surface shall be removed to the depth, width, grade and cross section as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may require that the pavement planing operation be referenced from an independent grade control in those areas where he deems this type of control to be appropriate. For this type of operation, the independent grade control shall be established and maintained by the Contractor in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, and the final position of it shall be acceptable to the Engineer. In the event the entire pavement width along a section of street has not been planed to a flush surface by the end of a work period resulting in a vertical or near vertical longitudinal face extending more that 1.25 inches in height, this longitudinal face shall be sloped in a manner acceptable to the Engineer so as not to create a hazard to traffic. Traverse faces that are present at the end of a work period shall be tapered in a manner approved by the Engineer to avoid creating a hazard for traffic. Unwanted loose material resulting from the operation shall become property of the Contractor and disposed of by the Contractor in an acceptable manner. When located adjacent to steep curbs, pavement that cannot be removed by the planing machine shall be removed by other methods acceptable to the Engineer and the pavement and curb surface shall be cleaned of all debris and left in a neat and presentable condition. 025402 Rev 12-30-8 Page 1 of 2 In planed areas where traffic is permitted, "Grooved Pavement Ahead" Signs shall be erected in advance of the planed areas. Signs shall be erected prior to planing in the areas and shall be maintained in place while the planed area is overlaid. Signs shall be in accordance with the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" and "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas". In planed areas where traffic is permitted, a safe and satisfactory riding surface shall exist. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the grade reference used by the Contractor may be of a type approved by the Engineer. Control points, if required by the plans or Engineer, will be established for the finished grade by the Engineer. These points will be set at intervals not to exceed 50 feet. The Contractor shall set the grade reference for the sensor of the automatic control to follow from the control points established by the Engineer, and this grade reference shall have sufficient support so that the maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/16 inch per 25 feet. The planed surface shall be smooth and true to the established line, grade and section, When tested with a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the roadway or tested by equivalent or acceptable means, except as provided herein, the maximum deviation shall not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Any point in the planed surface not meeting this requirement shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Planning Asphalt shall be measured by the square yard of pavement surface area planed. Measurement will be made only one time for an area, regardless of the number of passes required to be made in order to achieve the desired results. Payment will be made at unit price bid and shall include, but not be limited to, all planing, cleaning, loading, hauling, signs, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025402 Rev 12-30-8 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 025404 ASPHALTS, OILS AND EMULSIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all workfor asphalt cement, cut-back andemulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS When tested according to Texas Department of Transportation Test Methods, the various materials shall meet the applicable requirementsof TxDOT SpecificationItem 300, “Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions”(Latest Edition). 3.STORAGE, HEATING AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURES Store and apply asphaltic materialsin accordance with TxDOT Item 300(Latest Edition)at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for any agitation requirements in storage and in application and storage temperatures. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,asphalts, oilsand emulsions shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025404 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 !SECTION 025407 ASPHALT RECYCLING IN PLACE (S-27) (Hot Recycle Method) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for recycling and repaving the existing asphalt pavement required to complete the project. The system shall include heating, scarifying, remixing with rejuvenator, and reshaping an existing asphalt surface followed by subsequent addition of virgin HMAC overlay course, all done in a single multi-step process. 2. MATERIALS HOT MIX ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, shall be Type 'D 'in accordance with Section 025424 of the Standard Specifications REJUVENATING AGENT shall be RA1 or as shown in the drawings and in accordance with AASHTO M14-88 “Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents”. ABBREVIATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, shall be in accordance with Section 025805 of the Standard Specifications. 3. EQUIPMENT The machine that heats, scarifies, rejuvenates and levels must also lay the new hot-mix. New hot-mix must be laid within 30 seconds after scarification begins to ensure a Hot Monolithic Bond with the old pavement. RECYCLING/REPAVING UNIT shall be a self-contained machine, specifically designed to accomplish the work as described above. Major components of the unit shall include heater, scarifier, gathering & mixing auger, mixing & spreading auger, and two vibratory screeds. HEATER unit shall include an enclosed heating mechanism that is capable of sufficiently heating the pavement to allow scarification without braking aggregate; charring pavement; and polluting air. SCARIFYING unit shall be equipped with automatic height adjustments and capable of uniformly scarifying the existing surface to a depth ! !136518! !2304109! !Qbhf!2!pg!4! of at least 1" REJUVENATOR APPLICATOR shall be adjustable and capable of synchronizing application rate with machine speed. SCREEDS shall be of the four section, heated, vibratory type. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS EXISTING PAVEMENT to be recycled shall be cleaned by the Contractor as required to have surface free of deleterious material during recycling. MANHOLE CLOVERS AND VALVE BOX for sewers, water valves and gas valves shall be cross-referenced by the Contractor for adjustment to grade upon completion of overlay LONGITUDINAL SEAMS shall have full thickness weld of recycled material with a minimum of 2-inch lap. HEATING of existing pavement shall be done such that the pavement is evenly heated without differential burning or charring of asphalt. The heated material shall typically have a temperature between 235 to 285 F., when measured behind the heater scarifier. SCARIFICATION of heated pavement shall be to a minimum average depth of 3/4", except for pavements immediately adjacent to manholes & valves. MIXING OF REJUVENATOR with the scarified material shall be as required to provide a uniformly mixed material capable of having Hveem Stability in excess of 32% with a rejuvenator application rate of approximately .05 gal/yd. Rejuvenator shall be applied without dilution, unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer. VIBRATORY SCREEDING of recycled HMAC shall follow as required to reshape the mixture to proper section and compact the recycled material to a minimum of 80% of Maximum Theoretical Density. NEW HMAC shall be placed over the Recycled HMAC while the temperature of the Recycled HMAC is still above 235 F. Unless specified otherwise on the drawings, the new HMAC shall be Type 'D' in accordance with Section 025424 of the Standard Specifications and applied at a rate indicated on the drawings but not less than 80 Lb. per Square Yard. ! !136518! !2304109! !Qbhf!3!pg!4! VIBRATORY SCREEDING of New HMAC shall follow as required to achieve proper section and compact the New HMAC to a minimum of 80% of maximum theoretical density. ROLLING/COMPACTION shall follow as required to provide a uniformly compacted mixture with an average density of at least 92% of Maximum Theoretical Density, with no individual density less than 90% of Maximum Theoretical Density in accordance with THD Specs Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F. TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS shall be placed as soon as possible after paving operation, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. The Contractor shall remove temporary markings as required. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, ASPHALT RECYCLING shall be measured by the square yard of pavement surface recycled. Payment shall include heating, scarifying, mixing, shaping, recompacting and all other labor materials and incidentals necessary to accomplish the work. Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, REJUVENATION AGENT shall be measured by the gallon of Rejuvenating Agent incorporated into the recycled pavement. Payment shall include furnishing and mixing of Rejuvenating Agent complete and in place. Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, HOT-MIX ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) SHALL BE measured by the ton of HMAC provided in place. Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT AND WATER VALVE ADJUSTMENT shall be subsidiary work and not measured for pay. ! !136518! !2304109! !Qbhf!4!pg!4! SECTION 025412 PRIME COAT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of an application of asphaltmaterial on the completed base course and/or other approved area in accordance with this specification. Prime Coat shall not be applied when the airtemperature is below 60ºF and falling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50ºF and is rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltmaterial shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. 2. MATERIALS The asphaltmaterial used for the prime coat shall beMC-30medium-curing cutback asphaltorAE- P asphalt emulsion prime,unless otherwise specified, and when tested by approved laboratory methods shall meet the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions".Blotter material shall be native sand. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the area and/or base is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surfaceshall be cleaned of dirt, dust, andother deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just priorto application of the asphalt material. The asphaltmaterial shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor sooperated as to distribute the material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of the asphaltmaterial in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and forsecuring uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times, and they shallbe operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphaltmaterial with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage-heating unit at all times. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, should the yield on the asphaltmaterial applied appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Prime shall be applied at a temperature within the recommended range per City Standard 025412 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that range being70 to 150 degrees F. Application rate shall be not less than 0.15 gallon per square yard, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the Engineeraccepts the work. No traffic hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat until authorized by the Engineer.Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Allow sufficient time for the primecoatto cure properly before applying surface treatment or asphaltic concrete pavement. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, prime coat shall be measured by the gallonof asphalt materialapplied. Payment shallincludefurnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the asphalt material as specified;for furnishing, spreading and removing sand blotter material;for all freight involved;and for all manipulation, labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025412 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 025414 AGGREGATE FOR SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification establishes the requirements for surfaceaggregate to be used in the construction of surface treatmentsand seal coats. The type, grade, and surface aggregate classification (SAC)of aggregate shall be as specified in the applicable specification or as shown on the drawings. 2. AGGREGATE A.Materials.Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality throughout that meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Materials shall meet the applicable requirements of TxDOT Specification Item 302 “Aggregates for Surface Treatments” (latest edition). 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, aggregate for surface treatment and seal coatsshall not be measured and paid separately, butshall be subsidiary to the construction in which these materials are used. 025414 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025418 SURFACE TREATMENT 1. DESCRIPTION One-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surface or undersealcomposed of asingle application of asphaltmaterial covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surfacein accordance with this specification. Two-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surfaceor undersealcomposed of two applications of asphaltmaterial, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordance with this specification. Three-course surface treatment shall consist of a wearing surfaceor undersealcomposed ofthree applications of asphaltmaterial, each covered with aggregate, constructed on the prepared base course or surface in accordancewith this specification. 2. MATERIALS 1) AsphaltMaterials. The asphaltmaterial used shall be AC-5 (AC-3 in winter) or other approved material as prescribed in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". 2) Aggregate. The aggregate used shall be Type PEpre-coated natural limestone rock asphaltas prescribed in City Standard Specification Section 025414 "Aggregate for Surface Treatment", graded as shown below. One-Course:Grade 4 nd Two-Course:Grade 4–2course (top) st Grade 3 –1course (bottom) rd Three-Course:Grade 4–3course(top) nd Grade 3 –2course (middle) st Grade 3–1course(bottom) 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Allow sufficient time for the prime coat to cure properly before applying the surface treatment binder.The area to be treated shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, or other deleterious matter by sweeping or other approved methods. If it is found necessary by the Engineer, the surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to the application of the asphaltmaterial. 025418 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 3-25-2015 Asphaltmaterial shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor, so operated as to distributethe material in the quantity specified, evenly and smoothly, under a pressure necessary for proper distribution. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for determining the temperature of asphaltmaterial in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, andfor securing uniformity at the junction of two distributor loads. The distributor shall have been recently calibrated and the Engineer shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning the work, should the yieldon the asphaltmaterial appear to be in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Asphaltmaterial may beapplied for the full width of the surface treatment in one application, unless the width exceeds 26 feet. No traffic or hauling will be permitted over the freshly applied asphalt material. Asphaltmaterial shall not be applied until immediate covering is assured. Aggregate shall be immediately and uniformly applied and spread by an approved self-propelled continuous feed aggregate spreader, unless otherwise shown on the plans or authorized by the Engineer in writing. Surface treatment shall not be applied when the air temperature is below 60ºF andisfalling, but it may be applied when the air temperature is above 50ºF andisrising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltmaterial shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer, are not suitable. The rates of application of the aggregate and asphalt shall be as follows or as otherwise specified: 1st Course2nd Course3rd Course Asphalt Cement0.20gal/sq.yd.0.16 gal/sq.yd.0.16 gal/sq.yd. Aggregate80sq.yd./cu.yd.100sq.yd./cu.yd.100sq.yd./cu.yd. The entire surface shall be broomed, bladed or raked and thoroughly rolled as required by the Engineer. Where multiple courses are specified, each course shall be applied in the manner specified for one coursesurface treatment. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surfaces untilthe Engineer accepts the work. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphalt materials shall be kept clean and in good operatingcondition at all times, and they shall be operated in such manner that there will be no contamination of the asphaltmaterials with foreign material. It 025418 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 3-25-2015 shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage heating unit at all times. The Engineer will select the temperature of application based on the temperature-viscosity relationship that will permit application of the asphalt within the limits recommended in Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", with that being 220 to 300 degrees F for AC-3, and 275 to 350 degrees F for AC-5. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form,surface treatment as an integral part of the final structural pavement section shall be measured in place by the square yard of surface area to the limits shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools,equipmentand incidentals necessary to furnish and place the type of surface treatment called for. Surface treatment for temporary pavementsshall not be measured and paid separately, but shall be subsidiary to the construction in which the surface treatment is used. 025418 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025424 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT (Class A) 1.DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work required for furnishing and laying Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete (HMAC) surface, binder and base courses required to complete the project. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2.MATERIALS 2.1.Aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of a blend of course aggregate, fine aggregate and, if required, a mineral filler. 2.1.1. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of that fraction of aggregate retained on a No. 10 sieve and shall consist of crushed furnace slag, crushed stone, or crushed gravel. Deleterious material in course aggregate shall not exceed 2% per TxDOT Test Method TEX-217-F. Course aggregate shall be crushed such that a minimum of 85% of the particles have more than one crushed face, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Los Angeles abrasion losses for course aggregate shall not exceed 40% by weight for the surface course and 45% for the binder and base courses perTxDOT Test Method TEX-410-A. Polish Value not less than 30 for aggregate used in the surface course perTxDOT Test MethodTEX-438-A. 2.1.2. Fine Aggregate is defined as the fraction passing a No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality. Fine aggregate shall consist of screenings of material that pass the Los Angeles abrasion requirements in paragraph 2.1.1 above. Screenings shall be blended with a maximum of 15% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type D mixes,or a maximumof 10% uncrushed aggregate or field sand for Type A, B, and C mixes. Grading of fine aggregate shall be as follows: Sieve SizePercent Passing by Weight No. 10 100 No. 2000-15 025424 Page 1 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 2.1.3 Filler shall consist of dry stone dust, Portland cement, hydrated lime, or other mineral dust approved by the Engineer. Grading of filler shall be as follows: Sieve SizeMinimum Percent Passing by Weight No. 3095 No. 8075 No. 20055 2.2.Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP). Reclaimed asphalt pavement may be incorporated into the hot mix asphalt concrete furnished for the project, provided that the mixture is designed per the TxDOT Methods and meets the applicable provisions of said TxDOT Item 340 and this specification. 2.3.Asphalt. Asphalt Material shall be in accordance with Standard Specification Section 025404 "Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions" and AASHTO. 2.3.1. Paving Mixture: APPLICATIONASPHALT GRADE Residential or low volumePG 64-22 Collector Surface CoursePG 70-22 Binder CoursePG 64-22 Arterial Surface CoursePG 76-22 Binder CoursePG 64-22 Base CoursesPG 64-22 2.3.2. Tack Coat shall consist of an emulsion, SS-1 diluted with equal volume of water and applied at a rate ranging from 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard. 3.PAVING MIXTURE 3.1.Mix Design.The mixture shall be designed in accordance with TxDOT Bulletin C-14 and TxDOT Test Method TEX-204-F to conform to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall furnish the mix design for the job-mix to be used for the project, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The mix design shall be submitted prior to placement of the mixture. The design procedures are actually intended to result at a job-mix with properties in compliance with these specifications,and when properly placed the job-mix will be durable 025424 Page 2 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 and stable. The sieve analysis of the job-mix shall be within the range of the Master Gradation and Tolerances specified herein. The job-mix shall meet the density and stability requirements as specified and shall be included with the mix design as submitted per above. If the specific gravity of any of the types of aggregates differs by more than0.3, use volume method. Plot sieve analysis of job-mix; percent passing versus size on four-cycle semi-log paper or other appropriate type paper. Show tolerance limits and Limits of Master Gradation. 3.2.Master Gradation of Aggregate.The aggregate for the type of mix specified shall be within the following tabulated limits per TxDOT Test Method TEX-200-F (Dry Sieve Analysis): Type Sieve ABCD Size Course Fine Course Fine BaseBaseSurfaceSurface 1-1/2"100 1-1/4"95-100 1"100 7/8"70-9095-100100 5/8"75-9595-100 1/2"50-70100 3/8"60-8070-8585-100 1/4" No. 430-5040-6043-6350-70 No. 1020-3427-4030-4032-42 No. 405-2010-2510-2511-26 No. 802-123-133-134-14 No. 2001-6*1-6*1-6*1-6* VMA % minimum11121314 025424 Page 3 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 * 2-8 when TxDOT Test Method Tex-200-F, Part II (Washed Sieve Analysis) is used. 3.3.Tolerances.The mixture delivered to the job site shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances specified below. The gradation of the produced mix shall not fall outside the Master Grading Limits, with the following exceptions: for Type B material coarser than 3/8" and for Type D material coarser than #4. Variations from job-mix shall not exceed the following limits, except as noted above: Item:Tolerances Percent by Weight or Volume 1" to No. 10Plus or Minus 5.0 No. 40 to No. 200Plus or Minus 3.0 Asphalt WeightPlus or Minus 0.5 Asphalt VolumePlus or Minus 1.2 3.4.Mix Properties.The mixture shall have a minimum Hveem stability of 40 for Type A, B, and C mixes,and 35 for Type D mixes perTxDOTTest Method TEX-208-F at an optimum density of 96% (plus or minus 1.5) of theoretical maximumdensityperTxDOT Test MethodsTEX-227-F and TEX-207-F. 3.5.Sampling and Testing of Raw Materials.The Contractor shall sample materials as necessary to produce a mix in compliance with these specifications. 4.EQUIPMENT 4.1.Mixing Plants. Mixing plants shall be either the weigh batching type or the drum mix type. Both types shall be equipped with satisfactory conveyors, power units, aggregate handling equipment, aggregate screens and bins (weigh batch only), and pollution control devices as required. 4.2.Truck Scales. A set of truck scales, if needed for measurement, shall be placed at a location approved by the Engineer. 4.3.Asphalt Material Heating Equipment. Asphalt material heating equipment shall be adequate to heat the required amount of material to the desired temperature. Agitation with steam or air will not be permitted. The heating apparatus shall be equipped with a recording thermometer with a 24-hour continuous chart thatwill record the temperature of the asphalt at the highest temperature. 4.4.Surge-Storage System. A surge-storage system may be used provided that the mixture coming out of the bins is of equal quality to that coming out of the mixer. The system shall be equipped with a gob hopper, rotating chute or other devices designed to minimize segregation of the asphalt mixture. 4.5.Laydown Machine. The laydown machine shall be capable of producing a surface that will meet the requirements of the typical cross section, of adequate power to propel the 025424 Page 4 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 delivery vehicles, and produce the surface tolerances herein required. It shall be wide enough to lay a 28-foot street (back-to-back of curbs) in a maximum of two passes. 4.6.Rollers. All rollers shall be self-propelled and of any type capable of obtaining the required density. Rollers shall be in satisfactory operating condition and free from fuel, hydraulic fluid, or any other fluid leaks. 5.STORAGE, PROPORTIONING AND MIXING 5.1.Storage and Heating ofAsphalt Materials. Asphalt cement shall not be heated to a temperature in excess of that recommended by the producer. Asphalt storage equipment shall be maintained in a clean condition and operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination with foreign matter. 5.2.Feeding and Drying of Aggregates. The feeding of various sizes of aggregate to the dryer shall be done in such a manner that a uniform and constant flow of materials in the required proportions will be maintained. In no case shall the aggregate be introduced into the mixing unit at a temperature in excess of 350degreesF. 5.3.Proportioning. All materials shall be handled and proportioned in a manner that yield an acceptable mixture as herein specified and as defined by the job-mix. 5.4.Mixing. 5.4.1. Weigh Batch Plant. In charging the weigh box and in charging the pugmill from the weigh box, such methods or devices shall be used as necessary to minimize segregation of the mixture. 5.4.2. Drum Mix Plant. The amount of aggregate and asphalt cement entering the mixer and the rate of travel through the mixer shall be coordinated so that a uniform mixture of the desired gradation and asphalt content will be produced. 5.4.3. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall not vary from the job-mix by more than the tolerances and restrictions herein specified. The mixture when discharged from the plant shall have a moisture content not greater than one percent by weight of total mix when determined byTxDOT Test MethodTEX-212-F. 5.4.4. The mixture produced from each type of plant shall be at a temperature between 250 and 325 degrees F. After a target mixing temperature has been established, the mixture when discharged from the mixer shall not vary from this temperature by more than 25 degrees F. 6.CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1.Construction Conditions. For mat thicknesses greater than 1.5 inches, the asphalt material may be placed with a laydown machine when the air temperature is 40 degrees F and 025424 Page 5 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 rising but not whenthe air temperature is 50 degrees F and falling. In addition, mat thickness less than and including 1.5 inches shall not be placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is placed is below 50 degrees F. All subsurface utilities shall be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to paving. 6.2.Prime Coat. If a prime coat is required, it shall be applied and paid for as a separate item conforming to the requirements of City StandardSpecification Section 025412 "Prime Coat", except the application temperature shall be as provided above. The tack coat or asphaltic concrete shall not be applied on a previously primed flexible base until the primed base has completely cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6.3.Tack Coat. Before the asphalt mixture is laid, the surface upon which the tack coat is to be placed shall be thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using materials and rates herein specified and/or as shown on the plans. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller as necessary. Tack coat is required before any pavement course not placed immediately following the previous course placement. 6.4.Transporting Asphalt Concrete. The asphaltmixture shall be hauled to the job site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign matter. In cool weather or for long hauls, canvas covers and insulated truck beds may be necessary. The inside of the bed may be given a light coating of lime water or other suitable release agent necessary to prevent from adhering. Diesel oil is not allowed. 6.5.Placing. The asphalt mixture shall be spread on the approved prepared surface with a laydown machine or other approved equipment in such a manner that when properly compacted, the finished surface will be smooth and of uniform density, and meet the requirements of the typical cross section as shown on the plans. 6.5.1. Flush Structures. Adjacent to flush curbs, gutters, liners and structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above the edge of the curb and flush structure. 6.5.2. Construction joints of successive courses of asphaltic material shall be offset at least six inches. Construction joints on surface courses shall coincide with lane lines, or as directed by the Engineer, but shall not be in the anticipated wheel path of the roadway. 6.6.Compacting. The asphalt mixture shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with the necessary rollers to obtain the required density and surface tolerances herein described and any requirements as shown on the plans. Regardless of the method of compaction control followed, all rolling shall be completed before the mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 025424 Page 6 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 6.7.In-Place Density. In-place density control is required for all mixtures except for thin, irregular level-up courses. Material should be compacted to between 96% and 92% of maximum theoretical densityor between 4% and 8% air voids. Average density shall be greater than 92% and no individual determination shall be lower than 90%. Testing shall be in accordance withTxDOT Test MethodsTEX-207-F and TEX-227-F. Pavement specimens, which shall be either cores or sections of the compacted mixture, will be tested as required to determine the percent air voids. Other methods, such as nuclear determination of in-place density, which correlate satisfactorily with actual project specimens may be used when approved by the Engineer. 6.8.Thickness. The total compacted average thickness of the combined HMAC courses shall not be less than the amount specified on the drawings. No more than 10% of the measured thickness(es) shall be more than 1/4 inch less than the plan thickness(es). If so, the quantity for pay shall be decreased as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 6.9.Surface Smoothness Criteria and Tests. The pavement surface after compaction, shall be smooth and true to the established lines, grade and cross-section. The surface shall be tested by the City with the Mays Roughness Meter. The Mays Roughness Value for each 600-foot section shall not exceed ninety inches per mile per traffic lane. For each 600-foot section not meeting this criteria, the Engineer shall have the option of requiring that section to be reworked to meet the criteria, or paying an adjusted unit price for the surface course. The unit price adjustment shall be made on the following basis: Adjusted Unit Price = (Adjustment Factor) X Surface Course Unit Bid Price The adjustment factor shall be: For Residential Streets: Adjustment Factor = 1.999 -0.0111 M For All Other Class Streets (Non Residential) Adjustment Factor = 1.287 -0.0143 M Where M = Mays Roughness Value In no case shall the Contractor be paid more than the unit bid price. If the surface course is an inverted penetration (surface treatment) the Mays Roughness Value observed will be reduced by ten inches per mile, prior to applying the above criteria. Localized defects (obvious settlements,humps, ridges, etc.) shall be tested with a ten-foot straightedge placed parallel to the roadway centerline. The maximum deviation shall not 025424 Page 7 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 exceed 1/8 inch in ten feet. Areas not meeting this criteria shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Pavement areas having surface irregularities, segregation, raveling or otherwise deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor in a manner approved bythe Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. 6.10.Opening to Traffic. The pavement shall be opened to traffic when directed by the Engineer. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all construction traffic allowed on pavement open to the public will be subject to the State laws governing traffic on highways. If the surface ravels, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense. 7.MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured bythe square yard of the type and thickness of "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with copies of the "pay ticket" identifying the truck and showing the gross empty weight of the truck with driver as it arrives at the plant and the gross loaded weight of the truck with driver as it leaves the plant. The measured amount will be the difference of the loaded and empty trucks converted to tons. Payment shall be full compensation for quarrying, furnishing all materials, freight involved; for all heating, mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing base course or pavement, tack coat, placing asphaltic concrete mixture, rolling and finishing; and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work except prime coat when required. Prime coat, performed where required, will be measured and paid for in accordance with the provisions governing City StandardSpecification Section 025412 "Prime Coat". All templates, straightedges, scales, and other weightand measuring devices necessary for the proper construction, measuring and checking of the work shall be furnished, operated and maintained by the Contractor at his expense. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects.Pavement that fails to meet the in place density criteria may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense, or such pavement may, at the City’s discretion, be accepted by the City and the unit price for payment shall be reduced as deemed appropriate by the Engineer. 025424 Page 8 of 8 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland cement concrete combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Unlessotherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conformtothe requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steelshall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade and cross-section,and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry, the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctordensity, or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material, shall be ofsuch design as to provide the curb required, and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placedintegrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steelshall be placed in position as shown on the typical details. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter, and of thethickness indicated on the drawings. 025610 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the drawings. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmentedcuring compound unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled, tamped,and sloped as directedas soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwisespecified on the Bid Form, concrete curb and gutter or concrete curb will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb, complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025610 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1. DESCRIPTION Thisspecification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete, constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steelshall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall beredwood meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be “Greenstreak” or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compactedand shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density.The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture contentat the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steelshall be placed in position as shown on the drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placementas shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on drawings. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings, no section shall be of a length less than 8 feet,and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. 025612 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 The different sections shall be separated by a premolded insert or board jointofthe thickness shown on the drawings, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion joint material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on drawings. 5-foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each5 feetin length, by the use of approved jointing tools.For other widths of sidewalk, joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed, the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways, as indicated on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing and compactingthe subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including concrete,reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025612 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025614 CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for constructing Concrete Curb Ramps required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Concrete shall be Class "A" in accordance with Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete” of the City Standard Specifications. Reinforcement shall be 4x4 -W2.9xW2.9 welded wire fabricor #4 steel reinforcing bars spaced at 12 inches each wayin accordance with Section 032020 “Reinforcing Steel” of the City Standard Specifications. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and shall be of uniform density and moisture when concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be hand tamped and sprinkled with water to achieve the desired consistency and uniform support.Subgrade compaction shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Ramps shall be constructed of Class "A" concrete to line and section as shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, ramps shall have a minimum concrete thickness in excess of 5 inches, prior to application of the detectable warning surfacing. Slopes, S, shall be as follows, unless shown otherwise on the drawings: RAMPS Ramp in direction of travel . . . . . S<1:12 Side slope of ramp (flare) . . . . .S<1:10 Cross slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1:100 <S<1:50 ADJOINING AREAS Landings adjacent to ramp . . . . . .S<1:20 Driveways abutting tied sidewalks. .S<1:10 Width of ramp shall be 60 inches(minimum), exclusive offlare, unless specifically shown otherwise on the drawings. No ramp shall be less than 36 inches wideunder any circumstances.Obstructions 025614 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 shall be removed or relocated, as appropriate, or the location of the ramp may be shifted, if authorized. Detectable warning surface shall be polymer composite material detectable warning panels as shown on the drawings.Surfacing shall be flush with abutting areas and placed using a template as required to achieve an esthetic well-defined edge. Surfacing shall be subsidiary work and will not be measured for separate pay. Pavement markings for street crossings shall be placed such that the crosswalk is properly aligned with respect to the curb ramp. See striping details for proper alignment of pavement markings with respect to intersection and curb ramp. Properly constructed curb ramp shall be true to line, section and grade, and shall be free of loose materialand irregularities. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete curb ramps shall be measured by the horizontal square foot of ramp surface area, including side flares when used. Adjoining curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and driveways will be excluded from said measurement. Paymentshall include, but not be limited to, subgrade preparation, formwork, concrete, rebar, detectable warning surfaces,borders, molding and curing required to complete the curb ramp, and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 025614 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025620 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the construction of Portland cement concrete pavement on a prepared subgrade or base course, in accordance with the typical sections shown on the drawings. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water, proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter – TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement,expressed in square centimeters per gram, for each shipment. For concrete pavements, strength requirements shall be demonstrated using flexural(beam)or compressive (cylinder)testsas required in the drawings. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement shall be used when high early strength concrete pavement is specified on the drawings. Different types of cement may be used in the same project, but all cement used in any one monolithic placementof concrete pavementshall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each typeof cementwill be permitted in any one projectunless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. 025620 Page 1 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”, Grade No. 2. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate for use in concrete mixture shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”, Grade No. 1. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concretepavementsshall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. (8) Reinforcing Steel Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all steel reinforcement shall be deformed bars, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygenor electric furnace new billet steelin accordance with City Standard Specification Section 032020 “Reinforcing Steel”. Dowels shall be plain billet steel smooth bars conforming to ASTM Designation: A615, Grade 60, and shall have hot-dip galvanized finish. 3. STORAGE OF MATERIALS All cementand aggregateshall be storedand handledin accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 025620 Page 2 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 4. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS Measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 5.CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design to comply with the requirements herein and in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. In lieu of the above mix design responsibility, the Contractor may accept a design furnished by the Engineer; however, this will not relieve the Contractor of providing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. This specification section incorporates the requirements ofCity Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 6. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, andshall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be 025620 Page 3 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements shall be as specified in Table 1. TABLE 1 Slump Requirements Construction MethodDesired SlumpMinimum SlumpMaximum Slump Concrete Pavement (slipformed)1.5 inches1 inch3 inches Concrete Pavement(formed)4inches2.5inches6.5inches NOTE:No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximum shown. 7. QUALITY OF CONCRETE The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, desiredslump, minimum slump,maximum slump,and the strength requirements of the classof concretefor concrete pavementshall conform to the requirements of Table 1and Table 2and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer will casttest beams or cylinders as a check on the flexural or compressive strength of the concrete actually placed. Testing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. If the required flexural or compressive strength is not secured with the cement specified in Table 2, changes in the batch design will be made. The concrete shall meet either the minimum flexural (beam) strength (7-day or 28-day) or minimum compressive strength (7-day or 28-day) shown in Table 2. TABLE 2 Class of Concrete for Concrete Pavement ClassMinimumMinimumMaximum ofFlexural (Beam)CompressiveWater-CementCoarse ConcreteStrengthStrengthRatioAggregate P*450psi (7 days)3200 psi (7 days)5.6gal./sackNo. 2 (1½") 570psi (28 days)4000 psi (28 days)0.50 *5% entrained air 8. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard SpecificationSection 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Re-tamping of concrete will not be permitted. 025620 Page 4 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 Mixing conditions shall conform to the requirements ofCity Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 9. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT Mixing and mixing equipment shall conform to the requirements ofCity Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 10. READY-MIX PLANTS The requirements for ready-mix plantsshall beas specified inCity Standard Specification Section 030020 “Portland Cement Concrete”. 11. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING All subsurface utilities must be inspected, tested, and accepted prior to any paving. Subgrade preparation shall be as specified on the plans. The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures".For membrane curing, curing material shall conform to Type 2, Class A curing compound, or as otherwise shown on the drawings. 12. JOINTS IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT The placing of joints in concrete pavement shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" and as detailed on the drawings. 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete for concrete pavement(s), which will constitute the completed and accepted pavement(s)in-place,will be measured by the square yardor square footfor the indicated thickness and type of cement. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing;furnishing and placing reinforcing steel and steeldowels as shown on the plans;furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material, joint filler and sealants,and contraction (control) joints required by this specification or shownon the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Any paving placed prior to inspection, testing, and acceptance of underground utilities may be rejected by the City and will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense after correcting any subsurface utility defects. 025620 Page 5 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025805 WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS 1. SCOPE. This specification covers the placement, maintenance and removal of work zone pavement markings, which are temporary pavement markings to be placed on roadways that are open to traffic during various work phases, as required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. The pavement marking material shall consist of an adhesive-backed reflective tape that can be applied to the pavement, Markings are to be 3M Staymark or approved equal. Markings shall be of good appearance, have straight, unbroken edges and have a color that complies with all FHWA regulations. 3. DIMENSIONS. Pavement markings shall be minimum of 3-7/8 inches wide. Lengths and spacing will be as specified. 4. COLOR. The markings, as well as retroreflected light from the markings, shall be white or yellow as called for on the drawings. 5. VISIBILITY. When in place, the pavement markings (during daylight hours) shall be distinctively visible for a minimum of 300 feet. When in place, the pavement markings (when illuminated by automobile low-beam headlights at night) shall be distinctively visible for a minimum of 160 feet. The above day and night visibility requirements shall be met when viewed from an automobile traveling on the roadway. 6. PLACEMENTS AND MAINTENANCE. At sunrise and sunset of each day and before each phase change, work zone pavement markings meeting all specification requirements shall be in place on all roadways on which traffic is allowed and where suitable permanent pavement markings are not in place. The transverse location of the line(s) formed by the markings shall be as determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, work zone markings shall be placed as follows: Condition Spacing Length of Stripe Straight 80 feet (approximate) 24 inches º Curve < 2 80 feet (maximum) 24 inches º Curve > 2 40 feet (maximum) 24 inches The spacing of stripes may be modified by the Engineer. However, the maximum spacing specified above shall not be exceeded in any case. 025805 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining the work zone pavement markings for a maximum period of two weeks. If, however, the Contractor is also responsible for placing the standard pavement markings, the Contractor will be responsible for maintaining the work zone pavement markings until permanent pavement markings are in place. 7. REMOVAL. Where removal is required, it will be accomplished in accordance with instructions of the Engineer or as called for on the drawings. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, work zone pavement markings shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 025805 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026202 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for hydrostatic testing the completed pressure system. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, materials, labor, etc., as necessary, except as noted, and accomplish all testing under this specification. 2. MATERIALS Water for filling the line and making tests will be furnished by the Contractor through a standard meter connection. A meter and gauges for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor. A test pump with appropriate connector points as approved by the Water Superintendent for the installation of meter and gauge shall be furnished by the Contractor. The meter shall be directly connected to the main or pipe being tested by the use of copper tubing or an approved reinforced hose. The meter shall be protected against extreme pressures by the use of a one-inch (1") safety relief valve set at the test pressure plus ten pounds per square inch (psi) and furnished bythe Contractor. 3. TEST PROCEDURE Tests shall be made only after completion of backfill as specified, and not until at least thirty-six (36) hours after the last concrete thrust block has been cast.Contractor shall coordinate hydrostatic testing withthe proposed construction sequencing and phasing. Each section of pipeline shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied. During the filling of the pipe and before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipeline. During the test, all exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and joints shall be carefully examined. If found to be leaking, they shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. If the leaking is due to cracked or defective material, the defective material shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material. All pipes shall be subjected to two hydrostatic tests. The first hydrostatic test shall be a two-hour test at a pressure of 150 psi. The second test shall be no less than 48 hours after successful completion of the first hydrostatic test. The second hydrostatic test shall be for a 24-hour period at City operating pressure for waterlines or at 50 psi for wastewaterforce mainsand effluent lines. 026202 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 The maximum allowable leakage shall be as follows: Ductile Iron Pipe, AWWA C600 ½½ L =S D (P)orL =N D (P) 133,2007,400 Asbestos -Cement Pipe, AWWA C603 ½ L =N D (P) 4,000 PVC Pipe -Uni-bell equation 99 ½ L =N D (P) 7,400 WHERE: L = Maximum Allowable Leakage (gallons/hour) S = Length of Pipe Tested (feet) N = Number of Joints in Tested Line (pipe and fittings) D = Nominal Diameter of Pipe (inches) P = Average Test Pressure (psi) If the pressure system fails to meet the leakage requirements, the Contractor shall make the required repairs to the system and the system shall be retested. This procedure shall be repeated until the system complieswith leakage requirements. The cost of each retest shall be $100. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, hydrostatic testing of pressure systems will not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiaryto the installation of the pressure system component. 026202 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026206 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all ductile iron pipe and fittings required to complete the project. 2. GENERAL All ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. The interior of pipe and fittings (excluding fittings for wastewater force mains) shall have a shop-applied cement-mortar lining (40 mils thick) in accordance with AWWA C104. The exterior of pipe and fittings shall have a coating of coal tar enamel of approximately 1 mil thick or as specified in AWWA C105. Ductile iron pipe shall be wrapped in two plys of 8-mil polyethylene in accordance with Section 026402 "Waterlines" of the City Standard Specifications. 3. FITTINGS All fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with AWWA C153. Fittings shall have a pressure rating of 250 psi for sizes through 12" and 150 psi for 14" and larger sizes, unless shown differently on the drawings. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, Mechanical Joints shall be used. 4. JOINTS Joints for pipe shall be mechanical type or push-on type such as "Tyton Joint", or approved equal; joints for fittings shall be mechanical joints, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C153. Mechanical joints shall be furnished complete with joint material, Cor-ten nuts, Cor-ten bolts, glands and gaskets. When restrained joints are indicated on the drawings, restrained joints for pipe and fittings of 12" diameter and less shall be mechanical joint with retainer gland Series 1100 by EBAA Iron or approved equal, with a minimum of 250 psi rated working pressure. Restrained joints for pipe and fittings over 12" in diameter shall be push on type with a retainer ring as LOK-RING or FLEX- RING by American Ductile Iron Pipe, or TR FLEX by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal. Gaskets shall be of synthetic rubber. An analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present shall be supplied. 026206 Page 1 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 5. PIPE Pressure class ductile iron pipe requirements: Pressure Wall Range of Maximum Diameter Class Thickness Allowable Depth Cover (inches) (psi) (inches) (feet) - (feet) A - B* 4# 350 0.25 60+ 6 350 0.25 30 - 65 8 350 0.25 20 - 50 10# 350 0.26 15 - 45 12 350 0.28 15 - 44 14# 300 0.30 13 - 42 16 300 0.32 13 - 39 18 300 0.34 13 - 36 20 300 0.36 13 - 35 24 250 0.37 11 - 29 24+ x x x * Range of maximum allowable depth of pipe where: A = Ground water, or unstable bottom, or quick condition. B = Ideal trench conditions, and sand encasement is at an average density in excess of 90% Standard Proctor density. # Pipe sizes not typically specified on City projects, but shown for reference. x Requires special evaluation. The face of bells shall be plainly marked by color coding for classes so as to be readily identified in the field. 6. CERTIFICATIONS A certification shall accompany each order of pipe and fittings furnished to job site. Certification shall include the following items: indicate that pipe complies with Part 3 of this specification; indicate that fittings and joints comply with Part 4 of this specification (it should be noted that the supplier shall furnish sufficient technical material for the Engineer to determine whether or not push- on joints can comply with the "or equal" clause); and a copy of a laboratory analysis of the material used in each size gasket showing the type of synthetic rubber and that no natural rubber is present. 026206 Page 2 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, ductile iron pipe shall be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Ductile iron fittings shall be measured per each by the type and size, as indicated in the Bid Form. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation and testing of the waterline, together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe and fittings complete in place. 026206 Page 3 of 3 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026210 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (AWWA C900 and C905 Pressure Pipe for Municipal Water Mains and WastewaterForce Mains) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for furnishing all PVC pipe (AWWA C900 and C905) required to complete the project. 2. MATERIAL PVC pipe shall be made of Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin compounds, as defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic-design-basis of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F. 3. DIMENSIONS Pipe shall be manufactured to ductile iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. 4. JOINT Pipe shall have a gasket bell end with a thickened wall section integral with the pipe barrel. The use of solvent weld pipe shall not be allowed. 5. GASKETS Gaskets for jointing pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F477 (High Head). 6. PIPE PRESSURE CLASS AND DIMENSION RATIO Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, pipe shall have a dimension ratio (DR) of 18 and in accordance with: Pipe SizeDesignation 4" to 12"AWWA C900 Over 12"AWWA C905 7. CAUSE FOR REJECTION Pipe shall be clearly marked in accordance with AWWA Requirements. Unmarked or scratched pipe shall be rejected. 026210 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 8. CERTIFICATION The contractor shall furnish in duplicate to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's affidavit of compliance with this specification, to include gaskets. Certification shall accompany each delivery of materials. 9. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified in the Bid Form, PVC pipe (AWWA C900 or C905) will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline for each size of pipe installed. Measurement of pipe shall be up to, but not include, the fittings. Payment shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment for the completed installation, backfillingand testing of the PVC pipe,together with all incidentals necessary to install the pipe complete in place, per linear foot. 026210 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for grouting abandoned utility lines in place. 2. MATERIALS A.Flowable Grout: Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and “Darafill” admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days),to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CYPortland Cement 300 lbs/ CYFly Ash 2100 lbs/ CYSand 250 lbs/ CYWater 6 oz/ CY"Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. B.Raw Soil: Soil shall be typical clayey soil of the area. It shall be from the project site or other approved source not suspected of being contaminated. The soil shall have a Plasticity Index over 15 and a Liquid Limit not to exceed 65. C.Lime: Lime shall be hydrated lime, calcium hydroxide, in accordance with AASHTO M 216. D.Water: Water shall be potable. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A.Flowable Grout: Mix Portland cement, sand, fly ash, “Darafill” and water in the amounts shown aboveto achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing flowable grout. B.Soil-Lime Mix Design: The following is given as a typical mix design for soil-lime mixture for trial mix. The mix design is based on damp soil with an initial water content of about 15%. The proportions of soil and lime shall not be altered. The Contractor shall determine the amount of water to be added as required to produce a mix at its liquid limit. 026214 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 Trial Mix Design: Damp Soil1000 lb. Lime50 lb. Water (approximate)48 gal. Consistency shall be checked with liquid limit apparatus. C.Placement: The Contractor shall grout abandoned lines as indicated on the drawings. Temporary pumping and venting ports shall be placed as requiredto provide complete filling of the abandoned line and proper placement of the grout. If segregation or "sand packing" is experienced during pumping, the Contractor shall reduce the water content of the mix or obtain other soil source (for soil-lime mixture), as required. Any damage resulting from pumping operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, grouting abandoned utility lines shall be measured by the linear foot ofabandoned-in-place pipe. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. 026214 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026402 WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification, in conjunction with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Distribution System Standards, shall govern all work necessary for the installation of all waterline facilities required to complete theproject. 2. MATERIALS Concrete:Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Bedding Sand for Encasement:Bedding sand and initial backfill around the pipe shall be granular materialof low plasticity as indicated on the drawings. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings:See City Standard Specification Section 026206. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe:See City Standard Specification Section 026210. Tapping Sleeves and Valves:See City Standard Specification Section 026409. Gate Valves for Waterlines:See City Standard Specification Section 026411. Fire Hydrants:See City Standard Specification Section 026416. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1)HANDLING MATERIALS a)General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of all materials furnished to, or by him, and accepted by him, until it has been incorporated into the completed project. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the siteof the work. b)Unloading and Distribution of Materials at Work Site: Pipe and other materials shall be unloaded at point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the job site by the Contractor. Materials shall at all times be handled with care and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken not to scratch PVC pipe. Excessive scratching shall be considered cause for rejection of PVC pipe. Materials may be unloaded opposite or near the place whereit is to be installed provided that it is to be incorporated into the work within 10 days. The Contractor shall not distribute material in such a manner as to cause undue inconvenience to the public. 026402 Page 1 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 c)Storing Materials: Materials that are not to be incorporated into the work within 10 days shall be stored on platforms. The interior of pipes and accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. (2)ALIGNMENT AND GRADE a)General: All pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades. Fittings, valves and hydrants shall be at the required locations with joints centered, spigots home and all valve and hydrant stems plumb. Temporary support and adequate protection of all underground and surface utility structures encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the Contractor. Where the grade or alignment of the pipe is obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, connections to sewers or drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, in cooperation with the owners of such utility structures. One (1) 20-ft. section of waterline pipe shall be centered over/under gravity wastewater line at all gravity wastewater line crossings. Waterline shall be ductile iron pipe with mechanical joint fittings, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 026206, wherever new waterline crosses under new gravity wastewater line. Maintain a minimum of six inches (2 feet usual) vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses over a new wastewater line. Maintain a minimum oftwelve inches vertical clearance between outsides of pipes where a new waterline crosses under a new wastewater line. Alternatively, at gravity wastewater line crossings, the proposed PVC waterline may be encased in a 20-ft. joint of ductile iron pipewith a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi that isat leasttwo nominal sizes larger than the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe shall be supported in the casing at five foot (5') intervals with spacers, or shall be filled to the spring line with clean washed sand, graded as shown in the City Standard Water Details. The casing pipe shall be centered under the gravity wastewater lineas indicated on the drawings,and both ends of the casing shall be sealed with cement grout or manufactured seal. b)Deviation from Drawings: No deviation from the line and grade shown on the plans may be made without the written consent of the Engineer. c)Depth of Cover: Depth of cover will be measured from the established street grade or the surface of the permanent improvement, or from finished grade to the top of the pipe barrel. Unless otherwise shown on drawings, the minimum depth of cover shall be 36 inches.Waterlines 12" and larger located under streets shall have 48inches of cover at all points. 026402 Page 2 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 (3)TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SeeCity Standard Specification Section 022020, “Excavation and Backfill for Utilities”and applicable City Standard Details for Water. (4)POLYETHYLENE WRAPPING All ductile iron pipe, valves and fittings, except pipe or valves which are laid in encasement pipe or in concrete valve boxes, shall be wrapped in polyethylene. The polyethylene material shall have a thickness of 8 mils and may be either clear or black. The wrapping shall be lapped in such manner that all surfaces of pipe, valves and fittings, including joints, shall have a double thickness of polyethylene. If a single longitudinal lap is made using a double thickness of polyethylene, it shall be lapped a minimum of 18 inches and the lap shall be placed in the lower quadrant of the pipe and in such a manner that backfill material cannot fall into the lap. The polyethylene shall be secured in place with binder twine at not more than 6-foot intervals. If wrapping is applied before the pipe is placed in the trench, then special care shall be taken in handling the pipe so that the wrapping will not be damaged. Care shall also be exercised in backfilling around thepipe and fittings and in blocking fittings so as not to damage the wrapping. Any wrapping that may be damaged shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer and so as to form the best protection to the pipes. (5)SAND ENCASEMENT All pipe and fittings that are not enclosed in concrete valve boxes or laid in encasement pipe, shall be completely encased with a minimum of eight inches (8") of sand on the bottom and sides of waterlines smaller than 16 inches in diameter,and twelve inches (12") over the top of the waterline, unlessotherwise indicated on the drawings.This encasement includes the bottom, sides and top of pipe and fittings including bells, so that all portions will be encased with sand to insulate the pipe from the natural ground and from the backfill. Thesand shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor density. Provide twelve inches (12") of sand encasement all around the pipe for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines. Sand shall be placed in a manner that will not injure the polyethylene wrapping and shall be compacted under, around the side, and over the pipe in a manner that will reduce settlement to a minimum and as approved by the Engineer. In order to reduce the amount of sand required, the trench bottom may be excavated in a rounded manner so as to maintain at least a minimum of eight inches of sand between the excavation and the pipe (twelve inches for 16-inch diameter and larger waterlines), unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. (6)LOWERING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN THE TRENCH a)General: The trench shall be excavated true and parallel to the pipe center line with a minimum clearance of eight inches below the pipe bottom and with a like clearance 026402 Page 3 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 from the bottom of the bell to the bottom of the bell hole. The trench shall then be refilled to the proper grade with sand as specified. The placing of the encasing material shall be done in such a manner so as to be free of all natural soil rock or other foreign matter. After final grading in the trench of the encasing material, bell holes shall be excavated at each joint. Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. b)Inspection of Pipe and Accessories: The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering in the trench. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be replaced. c)Clean Pipe: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe prior to lowering into the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean both in andout of the trench at all times during the laying. (7)JOINTING PIPES All pipes shall be made up in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 75% of the maximum amount recommended by the manufacturer. (8)CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Temporary thrust blocks or other means of carrying thrust loads generated by hydrostatic testing shall be provided at all ends of lines to be tested. Details of the end connections and method of temporary blocking shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. After satisfactory completion of the hydrostatic testing, this temporary blocking shall be removed so that connections may be made with existing lines. This work is subsidiary to waterline installation and no separate payment will be made for it. Temporary thrust blocks are not allowed for long term use. (9)METAL HARNESS Metal harness, tie rods and clamps, or swivel fittings shall be usedto prevent pipe movement. Steel rods and clamps shall be galvanized or otherwise rust proofed, or coated with hot coal tar enamel, then wrapped with two layers of polyethylene wrapping. 026402 Page 4 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 (10)STERILIZATION a)Fittings: Valves, hydrants and fittings shall be stored on timbers and kept clean. Where soil or other substance has come in contact with the water surfaces of the fittings, the interior shall be washed and sterilized with 2% solution of calcium hypochlorite. b)Pipe: As each joint of pipe is laid, the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall throw powdered calcium hypochlorite (70%) through the length of the joint (one pound for each 1,680 gallons ofwater to give 50 ppm). When the waterline is complete, and before testing, the waterline shall be slowly filled with water between valves and allowed to stand for 48 hours. After the sterilization period is completed, lines shall be flushed by the Contractor under the direct supervision of a representative of the City Water Department. The Engineer will take sample for testing two hours after refilling. If the sample does not pass State Health Department purification standards, the procedure shall be repeated. The entire procedure shall be coordinated under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer. During the sterilization process, valves shall be operated only under the supervision of the Water Division Superintendent/Engineer.There shall be a base fee of $100 paid by the Contractor to the City for each retest that is required. (11)HYDROSTATIC TESTING WATER SYSTEM See City Standard Specification Section 026202, “Hydrostatic Testingof Pressure Systems”. (12)WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS See Standard Specification Section 026404, “Water Service Lines”. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, waterlines will be measured by the linear foot for each size installed. Payment for waterlines will be made under the appropriate pipe material item and shall include, but not be limited to, trenching, dewatering, bedding, pipe (except for fittings), restraints, temporary thrust blocking, backfill,sterilization,and hydrostatic testing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required to complete the work. 026402 Page 5 of 5 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026411 GATE VALVES FOR WATERLINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all gate valves and valve boxes required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS Gate Valves All valves shall meet the following requirements. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA Standard C515. 1)The gate valves shall be ductile iron resilient wedge (C515)withnon-rising stems. 2)Valve ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint type or a combination of these as indicated or specified. A complete set of joint materials shall be furnished with each valve, except for bell ends and flanges. 3)Valves 16 inches and larger shall be furnished for horizontal installation–lay over. 4)Stem seals shall be the O-ring type on valves through 12-inch size. Valves 16 inches and larger may be equipped with stuffing boxes. 5)Valves shall open left (counter clockwise). Valves over 18 inches shall have the main valve stem furnished with a combination hand wheel and operating nut. 6)Tapping valves to be used with tapping saddles shall have one end mechanical joint. 7)No position indicator will be required. 8)Within 30 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit in triplicate, for approval, the following: a)Certified drawings of each size and type of valve 16 inches and larger showing principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used. b)On all size valves, the composition of bronze to be offered for various parts of the valve, complete with minimum tensile strength in psi, the minimum yield strength in psi, and the minimum elongation in 2" per cent. 026411 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Gate Valves Gate valves shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. Cast Iron Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. When valves are in the street right-of- way, the top of box shall be set flush with the pavement or surrounding ground. In cultivated areas, the top of box shall be set twelve inches (12") below natural ground and long enough to be raised to natural ground at a future date. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, gate valves for waterlines will be measured as a unit for each gate valve and valve box installed. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement- stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting;and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentalsrequired to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. 026411 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 026430 BAR WRAPPED CONCRETE STEEL CYLINDER PIPE PART1GENERAL 1.01SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnishing and installing new bar wrapped concrete steel cylinder pipe and fittings for buried waterlinesfor sizes 20 inches to 60 inches. 1.02MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1.No separate payment will be made for bar wrapped concrete steel cylinder pipe under this Section. Include cost in price for water lines. 2.Maintain, on site, minimum of two 3-degree and two 5-degree grade angle adapters.When used during construction, adapter will be paid at unit price. 3.Refer to Special Provision A-4-Method of Award -Explanation of Measurementand Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). Not used. 1.03REFERENCES A. AASHTO -Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. B. AREMA -Manual of Railway’Engineering, Volume II, Chapter 15. C. ASTM A 615-Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ASTM C 33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. E. ASTM C 35 -Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum PIaster F. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement. G. ASTM C 497 -Standard Test Method for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile, Testing. H. ASTM D 512 -Standard Test Methods for Chloride Ion in Water. 026430 Page 1 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 I. ASTM C 1107 (CRD C-621) -Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink). J. ASTM D 1293 -Standard Test Methods for pH of Water. K. ASTM E 165 -Standard Test Methods for Dye Protection L. ASTM E 340 -Standard Test Method for Macroetching Metals and Alloys. M. ASTM E 709 -Standard Test methods for Magnetic Particle Testing. N. ASTME 1032 -Standard Test Methods for Radiographic Examination of Weidments. 0.ANSI/AWS A3.0 -Standard Welding Terms and Definitions. P. AWWA C 206 -Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. Q.AWWA C 207 -Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service -Sizes 4 in. through 144 in. R. AWWA C 301 -Standard for Pre-stressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids. S. AWWA C 303 -Standard for Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type. T. AWWA C 304 -Standard for Design of Pre-stressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe. U. AWWA M 9-Concrete Pressure Pipe. V. NSF 61 -Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. W. SSPC SP 7-Surface Preparation Specifications No.7 Brush Off Blast Cleaning. 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements ofCC 01 33 02 Shop Drawings. B.Submit shop drawings and certification signed and sealed by Professional Engineer registered in State of Texas showing following: 1.Manufacturer’s pipe design calculations. 2.Provide lay schedule of pictorial nature indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, welding procedures, fabrication, fitting, flange, and special details, with plan view of each pipe segment sketched, detailing pipe invert elevations, horizontal 026430 Page 2 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 bends, welded joints, and other critical features. Indicate station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. Do not start production of pipe and fittings priorto review andapproval by the Engineer.Provide finalapproved lay schedule on CD-Rom in Adobe portable document format (*PDF). 3.Include hot tapping procedure. 4.Submit certification from manufacturer that design was performed for project in accordance with requirements of this section C. Submit inspection procedures to be used by manufacturer and for quality control and assurance for materials and welding. Submit standard repair procedures that describe in detail shop and field work to be performed. Repair defects such as substandard welds, excessive radial offsets (misalignment), pitting, gouges, cracks, etc. D. Submit following within 45days after manufacturing of pipe and fittings. 1.Steel: a. Steel reports as required in AWWA C 303, Section 5.2.5. b. Results of other tests of steel reinforcement required in AWWA C 303, Section 5.2. 2.Test Results. a. Hydrostatic testing, acid etching, magnetic particle and x-ray weld test reports as required. b.Compressive strength (7 and 28 day) test results for each type of coating and lining mix design. 3.Submit pipe manufacturer’s certification that Bar Wrapped Steel Cylinder Pipe: a. Cylinder assembly has been hydrostatically tested at factory. b.Mortar coatings and linings were applied or allowed to cure at temperature above 32 degrees Fahrenheit. E. Submit following nonshrink grout for special applications: I. Manufacturer’s technical literature including specifications for mixing, placing, and curing grout. 2.Results of tests performed by certified independent testing laboratory showing conformance to ASTM C 1107, Nonshrink Grout and requirements of this specification. 3.Certification product is suitable for use in contact with potable water. 026430 Page 3 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 F. Submit certification for welder and welding operator demonstrating their certification withinpast 6 months in accordance with AWWA C 206. Indicate certified procedures and position each welder is qualified to perform. G. Calibrate within last 12 months for equipment such as scales, measuring devices, and calibration tools used in manufacture of pipe. Each device used in manufacture of pipe is 11 required to have tag recording date of last calibration. Devices are subject to inspection by the Engineer. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer to have permanent quality control department and laboratory facility capable of performing inspection and testing required. Inspection procedures and manufacturing process are subject to inspection by the Engineer. Perform manufacturer tests and inspections required by AWWA C 303 as modified by these Specifications. Correct nonconforming conditions. 1.Cylinder and Joint Ring Assembly: a.Review mill certifications for conformance requirements of Specifications. b.Perform physical testing of each heat of steel for conformance to applicable ASTM standards. c. Inspect physical dimensions and overall condition of joint rings and cylinder/joint ring assembly to verify compliance with requirements of AWWA C 303. Maximum allowable thickness variation of cylinder shall not be less than determined thickness. d.Test cylinder/joint ring weld for tensile strength. Test one specimen for each 500 cylinder/joint ring assemblies in addition to those tests required by AWWAC3OI. e. Reject pipe with dented steel cylinders. 2.BarRod a. Review mill certifications for conformance to requirements of Specifications. b.Inspect rod spacing during placement on cylinder. c.Test rod splices for each production run or minimum of once aweek, whichever is less, for conformance with minimum strength criteria. 3.Pipe Lining Coating: 026430 Page 4 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 a. Review mill certificates for each load of cement for conformance to ASTM C 150. b.Perform sieve analyses weekly for each source of coarse and fineaggregate for conformance to ASTM C 33. c. Inspect kiln recorder charts daily to confirm proper curing environment. d.Verify mortar thickness on each size of pipe to a tolerance of 1/16th of an inch of required thickness. e. Perform absorption tests in accordance with ASTM C 497, Method A, on cured mortar samples taken from pipes. f. Check mortar batch proportions, moisture content and slurry application rate. Check coating thickness over wire on each pipe. g. Check physical integrity of cured mortar coating. Check cured mortar coating for soundness on every pipe in field in addition to manufacturing plant. h.Reject pipe with cracks in mortar coating exceeding 0.01 inches wide. 4.Protective Coatings: Check daily application rate andresulting dry film thickness. B. Gaskets. 1.Randomly test rubber cord for diameter, tensile strength, elongation, compression set, hardness, and specific gravity after oven aging on one out of 100 gaskets. 2.Stretch test each gasket splice to twice its unstretched length and inspect for defects. C. Weld Testing 1.Perform macroetching tests for complete penetration production welds on normal production weld tests. Complete joint penetration welds are defined in ANSI/AWS A3.O. Verify complete joint penetration by means of macroetch ofjoint weld cross section, in accordance with ASTM E 340. 2.Perform ultrasonic or x-ray testing of manual welds for fittings and special pipes. Perform dye penetration testing of manual lap welds for fittings and special pipes and for joint ring weld onto cylinder. 3.Perform minimum of one set of weld test specimens in. accordance with ANSL’AWS A3.0 on each size, grade and wall thickness at minimum of every 3,000 feet of pipe manufactured; but perform no less than one test per project by each welding machine and each operator. D. Cast four standard test cylinders each day for each 50 cubic yards of concrete mortar coating or portion thereof for each coating and lining mix design placed in day. Perform compressive 026430 Page 5 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 strength test at 28 days. No cylinder test result shall be less than 80 percent of specified strength. Reject pipe that does not meet minimum strength requirements. E. Make available copy of Physical and Chemical testing reports for steel cylinders and provide reports at request of the Engineer. F. Check physical dimensions of pipe and fittings: Physical dimensions to include at least pipe lengths, pipe I.D., pipe O.D. and bend angles. 1.06 INSPECTION A. The Engineer and/or Owner’srepresentative may witness manufacture and fabrication of pipe and appurtenances. Independent testing laboratory under contract to the Engineer or Owner may perform tests at direction of the Engineer to verifycompliance with these specifications. Provideassistance to accomplish such testing, including equipment and personnel, at no additional cost to City. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BAR WRAPPED STEEL CYLINDER PIPE A. Furnish pipe by same manufacturer. B. Provide bar wrapped steel cylinder pipe in conformance with AWWA C 303 and AWWA M 9, except as modified herein. Produce pipe cylinder to conform to AWWA C 303 except modi1y Section 4.5to require that total cross-sectional area of bell ring plus cross-sectional area of bar reinforcement over bell ring exceed circumferential steel area in like length of barrel area by one-third. C.Use of pipe from inventory is permitted only if specifications and certifications are met. Provide testing records for such pipe. D. Do not use bar wrapped steel cylinder pipe in aerial crossings, exposed or other unburied areas. E. Pipe Manufacturer. 1.Must have minimum of 5years of manufacturer’s pipe installations that have been in successful and continuous service. 2.Must maintain on site or in plant minimum of four 22.5° bends per 10,000 linear feet of water line. Any combination of bends may be substituted at manufacturer’s option (i.e. two 11.25°bends are equivalent to one 22.5° bend and will be counted as one fitting). Must be capable of delivering bends to job site within 12 hours of notification. These fittings are in addition to any fittingscalled out on Drawing and must be available at all times. 026430 Page 6 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 F. Pipe Design Conditions: 1.Working pressure: 90 psi. 2. Hydrostatic field test pressure: 150 psi 3. Maximum pressure due to surge: 150 psi. 4. Minimum pressure due to surge: -10 psi. 5. Unit weight of soil: 120 pcf minimum, unless otherwise specified. 6. Minimum trench width: As shown on the drawings or indicated in Technical Specification02317—Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 7. Pipe and Fittings: Designed to withstand most critical simultaneous application of external loads including construction loads and internal pressures. 8. Design: Design pipe and fittings to withstand most critical simultaneousapplication of external loads and internal pressures. Base design on minimum of AASHTO HS-20 loading, AREA E-80 loads and depths of bury as indicated on Drawings. Design pipes with Marston’s earth loads for transition width trench for all heights of cover. a. Calculate moments and thrusts in wall based on earth load. 9. Increase longitudinal steel area (cylinder thickness) to prevent cylinder stress from exceeding 40 percent of minimum yield point at rated working pressure and 67 percent of minimum yield point atrated maximum surge pressure where pipe and fittings are subjected to longitudinal stresses induced by restrained joints or thrust blocks. 10. Groundwater Level: Design for most critical ground water level condition. 11. Modulus of elasticity (E) 30,000,000 psi. 12. Design stress due to working pressure to be no greater than 50 percent of minimum yield, and stress not to exceed 16,500 psi for mortar coated pipe. 13. Design stress due to maximum hydraulic surge pressure to be not greater than 75 percent of minimum yield, and stress not to exceed 24,750 psi for mortar coated pipe. 14. Modulus of soil reaction (E) <1500 psi. If E> 1000 psi, do not use silty sand (SM) for embedment. 15. Deflection lag factor (DI) 1.2. 16. Bedding constant (K) 0.1. 17. Fully saturated soil conditions:hw =h=depth of cover above top of pipe. 026430 Page 7 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 18. Inside diameter of casing or tunnel liner must be minimum of 4”or greater than diameter of carrier pipe for small diameter water lines. Inside diameter of casing or tunnel liner must be minimum of 8”or greater than diameter of carrier pipe for large diameter water lines. 19.Exclude structural benefits associated with primary liner in design of pipe in tunnel installations. a. Design pipe and joints to carry loads including overburden and lateralearth pressures, subsurface soil and water loads, grouting, other conditions of service, thrust of jacks, and stresses anticipated during handling and construction loads during installation or pipe. b.Do not use internal removable stiffeners for pipe in tunnel, unless approved by the Engineer. c. External welded stiffeners shall be permitted in design calculations for pipe, provided wall thickness is minimum of 1/2 inch.Minimum clearances specified between exterior pipe wall and tunnel liner applies to distance between outside diameter of external welded stiffener and tunnel liner. 20.Design pipe for transmitting potable water. 21. Tunnel and Augered Sections: Provide constant outside diameter from bell to spigot end for pipe. Exclude structural benefits associated with primary liner. Design pipe and pipe joints to carry loads including but not limited to: overburden and lateral earth pressures, subsurface soil, grouting, other conditions of service, thrust ofjacks, and any stress anticipated during handling and installation. G.Coatings and Linings: 1.Material: a. Lining: Provide Portland cement; ASTM C 150, Type I or II, as shown on the drawings or as required elsewhere in the Construction Documents. b.Coating: Provide Portland Cement ASTM C 150, Type II with maximum of 5% tricalciuni aluniinate and pipe shall be placed with 6” cover of cement stabilized sand (between Sta 113+00 to Sta 255+00) or use Type V. 2.Water Absorption Test: ASTM C 497, Method A; perform on samples of cured mortar coating taken from each working shift. Cure mortar coating samples in same manner as pipe. a. Test Value: Average minimum of 3 samples taken from same working shift, no greater than 9 percent for average value, and 11 percent for individual value. 026430 Page 8 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 b.Test Frequency: Perform tests each working shift until conformance to absorption requirements has been established by 10 consecutive passing test results, at which time testing may be performed weekly. Resume testing for each working shift if absorption test results fail until conformance to absorption requirements is reestablished by 10 consecutive passing test results. 3.Apply one coat of primer to exposed steel parts of steel bell and spigot rings. Prior to coating, blast clean in accordance with SSPC-SP7 (Brush Off Blast Cleaning). Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 4.Coat and line access inlets, service outlets, test inlets and air release/vacuum relief riser pipe with same coating and lining of main pipe in accordance with AWWA C 303, Section 4, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 5.Do not defer placing of coating of any portion of pipe length. Verify cement mortar coating thickness on each size of pipe by nondestructive method before removing pipe from coating machine. 6.Remove and replace disbonded lining or coating. Reject pipe requiring patches larger than 100 square inches or 12 inches in greatest dimension. Allow no more than one patch on either lining or coating of pipe. Provide WELD-CRETE Probond Epoxy Bonding Agent ET-150, parts A and B; Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, or approved equal bonding agent for pipe patching. H. Fittings and Specials: 1.Design fittings to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.Manufacture in accordance with Technical Specification Section 02518 -Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. 3.Provide fabricated bends or fittings with minimum radius of 2-1/2 times pipediameter. 4.Design test plugs to withstand forces generated by hydrostatic test and test pressure from either side. Do not exceed 50% of minimum yield for design stresses due to hydrostatic pressure. Assume opposite side of plug may not contain water. 5.Provide no specials less than 4 feet in length unless indicated on Drawings or approved by the Engineer. 6.Butt Straps for Closure Piece: Provide at locations indicated on Drawings or authorized by the Engineer. Minimum 12-inch-wide split butt strap; minimum plate thickness equal to thinnest member being joined; fabricated from material equal in chemical and physical properties to thinnest member being joined. Permit no angular deflection at butt-strap joints. 026430 Page 9 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 7.Provide minimum 6 inch welded outlet for inspecting each closure section, unless access manway is within 40 feet of closure section. 8.Provide Densco petroleum based tape or approved equal for exposed portions of nuts and bolts. I.Joints: 1.AWWA C 303 rubber-gasketed or welded bell-and-spigot type except where flanged joints are required for valves and fittings as shown on Drawings. Refer to Technical Specification Section 02511 -Water Lines for details on joints and jointing. 2.Rubber-Gasketed Joints: Double weld bell and spigot ring onto steel cylinder. In thrust areas, double weld bell and spigot onto steel cylinder. 3.Restrained Joints: Restrain joints by welding or harnessing joints. a. Design Pressure: 1.5 times working pressure. b. Harnessed Joints: AWWA M 9, clamp or snap ring type, except where prohibited. c. Groundwater Level: Assumed to be .equal to natural ground surface. d. Provide restrained joint pipe with adequate cylinder thickness to transmit full thrust generated by internal pressure across joints. 1) Calculate distance of restrained joints based on resistance along each leg of bend with thrust based on bend angle. Provide restrained joints between stations identified in Article 3.06 RESTRAINED PIPE REQUIREMENTS. 2) Cylinder thickness not to be less than that defined in AWWA C 303, Table 2,and minimum nominal cylinder thickness. 3) Allow cylinder thickness to reduce linearly from maximum calculated thickness to minimum thickness required by design over required length (as determined in Paragraph 2.01 J.3.d.1) of restrained joints. 4) Provide full circumferential welds at joints required to be welded. J. Use only fully circumferentially welded joints in areas considered potentially petroleum contaminated, within tunnels and under foreign pipelines. Perform welding in accordance with Technical Specification Section 02518 -Steel Pipe and Fittings for Large Diameter Water Lines. K. Pipe Flanges: AWWA C 207 for standard steel flanges of pressure class corresponding to pipe class. L. Pipe Lengths: Provide pipe sections in standard lengths with minimum length of 16 feet and maximum length as indicated on shop Drawings and approved by the Engineer. Gasketed joints are allowed on standard lengths of pipe. Non-standard pipe lengths 026430 Page 10 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 must be approved by the Engineer and joints must be welded as specified herein to achieve equal to or greater than standard pipe length before gasketed joints can be used. Internally and externally mark each pipe section with durable marking to show location and pipe pressure. M. Hydrostatic Test of Cylinder: In accordance withAWWA C 303, at point of manufacture. Hold test for minimum 2 minutes for thorough inspection of cylinder. Repair or reject cylinders revealing leaks or cracks. N. Transport fittings with end caps. Remove end caps just prior to installation. O.Transport fittings 36 inches in diameter and larger with stalls. Remove stalls aftercompletion of backfill. P. Provide radius of curve as indicated on Drawings unless approved by the Engineer. Make curves and bends by deflecting joints, by use of beveled joints, or by combination of two methods, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Do not exceed deflection angle recommended by pipe manufacturer. Provide beveled pipe sections of standard length used in curved alignment, except when shorter sections are required to limit radius of curvature. In such case, provide sections throughout curve of substantially equal length. Q.When manufacturing straight pipe sections, manual welding is allowed for following: 1.Tack welding of coils and plates during continuous pipe making process. 2.Rewelding and repairing structural defects in plate and automatic machine welds. 3.Attaching new coil of steel to previous coil. 2.02BAR ROD A. Conform to requirements of ASTM A 615,AWWA C 303 and this specification. B. Test foreign manufactured rod by local independent laboratory. C. Rod manufacturer is responsible for performing mechanical tests required in ASTM A 615. D. Pipe manufacturer is responsible for requiring rod manufacturer to submit certified results of chemical and mechanical tests, performed by rod manufacturer. Pipe manufacturer is responsible for performing mechanical tests, and is required to attest to such in affidavit of compliance. E. Do not use rod with visible pitting. 2.03GROUT FOR JOINTS AND SPECIAL APPLICATION A. Joint Grout: 026430 Page 11 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 1.Cement Grout Mixture: One part cement to two parts of fine, sharp clean sand. Mix interior joint mortar with as little water as possible until very stiff but workable. Mix exterior joint mortar with water until it has consistency of thick cream. 2.Water: Potable water with total dissolved solids less than 1000 mg/l; ASTM D 512 chloride ions less than 100 mg/I for slurry and mortar cure; ASTM D 1293 pH greater than 6.5.Use potable water with 2SGppm limit on chlorides and sulfates. 3.Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II with a maximum of 5% tricalcium aluminate. and pipe shall be placed with 6” cover of cement stabilized sand (between Sta. 113+00 to Sta. 255+00)or use Type V as shown on the drawings or as required elsewhere in the Construction Documents. Provide one type of cement for entire project. 4.Sand: a. Interior joints: ASTM C 35fine graded plaster sand. b.Exterior joints: ASTM C 33 natural sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. 5.Mix cement grout to specific gravity of 19 lb/gallon or greater as measured by grout/slurry balance. Use balance manufactured grout/slurry by Baroid or approved equal. Perform test in presence of and as requested by the Engineer. Add additional cement grout or water to mixed cement grout to bring mix to proper moisture content or specific gravity. Discard cement grout mixed more than 20 minutes that is not at proper moisture content or specific gravity. B. Nonshrink Grout for Special Applications, Patches and Repairs. 1.Conform to requirements of ASTM C 1107, Nonshrink Grout. 2.Pre-blended factory-packaged material manufactured under rigid quality control. 3.Contain non-metallic natural aggregate, be non-staining and non-corrosive. 4.Meeting NSF 61 Standard suitable for use in contact with potable water supply. 5.Exterior: Highly flowable to fill joint wrapper without leaving voids or trapped air. Interior capable of being placed with plastic consistency. 6.Non-bleeding and non-segregating at fluid consistency. 7.Contain no chlorides or additives which may contribute to corrosion of bar wrapped steel cylinder pipe. 8.Free of gas-producing, gas-releasing agents. 026430 Page 12 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 9.Resist attack by oil or water. 10.Mix, place, and cure in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Upon 72 hours’ notice, provide services of qualified representative of nonshrink grout manufacturer to aid in use of product under job conditions. 11.Mix nonshrink grout to specific gravity of 17.7 lb/gallon or greater as measured by grout/slurry balance. Use grout/slurry balance manufactured by Baroid or approved equal. Perform test in presence of and as requested by the Engineer. Add additional non-shrink grout to mixed non-shrink grout to bring to proper moisture content or specific gravity. Discard grout mixed more than 20 minutes that is not at proper moisture content or specific gravity. 12.Compressive strength: ASTM C 11072500 psi minimum 7-dayunconfined; 5000 psi minimum 28-day unconfined. C. Finished surface of lining and interior joint to be comparable to surface rubbed with No. 16 Carborunduin stone. Rub joint mortar sufficiently to bring paste to surface, to remove depressions and projections, and to produce smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Leave interior with clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish. D. Joint Wrapper: Minimum width of 9 inches for 33-inch diameter and smaller; minimum width of 12 inches for diameters greater than 33-inch hemmed at edge to allow threading with minimum 5/8-inch wide steel strap. Provide minimum 6-inch wide Ethafoam strip sized, positioned, and sewn such that two circumferential edges of Ethafoam are 12-inches from outer edge of wrapper. 2.04CATHODIC PROTECTION A. Connect each joint of pipe with bonding straps or approved devices to maintain continuity of current. Provide bonding straps free of foreign material. B. Electrically isolate main line from other connections. Use insulating type joints or non- metallic pipe unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Provide flange adapter with insulating kit as required when connecting new piping to existing piping. 2.05INSPECTION AND SHIPPING A. Permit the Engineer to inspect pipes or witness pipe manufacturing. Inspection shall, not relieve manufacturer of responsibilities to provide products that comply with applicable standards and these Specifications. Should the Engineer elect not to inspect manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes, it in no way implies approval of products or tests. 026430 Page 13 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 B. Manufacturer’s Notifications to Customer: Should the Engineer wish to see specific pipes during manufacturing process, manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with minimum of three (3) weeks advance notice of when and where production of those pipes will take place. C. Repair damage to pipe or protective lining per manufacture specifications before final acceptance. D. Shipping: Where required, providepipe and fittings with sufficient interior strutting or cross bracing to prevent deflection under their own weight. PART3EXECUTION. 3.01INSTALLATION A. In the event of conflict between City Standard Specification Section 050200—Welding, and the requirements of this specification, Specification Section 050200will govern. B. Conform to requirements of City Standard Specification Section 026402-Waterlines. Do not install pipe without approved lay schedule. C. Install stulls prior to placement of pipe, bends, and fittings to prevent deflection during installation. Provide stulls consisting of timber struts with end blocks shaped to fit curvature of interior surface of pipeor other appropriate configuration and material. Firmly edge and secure stulls to blocks so that they will remain intact position during handling and installation. Provide stulls adequate to resist loads encountered without structural failure to stull members or damage to pipe. Where applicable, place stalls at such lengths so as to elongate vertical diameter of pipe as required to suit trench conditions encountered. D. Install pipe within six months of pipe being manufactured. E. Manufacturer shall make available services of representative, throughout project duration when deemed necessary by the Engineer, to advise aspects of installation including but not limited to handling, storing, cleaning and inspecting, coatings and linings repairs, and general construction methods affecting pipe. F. Bedding and Backfilling 1.Conform to requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020-Excavation andBackfill for Utilities. 2.Take necessary precautions during bedding and backfilling operations to prevent deformation or deflection of cylindrical shape of pipe by more than allowable pipe deflection. 3.Do not move trench support system (trench safety system) once bedding material is compacted. 026430 Page 14 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 4.Align pipe at proper grade prior to joint connection and do not shift after jointing operation has been completed. 5.Excavate outside specified trench section for bell holes, and for spaces sufficient to permit removal of slings. Provide bell holes at proper locations for unrestricted access to joint. Form bell holes large enough to facilitate joint wrapping and to permit visual examination of process. Enlargement of bell holes as required or directed by the Engineeror Engineer’s designated representative. Subsequent backfilling thereof shall not be considered as authorized additional excavation and backfill. Backfill bell holes and spaces tosatisfaction of the Engineer. 6.Remove blocking after placing sufficient backfill to hold pipe in position. G. Follow non-shrink grout manufacturer’s specifications for nonshrink grouting. H. Store pipe at job-site with securely-fastened plastic end caps to maintain moist pipe interior. Promptly replace damaged end caps to avoid shrinkage or cracking of cement-mortar lining. Immediately replace damaged plastic end caps. Do not leave uncapped for more than 4 hours. I.Deviation of installed pipe in any one pipe section from line and grade shown on approved shop drawing layout shall not exceed 2 inches from grade and 3 inches from line. No deviation from line and grade at contact interfaces are allowed. J. Use adequate surveying methods, procedures and employ competent surveying personnel to ensure pipe sections are laid to line and grade and within stipulated tolerances. Measure and record, in form approved by the Engineer, in-place survey data for pipe laideach day and submit copy of data to the Engineer at end of that day. Survey data to include unique pipe number, deflection angle at pipe joint and whether beveled ends were used, invert elevation at pipe joint, deviation ofjoint from project line, deviation ofjoint from project grade, inside pipe joint lap measured at top, bottom, and at springline (each side). K. Static Electricity: 1.Properly ground steel pipeline during construction as necessary to prevent build-up of static electricity. 2.Electrically test where required after installation of pipeline is complete. 3.02DEFLECTION A. Allowable deflection from specified diameter determined as follows: Allowable Deflection (D)2/4000,(D= Nominal inside pipe diameter in inches.) B. Deflection may be measured by the Engineer at any location along pipe. Arithmetical averages of deflection are not acceptable. 026430 Page 15 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 C. If deflection exceeds that specified, remove entire portion of deflected pipe section and install new pipe as directed by the Engineer at no cost to City. 3.03CLOSURES AND APPROVED PIPE MODIFICATIONS. A. No modifications of standard pipe for closures shall be permitted in the field. No field cutting of pipe or exposure of bar wire is permitted without written approval from the Engineer. B. Pipe manufacturer’s representative and the Engineer to entirely witness closures and approved pipe modification efforts. C. Provide minimum lap of 4 inches between member being joined and edge of butt strap. Weld on both interior and exterior, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. D. Provide full circumferential welds on joints required to be welded. Employ independent. certified testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, to perform weld tests on field welds. Include cost of such testing in contract unit price for water lien. Use magnetic particle test method for lap welds or X-ray methods for butt welds, for 100 percent of joint welds. Maintain records of tests. If defective weld is revealed, repair defective weld, and retest. Use wire and flux from same manufacturer throughout an entire project. E. Fill wrapper in field and allowing excess grout water to seep out. Refill wrapper as necessary. When joint mortar level has stabilized and begun to mechanically stiffen,lap Ethafoam wrapper over top of joint, andsecure in place. F. Stretch test each gasket splice to twice its unstretched length and inspect for defects. 3.04VISIBLE CRACKS A. Novisible cracks longer than 6 inches, measured to be within 15 degrees of line parallel to pipe longitudinal axis, are permitted except: 1.In surface laitance of centrifugally cast concrete, 2.In sections of pipe with steel reinforcing collars or wrappers, or 3.Within 12 inches of pipe ends. B. Repair interior lining cracks that exceed 1/16-inch (0.0625 inches) wide. C. Reject pipe with exterior coating cracks that exceed 0.01 inches wide. D. Immediately remove pipe from site if pipe has cracks exceeding limitations and cracks are not repairable. 3.05FIELD REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR COATING/LINING 026430 Page 16 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 A. Areas less than or equal to 6 inches in diameter: Patch honeycomb and minor defects in concrete surfaces with nonshrink grout conforming to section 2.03 B. Use only manual or small (low pressure) air chisels to chip away mortar coating or lining. Cut out unsatisfactory material and replace with nonshrink grout, securely bonded to existing coating or lining. Finish junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Strike off nonshrink grout flush with surrounding surface after patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage. Finish surface in accordance with lining requirements. B. Pipe with defective coating areas greater than 6 inches in diameter cannot be used. Immediately remove pipe from project. C. Reject pipe if steel cylinder is dented while making field repair. Immediately remove pipe from project. 3.06RESTRAINED PIPE REQUIREMENTS Restrained Pipe Required to Resist Thrust Baseline IDDeflectionPlane ofDepth ofRestrainedFromTo Stationof PipeAngleDeflectionCoverLengthStationStation (in)(deg).(ft)(ft) 55+03 4290.0Horizontal613853+6556+41 114+85 4229.0Horizontal466114+19115+51 120+13 4219.0Horizontal537119+76120+50 123+884226.5Horizontal1029123+59124+18 127+72 4214.0Horizontal527127+45127+99 137+88 4259.0Horizontal969137+19138+57 140+59 4235.0Horizontal659140+00141+18 144+104225.0Vertical562143+48144+72 144+264234.0Horizontal477143+48145+03 144+42 4222.5Vertical556143+86144+98 145+06 4222.5Vertical556144+50145±62 145+29 4222.5Vertical556144+73145+85 173+184220.5Horizontal481172+37173+99 183+594255.0Horizontal5178181+81 185+37 244+24 3022.5Vertical543243+81244+67 244+40 3022.5Vertical543243+97244+83 307+75 3045.0Horizontal4128306+47309+03 307+803045.0Horizontal4128306+52309+08 308+033022.5Horizontal438307+64308+41 309+643090.0Horizontal4138308+26311+02 332+39 3022.5Vertical449331+90332+88 332+633022.5Vertical543332+20333+06 026430 Page 17 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 Restrained Pipe Required to Resist Thrust (continued) Baseline IDDeflectionPlane ofDepth ofRestrainedFromTo Stationof PipeAngleDeflectionCoverLengthStationStation (in)(deg).(ft)(ft) 333+593022.5Vertical543333+16334+02 333+843022.1Vertical448333+36334+32 337+683022.9Vertical450337+18338±18 337+963022.5Vertical1224337+72338+20 341+843022.5Vertical1224341+60342±08 342+153022.5Vertical449341+66342±64 364+313030.0Horizontal362363+69363±94 366+303030.0Horizontal362365+68366±92 Note: ABOVE TABLE SHOWS LOCATIONS ONLY WHERE CALCULATED RESTRAINT> 20’ PART4MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. 4.01Measurement Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, pipe will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline of installed, in place, bedded, restrained, and accepted pipe. 4.02Payment Payment will be made per linear foot installed pipe, to includehandling, bedding, restraining, connecting, and testing pipe for proper installation acceptance. 026430 Page 18 of 18 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 028020 SEEDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for tilling, fertilizing, planting seeds, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS 2.1FERTILIZER:All fertilizer shall be delivered in bags or clearly marked containers showing the analysis, name, trademark and warranty. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas fertilizer law. Fertilizer shall have an analysisof 12-12-12 (percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash) as determined by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be free flowing and uniform in composition. 2.2SEED:Seed shall be labeled and meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Labels shall indicate purity, germination, name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop, and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within twelve months of delivery to the project. The quantity of "Commercial Seed" required to equal the quantity of "Pure Live Seed" shall be computed by the following formula: Commercial Seed = Pure Live Seed x 10,000 % Purity x % Germination The quantity of pure live seed and type required are indicated below. Mixture A or Cshall be used for this project, depending on the time of the year planting is performed. LB/ACRE OF PURE LIVE SEED FOR MIXTURES COMMON NAMESCIENTIFIC NAMEABC Green SprangletopLeptochloa Dubia1.41.4- Sideoats Grama (premier)Bouteloua Curtipendula0.6-0.6 Bermudagrass (Hulled)Cynodon Dactylon7.07.4- Bermudagrass (Unhulled)Cynodon Dactylon--30.0 K-R BluestemAndropogon Ischaemum1.21.21.5 BuffalograssBuchloe Dactyloides-4.2- Annual RyegrassLolium Multiflorum5.05.020.0 Mixture -A:Recommended for clay or tight soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture -B:Recommended for sandy soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture -C:Recommended for all soils planted between May 2 thru November 30. 028020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 2.3MULCH:Mulch shall be either the straw type or wood cellulose fiber type. Straw Typemulch shall be of straw from stalks of domestic grain, Bermudagrass or cotton hulls, or other approved by the Engineer. Wood Cellulose Fiber Typemulch shall have no growth inhibiting ingredients and shall be dried with a moisture content less that 10% by weight. Fibers shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering and application of mulch. The cellulose fiber shall be manufactured so that after addition and agitation in slurry tank with fertilizers, seeds and other approved additives, the fibers in the material will become uniformly suspended to form a homogeneous slurry; when sprayed on the ground, the material shall form a uniform cover impregnated with seeds; the cover shall allow added water to percolate to the underlying soil. The fiber material shall be supplied in packages of not more than 100 lb. gross weight and shall be marked by the manufacturer to indicate the dry weight content. 2.4EQUIPMENT:The fertilizing, seeding and/or mulching operations shall be accomplished with equipment suitable to the required function. It shall be of current design and in good operating condition. Special seeding and mulching equipment must also meet the following requirements: Seeder-Equipment for applying a seed-fertilizer mix shall be a hydraulic seeder designed to pump and discharge a waterborne, homogeneous slurry of seed and fertilizer. The seeder shall be equipped with a power driven agitator and capable of pressure discharge. Straw Mulch Spreader-Equipment used for straw mulch application shall be trailer mounted, equipped with a blower capable of 2000 r.p.m. operation, and that will discharge straw mulch material through a discharge boom with spout at speeds up to 220 feet per second. The mulch spreader shall be equipped with an asphalt supply and application system near the discharge end of the boom spout. The system shall apply asphalt adhesive in atomize form to the straw at a predetermined rate. The spreader shall be capable of blowing the asphalt-coated mulch, with a high velocity airstream, over the surface ata uniform rate, forming a porous, stable erosion-resistant cover. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Spreader-Equipment used for this application of fertilizer, seeds, wood pulp, water and other additives shall have a built-in agitation system with sufficient capacity to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing up to 40 lbs. of fiber plus the required fertilizer solids for each 100 gallons of water. It shall have sufficient agitation and pump capacity to spray a slurry in a uniform coat over the area to be mulched. 028020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1PREPARATION OF SEEDBED:The area to be treated along with requirements for seed, fertilizer and other treatments, shall be done as indicated on the drawings and as specified below. Clearing–Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021020, "Site Clearing and Stripping". Grading-Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021040, "Site Grading". Tilling-The area to be seeded shall be tilled to a depth of 4 to 6inches by disking, plowing, or other approved methods until soil condition is acceptable. Topsoiling–If the native soils are not conducive to the establishment and maintenance of grass growth,or if called for on the drawings,topsoil shall be placed over the area to be seeded to a depth of 5 inches after tilling. Topsoil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 7; shall contain between 2 and 20 percent organic material content in accordance with ASTM D5268;and shall be free of stones larger than one inch, debris, and extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 3.2FERTILIZING:Fertilizer shall be uniformly applied at a rate of 400 lb/acre, after tilling. Fertilizing and seeding shall be done concurrently. If seeds and fertilizer are distributed in a water slurry, the mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all the components have come into contact. 3.3SEEDING:The seed mixture shall be uniformly distributed at the rate specified above. Broadcast Seeding-Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After planting, the area shall be rolled on contour with a corrugated roller. Straw Mulch Seeding-Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After placement of the seed and fertilizer mixture, straw mulch shall beuniformly placed at a rate of 2 tons per acre. As soon as the mulch has been spread, it shall be anchored to the soil a minimum depth of 3 inches by use of a heavy, dulled disk harrow, set nearly straight. Disks shall be set approximately 9 inches apart. Straw Mulch With Asphalt Seeding-Seed, fertilizer and straw mulch shall be placed as described in "Straw Mulch Seeding" with the following two exceptions: 1) An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied to the mulch near the discharge end of the boom spout at a rate of 300 to 600 gallons per acre. 2) Mechanical anchoring by disking will not be required. Asphalt Mulch Seeding-The seed and fertilizer shall be placed as described for "Broadcast Seeding". After the area has been rolled, the area shall be watered sufficiently to assure a uniform moisture to a minimum depth of 4 inches. An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied at a rate of 1500 to 1800 gallons per acre, immediately after watering. Asphalt shall be applied to the area in such a manner that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be 028020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 comparatively smooth. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding-After tilling, mulch shall be applied. Wood cellulose fibers shall be added to the hydraulic seeder after the proportionate amounts of seed, fertilizer, water and other approved materials are added. Application shall be 1500 lb./acre on flats, 2000 lb./acre on slopes up to 3:1, and 2500 lb./acre on slopes steeper than 3:1. One hundred (100) pounds of fiber per acre shall be used when asphalt is to be applied over cellulose mulch. The mulch shall provide a uniform cover over the soil surface. Asphalt Over Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding-"Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding" shall be done as described above. After mulch has been placed, an asphalt-water emulsion shall be uniformly spread over the mulch at a rate of 1200 gallons per acre. 3.4MAINTENANCE:The Contractor shall water, repair and reseed areas as required for a period of 45 days or until growth has been established, whichever is longer. This includes erosion damage. Maintenance does not include mowing or weed control, unless indicated on the plans. If at any time the seeded area becomes gullied or otherwise damaged, or the seeds have been damaged or destroyed, the affected portion shall be re-established to the specified condition prior to acceptance of the work. 3.5GUARANTEE:The Contractor shall assure 95% of the seeded area has established grass growth at 45 calendar days after seeding, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Where established, grassgrowth is defined as at least one plant per square footwith no bare spots larger than three(3) square feet. The Contractor shall re-establish grass growth as directed by the Engineerduring the one-year warranty period. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, seeding will be measured by the horizontal square yard of area seeded within the areas designated on the drawings. Areas disturbed by the Contractor that are outside of the designated areas(such as field office, laydown/ storage area, stockpile areas, etc.) shall be seeded by the Contractor for erosion control per the stormwater pollution prevention plan but will not be measured for payment. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, and shall include, but not be limited to, tilling soil, topsoiling, fertilizing, planting, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation.Payment shall be due and payable only after grass growth has been established as described above. 028020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts, manholes, inlets, curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways, curb ramps, headwalls and wingwalls, riprap, and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water, proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type Iand II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter – TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the flexural or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brandof each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 030020 Page 1 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO 4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-413-A. It shall havea wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Nominal2-½21-½13/41/23/8 Grade No.SizeIn.In.In.In.In.In.In.No. 4No. 8 15 12 in.00 to60 to95 to to 2080100 50 070 2 (467)*1-½ in.030 to95 to toto 65100 590 040 4 (57)*1 in.090 to95 to toto 100100 575 83/8 in.00 to35 to90 to 580100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex-406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No.3/8 In.No. 4No. 8No. 16No. 30No. 50No. 100No. 200 100 to 50 to 2015 to 5035 to 7570 to 9090 to 10097 to 100 NOTE 1:Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2:Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For concrete Classes ‘A’ and ‘C’, the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by addingthe percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required bythe Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 given consistency. (a)Retarding and Water-Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494, modified as follows: (1)The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2)The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3)Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b)Air-Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1)The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2)Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 When conditions require the use of two or more sizesof aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall beby weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water-reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water-reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water-reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent whenGrade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection.When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor mayuse, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete DesignationDesired SlumpMax. Slump Structural Concrete: (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less)4 inches5 inches (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc.3 inches4 inches Underwater or Seal Concrete5 inches6 inches Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete2.5 inches4 inches NOTE:No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed.Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing labwithin 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Minimum Class CompressiveMin. BeamMaximumCoarse ofSacks CementStrength (f'c)StrengthWater-CementAggregate Concreteper C.Y. (min.)28-Day(psi)7-Day (psi)Ratio (gal/sack)No. A*5.03000500***6.52-4-8**** B*4.525004178.02-4-8**** C*6.03600600***6.01-2-4** D6.030005007.02-4 S6.540005705.02-4 *Entrained Air (slabs, piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only (except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type II Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7-day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete, the minimum 7-day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batchmixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concretebatch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixerwhich are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced withnew blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 be placed in the structure or pavement. Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1)Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2)Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (a)Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b)Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mixthe concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3)Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment. (1)Batching Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2)Mixers and Agitators. (a)General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b)Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c)Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum.Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm) will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d)Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted inthis Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A615, Grades 60 or75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicableASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: NominalWeight per Bar SizeDiameter,Nominal Area,Linear Foot, NumberIn.Sq. In.Pounds 20.2500.050.167 30.3750.110.376 40.5000.200.668 50.6250.311.043 60.7500.441.502 70.8750.602.044 81.0000.792.670 91.1281.003.400 101.2701.274.303 111.4101.565.313 141.6932.257.6 182.2574.0013.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger thanNo. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: EquivalentEquivalent GaugeDiameter,GaugeDiameter, NumberInchesNumberInches 00.306580.1620 10.283090.1483 20.2625100.1350 30.2437110.1205 40.2253120.1055 50.2070130.0915 60.1920140.0800 70.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3, #4, #54d #6, #7, #85d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60Grade 75 #3 thru #86d-- #9, #108d-- #118d8d #14, #1810d-- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specifiedor as follows: 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shallbe staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements LapUncoatedCoated Lap in inches>40d60d Where: d = bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings andindustrystandards.All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inchor as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tensionmembers and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such mannerthat a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Formand shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 036020 STUCCO AND PLASTER (S-123) 1. GENERAL This work includes lath, furring and stucco including all accessories conforming to details. This Applicator shall show evidence of experience and competency in accomplishing plaster work of the highest workmanship, which is the requirement herein. All improper workmanship shall be removed and be replaced with proper workmanship at any stage of the work. All manufactured materials shall be delivered in the original packages, containers, or bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand name. All cementitious material must be kept dry until ready for use, and must be kept off the ground, under cover, and away from any sweating walls or other damp surfaces. 2. LATHING MATERIALS All lath for exterior stucco shall be galvanized, self-furring diamond lath weighing not less than 2.5 lbs. per square yard. Tie wires shall be No. 16 gauge galvanized wire. Apply lath over continuous 6 mil. polyethylene vapor barrier film. 3. ACCESSORIES Accessories shall be zinc, and equal, in total value, to U.S.G. No. 1-A expanded corner bead; No. 60 or 66 expanded square casing bead; No. 10-A expanded bull nose corner bead; No. 15 and other expansion joints and other accessories as necessary for stopping plaster at all changes of plane or backup material. Use 1/2" beads on masonry; 3/4" beads on metal lath. 4. STUCCO MATERIALS Stucco shall be applied in 3 coats, 3/4" thick on metal lath. 5. PORTLAND CEMENT EXTERIOR PLASTER Portland cement exterior plaster (where stucco is called for) shall be a 3 coat system, buff colored. Submit samples to Engineer's satisfaction. Approximate color sample may be seen at Engineer's office by interested parties. Submit sample to match. 6. SCRATCH COAT Scratch Coat - one sack Portland cement, two sacks equal to U.S.G. Bondcrete lime, 7 cubic feet sand and 2 lbs. fiber. Scratch surface and damp cure for 48 hours minimum. 7. BROWN COAT Brown Coat - same proportions and materials as scratch coat except use 9 cu.ft. sand finish. Damp cure 48 hours minimum. 036020 Page 1 of 2 8. FINISH COAT Finish Coat - 1/8" thick, equal, in total value, to U.S.G. Exterior Stucco, with color added, receiving sand finish. 9. PATCHING AND POINTING Upon completion of the building and when directed, all loose, cracked, damaged, or defective plastering shall be cut out and replastered in a satisfactory and approved manner. All pointing and patching of plastered surfaces, and where plastering abuts or adjoins any other finished work, shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. Plaster droppings or spatterings shall be removed from all surfaces. Exposed plastered surfaces shall be left in clean, unblemished condition ready to receive paint or other finish. Protective covering shall be removed from floors and other surfaces, and all rubbish and debris shall be removed from the building. Finish coat of all plaster work shall be properly damp cured according to directions of the manufacturer of the materials used. The repairing of damage to plaster work caused by other trades shall be done by this Applicator and shall be paid for by the trade responsible for the damage. Do not apply plaster below 55 F. temperature. 10. CLEANING AND PATCHING Clean floors of droppings immediately after each coat is applied. At any exterior locations, remove droppings or splashes from all concrete, masonry or other finish surfaces. Patch after all other work except painting has been completed. Cut out damaged or broken plaster to straight lines with clean, sharp edges. Cut out cracks to width of at least 1-inch. Fill areas to be patched with vase materials, then give a finish coat of same material as adjoining plaster. Patched areas shall match adjoining work in finish and texture. Joinings shall be flush and smooth so joints between patch and existing plaster are imperceptible. 036020 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 37040 EPOXY COMPOUNDS (S-44) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and apply Epoxy compounds. 2. MATERIALS (USE - TYPE) (1)Epoxy Bonding Compound for bonding new concrete to hardened concrete or other structural material: Epoxy Bonding Compound shall be a two component, 100% solids, moisture insensitive system. Epoxy shall be "FX- 752 Bonding Agent" as manufactured by Fox Industries Inc. of Baltimore, Maryland or "Sikastix 370, Sikadur Hi-Mod" as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation of Lyndhurst, New Jersey or approved equal. (2)Epoxy Grout for Epoxy patch on non-horizontal surfaces to concrete:Epoxy Compound shall be a low-modulus, high viscosity, moisture insensitive system. Epoxy shall be "Sikastix 360, Skadur Lo-Mod Gel" as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation, or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (1) Bond new concrete to existing concrete: a. Surface Preparation: The existing concrete or structural surface to which the new concrete is to be bonded shall be cleaned. The existing surface shall be made free from dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, waxes and all foreign material. Cleaning shall be done by sandblasting, mechanical abrasion, or (by washing only if authorized by the Engineer). During application of bonding compound, surface may be dry, moist, or wet, but surface shall be free of standing water. b. Proportioning and Mixing: The epoxy shall be proportioned and mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The epoxy shall be used in a neat condition (without aggregate filler). c. Application of Epoxy: The epoxy bonding compound shall be applied to the prepared surface with the minimum allowable coverages as follows: Concrete (float finished, cleaned by washing) 75 SF/gal Concrete (rough finish, cleaned by sandblast or mechanical abrasion) 50 SF/gal Other surfaces as specified on the drawings d. Concrete Overlay: The concrete overlay shall be in accordance with the drawings or 030020 of standard specifications. The concrete overlay shall be applied over the epoxy within a period of time which SHALL NOT EXCEED 60% of the tack free time of the epoxy. It is important for the Contractor to note that these times vary with the temperature and pot time. The following allowable times (60% of tack free time, where the tack free time is the period of time from initial mixing of the two components until the thin film of epoxy hardens) are provided below. The allowable times must be 037040 2/20/9 Page 1 of 2 determined from the tack free times which are provided by the manufacturer. The following allowable times are averages and provided only as an aid to the Contractor: Temperature Allowable Elapse Time from Mixing Epoxy Until Placing Concrete Overlay o 90F 40 min. o 80F 1 hrs. o 70F 2 hrs. o 60F 3 hrs. If the allowable period of time is allowed to elapse before concrete overlay can be placed, another layer of epoxy shall be applied prior to placement of the concrete. (2) Epoxy Grout for patch to non-horizontal surfaces to concrete: a. Surface Preparation: The surface shall be prepared as described in (1) Bond new concrete to existing concrete Part a. b. Proportioning and Mixing: The epoxy shall be proportioned and mixed in strict accordance with the manufacturer instruction. The epoxy may be mixed with dry masonry sand. Sand shall conform to A.S.T.M. C-144 with 100% passing a No. 8 sieve and not more than 15% to 35% passing a No. 50 mesh sieve. The amount of sand filler shall not exceed 3/4 to 1 (loose sand to epoxy by volume). c. Application: Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions. Area adjacent to work shall be cleaned free of epoxy spills as to provide a neat appearance before work will be accepted. 4. GENERAL PRECAUTION The Contractor is advised to become familiar with type of epoxy, method of application, and its basic limitations prior to using the epoxy. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Epoxy Compounds shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 037040 2/20/9 Page 2 of 2 SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1)Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020"Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2)Expansion Joint Material. (a)Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1.Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materialsshall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2.Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Materialshall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)", except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3.Redwood. (b)Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposedto low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 1.Class 1-a.(Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2.Class 1-b.(Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77º F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max.,cm..................0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, Oº F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................Pass WetConcrete Blocks............................Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf.).Pass Flow at 200º F.................................None Water Content % by weight, max.................5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured).................50 Oven aged at 158º F min. % ....................50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................None (c)Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 3½"). (d)Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1752 “Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 PROPERTYMETHODREQUIREMENT ColorASTM D1752, Type 1Black 3 DensityASTM D1752, Type 140 lb./ftMin. RecoveryASTM D1752, Type 190% Min. CompressionASTM D1752, Type 150 to 500 psi ExtrusionASTM D1752, Type 10.25 inch Max. Tensile StrengthASTM D1752, Type 120 psi Min. Elongation75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3)Curing Materials. (a)Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein, be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples maybe correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b)Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out.The top one inch (1”) of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term “monolithic placement” shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, formsmay be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified.Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For job fabricated forms, an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16”). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (2)Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness, with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the spanbetween the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of agrade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4”) on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3)Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar-tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply tometal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall becountersunk. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete TemperatureMaximum Time Non-Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approvalof the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed inany unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done duringdaylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. Thecoarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concreteshall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 provided for emergency use in addition to thoserequired for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four (4) full curing days. If carts are used, timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1)Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a)The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50degreesF or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40degreesF for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (b)The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, bottoms of slabs, and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c)The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32degreesF for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. Whenimpending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimenswill be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed, prior to form removal and acceptance. (2)Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a)The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b)Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50degreesF and 85 degreesF for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c)For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie,closed bottom-dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more thantwo (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finishedas specified for roadway slabs in Article "Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12.TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float.Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screeded, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of alllow spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch (1/16”) in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surfacetexturing using a eithercarpet drag ormetal tiningas indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depthof 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab andjoints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch (1/8”), making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations, not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16”) will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities, therefore, shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken.All concrete shall be cured for a period of four (4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING DescriptionRequired Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts10 curing days (Type II cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed)6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35degreesF, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50degreesF for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40degreesF for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1)Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2)Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a)Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b)Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c)Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2”) of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (1”) depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3)Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIREDPERMITTED MEMBRANEMEMBRANE STRUCTURE UNITWATERFORWATER FOR DESCRIPTIONFORINTERIMFORINTERIM CURINGCURINGCURINGCURING 1Top slabs of direct traffic culvertsXX 2Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). X Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) 3Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians,X*X* islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. 4All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, X*X* manholes, retaining walls *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to wateror membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day(24 hours)when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch(1/2")and the surface repaired. All fins, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashingof asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification, but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 055440 ALUMINUM GRATING (S-110) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary to provide and install all aluminum grating required for this project. 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS After installation, the grating shall be capable of withstanding a uniformly distributed load of 200 PSF or a concentrated load of 600 pounds with a maximum deflection of inch. Grating shall meet federal specification RR-G-661-C and standards set by OSHA of 1975. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit four sets of detailed shop drawings for the Engineer's review and approval. 3. MATERIAL Corrosion Resistance. All materials incorporated into the grating system shall be of an aluminum alloy which is corrosion resistant and recommended for use in an environment to include chlorine treated wastewater. Walking surface. Walking surface shall have a non-skid surface. Fasteners, Anchor Bolts and Supports. All fasteners, additional structural supports shall be provided by the manufacturer or in accordance with his recommendations. 4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS All fabrication shall be done in a workmanlike manner, to provide a structurally sound product. All connections, supports, clips, etc. shall be properly aligned and installed. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless indicated otherwise in Proposal, aluminum grating shall be measured by the square foot of aluminum grating installed. Measurement shall include but not be limited to furnishing and installing all grating, supports, clips and connections. 055440 Rev 11/24/99 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 057220 ALUMINUM HANDRAILS (S-98) 1.SCOPE OF THE WORK: The work includes the furnishings of all labor, materials, equipment an services necessary and reasonable incidental for installing all aluminum handrails including all fittings and attachments required for the completion of the project. 2.MATERIALS: All handrails, posts, fittings, brackets, anchors, etc., required for the installation of all handrails shown on the drawings shall be fabricated of aluminum. The railing system has been designed around ReynoRail II Aluminum Pipe Railing System as supplied by the Architectural and Building Products Division of Reynolds Metals Company. The Connectorial System by Julius Blum and Company, Inc., or any other approved equal will be acceptable. A. Rail, Posts and Formed Elbows: Shall be formed from extruded ReynoRail II 6063 or 6061 aluminum pipe of 1- schedule 40 pipe size. B. Other Components: All other aluminum parts shall be fabricated from 6063 or 6061 extruded aluminum. All fittings, except cast bases, shall be a one piece extrusion machined to final shape. Blind rivets and self-tapping screws shall be a furnished by Reynolds Metals Company. No fasteners other than 305 stainless steel shall be used with the ReynoRail II pipe railing system. 3.FINISH: All aluminum railing components shall be clear satin anodized finish on all exposed surfaces. All cast aluminum components shall be 0.4 mil anodized and all extruded components shall be 0.7 mil anodized. All pipe-shaped components shall have a light curcumferentially-brushed finish before anodizing. All aluminum pipe and elbows shall be packed and shipped in individual plastic film to protect the anodized finish. 4.INSTALLATION: All handrails shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. 5.PROTECTION OF FINISH: The Contractor shall use all precautions necessary to protect the finish from scratches, nicks, gouges, dents, etc., during storage, assembly and installation. Insofar as possible, the plastic film shall be left intact on the pipe until inspection and acceptance by the Owner and/or Engineer. 6.WORKMANSHIP: All pipe cuts shall be square and accurate for minimum joint-gap. Cuts shall be clean and straight, free of "chanafer" from deburring, burrs and nicks. All holes shall be drilled and countersunk the proper size, as required for a tight flush fit of rivets. 7.SHOP DRAWINGS: Complete shop drawings of all handrail installations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any fabrication is commenced. All fittings, connections, splices, anchors, brackets, etc., shall be shown. 8.MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Unless indicated otherwise in the Proposal, Aluminum handrails shall subsidiary and not measured for pay. 057220 11/24/99 Page 1 of 1 247 Item 247 Flexible Base 1. DESCRIPTION Construct a foundation course composed of flexible base. 2. MATERIALS Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance. Use Tex-100-E material definitions. 2.1.!Aggregate. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the plans and meeting the requirements of Table 1. Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plasticity index, and wet ball mill for the grade specified. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless shown on the plans. Table 1 Material Requirements 2 Property Test Method Grade 12 Grade 3 Grade 4Grade 5 Sampling Tex-400-A Master gradation sieve size (cumulative % retained) 2-1/2" 0 0 0 1-3/4" 010 010 05 Tex-110-E 7/8" 1035 1035 As shown on the plans 3/8" 3065 3565 #4 4575 4575 4575 #40 6590 5085 7090 As shown on Liquid Limit, % Max Tex-104-E 40 40 35 the plans As shown on 1 Plasticity Index, Max 10 12 10 the plans Tex-106-E As shown on As shown on the As shown on As shown on 1 Plasticity index, Min the plans plans the plans the plans As shown on Wet ball mill, % Max 40 40 the plans Tex-116-E Wet ball mill, % Max increase As shown on 20 20 passing the #40 sieve the plans Min compressive strength, psi lateral pressure 0 psi 35 As shown on Tex-117-E the plans lateral pressure 3 psi 90 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1.!Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 2.!Grade 4 may be further designated as Grade 4A, Grade 4B, etc. 2.1.1.!Material Tolerances. The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation. When target grading is required by the plans, no single failing test may exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4. 126 247 The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the allowable limit by more than 2 points. 2.1.2.!Material Types. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. Furnish the type specified on the plans in accordance with the following: 2.1.2.1.!Type A. Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single, naturally occurring source. Do not use gravel or multiple sources. 2.1.2.2.!Type B. Crushed or uncrushed gravel. Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed. 2.1.2.3.!Type C. Crushed gravel with a minimum of 60% of the particles retained on a No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Tex-460-A, Part I. Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed. 2.1.2.4.!Type D. Type A material or crushed concrete. Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material. Crushed concrete must meet the requirements in Section Engineer may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance. 2.1.2.5.!Type E. Caliche, iron ore or as otherwise shown on the plans. 2.1.3.!Recycled Material. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) and other recycled materials may be used when shown on the plans. Request approval to blend 2 or more sources of recycled materials. 2.1.3.1.!Limits on Percentage. Do not exceed 20% RAP by weight, when RAP is allowed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The percentage limitations for other recycled materials will be as shown on the plans. 2.1.3.2.!Recycled Material (Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements. 2.1.3.2.1.!Contractor-Furnished Recycled Materials. Provide recycled materials, other than RAP, that have a maximum sulfate content of 3,000 ppm when tested in accordance with Tex-145-E. When the Contractor furnishes the recycled materials, including crushed concrete, the final product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1 for the grade specified. Certify compliance with DMS-11000 recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and have at most 1.5% deleterious material when tested in accordance with Tex-413-A. For RAP, do not exceed a maximum percent loss from decantation of 5.0% when tested in accordance with Tex-406-A. Test RAP without removing the asphalt. 2.1.3.2.2.!Department-Furnished Required Recycled Materials. When the Department furnishes and requires the use of recycled materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans: !Department-required recycled material will not be subject to the requirements in Table 1, !Contractor-furnished materials are subject to the requirements in Table 1 and this Item, !the final product, blended, will be subject to the requirements in Table 1, and !for final product, unblended (100% Department-furnished required recycled material), the liquid limit, plasticity index, wet ball mill, and compressive strength is waived. Crush Department-furnished RAP so that 100% passes the 2 in. sieve. The Contractor is responsible for uniformly blending to meet the percentage required. 2.1.3.2.3.!Department-Furnished and Allowed Recycled Materials. When the Department furnishes and allows the use of recycled materials or allows the Contractor to furnish recycled materials, the final blended product is subject to the requirements of Table 1 and the plans. 127 247 2.1.3.3.!Recycled Material Sources. Department-owned recycled material is available to the Contractor only when shown on the plans. Return unused Department-owned recycled materials to the Department stockpile location designated by the Engineer unless otherwise shown on the plans. The use of Contractor-owned recycled materials is allowed when shown on the plans. Contractor-owned surplus recycled materials remain the property of the Contractor. Remove Contractor-owned recycled materials from the project and dispose of them in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations before project acceptance. Do not intermingle Contractor-owned recycled material with Department-owned recycled material unless approved. 2.2.!Water. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 2.3.!Material Sources. Expose the vertical faces of all strata of material proposed for use when non-commercial sources are used. Secure and process the material by successive vertical cuts extending through all exposed strata, when directed. 3. EQUIPMENT Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.1.!Provide rollers in accordance with Item 216, 3.2.!When ride quality measurement is required, provide a high speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation Institute. Provide equipment certification documentation. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration date. 4. CONSTRUCTION Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the required density and moisture content. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the plans or as directed. Stockpile base material temporarily at an approved location before delivery to the roadway. Build stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 ft. thick. Stockpiles must have a total height between 10 and 16 ft. unless otherwise approved. After construction and acceptance of the stockpile, loading from the stockpile for delivery is allowed. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the stockpile. Do not add or remove material from temporary stockpiles that require sampling and testing before delivery unless otherwise approved. Charges for additional sampling and testing required as a result of adding or Haul approved flexible base in clean trucks. Deliver the required quantity to each 100-ft. station or designated stockpile site as shown on the plans. Prepare stockpile sites as directed. When delivery is to the 100-ft. station, manipulate in accordance with the applicable Items. 4.1.!Preparation of Subgrade or Existing Base. Remove or scarify existing asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with Item Removing Treated and Untreated Base and Asphalt Pavement the plans or as directed. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans or as directed. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base, deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount per station. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. 128 247 Proof roll the roadbed in accordance with Item shown on the plans or directed. Correct soft spots as directed. 4.2.!Placing. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer with an approved spreader the same day as delivered unless otherwise approved. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the plans. Maintain the shape of the course. Control dust by sprinkling, as directed. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed, at no additional expense to the Department. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction methods required for the first course. 4.3.!Compaction. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the plans. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the plans or approved. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with Item Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. Begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side on superelevated curves. Offset alternate trips of the roller. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish requirements before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. Continue work until specification requirements are met. Perform the work at no additional expense to the Department. Before final acceptance, the Engineer will select the locations of tests and measure the flexible base depth in accordance with Tex-140-E. Correct areas deficient by more than 1/2 in. in thickness by scarifying, adding 4.3.1.!Ordinary Compaction. Roll with approved compaction equipment as directed. Correct irregularities, depressions, and weak spots immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing approved material as required, reshaping, and recompacting. 4.3.2.!Density Control. Compact to at least 100% of the maximum dry density determined by Tex-113-E, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Maintain moisture during compaction within ±2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined by Tex-113-E. Measure the moisture content of the material in accordance with Tex-115-E or Tex-103-E during compaction daily and report the results the same day to the Engineer, unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. Do not achieve density by drying the material after compaction. The Engineer will determine roadway density and moisture content of completed sections in accordance with Tex-115-E. The Engineer may accept the section if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests is below the specified density and the failing test is no more than 3 pcf below the specified density. 4.4.!Finishing. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 in. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the plans or as directed. Correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 in. in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 in. over the entire width of the cross-section in areas where surfacing is to be placed. Correct by loosening and adding, or removing material. Reshape and re-compact in accordance with Sectio 4.5.!Curing. Cure the finished section until the moisture content is at least 2 percentage points below optimum or as directed before applying the next successive course or prime coat. 129 247 4.6.!Ride Quality. This section applies to the final travel lanes that receive a 1 or 2 course surface treatment for the final surface, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Measure ride quality of the base course after placement of the prime coat and before placement of the surface treatment, unless otherwise approved. Use documentation for the person certified to operate the profiler. Provide all profile measurements to the Engineer in electronic data files within 3 days after placement of the prime coat using the format specified in Tex-1001-S. The Engineer will use Department software to evaluate longitudinal profiles to determine areas requiring corrective action. Correct 0.1-mi.sections having an average international roughness index (IRI) value greater than 100.0 in. per mile to an IRI value of 100.0 in. per mile or less for each wheel path, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Re-profile and correct sections that fail to maintain ride quality until placement of the next course, as directed. Correct re-profiled sections until specification requirements are met, as approved. Perform this work at no additional expense to the Department. 5. MEASUREMENT Flexible base will be measured as follows: !Flexible Base (Complete In Place). The ton, square yard, or any cubic yard method. !Flexible Base (Roadway Delivery). The ton or any cubic yard method. !Flexible Base (Stockpile Delivery). The ton, cubic yard in vehicle, or cubic yard in stockpile. Measurement by the cubic yard in final position and square yard is a plans quantity measurement. The quantity to be paid for is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., required. Measurement is further defined for payment as follows. 5.1.!Cubic Yard in Vehicle. By the cubic yard in vehicles of uniform capacity at the point of delivery. 5.2.!Cubic Yard in Stockpile. By the cubic yard in the final stockpile position by the method of average end areas. 5.3.!Cubic Yard in Final Position. By the cubic yard in the completed and accepted final position. The volume of base course is computed in place by the method of average end areas between the original subgrade or existing base surfaces and the lines, grades, and slopes of the accepted base course as shown on the plans. 5.4.!Square Yard. By the square yard of surface area in the completed and accepted final position. The surface area of the base course is based on the width of flexible base as shown on the plans. 5.5.!Ton. By the ton of dry weight in vehicles as delivered. The dry weight is determined by deducting the weight of the moisture in the material at the time of weighing from the gross weight of the material. The Engineer will determine the moisture content in the material in accordance with Tex-103-E from samples taken at the time of weighing. When material is measured in trucks, the weight of the material will be determined on certified scales, or the Contractor must provide a set of standard platform truck scales at a location approved by the Engineer. Scales must conform to the requirements of Item 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under nit price bid for the types of work shown below. No additional payment 130 247 will be made for thickness or width exceeding that shown on the typical section or provided on the plans for cubic yard in the final position or square yard measurement. Sprinkling and rolling, except proof rolling, will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item unless otherwise shown on the plans. When proof rolling is shown on the plans or directed, it will be paid for in accordance with Item Where subgrade is constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade will be at the subgrade will be paid in accordance with pertinent Items or Article 6.1.!Flexible Base (Complete In Place). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard yard measurement, a depth will be specified. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials, temporary stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials, spreading, blading, mixing, shaping, placing, compacting, reworking, finishing, correcting locations where thickness is deficient, curing, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 6.2.!Flexible Base (Roadway Delivery). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard include processing at the roadway. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials, temporary stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 6.3.!Flexible Base (Stockpile Delivery). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard the roadway. This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, preparing the stockpile area, temporary or permanent stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials to the stockpile, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 131 300 Item 300 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions 1. DESCRIPTION Provide asphalt cements, cutback and emulsified asphalts, performance-graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphalt materials as specified on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Provide asphalt materials that meet the stated requirements when tested in accordance with the referenced Department, AASHTO, and ASTM test methods. Use asphalt containing recycled materials only if the recycled components meet the requirements of Article Provide asphalt materials that have been preapproved for use by the Construction Division in accordance with Tex-545-C. Acronyms used in this Item are defined in Table 1. Table 1 Acronyms Acronym Definition Test Procedure Designations Tex Department T or R AASHTO D ASTM Polymer Modifier Designations P polymer-modified SBR or L styrene-butadiene rubber (latex) SBS styrene-butadiene-styrene block co-polymer TR tire rubber (from ambient temperature grinding of truck and passenger tires) AC asphalt cement AE asphalt emulsion AE-P asphalt emulsion prime A-R asphalt-rubber C cationic EAP&T emulsified asphalt prime and tack H-suffix harder residue (lower penetration) HF high float MC medium-curing MS medium-setting PCE prime, cure, and erosion control PG performance grade RC rapid-curing RS rapid-setting S-suffix stockpile usage SCM special cutback material SS slow-setting 2.1.!Asphalt Cement. Provide asphalt cement that is homogeneous, water-free, and nonfoaming when heated to 347°F, and meets the requirements in Table 2. 1 300 Table 2 Asphalt Cement Viscosity Grade Test AC-0.6 AC-1.5 AC-3 AC-5 AC-10 Property Procedure Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity T 202 140°F, poise 40 80 100 200 250 350 400 600 800 1,200 275°F, poise 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.4 1.9 Penetration, 77°F, 100g, T 49 350 250 210 135 85 5 sec. Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 425 425 425 425 450 Solubility in T 44 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 trichloroethylene, % Spot test Tex-509-C Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Tests on residue from Thin-Film Oven Test: T 179 Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 180 450 900 1,500 3,000 1 Ductility, 77°F T 51 100 100 100 100 100 5 cm/min., cm 1.!If AC-0.6 or AC-1.5 ductility at 77°F is less than 100 cm, material is acceptable if ductility at 60°F is more than 100 cm. 2.2.!Polymer-Modified Asphalt Cement. Provide polymer-modified asphalt cement that is smooth, homogeneous, and meets the requirements of Table 3. Supply samples of the base asphalt cement and polymer additives if requested. Table 3 Polymer-Modified Asphalt Cement Polymer-Modified Viscosity Grade Test AC-5 AC-10 Property AC-15P AC-20XP AC-10-2TR AC-20-5TR Procedure w/2% SBR w/2% SBR Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Polymer SBR SBR SBS SBS TR TR Polymer content, % (solids basis) Tex-533-C 2.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 5.0 1.0 Dynamic shear, G*/sin , 64°C, 10 rad/s, kPa T 315 1.0 1.0 Dynamic shear, G*/sin , 58°C, 10 rad/s, kPa T 315 Viscosity 140°F, poise T 202 700 1,300 1,500 2,000 1,000 2,000 275°F, poise T 202 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 120 80 100 150 75 115 95 130 75 115 Ductility, 5cm/min., 39.2°F, cm T 51 70 60 Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex-539-C 55 55 30 55 Softening point, °F T 53 120 110 120 Polymer separation, 48 hr. Tex-540-C None None None None None None Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 425 425 425 425 425 425 Tests on residue from RTFOT Tex-541-C aging and pressure aging: and R 28 Creep stiffness T 313 S, -18°C, MPa 300 300 300 300 m-value, -18°C 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 2.3.!Cutback Asphalt. Provide cutback asphalt that meets the requirements of Tables 4, 5, and 6 for the specified type and grade. Supply samples of the base asphalt cement and polymer additives if requested. 2 300 Table 4 Rapid-Curing Cutback Asphalt Test TypeGrade Property Procedure RC-250 RC-800 RC-3000 Min Max Min Max Min Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 250 400 800 1,600 3,000 6,000 Water, % D95 0.2 0.2 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F T 79 80 80 80 Distillation test: T 78 Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F 40 75 35 70 20 55 to 500°F 65 90 55 85 45 75 to 600°F 85 80 70 Residue from distillation, volume % 70 75 82 Tests on distillation residue: Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 600 2400 600 2400 600 2400 Ductility, 5 cm/min., 77°F, cm T 51 100 100 100 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 99.0 99.0 99.0 Spot test Tex-509-C Neg. Neg. Neg. Table 5 Medium-Curing Cutback Asphalt TypeGrade Test Property MC-30 MC-250 MC-800 MC-3000 Procedure Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 30 60 250 500 800 1,600 3,000 6,000 Water, % D95 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F T 79 95 122 140 149 Distillation test: T 78 Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F 35 20 to 500°F 30 75 5 55 40 15 75 to 600°F 75 95 60 90 45 85 15 50 67 75 80 Residue from distillation, volume % Tests on distillation residue: Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 300 1200 300 1200 300 1200 300 1200 Ductility, 5 cm/min., 77°F, cm T 51 100 100 100 100 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 99.0 99.0 99.0 99.0 Spot test Tex-509-C Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. 3 300 Table 6 Special-Use Cutback Asphalt Property TypeGrade Test MC-2400L SCM I SCM II Procedure Min Max Min Max Min Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 2,400 4,800 500 1,000 1,000 2,000 Water, % D95 0.2 0.2 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F T 79 150 175 175 Distillation test: T 78 Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F to 500°F 35 0.5 0.5 to 600°F 35 80 20 60 15 50 Residue from distillation, volume % 78 76 82 Tests on distillation residue: Polymer SBR Polymer content, % (solids basis) Tex-533-C 2.0 Penetration, 100 g, 5 sec., 77°F T 49 150 300 180 180 Ductility, 5 cm/min., 39.2°F, cm T 51 50 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 99.0 99.0 99.0 2.4.!Emulsified Asphalt. Provide emulsified asphalt that is homogeneous, does not separate after thorough mixing, and meets the requirements for the specified type and grade in Tables 7, 8, 9, and 10. Table 7 Emulsified Asphalt TypeGrade Rapid-Setting Medium-Setting Slow-Setting Test Property Procedure HFRS-2 MS-2 AES-300 SS-1 SS-1H Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol T 72 77°F, sec. 75 400 20 100 20 100 122°F, sec. 150 400 100 300 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Miscibility T 59 Pass Pass Cement mixing, % T 59 2.0 2.0 Coating ability and water T 59 resistance: Dry aggregate/after spray Good/Fair Wet aggregate/after Fair/Fair spray Demulsibility, 35 mL of T 59 50 30 0.02 N CaCl, % 2 Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 1 1 1 1 1 Freezing test, 3 cyclesT 59 Pass Pass Pass Distillation test: T 59 Residue by distillation, % 65 65 65 60 60 by wt. Oil distillate, % by volume 0.5 0.5 5 0.5 0.5 of emulsion Tests on residue from distillation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, T 49 100 140 120 160 300 120 160 70 100 5 sec. Solubility in T 44 97.5 97.5 97.5 97.5 97.5 trichloroethylene, % Ductility, 77°F, T 51 100 100 100 80 5 cm/min., cm Float test, 140°F, sec. T 50 1,200 1,200 1.!Applies only when the Engineer designates material for winter use. 4 300 Table 8 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt TypeGrade Rapid-Setting Medium-Setting Slow-Setting Test Property Procedure CRS-2 CRS-2H CMS-2 CMS-2S CSS-1 CSS-1H Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. T 72 20 100 20 100 122°F, sec. 150 400 150 400 100 300 100 300 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Cement mixing, % T 59 2.0 2.0 Coating ability and water resistance: Dry aggregate/after spray T 59 Good/Fair Good/Fair Wet aggregate/after spray Fair/Fair Fair/Fair Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.8% T 59 70 70 Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, % Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 1 1 1 1 1 Particle charge T 59 Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Distillation test: Residue by distillation, % by wt. 65 65 65 65 60 60 T 59 Oil distillate, % by volume of 0.5 0.5 7 5 0.5 0.5 emulsion Tests on residue from distillation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 120 160 70 110 120 200 300 120 160 70 110 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 97.5 97.5 97.5 97.5 97.5 97.5 Ductility, 77°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 51 100 80 100 100 80 Table 9 Polymer-Modified Emulsified Asphalt TypeGrade Test Rapid-Setting Medium-Setting Slow-Setting Property Procedure RS-1P HFRS-2P AES-150P AES-300P AES-300S SS-1P Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol T 72 77°F, sec. 75 400 75 400 75 400 30 100 122°F, sec. 50 200 150 400 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Miscibility T 59 Pass Coating ability and water resistance: T 59 Dry aggregate/after spray Good/Fair Good/Fair Good/Fair Wet aggregate/after spray Fair/Fair Fair/Fair Fair/Fair Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.02 N CaCl, % T 59 60 50 2 Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 1 1 1 1 1 Breaking index, g Tex-542-C 80 1 Distillation test: T 59 Residue by distillation, % by wt. 65 65 65 65 65 60 Oil distillate, % by volume of 3 0.5 3 5 7 0.5 emulsion Tests on residue from distillation: Polymer content, wt. % (solids basis) Tex-533-C 3.0 3.0 Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 225 300 90 140 150 300 300 300 100 140 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 97.0 97.0 97.0 97.0 97.0 97.0 Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 1,500 1,300 Float test, 140°F, sec. T 50 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 2 Ductility, 39.2°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 51 50 50 2 Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex-539-C 55 55 Tests on RTFO curing of distillation residue Tex-541-C Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex-539-C 50 50 30 5 300 Property Test TypeGrade 1.!Exception to T 59: Bring the temperature on the lower thermometer slowly to 350°F ±10°F. Maintain at this temperature for 20 min. Complete total distillation in 60 min. (±5 min.) from the first application of heat. 2.!HFRS-2P must meet one of either the ductility or elastic recovery requirements. Table 10 Polymer-Modified Cationic Emulsified Asphalt Type-Grade Test Rapid-Setting Medium-Setting Slow-Setting Property 33 Procedure CRS-1P CRS-2P CHFRS-2P CMS-1P CMS-2P CSS-1P Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol T 72 77°F, sec. 20 100 20 100 122°F, sec. 50 150 150 400 100 400 50 400 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.8% Sodium T 59 60 70 60 dioctyl sulfosuccinate, % Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 1 1 1 Breaking index, g Tex-542-C 80 Particle charge T 59 Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive 1 Distillation test:T 59 Residue by distillation, % by weight 65 65 65 65 65 62 Oil distillate, % by volume of emulsion 3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Tests on residue from distillation: Polymer content, wt. % (solids 3.0 3.0 3.0 Tex-533-C basis) Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 225 300 90 150 80 130 40 40 55 90 Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 1,300 1,300 5,000 5,000 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 97.0 97.0 95.0 97.0 Softening point, °F T 53 130 135 Ductility, 77°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 51 70 Float test, 140°F, sec. T 50 1,800 2 Ductility, 39.2°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 51 50 2 Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex-539-C 45 55 55 45 45 Tests on rejuvenating agent: Viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 50 175 50 175 Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 380 380 Saturates, % by weight D2007 30 30 Solubility in n-pentane, % by weight D2007 99 99 Tests on rejuvenating agent after TFO or T 240 or RTFO: T 179 Weight Change, % 6.5 6.5 Viscosity Ratio 3.0 3.0 4 Tests on latex: Tensile strength, die C dumbbell, 500 500 5 D412 psi Change in mass after immersion in 6 6 D471 40 40 rejuvenating agent, % 1.!Exception to T 59: Bring the temperature on the lower thermometer slowly to 350°F (±0°F). Maintain at this temperature for 20 min. Complete total distillation in 60 min. (±5 min.) from the first application of heat. 2.!CRS-2P must meet one of either the ductility or elastic recovery requirements. 3.!With all precertification samples of CMS-1P or CMS-2P, submit certified test reports showing that the rejuvenating agent and latex meet the stated requirements. Submit samples of these raw materials if requested by the Engineer. 4.!Preparation of latex films: Use any substrate which produces a film of uniform cross-section. Apply latex using a drawdown tool that will deliver enough material to achieve desired residual thickness. Cure films for 14 days at 75°F and 50% relative humidity. 5.!Cut samples for tensile strength determination using a crosshead speed of 20 in./min. 6.!Specimen must remain intact after exposure and removal of excess rejuvenating agent. 6 300 2.5.!Specialty Emulsions. Provide specialty emulsion that is either asphalt-based or resin-based and meets the requirements of Table 11. Table 11 Specialty Emulsions TypeGrade Medium-Setting Slow-Setting Test Property 1 Procedure PCE AEP EAP&T Min Max Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol T 72 77°F, sec. 10 100 122°F, sec. 15 150 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 2 Miscibility T 59 Pass Pass Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N CaCl, % T 59 70 2 Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 1 3 5 Tex-238-F 90 90 Particle size, % by volume < 2.5 m Asphalt emulsion distillation to 500°F followed by Cutback asphalt distillation of T 59 & T 78 residue to 680°F: Residue after both distillations, % by wt. 40 Total oil distillate from both distillations, % 25 40 by volume of emulsion Residue by distillation, % by wt. T 59 60 4 Residue by evaporation, % by wt. T 59 60 Tests on residue after all distillation(s): Viscosity, 140°F, poise T 202 800 5 Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 100 350 Flash point C.O.C., °F T 48 400 Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 97.5 Float test, 122°F, sec. T 50 50 200 Supply with each shipment of PCE: !a copy of a lab report from an approved analytical lab, signed by a lab official, indicating the PCE formulation does not meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste; !a certification from the producer that the formulation supplied does not differ from the one tested and that no listed RCRA hazardous wastes or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) have been mixed with the product; and !a Safety Data Sheet. Exception to T 59: In dilution, use 350 mL of distilled or deionized water and a 1,000-mL beaker. Use Tex-238-F medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method. Exception to T 59: Leave sample in the oven until foaming ceases, then cool and weigh. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement. 2.6.!Recycling Agent. Recycling agent and emulsified recycling agent must meet the requirements in Table 12. Additionally, recycling agent and residue from emulsified recycling agent, when added in the specified proportions to the recycled asphalt, must meet the properties specified on the plans. 7 300 Table 12 Recycling Agent and Emulsified Recycling Agent Emulsified Recycling Test Recycling Agent Property Agent Procedure Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol, 77°F, sec. T 72 15 100 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 1 MiscibilityT 59 No coagulation 2 Residue by evaporation, % by wt.T 59 60 Tests on recycling agent or residue from evaporation: Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 400 400 Kinematic viscosity, T 201 140°F, cSt 75 200 75 200 275°F, cSt 10.0 10.0 2.!Exception to T 59: Use 0.02 N CaCl2 solution in place of water. 3.!Exception to T 59: Maintain sample at 300°F until foaming ceases, then cool and weigh.! 2.7.!Crumb Rubber Modifier. Crumb rubber modifier (CRM) consists of automobile and truck tires processed by ambient temperature grinding. CRM must be: !free from contaminants including fabric, metal, and mineral and other nonrubber substances; !free-flowing; and !nonfoaming when added to hot asphalt binder. Ensure rubber gradation meets the requirements of the grades in Table 13 when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, Part I, using a 50-g sample. Table 13 CRM Gradations Sieve Size Grade A Grade B Grade C Grade D Grade E (% Passing) Min Max Min Max Min Max #8 100 #10 95 100 100 #16 70 100 100 As shown on As #30 25 60 90 100 the plans approved #40 45 100 #50 0 10 #200 0 5 2.8.!Crack Sealer. Provide polymer-modified asphalt-emulsion crack sealer meeting the requirements of Table 14. Provide rubber-asphalt crack sealer meeting the requirements of Table 15. Table 14 Polymer-Modified Asphalt-Emulsion Crack Sealer Property Test Procedure Min Max Rotational viscosity, 77°F, cP D 2196, Method A 10,000 25,000 Sieve test, % T 59 0.1 Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 1 Evaporation Tex-543-C Residue by evaporation, % by wt. 65 Tests on residue from evaporation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 35 75 Softening point, °F T 53 140 Ductility, 39.2°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 51 100 8 300 Table 15 Rubber-Asphalt Crack Sealer Class A Class B Property Test Procedure Min Max Min Max CRM content, Grade A or B, % by wt. Tex-544-C 22 26 CRM content, Grade B, % by wt. Tex-544-C 13 17 1 Virgin rubber content, % by wt. 2 2 Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 400 400 3 Penetration, 77°F, 150 g, 5 sec. T 49 30 50 30 50 3 Penetration, 32°F, 200 g, 60 sec. T 49 12 12 Softening point, °F T 53 170 Bond Test, non-immersed, 0.5 in specimen, 50% 4 extension, 20°F D5329 Pass 1.!Provide certification that the Min % virgin rubber was added. 2.!Agitate the sealing compound with a 3/8- to 1/2-in. (9.5- to 12.7-mm) wide, square-end metal spatula to bring the material on the bottom of the cup to the surface (i.e., turn the material over) before passing the test flame over the cup. Start at one side of the thermometer, move around to the other, and then return to the starting point using 8 to 10 rapid circular strokes. Accomplish agitation in 3 to 4 sec. Pass the test flame over the cup immediately after stirring is completed. 3.!Exception to T 49: Substitute the cone specified in D 217 for the penetration needle. 4.!Allow no crack in the crack sealing materials or break in the bond between the sealer and the mortar blocks over 1/4 in. deep for any specimen after completion of the test. 2.9.!Asphalt-Rubber Binders. Provide asphalt-rubber (A-R) binders that are mixtures of asphalt binder and CRM, which have been reacted at elevated temperatures. Provide A-R binders meeting D6114 and containing a minimum of 15% CRM by weight. Provide Types I or II, containing CRM Grade C, for use in hot- mixed aggregate mixtures. Provide Types II or III, containing CRM Grade B, for use in surface treatment binder. Ensure binder properties meet the requirements of Table 16. Table 16 A-R Binders Binder Type Test Property Type I Type II Type III Procedure Min Max Min Max Min Max D2196, Apparent viscosity, 347°F, cP 1,500 5,000 1,500 5,000 1,500 5,000 Method A Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 25 75 25 75 50 100 Penetration, 39.2°F, 200 g, 60 sec. T 49 10 15 25 Softening point, °F T 53 135 130 125 Resilience, 77°F, % D5329 25 20 10 Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 450 450 450 Tests on residue from Thin-Film Oven T 179 Test: Retained penetration ratio, 39.2°F, T 49 75 75 75 200 g, 60 sec., % of original 2.10.!Performance-Graded Binders. Provide PG binders that are smooth and homogeneous, show no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C, and meet the requirements of Table 17. Separation testing is not required if: !a modifier is introduced separately at the mix plant either by injection in the asphalt line or mixer, !the binder is blended on site in continuously agitated tanks, or !binder acceptance is based on field samples taken from an in-line sampling port at the hot-mix plant after the addition of modifiers. 9 300 Table 17 Performance-Graded Binders Performance Grade Property and Test Method PG 58 PG 64 PG 70 PG 76 PG 82 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 Average 7-day max pavement design < 58 < 64 < 70 < 76 < 82 1 temperature, °C 1 Min pavement design temperature, °C >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 Original Binder Flash point, T 48, Min, °C 230 2,3 Viscosity, T 316: 135 Max, 3.0 Pas, test temperature, °C 4 Dynamic shear, T 315: G*/sin(), Min, 1.00 kPa, Max, 2.00 58 64 70 76 82 7 kPa, Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C Elastic recovery, D 6084, 50°F, % Min 30 30 50 30 50 60 30 50 60 70 50 60 70 Rolling Thin-Film Oven (Tex-541-C) Mass loss, Tex-541-C, Max, % 1.0 Dynamic shear, T 315: G*/sin(, Min, 2.20 kPa, Max, 5.00 58 64 70 76 82 7 kPa, Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R 28) PAV aging temperature, °C 100 Dynamic shear, T 315: 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 G*sin(, Max, 5,000 kPa Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C 5,6 Creep stiffness, T 313: S, max, 300 MPa, -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 m-value, Min, 0.300 Test temperature @ 60 sec., °C 6 Direct tension, T 314: -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 Failure strain, Min, 1.0% Test temperature @ 1.0 mm/min., °C 1.!Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in a Department-supplied computer program, may be provided by the Department, or by following the procedures outlined in AASHTO MP 2 and PP 28. 2.!ely pumped, mixed, and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental, and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (T 201 or T 202) or rotational viscometry (T 316). 3.!Viscosity at 135°C is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant variation can occur from batch to batch. Contractors should be aware that variation could significantly impact their mixing and compaction operations. Contractors are therefore responsible for addressing any constructability issues that may arise. 4.!For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin() at test temperatures where the asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (T 201 or T 202) or rotational viscometry (T 316). 5.!Silicone beam molds, as described in AASHTO TP 1-93, are acceptable for use. 6.!If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600 MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m-value requirement must be satisfied in both cases. 7.!Maximum values for unaged and RTFO aged dynamic shear apply only to materials used as substitute binders, as described in specification Items 340, -Graded Hot-341, -Graded Hot-and 344 Mixtures. 10 300 3. EQUIPMENT Provide all equipment necessary to transport, store, sample, heat, apply, and incorporate asphalts, oils, and emulsions. 4. CONSTRUCTION Typical Material Use. Use materials shown in Table 18, unless otherwise determined by the Engineer. Table 18 Typical Material Use Material Application Typically Used Materials Hot-mixed, hot-laid asphalt mixtures PG binders, A-R binders Types I and II AC-5, AC-10, AC-5 w/2% SBR, AC-10 w/2% SBR, AC-15P, AC-20XP, AC- Surface treatment 10-2TR, AC-20-5TR, HFRS-2, MS-2, CRS-2, CRS-2H, HFRS-2P,CRS-2P, CHFRS-2P, A-R binders Types II and III RS-1P, CRS-1P, RC-250, RC-800, RC-3000, MC-250, MC-800, MC-3000, Surface treatment (cool weather) MC-2400L Precoating AC-5, AC-10, PG 64-22, SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1, CSS-1H Tack coat PG Binders, SS-1H, CSS-1H, EAP&T Fog seal SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1, CSS-1H Hot-mixed, cold-laid asphalt mixtures AC-0.6, AC-1.5, AC-3, AES-300, AES-300P, CMS-2, CMS-2S Patching mix MC-800, SCM I, SCM II, AES-300S AC-0.6, AC-1.5, AC-3, AES-150P, AES-300P, recycling agent, emulsified Recycling recycling agent SS-1P, polymer mod AE crack sealant, rubber asphalt crack sealers Crack sealing (Class A, Class B) Microsurfacing CSS-1P Prime MC-30, AE-P, EAP&T, PCE Curing membrane SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1, CSS-1H, PCE Erosion control SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1, CSS-1H, PCE 4.1.!Storage and Application Temperatures. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 19. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the recommended application and storage temperatures supersede those of Table 19. 11 300 Table 19 Storage and Application Temperatures Application Storage TypeGrade Maximum Recommended Range Maximum Allowable (°F) (°F) (°F) AC-0.6, AC-1.5, AC-3 200300 350 350 AC-5, AC-10 275350 350 350 AC-5 w/2% SBR, AC-10 w/2% SBR, AC-15P, AC-20-5TR 300375 375 360 RC-250 125180 200 200 RC-800 170230 260 260 RC-3000 215275 285 285 MC-30, AE-P 70150 175 175 MC-250 125210 240 240 MC-800, SCM I, SCM II 175260 275 275 MC-3000, MC-2400L 225275 290 290 HFRS-2, MS-2, CRS-2, CRS-2H, HFRS-2P, CRS-2P, CMS-2, CMS-2S, AES-300, AES-300S, AES-150P, 120160 180 180 AES-300P SS-1, SS-1H, CSS-1, CSS-1H, PCE, EAP&T, SS-1P, RS-1P, CRS-1P, CSS-1P, recycling agent, emulsified 50130 140 140 recycling agent, polymer mod AE crack sealant PG binders 275350 350 350 Rubber asphalt crack sealers (Class A, Class B) 350375 400 A-R binders Types I, II, and III 325425 425 425 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but is subsidiary or is included in payment for other pertinent Items. 12 302 Item 302 Aggregates for Surface Treatments 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish aggregate for surface treatments in conformance to the type, grade, and Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality throughout that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of all proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer will designate the sampling location. 2.1.!Aggregate. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles without the approval of the Engineer. Furnish aggregate of the type shown on the plans and listed in Table 1. Use Tex-100-E material definitions. Table 1 Aggregate Types Type Material A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt (LRA) B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone E Aggregate as shown on the plans L Lightweight Aggregate PA Precoated gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA PB Precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA PC Precoated gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone PD Precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone PE Precoated aggregate as shown on the plans PL Precoated lightweight aggregate Ensure the aggregate gradation meets the requirements in Table 2 for the specified grade, unless otherwise approved. Furnish aggregate that meets the requirements shown in Table 3, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210 Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQC). Use material not listed or not meeting the requirements of the BRSQC only when tested by the Engineer and approved before use. Allow 30 calendar days for testing of material from such sources. Provide aggregates for final surfaces that meet the SAC shown on the plans. Do not blend to meet the SAC. The SAC requirement will apply only to the aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise shown on the plans. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program (AQMP). 186 302 Table 2 1 Aggregate Gradation Requirements (Cumulative % Retained) Grade 222 1 2 3S 3 4S 4 5S 5 Sieve Non-Lightweight Lightweight 1" - - - - - - - - - 7/8" 02 0 - - - - - - - 3/4" 2035 02 0 0 0 - - - - 5/8" 85100 2040 05 05 02 0 0 - - 1/2" - 80100 5585 2040 1025 05 05 0 0 3/8" 95100 95100 95100 80100 6080 6085 2040 05 05 1/4" - - - 95100 95100 - - 6585 - #4 - - - - - 95100 95100 95100 5080 #8 99100 99100 99100 99100 98100 98100 98100 98100 98100 1.!Round test results to the nearest whole number. 2.!Single-size gradation. Table 3 Aggregate Requirements Property Test Method Requirement Remarks - Sampling Tex-221-F As shown on SAC AQMP the plans Tex-217-F, Part I Not required for lightweight aggregate. Deleterious Material, %, Max 2.0 Decantation, %, Max Tex-406-A 1.5 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. Flakiness Index, Max Tex-224-F 17 Gradation Tex-200-F, Part I See Table 2 Los Angeles Abrasion, %, Max Tex-410-A 35 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness, Tex-411-A 25 5 Cycle, %, Max Not used for acceptance purposes. Micro-Deval Abrasion, %, Max Tex-461-A Used by the Engineer as an indicator for further investigation. Coarse Aggregate Angularity, Unless otherwise shown on the plans. Tex-460-A, Part I 85 2 Crushed Faces, %, Min Only required for crushed gravel Additional Requirements for Lightweight Aggregate Dry Loose Unit Wt., lb./cu. ft. Tex-404-A 3560 Pressure Slaking, %, Max Tex-431-A 6.0 Freeze-Thaw Loss, %, Max Tex-432-A 10.0 Water Absorption, 24 hr., %, Max Tex-433-A 12.0 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.2.!Precoating. Precoat aggregate uniformly and adequately with asphalt material to the satisfaction of the Engineer when shown on the plans. Specific aggregates may be prohibited from being precoated when shown on the plans. Meet Table 2 and Table 3 requirements before precoating. Furnish precoated aggregate that spreads uniformly using approved mechanical spreading equipment. The Engineer retains the right to select a target value for the desired percent by weight of residual bitumen coating on the aggregate. Furnish precoated aggregate that is within ±0.3% of the target value when tested in accordance with Tex-236-F. The Engineer may require trial batches to assist in selecting the target value. The Engineer retains the right to remove precoat material from aggregate samples in accordance with Tex-236-F and test the aggregate to verify compliance with Table 2 and Table 3 requirements. Gradation testing may be performed with precoat intact. 2.2.1.!Asphalt Material. Precoat the aggregates with asphalt material that meets the requirements of Item 300, 300, specified on the plans. 187 302 2.2.2.!Additives. Use the type and rate of additive specified when shown on the plans. Add in accordance with Item Tex-530-C for verification during production testing unless otherwise directed. 3. EQUIPMENT Manufacture precoated aggregate in a mixing plant that produces uniformly coated aggregate. 4. CONSTRUCTION Deliver aggregate to the locations shown on the plans. Prevent segregation, mixing of the various materials or sizes, and contamination with foreign materials when aggregates are stockpiled. The Engineer will reject contaminated stockpiles. Provide adequate initial cooling of precoated aggregate to prevent asphalt or aggregate damage due to excessive heat buildup in stockpiles. Limit stockpile height to 3 ft. immediately after production when asphalt cement is the precoating material. Consolidate stockpiles after adequate cooling, as approved. The Engineer will reject stockpiles showing evidence of damage due to excessive heat buildup. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but is subsidiary to or include 188 SECTION 03 01 30 CORROSION PROTECTION COATING 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. This specification covers the work necessary to furnish and install a NSF 61 certified complete lining or rehabilitation system for existing corroded concrete structures on the sedimentation basin inlet channel wall, as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Stopping Leaks by repair and sealing of the concrete to include removal of unsound materials, preparation, chemical grouting, structural lining, patching, plugging and sealing compounds (if required) 2. Surface preparation, and installation of Structural Cementitious Mortar and epoxy resurfacing as required and High Strength Corrosion Protection Lining. To include protection of surfaces not to be treated, touch-up, clean-up, and appurtenant work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and this Specification. 1.02 Related Work Specified in Other Sections A. Section 033000 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.03 Referenced Specifications Codes and Standards A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these specifications, all work hereunder shall conform to the applicable requirements of the referenced portions of the following documents, to the extent that the requirements therein are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section. All references and standards listed shall be the latest revisions. Joint and individual documents are referenced. 1. SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings 800 Trumbull Road Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4643 (412) 281-2331 2. NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P.O. Box 218340 Houston, TX 77218-8340 (281) 492-0535 a. SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete b. SSPC-TU 2/NACE 6G197 Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Coating Systems for Concrete Used in Secondary Containment Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 1 of 9 Addendum No.6 c. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, White Metal Blast Cleaning d. SSPC-SP10/NACE No. 2, Near White Metal Blast Cleaning e. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, Commercial Blast Cleaning f. oncrete for Immersion S g. oncrete Surfaces in Non- Immersion and Atmospheric Servic h. day Testing of i. NACE RP 6F-ng of Int j. NACE RP 6F-1ecommended Practice for Inspection of Linings on k. SSPC-PA9 Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness Using Ultrasonic Gages. 3. ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute 3166 S. River Rd., Suite 132 DesPlaines, Il 60018 (847) 827-0830 a. Technical Guideline 310.2R Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and b. Technical Guideline 310.2Ruide for Selecting Application Methods for the Repair c. Technical Guideline 310.2R, e for Surface Preparation for the Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel 4. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 a. ASTM E-337: Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a Psychrometer b. c. e for Surface Cleaning Unit Masonry for Coatin d. ASTM D 4ethod for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Su e. f. ASTM inuity Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete S g. ASTM D7234-12 Standard Test Method for Pull Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull-Off Adhesion Testers 5. ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150, Redford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219 (248) 848-3700 a. ACI 350-mental Engineering Conc Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 2 of 9 Addendum No.6 b. c. ACI 3ainment of Haz f. of Epoxy Compounds wi g. e to Sealing Joints in 6. NSF - National Sanitary Foundation 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data for each component specified including data substantiating that the proposed materials comply with specified requirements and recommendations by the manufacturer covering all materials. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for review, the following information concerning the materials the Contractor proposes to use in work covered by this section: 1. A list of all components (coatings or other materials) to be used in each coating system required herein. 2. A complete descriptive specification, including manufacturer's data sheet, of each component including a proof that all products are NSF 61 certified for use in drinking water applications. 3. Prior to completing the purchase and delivery of the coating material selected by the Contractor, the Contractor shall obtain a letter from the material supplier stating that the selected material is suitable and compatible for application and use as directed under these Specifications, and that if properly applied will provide corrosion protection for ten years or longer. 4. Installer Qualifications: Engage applicators approved by the manufacturer, which have successfully completed applications using similar specified materials on projects of similar size and scope. Provide (3) three references with name, address, and telephone number. Provide written approval from the material manufacturer. All ned in the hazards associated with confined space entry. All personnel entering a confine space shall be certified for confined space entry. 1.05 Products A. All materials for the interior wetted portion of the tank shall meet the requirements and be certified by ANSI/NSF Standard 61 for potable water contact. B. Coatings materials must provide protection against water treatment chemicals including sodium permanganate, Poly aluminum chlorides (PACl), aluminum sulphate, chlorine, chlorine dioxide and Liquid ammonium sulphate. C. Acceptable Manufactures and Products for Stopping Leaks (only if required) Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 3 of 9 Addendum No.6 1. Avanti Grouts AV-275 2. DeNeef® Flex LV/SLV PURe by GCP Applied Technologies Inc. D. Acceptable Manufactures and Products for Resurfacing and Coating 1. All products described in this section shall be manufactured by or approved for use by a single manufacturer as specified herein. Application Tnemec Sherwin Williams Type A - Heavy Concrete A.W. Cook Cement, CEMTEC Tnemec Series 218 Resurfacing Silatec Rapid Cure Vertical MortarClad (Corrosion from Grade 2) Type A - Exposed Tnemec Series 66HS Hi-Duraplate 235 Multi-Purpose Resurfacing Rebar Only Build Epoxoline Epoxy Type B - Minor Concrete Tnemec Series 218 Resurfacing Duraplate 2300 MortarClad (Corrosion upto ) Tnemec Series 218 Duraplate UHS Primer Primer (Optional) MortarClad (NSF 61 Certified) Coating Corrosion Tnemec Epoxyline Series Dura-Plate 6000 Epoxy Protection 22 (NSF 61 Certified) Coating Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 4 of 9 Addendum No.6 1.06 Quality Control A. Installer Qualifications: Engage applicators approved by the manufacturer, which have successfully completed applications using similar specified materials on projects of similar size and scope. 1. Provide (3) three references with name, address, and telephone number. 2. Provide written approval from the material manufacturer. 3. All jobsite personnel must be trained in the hazards associated with confined space entry. All personnel entering a confine space shall be certified for confined space entry. B. Quality Control 1. The contractor shall submit a Quality Plan (QP) including an Inspection Test Plan ITP indicating all quality control testing that will be performed during the application including acceptance criteria. The Contractor shall submit a sample of their Quality Control Reporting documents for approval by the owner or Owners representative prior to project start-up. 2. Quality Control Reporting- The Contractor shall record all Quality Control operations on a daily QC report that will be delivered to the Owner or Owners representative at interims agreed upon during the pre-Job Meeting. 3. The contractor shall have a designated trained Quality Control Inspector who will carry out or supervise all Quality Control Inspections. 4. Minimum Quality Control Testing Shall Include but not be limited to the following testing; a)- Environmental Measurements- Document Air Temperature, Substrate Temperature, Dew Point and Relative Humidity a minimum of 4 times per day using a Digital Dew Point Meter or a combination of Sling Psychrometer along with the Psychometric Charts, Infrared Surface temperature meter. Surface temperatures shall be at least 5 degrees F above dew point and in a rising mode for the application of Lining Materials. b) - Substrate Condition- Prior to Surface Preparation the substrate shall be accessed for soundness, cracking, spalling and overall condition using methods described in NACE 0309-2009. c) - Surface Cleanliness- Prior to Surface Preparation test to ensure surface cleanliness. The surface shall be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may impede adhesion of the mortar or lining as per ASTM D4258. d)- Surface Preparation and Surface Profile- (Aged or Deteriorated Concrete for Mortar Repair Application) - Water Jetting (Minimum 4000-5000PSI) - Visual Inspection of surface preparation as per SSPC-SP13/NACE 6. Minimum Surface Profile of CSP#5. Surface Profile shall be verified using ICRI- Surface Finish Comparators e) Surface Preparation and Surface Profile- (Undamaged Concrete or New Pre- Cast Concrete for Lining) - Water Jetting (Minimum 4000-5000PSI), Abrasive Blasting or Diamond Grinding - Visual Inspection of surface preparation as per Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 5 of 9 Addendum No.6 SSPC-SP13/NACE 6. Minimum Surface Profile of CSP#3. Surface Profile shall be verified using ICRI- Surface Finish Comparators f) - Inflow & Infiltration- Visual Inspection to ensure all Inflow & Infiltration has been stopped. g)-Wet Film Thickness (Primer (When Applicable) and Lining)- Wet Film thickness testing of the primer using notched wet film thickness gages as per ASTM D4414. h)-Dry Film Thickness Testing-(Primer (When Applicable) and Lining) - Separate Dry Film thickness testing for all coats (primer if applicable) as per SSPC-PA9. j) - Holiday testing- Verification of a pinhole free surface as per ASTM D4787 or NACE SP0188 (holiday test). 5. The Owner or Owners Representative retains the right to engage a Third-Party Quality Assurance Inspector to verify all quality control procedures. C. Equipment Requirements 1. Application equipment must be approved in writing by the Manufacturer specified herein. D. Pre-Installation Conference 1. The contractor, the installation sub-contractor, and the sanitary sewer infrastructure lining and rehabilitation systentative shall meet on site with the owsis shall be placed on these specifications, safety, weather conditions, surface preparation, material application, and inspection. 2. The contractor sh representative any revisions or changes agreed upon, reasons thereof, and parties agreeing or disagreeing with them. E. Substrate Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with work until substrate preparation and tolerances have been appesentative, sanitary sewer infrastructure lining and rehabilitation system mae, the approved installation sub- contractor, and the contractor. 1.06 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver products to the job site in manufantainers bearing and the following information 1. Product name Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 6 of 9 Addendum No.6 2. Product description (generic product classification) 3. Manufactlot number 4. Color B. Store materials in sealed original manufacturerainers. Store materials in a protected area out of direct sunlight. Keep containers clean and undamaged. Adhere to manufacturetorage temperature and shelf life recommendations. Protect all materials from freezing. 2.0 EXECUTION 2.01 General A. Comply with manufacturers written installation procedures and individual product data sheet application bulletins. B. Appropriate actions shall be taken by Contractor to comply with local, state and federal regulatory and other applicable agencies concerning the environment, health, and safety during work. C. New Portland cement concrete structures shall have endured a minimum of 28 days since manufacture before commencing coating installation. D. Any active flows shall be plugged or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. E. The temperature of the surface to be coated should be maintained between 40°F and 120° F. Refer to specific product data sheets for minimum surface temperature requirements F. Specified surfaces should be shielded to avoid exposure to direct sunlight or other intense heat sources. Where different surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. G. Before commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive the coating and notify Owner, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein. 2.02 Surface Preparation A. Oils, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate shall be removed. B. Concrete and mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other means of degradation shall be removed so that only sound substrate remains. C. Surface preparation method, or combination of techniques, that may be used include high- pressure water cleaning, high-pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, shot blasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting, and others as described in NACE No. 6/SSPC SP-13. Whichever method(s) are used, they shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound clean neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating product(s). D. Infiltration shall be stopped by using a material which is compatible with the repair products and is suitable for top-coating with the coating product(s). Active leakage of all concrete and brick Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 7 of 9 Addendum No.6 structures shall be grouted as per manufacturers recommendations with polyurethane products specified in Section 1.05 B. E. Debris resulting from surface preparation and cleaning shall not be allowed to enter any water streams and shall be removed from the structure. 2.03 Application of Repair and Resurfacing Products (Existing Concrete Surfaces- Type A and B Surfaces) A. Areas, where rebar has been revealed and is corroded, shall be first prepared in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No. 310.1R. When the exposed reinforcing steel has loose rust, corrosion products, or is not well bonded to the surrounding concrete, removal should include undercutting the corroded reinforcing steel by approximately 3/4 inch (19 mm) in accordance with ICRI Guideline No. 310.1R and a minimum surface preparation of SSPC-SP2/3. B. The exposed rebar shall be abrasively blasted and coated with a corrosion inhibiting coatings as specified in 1.05 B. C. Repair products shall be used to fill voids, bugholes, and other surface defects (upto as specified in Section 1.05 B) which may affect the performance or adhesion of the coating product(s). D. Resurfacing products shall be used to repair, smooth or rebuild surfaces with rough profiles to provide a concrete or masonry substrate suitable for the coating product(s) to be applied. These products shall be installed to minimum thickness as recommended by manufacturers published guidelines. Should structural rebuild be necessary, these products shall be installed to a thickness as specified by the Project Engineer. E. Repair and resurfacing products shall be handled, mixed, installed and cured following manufacturer guidelines. F. All repaired or resurfaced surfaces (Type A and Type B) shall be inspected for cleanliness and suitability to receive the coating product(s). Additional surface preparation may be required before coating application. For example, The mortar shall be finished with a sweeping of the wet mortar using a masonry brush to create a slight profile in the mortar equal to ICRI Guide 310.2R CSP#3. 2.04 Application of Corrosion Protection Coatings A. Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the coating product(s) manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing, application equipment, and methods. B. Spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the coating product(s) and shall be in proper working order. C. Contractors (Certified Applicator) qualified as per these specifications following Section 1.4 of these specifications shall perform all aspects of coating product(s) installation. D. Prepared surfaces shall be coated by spray application of the coating product(s) described 1.05 B. to a manufacturer recommended minimum dry mill thickness (typical 80 dft.) E. Subsequent top-coating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur within the s recoat window. Other surface preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded. Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 8 of 9 Addendum No.6 F. Coating product(s) shall interface with adjoining construction materials throughout the structure to efficiently seal and protect concrete or masonry substrates from infiltration and attack by corrosive elements. Procedures and materials necessary to affect this interface shall be as recommended by the coating product(s) manufacturer. G. Sewage flow shall be stopped, bypassed or diverted for application of the coating product(s) to the invert and interface with pipe materials. 3.03. Inspection and Testing A. The owner commended to retain the services of an independent third-party inspection firm to provide NACE or SSPC Level 3 minimum certified inspection during the surface preparation, application and final inspection of the installed system. A. If test results indicate noncompliance with the specification, the following corrective action may be required of the contractor 1. Remove non-compliant systems or components. 2. Replace system or components in (1) 3. Assume the testing expenses. B. Minimum requirements of the chemical resistant coating/lining system are that it be free of the following 1. Uncured material 2. Inadequate thickness 3. Pinholes 4. Blisters 5. Delamination 6. Foreign matter 7. Unspecified materials C. All surfaces shall be tested by high voltage holiday testing as per ASTM D4787 or NACE SP0188 (holiday test). 3.04. Protection A. The corrosion protection coatings and/or lining system shall be protected from damage or detrimental elements during cure and until the time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION Corrosion Protection Coatings Section 03 01 30 O.N. Stevens WTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements - E17047 Page 9 of 9 Addendum No.6 03 11 00CONCRETE FORMING 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish material and labor to form, tie, brace and support wet concrete, reinforcing steel and embedded items until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to remove forms. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Design Criteria: Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete, the temperature of the concrete, and all other pertinent factors shall be taken into consideration when determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. An additional design live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be used on horizontal surfaces. B.Alignment Control: 1.True alignment of walls and other vertical surfaces having straight lines or rectangular shapes shall be controlled and checked by the following procedures: a.Forming shall be arranged with provisions for adjusting the horizontal alignment of a form, after the form has been filled with concrete to grade, using wedges, turn buckles, or other adjustment methods. Establish a transit line or other reference so that adjustments can be made to an established line while the concrete in the top of the form is still plastic. b.Adjusting facilities shall be at intervals which permit adjustments to a straight line. Concrete shall not be placed until adequate adjusting facilities are in place. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 01 “Submittal Register” 1.04STANDARDS A.The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: 1.American Concrete Institute (ACI) Specifications: ACI 301Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 318Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2.American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Publication: AISCManual of Steel Construction 3.American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Publication: AISICold Formed Steel Design Manual 4.American Plywood Association (APA) Standards: Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 APADesign/Construction Guide: Concrete Forming 1.05DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Lumber for forms shall be stacked neatly on platforms raised above ground. 1.06JOB CONDITIONS A.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete so that compliance with the plans and specifications may be monitored. The Engineer will authorize the Contractor to proceed with the placement after this has been completed and corrections, if required, have been made. B.In hot weather, both sides of the face forms may be required to be treated with oil to prevent warping and to secure tight joints. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Lumber: Properly seasoned and of good quality; free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay, splits, and other imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. B.Fiber Board Form Lining: Hardboard finished smooth on one side; minimum thickness of 3/16 inch thoroughly wet with water at least 12 hours before using. C.Plywood Form Lining: Conforming to APA HDO; exterior exposure waterproof adhesive, 3/8 inch thick. D.Form Oil: Light, clear oil; shall not discolor or injuriously affect the concrete surface, subsequent coatings, or delay or impair curing operations. 2.02FABRICATIONS A.Lumber: Lumber for facing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least one side and two edges, and sized to uniform thickness. Lumber of nominal 1-inch thickness or plywood of 3/4-inch thickness shall be permitted for general use on structures, if backed by a sufficient number of studs and wales. B.Special Form Lumber: 1.Molding for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of redwood, cypress, or pine materials of a grade that will not split when nailed, and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. The form shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Fillet forms at sharp corners, both inside and outside and at edges, with triangular chamfer strips at all non-contiguous edges exposed to view. Thoroughly oil chamfer strips before installation on forms. 2.Construct forms for railings and ornamental work to standards equivalent to first class mill work. 3.All moldings, panel work, and bevel strips shall be straight and true with neatly mitered joints, and designed so that the finished work shall be true, sharp and clean cut. Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 C.Forms: 1.Forms shall be built mortar tight and of material sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. 2.Reused forms or form lumber shall be maintained clean and in good condition as to accuracy, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. 3.All forms shall be so constructed as to permit removal without damage to the concrete. Exercise special care in framing forms for copings, offsets, railing and ornamental work, so that there will be no damage to the concrete when the forms are removed. D.Carton Forms: 1.Use new carton forms of corrugated cardboard for slab and grade beam construction on drilled shafts for buildings. Forms shall be impregnated throughout with paraffin and laminated with water resistant adhesive. 2.Forms of the height indicated on the drawings shall be designed to support the concrete load plus a normal construction load. 3.Install carton forms according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and maintain in dry condition before concrete is placed. Carton forms which have not been maintained in a dry condition shall be replaced before concrete is placed. 4.Do not used trapezoidal carton forms. 5.Carton forms shall be fabricated using vertical internal cells and dividers. 6.Acceptable manufacturers: a.SureVoid Products, Inc., Englewood, CO (800) 458-5444. b.Savway Carton Forms, Inc., Irving TX (800) 552-6937. c.Other manufacturers with products meeting the requirements of this specification and approved by the Engineer. E.Metal Forms: 1.The specifications for “Forms” regarding design, mortar tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, re use, oiling, and wetting shall apply equally to metal forms. 2.The metal used for forms shall be of such thickness that the forms will remain true to shape. Bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins, or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. 3.Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Exercise special care to keep metal free from rust, grease, or other foreign material that discolors the concrete. F.Form Linings: 1.Timber forms for exposed concrete surfaces which are to be given a rubbed finish shall be face-lined with an approved type of form lining material. Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.If plywood is used for form lining, it shall be made with waterproof adhesive and have a minimum thickness of 3/4 inch. It shall preferably be oiled at the mill and then re-oiled or lacquered on the job before using. 3.If fiber board is used, apply water to the screen side on the board. Stack the boards screen side to screen side. Use the smooth hard face as the contact surface of the form. Such surfaces may be formed with 3/4-inch thick plywood made with waterproof adhesive if backed with adequate studs and wales. The greatest strength of the outer plies should be at right angles to the studding. In this case, form lining will not be required. 4.Carefully align edges and faces of adjacent panels and fill the joints between panels with patching plaster or cold water putty to prevent leakage. Lightly sand with No. 0 sandpaper to make the joints smooth. 5.Forms which are reused shall have all unused form tie holes filled and smoothed as specified above. G.Form Ties: 1.Metal form ties shall be used to hold forms in place and to provide easy metal removal. The use of wire for ties shall not be permitted. 2.Leave no metal or other material within 1-1/2 inches of the surface, when removing form tie assemblies which are used inside the forms to hold the forms in correct alignment. The assembly shall provide cone-shaped depressions in the concrete surface at least 1 inch in diameter and 1-1/2 inches deep to allow filling and patching. Such devices, when removed, shall leave a smooth depression in the concrete surface without undue injury to the surface from chipping or spalling. 3.Burning off rods, bolts, or ties shall not be permitted. 4.Metal ties shall be held in place by devices attached to wales. Each device shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie. 5.Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be wired to top of form and shall be entirely removed as the concrete is placed. 6.In the construction of basement or water bearing walls, the portion of a single rod tie that is to remain in the concrete shall be provided with a tightly fitted washer at midpoint to control seepage. Multi-rod ties do not require washers. The use of form ties which are tapered on encased in paper or other material to allow the removal of complete tie, and which leave a hole through the concrete structure, shall not be permitted. H.Falsework: 1.Falsework shall be designed and constructed so that no excessive settlement or deformation occurs. Falsework shall provide necessary rigidity. 2.Timber used in falsework centering shall be sound, in good condition and free from defects which impair its strength. 3.Steel members shall be of adequate strength and shape for the intended purpose. Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 4.Timber piling used in falsework may be of any wood species which satisfactorily withstands driving and which adequately supports the superimposed load. 5.When sills or timber grillages are used to support falsework columns, unless founded on solid rock, shale or other hard materials, place them in excavated pits. Backfill to prevent the softening of the supporting material from form drip or from rains that may occur during the construction process. Sills or grillages shall be of ample size to support the superimposed load without settlement. 6.Falsework not founded on a satisfactory spread footing shall be supported on piling, which shall be driven to a bearing capacity to support the superimposed load without settlement. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01PREPARATION A.Before placing concrete, insure that embedded items are correctly, firmly and securely fastened into place. Embedded items shall be thoroughly clean and free of oil and other foreign material. Anchor bolts shall be set to the correct location, alignment and elevation by the use of suitable anchor bolt templates. 3.02INSTALLATION A.Pre-Placement: 1.During the elapsed time between building the forms and placing the concrete, maintain the forms to eliminate warping and shrinking. 2.Treat the facing of forms with suitable form oil before concrete is placed. Apply oil before the reinforcement is placed. Wet form surfaces which will come in contact with the concrete immediately before the concrete is placed. 3.At the time of placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust, and other extraneous matter at the time. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of foreign matter during concrete placement. B.Placement: 1.Set and maintain forms to the lines designated, until the concrete is sufficiently hardened to permit form removal. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, immediately remove that portion of the concrete causing this condition. If necessary, reset the forms and securely brace against further movement. 2.Provide adequate cleanout openings where access to the bottom of the forms is not otherwise readily attainable. 3.Carefully and accurately place and support reinforcement in concrete structures. C.Removal: Remove forms so that the underlying concrete surface is not marred or damaged in any way. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 to safely carry the dead load, but in no case less than the number of curing days set forth in the following table: Forms for concrete of minor structural load carrying importance1 day Forms for walls, columns, sides of drilled shafts, massive structural components and other members not resisting a bending moment during 1 day curing Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to 7 days dead load moment may exist (for spans < or = 10 feet) Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to 14 days dead load moment may exist (for spans > 10 feet and < or = 20 feet) D.Carton Forms: 1.Do not wrap carton forms in waterproof sheeting. 2.All flat carton forms for beams and slabs shall be protected by a 1/4-inch exterior hardboard siding or cementitious tile backer board placed on top of the forms. 3.Carton forms shall be fit neatly together. To correctly form the circular edge of drilled shafts, use manufactured fittings or cut neatly to fit and fill small voids with expanding urethane foam. END OF SECTION Concrete Forming03 11 00 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 03 30 00CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.00GENERAL 1.01SUMMARY A.Furnish labor, materials, mixing and transporting equipment and incidentals necessary to proportion, mix, transport, place, consolidate, finish, and cure concrete in the structure. 1.02DEFINITIONS A.Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 “Submittal Procedures” and shall include: 1.Shop Drawings for: a.Mix design: For each concrete mix, complete the form “Concrete Mix Design” and one of the following forms: “Documentation of Required Average Strength – Field Strength Test Record” or “Documentation of Average Strength – Trial Mixtures.” b.Submit a schedule to the Owner’s representative which shows the sequence of concrete placements. 2.Certified Test Reports for: a.Materials used in the trial mix design. b.Water: Verification that all potable mix water and curing water sources do not exceed the non-potable water limits listed in ASTM C1602 Table 2. c.Aggregate, conforming to ASTM C33, including the test reports for soundness and abrasion resistance. d.Aggregate: 1).Verification that aggregate is not “potentially reactive” per ASTM C1260. 2).Or a cement chemical analysis indicating that the total alkali content is acceptable per Paragraph 2.02.A. e.7-day and 28-day compressive strength tests results. 1).When more than 15, 28-day compressive tests results are available from the current Project for a given class of concrete, include the 15-test running average compressive strength versus the required average compressive strength (based on the previous 15 tests) in graphical form. f.If the sum total of chlorides in mix water and aggregates exceeds 80 percent of the specified limit for hardened concrete, then prior to use of concrete, test mix design to verify acceptable chloride ion concentrations in accordance with ASTM C1218. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Record Data for: a.Manufacturer’s literature on specified materials. b.Documentation indicating conformance with ASTM C94 requirements. 1.04QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: 1.A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 2.Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association’s Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C.Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer’s plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. 1.05DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver cement in bulk or bags which are plainly marked with the brand and manufacturer’s name. Immediately upon receipt, store cement in a dry, weather-tight, and properly ventilated structure which excludes moisture. Storage facilities shall permit easy access for inspection and identification. Cement not stored in accordance with the requirements shall not be used. B.Sufficient cement shall be in storage to complete placement of concrete started. In order that cement may not become unduly aged after delivery, maintain records of delivery dates. Use cement which has been stored at the Site for 60 days or more before using cement of lesser age. No cement shall be used which is lumped, caked, stored more than 90 days, or whose temperature exceeds 170 F. 1.06STANDARDS A.Mixing, sampling, placing, curing and testing of concrete, and the materials used shall be in compliance with the latest revisions of the following standards, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall maintain one copy of each of the applicable standards at the construction field office. 1.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: ASTM Standards Standard Practice for of Making and Curing Concrete Test ASTM C31 Specimens in the Field ASTM C33Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates Standard Specification Test Method for Compressive Strength of ASTM C39 Cylindrical Concrete Specimens Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 ASTM Standards Standard Specification Test Method for Obtaining and Testing ASTM C42 Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete Standard Specification Test Method for Effect of Organic ASTM C87 Impurities in Fine Aggregate on Strength of Mortar ASTM C94Standard Specification of Ready Mixed Concrete Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic ASTM C109 Cement Mortars ASTM C125Terminology Relating to Concrete and Concrete Aggregates ASTM C143Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C150Standard Specification for Portland Cement Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing ASTM C156 Materials ASTM C171Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C172Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C173 by the Volumetric Method Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by ASTM C191 Vicat Needle Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens ASTM C192 in the Laboratory Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C231 by the Pressure Method ASTM C260Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using ASTM C293 Simple Beam with Center-Point Loading) Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds ASTM C309 for Curing Concrete ASTM C494Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical ASTM C579Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of ASTM C580Elasticity of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes ASTM C595Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined ASTM C618 Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete Standard Test Method for Restrained Expansion of Expansive ASTM C806 Cement Mortar Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Stages of ASTM C827 Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures ASTM C845Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 ASTM Standards Standard Test Method for Restrained Expansion of Shrinkage ASTM C878 Compensating Concrete Standard Specification for Epoxy Resin Base Bonding Systems for ASTM C881 Concrete Standard Specification for Silica Fume used in Cementitious ASTM C1240 Mixtures Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates ASTM C1260 (Mortar-Bar Method) Standard Test Method for Water-Extractable Chloride in ASTM C1524 Aggregate (Soxhlet Method) Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of ASTM C1602 Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM D570Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics ASTM D638Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and ASTM D746 Elastomers by Impact Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for ASTM D994 Concrete (Bituminous Type) Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and ASTM D1752Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction ASTM D2240Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealant, Hot Applied, ASTM D6690-07 for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of ASTM E96 Materials 2.American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standards: ACI Standards Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy-weight, ACI 211.1 and Mass Concrete ACI 214Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results ACI 223Standard Practice for Use of Shrinkage Compensating Concrete ACI 301Specification for Structural Concrete ACI 304Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting & Placing Concrete ACI 304.2RPlacing Concrete by Pumping Methods ACI 305.1Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306.1Cold Weather Concreting ACI 308.1Standard Practice for Curing Concrete ACI 309Guide for Consolidation of Concrete ACI 318Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army Specification: a.CRD C621 83 - Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout. 4.Federal Specification: a.TT S 00227E - Type II, Class A or B, Expansion Joint Sealant. 5.Concrete Plant Manufacturers Bureau (CPMB) Standards: a.Concrete Plant Standards. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02CONCRETE MATERIALS A.Cementitious Material; General: If the fine and/or coarse aggregates test “Potentially Reactive”, in accordance with ASTM C1260, then a low alkali cementitious material shall be used. A low alkali cementitious material shall be such that, the total alkali content calculated as the percentage of sodium oxide (Na2O) plus 0.658 times the percentage of potassium oxide (K2O) shall not exceed 0.6 percent of the total cementitious material content. B.Cement; Type: 1.Type I or I/II Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C150; used for all concrete, unless noted otherwise. C.Fly Ash/Pozzolans: Conforming to ASTM C618, Class C or F fly ash; used in all classes of concrete. A supplier’s certificate of the analysis and composition of the fly ash shall be supplied. D.Coarse Aggregate: 1.Crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C33, in the gradation size specified. a.Aggregate shall have a coefficient of thermal expansion (CoTE) of 4.5 microstrain per degree Fahrenheit. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.For gradation size number 467, a maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2 inches is: Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing 2”0100 1-1/2”0-595-100 3/4”30-6535-70 3/8”70-9010-30 No. 495-1000-5 3.For gradation size number 57, the maximum aggregate size of 1 inch is: Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing 1-1/2”0100 1”0-595-100 1/2”40-7525-60 No. 490-1000-10 No. 895-1000-5 4.For gradation size number 67, the maximum aggregate size of 3/4 inch is: Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing 1”0100 3/4”0-1090-100 3/8”45-8020-55 No. 490-10010-10 No. 890-1000-5 5.For gradation size number 8, the maximum aggregate size of 3/8 inch is: Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing 1”0100 3/8”0-1585-100 No. 470-9010-30 No. 890-1000-10 No. 1695-1000-5 E.Fine Aggregate: 1.Washed and screened natural sands or sands manufactured by crushing stones; conforming to ASTM C33. The gradation in ASTM C33 for air entrained concrete is: Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing 3/8”0100 Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Sieve SizePercent RetainedPercent Passing #40-595-100 #80-2080-100 #1615-5050-85 #3040-7525-60 #5070-9010-30 2.Fine aggregate shall have not more than 45 percent retained between any two consecutive sieves. Its fineness modulus, as defined in ASTM C125, shall be not less than 2.3 nor more than 3.1. F.Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C1602 and ASTM C1602 Table 2. 2.03ADMIXTURES A.Air Entraining Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C260. B.Water Reducing Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types “A” or “D” only; accurately measured and added to the mix according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. C.Set Retarding Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types “B” and “D” only; accurately measured and added to the mix in according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. D.Water Reducing Admixtures - High Range (HRWR): High Range Water Reducer shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F or G. HRWR shall be accurately measured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. HRWR shall be added to the concrete mix at the concrete batch plant. HRWR may not be added at placement site except to redose a batch and only after approval of the HRWR manufacturer. The high range water reducing admixture shall be able to maintain the plasticity range without significant loss of slump or rise in concrete temperature for 2 hours. Other admixtures may only be used with the HRWR if approved by the HRWR manufacturer. A representative of the HRWR manufacturer shall be present during any large placement, placement of slabs, or during times of unusual circumstance which may require changes to the product formulation. 1.Manufacturers: a.BASF Corporation. b.W. R. Grace & Co. c.Sika Corporation. 2.04WATERSTOPS A.Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. Unless indicated otherwise, provide the following configurations. 1.Construction Joints: a.Profile: Ribbed without center bulb. b.Width: 6 inches. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 c.Minimum thickness: 3/8 inch. 2.Expansion Joint: a.Profile: Ribbed with center bulb. b.Width: 9 inches. c.Minimum thickness: 3/8 inch. 3.Manufacturers: a.Greenstreak. b.Meadows: W. R. Meadows, Inc. c.Murphy: Paul Murphy Plastics Co. d.Progress Unlimited Inc. e.Sternson Group. f.Durajoint® Waterstop. g.Vinylex Corporation. h.Westec Barrier Technologies; Div. of Western Textile Products, Inc. B.Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops (Hydrophilic): Self-expanding strip waterstops shall be used only where specifically indicated. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, sodium bentonite or other hydrophylic material for adhesive bonding to concrete. 1.Products: a.Swellseal Joint; De Neef Construction Chemicals (U.S.) Inc. b.Adeka Ultra Seal; Mitsubishi International Corporation. c.Sika Hydrotite; Sika Corporation – U.S. 2.05VAPOR RETARDERS A.Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E1745, Class A. Include manufacturer’s recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. 1.Available Products: a.Fortifiber Corporation; Moistop Ultra A. b.Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 15. c.Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type-105. d.Stego Wrap (15-mil) Vapor Barrier; STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC. 2.06CURING MATERIALS A.Sheet Curing Material: Conforming to ASTM C171. 1.Waterproof paper. 2.Polyethylene film. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.White burlap - polyethylene film. B.Membrane Curing Compounds: Membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309; having a color to indicate coverage when applied; non-staining; applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. No curing compound shall be used on walls which are to receive a plaster mix finish. When tested according to ASTM C156, the curing compound shall provide a film which has retained, within the specimen, the following percentages of moisture present when the curing compound was applied: 1.At least 97 percent at the end 24 hours. 2.At least 95 percent at the end of 3 days. 3.At least 91 percent at the end of 7 days. C.Concrete Curing and Sealing Compound: 1.Where a sealer is necessary, use a concrete curing and sealing compound. Application of this product shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.MasterKure CC 1315 WB by BASF Corporation. 3.MasterKure HD 200 WB by BASF Corporation. D.Finishing Aid: Spraying material designed to form a monomolecular film on fresh concrete that reduces the rate of evaporation of surface moisture prior to finishing; conforming to Confilm, as manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. This material is not a curing compound. Concrete must be cured as specified. 2.07RELATED MATERIALS A.Joint Materials for Water-Retaining Structures: 1.Pre-molded, resilient, non-bituminous expansion joint filler conforming to ASTM D1752, Type “II”, in the thickness specified. 2.Joint sealer conforming to ASTM D6690. 3.Expansion joint sealant for non-potable water shall be a two-component, non-sag, polysulfide-base, elastomeric sealing compound. The material shall conform to Federal Specification TT S 00227E, Type “II”, Class B; installed according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Backing material for sealant shall be a rod of a diameter and composition recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 4.Expansion joint sealant for potable water shall be a two-component, non-sag, polysulfide sealant containing no lead or mercury; conforming to Fed. Spec. TT S 00227E, Type “II”, Class A; applied according to the manufacturer’s specifications. Backing material for sealant shall be a rod of a diameter and composition recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 5.Where surface is to receive a swept in grout topping, a 3-inch wide, 1-mil polyethylene strip shall be placed above the joint sealant and held in place with 1-inch wide polyethylene tape spaced at 12-inch centers (maximum). B.Joint Materials for Non-Water-Retaining Structures: 1.Bituminous-type, preformed, expansion joint filler; conforming to ASTM D994. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Pre-molded, resilient, non-bituminous expansion joint filler conforming to ASTM D1752, Type “II”, in the thickness specified. C.Bonding Agents: Install according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and written instructions. 1.Bonding agent shall be Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem by Sika Corporation. D.Non-Shrink Grout: 1.General: Non-shrink grout for grouting of pump, motor, and equipment baseplates or bedplates, column baseplates, other miscellaneous baseplates, piping block outs and other uses of grout. Grout shall meet the following requirements, as verified by independent laboratory tests: a.No shrinkage from the time of placement, or expansion after set, under ASTM C827 and CRD C621 83 (Corps of Engineers). When non-shrink grouts are tested under CRD C621 83, the grout shall be tested in a fluid state. A fluid state shall be defined as flowing through a flow cone at a rate of 20 seconds, plus or minus 5 seconds. b.An initial set time of not less than 45 minutes under ASTM C191. 2.Non-Shrink Non Metallic Grout: Pre mixed, non-staining, non-shrink grout; minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5000 psi. a.Do not use for vibrating equipment. b.Products: 1).Masterflow 713 Plus by BASF The Chemical Company. 2).Five Star Grout by Five Star Products, Inc. 3).SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corporation. 3.Non-Shrink Epoxy Structural Grouts: Furnished in two components from the factory and mixed on the Site; conforming to ASTM C579, ASTM C580, and ASTM C827; chemical resistant, water resistant and a minimum 7-day compressive strength of 12,000 psi. a.Use for vibrating equipment. b.Products: 1).Sikadur 42, Grout-Pak by Sika Corporation. 2).Five Star HP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Products, Inc. 3).Masterflow 648 CP by BASF The Chemical Company. E.Normal Shrinkage Grout: 1 part Portland cement, Type \[I\] \[II\], to 3 parts of clean, first quality sand; proportioning on a volumetric basis; used for non-structural applications for grouting areas as shown on the Drawings which do not require non-shrink grout. F.Foundation Waterproofing: Foundation coating shall be used only on the exterior of concrete walls not exposed to view where indicated on the Drawings. 1.MasterSeal 581 (Thoroseal) as manufactured BASF Corporation. 2.Approved Equal. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 G.Zinc Rich Primer: Aluminum surfaces which contact or are embedded in concrete shall be coated with zinc rich primer. Primer shall be Tneme-Zinc. 2.08REPAIR MATERIALS A.Structural Concrete Repair Material: Non-shrink, non-slump, non-metallic, quick setting patching mortar; as approved by the manufacturer for each application and applied accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.Products: a.Sikatop 123 by Sika Corporation. b.Sikatop 122 by Sika Corporation. c.Five Star Structural Concrete by Five Star Products, Inc. 2.09CONCRETE MIXTURES A.Design Criteria: 1.Provide a mix design for each concrete application indicated. This may necessitate multiple mix designs for each class of concrete depending on HRWR, entrained air, and other requirements. 2.All Concrete shall be normal weight concrete composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures, and water, as specified. 3.ACI 211.1 shall be the basis for selecting the proportions for concrete made with aggregates of normal and high density and of workability suitable for usual cast in place structures. 4.The workability of any mix shall be as required for the specific placing conditions and the method of placement. The concrete shall have the ability to be worked readily into corners and around reinforcing steel without the segregation of materials or the collection of free water on the surface. Compliance with specified slump limitations shall not necessarily designate a satisfactory mix. 5.In no case shall the amount of coarse material produce harshness in placing or honeycombing in the structure, when forms are removed. 6.The maximum amount of coarse aggregate (dry loose volume) per cubic foot of finished concrete shall not exceed 0.82 cubic feet. 7.In calculating water-cement ratio: The water content shall include the amount of water batched or to be added later, plus the free water in the aggregate, and minus the water content at SSD conditions. 8.No allowance shall be made for the evaporation of water after batching. If additional water is required to obtain the desired slump, a compensating amount of cement shall also be added. In no case shall the maximum water cement ratio exceed the specified maximum or that of the approved mix design. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 9.Air Entrainment: Provide the percent air entrainment in each concrete mix design as recommended by ACI 318 and ACI 350 for “Moderate Exposure” (Class F1), unless otherwise specified/restricted: a.Do not provide air-entrainment in drilled shafts unless placed underwater. b.Do not provide air-entrainment and entrapped air shall not exceed 3 percent for the following applications: 1).Interior slabs. 2).Slabs on composite metal decks. 10.When job conditions dictate, water-reducing and set-controlling admixtures may be used. Only specified admixtures shall be used. Admixtures shall be batched at the batch plant. 11.High Range Water Reducer (HRWR): Provide HRWR in mix designs as indicated for specified applications. Slump of concrete with the addition of HRWR may be increased to 8 inches (+/- 1 inch). a.Drilled shafts, footings, walls, columns, and beams. b.Interior of building curbs which are not cast monolithically with slabs. c.Precast concrete. d.Do not provide HRWR in slabs and pavement (a water reducer is permitted provided performance requirements are met). 12.If fly ash is to be used in place of cement, no more than 25 percent of the cement may be replaced. 13.Concrete shall be capable of developing two-thirds of the required 28-day compressive strength in 7 days. 14.Maximum water-soluble chloride ion content in concrete, by percent weight of concrete, shall not exceed ACI 318 and ACI 350 limits for Exposure Class C1. B.Concrete Classifications: Max. Min. Sacks of Min. 28-Day Max. Size Water:Slump +/-Cement Per Compressive Aggregate Class Cement 1 (inches)Cubic Yard Strength (psi)(inches) Ratio** 1.5 A40000.453 (8*)5.75 Size No. 467 1.5 B30000.4735.75 Size No. 467 1.0 C40000.454 (8*)5.75 Size No. 57 0.75 D50000.4746.00 Size No. 67 1.5 E15000.7044.00 Size No. 467 Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 12 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Max. Min. Sacks of Min. 28-Day Max. Size Water:Slump +/-Cement Per Compressive Aggregate Class Cement 1 (inches)Cubic Yard Strength (psi)(inches) Ratio** 0.375 F40000.4736.50 Size No. 8 * Slump shown is with HRWR ** Provide one additional sack of cement per cubic yard if concrete must be deposited in standing water. C.Concrete Usage: ClassUsage Class A UseFootings and slabs, and other unless noted otherwise Class B UsePavement, gutters, and sidewalks Class C UseWalls, columns, beams, drilled shafts Class D UsePrecast concrete and precast panels Class E UseCradling, Blocking, mud slab, lean concrete backfill Class F UseStair Pans and Landings, interior building curbs. D.Required Average Compressive Strength: 1.All concrete is required to have an average compressive strength greater than the specified strength. The required average compressive strength shall be established according to the requirements of ACI 301, 4.2.3.3. 2.Standard Deviation: If the production facility has records of field tests performed within the past 12 months and spanning a period of not less than 60 calendar days for a class of concrete within 1000 psi of that specified for the Work, calculate a standard deviation and establish the required average strength fcr’ in accordance with ACI 301, 4.2.3.2 and 4.2.3.3.a. If field test records are not available, select the required average strength from ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.3.b. E.Documentation of Required Average Compressive Strength: 1.Documentation indicating the proposed concrete proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required average compressive strength, shall consist of field strength records or trial mixture. 2.Field Strength Records: Document field strength records according to ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.a and including the following: a.Field test data shall not be older than 1 year. b.If field test data are available and represent a single group of at least 10 consecutive strength tests for one mixture, using the same materials, under the same conditions, and encompassing a period of not less than 60 days, verify that the average of the field test results equals or exceeds fcr’. Submit for acceptance the mixture proportions along with the field test data. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 13 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 c.If the field test data represent two groups of compressive strength tests for two mixtures, plot the average strength of each group versus the water-cementitious materials ratio of the corresponding mixture proportions and interpolate between them to establish the required mixture proportions for fcr’. 3.Trial Mixtures: a.Establish trial mixture proportions according to ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.b and including the following. 1).Make at least three trial mixtures complying with performance and design requirements. Each trial mixture shall have a different cementitious material content. Select water-cementitious materials ratios that will produce a range of compressive strengths encompassing the required average compressive strength fcr’. 2).Submit a plot of a curve showing the relationship between water-cementitious materials ratio and compressive strength. 3).Establish mixture proportions so that the maximum water-cementitious materials ratio is not exceeded when the slump is at the maximum specified. b.Laboratory Samples shall be taken in accordance with the trial mix designs for laboratory testing purposes. c.The fresh concrete shall be tested for Slump (ASTM C143) and Air Content (ASTM C173 and ASTM C231). Strength test specimens shall be made, cured, and tested for 7-day and 28-day strength in accordance with ASTM C192, ASTM C39, and ASTM C293. d.Suitable facilities shall be provided for readily obtaining representative Samples of aggregate from each of the weigh batchers for test purposes and for obtaining representative Samples of concrete for uniformity tests. The necessary platforms, tools, and equipment for obtaining Samples shall be furnished. Aggregates shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1260. e.The cement contents specified are minimum values. If additional quantities are required to obtain the specified strengths, supply the cement at no additional cost to the Owner. f.A trial mix shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory, retained and paid by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. The testing laboratory shall submit verification that the materials and proportions of the trial concrete mix design meet the requirements of the Specifications. g.From these trial mix tests, the ratios between 7-day and 28-day strengths shall be established. The 7-day strength which corresponds to the required 28-day strength shall be determined. h.The final results of the trial mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the scheduled beginning of concrete placement and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of any concrete. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 14 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 4.Revisions to concrete mixtures: a.When less than 15 compressive strength tests results for a given class of concrete are available from the current Project: 1).If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a).A 7-day compressive strength test result multiplied by 1.5 falls below the required 28-day compressive strength. b).A 28-day compressive strength test result is deemed not satisfactory. b.When at least 15 compressive strength test results for a given class of concrete become available from the current Project: 1).Calculate the actual average compressive strength, standard deviation and required average compressive strength using the previous 15 consecutive strength tests. Submit results in graphical form with each 28-day test result for that class of concrete. 2).If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a).A 7-day compressive strength test result multiplied by the average job-to- date ratio of 7-day to 28-day compressive strength falls below the required 28-day compressive strength. b).A 28-day compressive strength test result is deemed not satisfactory. c).The average compressive strength falls below the required average compressive strength. c.When revisions to the mix design are required, notify the Engineer in writing of the corrective actions taken. 2.10OFF-SITE BATCH PLANT A.Batch plants shall be an established concrete batching facility meeting the requirements of the Concrete Plant Standards of the Concrete Plant Manufacturers Bureau. 2.11CONCRETE MIXING A.Mixers may be stationary, truck, or paving mixers of approved design. They shall be capable of combining the materials into a uniform mixture and of discharging without mixture segregation. Stationary and paving mixers shall be provided with an acceptable device to lock the discharge mechanism until the required mixing time has elapsed. The mixers or mixing plant shall include a device for automatically counting the total number of batches of concrete mixed. The mixers shall be operated at the drum or mixing blade speed designated by the manufacturer on the name plate. B.The mixing time for stationary mixers shall be based upon the mixer’s ability to produce uniform concrete throughout the batch and from batch to batch. For guidance purposes, the manufacturer’s recommendations, or 1 minute for 1 cubic yard plus 1/4 minute for each Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 15 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 additional cubic yard may be used. Final mixing time shall be based on mixer performance. Mixers shall not be charged in excess of the capacity specified by the manufacturer. C.When a stationary mixer is used for partial mixing of the concrete (shrink mixed), the stationary mixing time may be reduced to the minimum necessary to intermingle the ingredients (about 30 seconds). D.When a truck mixer is used, either for complete mixing (transit-mixed) or to finish the partial mixing in a stationary mixer and in the absence of uniformity test data, each batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum, at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as mixing speed. If the batch is at least 1/2 cubic yard less than the rated capacity, in the absence of uniformity test data, the number of revolutions at mixing speed may be reduced to no less than 50. Additional mixing shall be performed at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. When necessary for proper control of the concrete, mixing of transit-mixed concrete shall not be permitted until the truck mixer is at the Site of the concrete placement. Truck mixers shall be equipped with accurate revolution counters. E.Paving mixers may be either single compartment drum or multiple compartment drum type. A sled or box of suitable size shall be attached to the mixer under the bucket to catch any concrete spillage that may occur when the mixer is discharging concrete into the bucket. Multiple compartment drum paving mixers shall be properly synchronized. The mixing time shall be determined by time required to transfer the concrete between compartments of the drum. F.Vehicles used in transporting materials from the batching plant to the paving mixers shall have bodies or compartments of adequate capacity to carry the materials and to deliver each batch, separated and intact, to the mixer. Cement shall be transported from the batching plant to the mixers in separate compartments which are equipped with windproof and rain proof covers. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01PREPARATION A.Notify the Owner’s representative upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete, so that inspection may be made as early as possible. Keep the Owner’s representative informed of the anticipated concrete placing schedules. B.All items, including lines and grades, forms, waterstops, reinforcing, inserts, piping, electrical, plumbing and the Contractor’s concreting materials and equipment shall be in compliance with the Contract Documents before proceeding. C.Do not place any concrete until formwork and the placing reinforcement in that unit is complete. Place no concrete before the completion of all adjacent operations which might prove detrimental to the concrete. D.Brilliantly light the Site so that all operations are plainly visible when concrete mixing, placing, and finishing, continues after daylight. Whenever possible, concrete finishing shall be completed in daylight hours. E.When placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust and other extraneous matter. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 16 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 not have tie wire cuttings, nails, or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of any foreign matter during concrete placing. F.The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the time limits specified shall not be used. Concrete shall not be re- tempered. G.Concrete shall not be placed if impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished Work. H.Unless otherwise provided, the following requirements shall govern the time sequence on which construction operations shall be carried. 1.Forms for walls or columns shall not be erected on concrete footings until the concrete in the footing has cured for at least 2 curing days. Concrete may be placed in a wall or column as soon as the forms and reinforcing steel placements are approved. 2.Steel beams or forms and falsework for superstructures shall not be erected on concrete substructures until the substructure concrete has cured for at least 4 curing days. Falsework required for superstructures shall not be erected until the substructure has cured for 4 curing days, and shall not be removed until the superstructure has cured. 3.02EMBEDDED ITEMS A.Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded in concrete, paint aluminum contact surfaces with zinc rich primer. Allow the paint to thoroughly dry before placing the aluminum in contact with the concrete. B.Paint steel or other ferrous metal to be mounted on or placed in contact with dry/cured concrete, and coat in accordance with Section 09 96 00.01 “High-Performance Coatings” prior to installation. 3.03VAPOR RETARDERS A.Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E1643 and manufacturer’s written instructions. B.Granular fill below the vapor retarder shall be smoothed and free of protrusions that might damage or rupture the polyethylene film. Completely cover porous fill with film. Lap film not less than six inches at all joints, with the top placed in the direction of concrete spreading. Use pressure-sensitive tape at all laps of vapor barrier. Lap reinforcement directly over film before placing concrete, taking precautions to prevent film punctures. Carefully cut film around pipes and wiring outlets, and then apply pressure sensitive tape around these protrusions to insure maximum barrier effectiveness. 3.04JOINTS A.Expansion Joints and Devices: 1.Workmanship: Exercise careful workmanship in joint construction to separate the concrete sections by an open joint or by the joint materials, and make the joints true to the outline indicated. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 17 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Expansion Joints: Construct expansion joints and devices to provide expansion and contraction. Construct joints which are to be left open or filled with poured joint material with forms which are adaptable for loosening or early removal. In order to avoid jamming by the expansion action of the concrete and the consequent likelihood of injuring adjacent concrete, remove or loosen these forms as soon as possible after the concrete has initially set. Make provisions for loosening the forms to permit free concrete expansion without requiring full removal. 3.Armored Joints: Carefully construct armored joints to avoid defective anchorage of the steel and porous or honeycombed concrete adjacent to same. Anchor pre-molded materials to the concrete on one side of the joint with approved adhesive. Anchor so that the material does not fall out of the joint. B.Construction Joints: 1.Construction joints are formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete which has attained its initial set. When concrete is specified as monolithic, the term shall be interpreted as the manner and sequence of concrete placement so that construction joints do not occur. a.Unless noted otherwise, the maximum horizontal spacing of construction joints shall be 40 feet. b.For slabs on grade, the maximum spacing between two construction joints or between a construction joint and a control joint shall be 15 feet, unless noted otherwise. c.Unless noted otherwise or approved by the Engineer, the maximum vertical spacing of construction joints shall be 15 feet. If not detailed on the Drawings, construction joint details and locations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2.Additional horizontal and vertical construction joints, when submitted and approved by the Engineer, may have an impact on reinforcing details. Revise reinforcing details to reflect additional joints. 3.Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Provide bulkheads in the forms for all joints except horizontal joints. 4.At the proper time, clean horizontal construction joints for receiving the succeeding lift using air water cutting. The surface shall be exposed sound, clean aggregate. The air pressure supply to the jet shall be approximately 100 lb. per square inch, and the water pressure sufficient to bring the water into effective influence of the air pressure. After cutting, wash the surface until there is no trace of cloudiness in the wash water. 5.In areas where air water cutting cannot be satisfactorily accomplished, or in areas where it is undesirable to disturb the surface of the concrete before it has hardened, prepare the surface for receiving the next lift by wet sand blasting to immediately remove all laitance and unsound concrete prior to placing of the next lift. Thoroughly wash the surface of the concrete after sand blasting to remove all loose material. 6.Provide construction joints with concrete keyways, reinforcing steel dowels, and waterstops. The method of forming keys in keyed joints shall permit the easy removal of forms without chipping, breaking, or damaging the concrete. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 18 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 C.Existing Hardened Concrete: Where new concrete or grout is to be placed in contact with existing hardened concrete, texture the existing surface by chipping or other means so that an irregular surface having a height variance of not less than 1/4 inch is created. The existing concrete shall then be coated with a bonding agent and new concrete or grout placed. 3.05WATERSTOPS A.PVC Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. 1.At formed surfaces, a split form shall be used. The split form shall have a tight fit which prevents misalignment and concrete leakage. 2.The embedded flange of the waterstop must be secured prior to concrete placement. The flange shall be secured at 12 inches on-center by factory installed hog rings or grommets at the outermost rib. Never place nails or screws through the body of the waterstop. 3.All fittings and changes in direction shall be factory fabricated. Only straight butt splices shall be made in the field. Field splices shall be according to the manufacturer’s written instructions and as follows: a.Cut adjoining ends square to form matching edges. b.Uniformly melt the ends at 380 F using a thermostatically controlled, Teflon coated splicing iron. c.When a 1/8-inch diameter melt bead develops on each waterstop end, remove the splicing iron and firmly press the two ends together in proper alignment. Hold until the material has fused and cooled. Allow the splice to cool naturally; do not quench. B.Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: 1.Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer’s written instructions, bonding or mechanically fastening and firmly pressing into place. a.Waterstop shall be bonded to the substrate using a continuous bead of swelling sealant or adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. 1).ADEKA Ultra Seal P-201. 2).Sika Leakmaster. 2.Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.Protect from moisture, oil, dirt, and sunlight prior to the placement of concrete. Coordinate with manufacturer for additional requirements. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 19 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.06CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.Cold Weather: 1.If air temperature has fallen to, or is expected to fall below 40 F during the protection period (a minimum of 48 hours unless longer time frame is recommended by ACI 306R), then cold weather concreting shall be performed in accordance with ACI 306.1. 2.In cases where the temperature drops below 40 F after the concreting operations have been started, sufficient canvas and framework or other type of housing shall be furnished to enclose and protect the structure, in accordance with the requirements of ACI 306R. Sufficient heating apparatus to provide heat shall be supplied, and heating source and protection from combustion gas shall be in accordance with ACI 306.1. The concrete shall be protected when placed under all weather conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, remove and replace the concrete at no cost to the Owner. 3.When the air temperature is above 30 F: a.The minimum concrete temperature at the time of mixing shall be 60 F unless other requirements of ACI 306.1 are met, which may allow for a lower mix temperature. b.The minimum concrete temperature at the time of placement and during the protection period shall be 55 F unless other requirements of ACI 306.1 are met, which may allow for a lower temperature. 4.The means used to heat a concrete mix shall be in accordance with ACI 306.1. 5.Salts, chemicals, or other foreign materials shall not be mixed with the concrete to preventing freezing. Calcium chloride is not permitted. B.Hot Weather: 1.Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity, and wind velocity that impairs the quality of the concrete. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305.1. Concrete shall be placed in the forms without the addition of any more water than that required by the design (slump). No excess water shall be added on the concrete surface for finishing. Control of initial set of the concrete and extending the time for finishing operations may be accomplished with the use of approved water reducing and set retarding admixture, as specified. 2.Maximum time intervals between the addition of mixing water and/or cement to the batch, and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following (excluding HRWR admixture use): Maximum time From Concrete Temperature Water Batch to Placement Non-Agitated Concrete Up to 80 F30 Minutes Over 80 F15 Minutes Agitated Concrete Up to 75 F90 Minutes Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 20 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Maximum time From Concrete Temperature Water Batch to Placement 75 F to 89 F60 Minutes a.The use of an approved set-retarding admixture will permit the extension of the above time maximums by 30 minutes, for agitated concrete only. b.The use of an approved high range water reducing (HRWR) admixture will allow placement time extensions as determined by the manufacturer. 3.The maximum temperature of concrete shall not exceed 90 F at the time the concrete is placed. The temperatures of the mixing water shall be reduced by the use of chilled water or ice. 4.The maximum temperature of concrete with high range water reducing admixture shall not exceed 100 F at the time concrete is placed. 5.Under extreme heat, wind, or humidity conditions, concreting operations may be suspended if the quality of the concrete being placed is not acceptable. C.Handling and Transporting: 1.Delivery tickets shall be required for each batch and shall be in accordance with ASTM C94, Section 16. Each delivery ticket must show plainly the amount of water, in gallons that can be added to the mixer truck at the Site without exceeding the maximum water cement ratio approved for that mix design. Amount of water added must be in proportion to contents of truck. 2.Arrange and use chutes, troughs, or pipes as aids in placing concrete so that the ingredients of the concrete are not segregated. They shall be steel or steel lined. When steep slopes are necessary, equip the chutes with baffles or make in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Extend open troughs and chutes, if necessary, inside the forms or through holes left in the forms. Terminate the ends of these chutes in vertical downspouts. 3.Keep chutes, troughs, and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water before and after placement. Discharge water used for flushing away from the concrete in place. 4.Concrete pumping is permitted and shall comply with ACI 304.2R. 5.Carting or wheeling concrete batches on completed concrete floor slab shall not be permitted until the slab has aged at least 4 curing days. Unless pneumatic tired carts are used, wheel the carts on timber planking so that the loads and impact are distributed over the slab. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. D.Depositing: 1.The method and manner of placing shall prevent segregation or separation of the aggregate or the displacement of the reinforcement. Use drop chutes of rubber or metal when necessary. Prevent the spattering of forms or reinforcement bars if the spattered concrete dries or hardens before it is incorporated into the mass. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 21 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Fill each part of the forms by directly depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. Work the coarse aggregate back from the face and force the concrete under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point in the forms, then running or working it along the forms shall not be permitted. 3.After the concrete has taken initial set, the forms shall not be jarred. No force or load shall be placed upon projecting reinforcement. 4.Deposit the concrete through vertical drop chutes of rubber or metal of satisfactory size when operations involve placing concrete from above, such as directly into an excavated area, or through the completed forms, particularly in walls, piers, columns, and similar structures. Drop chutes shall be made in sections or provided in several lengths so that the outlet may be adjusted to proper heights during placing. 5.Except for drilled shafts, concrete shall not be dropped free more than 10 feet when HRWR admixture is used or 5 feet without HRWR. Place in continuous horizontal layers with a depth of from 1 to 3 feet, depending upon the wall thickness. Each layer shall be soft when a new layer is placed upon it. No more than 1 hour shall elapse between the placing of successive concrete layers in any portion of the structures included in continuous placement. 6.Place required sections in one continuous operation to avoid additional construction joints. 7.If excessive bleeding causes water to form on the surface of the concrete in tall forms, make the mix dryer to reduce the bleeding. In tall walls, place the concrete to a point about 1 foot below the top of the wall and allow to settle for 1 to 2 hours. Resume and complete concreting before set occurs. 8.For slopes greater than two percent, start concrete placement at low end and proceed upslope. E.Consolidating: 1.Compact each layer of concrete and flush the mortar to the surface of the forms by continuous-working mechanical vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms shall not be used. Apply the vibrator to the concrete immediately after deposit. Move vibrator throughout the layer of the newly placed concrete, several inches into the plastic layer below. Thoroughly work the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms until it is well- compacted. 2.Mechanical vibrators shall not be operated so that they penetrate or disturb previously placed layers which are partially set or hardened. They shall not be used to aid the flow of concrete laterally. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration to completely compact and embed reinforcement and fixtures, but not to an extent causing segregation. 3.Keep vibrators constantly moving in the concrete and apply vertically at points uniformly spaced, not farther apart than the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location longer than required to produce a liquified appearance on the surface. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 22 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 4.When submerged in concrete, internal vibrators shall maintain a frequency of not less than 6000 impulses per minute for spuds with diameters greater than 5 inches and 10,000 impulses for smaller spuds. The vibration intensity (amplitude) shall be sufficient to produce satisfactory consolidation. 5.Provide one vibrator (powered pneumatically or electrically) for each 10 cubic yards of concrete per hour being placed. Provide at least one vibrator, which may be of the gasoline powered type, as a standby for each two vibrators in service. To produce satisfactory consolidation, and based upon the observed performance, the Owner’s representative may require the use of a larger sized and powered vibrator. 6.Check vibrators intended for regular service or standby service before beginning concreting operations. F.Placement in Water: 1.Deposit concrete in water only when dry conditions cannot be obtained. The forms, cofferdams, or caissons shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water flowing through the space where concrete is to be deposited. Pumping of water shall not be permitted while the concrete is being placed, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. 2.Carefully place the concrete compact mass using a tremie, closed bottom dumping bucket, or another approved method which does not permit the concrete to fall through the water without protection. The concrete shall not be disturbed after being deposited. Regulate depositing to maintain horizontal surfaces. 3.When a tremie is used, it shall consist of a tube constructed in sections having water- tight connections. The means of supporting the tremie shall permit the movement of the discharge end over the entire top surface of the work, and shall allow the tremie to be rapidly lowered to retard the flow. The number of times it is necessary to shift the location of the tremie shall be held to a minimum for any continuous placement of concrete. During the placing of concrete, keep the tremie tube full to the bottom of the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, slightly raise the tremie, but not out of the concrete at the bottom, until the batch discharges to the level of the bottom of the hopper. Stop the flow by lowering the tremie. Continue placing operations until the work is completed. 4.When concrete is placed by means of the bottom dump bucket, the bucket shall have a capacity of not less than 1/2 cubic yard. Lower the bucket gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed. Raise it very slowly during the discharge travel to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. 5.Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete away from the shaft excavation. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or in close proximity to streams or other bodies of water. G.Placement in Slabs: 1.Allow concrete in columns, walls and deep beams or girders to stand for at least 1 hour to permit full settlement from consolidation, before concrete is placed for slabs they are to support. Haunches are considered as part of the slab and shall be placed integrally with them. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 23 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.When monolithic slabs are placed in strips, the widths of the strips, unless otherwise specified or indicated, shall insure that concrete in any one strip is not allowed to lie in place for more than 1 hour before the adjacent strips are placed. 3.Immediately before placing concrete, thoroughly dampen the earthen cushion to receive concrete to prevent moisture absorption from the concrete. 4.As soon as concrete placing is complete for a slab section of sufficient width to permit finishing operations, level the concrete, strike off, tamp and screed. The screed shall be of a design adaptable to the use intended, shall have provision for vertical adjustment and shall be sufficiently rigid to hold true to shape during use. 5.The initial strike off shall leave the concrete surface at an elevation slightly above grade so that, when consolidation and finishing operations are completed, the surface of the slab is at grade elevation. 6.Continue tamping and screeding operations until the concrete is properly consolidated and free of surface voids. Bring the surface to a smooth, true alignment using longitudinal screeding, floating, belting, and/or other methods. 7.When used, templates shall be of a design which permits early removal so satisfactory finishing at and adjacent to the template is achieved. 8.While the concrete is still plastic, straightedge the surface using a standard 10-foot metal straightedge. Lap each straightedge pass one-half of the preceding pass. Remove high spots and fill depressions with fresh concrete and re-float. Continue to check with a straightedge during the final finishing operation, until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids, or rough spots. 9.Check the final surface with a straightedge. Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed 1/16 inch per foot from the nearest point of contact. The maximum ordinate shall be 1/8 inch per 10 feet. 10.Unless noted otherwise, where floor drains or hub drains are shown in slabs of buildings, vaults, or treatment basin units and sloping the slab is not indicated, slope slab to drain on a grade of 1/16 inch per foot with a maximum total slope of 1-1/4 inches. The thickness of slab at floor or hub drain shall be the thickness of slab, as indicated on the Drawings. H.Placement in Foundations: Place concrete in deep foundations so that segregation of the aggregates or displacement of the reinforcement is avoided. Provide suitable chutes or vertical pipes. When footings can be placed in dry foundation pits without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. The placing of concrete bases above seal courses is permitted after the forms are free from water and the seal course cleaned. Execute necessary pumping or bailing during concreting from a suitable sump located outside the forms. 3.07FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A.Forms for walls, columns, and sides of beams and girders shall be removed as specified in Section 03 11 00 “Concrete Forming.” Patch, repair, finish, and clean concrete after form Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 24 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 removal. Finish concrete within 7 days of form removal. Cure concrete as finishing progresses. B.Air voids, for all types of finishes, are defects and shall be removed by rubbing or patching. C.Finish Schedule: Type of FinishLocation Surfaces which are not visible from the inside or outside of the completed structure or more than 12” No Finish below finish grade (i.e. back of retaining walls below embankment, etc.) Rough FinishNA Surfaces exposed to view and areas below to a point Smooth Finish 12” below grade Smooth Rubbed FinishesNA Plaster Mix FinishesNA Light Sand Blast FinishNA Medium Sand Blast FinishNA D.No Finish: After forms are removed, repair or patch-tie holes and defects. Otherwise, no additional finish is required. E.Rough Finish: Surfaces for which rough finish is indicated or required shall have tie holes and defects larger than 1/4 inch in width or depth patched or repaired. Remove fins flush with the adjacent surface by rubbing or grinding and dress rough edges. Otherwise, leave surfaces with the texture imparted by the forms. F.Smooth Finish: Unless otherwise shown on the schedule above, provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Surfaces to receive a rubbed finish shall have a smooth form finish. The form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical with a minimum number of seams. Patch tie holes and defects and remove fins flush with the adjacent surface. G.Smooth Rubbed Finish: 1.Rub surfaces with fluted carborundum stone rubbing at the proper time in the concrete aging process. Rubbing shall remove form marks, surface imperfections, and otherwise smooth, shape, or finish the surface. Proceed with surface rubbings when the forms are removed. 2.After form removal, perform necessary pointing. When the pointing has set sufficiently to permit rubbing, wet surfaces requiring surface finish and rub surface with a No. 16 Carborundum Stone or an abrasive of equal quality. Bring the surface to a paste, to remove all form marks and projections, and to produce a smooth dense surface without pits or irregularities. 3.Carefully spread or uniformly brush the material ground to a paste over the surface and allow to take a reset. The use of cement or plaster to form a surface shall not be permitted. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 25 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 4.Prepare a 4-by-8-foot panel for the Owner’s approval which shows how final finished surfaces will appear. This panel shall be used as a guide for judging the workmanship of surface finish. H.Plaster Mix Finish: 1.Do not apply plaster mix finish when temperature is 40 F or expected to drop below 40 F within 24 hours after application. 2.Areas to receive a plaster mix finish shall have smooth form finish. Application of the plaster mix shall be either by trowel and float or by spray gun. Surface texture finish shall be determined by the Owner. Areas designated to receive this finish shall receive a two coat application, as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Form treatments or curing compounds shall be removed on areas receiving a plaster mix finish. Removal of these treatments/compounds shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements for surface preparation. I.Light Sand Blast Finish: Surfaces to receive a light sand blast finish shall first receive a smooth rubbed finish. Blast the concrete surface with an abrasive (sand or grit) until the aggregate is in uniform relief. The depth of penetration shall be sufficient to remove only the surface mortar. Prepare a 4-by-8-foot panel for the Owner’s review. Subsequent sand blast finishing shall match the Sample panels. J.Medium Sand Blast Finish: Treat surfaces to receive a medium sand blast finish as specified for Light Sand Blast finish, except that the depth of penetration shall be sufficient to remove the surface mortar and expose the surface of some coarse aggregate. Prepare a 4-by-8-foot Sample panel. K.Form Liner Finish: Finish shall be as specified in Section 03 11 00 “Concrete Forming.” 3.08FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A.General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B.Finish slabs, platforms, and steps monolithically and apply as indicated on the Drawings and the following schedule of finishes: Type of FinishLocation Tank floors that receive grout topping and slabs which receive Rough Finish additional concrete toppings. Surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for Scratch Finishceramic or quarry tile, Portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. Broom FinishExterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. 1.Rough Finish: Provide a rough surface by screeding only without further finish. 2.Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 26 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Broom Finish: Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. C.Give sidewalks a brush finish, unless noted otherwise. Score sidewalks at a spacing equal to the width of the walk and edge on each side using a tool with a radius of approximately 1/4 inch. D.Finishing in Hot, Dry Weather: During periods of high temperature and/or low humidity, take extreme care in finishing the slabs to eliminate initial shrinkage cracks. Following the initial set of concrete, but while the concrete is still “green” continue to finish as required to remove shrinkage cracks which may occur. In hot, dry weather, keep a cement finisher on the job following normal finishing operations for a sufficient length of time to insure the removal of initial shrinkage cracks. 3.09GROUT FINISHED SEDIMENTATION TANK/BASIN FLOORS A.Grout shall be normal shrinkage grout, as specified. B.Prior to the application of grout, operate the sweep mechanism for monitoring: 1.Accurately determine the elevation of a reference point near the end of each arm and monitor that elevation at every 45-degree rotation for two full rotations of the mechanism. The following measurements shall be recorded and if either of the stated criteria is not met, seek guidance from the Engineer prior to grout installation. Elevations shall be measured with respect to the theoretical surface of the earth and not with respect to the basin floor. a.Reference point elevations shall not vary from one side of the basin to the other more than 1/2 of an inch (± 1/4-inch). b.The reference elevations shall not vary more than one-quarter of an inch (±1/8-inch) for any given reference point on the arms at any given rotation angle when compared between rotations. 2.Monitor the gap between the base of the arms to the top of the structural slab to verify that the minimum required thickness of grout can be achieved in all locations with appropriate clearance for squeegee adjustment. 3.All weight shall be on the arms, including corner sweeps, when verifying gaps. 4.Adjust the arms as necessary to achieve the minimum specified thickness of grout. Notify the Owner and Engineer if the arms are not adjustable and minimum grout thickness cannot be achieved. 5.Verify that the corresponding leading and trailing edges of adjacent blades match in elevations for a seamless transition between blades. The elevations of the corresponding leading and trailing edges shall be as compared either by rotating the mechanism and measuring vertically with respect to a common point on the basin floor or by keeping the mechanism stationary and measuring with respect to the theoretical surface of the earth. C.Screeds shall consist of wood planking of proper dimension and length with the bottom edge beveled such that not more than half of an inch width is in contact with the grout Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 27 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 surface. Attach a light gauge metal (sheet) formed and nailed to the wood with butt joints to the bottom of wood screeds. The sheet metal shall serve as a trowel and prevents the splintering and fraying of the timbers. Firmly attach screeds to the bottom of the truss arms to prevent dislocation in the screeding operations. D.Prior to the application of grout, thoroughly clean floors of all foreign matter and wet down. With the floor in a saturated surface dry condition and just prior to grouting, sprinkle lightly with cement to improve the bond between the grout and tank bottoms. Block grout from entering any sludge hopper, drain line, etc. Apply grout over the floor surface of the tanks. Grouting shall be according to the Specifications, the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and the grout manufacturer. E.Execute grouting by power operation of the equipment in the tank (i.e., by motor turning the mechanism, not by hand turning of the arms). Make final adjustments to truss arms of the equipment and attach a screed to the bottom of both arms for sweeping in the grout. All weight shall be on the arms, including corner sweeps, while placing the grout. F.Start grouting at the walls of the tanks and spiral inward toward the center. Perform grouting in a workmanlike manner. Excess grout should not be allowed to accumulate in front of the screed and cause the screed to float on top of the grout. G.Verify the profile of the finish floor by measuring from the arm with screeds removed and not contact between the arm and the floor. The finish grout surface shall vary no more than a range of half of an inch (± 1/4 inch) for any concentric circle in the finished floor. 3.10MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A.Normal Shrinkage Grouting: 1.Prior to grout application, thoroughly clean the surface of all foreign matter and wet down. Thoroughly clean the foundation and the forms set in place and securely anchor, with holes or cracks in forms caulked with rags, cotton waste or dry sand mixture to prevent the loss of grout. The necessary materials and tools shall be on hand before starting grouting operations. Concrete shall be damp when the grout is poured, but shall not have excess water to dilute the grout. 2.After wetting and just prior to grouting, sprinkle the surface lightly with cement to improve the bond between the grout and the surface. 3.After mixing, quickly and continuously place the grout to avoid overworking, segregation and breaking down of the initial set. Mix and place the grout according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Cure grout using wet curing method for concrete. Grout shall receive a steel trowel finish. B.Non-Shrink Grout: 1.Obtain field technical assistance from the Grout manufacturer, as required, to insure that grout mixing and installation comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations and procedures. 2.Saturate the foundation for non-shrink grouts 24 hours before installation and clear of excess water. Free baseplates or bedplates of oil, grease, laitance and other foreign substances. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 28 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Place grout according to the manufacturer’s directions so that spaces and cavities below the top of the baseplates and bedplates are completely filled. Provide forms where structural components of the baseplates or bedplates do not confine the grout. Where necessary and acceptable under the manufacturer’s procedures, a round head pencil vibrator, 3/4-inch maximum diameter may be used to consolidate the grout. 4.Steel trowel finish the non-shrink grout where the edge of the grout is exposed to view and after the grout has reached its initial set. Cut off the exposed edges of the grout at a 45-degree angle to the baseplate, bedplate, member, or piece of equipment. 5.Wet curing should occur for at least 3 days, unless specified by manufacturer, with wet rags, wet burlap or polyethylene sheets. Keep cloths constantly wet for the curing cycle. 6.Clean and dry the foundation, baseplate or other surface of epoxy grouts prior to installation. Dry curing is acceptable for epoxy grouts. 7.Use epoxy non-shrink grout under all machinery, pumps, equipment, and where chemicals are present that would abate cementitious non-shrink grouts. 8.Mix, install, cure, and finish epoxy grouts according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Install grout in recommended lifts to prevent excess heat. 3.11CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A.General: Give careful attention to proper concrete curing. The curing methods shall be wet curing, sheet materials conforming to ASTM C171, or membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309. Membrane curing is not permitted on surfaces to be rubbed or on surfaces to which additional concrete, plaster mix mortar, or terrazzo is to be applied. Unless the curing method is specified otherwise, select the appropriate curing method. B.Length of Curing Period: “curing day” shall be any day on which the atmospheric temperature taken in the shade, or the air temperature adjacent to the concrete, remains above 50 F for at least 18 hours. 2.Cure concrete for a period of 7 consecutive days. In cold weather, when curing may be retarded, extend this period to 7 “curing days”, up to a limit of 14 consecutive days. C.Wet Curing: 1.Immediately following the finishing operations, cover concrete slabs, including roof slabs, with wet cotton mats or with a temporary covering of canvas or burlap. Keep thoroughly wet for a period of 4 curing days after the concrete is placed. The covering shall be held in direct contact with the concrete. A temporary covering shall be required when the size of slab, size of mats, or other factors dictate that the mats cannot be placed immediately after the finishing operations without marring the finishing of the slab. 2.Water used for curing shall be free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other deleterious substances. 3.Canvas or burlap covering material shall weigh not less than 12 ounces per square yard. Place the sections with a lap at the edges of at least 8 inches. Saturate cover material Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 29 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 with water previous to placing. Keep saturated as long as it remains in place. Use care in the placing of the cover material to prevent marring the concrete surface. 4.When temporary coverings are used, keep them in place only until the slab has sufficiently hardened so that a cotton mat covering can be substituted without marring or disturbing the slab finish. Thoroughly saturate cotton mats before placing and keep the mats on the slab in a saturated condition for a period of at least 4 curing days. D.Sheet Curing: Sheet materials shall conform to ASTM C171. They shall be in contact with the entire concrete surface and applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Patch all holes. Where pedestrian traffic is unavoidable, provide suitable walkways to protect the sheet material. E.Membrane Curing: 1.Membrane curing shall not be used on surfaces which receive paint, floor hardener, or plaster mix finish or other finish which would be hindered by the use of the curing compound. 2.Cover the surface of the concrete with a continuous, uniform, water-impermeable coating, conforming to ASTM C309 “Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete” and apply according to ACI 308. 3.Immediately after the removal of the side and end forms, apply a coating to the sides and ends of all concrete. Apply the solution under pressure with a spray nozzle so that the entire exposed surface is completely covered with a uniform film. The rate of application shall insure complete coverage, but the area covered shall not exceed 150 square feet per gallon of curing compound. 4.The coating shall be sufficiently transparent and free of permanent color to not result in a pronounced color change from that of the natural concrete at the conclusion of the curing period. The coating shall, however, contain a dye of color strength to render the film distinctively visible on the concrete for a period of at least 4 hours after application. 5.After application and under normal conditions, the curing compound shall be dry to touch within 1 hour and shall dry thoroughly and completely within 4 hours. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous flexible membrane free from cracks or pinholes and shall not disintegrate, check, peel, or crack during the required curing period. 6.If the seal is broken during the curing period, immediately repair it with additional sealing solution. 3.12CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A.After the tie rods are broken back or removed, thoroughly clean the holes to remove grease and loose particles. Patch holes with structural concrete repair material. After the holes are completely filled, strike off flush excess mortar and finish the surface to render the filled hole inconspicuous. B.If the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycombing or form marks, which in the Engineer’s opinion cannot be repaired satisfactorily, remove and replace the entire section. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 30 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 C.Patch honeycomb and minor defects in all concrete surfaces with structural concrete repair material. Cut back each defective area with a pneumatic chipping tool as deep as the defect extends, but in no case less than 1/2 inch. Prepare the existing concrete according to the recommendations of patching material manufacturer’s. Apply repair material according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Finish the surface of the patches to match finish on surrounding concrete. 3.13FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: 1.General: a.Tests shall be required throughout the Work to monitor the quality of concrete. Samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. b.The Engineer may waive these requirements on concrete placements of ten cubic yards or less. However, evidence shall be furnished showing a design mix which meets the Specifications. c.Unless noted otherwise, testing of the materials, ready mix, transit mix, or central plant concrete will be by an independent testing agency. The Owner will select and pay for this service. A summary of all tests performed will be available. No concrete shall be placed without a representative present at either the plant or at the Site. d.Unless the Owner’s laboratory is on the Site, provide housing for the curing and storage of test specimens and equipment. 2.Slump Test: Slump tests, in accordance with ASTM C143, shall be used to indicate the workability and consistency of the concrete mix from batch to batch. Generally, a slump test shall be made at the start of operations each day, at regular intervals throughout a working day, and at any time when the appearance of the concrete suggests a change in uniformity. 3.Air Content Test: Tests for the concrete’s air content shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231 or ASTM C173, at the point of delivery of concrete, prior to placing in forms. The test shall be made frequently to monitor a proper air content uniform from batch to batch. 4.Temperature Test: Test for the concrete’s temperature in accordance with ASTM C1064 and as follows: the temperature of the concrete to be placed shall be taken with a thermometer immediately before placement, with the point of measurement being in the chute or bucket. Temperature test shall be performed for each truck. Record temperatures on batch ticket. 5.Compression Test: a.Compression test specimens shall be 6-by-12-inch concrete cylinders made and cured in accordance with ASTM C31. If the maximum aggregate size is no larger than 1 inch, 4-by-8-inch concrete cylinders are acceptable. No fewer than two 6-by- 12-inch or three 4-by-8-inch specimens shall be made for each test Sample. Samples shall be taken at a minimum of every 50 cubic yards of concrete for each class placed. At least one set of test specimens per day shall be made for each class of concrete used that day. Specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 31 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 specified in ASTM C31. Additional concrete cylinders may be required for curing on the job under actual job curing conditions. These Samples could be required when: 1).There is a possibility of the air temperature surrounding the concrete falling below 40 F, or rising above 90 F. 2).The curing procedure may need to be improved and/or lengthened. 3).It is necessary to determine when the structure may be put into service. b.Compression strength tests shall be made on the laboratory-cured and job-cured concrete cylinders at 7 and 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C39. The value of each test result shall be the average compressive strength of all of the cylinders in the test Sample. All cylinders within a test Sample shall be taken at the same time from the same batch of concrete. For the 28-day cylinders, the strength level shall be satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results exceed the required design compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 6.High Early Strength Concrete Test: When Type “III” High Early Strength Portland cement is used instead of Type “I” Portland cement, the minimum allowable 28-day strength for Type “I” Portland cement concrete shall be at 7 days. The ages at time of test for Type “III” shall be 3 days and 7 days, instead of 7 days and 28 days, respectively, for Type “I.” 7.Failure to Meet Requirements: a.Should the 7-day strengths shown by the test specimens fall below the required values, additional curing shall be performed on those portions of the structures represented by the test specimens at the Contractor’s expense. Test cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, Designation C 42. If additional curing does not give the strength required, the Owner reserves the right to require strengthening, replacement of those substandard portions of the structure, or additional testing, at the Contractor’s expense. b.Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written request, substandard concrete work may be reexamined in place by nondestructive testing methods or core Samples, in accordance with ACI 301. The services of an independent testing laboratory shall be retained and all expenses paid without compensation from the Owner. Laboratory results shall be evaluated by the Engineer, who shall make the final decision on acceptability of the concrete in question. Core Sample holes shall be repaired. B.The Owner may withhold payment for any section of concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Specifications. Withheld payment shall be based upon the unit prices established for concrete and reinforcing steel. Payment shall be withheld until the unacceptable concrete has been refinished, removed and replaced or otherwise brought into conformance with the Specifications. C.PVC Waterstops: Waterstops shall be observed by the Owner’s representative prior to concrete placement. Unacceptable splicing defects include: 1.Misalignment of center bulb, ribs, and end bulbs greater than 1/16 inch. 2.Bond failure at joint deeper than 1/16 inch. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 32 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Misalignment which reduces waterstop cross-section more than 15 percent. 4.Bubble or visible porosity in the weld. 5.Visible signs of splice separation when a cooled splice is bent by hand at a sharp angle. 6.Charred or burnt material. END OF SECTION Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 33 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Concrete Mix Design Project Name: FNI Project Number: Project Location: Owner: General Contractor: Mix Number / Class: A.Mix Design: Cement= lb/yd³ Fly Ash= lb/yd³ Other Cementitious Material: _______________________ = lb/yd³ Fine Aggregate= lb/yd³ Course Aggregate= lb/yd³ Water= lb/yd³ Water Reducing Admixture= oz/yd³ High Range Water Reducer= oz/yd³ Air Entraining Admixture= oz/yd³ Other Admixture: _______________________= oz/yd³ Slump=inches Gross Weight= lb/yd³ Air Content=percent Water/Cement Ratio= B.Materials: SourceASTMTypeRemarks Cement Fly Ash Other Cementitious Material: _______________________ Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate Water Water Reducer High Range Water Reducer Air Entraining Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 34 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 SourceASTMTypeRemarks Other Admixture: _______________________ C.Determination of Average Strength Required (fcr’): 1.Test Records Available: A.Summary of Test Records (Provide Supporting Documentation): Test No. ofSpecifiedStandard Group ConsecutiveStrengthDeviation No.Tests(psi)(psi) Average Standard Deviation: B.Standard Deviation Modification Factor (ACI 30 1, Table 4.2.3.3.a): ____. C.Standard Deviation Used: ____. D.Average Compressive Strength Required: ____. 2.Test Records Not Available: A.Average Compressive Strength Required (ACI 30 1, Table 4.2.3.3.b, if required): ____. D.Documentation of Required Average Compressive Strength (Check One): 1.Field Strength: a.Field Strength Test Records (ACI 30 1, Table 4.2.3.3.a): ____. *Complete Attachment A. 2.Trial Mixtures: a.Trial Mixtures (ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.3.b, if required): ____. *Complete Attachment B. I,certify that the above information is correct and all gradations, cement certifications, and test results are located at our place of business for review by the Engineer. Name:Date: Title: Company: Address: Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 35 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Attachment A Documentation of Required Average Strength – Field Strength Records (ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.a) A.Summary of Test Records (Provide Supporting Documentation): Water- Average No. of Tests in Duration of Cementitious Test Record No. Strength (psi) RecordRecord (days) Materials Ratio B.Interpolation used?________. 1.Provide an interpolation calculation or plot of strength versus proportions. C.Submit the following data for each mix: 1.Brand, type, and amount of cement. 2.Brand, type, and amount of each admixture. 3.Source of each material used. 4.Amount of water. 5.Proportions of each aggregate material per cubic yard. 6.Gross weight per cubic yard. 7.Measured slump. 8.Measured air content. 9.Results of consecutive strength tests. Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 36 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Attachment B Documentation of Required Average Strength – Trial Mixtures (ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.b) A.Summary of Test Record(s): 7-Day Tests28-Day Tests Water- Air Trial Mix Cementitious Slump Temperature No. of No. of Content Strength Strength No.Materials (in)(F) Test Test (percent) (psi)(psi) Ratio CylindersCylinders B.Maximum water-cementitious materials ratio ________. 1.Provide an interpolation calculation or plot of strength versus water-cementitious materials ratio. C.Submit the following data for each mix: 1.Brand, type, and amount of cement. 2.Brand, type, and amount of each admixture. 3.Amount of water used in trial mixes. 4.Proportions of each aggregate material per cubic yard. 5.Gross weight per cubic yard. 6.Measured slump. 7.Measured air content. 8.Compressive strength developed at 7 days and 28 days, from not less than three test cylinders cast for each 7-day and 28-day test. END OF ATTACHMENTS Cast-In-Place Concrete03 30 00 - 37 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 03 37 19PNEUMATICALLY PLACED CONCRETE 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install pneumatically placed concrete. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Tolerances: Close tolerance shall be strictly enforced as regards the performance of this work. Improper work, as based on these specifications, shall be rejected. B.Personnel: Use only experienced foreman, gunmen, nozzleman, and rodmen for the placement of pneumatically placed concrete. Satisfactory written evidence of such experience shall be furnished on request. C.Operating Requirements: For lengths of hose up to 100 feet the pneumatic pressure at the gun shall be 45 pounds per square inch or more. Where length exceeds 100 feet, pressure shall be increased by 5 pounds per square inch for each additional 50 feet of hose required. Steady pressure shall be maintained. 1.03STANDARDS A.The applicable provisions of the following standard shall apply as if written here in its entirety: 1.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical ASTM C39 Concrete Specimens ASTM C136Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates 1.04OPTIONS A.Pneumatically placed concrete shall be either a dry mixture of Portland cement and sand passed through a flexible tube, hydrated at the tube nozzle and deposited in place by air pressure, or a wet pre-mixed mixture conveyed by air, through a flexible tube and deposited in place by air pressure. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Portland Cement: Cement shall meet the requirements specified in Section 03 30 00 “Cast- In-Place Concrete.” B.Sand: 1.Fine aggregate shall consist of washed sand and shall be hard, dense, durable, clean, sharp and graded evenly from fine to coarse. Sand shall be free from organic matter and shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of other deleterious substances. Pneumatically Placed Concrete03 37 19 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 Sand shall have a fineness modulus of between 2.70 and 3.30 as measured in accordance with ASTM C136. The sand shall meet the following gradation limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. Sieve SizePercent by Weight Passing a 3/8"100 Passing a No. 497-100 Passing a No. 879-85 Passing a No. 1660-73 Passing a No. 3036-47 Passing a No. 5010-20 Passing a No. 1000-4 2.Sand shall contain between 3 percent and 6 percent moisture by weight. Sand and cement proportion shall be corrected to provide for bulkage due to sand moisture content. C.Water: Water used for hydration shall meet the requirements specified in Section 03 30 00 “Cast-In-Place Concrete” and shall be maintained at a uniform pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch above air pressure at the nozzle where the dry method is used. 2.02MIXES A.Unless otherwise specified, pneumatically placed concrete shall be mixed in the proportion of 1 part cement to 4-1/2 parts sand based on dry and loose volume for the dry method and 1 part cement to 4 parts aggregate by weight for the wet method. 2.03EQUIPMENT A.Equipment used to mix and place pneumatically placed concrete shall be of a type and mechanical condition suitable for doing the work. The power and equipment and layout thereof shall meet all applicable requirements of local, State, and Federal regulations and codes. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01PREPARATION A.Do not apply pneumatically placed concrete on any surface on which free water exists. Keep the surface in a moist condition. Prior to placing concrete, remove loose material by hand scaling or other acceptable means and clean the exposed surfaces. Reinforcing and other embedded items shall be held in place firmly and in accordance with the plans. 3.02PLACEMENT, FINISHING, AND CURING OF PNEUMATICALLY PLACED CONCRETE A.Placement: Apply pneumatically placed concrete in the most expeditious manner as determined by the location of the work. Do not incorporate rebound in the work in any Pneumatically Placed Concrete03 37 19 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 manner. Cold weather placing shall conform to the requirements for regular concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00 “Cast-In-Place Concrete.” B.Finishing: Apply pneumatically placed concrete to a minimum thickness of 1-1/2 inches. Low spots shall be brought up to proper thickness and true lines. C.Curing: Promptly cure pneumatically placed concrete after placing in accordance with the requirements for regular concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00 “Cast-In-Place Concrete.” 3.03FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform one test of two cylinders per day to represent the quality of the pneumatically placed concrete being placed. If there is more than one crew or nozzleman on the work, test cylinders shall be made by each nozzleman in rotation so that the tests shall represent the quality of the pneumatically placed concrete being placed by each nozzleman. Each cylinder shall be dated, given a number, the name of the nozzleman making the cylinder and location where the cylinder was taken noted thereon. Furnish specially constructed cylinders, 6 inches in diameter and 12 inches high, made of 1/2-inch square mesh hardware cloth. Test cylinders of pneumatically placed concrete shall be shot with the same air pressure nozzle tip and hydration as that placed at the location where the cylinder was taken. Twenty-four hours after cylinders are made, remove the hardware cloth form and store the cylinders in the testing laboratories in accordance with ASTM C39. Separate tests of pneumatically placed concrete taken at the same place and time shall be made at the age of 7 days and 28 days. The cylinders at 7 days shall develop a minimum compressive strength of not less than 2400 pounds per square inch and at 28 days a minimum of not less than 3000 pounds per square inch. END OF SECTION Pneumatically Placed Concrete03 37 19 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 05 12 00STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1.00GENERAL 1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Structural steel. 2.Grout. 1.03DEFINITIONS A.Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges,” that support design loads. 1.04PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand LRFD- factored loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1.Connections not completely detailed on the Contract Drawings shall be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located and employed by the fabricator. Connection types shall conform to the typical details given on the Drawings. Connection designs shall be in accordance with AISC's “Steel Construction Manual,” Current Edition. The engineer shall supply sealed calculations for the design of the connections. Sealed calculations shall be submitted for all fabricator proposed alternate connections. Calculations for other connection designs shall be submitted upon request. Calculations shall be submitted for record purposes prior to submittal of Shop Drawings for review and approval. No fabrication shall begin until Shop Drawings are approved. 1.05SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B.Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1.Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2.Include embedment drawings. 3.Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. 4.Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 5.Indicate size and location of all lifting, filling, vent and drain holes required for galvanizing. Lifting, filling, vent and drain holes shall be coordinated with the galvanizer. 6.Galvanized items which will receive paint must be designated as such. C.Calculations: For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.Submittal shall be for record purposes and shall be a separate submittal from the Shop Drawings. D.Welding Certificates: 1.Provide the following welding certificates: a.Weld Procedure Specifications (WPSs) for all welds indicated in the Contract Documents. 1).If a WPS is not prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.1, then submit a performance qualification record (PQR) for each WPS that is not prequalified. b.Personnel qualifications for each person performing welding on the Site. E.Qualification Data: For installer and fabricator. F.Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with requirements: 1.Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2.Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3.Direct-tension indicators. 4.Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 5.Shear stud connectors. 6.Shop primers. 7.Nonshrink grout. G.Source Quality-Control Test Reports. 1.06QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer with a record of successfully performed projects of comparable size and complexity during the previous 5 years. B.Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator with a record of successfully performed projects of comparable size and complexity during the previous 5 years. C.Shop-Painting Applicators: 1.Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement: a.P1-Sophisticated Paint Endorsement-Enclosed. b.P2-Sophisticated Paint Endorsement-Covered. c.P3-Sophisticated Paint Endorsement-Outside. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 D.Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, “Structural Welding Code--Steel.” E.Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1.AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.” 2.AISC's “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings,” ANSI/AISC 360-05. 3.RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts.” 1.07DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1.Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. a.If allowed, Tension-Control bolt assemblies shall be protected from moisture and corrosion. Tension-Control bolts may not be cleaned or relubricated. 2.Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.08COORDINATION A.Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. B.Coordinate lifting, filling, venting and drain holes required for galvanized items with the galvanizer prior to shop drawing submittal. The fabricator shall consult with Architect/Engineer and hot-dip galvanizer regarding potential concerns during the galvanizing process that may require design modification before fabrication proceeds. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A.As indicated on the Drawings. 2.02BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A.High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436 hardened carbon- steel washers. 1.Material: a.Grade A325, unless noted otherwise. b.Grade A490, in locations shown or allowed on the Drawings. Do not use Grade A490 in galvanized or zinc coated applications. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Finish: a.Unless noted otherwise: Plain. b.For bolts at galvanized members or as otherwise indicated: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329 or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 55. 3.Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959, Type 325 compressible-washer type. a.Finish: Match bolt finish. B.High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125, Grade A490, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436 hardened carbon- steel washers, plain. 1.Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959, Type 490, compressible-washer type, plain. C.Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F1852, Type 1, heavy hex or round head steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon- steel nuts; and ASTM F436 hardened carbon-steel washers. 1.Finish: a.Unless noted otherwise: Plain. b.For bolts at galvanized members or as otherwise indicated: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329 or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 55. D.Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B. E.Anchor Rods (headed or unheaded): ASTM F1554, Grade 55, weldable with the supplemental requirement S1, unless noted otherwise. 1.Configuration: Straight. 2.Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon steel. 3.Plate Washers: ASTM A36 carbon steel. 4.Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. 5.Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329 or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 55. F.Threaded Rods: ASTM A36. 1.Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon steel. 2.Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. 3.Finish: a.Unless noted otherwise: Plain. b.For rods at galvanized members or as otherwise indicated: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329 or Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 55. G.Clevises and Turnbuckles: ASTM A108, Grade 1035, cold-finished carbon steel. H.Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A108, Grade 1030, cold-finished carbon steel. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 I.Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A108, Grade 1018, cold-finished carbon steel. 2.03PRIMER A.Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer. B.Refer to Division 9 painting Sections. C.Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20. 1.Zinc Level 1: Minimum zinc loading of 94 percent by weight of the dry film. 2.04GROUT A.Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.05FABRICATION A.Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” and ANSI/AISC 360 1.Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2.Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A6/ A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 3.Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 4.Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations, if required. B.Drawings indicate the design, sections and weights of members. Substitutions shall not be permitted except upon written permission from the Engineer. C.Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1.Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1. D.Bolt Holes: Cut, drill or punch bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. 1.Unless noted otherwise, all holes are AISC standard. E.Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. F.Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC- SP 2, “Hand Tool Cleaning.” 1.Slip critical faying surfaces shall be treated according to the RCSC Specification. 2.Slip critical faying surfaces for galvanized members shall be galvanized and roughened with hand wire brush according to the RCSC Specification for a Class C surface. G.Galvanized Components: 1.Lifting, filling, vent and drain holes shall be constructed at the Fabricator’s shop prior to delivery to the galvanizer. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Fabricate structural steel in accordance with Class I, II, III guidelines as described in AGA's Recommended Details for Galvanized Structures. 3.Fabrication practices for products to be in accordance with the applicable portions of ASTM A143, A384, and A385. Avoid fabrication techniques that could cause steel distortion or embrittlement. 4.Provide holes and/or lifting lugs to allow for handling during galvanizing. 2.06SHOP CONNECTIONS A.Shop connections shall be composed of bolted or welded connections. Combinations of bolted and welded connections on a common shearing face are not allowed. B.High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts” for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1.Joint Type: Snug tightened bearing type with threads included in the shear plane, unless noted otherwise. a.The following bolted connections shall be pretensioned: 1).Slip critical bolts. 2).Bracing connections. 3).Bolts loaded by axial wind loads in the connected member. 4).Bolted connections at truss supports. 5).Where noted on the Drawings. 2.Pretensioning method: Acceptable methods of pretensioning are as follows: a.Turn-of-Nut Pretensioning. 1).Match-marking shall be clearly provided. b.Twist-Off-Type Tension-Control Bolt Pretensioning. c.Direct-Tension-Indicator Pretensioning. C.Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1.Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” for mill material. 2.07SHOP PRIMING A.Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1.Surfaces to be field welded. 2.Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. 3.Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. 4.Galvanized surfaces. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1.SSPC-SP 2, “Hand Tool Cleaning.” 2.SSPC-SP 3, “Power Tool Cleaning.” 3.Refer to Division 09 painting Sections. C.Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 2.08GALVANIZING A.Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel indicated in the Drawings and Specifications according to ASTM A123/A123M. 2.09SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1.Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B.Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C.Welded Connections: 1.Full penetration welds and other welds as specified: In addition to 100 percent visual inspection, 10 percent of connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a.Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165. b.Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c.Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d.Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. B.Dimensions scaled from the Drawings shall not be used for fabrication, and the Contractor shall determine actual dimensions of the structure. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02PREPARATION A.Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. 3.03ERECTION A.Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” and “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings,” ANSI/AISC 360. B.Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1.Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2.Weld plate washers to top of base plate where required. 3.Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate before packing with grout. 4.Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base or bearing plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C.Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1.Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2.Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. D.Splice members only where indicated. E.Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Engineer. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1. F.Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.04FIELD CONNECTIONS A.High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts” for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1.Joint Type: Snug tightened, unless noted otherwise. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Pretensioning method: Acceptable methods of pretensioning are as follows: a.Turn-of-Nut Pretensioning. 1).Match-marking shall be clearly provided. b.Twist-Off-Type Tension-Control Bolt Pretensioning. 1).Bolts must be maintained in protected, sealed containers until used. 2).If bolts are installed but not pretensioned immediately, the pre-installation verification shall be performed on bolts with similar exposure only. 3).Bolts must be installed and pretensioned within 1 week of removal from protective packaging. c.Direct-Tension-Indicator Pretensioning. B.Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1.Comply with AISC's “Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges” and “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings,” ANSI/AISC 360-05, for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2.Unless indicated otherwise, beam flanges employing full penetration welds shall have 1- 1/4-by-3/16-inch backup plate. Back gouge root pass and weld flush on backside where full penetration is specified. 3.05FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections. B.Bolted Connections: Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts.” C.Welded Connections: Field welds will be 100 percent visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. 1.Full penetration welds and other welds as specified: In addition to 100 percent visual inspection, 10 percent of connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a.Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165. b.Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c.Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d.Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94. D.Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.Corrective measures shall be taken when welding is unsatisfactory or indicates inferior workmanship. Chip and grind if the removal of part of the weld or a portion of the base Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 metal is required. Where deposition of additional weld material is necessary, the sides of the area to be welded shall have no less than one to one (1:1) slope to allow room for depositing new material. Correct defective or unsound welds by the removal and replacement of the entire weld using the following procedures: a.Excessive Convexity: Reduce to size by removal of excess weld metal by grinding. b.Shrinkage Cracks, Cracks in Base Metal, Craters and Excessive Porosity: Remove defective portions of base and weld material down to sound metal, and deposit additional sound material. c.Undercutting, Undersize, and Excessive Concavity: Clean and deposit additional weld metal. d.Overlapping and Incomplete Fusion: Remove and replace the defective portion of the weld. e.Slag Inclusion: Remove those parts of the welds containing slag. Fill with sound weld metal. f.Removal of Adjacent Base Metal during Welding: Clean and form full size by depositing weld material. 2.Remove cracked welds throughout their length. 3.Where work performed subsequently to the making of the deficient weld has rendered the weld inaccessible, or has caused new conditions which make connection of the deficiency dangerous or ineffectual, restore the original conditions by removing welds or members, or both before making the necessary corrections. Another option is to compensate for the deficiency with additional work according to the revised design, approved by the Engineer. 4.Cut apart and reweld improperly fitted and misaligned parts. 5.Straighten members distorted by heat of welding using mechanical means or by carefully supervised application of a limited amount of localized heat. Heated areas shall not exceed 1200 degrees Fahrenheit as measured by Tempilsticks. Parts to be heated for straightening shall be free from external stress forces, except when mechanical means are used in conjunction with heat application. 6.If faulty welding or its removal for rewelding damages the base metal so that, in the Engineer's judgment, it is not in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, remove and replace the damaged material and compensate for the deficiency in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 7.Maximum space between pieces or members for fillet welds shall be 1/16 inch. Only effective portion shall be considered in measuring fillet welds. 3.06REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A.Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions. Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories, bearing plates, and abutting structural steel. 1.Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. 2.Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. C.Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. END OF SECTION Structural Steel Framing05 12 00 - 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 SECTION 05_05_24 MECHANICAL ANCHORING AND FASTENING TO CONCRETE AND MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cast-in anchors and fasteners: a. Anchor bolts. b. Anchor rods. c. Concrete inserts. d. Deformed bar anchors. e. Welded studs. 2. Post-installed steel anchors and fasteners: a. Concrete anchors. b. Sleeve anchors. c. Screw anchors. d. Undercut concrete anchors. 3. Appurtenances for anchoring and fastening: a. Anchor bolt sleeves. b. Isolating sleeves and washers. c. Thread coating for threaded stainless steel fasteners. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. 355.2 - Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete & Commentary. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. B212.15 - Cutting Tools - Carbide-tipped Masonry Drills and Blanks for Carbide-tipped Masonry Drills. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel. D. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A29 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for. 2. A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3. A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 4. A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished. 5. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 6. A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. November 2022 05_05_24-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 7. A240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 8. A308 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 9. A496 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 10. A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 11. B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 12. B695 - Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel. 13. E488 - Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete Elements. 14. F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 15. F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs. 16. F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. 17. F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 18. F2329 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating, Hot-Dip, Requirements for Application to Carbon and Alloy Steel Bolts, Screws, Washers, Nuts, and Special Threaded Fasteners. E. International Code Council Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES): 1. AC01 - Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors in Masonry Elements. 2. AC106 - Acceptance Criteria for Predrilled Fasteners (Screw Anchors) in Masonry. 3. AC193 - Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Built-in anchor: Headed bolt or assembly installed in position before filling surrounding masonry units with grout. B. Cast-in anchor: Headed bolt or assembly installed in position before placing plastic concrete around. C. Overhead installations: Fasteners installed on overhead surfaces where the longitudinal axis of the fastener is more than 60 degrees above a horizontal line so that the fastener resists sustained tension loads. D. Passivation: Chemical treatment of stainless steel with a mild oxidant for the purpose of enhancing the spontaneous formation of the steelÓs protective passive film. E. Post-installed anchor: Fastener or assembly installed in hardened concrete or finished masonry construction, typically by drilling into the structure and inserting a steel anchor assembly. November 2022 05_05_24-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) F. Terms relating to structures or building environments as used with reference to anchors and fasteners: 1. Corrosive locations: Describes interior and exterior locations as follows: a. Locations used for delivery, storage, transfer, or containment (including spill containment) of chemicals used for plant treatment processes. b. Exterior and interior locations at the following treatment structures: 1) Water treatment facilities: Liquids stream: a) Pumped diffusion flash mix vaults. b) Raw water flow split vault. c) Post primary sedimentation basin mixing chambers. 2. Wet and moist locations: Describes locations, other than Ðcorrosive locations,Ñ that are submerged, are immediately above liquid containment structures, or are subject to frequent wetting, splashing, or wash down. Includes: a. Exterior portions of buildings and structures. b. Liquid-containing structures: 1) Locations at and below the maximum operating liquid surface elevation. 2) Locations above the maximum operating liquid surface elevation and: a) Below the top of the walls containing the liquid. b) At the inside faces and underside surfaces of a structure enclosing or spanning over the liquid (including walls, roofs, slabs, beams, or walkways enclosing the open top of the structure). c. Liquid handling equipment: 1) Bases of pumps and other equipment that handles liquids. d. Indoor locations exposed to moisture, splashing, or routine wash down during normal operations, including floors with slopes toward drains or gutters. e. Other locations indicated on the Drawings. 3. Other locations: a. Interior dry areas where the surfaces are not exposed to moisture or humidity in excess of typical local environmental conditions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. 2. Submit information listed for each type of anchor or fastener to be used. B. Action submittals: 1. Product data: a. Cast-in anchors: 1) ManufacturerÓs data including catalog cuts showing anchor sizes and configuration, materials, and finishes. b. Post-installed anchors: 1) For each anchor type, manufacturerÓs data including catalog cuts showing anchor sizes and construction, materials and finishes, and load ratings. 2. Samples: a. Samples of each type of anchor, including representative diameters and lengths, if requested by the Engineer. November 2022 05_05_24-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 3. Certificates: a. Cast-in anchors: 1) Mill certificates for steel anchors that will be supplied to the site. b. Post-installed anchors: 1) ManufacturerÓs statement or certified test reports demonstrating that anchors that will be supplied to the site comply with the materials properties specified. 4. Test reports: a. Post-installed anchors: For each anchor type used for the Work: 1) Current ICC-ES Report (ESR), or equivalent acceptable to the Engineer and the authority having jurisdiction, demonstrating: a) Acceptance of that anchor for use under the building code specified in Section 01_41_00. b) That testing of the concrete anchor included the simulated seismic tension and shear tests of AC193, and that the anchor is accepted for use in Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, or F and with cracked concrete. b. Concrete anchor pre-installation test report. 5. ManufacturerÓs instructions: a. Requirements for storage and handling. b. Recommended installation procedures including details on drilling, hole size (diameter and depth), hole cleaning and preparation procedures, anchor insertion, and anchor tightening. c. Requirements for inspection or observation during installation. 6. Qualification statements: a. Post-installed anchors: Installer qualifications: 1) Submit list of personnel performing installations and include date of manufacturerÓs training for each. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Post installed anchors shall be in accordance with building code specified in the Contract Documents. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver post-installed anchors in manufacturerÓs standard packaging with labels visible and intact. Include manufacturerÓs installation instructions. B. Handle and store anchors and fasteners in accordance with manufacturerÓs recommendations and as required to prevent damage. C. Protect anchors from weather and moisture until installation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Not Used B. Seismic Design Category (SDC) for structures as specified in Contract Documents. November 2022 05_05_24-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. General: 1. Furnish threaded fasteners with flat washers and hex nuts fabricated from materials corresponding to the material used for threaded portion of the anchor. a. Cast-in anchors: Provide flat washers and nuts as listed in the ASTM standard for the anchor materials specified. b. Post-installed anchors: Provide flat washers and nuts supplied for that product by the manufacturer of each anchor. 2. Size of anchors and fasteners, including diameter and length or minimum effective embedment depth: As indicated on the Drawings or as specified in this Section. In the event of conflicts, contact Engineer for clarification. 3. Where anchors and connections are not specifically indicated on the Drawings or specified, their material, size and form shall be equivalent in quality and workmanship to items specified. B. Materials: 1. Provide and install anchors of materials as in this Section. 2.02 CAST-IN ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Anchor bolts: 1. Description: a. Straight steel rod having one end with an integrally forged head, and one threaded end. Embedded into concrete with the headed end cast into concrete at the effective embedment depth indicated on the Drawings or specified, and with the threaded end left to project clear of concrete face as required for the connection to be made. b. Furnish anchor bolts with heavy hex forged head or equivalent acceptable to Engineer. 1) Rods or bars with angle bend for embedment in concrete (i.e., ÐLÑ or ÐJÑ shaped anchor bolts) are not permitted in the Work. 2. Materials: a. Ship anchor bolts with properly fitting nuts attached. b. Type 316 stainless steel: 1) Surfaces descaled, pickled, and passivated in accordance with ASTM A308. 2) Bolts: ASTM F593, Group 2, Condition CW, coarse threads. 3) Nuts: ASTM F594. Match alloy (group and UNS designation) and threads of bolts. 4) Washers: Type 316 stainless steel. c. Type 304 stainless steel: 1) Surfaces descaled, pickled, and passivated in accordance with ASTM A308. 2) Bolts: ASTM F593, Group 1, Condition CW, coarse threads. 3) Nuts: ASTM F594. Match alloy (group and UNS designation) and threads of bolts. 4) Washers: Type 304 stainless steel. November 2022 05_05_24-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) d. Galvanized steel: 1) Hot-dip galvanized coating in accordance with ASTM F2329. 2) Bolt: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, heavy hex, coarse thread. 3) Nuts: ASTM A563, Grade A, heavy hex, threads to match bolt. 4) Washers: ASTM F436, Type 1. B. Concrete insert: Ductile embed: 1. Description: 1-piece, integrally hot forged sleeve for embedment in concrete. Provided with flange for nailing to forms and female threaded coupler at the exposed concrete face, and washer-faced hex headed foot to resist pullout from concrete at the embedded end. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Dayton Superior: F-54 Ductile Embed Insert. 3. Materials: a. Galvanized steel: 1) Hot-dip galvanized coating in accordance with ASTM A123 or A153 where indicated on the Drawings. 2) Steel: ASTM A29 hot rolled, Grade 1045. 2.03 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS AND FASTENERS Î ADHESIVE A. Epoxy bonding of reinforcing bars, all thread rods, and threaded inserts in concrete: As specified in in Contract Documents. B. Epoxy bonding of reinforcing bars, all thread rods, and threaded inserts in masonry: As specified in Contract Documents. 2.04 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS AND FASTENERS Î MECHANICAL A. General: 1. Post-installed anchors used for the Work shall hold a current ICC Evaluation Service Report demonstrating acceptance for use under the building code specified in in Contract Documents. a. Conditions of use: The acceptance report shall indicate acceptance of the product for use under the following conditions: 1) In regions of concrete where cracking has occurred or may occur. 2) To resist short-term loads due to wind forces. 3) To resist short-term loading due to seismic forces for the Seismic Design Category of the structure where the product will be used. 2. Substitutions: When requesting product substitutions, submit calculations, indicating the diameter, effective embedment depth and spacing of the proposed anchors, and demonstrating that the substituted product will provide load resistance that is equal to or greater than that provided by the anchors listed in this Section. a. Calculations shall be prepared by and shall bear the signature and seal of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. b. Decisions regarding the acceptability of proposed substitutions shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. November 2022 05_05_24-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) B. Concrete anchors: 1. Description. Post-installed anchor assembly consisting of a threaded stud and a surrounding wedge expansion sleeve that is forced outward by torquing the center stud to transfer loads from the stud to the concrete through bearing, friction, or both. (Sometimes referred to as Ðexpansion anchorsÑ or Ðwedge anchors.Ñ) a. Do not use slug-in, lead cinch, and similar systems relying on deformation of lead alloy or similar materials to develop holding power. 2. Concrete anchors for anchorage to concrete: a. Acceptance criteria: 1) Concrete anchors shall have a current ICC-ES Report demonstrating that the anchors have been tested and qualified for performance in both cracked and un-cracked concrete, and for short-term loading due to wind and seismic forces for Seismic Design Categories A through F in accordance with ACI 355.2 and with ICC-ES AC193 (including all mandatory tests and optional tests for seismic tension and shear in cracked concrete). 2) Concrete anchor performance in the current ICC-ES Report shall be ÐCategory 1Ñ as defined in ACI 355.2. b. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Hilti: Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor. 2) Powers fasteners: PowerStud+ SD2. 3) Simpson Strong-Tie: Strong Bolt 2 Wedge Anchor. c. Materials. Integrally threaded stud, wedge, washer, and nut: 1) Stainless steel: Type 316. 2) Galvanized: Carbon steel, zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, minimum 5 microns (Fe/Zn 5). C. Flush shells: 1. Description: Post-installed anchor assembly consisting of an internally threaded mandrel that is forced into a pre-drilled concrete hole with a setting tool until the top of the anchor is flush with the face of the concrete. Once installed, a removable threaded bolt is installed in the mandrel. 2. Flush shell anchors are not permitted in the Work. D. Sleeve anchors: 1. Description: Post-installed, torque-controlled anchor assembly consisting of an externally threaded stud with a spacer sleeve near the surface of the base material, and an expansion sleeve on the lower part of the stud. The expansion sleeve is forced outward by torquing of the center stud to transfer load. a. Do not use slug-in, lead cinch, and similar systems relying on deformation of lead alloy or similar materials in order to develop holding power. 2. Sleeve anchors for anchorage to concrete: a. Acceptance criteria: 1) Sleeve anchors shall have a current ICC-ES Report demonstrating that the anchors have been tested and qualified for performance in both cracked and un-cracked concrete, and for short-term loading due to wind and seismic forces for Seismic Design Categories A through F in accordance with ACI 355.2 and with ICC-ES AC193 (including all mandatory tests and optional tests for seismic tension and shear in cracked concrete). November 2022 05_05_24-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 2) Sleeve anchor performance in the current ICC-ES Report shall be ÐCategory 1Ñ as defined in ACI 355.2. b. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Hilti: HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion (sleeve) Anchor. 2) Powers fasteners: Power Bolt+ Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor. c. Materials: 1) Stainless steel: Not available. 2) Galvanized steel: Carbon steel, zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, minimum 5 microns (Fe/Zn 5). 2.05 APPURTENANCES FOR ANCHORING AND FASTENING A. Anchor bolt sleeves: 1. Having inside diameter approximately 2 inches greater than bolt diameter and minimum 10-bolt diameters long. 2. Plastic sleeves: a. High-density polyethylene, corrugated sleeve, threaded to provide adjustment of location on the anchor bolt. 3. Fabricated steel sleeves: Construct as specified in Section 05_50_00: a. At galvanized carbon steel anchor bolts, provide galvanized carbon steel sleeves. b. At stainless steel anchor bolts, provide stainless steel sleeves of same Type (304 or 316) as bolt, except that sleeves shall be constructed from low carbon stainless steel for welding (Type 304L or 316L. B. Isolating sleeves and washers: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Central Plastics Company, Shawnee, Oklahoma. b. Corrosion Control Products, PSI Inc., Gardena, CA. 2. Sleeves: Mylar, 1/32-inch thick, 4,000 volts per mil dielectric strength, of proper size to fit bolts and extending half way into both steel washers. 3. One sleeve required for each bolt. 4. Washers: The inside diameter of all washers shall fit over the isolating sleeve, and both the steel and isolating washers shall have the same inside diameter and outside diameter. a. Proper size to fit bolts. b. Two 1/8-inch thick steel washers for each bolt. c. G3 Phenolic: 2 insulating washers are required for each bolt: 1) Thickness: 1/8 inch. 2) Base material: Glass. 3) Resin: Phenolic. 4) Water absorption: 2 percent. 5) Hardness (Rockwell): 100. 6) Dielectric strength: 450 volts per mil. 7) Compression strength: 50,000 pounds per square inch. 8) Tensile strength: 20,000 pounds per square inch. 9) Maximum operating temperature: 350 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Coating for repair of galvanized surfaces: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or approved equal: a. Galvinox. b. Galvo-Weld. November 2022 05_05_24-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) D. Thread coating: For use with threaded stainless steel fasteners: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Never Seez Compound Corporation, Never-Seez. b. Oil Research, Inc., WLR No. 111. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine Work in place to verify that it is satisfactory to receive the Work of this Section. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not begin this Work until such conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: GENERAL A. Where anchors and fasteners are not specifically indicated on the Drawings or specified, make attachments with materials specified in this Section. B. Substitution of anchor types: 1. Post-installed anchors may not be used as an alternative to cast-in/built-in anchors at locations where the latter are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Cast-in/built-in anchors may be used as an alternative to post-installed mechanical anchors at locations where the latter are indicated on the Drawings. C. Protect products from damage during installation. Take special care to protect threads and threaded ends. D. Accurately locate and position anchors and fasteners: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install anchors perpendicular to the surfaces from which they project. 2. Install anchors so that at least 2 threads, but not more than 1/2 inch of threaded rod, projects past the top nut. E. Interface with other products: 1. Where steel anchors come in contact with dissimilar metals (aluminum, stainless steel, etc.), use stainless steel anchors and separate or isolate dissimilar metals using isolating sleeves and washers. 2. Prior to installing nuts, coat threads of stainless steel fasteners with thread coating to prevent galling of threads. 3.03 INSTALLATION: CAST-IN ANCHORS A. General: 1. Accurately locate cast-in and built-in anchors. a. Provide anchor setting templates to locate anchor bolts and anchor rods. Secure templates to formwork. b. Brace or tie off embedments as necessary to prevent displacement during placement of plastic concrete or of surrounding masonry construction. c. Position and tie cast-in and built-in anchors in place before beginning placement of concrete or grout. Do not ÐstabÑ anchors into plastic concrete, mortar, or grout. November 2022 05_05_24-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) d. Do not allow cast-in anchors to touch reinforcing steel. Where cast-in anchors are within 1/4 inch of reinforcing steel, isolate the metals by wrapping the anchors with a minimum of 4 wraps of 10-mil polyvinyl chloride tape in area adjacent to reinforcing steel. 2. For anchoring at machinery bases subject to vibration, use 2 nuts, with 1 serving as a locknut. 3. Where anchor bolts or anchor rods are indicated on the Drawings as being for future use, thoroughly coat exposed surfaces that project from concrete or masonry with non-oxidizing wax. Turn nuts down full length of the threads, and neatly wrap the exposed thread and nut with a minimum of 4 wraps of 10-mil waterproof polyvinyl tape. B. Anchor bolts: 1. Minimum effective embedment: 10-bolt diameters, unless a longer embedment is indicated on the Drawings. 2. Where indicated on the Drawings, set anchor bolts in plastic, galvanized steel or stainless steel sleeves to allow for adjustment. Seal top of sleeve to prevent grout from filling sleeve. Fill sleeves with grout when a machine or other equipment is grouted in place. C. Anchor rods: 1. Install as specified for anchor bolts. D. Concrete inserts: 1. Provide inserts with minimum clear concrete cover not less than that specified for reinforcing bars. E. Deformed bar anchors: 1. Butt weld to steel fabrications with automatic stud welding gun as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Ensure that butt weld develops the full strength of the anchor. F. Welded studs: 1. Butt weld to steel fabrications with automatic stud welding gun as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Ensure that butt weld develops full strength of the stud. 3.04 INSTALLATION: POST-INSTALLED ADHESIVE ANCHORS A. Epoxy and acrylic adhesive bonding of reinforcing bars, all thread rods, and internally threaded inserts in concrete: As specified in Section 03_21_17. B. Epoxy and acrylic adhesive bonding of reinforcing bars, all thread rods, and internally threaded inserts in masonry: As specified in Section 04_05_18. 3.05 INSTALLATION: POST-INSTALLED MECHANICAL ANCHORS A. General: 1. Install anchors in accordance with the manufacturerÓs instructions, ACI 355.2, the anchorÓs ICC-ES Report. Where conflict exists between the ICC-ES Report and the requirements in this Section, the requirements of the ICC-ES Report shall control. November 2022 05_05_24-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 2. Where anchor manufacturer recommends the use of special tools and/or specific drill bits for installation, provide and use such tools. 3. After anchors have been positioned and inserted into concrete or masonry, do not: a. Remove and reuse/reinstall anchors. b. Loosen or remove bolts or studs. B. Holes drilled into concrete and masonry: 1. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until the material has achieved its minimum specified compression strength (fÓc or fÓm). 2. Accurately locate holes: a. Before drilling holes, use a reinforcing bar locator to identify the position of all reinforcing steel, conduit, and other embedded items within a 6-inch radius of each proposed hole. b. If the hole depth exceeds the range of detection for the rebar locator, the Engineer may require radiographs of the area designated for investigation before drilling commences. 3. Exercise care to avoid damaging existing reinforcement and other items embedded in concrete and masonry. a. If embedments are encountered during drilling, immediately stop work and notify the Engineer. Await EngineerÓs instructions before proceeding. 4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, drill holes perpendicular to the concrete surface into which they are placed. 5. Drill using anchor manufacturerÓs recommended equipment and procedures. a. Unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, drill in accordance with the following: 1) Drilling equipment: Electric or pneumatic rotary type with light or medium impact. Where edge distances are less than 2 inches, use lighter impact equipment to prevent micro-cracking and concrete spalling during drilling process. 2) Drill bits: Carbide-tipped in accordance with ANSI B212-15. Hollow drills with flushing air systems are preferred. 6. Drill holes at manufactureÓs recommended diameter and to depth required to provide the effective embedment indicated. 7. Clean and prepare holes as recommended by the manufacturer and as required by the ICC-ES Report for that anchor. a. Unless otherwise recommended by anchor manufacturer, remove dust and debris using brushes and clean compressed air. b. Repeat cleaning process as required by the manufacturerÓs installation instructions. c. When cleaning holes for stainless steel anchors, use only stainless steel or non-metallic brushes. C. Insert and tighten (or torque) anchors in full compliance with the manufacturerÓs installation instructions. 1. Once anchor is tightened (torque), do not attempt to loosen or remove its bolt or stud. D. Concrete anchors: Minimum effective embedment lengths unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: November 2022 05_05_24-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) Concrete Anchors Minimum Effective Embedment Length Nominal Minimum Member Diameter In Concrete In Grouted Masonry Thickness 3/8 inch 2 1/2 inch 2 5/8 inch 8 inch 1/2 inch 3 1/2 inch 3 1/2 inch 8 inch 5/8 inch 4 1/2 inch 4 1/2 inch 10 inch 3/4 inch 5 inch 5 1/4 inch 12 inch E. Flush shell anchors: 1. Flush shell anchors are not permitted in the Work. 2. If equipment manufacturerÓs installation instructions recommend the use of flush shell anchors, contact Engineer for instructions before proceeding. F. Sleeve anchors: 1. Minimum effective embedment lengths unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: Sleeve Anchors Minimum Effective Embedment Length Minimum Member Nominal Diameter In Concrete In Grouted Masonry Thickness M8 (1/2 inch) 70 mm (2 3/4 inch) Not accepted 100 mm (8 inch) M10 (5/8 inch) 76 mm (3 inch) Not accepted 250 mm (10 inch) M12 (3/4 inch) 80 mm (3 1/4 inch) Not accepted 300 mm (12 inch) 2. Install with the sleeve fully engaged in the base material. G. Screw anchors: 1. Minimum effective embedment lengths unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: Screw Anchors Minimum Effective Embedment Length Minimum Member Nominal Diameter In Concrete In Grouted Masonry Thickness 3/8 inch 2 1/2 inch 3 1/4 inch 8 inch 1/2 inch 3 1/4 inch 4 1/2 inch 8 inch 5/8 inch 4 inch 5 inch 10 inch 3/4 inch 5 1/2 inch 6 1/4 inch 12 inch 2. Install screw anchors using equipment and methods recommended by the manufacturer. Continue driving into hole until the washer head is flush against the item being fastened. November 2022 05_05_24-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall provide quality control over the Work of this Section as specified in the Contract Documents. 1. Expenses associated with work described by the following paragraphs shall be paid by the Contractor. B. Post-installed anchors: 1. Review anchor manufacturerÓs installation instructions and requirements of the Evaluation Service Report (hereafter referred to as Ðinstallation documentsÑ) for each anchor type and material. 2. Observe hole-drilling and cleaning operations for conformance with the installation documents. 3. Certify in writing to the Engineer that the depth and location of anchor holes, and the torque applied for setting the anchors conforms to the requirements of the installation documents. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineer will provide on-site observation and field quality assurance for the Work of this Section. 1. Expenses associated with work described by the following paragraphs shall be paid by the Owner. B. Field inspections and special inspections: 1. Required inspections: Observe construction for conformance to the approved Contract Documents, the accepted submittals, and manufacturerÓs installation instructions for the products used. 2. Record of inspections: a. Maintain record of each inspection. b. Submit copies to Engineer upon request. 3. Statement of special inspections: At the end of the project, prepare and submit to the Engineer and the authority having jurisdiction inspectorÓs statement that the Work was constructed in general conformance with the approved Contract Documents, and that deficiencies observed during construction were resolved. C. Special inspections: Anchors cast into concrete and built into masonry. 1. Provide special inspection during positioning of anchors and placement of concrete or masonry (including mortar and grout) around the following anchors: a. Anchor bolts. b. Anchor rods. c. Concrete inserts (all types). 2. During placement, provide continuous special inspection at each anchor location to verify that the following elements of the installation conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. a. Anchor: 1) Type and dimensions. 2) Material: Galvanized steel, Type 304 stainless steel, or Type 316 stainless steel as specified in this Section or indicated on the Drawings. November 2022 05_05_24-13 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) 3) Positioning: Spacing, edge distances, effective embedment, and projection beyond the surface of the construction. 4) Reinforcement at anchor: Presence, positioning, and size of additional reinforcement at anchors indicated on the Drawings. 3. Following hardening and curing of the concrete or masonry surrounding the anchors, provide periodic special inspection to observe and confirm the following: a. Base material (concrete or grouted masonry): 1) Solid and dense concrete or grouted masonry material within required distances surrounding anchor. 2) Material encapsulating embedment is dense and well-consolidated. D. Special Inspections: Post-installed mechanical anchors placed in hardened concrete and in grouted masonry. 1. Provide special inspection during installation of the following anchors: a. Concrete anchors. b. Sleeve anchors. 2. Unless otherwise noted, provide periodic special inspection during positioning, drilling, placing, and torquing of anchors. a. Provide continuous special inspection for post-installed anchors in Ðoverhead installationsÑ as defined in this Section. 3. Requirements for periodic special inspection: a. Verify items listed in the following paragraphs for conformance to the requirements of the Contract Documents and the Evaluation Report for the anchor being used. Observe the initial installation of each type and size of anchor, and subsequent installation of the same anchor at intervals of not more than 4 hours. 1) Any change in the anchors used, in the personnel performing the installation, or in procedures used to install a given type of anchor shall require a new Ðinitial inspection.Ñ b. Substrate: Concrete or masonry surfaces receiving the anchor are sound and of a condition that will develop the anchorÓs rated strength. c. Anchor: 1) Manufacturer, type, and dimensions (diameter and length). 2) Material (galvanized, Type 304 stainless steel, or Type 316 stainless steel). d. Hole: 1) Positioning: Spacing and edge distances. 2) Drill bit type and diameter. 3) Diameter, and depth. 4) Hole cleaned in accordance with manufacturerÓs required procedures. Confirm multiple repetitions of cleaning when recommended by the manufacturer. 5) AnchorÓs minimum effective embedment. 6) Anchor tightening/installation torque. 4. Requirements for continuous special inspection: a. The special inspector shall observe all aspects of anchor installation, except that holes may be drilled in his/her absence provided that he/she confirms the use of acceptable drill bits before drilling, and later confirms the diameter, depth, and cleaning of drilled holes. November 2022 05_05_24-14 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) E. Field tests: 1. Engineer may, at any time, request testing to confirm that materials being delivered and installed conform to the requirements of the Specifications. a. If such additional testing shows that the materials do not conform to the specified requirements, the Contractor shall pay the costs of these tests. b. If such additional testing shows that the materials do conform to the specified requirements, the Owner shall pay the costs of these tests. 3.08 NON-CONFORMING WORK A. Remove misaligned or non-performing anchors. B. Fill empty anchor holes and repair failed anchor locations as specified in the Contract Documents using high-strength, non-shrink, non-metallic grout. C. If more than 10 percent of all tested anchors of a given diameter and type fail to achieve their specified torque or proof load, the Engineer will provide directions for required modifications. Make such modifications, up to and including replacement of all anchors, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.09 SCHEDULES A. Stainless steel. Provide and install stainless steel anchors at the following locations: 1. ÐCorrosive locationsÑ as defined in this Section: Type 316 stainless steel 2. ÐWet and moist locationsÑ as defined in this Section: Type 316 stainless steel. 3. ÐOther locations:Ñ a. For connecting stainless steel members to concrete or masonry: Type 304 stainless steel. b. For connecting aluminum members to concrete or masonry. 4. At locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Galvanized: Provide and install galvanized carbon steel anchors at the following locations: 1. Locations not requiring stainless steel. 2. At locations indicated on the Drawings. November 2022 05_05_24-15 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) C. Provide and install anchor materials as scheduled in the following Table. Table Î Required Anchoring Materials by Location Location/Exposure Materials Notes 1. Anchors into concrete and grouted masonry for attachment of carbon steel, including structural steel and other steel fabrications: a) Interior dry areas Carbon steel Î galvanized b) Locations with galvanized Stainless steel Î Type 304 or 316 1 steel structures or fabrications c) Exterior and interior wet and Stainless steel Î Type 316 1 moist locations d) Corrosive locations Stainless steel Î Type 316 1 2. Anchors into concrete and grouted masonry for attachment of aluminum, stainless steel, or fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) shapes and fabrications: a) Interior dry areas Stainless steel Î Type 304 or 316 1 b) Exterior and interior wet and Stainless steel Î Type 316 1 moist locations c) Corrosive locations Stainless steel Î Type 316 1 3. Anchors for attaching equipment and its appurtenances: a) All locations Stainless steel Î Type 316(unless 1 Type 304 is specifically indicated in the specifications for the equipment.) Note: (1) Where anchors are in contact with a metal that differs from that of the anchor, provide isolation sleeves and washers. END OF SECTION November 2022 05_05_24-16 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_05_24 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 05_50_00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Aluminum grating stair tread. 2. Aluminum stair nosing. 3. Cast iron stop plank grooves. 4. Concrete inserts. 5. Ladders. 6. Metal gratings. 7. Metal tread plate. 8. Preformed channel pipe supports. 9. Stairs. 10. Miscellaneous metals. 11. Associated accessories to the above items. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association (AA): 1. DAF-45: Designations from Start to Finish. a. M12-C22-A41. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A 36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. A 48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 3. A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded, and Seamless. 4. A 123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 5. A 240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels for General Applications. 6. A 276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 7. A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength. 8. A 325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 9. A 380 - Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems. 10. A 489 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Lifting Eyes. 11. A 490 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat-Treated , 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 12. A 500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. November 2022 05_50_00-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) 13. A 501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 14. A 635 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled, Alloy, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, General Requirements for. 15. A 653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 16. A 992 - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes. 17. B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 18. B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 19. B 308 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles. 20. B 429 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 21. F 593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs. D. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination. E. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): 1. Metal Finishes Manual. F. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Passivation: Removal of exogenous iron or iron compounds from the surface of a stainless steel by means of chemical dissolution resulting from treatment with an acid solution that removes the surface contamination but does not significantly affect the stainless steel itself. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Aluminum grating stair tread. 2. Aluminum stair nosing. 3. Cast iron stop plank grooves. 4. Handrail and guardrail. 5. Metal grating. B. Shop drawings: 1. Handrails and guardrails: a. Including details on connection attachments, gates, kick plates, ladders, and angles. b. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. c. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. d. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. November 2022 05_50_00-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) 2. Ladders. 3. Metal grating. 4. Metal tread plate. 5. Stairs. 6. Miscellaneous metals. C. Samples: 1. Guardrails with specified finishes. D. Quality control submittals: 1. Design data. 2. Test reports: a. Guardrails: 3 copies of certified tests performed by an independent testing laboratory certifying that guardrails meet current State and OSHA strength requirements. b. Gratings: 1) Grating manufacturers' calculations showing that gratings will meet specified design load, stress, and deflection requirements for each size grating for each span. 2) Reports of tests performed. c. Planks: 1) Plank manufacturers' calculations showing that planks will meet specified load-bearing and deflection requirements for each size plank for each span. 2) Reports of tests performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, structural and miscellaneous metals in accordance with the standards of the ASTM, including the following: ASTM Class, Grade Item Standard No. Type or Alloy No. Cast Iron Cast Iron A 48 Class 40B Steel Galvanized sheet iron or steel A 653 Coating G90 Coil (plate) A 635 -- Structural plate, bars, rolled shapes, and A 36 -- miscellaneous items (except W shapes). Rolled W shapes A 992 Grade 50 Standard bolts, nuts, and washers A 307 -- November 2022 05_50_00-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) ASTM Class, Grade Item Standard No. Type or Alloy No. High strength bolts, nuts, and hardened A 325 -- flat washers A 490 Eyebolts A 489 Type 1 Tubing, cold-formed A 500 -- Tubing, hot-formed A 501 -- Steel pipe A 53 Grade B Stainless Steel Plate, sheet, and strip A 240 Type 304* or 316** Bars and shapes A 276 Type 304* or 316** Bolts (Type 304) F593 Group 1 Condition CW Bolts (Type 316) F593 Group 2 Condition CW Aluminum Flashing sheet aluminum B 209 Alloy 5005-H14, 0.032 inches minimum thickness Structural sheet aluminum- B 209 Alloy 6061-T6 Structural aluminum B 209 Alloy 6061-T6 B 308 Extruded aluminum B 221 Alloy 6063-T42 * Use Type 304L if material will be welded. ** Use Type 316L if material will be welded. 1. Stainless steels are designated by type or series defined by ASTM. 2. Where stainless steel is welded, use low-carbon stainless steel. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Aluminum grating stair tread: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. IKG Borden Industries, Aluminum Grating Stair Tread with Mebac nosing. b. McNichols Co., Type A-Standard with Corrugated Angle Nosing. 2. Material: Welded aluminum grating tread with non-slip nosing and integral end plates for bolt on attachment to stair stringers 3. Size: a. Tread width: To equal tread spacing plus 1 inch minimum. b. Tread length: Length to suit stringer-to-stringer dimension indicated on the Drawings. c. Depth: 1-3/4 inches. 4. Bolts: Type 316 stainless steel. B. Aluminum stair nosing: November 2022 05_50_00-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Wooster Products, Inc., Type 101 Nosing. b. American Safety Tread Co., Inc., Style 801 Nosing. 2. Material: Cast aluminum abrasive nosings with aluminum oxide granules integrally cast into metal, forming permanent, nonslip, long-wearing surface. 3. For installation in cast-in-place stairs. 4. Configuration: 4 inches wide, fabricated with integrally cast stainless steel anchors at approximately 12-inch centers. Length to extend within 3 inches of stair edge on each side. C. Cast iron stop plank grooves: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Neenah Foundry Company, R-7500 Series, Type A. b. McKinley Iron Works, Type L. 2. Size: 2-inch wide groove opening by 1-1/2 inch deep, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3. Recess groove with the cast iron surface of the groove set flush with the concrete surface. D. Concrete inserts: 1. Concrete inserts for supporting pipe and other applications are specified in Section 40_05_07.01 - Pipe Supports. E. Ladders: 1. General: a. Type: Safety type conforming to local, State, and OSHA standards as minimum. Furnish guards for ladder wells. b. Size: 18 inches wide between side rails of length, size, shape, detail, and location indicated on the Drawings. 2. Aluminum ladders: a. Materials: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. b. Rungs: 1) 1-inch minimum solid square bar with 1/8-inch grooves in top and deeply serrated on all sides. 2) Capable of withstanding 1,000 pound load without failure. c. Side rails: Minimum 4-inch by 1/2-inch flat bars. d. Finish of aluminum components: 1) Anodized finish, 0.7 mil thick, applied to exposed surfaces after cutting. Aluminum Association Specification M12-C22-A41, mechanical finish non specular as fabricated, chemical finish-medium matte, anodic coating-clear Class I Architectural. 2) Pretreat aluminum for cleaning and removing markings before anodizing. e. Fabrication: 1) Welded construction, of size, shape, location, and details indicated on the Drawings. 2) For ladders over 20 feet high, furnish standard ladder cages or fall prevention system designed in accordance with State and OSHA requirements. f. Fall prevention system: Include but not limit to railing, brackets, clamps, 2 sleeves, and 2 belts, satisfying OSHA safe climbing requirements: 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: November 2022 05_50_00-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) a) North Consumer Products, Saf-T-Climb. b) Swager Communications, Climbers Buddy System. F. Metal gratings: 1. General: a. Fabricate grating to cover areas indicated on the Drawings. b. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, grating over an opening shall cover entire opening. c. Make cutouts in grating where required for equipment access or protrusion, including valve operators or stems, and gate frames. d. Band ends of grating and edges of cutouts in grating: 1) End banding: 1/4 inch less than height of grating, with top of grating and top edge of banding flush. 2) Cutout banding: Full-height of grating. 3) Use banding of same material as grating. 4) Panel layout: Enable installation and subsequent removal of grating around protrusions or piping. 5) Openings 6 inches and larger: Lay out grating panels with edges of 2 adjacent panels located on centerline of opening. 6) Openings smaller than 6 inches: Locate opening at edge of single panel. 7) Where an area requires more than 1 grating section to cover area, clamp adjacent grating sections together at 1/4-points with fasteners acceptable to Engineer. 8) Fabricate steel grating sections in units weighing not more than 50 pounds each. 9) Fabricate aluminum grating sections in units of weighing not more than 50 pounds each. 10) Gaps between adjacent grating sections shall not be more than the clear spacing between bearing bars. e. When requested by Engineer, test 1 section of each size grating for each span length involved on the job under full load: 1) Furnish a suitable dial gauge for measuring deflections. f. Grating shall be aluminum, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. G. Metal tread plate: 1. Plate having a raised figured pattern on 1 surface to provide improved traction. H. Preformed channel pipe supports: 1. Preformed channel pipe supports for pipe supports and other applications are specified in Section 40_05_07.03 - Preformed Channel Pipe Support System. I. Stairs: 1. Aluminum stairs: a. Stringers: 6061-T6 aluminum alloy. b. Stair treads: 1) Aluminum of same type specified under Aluminum Grating. 2) Of sizes indicated on the Drawings, and 1-3/4 inch minimum depth with cast abrasive type safety nosings. c. Handrails and guardrails: Aluminum pipe specified under Aluminum Handrails and Guardrails (Nonwelded Pipe). November 2022 05_50_00-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) d. Fasteners: Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. J. Miscellaneous aluminum: 1. Fabricate aluminum products, not covered separately in this Section, in accordance with the best practices of the trade and field assemble by riveting or bolting. 2. Do not weld or flame cut. K. Miscellaneous cast iron: 1. General: a. Tough, gray iron, free from cracks, holes, swells, and cold shuts. b. Quality such that hammer blow will produce indentation on rectangular edge of casting without flaking metal. c. Before leaving the foundry, clean castings and apply 16-mil dry film thickness coating of coal-tar epoxy, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. L. Miscellaneous stainless steel: 1. Provide miscellaneous stainless steel items not specified in this Section as indicated on the Drawings or specified elsewhere. a. Fabricate and install in accordance with the best practices of the trade. 2. Cleaning and passivation: a. Following shop fabrication of stainless steel members, clean and passivate fabrications. b. Finish requirements: Remove free iron, heat tint oxides, weld scale and other impurities, and obtain a passive finished surface. c. Provide quality control testing to verify effectiveness of cleaning agents and procedures and to confirm that finished surfaces are clean and passivated. 1) Conduct sample runs using test specimens with proposed cleaning agents and procedures as required to avoid adverse effects on surface finishes and base materials. d. Pre-clean, chemically descale (pickle), and final clean fabrications in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 380 to remove deposited contaminants before shipping. 1) Passivation by citric acid treatment is not allowed. a) If degreasing is required before cleaning to remove scale or iron oxide, cleaning (pickling) treatments with citric acid are permissible; however, these treatments shall be followed by inorganic cleaners such as nitric-hydrofluoric acid. 2) Provide acid descaling (pickling) in accordance with Table A1.1 of Annex A1 of ASTM A 380. 3) After pickling, final cleaning of stainless steel shall conform to Part II of Table A2.1 of Annex A2 of ASTM A 380. e. After cleaning, inspect using methods specified for Ðgross inspectionÑ in ASTM A 380. f. Improperly or poorly cleaned and passivated materials shall not be shipped and will not be accepted at the job site. November 2022 05_50_00-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) M. Miscellaneous structural steel: 1. Provide miscellaneous steel items not specified in this Section as indicated on the Drawings or specified elsewhere. a. Fabricate and install in accordance with the best practices of the trade. N. Isolating sleeves and washers: 1. As indicated on the Drawings and as specified in Section 05_05_24 - Mechanical Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: 1. Examine work in place to verify that it is satisfactory to receive the work of this Section. 2. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not begin this work until such conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products as indicated on the Drawings, and in accordance with shop drawings and manufacturer's printed instructions, as applicable except where specified otherwise. 2. Interface between materials: a. Dissimilar metals: Where steel comes in contact with dissimilar metals (aluminum, stainless steel, etc.), separate or isolate the dissimilar metals. 1) Make application so that the isolating or protective barrier is not visible in the completed construction. 2) Isolating sleeves and washers: As specified in Section 05_05_24 - Mechanical Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry. b. Aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry: Coat aluminum surfaces as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings. B. Aluminum stair nosing: 1. Install stair nosings on treads of concrete stairs, including top tread on upper concrete slab. 2. Omit stair nosings where concrete is submerged. 3. Cast stair nosings in fresh concrete, flush with tread and riser faces. Install nosing in center of step approximately 3 inches from each stair edge. C. Cast iron stop plank grooves: 1. Recess stop plank grooves with cast iron surfaces of groove set flush with concrete surface. D. Handrails and guardrails: 1. General: a. Fasten pipe rails to fittings with Series 300 stainless steel pop rivets or flush set screws. b. Make pipe cuts clean and straight, free of burrs and nicks, and square and accurate for minimum joint-gap. November 2022 05_50_00-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) c. Drill and countersink holes to proper size, as required for a tight flush fit of screws and other component parts. d. Space attachment brackets as indicated in the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Aluminum pipe handrails and guardrails: a. During construction, keep exterior surfaces of handrails and guardrails covered with 0.4 millimeters, minimum, heat shrink polyethylene film. b. Do not remove protective film before handrails and guardrails have been accepted by Engineer nor before other work in proximity of handrails and guardrails has been completed. c. Discontinue handrails and guardrails at lighting fixtures. d. Provide 1/8-inch diameter weep hole at base of each post. e. Space posts as indicated on the Drawings. f. Anchor posts into concrete by grouting posts into formed holes in concrete, into stainless steel sleeves cast in concrete; or bracket mount to face of concrete surfaces as specified and indicated on the Drawings. g. Space rails as indicated on the Drawings. h. Make adequate provision for expansion and contraction of kick plates and rails. 1) Make provisions for removable sections where indicated on the Drawings. i. Make lower rails a single, unspliced length between posts, or continuous. j. Make top rails continuous whenever possible, and attach single, unspliced lengths to 3 posts minimum. k. Draw up fasteners tight with hand wrench or screw driver. l. Space attachment brackets as indicated on shop drawings or in manufacturer's installation instructions. m. Completed installation shall have handrails and railings rigid and free of play at joints and attachments. n. Protect handrail and guardrail finish from scratches, gouges, dents, stains, and other damage. o. Replace damaged or disfigured handrails and guardrails with new. p. Shortly before final acceptance of the work, and after removal of protective polyethylene film, clean handrails and guardrails with mild detergent or with soap and water. 1) After cleaning, thoroughly rinse handrails and guardrails and wipe with soft cloth. q. Erect guardrail straight, level, plumb, and true to the positions as indicated on the Drawings. Correct deviations from true line of grade, which are visible to the eye. 3. Guardrail gates: a. Install gate to be a vertical plane with the guardrail when in the closed position. b. Install hinges so that each gate can swing 180 degrees from the closed position to the fully open position. c. Install so that the gates swing to the walkway side of the guardrail only. 1) Install gate stops on the stationary railing posts to prohibit gates from swinging in the wrong direction. d. Install gate frames, hinges, stops, and latches in conformance with OSHA minimum strength requirements. November 2022 05_50_00-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) E. Ladders: 1. Secure to supporting surface with bent plate clips providing minimum 8 inches between supporting surface and center of rungs. 2. Where exit from ladder is forward over top rung, extend side rails 3 feet 3 inches minimum above landing, and return the rails with a radius bend to the landing. 3. Where exit from ladder is to side, extend ladder 5 feet 6 inches minimum above landing and rigidly secure at top. 4. Erect rail straight, level, plumb, and true to position indicated on the Drawings. a. Correct deviations from true line or grade which are visible to the eye. F. Metal gratings: 1. General: a. Allow 1/8-inch maximum clearance between ends of grating and inside face of vertical leg of shelf angles. b. Horizontal bearing leg of shelf angles shall be 2 inches minimum. c. Install aluminum plate or angles where necessary to fill openings at changes in elevation and at openings between equipment and grating. d. Install angle stops at ends of grating. e. Installed grating shall not slide out of rebate or off support. f. Weld stops in place, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. g. Top surfaces of grating sections adjacent to each other shall lie in same plane. 2. Aluminum grating: a. Aluminum grating: Support on aluminum shelf angles or rebates. G. Stairs: 1. General: a. Install guard railings around stair wells as indicated on the Drawings or specified. H. Stainless Steel: 1. Welding: a. Passivate field-welded surfaces: 1) Provide cleaning, pickling and passivating as specified in this Section. 2) Clean using Derustit Stainless Steel Cleaner, or equal. END OF SECTION November 2022 05_50_00-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/05_50_00 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 06_80_15 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: General fabrication and design requirements for fiberglass reinforced plastic fabrications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. RTP-1 - Reinforced Thermoset Plastic Corrosion Resistant Equipment. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C582 - Standard Specification for Contact-Molded Reinforced Thermosetting Plastic (RTP) Laminates for Corrosion-Resistant Equipment. 2. D883 - Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. 3. D2563 - Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts. 4. D2583 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor. 5. D2584 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins. 6. D3299 - Standard Specification for Filament-Wound Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion-Resistant Tanks. 7. D4097 - Standard Specification for Contact-Molded Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion-Resistant Tanks. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. The terminology of this specification is in accordance with ASTM D883. Fabricators using this specification are responsible for correct interpretation. B. Fiberglass reinforced plastic: Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic or glass fiber and resin fabrication consisting of approximately 35 to 55 percent glass fiber reinforcement by weight for hand lay-up structural laminates and 55 to 70 percent glass for filament wound structural laminates, unless otherwise specified. C. Equipment: The fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment, including ancillary equipment, work, and materials as described in this specification. D. Fabrication drawings: Those drawings produced by the Fabricator or Contractor, with the intention of providing the necessary information to construct or install the equipment. E. Mat: Fibrous material consisting of randomly oriented chopped or swirled filaments loosely held together with a binder. November 2022 06_80_15-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) F. Chopped glass: Fibrous material consisting of randomly oriented chopped filaments applied directly to a mold surface or laminated under construction by a chopper gun. G. Fiber prominence (jackstraw): The distinct visibility of individual glass strands causing a loss of translucency of the laminate. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design fiberglass reinforced plastic tanks, scrubbers, and other vessels following the procedures and methods, utilizing the equations and formulas, and incorporating safety factors and allowable design stresses and strains set forth in ASME RTP-1. Base the design of duct and other fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment not covered by ASME RTP-1 on the engineering rationale, applicable formulas, and safety factors set forth in ASME RTP-1. B. Perform calculations necessary to ensure long-term, low risk service of the fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment with minimum reasonable maintenance requirements. 1. Long-term, low risk service is defined as a service life of 20 years without major structural failure or leakage. 2. The design shall ensure proper functioning of the equipment at the stated operating conditions. 3. The design shall include as a minimum, engineering calculations, materials selection and documented physical and mechanical properties, and detailed drawings required for fabrication and assembly of the equipment. C. Design in accordance with applicable national, regional, and local design and building codes. 1. Wind and seismic forces shall be determined in accordance with the building code as specified in Section 01_41_00. D. Resistance to overturning shall not include the weight of the liquid contained in the equipment. E. Consider the interaction of the installed system including but not limited to thermal expansion of duct, tanks, and vessels and the effects of external loading from piping, fans, pumps, platforms, and other attached items. F. Allow for the most severe combination of conditions which may include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Internal or external pressure. 2. Static head of contents (working and test conditions). 3. Mass of structure and contents. 4. Design temperature including upset conditions. 5. Superimposed loads, such as seismic and wind forces. 6. Bending moments due to eccentric loads. 7. Localized loads acting at supports, lugs, and other attachments. 8. Shock loads. 9. Loads due to heating or cooling and thermal gradients. 10. Loads applied during transport or erection. 11. Loads imposed by personnel during erection and operations. 12. Fatigue. November 2022 06_80_15-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) G. Use safety factors and allowable strains specified in ASME RTP-1 unless otherwise specified. Do not use safety factors and allowable strains less than the following: 1. Allowable hoop and axial strain shall be 0.001 inch per inch for filament wound tanks. 2. A safety factor of 10 for hand lay-up components in tension, flexure, or other loading conditions where elastic stability is not in question. 3. A safety factor of 5 for external loading (vacuum) or local buckling due to seismic or wind loading. H. Safety factors for upset conditions or infrequent loading situations may be less than the above values for the specific condition if acceptable to the Engineer. I. There will typically be other aspects which should be considered. Identify and consider their effects, identify design limitations, and submit this information. J. Provide test reports or other documentation for laminate properties used in the design. Laminates shall be similar in construction, layer sequence, resin type, and cure to those used to determine tested properties. Properties shall be adjusted to reflect reductions at operating temperatures. Test reports shall be provided for: 1. Grating: Indicate grating strength and deflection. 2. Physical properties of test cover panels. 3. Tanks showing conformance with specified strength requirements. K. The corrosion liner shall be a minimum of 100 mils in thickness, unless otherwise specified, and documentation shall be provided verifying veil type, liner thickness, and resin cure. 1. Consider 50 mils of the corrosion liner as sacrificial and do not include it in determining structural wall thickness. 2. Use structural wall thickness not less than 0.375 inches for tanks and vessels and 0.1875 inches for ductwork. 3. Submit minimum structural thicknesses of other types of fiberglass reinforced plastic fabrications. L. Laminate types may include hand lay up, helical winding, and hoop/chop construction methods. 1. In laminates with helix angles greater than 80 degrees and in hoop/chop laminates, orientate approximately 10 percent of the structural wall thickness at 0 degrees (longitudinal direction). 2. Apply this reinforcement in at least 2 layers of weft unidirectional fabric and equally spaced within the structural wall. M. For tanks and scrubbers; nozzles, determine manways and shell reinforcements according to the tables and formulas in ASME RTP-1. N. Anchor tanks and vessels using lugs and a continuous filament wound band or an integral filament wound load ledge with external stainless steel anchor clips. 1. The anchor clips shall be bolted to the concrete foundation; use non-shrink grout to level anchor clips. 2. The design shall resolve the sum of the moments and the sum of the force equal to 0. November 2022 06_80_15-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) O. Design internal beams and support attachments using a maximum of 200 pounds per square inch shear stress for secondary bonds. Also apply this to design of external lugs required for ladders, platforms, and other attached items. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and calculations: 1. Submit general arrangement and fabrication drawings, calculations, and elements of the design. 2. Include submittal information which describes specifically how the equipment is to be built and details necessary to ascertain that products meet specified requirements. Provide in the form of drawings, standards, specifications, or other shop instructions, but may also be partially contained in quality control records. The submittal shall include, but not be limited to: a. Fabrication drawings. b. General arrangement drawings signed by an Engineer registered in the state where the project is located, showing complete structural, fasteners, and erection procedures for a complete assembly. c. Quality control programs. d. Verification that the manufacturer has been engaged in fabrication of similar fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment for a minimum of 5 years. e. Statement of compliance with contract design requirements, codes, and standards. f. Recommendation for each resin selection from resin manufacturer. g. Type and amounts of fillers. h. Nominal corrosion liner description. i. Reinforcement types and glass content range for hand lay-up laminates. j. For filament wound laminates: 1) Helix angle. 2) Glass content range. 3) Strand yield. 4) Strand per inch in the winding band. 5) Ply thickness. 6) Amount of chop or unidirectional roving interspersed with winding, if any, and location within laminate. k. For other components: 1) Construction type. 2) Laminate thicknesses. 3) Ply sequences. 4) Glass content range. l. For secondary overlays (both interior and exterior): 1) Laminate thicknesses. 2) Ply sequences and widths. m. Construction details: Construction details for assembly and other special configurations, including: 1) Tank bottom/top attachments with knuckle configuration and overlays and thicknesses. 2) Tank support and anchor lugs, including attachment details. 3) Tank nozzles and installation, including cutout reinforcement, gusseting, and similar items. 4) Tank lateral or other support fabrication details, including platform attachment clips and/or shoulders. November 2022 06_80_15-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 5) Scrubber configuration and fabrication details of internal support system and other specialty items. 6) Cover panel joints, anchorage detail, and details of doors and inspection ports and their attachment or incorporation within the cover. n. Miscellaneous equipment required. o. Test reports and certification of compliance with physical property requirements. p. Color samples. q. Manufacturer's installation instructions. r. ASME RTP-1 certification. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: Fiberglass reinforced plastic manufacturer with experienced personnel, physical facilities, and management capacity sufficient to produce custom-made glass fiber and resin products of quality and size specified for minimum 5 years with satisfactory performance record. B. Quality assurance plan: Fabricator shall be responsible for implementation of a comprehensive quality assurance plan. The quality assurance plan describes procedures with the following minimum requirements: 1. Fabricator shall designate personnel to inspect equipment while in process and after completion to assure compliance to every aspect of the section and fabrication drawings. a. Inspection shall include, as a minimum, checks for visual defects, laminate thickness and sequence, glass content, Barcol hardness, dimensional tolerances, adherence to construction details, surface preparation, and environmental conditions. b. Fabricator's inspector shall complete a report of the findings including method of measurement for each separate assembly. 2. Prior to use of resins in fabrication, fabricator shall extract samples of resins and retain them for use by the Engineer. Sample size shall be 100 cubic centimeters minimum: a. Take 1 sample for each manufacturer's batch number if resin is received in the form it will be used. b. If the fabricator alters the resin after receipt, such as through the addition of styrene, promoters, or other additives, take samples from each drum or portion thereof mixed with additives. c. Fabricator shall provide documentation for each sample including resin type, manufacturer, batch and lot number, drum number, complete listing of additives with amounts added, and description and manufacturer of each additive. 3. Fabricator shall inspect glass reinforcement prior to use in fabrication. a. Do not use glass that does not meet the manufacturer's acceptance standards. b. Do not use glass material that is wet or has been wet. November 2022 06_80_15-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) c. For each type of glass and lot number used, fabricator shall record the manufacturer, product description, binder type, product code, production date, and lot number. d. For mat, woven roving, unidirectional roving, and cloth, also include in records actual measured weight per square yard of material. 4. Fabricator shall retain nozzle cutouts and other excess laminate, clearly marking each piece to identify its original location. These laminate samples become the property of the Owner. 5. For areas where valid laminate samples are not available, take sample plugs at the Engineer's request. a. Repair subsequent holes in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 6. Fabricator shall verify glass content on available samples in accordance with ASTM D2584. Complete this test and submit the results complete for each major component where samples are available. 7. Prior to final shipment of the equipment, fabricator shall submit to the Engineer a complete quality control report, consisting of copies of records maintained for compliance with this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RESIN AND REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. General physical properties: In accordance with applicable specifications PS15-69, ASTM C582, ASTM D3299, ASTM D4097, and ASME RTP-1 with verification of properties. Physical properties may include tensile, flexural, and compression modulus of elasticity and ultimate strengths, limiting strains, Poisson ratios, coefficients of expansion, and other directional properties as required for the design of the equipment. B. Resin: 1. Fabricate equipment using the corrosion-resistant resin(s) specified in the fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment specifications. The fabricator is required to obtain independent endorsement of each resin selection from the resin manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, use the resin throughout laminates. 2. The type of catalyst recommended varies between resin manufacturers. Submit resin/catalyst before fabrication begins to verify compliance to the resin manufacturer's recommended procedures. 3. Employ no fillers, additives, or pigments in the resin. a. A thixotropic agent for viscosity control may be used in the proportion and type recommended by the resin manufacturer. b. Use no thixotropic agent in the corrosion liner or on surfaces to be in contact with the corrosive environment. 4. Make resin putty using the same resin as was used in the original fabrication and shall contain milled glass fibers. a. The use of silica flour, grinding dust, or other fillers is not allowed. 5. When specified, add antimony trioxide or antimony pentoxide to the resin in the amount necessary to achieve the required fire retardancy rating in the structural wall only. Follow resin manufacturer's recommendations. a. Unless otherwise specified, the corrosion liner shall not contain this additive. November 2022 06_80_15-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) C. Reinforcement: 1. Show the type and sequence of reinforcements to be used on the fabrication drawings. 2. Use as commercial grade corrosion-resistant borosilicate glass fiber reinforcement, unless otherwise specified. 3. Use glass fiber reinforcing having a surface finish and binder that is specifically recommended by the glass manufacturer for the particular resin system to be used. 4. Use Type C (chemical grade) glass, 10 mils (0.01 inches) thickness, or polyester surfacing veil, such as Nexus surfacing veils. 5. Use Type E (electrical grade) glass, 1-1/2 ounces or 3/4-ounce per square foot, with nominal fiber length of 1.25, within 0.75 inches mat. 6. Continuous glass roving used in chopper guns for spray up shall be Type E chopper roving. 7. Woven roving shall be 24 ounces per square yard Type E glass and have a 5-by-4 plain weave. 8. Continuous roving used in filament wound structures shall be Type E glass winder roving with a yield of 200 yards or more per pound. 9. Use Type E glass unidirectional fabric. Weft unidirectional fabric shall be 15.7 ounces per square yard. 10. When specified, use Type ECR glass reinforcements supplied in similar fabric styles to those specified above. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Molds: 1. Construct molds of a suitable material to produce a smooth and glossy corrosion liner surface on the fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment. 2. Covering of mandrels with cardboard must be accepted by the Engineer prior to start of fabrication. B. Laminates: 1. Determine specified glass content in accordance with ASTM D2584. 2. Consider laminate thicknesses shown on the fabrication drawings as construction minimums. Verify that minimum thicknesses are obtained using the laminate sequences specified. When only total laminate thicknesses are specified or indicated on the Drawings, the minimum allowable structural laminate thickness shall be the total laminate thickness less the specified corrosion liner thickness. 3. Interruptions in laminating sequence shall follow the application of a ply of mat and be succeeded by a ply of mat. 4. The interruption shall not exceed 24 hours, and the in-process surface must retain acetone sensitivity until laminating is resumed. Lack of compliance with these aspects or indication that contamination of the surface has occurred shall require that surface preparation be accomplished before resuming. 5. Chopped strand glass applied by chopper gun is allowed in lieu of mat layers in the structural laminates only. a. Chopper gun application of the corrosion liner is not allowed. 6. Coat non-mold surfaces with resin containing wax additive in the amount necessary to allow full cure of the surface. In the case of exterior surfaces, this wax coat shall also contain an ultraviolet stabilizer in the type and amount recommended by the resin manufacturer. November 2022 06_80_15-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 7. The exterior surface of equipment shall be resin-rich and reinforced with 1 layer C glass surfacing veil, unless otherwise specified. 8. When specified, the exterior coat shall be an opaque pigmented surface coat, applied only after Engineer's inspection. Color shall be selected by the Engineer. C. Corrosion liner laminates: 1. The inner surface of laminates shall be resin-rich and reinforced with surfacing veil of the type and number of layers as shown on the fabrication drawings. 2. The interior layer of the corrosion liner shall consist of 1-1/2 ounces per square foot mat in the number of layers specified on the fabrication drawings. An exotherm interruption is specifically prohibited within the corrosion liner. 3. Chopped glass applied by chopper gun is not allowed in the corrosion liner. 4. Plies of the inner surface and interior layer are to gel completely before proceeding with the structural laminates. 5. Completed corrosion liner as described above shall contain not less than 20 percent nor more than 30 percent glass by weight. a. Use no thixotropic material in the resin for the liner, nor in the fabrication of fiberglass reinforced plastic components intended for internal service. b. The completed liner shall be the minimum thickness specified or indicated on the Drawings. 6. Do not use a separately cured unreinforced gel coat. D. Hand lay-up structural laminates: 1. The corrosion liner laminate shall be followed by hand lay-up structural laminates of varying reinforcement sequences as indicated on the fabrication drawings. 2. For hand lay-up structural laminates, reinforcement shall consist of mat and woven roving in the sequence specified on the fabrication drawings. 3. Woven roving shall have a ply of mat on each side. Two adjacent plies of woven roving are not permitted. 4. Laminates containing primarily 1-1/2 ounces per square foot mat layers in conjunction with woven roving shall contain not less than 35 percent or more than 45 percent glass (by weight). 5. Laminates containing primarily 3/4-ounce per square foot mat layers in conjunction with woven roving are considered to be high strength laminates and shall contain not less than 45 percent or more than 55 percent glass by weight. E. Filament wound structural laminates: 1. The corrosion liner laminate shall be followed by filament wound structural laminates as indicated on the fabrication drawings. 2. For filament wound structural laminates, reinforcement shall consist of continuous strand fiberglass roving applied with a minimum of interruptions until the specified minimum thickness is attained. a. This laminate shall contain 55 to 70 percent glass by weight as indicated on the fabrication drawings. 3. Each complete cycle of filament winding shall form a closed pattern of winding bands which completely covers the surface with 2 bi-directional layers. a. Each layer shall be a maximum of 1 roving in thickness. b. Uniformly space the filaments across the winding band without bunching or gaping. November 2022 06_80_15-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 4. Specify the helix angle of winding on the approved fabrication drawings, as measured from the centerline of revolution of the equipment shell. 5. Tolerance on helix angle is plus or minus 2 degrees, unless otherwise specified. 6. The fabrication drawings may require that layers of unidirectional roving be interspersed within the continuous filament winding. 7. Apply the unidirectional roving with the glass strand aligned in the axial direction, to within plus or minus 5 degrees. 8. If layers of mat or chopped glass are needed to ensure proper bonding of unidirectional roving, or within the filament winding to accommodate the Fabricator's manufacturing methods, consider the layers' extra material that will result in a thickness greater than specified. The amount of filament winding and unidirectional roving specified must still be applied. F. Joining laminates: 1. Fiberglass reinforced plastic joining laminates are subject to applicable requirements specified in other sections for laminates. 2. Reinforce fiberglass reinforced plastic joints with an overlay of glass reinforcement and resin which extends equally within plus or minus 1/2 inch on each side of the joint. Use minimum thickness, ply sequence, and ply widths of fiberglass reinforced plastic joints as indicated on fabrication drawings. 3. Restrain parts to be joined to prevent movement until completion and cure of the joint overlay. 4. Fit-up parts and verify that tolerances and assembly requirements are satisfied. Completely fill the void between component parts with resin putty, taking care not to extrude an excessive amount of putty into the interior. G. Environment: 1. The fabrication process and materials at the point of fabrication are to be maintained within a range of 60 to 95 degrees Fahrenheit. This temperature must also be at least 5 degrees greater than wet bulb temperature, as measured with a sling psychrometer. 2. Store materials in a dry area and within the temperature and humidity limits recommended by the manufacturers. H. Flanges: 1. Make flanges by hand lay-up construction with nozzle neck and flange made integrally in 1 piece and fabricated in accordance with the dimensions indicated on the fabrication drawings. Extend layers of reinforcement in the nozzle neck and hub uninterrupted into the flange. 2. Build-up additional hub thickness using alternating layers of 1-1/2 ounces per square foot mat and 24 ounces per square yard woven roving. 3. Build-up additional thickness in the flange using "ring" cutouts of mat, evenly distributed throughout the flange thickness. 4. Press molded or filament wound flanges are not allowed. 5. Overall machine facing of the back of flanges is not permitted. a. To obtain proper seating, spotface bolt holes for SAE size washers. b. Resin coat bolt holes and other cut surfaces so that no fibers are exposed. c. Spotfacing shall not produce a flange thickness less than indicated in the fabrication drawings. November 2022 06_80_15-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 6. Bolt holes in flanges shall straddle principal centerlines of the Equipment. Tolerance in bolt hole locations and in diameter of bolt circle shall be plus 1/16 inch. 7. Depressions or projections in flange face shall be no greater than 1/32 inch. I. Allowable visual defects: 1. Visual defects in areas of the equipment shall not exceed the maximum allowable levels of visual defects set forth in Table A, unless acceptable to Engineer. 2. Visual defects in accordance with ASTM D2563. 3. Presence of visual defects in excess of the allowable levels of Table A shall be grounds for rejection of the equipment. Listed quantities apply to small, localized areas and shall not be averaged over larger areas. 4. For the purpose of Table A, use of the following definitions apply: a. INNER surface - Interior process surface, thickness of surfacing veil(s), and interface between veils and mat layers. Includes surfacing veils on internal joints. b. Interior mat layers - Layers of mat following the inner surface, and interface between liner and structural wall. Includes mat layers on internal joints. c. Structural wall - Layers of filament winding or alternating layers of mat and woven roving following the corrosion liner, and layers of mat and woven roving in internal overlays. d. Exterior surface - The exterior surface of the laminate and the thickness of the surfacing veil. e. Dimensions listed in Table A refer to the largest dimension measured for defects. TABLE A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEVELS OF VISUAL DEFECTS Condition/ Exterior Defect Inner Surface Interior Mat Layers Structural Wall Surface Chip None None None Crack None None None Crazing None None None Delamination None None See Air Bubble Dry Spot None See Air Bubble See Air Bubble Foreign None Maximum Diameter See Air Bubble Inclusion 1/32" Fracture None None None None Air Bubble/ Less than 1/64" Ø Less than 1/32" Ø Less than 3/16" Ø Void unlimited. 1/64" to unlimited. 1/32" to unlimited. 3/16" to 1/16" Ø 2 / sq. in. 1/8" Ø 5 / sq. in. 1/4" Ø 2 / sq. in. Maximum Diameter Maximum Diameter Maximum Diameter 1/16" 1/8" 1/4" Blister See Air Bubble See Air Bubble See Air Bubble Burned None None None November 2022 06_80_15-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) TABLE A MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEVELS OF VISUAL DEFECTS Condition/ Exterior Defect Inner Surface Interior Mat Layers Structural Wall Surface Pit (Pinhole) Less than 1/32" Ø N/A N/A 50/square feet 1/32" to 1/16" Ø 10/square feet Maximum Diameter 1/16" Maximum Depth 1/32" Resin Pocket None Maximum 1 square Maximum 1 square inch per inch per occurrence. occurrence. Wrinkle Allowable if Allowable if Allowable if laminate is glass laminate is glass laminate is glass reinforced. No reinforced and full reinforced and full sharp edges mat layer thickness mat layer thickness allowed. and total thick- ness and total thick- ness are maintained. are maintained. Scratch None N/A N/A Fiber None Maximum 10 fibers Maximum 20 fibers Prominence visible per square visible per square inch inch 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: 1. Owner's inspection: Permit the Engineer access to the equipment during fabrication and upon completion for the purpose of verifying compliance to the Contract Documents. The inspection is not intended to replace the Fabricator's own quality control procedures. 2. In no respect does inspection of equipment by Engineer relieve the Fabricator of compliance with the Contract Documents. a. A final inspection will be performed by the Engineer. 3. The Fabricator shall notify the Engineer at the completion of particular milestones during fabrication. The milestones are as follows: a. View tooling prior to fabrication. b. Beginning application of corrosion liner for each part, extraction of each part prior to beginning assembly. c. Upon completion of each separate assembly, Engineer reserves the right to include additional milestones. 4. Allow Engineer to photograph the equipment while in process and/or upon completion. 5. Engineer may use magnification or other special viewing or measurement devices during inspection. 6. Evidence of poor workmanship or lack of compliance with aspects of the Contract Documents will be grounds for rejection of the equipment. November 2022 06_80_15-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 7. Subsequent repair of rejected equipment may, at the Engineer's option, be undertaken in an attempt to bring the equipment to an acceptable state. a. Repair procedures must be accepted by the Engineer prior to implementation. 2.04 TESTING A. The Engineer may employ destructive testing, such as ultimate tensile or flexure strength tests or glass content ignition tests, on available samples or use other non-destructive test methods, such as acoustic emission or ultrasonic polygauge thickness measurement, on the completed equipment for verification of compliance to the contract documents. B. Testing performed by the Engineer will be accomplished through use of applicable ASTM test methods when appropriate. C. Hardness tests will be made for acceptance by the Engineer on the liner surface using the Barcol impressor, Model GYZJ 934 1, calibrated at 2 points in accordance with ASTM D2583. 1. Ten readings will be taken in a localized area, deleting the 2 highest and 2 lowest, and averaging the remaining 6. 2. Minimum acceptable Barcol hardness will be a reading of 30 unless otherwise specified. D. An acetone sensitivity test will also be performed by the Engineer as an acceptance criteria. Evidence of a sticky or tacky surface following rubbing with an acetone- saturated cloth will be grounds for rejection of the equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION November 2022 06_80_15-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/06_80_15 (BidSet 2022) 07 92 00 -TJOINT SEALANTS 1.00GENERAL 1.01RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02SUMMARY A.This Section includes joint sealants for the applications indicated in the Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3. 1.Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces: 2.Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. a.Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b.Joints between different materials listed above. c.Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows\] and louvers. d.Control and expansion joints in overhead surfaces\] e.Other joints as indicated. 3.Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 4.Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 5.Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: 6.Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. a.Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b.Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry partitions. c.Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors\] and windows. 7.Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 8.Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. B.Related Sections include the following: 1.Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in pavements, walkways, and curbing. 1.03PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B.Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.04SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B.Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C.Preconstruction Field Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on preconstruction testing specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. D.Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1.Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2.Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. E.Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application. F.Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. G.Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.05QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B.Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C.Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1.Use manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2.Submit not fewer than four pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3.Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4.For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 5.Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 D.Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1.Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2.Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: 3.Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. a.Each type of nonelastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 4.Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 5.Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193. a.For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 6.Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 7.Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.06PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1.When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C) 2.When joint substrates are wet. 3.Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4.Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.07WARRANTY A.Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B.Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2.Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3.Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4.Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURERS A.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.02MATERIALS, GENERAL A.Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.03ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A.Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B.Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C.Multicomponent Nonsag Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1.Products: 2.Dow Corning Corporation; 756 H.P. 3.Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable). 4.Class: 50. 5.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7.Use O Joint Substrates: galvanized steel. D.Single-Component Pourable Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1.Products: Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Dow Corning Corporation; 890-SL. a.Pecora Corporation; 300 Pavement Sealant (Self Leveling). b.Dow Corning Corporation; SL Parking Structure Sealant. 3.Type and Grade: S (single component) and P (pourable). 4.Class: 100/50. 5.Uses Related to Exposure: NT and T (traffic). 6.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M A and O, as applicable to joint substrates indicated. 7.Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel. E.Single-Component Neutral- and Basic-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1.Products: a.Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b.GE Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c.Tremco; Spectrem 1 (Basic). d.GE Silicones; SilPruf SCS2000. e.Pecora Corporation; 864. f.Pecora Corporation; 890. g.Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-641. h.Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal. i.Tremco; Spectrem 3. j.<Insert manufacturer's name; product.> k.Dow Corning Corporation; 791. l.Dow Corning Corporation; 795 m.GE Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000. n.GE Silicones; UltraPruf II SCS2900. o.Pecora Corporation; 865. p.Pecora Corporation; 895. q.Pecora Corporation; 898. 2.Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3.Class: 100/50. 4.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 6.Use O Joint Substrates:\[galvanized steel. F.Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: 1.Products: 2.Dow Corning Corporation; 799. 3.GE Silicones; UltraGlaze SSG4000. 4.GE Silicones; UltraGlaze SSG4000AC. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 5.Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-631. 6.Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; SM5731 Poly-Glaze Plus. 7.Tremco; Proglaze SG. 8.Tremco; Spectrem 2. 9.Tremco; Tremsil 600. 10.Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 11.Class: 25. 12.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 13.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 14.Use O Joint Substrates: galvanized steel. G.Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1.Products: 2.Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II. a.Tremco; Dymeric 511. b.Tremco; Vulkem 922. 3.Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 4.Class: 50. 5.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic) and T (traffic). 6.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7.Use O Joint Substrates: galvanized steel. H.Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1.Products: 2.Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 500. a.Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 R Type II (Gun Grade). b.Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-270. c.Tremco; Dymeric. 3.Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 4.Class: 25. 5.Additional Movement Capability: 40 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 65 percent movement. 6.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 7.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, \[G, \]A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 8.Use O Joint Substrates: Galvanized steel. I.Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1.Products: Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 1a. a.Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Ultra. b.Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 1. c.Tremco; Vulkem 116. 3.Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 4.Class: 25. 5.Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 6.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7.Use O Joint Substrates: galvanized steel. J.Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant 1.Products: 2.Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 900. a.Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 915. b.Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 916 Textured. c.Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 2639. d.Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL. e.Polymeric Systems Inc.; Flexiprene 1000. f.Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-901. g.Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7100. h.Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7108. i.Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7110. j.Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 15LM. k.Tremco; DyMonic. l.Tremco; Vulkem 921. m.Tremco; Vulkem 931. 3.Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 4.Class: 50. 5.Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6.Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7.Use O Joint Substrates: galvanized steel. 2.04JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A.General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type \[C (closed-cell material with a surface skin)\] \[O (open-cell material)\] \[B (bicellular material with a surface skin)\]\[ or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated\], and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: C.Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.05MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B.Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C.Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01EXAMINATION A.Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02PREPARATION A.Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1.Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2.Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil- free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: 3.Concrete. a.Masonry. 4.Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 5.Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: 6.Metal. B.Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A.General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B.Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C.Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1.Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2.Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3.Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D.Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E.Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1.Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2.Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3.Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F.Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3.Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4.Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 5.Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193. 6.Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.04FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1.Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows: 2.Perform 4 tests for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. 3.Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193. 4.For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; do this by extending cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 5.Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B.Evaluation of Field Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.05CLEANING A.Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.06PROTECTION A.Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.07JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical and horizontal nontraffic construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. Colors are to match the material being sealed. 1.Joint Sealant: Multicomponent nonsag neutral-curing silicone sealant, Multicomponent nonsag immersible urethane sealant or Single-component nonsag urethane sealant. B.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral- and basic-curing silicone sealant or Single- component nonsag urethane sealant. C.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior vertical joints between different materials listed above. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral- and basic-curing silicone sealant,Single- component nonsag urethane sealant. D.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior perimeter joints between masonry and frames of doors windows and louvers. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral- and basic-curing silicone sealant,Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant or Single-component nonsag urethane sealant. E.Joint-Sealant Application: Vertical control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral-curing silicone sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant or. F.Joint-Sealant Application: Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral- and basic-curing silicone sealant or Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant. G.Joint-Sealant Application: Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls. 1.Joint Sealant: Single-component neutral- and basic-curing silicone sealant, Multicomponent nonsag urethane sealant or Single-component nonsag urethane sealant. H.Joint-Sealant Application Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. 1.Joint Sealant: Latex sealant. END OF SECTION Joint Sealants07 92 00-T - 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 08 31 19FLOOR ACCESS DOORS 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install access doors as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE/ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A.Products that comply with the Specifications by the following manufacturers will be acceptable: 1.U.S.F. Fabrication. 2.Halliday Products. 3.East Jordan Iron Works. 4.Bilco. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 01 “Submittal Register” and shall include: 1.Shop Drawings. 2.Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.Manufacturer shall provide structural calculations showing that the door design is rated for a minimum of 320 P.S.F. with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. 1.04DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Ship products in protective wood crates. Leave in crates until ready to install. Store on wood platform raised 6 inches above surrounding grade and protect with weather resistant covering. 1.05JOB CONDITIONS A.Floor access door frames shall be set into forms as concrete is placed. Be sure that frames are set and braced to prevent movement during placement of concrete. 1.06GUARANTEES AND WARRANTY A.Manufacturer shall warrant that the complete system shall be free from defective material and workmanship for a minimum period of 5 years from date of Owner acceptance. The warranty shall be provided in writing starting from the date of acceptance by the Owner. Floor Access Doors08 31 19 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01FLOOR ACCESS DOOR FOR PEDESTRIAN LOADING (300 PSF) A.Door leaf shall be minimum 1/4-inch aluminum diamond pattern reinforced to support a minimum live load of 300 psf with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. B.The frame shall be extruded aluminum with anchor flange around the perimeter. C.Door shall have sufficient number of compression spring operators to ensure that 15 lb. or less pull is required to open any single door leaf, and an automatic hold-open arm release handle. D.The opening arm for the door leaf shall be lockable with a standard pad lock to control unauthorized entry. E.Doors shall be outfitted with hold open arms to keep the covers in their upright, open positions. F.Doors shall be outfitted with a recessed lifting handle. G.All hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. H.Bituminous coating shall be applied to the surfaces in contact with concrete. I.Channel frames shall be provided with a 1-1/2-inch drainage coupling and shall be located in the corner of the frame. J.Door shall be outfitted with nut rail on all four sides for attaching hardware. K.Door shall be outfitted with aluminum skirting that makes the overall height of the frame equal to the top slab thickness, for casting into concrete. 2.02SAFETY NET SYSTEM A.Provide polyester safety net that anchors to the frame with stainless steel hardware. B.Safety net system shall comply with OSHA Standard 1926.502, Drop Test. 2.03SAFETY GRATE SYSTEM A.Provide aluminum safety grate rated at 300 psf. B.The safety grate shall be powder coated safety orange color. The coating shall be a minimum thickness of 4 mils and be shop applied and cured per manufacturer recommendations. C.Grate openings shall be a minimum of 4 inches by 6 inches to allow for visual inspection, limited maintenance, and other adjustments while the safety grate is left in place. All hardware including hinges shall be stainless steel. D.All hardware including hinges shall be stainless steel. Floor Access Doors08 31 19 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.00EXECUTION 3.01FLOOR ACCESS DOOR INSTALLATION A.Floor access doors and frames shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Access door frames shall be cast into concrete structures. Concrete shall be worked around frame to ensure complete embedment of anchors. Frame shall be secured to prevent movement during placement of concrete. Frames shall be level. B.Provide copper or PVC drains as necessary for access doors with integral drains. Connect drain piping to drain outlet of channel frame and extend to nearest wall of the structure. Drain shall not be routed across any access ladders or floor walking surfaces. C.Floor access door frames shall be set level within 3/32 inch across diagonal corners, unless floor slab is designed to be out of level, then the access door shall be set to same place as floor slab. D.Aluminum access door frames in contact with concrete shall be given a heavy coat of bituminous paint prior to installation. 3.02SCHEDULE A.Floor access doors shall be supplied in accordance with the following schedule. The required doors and certain pertinent data is given below. This list is given to facilitate description of the various doors and as an aid to plan take off and is not guaranteed to be complete. Floor Access Doors08 31 19 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 HatchLeaf Fall No.Hatch LocationLengthWidthFrame LoadingConstruction*Protection 1Raw Water Metering Station2’-9”2’-9”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating Raw Water Metering StationSingleChannelGrating 23’-6”3’-6”Pedestrian Raw Water Metering StationPedestrianSingleChannelGrating 37’-0”7’-0” Raw Water Metering Station7’-0”7’-0”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating 4 Raw Water Metering Station7’-0”7’-0”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating 5 Raw Water Metering StationPedestrianSingleChannelGrating 69’-0”9’-0” 3’-6”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating 7Raw Water Junction Structure3’-6” 3’-6”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating 8Raw Water Junction Structure3’-6” 3’-6”PedestrianSingleChannelGrating 9Splitter Structure3’-6” *Double door hatches shall have both sets of hinges on the opposite sides of the frame. Double leaf hatches shall have both sets of hinges on the same side of the frame. END OF SECTION Floor Access Doors08 31 19 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. B. Related Sections: 1. 08 11 19 Stainless-Steel Doors and Framespanels and frames assemblies 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction and installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. b. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. c. Content: Include the following information: 1). Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door and frame. 2). Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans and to door and frame schedule. 3). Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product. 4). Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5). Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 6). Mounting locations for door hardware. 2. final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations that are coordinated with the Contract Documents. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire-rated doors complies with listed fire-rated door assemblies. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. 2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer. C. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. 1. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 2. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. COORDINATION 1. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 2. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with 1.07 WARRANTY A. replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. a. Exit Devices: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.08 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door and door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies that are the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original products. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. Article to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 1. each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum 2.02 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Continuous Hinges: BHMA A156.26; minimum 0.120-inch (3.0-mm) thick, hinge leaves with minimum overall width of 4 inches (102 mm); fabricated to full height of door and frame and to template screw locations; with components finished after milling and drilling are complete. B. Continuous, Gear-Type Hinges: Extruded-aluminum, pinless, geared hinge leaves joined by a continuous extruded-aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self-lubricating thrust bearings. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bommer Industries, Inc. b. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. c. Hager Companies. d. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. e. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. f. Select Products Limited. g. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works. h. Zero International. 2.03 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch (13-mm) latchbolt throw. 2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) latchbolt throw. 3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1.25-inch (32-mm) bolt throw. C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 1. Levers: Cast. 2. Escutcheons (Roses): Cast. 3. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. 4. Operating Device: Lever with escutcheons (roses). Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 D. with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch. 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. E. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with stainless steel or brass parts; Series 1000. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following: a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co. b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. c. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. d. Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. e. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. f. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. g. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand company. h. Marks USA. i. PDQ Manufacturing. j. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. k. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand company. l. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. 2.04 SURFACE BOLTS A. Surface Bolts: BHMA A156.16. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. b. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. c. Door Controls International, Inc. d. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. e. Trimco. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 2.05 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. d. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. e. Detex Corporation. f. Door Controls International, Inc. g. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America. h. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand company. i. K2 Commercial Hardware; a Black & Decker Corp. company. j. Monarch Exit Devices & Panic Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. k. Precision Hardware, Inc.; Division of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. l. m. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. n. Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand company. o. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. 2.06 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass, bronze or stainless steel. All internal components of material suitable for a corrosive environment. 1. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locking devices. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. b. ASSA, Inc.; An ASSA ABLOY Group Company. c. Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. d. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. e. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand company. f. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. g. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. h. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand company. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 i. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. B. High-Security Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.30; Grade 1; Type M, mechanical; permanent cores that are removable; face finished to match lockset. C. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 5 construction master keys. 2.07 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying confer 1. Existing System: a. 2. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key. B. Keys: Brass. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: Information to be furnished by Owner. 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. 2.08 OPERATING TRIM A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; aluminum or stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. b. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. c. Forms + Surfaces. d. Hager Companies. e. Hiawatha, Inc. f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. g. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. h. Trimco. 2.09 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Astragals: BHMA A156.22. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 2.10 SURFACE CLOSERS A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. c. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America. d. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand company. e. K2 Commercial Hardware; a Black & Decker Corp. company. f. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand company. g. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. h. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. i. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. j. Yale Security Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. 2.11 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16; polished cast brass, bronze, or aluminum base metal. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation. c. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. e. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. f. Door Controls International, Inc. g. Hager Companies. h. Hiawatha, Inc. i. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. k. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works. l. Trimco. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 2.12 OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. b. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand company. c. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. d. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. 2.13 DOOR GASKETING A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; air leakage not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot (0.000774 cu. m/s per m) of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E283; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hager Companies. b. M-D Building Products, Inc. c. National Guard Products. d. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. e. Reese Enterprises, Inc. f. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated. g. Zero International. 2.14 THRESHOLDS A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hager Companies. b. M-D Building Products, Inc. c. National Guard Products. d. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. e. Reese Enterprises, Inc. f. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. g. Sealeze; a unit of Jason Incorporated. h. Zero International. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 2.15 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch (1.3-mm) thick -tapping screw fasteners. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on schedule or comparable product by one of the following: a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation. b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. d. Hiawatha, Inc. e. IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Inc.; Div. of InPro Corporation. f. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company. g. Pawling Corporation. h. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. i. Trimco. 2.16 FABRICATION A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by forming hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. B. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Fire-Rated Applications: a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following: 1). Hinges mortised to doors or frames. 2). Strike plates to frames. 3). Closers to doors and frames. b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided: 1). Surface hinges to doors. 2). Closers to doors and frames. 3). Surface-mounted exit devices. 2. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of FRP doors. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 3. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 2.17 FINISHES A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. B. structions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner. D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of asphaltic emulsion. E. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 F. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. G. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. H. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Door Hardware Set No.1 Door Number:ANL01 2 each Hinges Hager 780-2224HD 628 1 each Exit Device Von Duprin 9875L 630 2 each Floor Stop Hager 268S US26D 2 each Silencer Glynn Johnson Z1 (64) 1 each Closer LCN 4041 652 1 each Surface bolt top & Ives SB453 US26D bottom 1 each Threshold Pemko 171A x 4" 627 2 each Weatherstripping Pemko S88 2 each Automatic Door NGP 220SA 628 Bottom 3 each Drip Cap top & NGP 16A 628 bottom 2 each Kick Plate Hager 194S US32D END OF SECTION Door Hardware 08 71 00 - 12 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 09 97 13PIPELINE COATINGS AND LININGS 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK RESULTS A.This Section covers the Work necessary to apply external polyurethane coating on steel pipe, field coating of joints, and field repair of coating damage, complete. B.Concrete cylinder pipe shall be externally overcoated with polyurethane coating system where specifically indicated on the Drawings. C.Exposed steel pipe will be coated as specified in Section 09 96 00 “High-Performance Coatings” unless specifically specified otherwise. 1.02SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A.Shop Drawings: Catalog cuts and other information for all products proposed. Provide copy of approved coating system submittals to the coating applicator. B.Quality Control Submittals: Furnish the following: 1.Applicator's Experience with list of references substantiating compliance. 2.Coating manufacturer's certification stating the applicator meets or exceeds their coating application requirements and recommendations. 3.Coating manufacturer shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s coating application quality assurance manual. 4.If the manufacturer of field-applied coating differs from that of the shop applied primer, provide written confirmation from both manufacturers’ that the two coating materials are compatible. 1.03QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Coating Applicator's Experience and Certification: 1.Coating Application Company and coating application supervisor (Certified Applicator) shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience applying the specified coating system. Coating application personnel, whom have direct coating application responsibility, shall have a minimum of 2 years’ practical experience in application of the indicated coating system. 2.Coating applicator shall be certified by the coating manufacturer as an approved applicator. B.Coating and/or lining manufacturer technical representative shall be present for a minimum of 3 days technical assistance and instruction at the start of coating and/or lining operations within the shop. During this visit, the technical representative shall observe surface preparation and coating application and conduct tests of the coating to insure conformance with application instructions, recommended methods, and conditions. C.Coating and/or lining manufacturer’s technical representative shall be on-Site for 3 working days, minimum, at the start of each construction season to inspect coating application and Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 procedures in the field. During this visit, the technical representative shall observe surface preparation and coating application and conduct tests of the coating to insure conformance with application instructions, recommended methods, and conditions. D.Coating and/or lining manufacturer shall include 8 hours per month of field or shop coating technical support when requested by the Engineer. E.Technical representative shall provide a written report to the Engineer for each visit. Report shall include copies of test data collected, description of observations, and all recommended corrective actions. Report shall be submitted within 5 working days after the visit. When deemed necessary by the Engineer, Work will not be permitted to proceed until the recommended corrective actions have been implemented. After all corrective recommendations have been completed; the manufacturer representative shall return and certify that the application complies with the manufacturer’s coating application recommendations. F.Additional visits by the manufacturer’s representative shall be made at sufficient intervals during surface preparation and coating or lining as may be required for product application quality assurance, and to determine compliance with manufacturer’s instructions, and as may be necessary to resolve problems attributable to, or associated with, manufacturer’s products furnished for this Project. 1.04ABBREVIATIONS A.The following abbreviations are used in this Section: Abbreviations MDFTMinimum Dry Film Thickness MilThousandths of an Inch 1.05DEFINITIONS A.Manufacturer's Representative: Employee of coating manufacturer who is factory trained and knowledgeable in all technical aspects of their products and systems. Sales representatives are not acceptable as a technical representative unless written authorization from the coating manufacture is provided which states the sales representative has full authority to act on the behalf of the coating manufacturer. 1.06REFERENCE STANDARDS A.The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: 1.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) / NSF Standards: ANSI/NSF 60 Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals – Health Effects ANSI/NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 2.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: ASTM C33Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 ASTM C150Standard Specification for Portland Cement Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic ASTM D412 Elastomers – Tension Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic ASTM D522 Coatings ASTM D570Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings ASTM D4060 by the Taber Abraser Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using ASTM D4541 Portable Adhesion Testers ASTM E96Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Pipeline Coatings ASTM G14 (Falling Weight Test) Standard Test Method for Cathodic Disbondment Test of Pipeline ASTM G95 Coatings (Attached Cell Method) 3.American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards: Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe- AWWA C205 4-inch and Larger- Shop Applied Cold Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, AWWA C209 Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel AWWA C210 Water Pipelines Heat-shrinkable Cross-linked Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of AWWA C216 Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Petrolatum and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of AWWA C217 Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water AWWA C222 Pipe and Fittings 4.National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Standards: NACE RP 0274High Voltage Electrical Inspection of Pipeline Coatings 5.Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Standards: SSPC-SP-1Solvent Cleaning SSPC-SP-2Hand Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP-3Power Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP-5White Metal Blast Cleaning SSPC-SP-6Commercial Blast Cleaning SSPC-SP-10Near-White Blast Cleaning SSPC-SP-11Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.07SPECIAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A.The Contractor and coating applicator shall warrant to the Owner and guarantee the Work under this Section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of 2 years commencing on the date of final acceptance of the Work. 1.08OBSERVATION OF WORK A.The Contractor shall give the Owner Representative a minimum of 14 days advance notice of the start of any Work to allow scheduling for shop or field observation. Provide Owner Representative a minimum 3 days’ notice for actual start of surface preparation and coating application Work. B.Provisions shall be made to allow Owner’s representative full access to facilities and appropriate documentation regarding coating application. C.Observation by the Owner’s representative or the waiver of observation of any particular portion of the Work shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D.Materials shall be subject to testing for conformance with the Contract Documents as the Owner’s representative may determine, prior to or during incorporation into the Work. 2.00MATERIALS 2.01GENERAL A.Exterior and interior pipe and fitting surfaces shall be prepared and coated in accordance with referenced standards, written directions of the coating or lining manufacturer’s, and this Section, whichever is more stringent. B.Coatings and linings will be stored, handled, and applied per manufacturer’s written directions. C.Pipeline coating or lining shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Product substitutions during the Project will not be permitted. 2.02EXTERIOR SHOP-APPLIED COATINGS A.General: 1.Steel pipe shall be coated in accordance with AWWA C222, except as modified herein. 2.Concrete cylinder pipe shall be externally overcoated with polyurethane coating as specified herein and in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s recommendations for concrete substrates. 3.Overcoating of concrete cylinder pipe with polyurethane shall be performed from joint to joint and shall include the minimum length as shown on the Drawings. 4.Pipe that is atmospherically exposed shall be shop primed as specified herein and in Section 09 96 00.01 “High-Performance Coatings.” 5.Buried dielectrically coated pipe and fittings passing through a structure wall or floor shall be coated for a minimum of 2 inches beyond the interior wall or floor surface. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Plural Component Polyurethane: 1.General: Plural component, polyurethane coating system (referred to as a polyurethane system) shall be applied in accordance with AWWA C222, and as modified herein. 2.Shop Surface Preparation: a.Steel pipe: SSPC-SP5, White Metal blast, 3.00 mil profile, minimum, or as required by the manufacturer, whichever is greater using standardized testing procedures. b.Concrete Pipe: 1).Abrasive blast to remove all laitance and loose material and create a suitable anchor profile. 2).Cement mortar coating shall be allowed to cure 15 days or steam cured not less than 7 days prior to surface preparation of the mortar and coating application. Hand applied mortar lining shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 15 days or as required to meet the coating manufacturer’s requirements for application on cement, whichever is greater. 3).Mortar coating shall be dry during coating application. 3.Shop Applied Coating Requirements: a.Self-priming, plural component, 100 percent solids, non-extended polyurethane, suitable for burial or immersion. b.One coat, 35 mils total dry film thickness, minimum, or as required to meet the holiday and coating defects limits specified in this Section. c.Shall be one of the following products, subject to review and acceptance of submitted product performance reports: 1).Protec II, Futura Coatings, Hazelwood, Missouri. 2).Chemtane 2265, Chemline, Inc, St. Louis, Missouri. 3).Or Engineer approved equal. d.Acceptance of submitted product is contingent upon: 1).Submission of an independent testing report conducted within 3 years prior to bid opening documenting conformance to the coating performance criteria specified herein. 2).Verification that no significant change in product formulation has occurred through comparison of current product Part A and B formulation with infrared spectrometry analysis of test product for the laboratory test report. 4.Laboratory Coating Testing and Report: a.General: Coating manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval, test reports indicating conformance to the specified performance criteria using prepared Samples as defined using coating materials conforming to the following general requirements: 1).Polyurethane coating material tested shall have been manufactured within 30 days of test Sample preparation. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2).Coating material to have a minimum of 3 years prior pipeline coating application history. 3).Extended polyurethane coatings will not be acceptable. 4).Submission of incomplete reports, use of test procedures or methods other than those specified, or preparation of Samples with a coating material other than those listed will result in rejection of the coating. 5).Reports shall be submitted for review and approval not less than 30 days prior to coating application along with current product data sheets and MSDS sheets for parts A and B. 6).New product formula tests shall be accompanied with Part A and B wet Samples for infrared spectrometry analysis. Wet Samples shall be from the lot and batch tested and shall be collected and sealed by the Engineer for laboratory analysis by the Engineer. b.Test Sample Preparation: 1).Coating manufacturer to provide 10 days advanced notification of coating Sample preparation for Engineer observation. 2).Failure to fully conform to the preparation requirements will result in rejection of the submitted coating material. 3).Sample preparation completed by the coating manufacturer shall be fully documented and reported to the testing agency by the manufacturer. c.Sample Surface Preparation: 1).Method: Abrasive Blast, Green Diamond or Steel Grit, SSPC-SP5, White Metal. 2).Profile:3.25 mils (plus or minus 0.25 mils), Angular profile, 90 Peak Count per inch minimum, measured and recorded using surface profilometer. d.Coating Application: 1).Method: Spray film, in accordance with manufacturer’s written shop application requirements. 2).Thickness: 35 mils, minimum, 40 mils maximum. 3).Cure: Air cure only, oven or other accelerated cures will not be acceptable. 4).Form: Sheet, steel panel, or steel pipe as required for test procedure. e.Sample Quantity: Three minimum for each test performed or as required by the ASTM Test Standard, whichever is more stringent. f.Coating Tests: 1).Testing shall be performed by a certified independent laboratory testing agency with a minimum 5 years’ experience in the performance of ASTM test procedures on coating systems. 2).All testing shall be at room temperature, unless specifically required otherwise by the ASTM test procedure. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3).Water Absorption (ASTM D570): a).Criteria: 1.00 percent, maximum. b).Method: Long-term Immersion. c).Sample: Sheet, 1-mm maximum thickness. 4).Permeance (ASTM E96): a).Criteria: 0.050 inch-pound. b).Method: Water Procedure BW (App. X1). c).Conditions: Supported in manner to provide full circulation of air around test container for duration of test procedure. 5).Impact Resistance (ASTM G14): a).Criteria: 125 inch-pounds, minimum. 6).Cathodic Disbondment (ASTM G95): a).Criteria: 8 mm, maximum. b).Potential: -3.00 volts. c).Duration: 30 days. d).Radius: Measured from original holiday radius. 7).Adhesion to Steel, Dry (ASTM D4541): a).Criteria: 3000 psi, minimum. b).Equipment: Delfesko Positest. c).Dollies: 20 mm, maximum, scored to metal substrate. 8).Abrasion (ASTM D4060): a).Criteria: 85 mg loss, maximum. b).Conditions: CS-17 wheel, 1000 grams weight, 1000 revolutions. 9).Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): a).Criteria: 4000 psi, minimum. 10).Hardness, Shore D (ASTM D2240): a).Criteria: 70, Shore D, minimum. 11).Flexibility (ASTM D522): a).Criteria: Pass (no cracking). b).Mandrel Diameter: 3 inches, 180 degrees. g.Reporting: 1).As required by the ASTM test method, and the following additional information: a).Sample panel preparation date and identification. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 b).Surface preparation method and abrasive. c).Surface Preparation profile and peak count. d).Coating lot and date of manufacture. e).Application spray gun and equipment used. f).Application temperatures of coating materials and material temperature at the gun, ambient temperature, and panel surface temperature. 2).Include all periodic test data and/or observations for all tested Samples and show all multiple measurements in both table and graph. 3).Show all calculations as required by the ASTM test method. 4).Include digital photographic documentation of all visual assessments, test apparatus, and final panel condition using 4 mega pixels minimum resolution. 5).Submit reports in both PDF and color printed format with photographs in JEPG format on CD. C.Exterior Coating for Exposed Steel Pipe: All atmospherically exposed or vault piping shall be shop primed with the coating system as specified in Section 09 96 00.01 “High-Performance Coatings.” 2.03INTERIOR SHOP-APPLIED LININGS A.Cement Mortar Lining: 1.Clean and cement mortar line steel pipe and fittings in accordance with AWWA C205. 2.Cement: Conform to ASTM C150, Type II. 3.Shop applied cement mortar lining shall be uniform in thickness over the full length of the pipe joint. 4.Aggregate shall be silica sand or other aggregate that is not subject to leaching. Conform to ASTM C33. 5.Water for cement mortar: Clean and free from organic matter, strong alkalis, vegetable matter, and other impurities. B.Liquid Applied Epoxy Coating: 1.Provide liquid epoxy primer and lining in all cement mortar lined metallic pipe at insulating joints for a minimum of two pipe diameters on each side of the insulated joint. 2.Epoxy coatings shall be NSF approved coatings suitable for potable water contact in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standards 60 and 61. 3.Epoxy shall be applied over the cement mortar lining where specified for the pipeline lining material. 4.Prepare the cement mortar lining by abrasive blasting to remove all laitance and provide a surface profile. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 5.Cement mortar shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 15 days prior to surface preparation and coating application or 7 days with steam curing. 6.Mortar lining shall be dry when epoxy lining is applied. 2.04SPECIALS, FITTINGS, AND CONNECTIONS A.Coating and lining application for special sections, connections, and fittings for steel or ductile iron pipe shall conform to coating system and application requirements as specified in this Section. B.Specials, fittings, and connections shall be defined as any pipe section with turnouts for blowoffs, interconnects, any valve, or other appurtenances; tees; crosses; wyes; laterals; manholes; mitered angles or elbows; and pipes which require special fabrication that prevents mechanical production application of the specified coating system from end to end of pipe joint. C.In addition to the items listed as specials, the following items shall also be considered as specials: 1.Pipe joints with pass through holes. D.Hand applied tape coatings will not be permitted on any specials, fittings, connections, and elbow fittings. E.Specials, fittings, and connections shall be externally coated with polyurethane coating system applied from end to end of pipe joint on all specials, fittings, and connections. 2.05EXTERIOR FIELD JOINT COATING A.Pipe joints shall be field coated after pipe assembly in accordance with AWWA C216, or AWWA C217, whichever is applicable and as specified herein. B.Field joint coating shall be compatible with the shop-applied coating system and provided by the same manufacturer or a manufacturer approved by the pipe coating manufacturer. C.All joints on pipe 24 inches in diameter or greater shall be coated with a heat shrink coating material. D.Field joint coating materials shall be as follows or an approved equal. 1.Heat Shrink Sleeves: a.Filler Material: 1).Provide filler material for all push-on, flange, and coupling type joints and at all changes in outside diameter greater than 1/8 inch. 2).Filler material shall adhere to the pipe and heat shrink sleeve. Size and type shall be as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer for type of pipe and joint. 3).Filler mastic for joints subject to weld after backfill shall exceed 500 F melt point temperature. 4).Filler material shall be applied in a manner and of sufficient thickness that no tenting or voids remain under the heat shrink sleeve. b.Joint Coating: Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1).Heat shrink, cross-linked polyolefin wrap or sleeve with a mastic sealant, 85-mil nominal thickness, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, as recommended by the manufacturer. 2).Provide standard recovery sleeve for welded or bell and spigot steel pipe joints. High recovery sleeves shall be provided for flange joints and coupling style joints. 3).Width of heat shrink sleeves shall be sufficient to overlap existing coating 2 inches minimum. 4).Consideration sleeve shrinkage during installation and joint profile in determining sleeve width required. Overlapping of two or more heat shrink sleeves to achieve the necessary width on pipe joints will not be permitted without Engineer approval. 5).Sleeve shall meet requirements for “Weld After Backfill” when allowed and approved by Engineer. c.Holdback Primer: As specified in this Section. d.Manufacturer’s: Canusa, Raychem-Covalence, or equal. 2.Wax Tape Coating: a.Apply coating in accordance with AWWA C217, except as modified herein. b.Wax tape coatings shall be field applied on all buried flexible joints, thrust restraint rods and brackets, and on joints, fittings, or irregular shapes or complex configurations that are not suited for the use of heat shrink coating system. c.Do not use wax tape coating systems on vault piping, atmospherically exposed piping and appurtenances, or where subject to UV exposures. d.Provide filler material to fill and smooth all irregular surfaces, such that no tenting or voids remain under the applied wax tape. e.Use sand backfill to protect wax coating from damage. f.Coating System: 1).Surface Preparation: SP11 Power Tool to Bare Metal. 2).Primer: Petroleum or petrolatum wax. 3).Filler Material: Filled Petroleum or petrolatum wax. 4).Inner Tape: Petroleum or petrolatum wax impregnated fabric, 6-inch width maximum, 40 mils thick. 5).Outer Wrap: PVC or tape suitable for application to inner tape. g.Wax tape coating system shall be as manufactured by: 1).Denso North American. 2).Trenton. 3).Or approved equal. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 10 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.06INTERIOR FIELD JOINT COATING A.Mortar Lining: 1.After the backfill has been completed to final grade, the interior joint recess shall be filled with grout. The grout shall be tightly packed into the joint recess and troweled flush with the interior surface. Excess shall be removed. 2.At no point shall there be an indentation or projection of the mortar exceeding 1/16 inch. 3.With pipe smaller than 24 inches in diameter, before the spigot is inserted into the bell, the bell shall be daubed with grout. The joint shall be completed and excess mortar on the inside of the joint shall be swabbed out. 2.07REPAIR OF COATINGS AND LININGS A.General: 1.Coating or lining repair materials shall be compatible with the shop-applied coating or lining system and shall be approved by the coating or lining manufacturer. 2.All major repairs on pipe greater than 24 inches in diameter or coated with polyurethane coating system shall be repaired using heat shrink sleeves as specified for field joint coating in accordance with AWWA C216, except as modified herein. 3.Minor coating repairs for polyurethane coated or exposed pipe shall be as specified herein. B.Coating Repair Materials: 1.Heat Shrink Sleeves (Major Repair): a.Filler Mastic: Provide mastic filler to fill tape void as required. b.Full Wrap Coating: Cross-linked polyolefin wrap with a mastic sealant, 85-mil thickness nominal, suitable for pipeline operating temperature, sleeve material recovery as recommended by the manufacturer. Sleeve length shall provide a minimum of 3 inches overlap onto intact pipe coating. c.Manufacturer’s: Canusa, Raychem (Polyken), or equal. 2.Heat-Applied Patches (Minor Repair): a.Heat applied adhesive, polyolefin backed, mastic coated tape, 12 inches maximum size. b.Patch shall provide a minimum of 2 inches overlap onto intact pipe coating; except “Pritec” coated pipe shall have a minimum overlap of 3 inches in the circumferential direction. c.CRP patch as manufactured by Canusa, PERP patch as manufactured by Raychem (Polyken), or equal. C.Polyurethane Coating: 1.Polyurethane coating system repair shall be in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 11 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Coating material for minor repairs shall be single use kits or other mix ratio controlled packages of slow set polyurethane coating material similar to the existing coating 3.Major repairs will be completed using the coating material specified for the coating or the lining. Coating shall be reapplied using plural component spray equipment by a manufacturer certified coating applicator. D.Exposed Pipe Coating System: Touch-up repair all damage to the primer and/or intermediate coats with the specified coating system prior to final coating of the pipeline in accordance with Section 09 96 00.01 “High-Performance Coatings.” 3.00EXECUTION 3.01ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS A.General: 1.Products shall comply with federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds and worker exposure. 2.Comply with applicable federal, state, and local, air pollution and environmental control regulations for surface preparation, blast cleaning, disposition of spent aggregate and debris, and coating application. 3.Do not perform abrasive blast cleaning whenever the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, whenever surface temperature is less than 5 degrees above the dew point of the ambient air. 4.Do not apply coatings when: a.Surface and ambient temperatures exceeds the maximum or minimum temperatures recommended by the coating manufacturer or the Specifications. b.In dust or smoke-laden atmosphere, blowing dust or debris, damp or humid weather, or under conditions that could cause icing on the metal surface. c.For epoxy coatings or linings when it is expected that surface temperatures would drop below 5 degrees above dew point within 4 hours after application of coating. d.Whenever relative humidity exceeds 85 percent for polyurethane coating application. 5.Where weather conditions or Project requirements dictate, Contractor shall provide and operate heaters and/or dehumidification equipment to allow pipe surfaces to be abrasive blasted and coated as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer’s coating application recommendations. 6.Work activities can be restricted by the Engineer until adequate temperature and humidity controls are in place and functioning within the environmental limits specified. 7.Coating applicator shall provide a monitoring system approved by the coating manufacturer that constantly records pipe and coating conditions during coating application. Recorded monitoring parameters shall include pipe temperature, line speed, surface preparation, holiday test and other parameters applicable to the type of coating. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 12 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Temperature Control: 1.In cold weather or if moisture collects on the pipe, preheat pipe to a temperature between 45 and 90 degrees and 5 degrees above dew point, whichever is greater. 2.When temperatures are above or below the coating manufacturer’s recommended application temperatures, the Contractor will provide temperature controls as necessary to permit Work to precede within the manufacturer’s temperature limitations. 3.Provide tenting, insulating blankets, baffles, or bulkheads as required to zone and control heating or cooling effectiveness. 4.Heating shall be with indirect fired heaters that do not increase humidity levels within the work area. Heaters shall be sized for the area to be heated. C.Dehumidification: 1.Contractor shall provide dehumidification equipment when necessary for shop or field environmental control during surface preparation and/or coating application. Dehumidification equipment shall be properly sized to maintain dew point temperature 5 degrees or more below surface temperature of metal surfaces to be cleaned and coated. 2.Cleaned metal surfaces shall be prevented from flash rusting throughout the Project duration, condensation or icing shall be prevented throughout surface preparation and coating application. 3.Equipment size and power requirements shall be designed by personnel trained in the operation and setup of dehumidification equipment based on Project requirements and anticipated weather conditions. 4.Dehumidification equipment shall operate 24 hours per day and continuously throughout surface preparation and coating application. 5.Contractor to provide personnel properly trained in the operation and maintenance of the dehumidification equipment or provided training by the dehumidification equipment Supplier. 6.Daily maintenance requirements of the equipment shall be documented in writing and posted near the equipment for review by the Engineer. 7.Reblasting of flash rusted metal surfaces or removal of damaged coatings, because of equipment malfunction, shutdown, or other events that result in the loss of environmental control, will be at the sole expense of the Contractor. 3.02SURFACE PREPARATION A.General: 1.Inspect and provide substrate surfaces prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents and the printed directions and recommendations of coating manufacturer whose product is to be applied. 2.Visible oil, grease, dirt, and contamination shall be removed in accordance with SSPC- SP1, solvent cleaning. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 13 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Surface imperfections such as metal slivers, burrs, weld splatter, gouges, or delaminations in the metal shall be removed by filing or grinding prior to abrasive surface preparation. 4.Protect prepared pipe from humidity, moisture, and rain. All flash rust, imperfections, or contamination on cleaned pipe surface shall be removed by reblasting. 5.Priming and coating of pipe shall be completed the same day as surface preparation. B.Weld Surface Preparation: 1.Requirements: Spray applied coating systems do not require weld grinding. C.Steel Surface Preparation: 1.Surface preparation of steel pipe shall be in accordance with SSPC surface preparation standards utilizing the degree of cleanliness specified for the coating system to be applied or as specified herein, whichever is more stringent. 2.Grit and/or shot abrasive mixture and gradation shall be as required to achieve the degree of cleanliness and coating adhesion specified. 3.Pipe cleaned by abrasive blasting with recyclable steel grit and/or shot or other abrasive shall be cleaned of debris and spent abrasive in an air wash separator. 4.Polyurethane coating system shall have a sharp angular surface profile of the minimum depth specified. 5.Work shall be performed in a manner that does not permit the cleaned metal surface to rust back or flash rust. 6.Rust back or flash rust shall be fully removed with the steel surface cleanliness equal to the metal surface cleanliness prior to rust back or flash rusting. Determination of the equivalent surface cleanliness shall be at the Engineer’s sole discretion. 3.03SHOP -APPLIED COATING SYSTEMS A.Polyurethane Coating or Lining: 1.Applicator Qualifications: a.Equipment will be certified by the coating manufacturer to meet the requirements for material mixing, temperature control, application rate, and ratio control for multi-part coatings. b.Equipment not meeting the written requirements of the coating manufacturer shall be rejected for coating application until repairs or replacement of the equipment is made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. c.Personnel responsible for the application of the coating system shall have certification of attendance at the coating manufacturer’s training class within the last 3 years. The certified applicator shall be present during all coating application Work and shall have responsibility for controlling all aspects of the coating application. 2.Pipe surface temperature shall be between 50 and 100 F or 5 F above dew point, whichever is greater. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 14 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.Coating application shall be performed in an environmentally controlled shop area that meets or exceeds the written environmental application requirements of the coating manufacturer. Application in outdoor conditions will not be acceptable without adequate environmental shelter, environmental controls, and/or dehumidification. 4.Coating adhesion and holiday testing shall be tested as specified in this Section. 5.Coating manufacturer shall provide to the Engineer a copy of the manufacturer’s coating application quality assurance manual prior to beginning coating application. Strict conformance to the requirements of the manual will be required. Deviation from the requirements of the manual will be grounds for the Engineer to reject the applied coating. 6.Unacceptable Coating Application: a.Coating applied under improper environmental conditions will be rejected. b.Pipes that exceed the allowable quantity of coating defects, regardless of size or cause, shall be rejected. c.Coating which fails the adhesion or holiday testing as specified in this Section shall be rejected. d.Pipe coating that is subject to off ratio application, blistering, or is not applied in conformance with the coating manufacturer’s written instructions or recommendations shall be rejected. 7.Rejected coating shall be removed from the full length of the pipe to bare metal and reapplied using proper application methods in accordance with the quality assurance manual and the requirements of the Contract Documents. 8.Perform coating and lining repairs as specified in this Section. 3.04EXTERIOR COATING HOLDBACK A.Coating holdbacks shall be straight and cut through the full thickness of the coating. B.Cutbacks shall be completed in a manner that permits field coating of joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified herein. C.Holdbacks shall be as required for proper jointing of pipe, considering joint welding requirements, and be as follows: Holdbacks Push-on joint, spigot1 inch before centerline gasket Push-on, bellFlush with bell end Welded, spigot3 inches, minimum Welded, Bell4-inches, minimum D.Holdback Corrosion Protection: 1.Holding primer for corrosion protection of cutbacks or holdbacks shall be compatible with the specified joint coating system and weld after backfill requirements, when applicable. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 15 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Approved holdback primers are: a.Tnemec Omnithane: Suitable for all joints, except joints subject to weld after backfill. b.Tnemec 90E-92 Ethyl Silicate Inorganic Zinc Primer: Suitable for all joints, including weld after backfill joints. c.ICI Devoe Cathacoat 304V Ethyl Silicate Inorganic Zinc Primer: Suitable for all joints including weld after backfill joints. d.Polyken or Other Tape Primers: Not allowed. 3.Primer shall not result in running or melting of the coating or cause toxic fumes when heated during weld after backfill operations. 4.Application and thickness of holding primer shall be in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s recommendations, but shall not impair the clearances required for proper joint installation. 5.Primer application on spigot end of field welded pipe shall be held back 1 to 2 inches from the end of the spigot or as necessary to prevent toxic fumes during field welding. 6.Any corrosion within the holdback areas shall be abrasively blasted to near white metal in accordance with SSPC-SP10 or power tool cleaned to bare metal in accordance with SSPC-SP11 prior to applying joint coating. 3.05PIPE LINING APPLICATION A.Shop-applied Cement Mortar Lining: 1.Centrifugally line straight sections of pipe. Lining of special pieces or fittings shall be by mechanical, pneumatic, or hand placement. Provide cement mortar lining of uniform thickness. Finish to a smooth dense surface. 2.Steel plate specials larger than 16 inches in diameter shall have lining reinforced with 2- by-4-inch No. 13 gage welded steel wire mesh. 3.Centrifugally line straight sections of pipe. Lining of special pieces or fittings shall be by mechanical, pneumatic, or hand placement. Provide cement mortar lining of uniform thickness. Finish to a smooth dense surface. 4.Steel plate specials larger than 16 inches in diameter shall have lining reinforced with 2- by-4-inch No. 13 gage welded steel wire mesh. 5.Brace and support pipe during lining application to minimize pipe distortion or vibration. Bracing and supports shall not damage the pipe, coating, or lining. 6.Tightly close ends of pipe and fittings with plastic sheet caps. Plastic end caps shall be of sufficient thickness and strength to resist shipping, handling, and storage stresses. 7.Damage to the cement mortar lining, including disbondment, cracking, or blistering, caused by improper curing, shipping, handling, or installation shall be repaired in accordance with AWWA specifications and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 8.Other requirements of mortar lining materials and processes: As specified in AWWA C205. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 16 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 B.Liquid Epoxy Lining: 1.Clean and coat the interior of cement mortar lined pipe at insulating joints or where specified with two coats of epoxy coating. 2.Epoxy coating applied at insulating joints shall be applied to both sides of the insulating joint for a minimum of one pipe diameter. If only one side of the joint can be coated the coating shall be applied for a minimum of two pipe diameters. 3.Mortar lining shall be allowed to cure 15 days or steam cured not less than 7 days prior to surface preparation of the mortar and epoxy coating application. Hand applied mortar lining shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 15 days or as required to meet the coating manufacturer’s requirements for application on cement or concrete, whichever is greater. 4.Prepared mortar lining by abrasive blasting to remove all laitance and create a suitable anchor profile. 5.Epoxy coating shall be applied in two coats minimum, at a total coating thickness of 16 mils dry film thickness. Coating applied over cement mortar lining shall be applied in a manner that will minimize gassing and pinholes in the completed lining. 6.Mortar lining shall be dry during epoxy lining application. 3.06FIELD COATING JOINTS A.General: 1.Remove all oil or grease contamination by solvent wiping the pipe and adjacent coating in accordance with SSPC-SP1, Solvent cleaning. 2.Clean pipe surface and adjacent coating of all mud, corrosion, and other foreign contaminates in accordance with SSPC-SP11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal or abrasive blast joints in accordance with SSPC-SP10, near white metal blast, that exhibit any surface corrosion or staining. When required, clean the full circumference of the pipe and a minimum of 6 inches onto the existing coating. 3.Remove all loose or damaged pipe coating at joint and either repair the coating as specified herein or increase the length of the joint coating, where reasonable and practical. 4.Complete joint bonding of pipe joints before application of joint coating. Joint bonds shall be installed as specified in Section 26 42 00 “Cathodic Protection.” Joint bonds shall be low profile bonds and all gaps and crevices around the bonds shall be filled with mastic sealant. 5.Contractor to electrically test completed joint coating for holidays with high voltage spark tester. B.Weld After Backfill Joint Requirements: 1.Post-welded or ‘Weld after Backfill’ joints are defined as welded pipe joints that have been coated and backfilled prior to completing interior welds. 2.Post welded joints shall be coated and protected as follows: Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 17 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 a.Joint coating shall be Canusa AquaWrap heat shrink joint sleeves only. Tape wrapped joints will not be acceptable. b.Provide 6-inch wide Canusa AquaWrap protective layer centered over the interior weld location as recommended by the joint sleeve manufacturer. Heat resistant tape will not be acceptable. c.Hold back primer shall be suitable for post weld conditions as specified in this Section and shall not exhibit any binder breakdown in the heat effect zone that causes loss of joint coating adhesion to the holdback primer. d.Filler mastic materials shall be high temperature materials with 500 F melting point. e.Joints shall be fully buried prior to welding, with not less than 36 inches cover of soil or flowable fill material on all sides. Sand or flowable fill backfill is preferred for weld after backfill joints. 3.Welding of the joints shall be in conformance with the Specification 33 11 13.13 “Steel ” and as modified herein: a.All welding shall be with stick electrodes and two or more weld passes as required to meet the specified AWS qualified welding procedures and maximum coating temperature limitations. ‘Weld after Backfill’ procedures on wall thicknesses of 1/4 inch or less must be approved by the Construction Manager based on field testing demonstrating the welding procedures can comply with the requirements of this Section. b.Welding speed, amperage, and voltage shall be as required to maintain a maximum heat input of 23,000 joules or a maximum surface temperature at the coating/steel interface of 800 F, whichever is least. c.Maximum weld temperature and duration shall not result in carbonization of the joint coating adhesive. Carbonization is defined as the loss of volatile organic compounds that result in loss of tackiness, adhesion to the steel, and corrosion protection properties. d.Finished joint coating shall not have any visual creases or folds in the joint coating backing material that extends through both the inner protective layer and outer joint sleeve. 4.If Contractor elects to post-weld any joints, Contractor shall demonstrate that the joint welding procedures will not significantly damage the coating by fully excavating the first two joints for evaluation of the joint coating condition. Engineer will randomly select up to three additional post-welded joints for excavation by Contractor for evaluation of joint coating condition. Joint coating will be destructively evaluated by the Engineer. Contractor will remove and replace joint heat shrink sleeve upon completion of the evaluation. 5.In the event that any excavated post welded joint exhibits any heat related damage as defined herein, Contractor shall modify and test a new post welding procedure prior to completing any additional post-welded joints. Contractor shall demonstrate that the revised joint welding procedure will not significantly damage the coating by repeating the weld after backfill evaluation requirements defined in this Section, including excavation of the three additional randomly selected joints for destructive evaluation. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 18 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 C.Heat Shrink Sleeve Joint Coating: 1.Store, handle, and apply field heat shrink sleeve coatings in accordance with AWWA C216 and this Section. 2.Store sleeves in shipping box until use is required. Keep dry and sheltered from exposure to direct sunlight. Store off the ground or concrete floors and maintain at a temperature between 60 and 100 degrees as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. 3.Metal surface shall be free of all dirt, dust, and surface corrosion prior to sleeve application. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the joint coating manufacturer’s recommendations. 4.Where corrosion in the holdback area is visible, surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC-SP10, near white metal blast, or SSPC-SP11, power tool cleaning to bare metal. 5.Preheat pipe uniformly as recommended by the sleeve manufacturer. Monitor pipe temperature using a surface temperature gauge, infrared thermometer, or color changing crayons. Protect preheated pipe from rain, snow, frost, or moisture with tenting or shields and do not permit the joint to cool. 6.Fill all cracks, crevices, gaps, and step-downs greater than 1/4 inch with filler mastic in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the full circumference of the pipe. 7.Apply heat shrink sleeve when it is at a minimum temperature of 60 degrees and while maintaining the pipe temperature above the preheat temperature specified. Apply sleeve in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and center the sleeve over the joint to provide a minimum 2-inch overlap onto the existing pipe coating. 8.Completed joint sleeve shall be fully bonded to the pipe and existing coating surface without voids. Mastic beading shall be visible along the full circumference of the sleeve. There shall be no wrinkling or excessive burns on the sleeves. Sleeves that do not meet these requirements shall be removed and the joint recoated as directed by the Engineer. Minor repairs may be repaired using heat applied patch material specified for minor coating repairs. 9.Allow the sleeve to cool before backfilling. In hot climates, provide shading from direct sunlight. Water quenching will be allowed only when permitted by the sleeve manufacturer. 10.Heat shrink joint coatings which have become wrinkled or disbonded because of prolonged exposure to UV light or thermal cycling shall be removed and replaced. 11.Double coating of defective or damaged heat shrink coatings will not be permitted. Any double coated heat shrink sleeves shall be immediately rejected and Contractor shall remove and recoat the joint. 3.07REPAIR OF COATING AND LININGS A.General: Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 19 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.All areas where holidays are detected or coating is visually damaged, such as blisters, tears, rips, bubbles, wrinkles, cuts, or other defects shall be repaired. Areas where no holidays are detected, but are visually damaged shall also be repaired. 2.Maximum allowable defects shall be as specified herein for the coating system. B.Polyurethane Coating or Lining Repairs: 1.General: a.Complete coating or lining repairs in accordance with the coating manufacturers written instructions and this Section, whichever is stricter. b.Defect Size: 1).Minor repairs: Repairs that are less than 6 inches in the greatest dimension. 2).Major repairs: Repairs that exceed 6 inches in the greatest dimension. c.Pipes exceeding the maximum number or size of coating defects shall be stripped of coating, reblasted, and recoated. d.Pipe arriving in the field with defects or repairs exceeding the maximum number or size of coating defects will be returned to the shop for recoating at the Contractor’s expense. 2.Minor Repairs: a.Coating or lining repairs on any joint of pipe shall not exceed 1.5 per 100 square feet of surface area. b.Two or more minor repairs within 6 inches diameter circle will be considered a single repair. c.Repairs for adhesion testing will not be included in the total number of repairs. d.Minor repairs: 1).Surface Preparation: Clean and feather the defect by power tool sanding with 80 grit or coarser sandpaper to roughen the existing coat and feather the edges of the defect for a minimum of 2 inches around the defect. 2).Shop Repair Materials: a).Slow setting parent material polyurethane coating material in syringes or other single use packaging that controls mix ratio. b).Coating manufacturer’s polyurethane coating repair products subject to Engineer’s approval. 3).Field Repair Materials: a).Melt stick coating repair (not acceptable for repairs greater than 1-inch diameter); ScotchCoat P206, Canusa Melt Stick, or approved equal. b).Heat applied coating materials; CRP Patch, Canusa; PERP Patch, Tyco Adhesives, or approved equal. c).Coating manufacturer’s polyurethane coating repair products subject to Engineer’s approval. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 20 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 4).Apply a single coat of the specified patch coating material at the specified coating thickness. 5).Repaired adhesion shall be 50 percent of the specified coating adhesion. 3.Major Repairs: a.Major repairs shall not exceed two per pipe joint and the combined area shall not be greater than 50 percent of the pipe. b.Major Repairs: 1).Surface Preparation: a).The metal surface and surrounding coating shall be abrasively blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10, near white metal, or to equal in cleanliness and profile as the original surface preparation. b).Existing coating shall be feathered and roughened to the equivalent of 40 grit sandpaper. 2).Shop Repair Materials: a).Same material as the pipeline coating or lining and shall be applied by using plural component spray equipment. 3).Field Repair Materials: a).Same material as the pipeline coating or lining and shall be applied by using plural component spray equipment. b).Heat shrink sleeves as specified for pipeline joints. c.One coat of the specified original coating material shall be applied over the repaired surface at the specified thickness. d.Repair adhesion shall be equal to the specified coating adhesion. 3.08INSPECTION AND TESTING A.General: 1.Applicator shall inspect and test the coating system in accordance with referenced standards and this Section, whichever is more stringent. 2.The frequency of the testing shall be determined by the applicator, but shall not be less than the requirements of this Section. 3.Owner or Owner’s representative will conduct random independent inspections and tests for the final acceptance or rejection of pipe coating or lining. B.Adhesion Testing: 1.General: a.Adhesion testing shall be conducted at the shop prior to shipment. Pipe shipped without adhesion testing will be field-tested. Pipe rejected in the field will be returned to the shop for repair at the sole expense of the Contractor. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 21 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 b.A minimum of two pipes will be tested for adhesion from each lot of pipe coated up to 3000 square feet of pipe. An additional adhesion test will be conducted on every increment up to 2000 square feet of pipe coated in excess of the first 3000 square feet of pipe. (i.e. if one workday of production is 6000 square feet of pipe, four adhesion tests will be conducted on the pipe lot.) Adhesion testing shall be conducted on not less than 50 percent of each pipe produced within a lot. c.A pipe lot is defined as the quantity of pipe that is coated by a single crew within a work shift, but not to exceed 12 hours. d.The pipe coating applicator shall repair all coating damage from shop adhesion testing. Contractor shall be responsible for coating repairs for all field adhesion testing. e.Adhesion tests will be performed not less than 24 hours after coating application. Tests conducted prior to 24 hours will be acceptable only if the test meets or exceeds the adhesion criteria specified and the test was requested by the pipe fabricator. f.Pipe will be randomly selected for adhesion testing. g.Owner or the Owner’s representative has the right to conduct additional adhesion testing as deemed necessary to assure the pipe meets or exceeds the requirements of this Section at any time and location. 2.Rejection of Coating: 3.If any pipe within a lot fails to meet the test criteria specified for the coating type, that pipe shall be rejected along with all other pipes within the lot. Each pipe within the rejected pipe lot will then be individually tested and rejected on a pipe-by-pipe basis in conformance with the test procedures and criteria specific for the coating type. 4.All rejected pipe shall have all coating removed from the full length pipe and the pipe abrasive blasted and recoated. 5.Polyurethane Adhesion Testing: a.Acceptance Criteria: 1).Polyurethane coating or lining shall have an adhesion to steel of 1750 pounds per square inch, minimum. Acceptance will be based on one pull minimum, with no pulls less than the minimum criteria where multiple pulls are conducted on the same joint of pipe. 2).The median value for all coating or lining adhesion pulls performed within a lot of pipe shall not be less than 2000 psi. 3).Each pipe failing the minimum adhesion criteria shall be rejected. AWWA C222 rejection of pipe based on multiple adhesion pulls is specifically excluded from this Section. 4).Pipe lots failing the median value for all adhesion pulls shall be rejected and each pipe within the lot tested for adhesion. Each pipe that fails the adhesion criteria shall be rejected. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 22 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 5).Failure shall be by adhesive and cohesive failure only. Adhesive failure is defined as separation of the coating from the steel substrate. Cohesive failure is defined as failure within the coating, resulting in coating remaining both on the steel substrate and dolly. b.Test Procedures: 1).Polyurethane coating adhesion to steel substrates shall be tested using self- aligning pneumatic pull off equipment, such as the Delfesko Positest, and test procedures in accordance with ASTM D4541 and AWWA C222, except as modified in this Section. 2).All adhesion test pull records shall be maintained in an electronic spreadsheet that includes pipe identification, pipe coating date, adhesion test date, surface tested (interior or exterior), surface temperature, coating thickness, tensile force applied, rate of pressure change per second, mode of failure, and percentage of substrate failure relative of dolly surface. 3).Dollies for adhesion testing shall be 20 millimeters in diameter, and glued to the coating surface and allowed to cure for a minimum of 12 hours before testing. 4).Polyurethane coatings shall be scored around the dolly prior to conducting the adhesion test. Scoring shall be completed manually, normal to the pipe surface, or in a manner that does not stress or over heat the coating. 5).Adhesion testing shall be performed at temperatures between 55 and 100 F. Tests may be performed at temperatures up to 115 F if no significant affect in the test results are statistically detectable. 6).Partial substrate and glue failures will be retested if the substrate failure is less than 50 percent relative of the dolly surface area and the applied tension was less than the specified adhesion. Pipes that have partial substrate failures greater than 50 percent and less than the specified adhesion will be rejected as a substrate adhesion failure. 7).Glue failures in excess of the minimum required tensile adhesion would be accepted as meeting the specified adhesion requirements. 8).If multiple adhesion pulls on the same pipe are performed, adhesion pulls shall be performed in a circumferential direction with all pulls in a straight line and within an area 1-1/2 inches in width and spacing between dollies between 1 and 2 inches. 9).Adhesion tests will be conducted on polyurethane pipe coating and lining independently and will be accepted or rejected independently of the other. c.Adhesion Test Repairs: 1).Repair patches on the polyurethane coating shall be randomly selected for adhesion testing in a manner as described herein and at the discretion of the coating inspector conducting the adhesion tests. Adhesion of repairs shall be as specified for the type of repair. C.Holiday Testing: Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 23 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.Holiday tests on polyurethane coatings or linings will be conducted on the completed coating or lining after cure or 24 hours, whichever is less, using a high voltage spark test in accordance with NACE Standard RP 0274 and the Specifications. 2.Coating thickness used for holiday testing shall be the minimum specified coating thickness. D.Dry Film Thickness Testing: 1.Coatings shall be tested for dry film thickness using a properly calibrated magnetic pull off or eddy current equipment. 2.Coating thickness measurements shall be conducted as necessary and without limitation. Testing conformance to the requirements of SSPC PA-2 is specifically excluded from this Section. 3.09HANDLING, TRANSPORTATION, AND STORAGE A.Pipe shall be handled in such a manner as to protect the pipe and coating from damage. B.Coated pipe shall not be shipped or installed until coating has developed full adhesion and cure. C.During coating application, storage, loading, transportation, unloading, laying and installation, every precaution shall be taken to protect and prevent damage to pipe, lining, and coating. Forklift equipment shall have all bearing surfaces padded with suitable padding material. Lift pipe with web slings a minimum of 12 inches wide and of a type that will not damage the coating. Metal chains, cable, tongs, forklifts or other equipment likely to damage the coating will not be permitted. Dragging or skidding of pipe on grade or in the trench will not be permitted. D.Provide transportation vehicles with padded bolsters between each layer of pipe and heavy padding under load ties. Bolsters shall be curved to fit the outside of the pipe and 12 inches wide, minimum. All pipe contact locations shall be heavily padded with carpet and strips of the outer tape wrap material (adhesive side against the carpet) during shipment to the Site and from the storage yard to the point of installation. E.Pipe shall not be stored on rocks, gravel, or other hard materials that might damage the coating. Provide padded 12-inch wide skids and chucks, sand bags, select loamy or sand berms, or suspended from cutback ends, where possible, to minimize coating damage. Pipe shall not be laid on asphalt without suitable padding at all contact points. F.Pipe shall be inspected by the Contractor at the Site for damage. Any damage to the pipe, lining, or coating shall be repaired as directed if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a satisfactory repair can be made; otherwise, the damaged section shall be replaced at the sole expense to the Contractor. G.No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come into contact unnecessarily with the finished coating. Workmen shall not be permitted to walk on the coating except when absolutely necessary and approved by the Engineer. When permitted, shoes with rubber or composition soles and heels or other suitable footwear that will not damage coating shall be used. Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 24 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 H.Long-term Exposure: Pipe shall either be provided with UV inhibitor for lengthy above grade exposure or covered to prevent UV degradation of outer wrap. Amount of UV stabilizers required will depend on the Project location, laying schedule, anticipated length of exposure, and type of outer wrap. Manufacturer shall be consulted for recommended UV inhibitors requirements or pipe shall be stored under a protective cover. Protective covering can be colored plastic sheeting, canvas, or other UV blocking material. Clear plastic sheets are not acceptable. Areas of coating that display UV degradation shall be removed and repaired at sole cost of the Contractor. I.End Caps: Pipe ends of mortar lined pipe and fittings shall be tightly closed with a plastic wrap to aid in curing and to minimize drying out of and contamination of the lining. Plastic end cap shall consist of a minimum of one 10-mil sheet of polyethylene or other suitable material. End caps shall be substantial enough to resist shipment, handling, and storage loads and firmly attached in place. The plastic end cap shall remain intact and in place until pipe installation. Damaged or missing plastic end caps shall be repaired or replaced. J.Bracing: 1.The steel pipe manufacturer shall furnish and install adequate bracing or strutting to keep the pipe from becoming deformed or damage from occurring to the coating or linings. Strut-type bracing shall be installed as soon as possible after application of lining. Struts shall remain in place during handling, storage, transportation, and installation of pipe and fittings until after the pipe zone material is compacted. 2.The struts shall be installed with pads and wedges in such a manner that the pipe lining will not be damaged and the struts will not be dislodged during shipping and handling of the pipe. If struts are welded, they shall be installed and removed in such a manner to prevent damage to the steel cylinder, lining, or coatings. All damage shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION Pipeline Coatings and Linings09 97 13 - 25 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 SECTION 09_96_01 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS IN CHEMICAL STORAGE AND FEED AREAS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Field-applied coatings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications. 2. D 4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers. B. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): 1. Guideline 310.2R - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair. C. NACE International (NACE): 1. SP0178 - Design, Fabrication, and Surface Finish Practices for Tanks and Vessels to Be Lined for Immersion Service. 2. SP0188 - Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Protective Coatings. D. National Association of Pipe Fabricators (NAPF): 1. 500-03 - Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Receiving Special External Coatings and/or Special Internal Linings. E. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. F. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SP COM - Surface Preparation Commentary for Steel and Concrete Substrates. 2. SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning. 3. SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning. 4. SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning. 5. SP 5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 6. SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. 7. SP 7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 8. SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning. 9. SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete. G. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 1. Method 24 - Surface Coatings. November 2022 09_96_01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Submerged metal: Steel or iron surfaces below tops of channel or structure walls that will contain water even when above expected water level. B. Submerged concrete and masonry surfaces: Surfaces that are or will be: 1. Underwater. 2. In structures that normally contain water. 3. Below tops of walls of water-containing structures. C. Exposed surface: Any metal or concrete surface, indoors or outdoors, that is exposed to view. D. Dry film thickness (DFT): Thickness of fully cured coating, measured in mils. E. Volatile organic compound (VOC): Content of air polluting hydrocarbons in uncured coating product measured in units of grams per liter or pounds per gallon, as determined by EPA Method 24. F. Ferrous: Cast iron, ductile iron, wrought iron, and all steel alloys except stainless steel. G. Where SSPC surface preparation standards are specified or implied for ductile iron pipe or fittings, the equivalent NAPF surface preparation standard shall be substituted for the SSPC standard. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Coating materials shall be especially adapted for use in water treatment plants. B. Coating materials used in contact with potable water supply systems shall be certified to NSF 61. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Schedule of proposed coating materials. 2. Schedule of surfaces to be coated with each coating material. B. Product data: Include description of physical properties of coatings including solids content and ingredient analysis, VOC content, temperature resistance, typical exposures and limitations, and manufacturer's standard color chips: 1. Regulatory requirements: Submit data concerning the following: a. VOC limitations. b. Coatings containing lead compounds and polychlorinated biphenyls . c. Abrasives and abrasive blast cleaning techniques, and disposal. d. NSF certification of coatings for use in potable water supply systems. C. Samples: Include 8-inch square drawdowns or brush-outs of topcoat finish when requested. Identify each sample as to finish, formula, color name and number, sheen name, and gloss units. D. Certificates: Submit in accordance with requirements for Product Data. November 2022 09_96_01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) E. Manufacturer's instructions: Include the following: 1. Special requirements for transportation and storage. 2. Mixing instructions. 3. Shelf life. 4. Pot life of material. 5. Precautions for applications free of defects. 6. Surface preparation. 7. Method of application. 8. Recommended number of coats. 9. Recommended DFT of each coat. 10. Recommended total DFT. 11. Drying time of each coat, including prime coat. 12. Required prime coat. 13. Compatible and non-compatible prime coats. 14. Recommended thinners, when recommended. 15. Limits of ambient conditions during and after application. 16. Time allowed between coats (minimum and maximum). 17. Required protection from sun, wind, and other conditions. 18. Touch-up requirements and limitations. 19. Minimum adhesion of each system submitted in accordance with ASTM D 4541. F. Manufacturer's RepresentativeÓs Field Reports. G. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1. Reports on visits to project site to view and approve surface preparation of structures to be coated. 2. Reports on visits to project site to observe and approve coating application procedures. 3. Reports on visits to coating plants to observe and approve surface preparation and coating application on items that are Ðshop coated.Ñ H. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Quality assurance plan. 2. Qualifications of coating applicator including List of Similar Projects. I. Certifications: 1. Submit notarized certificate that: a. All paints and coatings to be used on this project comply with current federal, state, and local VOC regulations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator qualifications: 1. Minimum of 5 years of experience applying specified type or types of coatings under conditions similar to those of the Work: a. Provide qualifications of applicator and references listing 5 similar projects completed in the past 2 years. 2. Manufacturer-approved applicator when manufacturer has approved applicator program. 3. Approved and licensed by polymorphic polyester resin manufacturer to apply polymorphic polyester resin coating system. November 2022 09_96_01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 4. Approved and licensed by elastomeric polyurethane (100-percent solids) manufacturer to apply 100-percent solids elastomeric polyurethane system. B. Regulatory requirements: Comply with governing agencies regulations by using coatings that do not exceed permissible VOC limits and do not contain lead: 1. Do not use coal-tar epoxy in contact with drinking water or exposed to ultraviolet radiation. C. Field samples: 1. Prepare and coat a minimum 100-square-foot area between corners or limits such as control or construction joints of each system. 2. Approved field sample may be part of the Work. 3. Obtain approval before painting other surfaces. D. Pre-installation conference: Conduct a pre-installation conference with Owner's resident project representative. E. Compatibility of coatings: Use products by same manufacturer for prime coats, intermediate coats, and finish coats on same surface, unless specified otherwise. F. Services of coating manufacturerÓs representative: Arrange for coating manufacturerÓs representative to attend pre-installation conferences. Make periodic visits to the project site to provide consultation and inspection services during surface preparation and application of coatings, and to make visits to coating plants to observe and approve surface preparation procedures and coating application of items to be Ðshop-primed and coated.Ñ 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. B. Remove unspecified and unapproved paints from Project site immediately. C. Deliver new unopened containers with labels identifying the manufacturer's name, brand name, product type, batch number, date of manufacturer, expiration date or shelf life, color, and mixing and reducing instructions. 1. Do not deliver materials aged more than 12 months from manufacturing date. D. Store coatings in well-ventilated facility that provides protection from the sun weather, and fire hazards. Maintain ambient storage temperature between 45 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. E. Take precautions to prevent fire and spontaneous combustion. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Surface moisture contents: Do not coat surfaces that exceed manufacturer- specified moisture contents, or when not specified by the manufacturer, with the following moisture contents: 1. Plaster and gypsum wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, concrete, and concrete block: 12 percent. 3. Interior located wood: 15 percent. November 2022 09_96_01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 4. Concrete floors: 7 percent. B. Do not apply coatings: 1. Under dusty conditions or adverse environmental conditions, unless tenting, covers, or other such protection is provided for structures to be coated. 2. When light on surfaces measures less than 15 foot-candles. 3. When ambient or surface temperature is less than 55 degrees Fahrenheit unless manufacturer allows a lower temperature. 4. When relative humidity is higher than 85 percent. 5. When surface temperature is less than 5 degrees Fahrenheit above dew point. 6. When surface temperature exceeds the manufacturer's recommendation. 7. When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, unless manufacturer allows a higher temperature. 8. Apply clear finishes at minimum 65 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Provide fans, heating devices, dehumidifiers, or other means recommended by coating manufacturer to prevent formation of condensate or dew on surface of substrate, coating between coats and within curing time following application of last coat. D. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain minimum 55 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes. E. Dehumidification and heating for coating of wet wells, and high humidity enclosed spaces: 1. Provide dehumidification and heating of digester interior spaces in which surface preparation, coating application, or curing is in progress according to the following schedule: a. October 1 to April 30: Provide continuous dehumidification and heating as required to maintain the tanks within environmental ranges as specified in this Section and as recommended by the coating material manufacturer. For the purposes of this Section, ÐcontinuousÑ is defined as 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. b. May 1 to September 30: Provide temporary dehumidification and heating as may be required to maintain the tanks within the specified environmental ranges in the event of adverse weather or other temporary condition. At ContractorÓs option and at his sole expense, Contractor may suspend work until such time as acceptable environmental conditions are restored, in lieu of temporary dehumidification and heating. Repair or replace any coating or surface preparation damaged by suspension of work, at ContractorÓs sole expense. 2. Equipment requirements: a. Capacity: Provide dehumidification, heating, and air circulation equipment with minimum capacity to perform the following: 1) Maintain the dew point of the air in the tanks at a temperature at least 5 degrees Fahrenheit less than the temperature of the coldest part of the structure where work is underway. 2) Reduce dew point temperature of the air in the tanks by at least 10 degrees Fahrenheit in 20 minutes. 3) Maintain air temperature in the tanks at 60 degrees Fahrenheit minimum. November 2022 09_96_01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) b. Systems: 1) Site electrical power: Available for ContractorÓs use. 2) Dehumidification: Provide desiccant or refrigeration drying. Desiccant types shall have a rotary desiccant wheel capable of continuous operation. No liquid, granular, or loose lithium chloride drying systems will be allowed. 3) Heating: Electric, indirect combustion, or steam coil methods may be used. Direct-fired combustion heaters will not be allowed during abrasive blasting, coating application, or coating cure time. 3. Design and submittals: a. Contractor shall prepare dehumidification and heating plan for this project, including all equipment and operating procedures. b. Suppliers of services and equipment shall have not less than 3 years experience in similar applications. 1) Supplier: The following or equal: a) Cargocaire Corporation (Munters) or equal. c. Submit dehumidification and heating plan for EngineerÓs review. 4. Monitoring and performance: a. Measure and record relative humidity and temperature of air, and structure temperature twice daily (beginning and end of work shifts) to verify that proper humidity and temperature levels are achieved inside the work area after the dehumidification equipment is installed and operational. Test results shall be made available to the Engineer upon request. b. Interior space of the working area and tank(s) shall be sealed, and a slight positive pressure maintained as recommended by the supplier of the dehumidification equipment. c. The filtration system used to remove dust from the air shall be designed so that it does not interfere with the dehumidification equipmentÓs ability to control the dew point and relative humidity inside the reservoir. 1) The air from the tank, working area, or dust filtration equipment shall not be recirculated through the dehumidifier during coating application or when solvent vapors are present. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Extra materials: Deliver as specified in Section 01_77_00 - Closeout Procedures. Include minimum 1 gallon of each type and color of coating applied: 1. When manufacturer packages material in gallon cans, deliver unopened labeled cans as comes from factory. 2. When manufacturer does not package material in gallon cans, deliver material in new gallon containers, properly sealed and identified with typed labels indicating brand, type, and color. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Special coatings: One of the following or equal: 1. Carboline: Carboline, St. Louis, MO. 2. Ceilcote: International Protective Coatings, Berea, OH. November 2022 09_96_01-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 3. Dampney: The Dampney Company, Everett, MA. 4. Devoe: International Protective Coatings, Louisville, KY. 5. Dudick: Dudick, Inc., Streetsboro, OH. 6. GET: Global Eco Technologies, Pittsburg, CA. 7. Henkel: Henkel North America, Madison Heights, MI. 8. IET: Integrated Environmental Technologies, Santa Barbara, CA. 9. PPC: Polymorphic Polymers Corp., North Miami, FL. 10. PPG Amercoat: PPG Protective & Marine Coatings, Brea, CA. 11. Rustoleum: Rustoleum Corp., Sommerset, NJ. 12. Sanchem: Sanchem, Chicago, IL. 13. Superior: Superior Environmental Products, Inc., Addison, TX. 14. S-W: Sherwin-Williams Co., Cleveland, OH. 15. Tnemec: Tnemec Co., Kansas City, MO. 16. Wasser: Wasser High Tech Coatings, Kent, WA. 17. ZRC: ZRC Worldwide Innovative Zinc Technologies, Marshfield, MA. 2.02 PREPARATION AND PRETREATMENT MATERIALS A. Metal pretreatment: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Henkel: Galvaprep 5. 2. International: AWLGrip Alumiprep 33. B. Surface cleaner and degreaser: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Carboline Surface Cleaner No. 3. 2. Devoe: Devprep 88. 3. S-W: Clean and Etch. 2.03 COATING MATERIALS A. Vinyl ester: Graphite filled, total system 43 mils DFT. As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Sherwin-Williams: Cor-Cote VEN GF Graphite Filled Vinyl Ester. 2. Dudick: Protecto-Coat 805. 3. Ceilcote: Ceilcote 222GF Flakeline. B. High solids epoxy (self priming) not less than 72 percent solids by volume: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Carboline: Carboguard 891. 2. Devoe: Bar Rust 233H. 3. PPG Amercoat: Amerlock 2. 4. S-W: Macropoxy 646. C. Aliphatic or aliphatic-acrylic polyurethane: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. Carboline: Carbothane 134 VOC. 2. Devoe: Devthane 379. 3. PPG Amercoat: Amershield VOC. 4. Non-submerged: S-W High Solids Polyurethane. 5. Tnemec: Endura-Shield II Series 1075 (U). D. Waterborne acrylic emulsion: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. S-W: DTM Acrylic B66W1. 2. Tnemec: Tneme-Cryl Series 6. November 2022 09_96_01-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) E. Galvanizing zinc compound: As manufactured by one of the following or equal: 1. ZRC: Cold Galvanizing Compound. 2.04 MIXES A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from coatings and damage. Repair damage resulting from inadequate or unsuitable protection. B. Protect adjacent surfaces not to be coated from spatter and droppings with drop cloths and other coverings: 1. Mask off surfaces of items not to be coated or remove items from area. C. Furnish sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings from fouling surfaces not being coated and, in particular, surfaces within storage and preparation areas. D. Place cotton waste, cloths, and material that may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. E. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings, and fastenings prior to application of coating operations. Carefully store, clean, and replace on completion of coating in each area. Do not use solvent or degreasers to clean hardware that may remove permanent lacquer finish. 3.02 GENERAL PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions, unless more stringent requirements are specified in this Section. B. Protect the following surfaces from abrasive blasting by masking or other means: 1. Threaded portions of valve and gate stems, grease fittings, and identification plates. 2. Machined surfaces for sliding contact. 3. Surfaces to be assembled against gaskets. 4. Surfaces of shafting on which sprockets are to fit. 5. Surfaces of shafting on which bearings are to fit. 6. Machined surfaces of bronze trim, including slide gates. 7. Cadmium-plated items except cadmium-plated, zinc-plated, or sherardized fasteners used in assembly of equipment requiring abrasive blasting. 8. Galvanized items, unless scheduled to be coated. C. Protect installed equipment, mechanical drives, and adjacent coated equipment from abrasive blasting to prevent damage caused by entering sand or dust. D. Concrete: 1. Allow new concrete to cure for minimum of 28 days before coating. November 2022 09_96_01-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 2. Clean concrete surfaces of dust, mortar, fins, loose concrete particles, form release materials, oil, and grease. Fill voids so that surface is smooth. Prepare concrete surface for coating in accordance with SSPC SP 13. Provide ICRI 310.2 CSP-3 surface profile, or as recommended by coating manufacturer. All concrete surfaces shall be vacuumed clean prior to coating application. E. Ferrous metal surfaces: 1. Remove grease and oil in accordance with SSPC SP 1. 2. Remove rust, scale, and welding slag and spatter, and prepare surfaces in accordance with appropriate SSPC standard as specified. 3. Abrasive blast surfaces prior to coating. a. When abrasive blasted surfaces rust or discolor before coating, abrasive blast surfaces again to remove rust and discoloration. b. When metal surfaces are exposed because of coating damage, abrasive blast surfaces and feather in to a smooth transition before touching up. c. Ferrous metal surfaces not to be submerged: Abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP 10, unless blasting may damage adjacent surfaces, prohibited, or specified otherwise. Where not possible to abrasive blast, power tool clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 3. d. Ferrous metal surfaces to be submerged: Unless specified otherwise, abrasive blast in accordance with SSPC SP 5 to clean and provide roughened surface profile of not less than 2 mils and not more than 4 mils in depth when measured with Elcometer 123, or as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 4. All abrasive blast cleaned surfaces shall be blown down with clean dry air and/or vacuumed. F. Ductile iron pipe and fittings to be lined or coated: Abrasive blast clean in accordance with NAPF 500-03. G. Sherardized, aluminum, copper, and bronze surfaces: Prepare in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. H. Galvanized surface: 1. Degrease or solvent clean (SSPC SP 1) to remove oily residue. 2. Power tool or hand tool clean or whip abrasive blast. 3. Test surface for contaminants using copper sulfate solution. 4. Apply metal pretreatment within 24 hours before coating galvanized surfaces that cannot be thoroughly abraded physically, such as bolts, nuts, or preformed channels. I. Shop-primed metal: 1. Certify that primers applied to metal surfaces in the shop are compatible with coatings to be applied over such primers in the field. 2. Remove shop primer from metal to be submerged by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP 10, unless greater degree of surface preparation is required by coating manufacturerÓs representative. November 2022 09_96_01-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 3. Correct abraded, scratched, or otherwise damaged areas of prime coat by sanding or abrasive blasting to bare metal in accordance with SSPC SP 2, SP 3, or SP 6, as directed by the Engineer. When entire shop priming fails or has weathered excessively (more than 25 percent of the item), or when recommended by coating manufacturerÓs representative, abrasive blast shop prime coat to remove entire coat and prepare surface in accordance with SSPC SP 10. 4. When incorrect prime coat is applied, remove incorrect prime coat by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP 10. 5. When prime coat not authorized by Engineer is applied, remove unauthorized prime coat by abrasive blasting in accordance with SSPC SP 10. 6. Shop applied bituminous paint or asphalt varnish: Abrasive blast clean shop applied bituminous paint or asphalt varnish from surfaces scheduled to receive non-bituminous coatings. J. Cadmium-plated, zinc-plated, or sherardized fasteners: 1. Abrasive blast in the same manner as unprotected metal when used in assembly of equipment designated for abrasive blasting. K. Abrasive blast components that are to be attached to surfaces that cannot be abrasive blasted before components are attached. L. Grind sharp edges to approximately 1/16-inch radius before abrasive blast cleaning. M. Remove and grind smooth all excessive weld material and weld spatter before blast cleaning in accordance with NACE SP0178. N. Poly vinyl chloride (PVC), chlorinated poly vinyl chloride (CPVC), and FRP surfaces: 1. Prepare surfaces to be coated by light sanding (de-gloss) and wipe-down with clean cloths, or by solvent cleaning in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. O. Cleaning of previously coated surfaces: 1. Concrete containment areas previously coated shall have old coatings removed prior to recoating. Only concrete surfaces inside chemical containment areas including inside wall surfaces, top of wall surfaces, sump area, and tank fill area, including equipment pads and tank pads. 2. Utilize cleaning agent to remove soluble salts such as chlorides and sulfates from concrete and metal surfaces: a. Cleaning agent: Biodegradable non-flammable and containing no VOC. b. Manufacturer: The following or equal: 1) CHLOR*RID International, Inc. 3. Cleaning of surfaces utilizing the decontamination cleaning agent may be accomplished in conjunction with abrasive blast cleaning, steam cleaning, high-pressure washing, or hand washing as approved by the coating manufacturer's representative and the Engineer. 4. Test cleaned surfaces in accordance with the cleaning agent manufacturer's instructions to ensure all soluble salts have been removed. Additional cleaning shall be carried out as necessary. 5. Final surface preparation prior to application of new coating system shall be made in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's printed instructions. November 2022 09_96_01-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 3.03 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PREPARATION A. Identify equipment, ducting, piping, and conduit as specified in Section 46_05_11 - Equipment Identification and Section 26_05_53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. B. Remove grilles, covers, and access panels for mechanical and electrical system from location and coat separately. C. Prepare and finish coat primed equipment with color selected by the Engineer. D. Prepare and prime and coat insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare ducts, hangers, brackets, collars, and supports, except where items are covered with prefinished coating. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when coated over or spattered. F. Prepare and coat interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with 1 coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. G. Prepare and coat dampers exposed immediately behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets to match face panels. H. Prepare and coat exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas with color and texture to match adjacent surfaces. I. Prepare and coat both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. J. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed ductwork and apply color banding and identification, such as flow arrows, naming, and numbering, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.04 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat metal unless specified otherwise: 1. Aboveground piping to be coated shall be empty of contents during application of coatings. C. Verify metal surface preparation immediately before applying coating in accordance with SSPC SP COM. D. Allow surfaces to dry, except where coating manufacturer requires surface wetting before coating. E. Wash coat and prime sherardized, aluminum, copper, and bronze surfaces, or prime with manufacturer's recommended special primer. November 2022 09_96_01-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) F. Prime shop-primed metal surfaces. Spot prime exposed metal of shop-primed surfaces before applying primer over entire surface. G. Multiple coats: 1. Apply minimum number of specified coats. 2. Apply additional coats when necessary to achieve specified thicknesses. 3. Apply coats to thicknesses specified, especially at edges and corners. 4. When multiple coats of same material are specified, tint prime coat and intermediate coats with suitable pigment to distinguish each coat. 5. Lightly sand and dust surfaces to receive high-gloss finishes, unless instructed otherwise by coating manufacturer. 6. Dust coatings between coats. H. Coat surfaces without drops, overspray, dry spray, runs, ridges, waves, holidays, laps, or brush marks. I. Remove spatter and droppings after completion of coating. J. Apply coating by brush, roller, trowel, or spray, unless particular method of application is required by coating manufacturer's instructions or these Specifications. K. Plural component application: Drums shall be premixed each day. All gauges shall be in working order prior to the start of application. Ratio checks shall be completed prior to each application. A spray sample shall be sprayed on plastic sheeting to ensure set time is complete prior to each application. Hardness testing shall be performed after each application. L. Spray application: 1. Stripe coat edges, welds, nuts, bolts, and difficult-to-reach areas by brush before beginning spray application, as necessary, to ensure specified coating thickness along edges. 2. When using spray application, apply coating to thickness not greater than that recommended in coating manufacturer's instructions for spray application. 3. Use airless spray method, unless air spray method is required by coating manufacturer's instruction or these Specifications. 4. Conduct spray coating under controlled conditions. Protect adjacent construction and property from coating mist, fumes, or overspray. M. Drying and recoating: 1. Provide fans, heating devices, or other means recommended by coating manufacturer to prevent formation of condensate or dew on surface of substrate, coating between coats and within curing time following application of last coat. 2. For submerged service, the Contractor shall provide a letter to the Engineer that the lining system is fully cured and ready to be placed into service. 3. Limit drying time to that required by these Specifications or coating manufacturer's instructions. 4. Do not allow excessive drying time or exposure, which may impair bond between coats. 5. Recoat epoxies within time limits recommended by coating manufacturer. 6. When time limits are exceeded, abrasive blast clean and de-gloss clean prior to applying another coat. November 2022 09_96_01-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 7. When limitation on time between abrasive blasting and coating cannot be met before attachment of components to surfaces that cannot be abrasive blasted, coat components before attachment. 8. Ensure primer and intermediate coats of coating are unscarred and completely integral at time of application of each succeeding coat. 9. Touch-up suction spots between coats and apply additional coats where required to produce finished surface of solid, even color, free of defects. 10. Leave no holidays. 11. Sand and feather in to a smooth transition and recoat scratched, contaminated, or otherwise damaged coating surfaces so damages are invisible to the naked eye. N. Concrete: 1. Apply first coat (primer) only when surface temperature of concrete is decreasing in order to eliminate effects of off-gassing on coating. 3.05 VINYL ESTER A. Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations and as directed and approved by coating manufacturer's representative. B. Application: 1. Apply prime coat, as required by coating manufacturer, base coat, and topcoat to total dry film thickness of 125 mils minimum: a. Final topcoat on floors shall include non-skid surface, applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Perform high-voltage holiday detection test in accordance with NACE SP0188, over 100 percent of coated surface areas to ensure pinhole-free finished coating system. 3. All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and under direction of coating manufacturer's representative. 3.06 HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY AND POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM A. Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with general preparation requirements and as follows: a. Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with general preparation requirements. b. Touch up shop-primed steel and miscellaneous iron. c. Abrasive blast ferrous metal surfaces at jobsite prior to coating. Abrasive blast clean rust and discoloration from surfaces. d. Degrease or solvent clean, whip abrasive blast, power tool, or hand tool clean galvanized metal surfaces. e. Lightly sand (de-gloss) fiberglass, PVC, and CPVC pipe to be coated and wipe clean with dry cloths, or solvent clean in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions. f. Abrasive blast clean ductile iron surfaces. B. Application: November 2022 09_96_01-13 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 1. Apply coatings in accordance with general application requirements and as follows: a. Apply a 3-coat system consisting of: 1) Primer: 4 to 5 mils DFT high solids epoxy. 2) Intermediate coat: 4 to 5 mils DFT high solids epoxy. 3) Topcoat: 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT aliphatic or aliphatic-acrylic polyurethane topcoat. 2. Recoat or apply succeeding epoxy coats within 30 days or within time limits recommended by manufacturer, whichever is shorter. Prepare surfaces for recoating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 WATERBORNE ACRYLIC EMULSION A. Preparation: 1. Remove all oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign material by solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP 1. 2. Lightly sand all surfaces and wipe thoroughly with clean cotton cloths before applying coating. B. Application: 1. Apply 2 or more coats to obtain a minimum DFT of 5.0 mils. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Each coat will be inspected. Strip and remove defective coats, prepare surfaces, and recoat. When approved, apply next coat. B. Control and check DFT and integrity of coatings. C. Measure DFT with calibrated thickness gauge. D. DFT on ferrous-based substrates may be checked with Elcometer Type 1 Magnetic Pull-Off Gauge or PosiTector® 6000. E. Verify coat integrity with low-voltage sponge or high-voltage spark holiday detector, in accordance with NACE SP0188. Allow Engineer to use detector for additional checking. F. Check wet film thickness before coal-tar epoxy coating cures on concrete or non ferrous metal substrates. G. Arrange for services of coating manufacturer's field representative to provide periodic field consultation and inspection services to ensure proper surface preparation of facilities and items to be coated, and to ensure proper application and curing: 1. Notify Engineer 24 hours in advance of each visit by coating manufacturer's representative. 2. Provide Engineer with a written report by coating manufacturer's representative within 48 hours following each visit. November 2022 09_96_01-14 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) 3.09 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS NOT REQUIRING COATING A. General: Unless specified otherwise, the following items do not require coating: 1. Items that have received final coat at factory and are not listed to receive coating in field. 2. Aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, plastic (except PVC and CPVC pipe), rubber, stainless steel, chrome, Everdur, or lead. 3. Buried or encased piping or conduit. 4. Exterior concrete. 5. Galvanized steel wall framing, galvanized roof decking, galvanized electrical conduits, galvanized pipe trays, galvanized cable trays, and other galvanized items: a. Areas on galvanized items or parts where galvanizing has been damaged during handling or construction shall be repaired as follows: 1) Clean damaged areas by SSPC SP 1, SP 2, SP 3, or SP 7 as required. 2) Apply 2 coats of a galvanizing zinc compound in strict accordance with manufacturerÓs instructions. 6. Grease fittings. 7. Fiberglass ducting or tanks in concealed locations. 8. Steel to be encased in concrete or masonry. 3.10 SCHEDULE OF SURFACES TO BE COATED IN THE FIELD A. In general, apply coatings to steel, iron, galvanized surfaces, and wood surfaces unless specified or otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Coat concrete surfaces and anodized aluminum only when specified or indicated on the Drawings. Color coat all piping as specified in Section 46_05_00.03. B. The following schedule is incomplete. Coat unlisted surfaces with same coating system as similar listed surfaces. Verify questionable surfaces. C. Concrete: 1. Vinyl ester: a. Secondary containment: All concrete surfaces inside chemical containment areas including inside wall surfaces, top of wall surfaces, sump area, and tank fill area, including equipment pads and tank pads. b. Suitable for 72 hours submerged in: 1) 50-percent sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) solution 2) 50-percent aluminum sulfate (alum) solution 3) 40-percent liquid ammonium sulfate (LAS) solution 4) 40-percent active polymer solution c. Concrete floor surfaces in chemical containment areas shall have a non skid surface. 2. High solids epoxy: a. Safety markings. November 2022 09_96_01-15 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) D. Metals: 1. High solids epoxy and polyurethane system: Interior and exterior non immersed ferrous metal surfaces including: a. Doors, doorframes, ventilators, louvers, grilles, exposed sheet metal, and flashing. b. Pipe, valves, pipe hangers, supports and saddles, conduit, cable tray hangers, and supports. c. Motors and motor accessory equipment. d. Drive gear, drive housing, coupling housings, and miscellaneous gear drive equipment. e. Valve and gate operators and stands. f. Structural steel including galvanized structural steel. 1) Exposed metal decking. g. Exterior of tanks and other containment vessels. h. Mechanical equipment supports, drive units, and accessories. i. Pumps not submerged. 2. High solids epoxy system: a. Field priming of ferrous metal surfaces with defective shop-prime coat where no other prime coat is specified; for non-submerged service. b. Bell rings, underside of manhole covers and frames. c. Sump pumps and grit pumps, including underside of base plates and submerged suction and discharge piping. d. Chlorine diffuser supports. e. Exterior of submerged piping and valves other than stainless steel, PVC, or CPVC piping. f. Submerged pipe supports and hangers. g. Stem guides. h. Vertical shaft mixers and aerators below supports. i. Other submerged iron and steel metal unless specified otherwise. j. Interior surface of suction inlet and volute of submersible influent pumps. Apply coating prior to pump testing. k. Submerged piping. l. Exterior of influent pumps and influent pump submerged discharge piping. E. Fiberglass, PVC, and CPVC pipe surfaces: 1. Waterborne acrylic emulsion. a. Fiberglass expose to sunlight. b. PVC piping exposed to view. c. CPVC piping exposed to view. d. ABS piping as determined by Engineer. END OF SECTION November 2022 09_96_01-16 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/09_96_01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 10_14_00 SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Plastic and metal signs for building and site use. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: B. Shop drawings: Include lists of sign types, sizes, text, and colors; mounting details; locations; and cast metal plaque rubbings and templates. C. Samples: Include actual materials. D. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: Manufacturer of proposed products for minimum 5 years with satisfactory performance record of minimum 5 years. B. Installer qualifications: Manufacturer approved installer of products similar to specified products on minimum 10 projects of similar scope as Project with satisfactory performance record. C. Regulatory requirements: Provide signage in accordance with Americans with Disabilities Act as published in the Federal Register, Volume 56, No. 144, Friday, July 26, 1991. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTIC SIGNAGE SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. One of the following or equal: a. Best Manufacturing Sign Systems, Montrose, CO; System 900013. b. Andco Industries Corp., Greensboro, NC; equivalent product. c. Vomar Products, Inc., Sepulveda, CA; equivalent product. B. Attachment: 1. Vinyl tape, self-adhering. C. Lettering: 1. Helvetica medium, 3/4 inches high. November 2022 10_14_00-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) D. Material for interior use: 1. Plastic 1/8-inch thick raised letters. E. Material for exterior use: 1. Fiberglass 1/4 inch thick with high gloss finish, raised letters, blasted from single piece of fiberglass for integral letter and background. 2. No adhesive as mechanical fastening of letters shall be allowed. F. Colors: 1. As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. G. See Schedule A for specific sign size, location, text, pictogram, and quantity. 2.02 METAL SAFETY SIGNS A. Manufacturer: Meeting OSHA Requirements; 40-mil thick aluminum with baked enamel finish. One of the following or equal: 1. Seton Name Plate Co., Branford, Connecticut, Special Wording. 2. Emedco, Buffalo, New York. B. Danger sign colors: 1. Background: White. 2. Heading: White lettering on red oval with white border in black rectangular panel. 3. Message: Black lettering on white. 4. Size: As scheduled. C. Caution sign colors: 1. Background: Yellow. 2. Heading: Yellow lettering on black rectangular panel. 3. Message: Black lettering on yellow. 4. Size: As scheduled. D. Safety instruction signs: 1. Background: White. 2. Heading: White lettering on green rectangular panel. 3. Message: Black lettering. 4. Size: As scheduled. E. Warning sign colors: 1. Background: Orange. 2. Heading: Black lettering on orange diamond in black rectangular panel. 3. Message: Flack lettering on orange. 4. Size: As scheduled. F. Notice information signs: 1. Background: White. 2. Heading: White lettering on blue rectangular panel. 3. Message: Black lettering. 4. Size: As scheduled. November 2022 10_14_00-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) G. Fasteners: Round head stainless steel bolts or screws. H. See Schedule B for specific sign size, location, text, and quantity. 2.03 EXTERIOR INFORMATION SIGNS A. Able to withstand 130 miles per hour wind load without damage: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Best Manufacturing Sign Systems, Montrose, CO; equivalent product. b. Andco Industries Corp., Greensboro, NC; equivalent product. c. Vomar Products, Inc., Sepulveda, CA; equivalent product. B. Sign panel: Nominal 3 inches thick, consisting of 1/8-inch thick fiberglass material with integral returns fully encapsulating wood and foam core, 1/8-inch radius edges and corners, size as indicated on the Drawings. C. Text: Helvetica medium, size and wording as indicated on the Drawings. D. Posts: Nominal 3 inch square extruded aluminum sections with aluminum fillers at top and bottom, mounting hardware, and aluminum baseplates drilled for anchor bolts. E. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, suitable for application and wind load. F. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.04 HAZARD MATERIAL SIGNALS A. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal: 1. Seton Name Plate Co., Branford, Connecticut. 2. Emedco, Buffalo, New York. B. Hazard material signals: In accordance with NFPA 704, 2007; vinyl panels, letters, and symbols with pressure sensitive adhesive, sizes as required for viewing distances, letters and symbols in accordance with Schedule C. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces which may be damaged by installation of signs. B. Prepare substrates in accordance with sign manufacturer's instructions. C. Remove scale, dirt, grease, and other contaminates from substrates. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install signs in accordance with sign manufacturer's instructions. B. Fasten signs securely in level, plumb, and true to plane positions. November 2022 10_14_00-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) C. Install signs where indicated on the Drawings or as indicated in the following schedules. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. Plastic Signage System Schedule. B. Metal Safety Sign Schedule. C. Hazard Material Signals. END OF SECTION November 2022 10_14_00-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) SCHEDULE A PLASTIC SIGNAGE SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Room Names: 1. Location: On wall outside room adjacent to right side of opening or when not enough space on right side, on nearest adjacent wall. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, or 3 inches from top of wall if shorter than 60 inches. 3. Size: 6 inches square. 4. Colors: As selected by Engineer. 5. Text: Sign per door of following rooms: COAGULANT STORAGE AREA LAS STORAGE AREA POLYMER STORAGE AREA CAUSTIC STORAGE AREA CHLORINE/LAS FLASH MIX VAULT COAGULANT FLASH MIX VAULT B. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Location: Adjacent to fire extinguishers. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. 3. Size: 6 inches square. 4. Colors: White letters on OSHA Red background. 5. Text: FIRE EXTINGUISHER. END OF SCHEDULE A PLASTIC SIGNAGE SYSTEM SCHEDULE November 2022 10_14_00-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) SCHEDULE B METAL SAFETY SIGN SCHEDULE A. NONPOTABLE WATER: 1. Location: At impure water and nonpotable water hose valves in accordance with Typical Detail M276. 2. Height: In accordance with Typical Detail. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: DO NOT DRINK THIS WATER B. COAGULANT WARNING: 1. Location: On exterior wall of coagulant containment areas and coagulant storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, and on exterior of containment wall. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: CORROSIVE C. POLYMER AREA WARNING: 1. Location: On exterior wall of polymer containment area and polymer storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, and on exterior of containment wall. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: CAUTION 5. Wording: POLYMER AREA FLOOR SLIPPERY WHEN WET D. LIQUID AMMONIUM SULFATE (LAS) WARNING: 1. Location: On exterior wall of liquid ammonium sulfate (LAS) containment areas and LAS storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, and on exterior of containment wall. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: CORROSIVE E. SODIUM HYDROXIDE WARNING (BID ALTERNATE NO. 1): 1. Location: On exterior wall of caustic (sodium hydroxide) containment areas and sodium hydroxide storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, and on exterior of containment wall. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: SODIUM HYDROXIDE CAUSES SEVERE BURNS November 2022 10_14_00-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) F. REMOTELY CONTROLLED AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT: 1. Location: On front and back of equipment that starts automatically by remote control. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign, or as achievable on equipment. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: THIS EQUIPMENT STARTS AUTOMATICALLY BY REMOTE CONTROL G. HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING: 1. Location: On front and back of equipment, adjacent to doors to rooms containing devices, and devices that operate at 600 volts or greater. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT H. NO SMOKING INFORMATIONAL SIGNS: 1. Location: On exterior face of wall, adjacent to each entry point (exterior door) to all buildings. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. Where metal safety signs are also located adjacent to entry points, place no smoking signs below these signs. 3. Size: 6 inches square. 4. Heading: None. 5. Wording: None. 6. Pictogram: International ÐNo SmokingÑ symbol. I. CONFINED SPACE WARNING: 1. Location: At entrances to confined spaces. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign adjacent to confined space entry points. 3. Size: 10 inches wide by 7 inches high. 4. Heading: DANGER 5. Wording: PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE DO NOT ENTER END OF SCHEDULE B METAL SAFETY SIGN SCHEDULE November 2022 10_14_00-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) SCHEDULE C HAZARD MATERIAL SIGNALS A. HAZARD SIGNAL FOR LIQUID AMMONIUM SULFATE (LAS) 40 PERCENT: 1. Location: At entrances to locations where stored and on storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. 3. View Distance: 100 feet. 4. Health: 2 5. Flammability: 0 6. Reactivity: 1 7. Special: IRR B. HAZARD SIGNAL FOR ALUMINUM SULFATE (ALUM) 50 PERCENT: 1. Location: At entrances to locations where stored and on storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. 3. View Distance: 100 feet. 4. Health: 2 5. Flammability: 0 6. Reactivity: 1 7. Special: COR C. HAZARD SIGNAL FOR SODIUM HYDROXIDE (CAUSTIC SODA) 50 PERCENT: 1. Location: At entrances to locations where stored and on storage tanks. 2. Height: 60 inches above floor to center of sign. 3. View Distance: 100 feet. 4. Health: 3 5. Flammability: 0 6. Reactivity: 0 7. Special: COR END OF SCHEDULE C IDENTIFICATION DEVICE SCHEDULE November 2022 10_14_00-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/10_14_00 (BidSet 2022) DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION13 31 10 Stainless Steel Baffle Wall 1.GENERAL 1.1.WORK OF THIS SECTION A.Scope: CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, material, and incidentals as shown, specified and required to provide stainless steel baffle walls. B.Eachbaffle wallshallbe as specified herein and will be designed for installation in a basin having the dimensions indicated on the drawings. C.The manufacturer of the baffle wallshall be vested with unit responsibility for the proper function of the complete system. The materialcovered by this specification is intended to be standard materialof proven ability as manufactured by reputable concerns having extensive experience in the production of such material. D.ONSWTP utilizes several chemicals such as alum, polymers, sodium permanganatefor treatmentand chloramines for disinfection on a daily basis and free chlorine conversions intermittently. The manufacturer and contractor shall ensure that proposed baffle wall material and all the submerged appurtenances including bolts, anchors, strips, etc. are suitable and resistant against such water treatmentchemicals. E.Provide3 footby4 foot manwayand hatchat location shown on drawing, one per baffle wall,thisshallbe constructed from the same material as the baffles as shown on Contract Drawingsand detailsshall be included in the shop drawing shall be included for Engineer Provide hinges and door latch as described on Contract Drawings. 1.2.REFERENCES A.The following is a list of standards whichmay be referenced in this section: 1.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2.ASTM A240Type 304& 316Stainless Steel 3.American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4.American Welding Society (AWS) 1.3.SUBMITTALS A.Submit for approval the following 1.A certificate of NSF-61 approval for the baffle walls that are being proposed. Certificates for materials only will not be acceptable Addendum 6 13 31 10 Page 1of 5 2. Provide an electronic copy for the shop drawings for review. Submit 4 copies of approved shop drawings. Manuals shall be in a white 3-ring binder, and include tabbed sections defining scope, process calculations, mechanical and structural calculations, and drawings. 3. All process design calculations shall be prepared by the manufacturer and sealed by a registered professional engineer in the State of Texas. 4. Ma including total weight of each unit, structural loads at supports, connection details, and performance data. 5. Drawings shall show dimensions, overall arrangement of material and materials of construction. B. Operations and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit (4) complete operation and maintenance manuals. Manuals shall be in a white 3-ring binder with tabbed sections to includ -size drawings when practical, and individually sleeved D- size drawings. 1.4. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The baffle wall shall be designed for a maximum head differential of 7.2 on either side of the wall. B. Design Max. flow in each basin shall be 50 MGD and Six baffle walls shall be provided as shown on drawings. The Contractor shall field verify dimensions: Plant -1 : Four baffle walls, each is 66.5 L x 15.7 H approx. and each baffle wall must have one of the following port combination 1. A total of 120 ports with 4 port diameter each 2. A total of 300 ports with 2.5 port diameter each Plant-2 : Two baffle walls, each is 142 L x 15.7 H approx. and each baffle wall must have one of the following port combination 1. A total of 240 ports with 4 port diameter each 2. A total of 600 ports with 2.5 port diameter each C. Maximum stress in the wall shall be 60% of the Yield Strength of the material. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The material shall be manufactured by: Jim Myers & Sons, Inc., Charlotte, NC, (JMS) or pre-qualified equal per paragraph 2.1.D. The referenced supplier is assumed to be pre-qualified. Meurer Research, a Parkson Brand of Golden, Colorado Addendum 6 13 31 10 Page 2 of 5 B. The naming of a manufacturer in this specification is not an indication that the manufactumaterial is acceptable in lieu of the specified component features. Naming is only an indication that the manufacturer may have the capability of engineering and supplying a system as specified. submit, or supply any material not in full compliance with this specification. C. The material described by this specification defines minimum material requirements. All costs associated with any deviation from this specification shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D. The material shall be the product of a manufacturer engaged in the design and manufacture of similar material in successful operation in similar applications. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years of United States municipal water experience with 10 installations of the same type of material as specified herein with documented successful operation. E. Pre-qualification for alternate manufacturer requires manufacturers to submit the following 30 days prior to bid opening: 1. A list of at least 10 previous installations, including contact information, of similar size, design, and complying with the requirements as set forth within this specification. 2. Preliminary drawings and calculations specific to this project. F. The manufacturer shall be solely and fully responsible for the warranty and mechanical design adequacy of all the provided components under this Section. G. This specification has been prepared on the basis of the specific requirements for this application. These speci material design and it will be mandatory that all manufacturers meet all requirement of this specification. Material manufacturers shall modify their standard designs and recommended operational parameters to meet all requirements of this specification and as shown on the drawings. 2.2. BAFFLE WALL A. Baffle wall planks shall be fabricated of type 316 stainless steel with a minimum thickness of 22 gauge, and will be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Planks shall have openings adequate as described in Section 1.04. B. T-316 stainless steel guide rails shall be provided to support the planks where indicated on the drawings. Addendum 6 13 31 10 Page 3 of 5 C. The design for the anchor system will be as provided by the manufacturer. All anchors, fasteners and hardware will be type 316 stainless steel. 2.3. HARDWARE A. All field assembly bolts and anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel. B. All submerged connections shall utilize Type 316 stainless steel nylon insert locknuts. 2.4. FABRICATION A. All parts and components shall be factory-assembled in sections convenient for field handling and installation but requiring the minimum amount of work for field assembly. Any field assembly work shall be bolted. No cutting or welding should be required on either field assembly or erection. B. All assembled parts and components ready for shipment shall be securely bundled, coiled, or crated and adequately protected from damage and corrosion during shipment and storage. 3. EXECUTION 3.1. INSTALLATION C. The Contractor shall install the troughs in strict accordance with the manufacturer's drawings and recommendations. D. Food grade anti-seize shall be applied to the threads of all stainless steel bolts before assembly at the factory and field assembly. 3.1. WARRANTY A. The supplier shall guarantee in writing that the material furnished is appropriate for the intended service and shall be free of manufacturing and fabrication defects in material and workmanship for a period of 1 year after the material is satisfactorily placed in service. If the material is not placed in service within 6 months of delivery, the 1 year guarantee period shall commence 6 months after delivery. 3.2. MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Manufac Field Services: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the following services in addition to any other services specified herein, and required by these Specifications. Addendum 6 13 31 10 Page 4 of 5 1. Pre-installation training service: representative shall be provided for (1) trip and (1) eight hour day of onsite service to review material submittals and installation instructions. 2. A factory train minimum of two (2) trips and a minimum of three (3) eight hour days to provide installation supervision. 3. After installation supervision and field testing services by the manufacturer, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, a certification letter on signed by the manufacturer certifying that the material was installed per thdations. B. All costs, including travel, lodging, meals and incidentals for manufacturer service shall END OF SECTION Addendum 6 13 31 10 Page 5 of 5 PRECAST CONCRETE BAFFLE WALL PART 1GENERAL 1.01DESCRIPTION A.CONTRACTOR shall provide all designs, labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified or required to furnish and install precast baffle walls in Plant -1 and Plant -2. B.The Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1.Custom fabricated precast concretebaffles. 2.Baffle system supports, batten strips, fasteners and anchors. 3.Baffle system reinforcement. 4.Design and installation of baffle system and anchorage systems. 5.Cleaning including but not limited to sediment deposits at the basin bottom C.ONSWTP utilizes several chemicals such as alum, polymers, sodium permanganate for treatment and chloramines for disinfection on a daily basisand free chlorine conversions intermittently. The manufacturer and contractor shall ensure that proposed baffle wall material and all the submerged appurtenances including bolts, anchors, strips, etc. are suitable and resistant against such water treatment chemicals. D.Baffle walls shall be designed precast concrete and meet the following requirements: 1.The minimum wall thickness shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 350R. 2.The minimum amount and maximum spacing of non-prestressed,mild steel reinforcement shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 350. 3.The maximum spacing of lateral supports shall as required for stability and in accordance with the requirements of ACI 350 E.Provide316 SS 3 foot by 4 foot man way and hatch , one per baffle wall, this shall be constructed from the same material as the baffles as shown on Contract Drawings and details shall be included in the shop drawing shall be included for Engineer F.Design Max. flow in each basin shall be 50 MGD and six baffle walls shall be provided as shown on drawings. The Contractor shall field verify dimensions: 1.Plant -1 : Four baffle walls(2 in each basin) baffle wall must have one of the following port combination a. or b. 2.Plant-2 : Two baffle walls(1 in each basin) wall must have one of the following port combination Addendum 6 -Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 1331 20 a. or b. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications and Experience 1. The Baffle Wall Contractor shall be a pre-approved specialist contractor experienced in the design, construction, and retrofit of precast concrete baffle walls, having designed and installed, in their own name, at least 10 precast baffle wall and anchorage systems inside of water treatment structures. 2. The Contractor shall have in its employ a design professional structural engineer with a minimum of 10 years experience, registered in the state of Texas. The design structural engineer shall have been the engineer of record for a minimum of 5 precast baffle wall installations in last 15 years. B. Prequalification 1. All contractors are required to be prequalified. 2. The following two Contractors are prequalified for the design and construction of precast concrete baffle systems. a. DN Tanks, LLC, Grand Prairie, Texas b. Preload, LLC, Louisville, Kentucky 3. Additional Contractors seeking prequalification shall make a complete submittal to the Engineer for review and approval no later than fifteen days prior to the date set for receipt of bid, in accordance with Section 1.02A. The submittal shall include of previous design for precast concrete baffle walls. Within five days prior to the date of receiving bids, the Engineer will publish a list of additional prequalified Baffle Contractors. 4. All Baffle Contractors not prequalified in accordance with Section 1.02 will be rejected. C. Codes & Standards All Codes shall be considered the most current version of that code unless noted otherwise. 1. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete 2. ACI 305 Hot Weather Concreting 3. ACI 306 Cold Weather Concreting 4. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete 5. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary 6. ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary 7. ACI 350.3 Seismic Design of Liquid Containing Concrete Structures and Commentary 8. ACI 506R Guide to Shotcrete 9. ASTM A123/A123M Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 10. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 11. ASTM A615/A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 12. ASTM A653/A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 13. ASTM A706/A706M Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 14. ASTM A821 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Hard Drawn for Prestressing Concrete Tanks 15. ASTM A1008/A1008M Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable 16. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 17. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 18. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 19. ASTM C231 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 20. ASTM C618, Type F Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete 21. ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 Ft. lbf/ft3) 600 KN-M/M3) 22. ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 23. ASTM D1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded Rubber 24. ASTM C1116/C1116M Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete 25. ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method 26. ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil 33 Using Modified Effort (56,000 Ft. lbf/ft) 2700 KN-M/M) 27. ASTM D2000 Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications 28. ASCE Standard 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures 29. AWWA C652 Standard for Disinfection of Water-Storage Facilities 30. AWWA D110 Wire and Strand Wound, Circular, Prestressed Concrete Water Tanks 31. TID-7024, Dynamic Pressure on Fluid Containers of Nuclear Reactors and Earthquakes 32. US Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C-572, Specification for PVC Waterstop D. Design Criteria 1. The Contractor shall design the concrete wall based on the following design criteria and requirements: a. Design loads and wind loads: as required by ASCE 7. b. Design baffle / diffuser walls for a maximum operating water differential across each wall of 6 inches. c. Baffle walls shall be precast concrete. Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 d. Reinforcement shall be as per applicable codes and design requirements e. Precast concrete baffle wall surfaces shall be formed where formed and light broom finish on non-formed surfaces. f. Precast, concrete baffle wall shall be constructed of straight panels that are connected together with stainless steel bolts and connecting plates. The joint, between panels, shall be 1/2-inch± in width and shall be sealed with concrete. g. Sections between panels may be constructed with cast-in-place reinforced concrete as the discretion of the Baffle Contractor where existing obstructions interfere the baffle wall alignment. E. Design Submittal after Execution of Contract 1. Design calculations and drawings in quadruplicate, showing details and procedures of construction, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval after execution of the Contract. After approval by the Engineer, one set of the drawings and calculations will be returned to the Contractor, and any changes found necessary by the Engineer shall be made by the Baffle Contractor. 2. Approval by the Engineer of the drawings and calculations submitted by the Contractor will not in any way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the drawings and calculations. 3. Design calculations and drawings shall be stamped by a professional engineer experienced in the design of precast baffle walls. F. Construction Submittals for Review Prior to Use 1. Design proportions for all concrete and shotcrete. Concrete strengths of trial mixes. 2. Admixtures to be used in the concrete or shotcrete and their purpose. 3. Reinforcing steel shop drawings showing fabrication and placement. 4. Catalog cuts or shop drawings of all appurtenances 1.03 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee the structure against defective materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of completion. If any materials or workmanship prove to be defective within one year, they shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor expense. PART 2 MATERIAL 2.01 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to ACI 301. B. Cement shall be Portland cement Type I or Type II. C. Admixtures, other than air-entraining, superplasticizers, shrinkage reducing and water reducing admixtures will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. D. Concrete for the tank floor, footings, pipe encasement, and all other work shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at twenty-eight days. Air entrainment shall be provided at the determination of the tank manufacturer. The coarse and fine aggregate shall meet the requirements of ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall be No. 67 with 100% passing the 1½ inch sieve. Superplasticizers, water-reducing, and shrinkage reducing (if applicable) admixtures shall be incorporated into the floor concrete. E. Proportioning for concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 301. Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 F. All concrete shall have a maximum water soluble chloride ion concentration of 0.06% by weight of cementitious material. 2.02 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel Grade 60, as shown on the Drawings, meeting the requirements of ASTM A615. Welded wire fabric and weldable reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A185 and ASTM A706, respectively. B. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately fabricated and shall be free from loose rust, scale, and contaminants, which reduce bond. C. Reinforcing steel shall be accurately positioned on supports, spacers, hangers, or other reinforcements and shall be secured in place with wire ties or suitable clips. Rebar chair supports may be either steel with plastic tips, turned up legs or plastic. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS A. All Elastomeric materials shall be NSF 61 approved. B. Waterstops shall be polyvinyl chloride meeting the requirements of the Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C 572. Splices shall be made in accordance with the M recommendations subject to the approval of the Engineer. Waterstop shall be manufactured by Greenstreak Plastic Products Company, Inc., or equal. C. Bearing pads shall be natural rubber or neoprene. 1. Natural rubber bearing pads shall contain only virgin natural polyisoprene as the raw polymer and the physical properties shall comply with ASTM D2000 Line Call-Out M 4 AA 414 A1 3. 2. Neoprene bearing pads shall have a hardness of 40 to 50 durometer, a minimum tensile strength of 1,500 psi, a minimum elongation of 500%, and a maximum compressive set of 50%. Pads shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2000 Line Call-Out M 2 BC 410 A1 4 B14 or M 2 BC 414 A14 C12 F17 for 40 durometer material. D. Sponge filler shall be closed-cell neoprene or rubber conforming to ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, and Grade 1 or 3. Compression deflection limited to 25% at 2 to 5 psi. E. Polysulfide or polyurethane sealant will be a two or three component elastomeric compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C920. Sealants shall have permanent characteristics of bond to metal surfaces, flexibility, and resistance to extrusion due to hydrostatic pressure. Air cured sealants shall not be used. PART 3 CONSTRUCTION 3.01 SAFETY A. Every precaution shall be taken to keep personnel and visitors outside the precasting area. B. Where access to the site by unauthorized persons is outside the Contractor precasting work is in progress, Baffle Contractor shall erect protective fencing. C. Contractor to conform and enforce all Local and Federal OSHA safety rules and regulations. 3.02 PRECAST WALL PANEL CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 A. Precast concrete baffle walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ACI 318 and 350R. A. Precast concrete baffle wall surfaces shall be form finish where formed and light broom finish on non-formed surfaces. B. Precast concrete baffle wall shall be constructed of straight panels that are connected together with 316 stainless steel bolts and connecting plates. The joint between panels shall be ½-inch ± in width. C. Bracing for walls shall be either concrete or 316 stainless steel members. D. Joints in baffle walls are permitted and do not require waterstops. E. FRP plates shall be installed at the joints between precast panels. F. Wall beds shall be constructed to provide finished panels with the proper shape. G. Polyethylene sheeting shall be placed between successive pours to provide a high moisture environment and a long slow cure for the concrete. H. The erecting crane and lifting equipment shall be capable of lifting and placing the precast panels to their proper location without causing damage to the panel. 3.03 CONCRETE A. All concrete shall be conveyed, placed, finished, and cured as required by pertinent ACI standards. B. Weather Limitations 1. Unless specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer, concrete shall not be placed without special protection during cold weather when the ambient temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit and when the concrete is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures before initial set has occurred and the concrete strength has reached 500 psi. Concrete shall be protected in accordance with ACI 306. The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 and ACI 306. All methods and equipment for heating and for protecting concrete in place shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2. During hot weather, concreting shall be in accordance with the requirements of ACI 305. 3. Placement of concrete during periods of low humidity (below 50%) shall be avoided when feasible and economically possible, particularly when large surface areas are to be finished. In any event, surfaces exposed to drying wind shall be covered with polyethylene sheets immediately after finishing, or flooded with water, or shall be water cured continuously from the time the concrete has taken initial set. Curing compounds may be used in conjunction with water curing, provided they are compatible with coatings that may later be applied, or they are degradable. C. Finishes 1. The interior of the precast wall panels shall receive a light broom finish. D. Curing 1. Concrete shall be cured using water methods, sealing materials, or curing compounds. Curing compounds shall not be used on surfaces to which decorative coatings, mortar, or shotcrete is to be applied. Curing compounds used within the tank shall be suitable for use with potable water. E. Testing 1. For concrete placed in precast panels or wall slots, a set of three cylinders shall be made for each truck load of concrete placed. For concrete placed in the floor, dome ring, or dome Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 slots, two sets of five cylinders for the first 50 cubic yards, and one set of five cylinders for every 100 cubic yards thereafter placed in the same day. Two cylinders shall be tested at seven days, two at twenty-eight days, and one held as a spare. 2. Slump, air content and temperature testing shall be performed on each truck where cylinders are taken. 3. All concrete testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 and C39, at the expense of the City and shall be conducted by an independent testing agency approved by the Engineer. F. Baffle Walls: Concrete used for precast baffle walls shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days with the following properties: 1. Air Content: Provided at the determination of the Baffle Contractor. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Material Ratio: 0.42 3. Fine and Course Aggregate: Meeting requirements of ASTM C33 1.02 CLEAN-UP A. The premises shall be kept clean and orderly at all times during the work. Upon completion of construction, the Baffle Contractor shall remove or otherwise dispose of all rubbish and other materials caused by the construction operation. The Baffle Contractor shall leave the premises in as good a condition as it was found. B. The Contractor shall also remove all construction debris and thoroughly clean the interior and floor and wall surfaces, and piping, using a low-pressure wash. END OF SECTION Addendum 6 - Precast Concrete Baffle Wall 13 31 20 13 47 13 CATHODIC PROTECTION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Electrical isolation of the pipelines from adjacent metallic structures, steel reinforced concrete structures, structures with dissimilar metal or coatings, conduits and all other metallic components that may impact the operation of the cathodic protection system. 2. Electrical bonding of non-insulated, non-welded pipe joints and mechanical joints. 3. Testing of system during installation. 4. Cleanup and restoration of work site. 5. Testing of system after installation and backfill (Final System Checkout). 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. If the products installed as part of this Section are found to be defective, damaged, or not in conformance with the Specifications then the products and Work shall be corrected at the Contractors expense. B. Any retesting required due to inadequate installation or defective materials shall be paid for by the Contractor. C. The Work requires coordination of assembly, installation and testing between the Contractor and Owners representative. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Document Management. B. Shop Drawings: Catalog cuts, data sheets and other information for all products proposed. C. Certification that the equipment and materials proposed meet the Specifications. D. Certification of experience required for installation and testing of cathodic protection systems. E. Schedule including the expected start date and planned completion date. F. The following procedures and collected data shall be submitted after the completion of the Work: 1. Wire connection testing. 2. Insulating flange testing, before and after backfill. 3. The following will be submitted for deep well installations only: a. Well completion report. b. Electrical log with anode-to-earth resistances. 13 47 13 - 1 4. System check-out report. 5. Record drawings shall be submitted to and approved before the Work is considered complete. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of the cathodic protection system shall be performed by individuals having a minimum of 5 years of experience in the installation of cathodic protection equipment described in this Section. B. All testing required shall be performed by a NACE Level 2 CP Technician (or higher) under the direct supervision of a NACE Level 4 Cathodic Protection Specialist. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper ASTM B8 Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials ASTM D1248 for Wire and Cable Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, ASTM D1785 Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Insulation for ASTM D2220 Cable and Wire 2. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): Application of Tape Coatings for External Corrosion Protection of NACE SP0109 Buried Metal Pipelines Standard Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or NACE SP0169 Submerged Metallic Piping Systems NACE SP0286 Electrical Insulation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines Field-Applied Underground Wax Coating Systems for Underground NACE SP0375 Metallic Pipes Measurement Techniques Related to Criteria for Cathodic Protection NACE TM0497 on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems B. Whenever the Drawings or the Specifications require a higher degree of workmanship or higher quality material than indicated in the standards, the Drawings and Specifications shall prevail. 1.06 PERMITS AND JOB ACCESS A. The Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert prior to commencing construction to locate existing utilities in the area of construction. Existing utilities include, but are not 13 47 13 - 2 limited to, water lines, gas lines, telephone, streetlights, sewer, and storm drains and overhead and underground electric utilities. B. Traffic control shall satisfy the requirements of the governing locality. 1.07 INTERFERENCE AND EXACT LOCATIONS A. The locations of cathodic protection equipment, test stations, devices, outlets, and appurtenances as indicated are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor in the field subject to the approval of the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall field verify all data and final locations of Work done under other Sections of the Specifications required for placing of the electrical Work. C. In case of interference with other Work or erroneous locations with respect to equipment or structures, the Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the Work in an acceptable manner. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All materials and equipment to be used in construction shall be stored in such a manner to be protected from detrimental effects from the elements. If warehouse storage cannot be provided, materials and equipment shall be stacked well above ground level and protected from the elements with plastic sheeting or other appropriate methods. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST STATION PANEL BOARDS A. Panel boards shall be made of 1/4 inch thick phenolic plastic sized as indicated on the Drawings. B. Connection hardware shall be brass or bronze. All connections shall be double nutted bolts with lock washers. C. Copper bus bar shall be 1/8 inch thick and sized to fit. The copper bus bar shall be per ASTM B187, 98 percent conductivity. 2.02 CONCRETE TRAFFIC VALVE BOXES A. Traffic valve boxes shall be rated to withstand AASHTO H-20 traffic loading. The traffic valve boxes shall be G5 Utility Boxes as manufactured by Christy Concrete Products, Inc., No. 3RT Utility Box as manufactured by Brooks Products or approved equivalent. Traffic box covers for test stations shall be cast iron with welded bead legend and labeled CP TEST or ANODE as required. 2.03 SOLDERLESS LUG CONNECTORS A. Solderless lug connector shall be made of brass or copper with a brass screw. The lug shall be designed for direct burial and shall be appropriately sized for the connection wire. The lug shall be ILSCO Type XT 6DB or approved equivalent. 13 47 13 - 3 2.04 READY-MIX CONCRETE A. Ready-mixed concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C94. 2.05 DIELECTRIC INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. Insulating flange gaskets shall include full faced gaskets, insulating sleeves and washers and steel bolts, nuts, and washers. The complete assembly shall have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the flanges between which it is installed. Insulating Gasket shall be neoprene faced phenolic, 1/8 inch thick. Insulating sleeves shall be Mylar, 1/32 inch thick. Insulating washers shall be two sets of 1/8 inch thick phenolic. Sleeves, gaskets, and insulating washers shall have a dielectric constant of 300 volts per mil, minimum. Steel washers shall fit well within the bolt facing on the flange. Insulating washers shall fit within the bolt facing the flange over the outside diameter of the sleeve. 2.06 PETROLATUM TAPE A. Petrolatum tape system shall be Trenton Primer and #1 Wax-tape, as manufactured by Trenton Corp., or Denso Paste and Densyl Tape by Denso North America, Inc., or approved equivalent. 2.07 UTILITY WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE A. The warning and identification tape shall be an inert plastic film designed for prolonged underground use. The tape shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide and a minimum of 4 mils thick. The tape shall be continuously printed over the entire length with the wording CAUTION: CATHODIC PROTECTION CABLE BURIED BELOW The wording shall be printed using bold black letters. The color of the tape shall be red. 2.08 WIRE AND CABLE A. Direct-Burial Cable: Single-conductor Type HMWPE, insulated cable specifically designed for DC service in cathodic protection installations. 1. Conductor: Stranded, annealed, uncoated copper, complying with ASTM B3 and B8. 2. Insulation: High-molecular-weight polyethylene, complying with NEMA WC 70. 3. Minimum Average Thickness of Insulation: 110 mils (2.8 mm) for No. 8 through 2 AWG, and 125 mils (3.2 mm) for No. 1 through 4/0 AWG; rated at 600 volts. 4. Connectors: Copper compression type or exothermic welds. B. Test leads shall be No. 12 AWG, solid copper wire with white, TW or THW insulation and of sufficient length to extend from the protected structure to the rectifier without splicing. C. Cables for Installation in Conduit: Type THWN copper conductors as specified on the Drawings. D. Concrete Cylinder Pipe: A minimum of two pipe bonding jumpers for each joint. Bond jumpers shall use 12-inch long stranded copper cable with the steel rods welded to the ends of the wire. 13 47 13 - 4 2.09 EXOTHERMIC WELDS A. Exothermic Weld Molds, Weld Powder, and Weld Metal Cartridges: Use proper mold and proper size and amounts for wire size, pipe size, pipe material, and weld position. Utilize adapter sleeves as recommended by exothermic weld manufacturer. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Exothermic weld material: a. ERICO International CADWELD products. b. Continental Industries thermOweld products. c. Or approved equal. 2. Weld powder: As recommended by each exothermic weld manufacturer for specific wire size and pipe material. 3. Exothermic Weld Caps: a. Royston Handy Cap use Royston Roybond 747 primer. b. Royston Handy Cap IP no primer needed (has integrated primer). c. Ci thermOcap use thermOprimer primer. d. Ci thermOcap PC no primer needed (pre primed cap). 2.10 CABLE-TO-PIPE COATING MATERIAL A. Coating material for exothermic weld connections to the pipelines shall be two part ProPoxy 20 epoxy putty manufactured by the Hercules Chemical Company, or approved equivalent. The epoxy putty shall be non-conductive and have compression strength of 18,000 psi when cured. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. All materials and equipment to be used in construction shall be stored in such a manner to be protected from detrimental effects from the elements. If warehouse storage cannot be provided, materials and equipment shall be stacked well above ground level and protected from the elements with plastic sheeting or other method as appropriate. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Install all underground wires and cables at a minimum of 36 inches below final grade with a minimum separation of 6 inches from other underground structures. B. Buried wires shall be laid straight without kinks. Each wire run shall be continuous in length and free of joints or splices, unless otherwise indicated. Care shall be taken during installation to avoid punctures, cuts, or other damage to the wire insulation. Damage to insulation shall require replacement of the entire length of wire at the Contractors expense. 13 47 13 - 5 3.03 TEST LEAD ATTACHMENT A. Install wires, without splices, as shown on the Drawings. B. Attach negative cables and test leads to the pipe (for the dielectrically coated steel and ductile iron pipe options) or to the L bracket (for the concrete cylinder pipe option) by thermite welding. C. Clean and dry the pipe to which the negative cables and test lead are to be attached. D. Use a grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease, and dirt from the pipe over an area approximately 3 inches square. Clean the surface to bright metal. E. Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of the wires to be thermite welded to the pipe, exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. F. Using the proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by the manufacturer. G. If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Kop-Coat. Cover the coated weld with a plastic weld cap. 3.04 TEST STATION INSTALLATION A. Test stations are to be located as indicated on the Drawings. B. Test stations are to be placed directly over the pipe except in areas that would place the test station in a roadway. C. If test stations cannot be placed as indicated on the Drawings, they are to be placed just off the edge of the road or curb. D. Identify the test station with the number associated with it on the Drawings. 1. Paint the number legibly inside the test box lid or cover. 2. Use a permanent or weatherproof paint for metal or plastic surfaces. E. The Contractor shall provide global positioning system (GPS) coordinates of each test station location with a minimum accuracy of 1 meter or 3 feet. The Contractor shall submit the GPS coordinates of the test stations to the Owner after installation. 3.05 EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTIONS A. Exothermic weld connections shall be installed in the manner and at the locations indicated. Coating materials shall be removed from the surface over an area of sufficient size to make the connection. The surface shall be cleaned to bare metal by grinding or filing prior to welding the conductor. The use of resin impregnated grinding wheels will not be allowed. A copper sleeve shall be fitted over the conductor. Only enough insulation shall be removed such that the copper conductor can be placed in the welding mold. B. After the weld has cooled, all slag shall be removed and the metallurgical bond shall be tested for adherence by the Contractor. A 22 ounce hammer shall be used for adherence testing by striking a blow to the weld. Care shall be taken to avoid hitting the wires. All defective welds shall be removed and replaced. 13 47 13 - 6 C. After backfilling pipe, all test lead pairs shall be tested for broken welds using a standard ohmmeter. The resistance shall not exceed 150 percent of the theoretical wire resistance as determined from published wire data. D. The Contractor shall inspect both the interior and exterior of the pipe to confirm that all coatings and linings removed or damaged as a result of the welding have been repaired. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, clean surfaces and repair protective coatings and linings damaged as a result of the welding. Repair of any coating or lining damaged during welding shall be performed in accordance with coating or lining manufacturers recommendations. E. All exposed surfaces of the copper and steel shall be covered with insulating materials as indicated. F. For dielectrically coated pipes, a bitumastic coating shall be applied to all exothermic weld locations. The coating shall be covered with a plastic weld cap. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of oil, dirt, loose particles, and all other foreign materials prior to application of the coating. G. For dielectrically coated pipes, a bitumastic coating shall be applied to all exothermic weld locations. The coating shall be covered with a plastic weld cap. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of oil, dirt, loose particles, and all other foreign materials prior to application of the coating. H. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing all test lead and bond wire welds. The Owner, at their discretion, shall witness these tests. 3.06 INSULATING FLANGES A. Install at locations indicated on the Drawings. B. Test each insulating flange for electrical isolation prior to backfill. Provide the Owner a minimum of 1 week notice prior to testing. 1. If flange is not properly isolated, repair or replace all defective components at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Test the repaired isolation flange. 3. Continue this process until the isolation flange is tested to be properly isolated. 3.07 PETROLATUM TAPE SYSTEM APPLICATION A. Petrolatum tape system shall be applied on insulating joints and as indicated on the Drawings. Petrolatum tape system shall be applied in accordance with NACE SP0375, and the Specifications. The materials shall be applied according to the recommendations. B. All loose scale shall be removed from the surface to be coated with hand tools (wire brush, scraper, rags). Debris and moisture shall be wiped from surface with clean rag. Petrolatum tape shall be applied immediately after applying the primer, using a 1-inch overlap. A spiral wrap shall be used and a slight tension shall be applied to ensure that there are no air pockets or voids. After applying the tape, the applicator shall firmly press and smooth out all lap seams and crevice areas. The tape shall be in tight intimate contact with all surfaces. 13 47 13 - 7 3.08 FINAL SYSTEM CHECKOUT A. Prior to native state testing, give a minimum of 48 hours notice to the Owners Engineer to facilitate observation of the tests by the Owner representative. B. Measure native state pipe-to-soil potentials at all test stations. C. Verify electrical isolation at all insulating joints, insulating unions, and casing insulators per NACE SP0286. D. Test results shall be analyzed to determine compliance with NACE SP0169. E. Final Report: Prepare a final report after all testing has been completed and system is in compliance with NACE SP0169. Include at minimum the following: 1. Marked-up as-built drawings. 2. All field test data as described in section above. 3. Discussion of the installation. 4. Recommendations for maintenance of the system. 5. Operations and maintenance manual. END OF SECTION 13 47 13 - 8 22 10 00.01MISCELLANEOUS PIPING AND APPURTENANCES 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install miscellaneous piping, fittings, and appurtenances. 1.02SUBMITTALS A.Submittals include: 1.Shop Drawings. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01PIPE COUPLINGS A.Dresser style pipe couplings where shown on the Plans shall be Dresser Industries or approved equal, for same pressure rating as adjoining pipe. Couplings shall comprise a steel center band, steel gland rings, gaskets, and bolts. Provide thrust harness in accordance with AWWA Manual M11 where shown on the Plans. B.Victaulic style couplings shall be in accordance with AWWA C606. Pipe shall have shouldered or collared ends for positive thrust anchorage. C.Split-sleeve mechanical couplings shall consist of housing, gasket assembly, bolts and nuts, and end rings as required for restraint. Couplings shall be Depend-O-Lok as manufactured by Brico Industries, Inc., or an approved equal. Coupling housing shall be manufactured from ASTM A36 Carbon Steel. Couplings installed underground shall receive a Bitumastic coating. D.Where Victaulic couplings or restrained Dresser type couplings are shown on the Drawings for water service pipes, split-sleeve “F by F” type couplings will be allowed, provided the split-sleeve coupling is suitable for the pressures and thrust requirements, and fits in the space available for coupling. Where unrestrained Dresser couplings are shown, split-sleeve “F by E” type couplings will be allowed. 2.02EXPANSION JOINTS A.Except where otherwise indicated or specified, expansion joints shall be single arch spool type with control unit. Expansion joints shall be fabricated of synthetic elastomers and fabric with metallic reinforcement. Joints shall be provided with split steel retaining rings. Flanges and retaining rings shall be drilled to match standard 125-pound ANSI B16.1. 2.03MODULAR MECHANICAL EXPANDING RUBBER SEAL A.The pipe to existing wall penetration closures shall be “Link-Seal” as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation - Belleville, Mich. 48111. Seals shall be modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking EPDM links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. Links shall be loosely assembled with stainless steel hardware to Miscellaneous Piping and Appurtenances22 10 00.01 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a composite pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely water- tight seal between the pipe and wall opening. The seal shall be constructed so as to provide electrical insulation between the pipe and wall, thus reducing chances of cathodic reaction between these two members. 2.04PIPE SUPPORTS A.Adjustable pipe supports under valves and piping shall be Grinnell Figure 264 or approved equal, comprising cast iron saddle, threaded nipple, and reducer assembly with extra strength steel pipe and floor flange. For special sizes and shapes of valves, saddle shall be fabricated steel to fit valve or piping being supported. 2.05FLOOR DRAINS A.Floor drains shall be cast iron of the sizes indicated. Floor drains shall have a float type backwater valve with cast iron housing, plastic ball valve, renewable rubber seat, brass seat ring, and brass wire valve cage for installation in the floor drain threaded outlet. Drain design shall allow height adjustment prior to concrete slab placement. Floor drains shall be Series 30000-A and backwater valve shall be Series 67100A as manufactured by JOSAM Manufacturing Co., Michigan City, Indiana, or approved equal. 2.06COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS A.Copper pipe for water service shall be Type “K” hard-drawn copper tubing. Connections shall be made using cast brass or copper sweat fittings and Sil-Fos or approved equal hard solder. Union adaptors shall be used at ends of copper lines and at connections to equipment so that piping can be disconnected without unsoldering the joints. B.Joints in copper piping shall be soldered with ANSI/ASME B32, Grade 95TA solder. Before making up joints, copper shall be cleaned to bright metal with emery cloth and treated with nonacid type flux. 2.07FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE AND FITTINGS A.Reinforced Fiberglass Pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2997 and ASTM D2310. Pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements for Type 2, Grade 1, Class “C” pipe and have a 60-mil resin-rich liner. Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 0.2 inch. B.Fittings shall conform to or exceed the requirements of the pipe and shall be produced from epoxy resin. C.Connections shall be flanged. Gasket material shall be of an elastomer which shall provide chemical resistance for the service required. Gasket material shall be 3/16-inch thick, full- faced design, with a Durometer Shore “A” reading of 40-60 and shall be BUNA-N, Neoprene, Viton, Hypalon, or approved equal. D.The reinforced fiberglass pipe, fittings, and gaskets shall be capable of handling water temperatures up to 250 degrees and water pressures up to 300 psi. Miscellaneous Piping and Appurtenances22 10 00.01 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 3.00EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Piping shall be carefully handled and installed to prevent damage to the pipes. The Contractor shall furnish aluminum sleeves for lines passing through walls, floors, beams, roof slabs, etc. 3.02FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Lines shall be tested for leaks. Leaks and defects shall be repaired or replaced, and re-tested until no leaks or defects are discovered. END OF SECTION Miscellaneous Piping and Appurtenances22 10 00.01 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 22 14 29.16SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install submersible sump pumps. Provide a sump pump capable of fitting in the size sump shown. Any structural modifications required at the structure shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. The pump and motor shall have a standard manufacturer’s nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place showing the serial number, model number, manufacturer, ratings, and other pertinent nameplate data. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Acceptable Manufacturers: The intent of these specifications is to purchase a quality product of the manufacturer’s latest design, meeting the minimum standards set forth. 1.Acceptable manufacturers shall be one of the following: a.Flygt. b.Hydromatic. c.Gorman Rupp. d.Pumpex. e.Approved equal. B.Manufacturer’s Representative for Startup and Testing: The services of the Manufacturer’s technical representative shall be provided for pre-startup installation checks, startup assistance, training of Owner’s operating personnel, troubleshooting and other services. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall include: 1.Shop Drawings. 2.Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.04DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Store equipment with protection from the weather, excessive humidity and temperature, dirt, dust and other contaminants and in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions. B.Spare parts shall be packed and shipped in containers bearing labels clearly designating contents and pieces of equipment for which it is intended. 1.05GUARANTEES A.The equipment supplier shall furnish the Owner a warranty for a period of no less than two (2) years from the date of installation or eighteen (18) months from the date of acceptance, whichever comes later. Submersible Sump Pumps22 14 29.16 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS A.The sump pumps shall have cast iron motor housing and volute, bronze impellers, and a stainless steel shaft. Each pump shall be equipped with a heavy-duty internal mercury float switch. The sump pump manufacturer shall verify that the pump being provided shall fit into the size sump shown and that the sump pump shall not cycle excessively. 2.02MOTOR A.The motor shall be totally-encased, sealed, non-ventilating and shall have automatic thermal overload protection. The motor shall be, 115-volt, 1750-rpm and shall be suitable for continuous duty. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Install submersible sump pumps in accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions. 3.02FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Upon completion of installation of equipment, an acceptance test to verify the satisfactory operation of each unit shall be conducted. The test shall be conducted in a manner approved by and in the presence of the Engineer. Units shall be checked for excessive noise, vibration, general operation, etc. The units must perform in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before final acceptance will be made by the Owner. 3.03SCHEDULES Total Dynamic Head No. of Min. Rated Flow Locationat Min. Rated Flow Pumps(gpm each pump) (ft) Raw Water Metering 25032 Station Cl2 and LAS Pumped 25030 Diffusion Flash Mix Vault Plant 1 Pumped Diffusion 25016 Flash Mix Vault Plant 2 Pumped Diffusion 25022 Flash Mix Vault END OF SECTION Submersible Sump Pumps22 14 29.16 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 SECTION 22_42_01 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Materials and installation of plumbing system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). B. ASTM International (ASTM). C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. 250- Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum). D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI): 1. PDI-WH 201 - Water Hammer Arresters Standard. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. NEMA Type 3 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System requirements: 1. Include in plumbing system fixtures; soil, drain, vent, and water piping; connections; cleanouts, fittings, accessories, and testing for complete and functional system. 2. Except in details, piping is indicated on the Drawings in diagrammatic form. Sizes and locations are indicated on the Drawings; however, not every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that will be encountered in the Work has been indicated. 3. As part of the Work, modify piping alignment indicated on the Drawings as necessary to avoid structural or mechanical obstructions and to clear the work of other trades. 4. Furnish such parts and pieces necessary to provide a complete and operational system. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's published recommendations for sizing and locating the unit. B. Design and construction details of the unit. November 2022 22_42_01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory requirements: Perform work under this Section in accordance with the plumbing code specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements, and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, including requirements for accessibility, energy, water conservation, and health including related requirements for water fountains and coolers. 1. Where provisions specified in these Specifications or the design indicated on the Drawings are in conflict with the plumbing code specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements or laws or regulations, the Code and the laws or regulations take precedence over the specified provisions and design. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Manufactured units: Fixture fittings and piping which are exposed shall be heavy-duty chrome. 2. Accessories: a. Stops: 1) Fixtures, except showers, shall have stops at the fixtures' service. 2) Stops for laboratory equipment, and for other equipment or fixtures for which stops have not been otherwise specified in this Section, shall be chrome-plated straight pattern compression stops or chrome-plated angle pattern compression stops. b. Supply faucets, traps, and waste piping for laboratory equipment with the equipment unless otherwise specified. B. Drain, waste, and vent piping: 1. Piping: a. Piping for drain, waste and vent: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 2. Joints: a. Threaded joints: American standard taper screw threads, clean cut, and made up with graphite and oil or other suitable pipe compounds. b. Slip joints permitted only in trap seals or on the inlet side of the traps. 1) Do not use long screws or bushings. c. Other types of joints: As specified in the piping sections. 3. Fittings: a. Fittings for screwed waste and vent piping: Cast iron drainage pattern fittings. b. Additional provisions for fittings specified within piping section. 4. Flashing: a. Roof vent, roof drain, and pipe flashing: Minimum 4-pound lead sheet. C. Plumbing piping accessories: 1. Cleanouts: a. Wall-mounted cleanouts (WCO) for concealed piping: Provide complete including cast-iron tapped tee, round smooth stainless steel access cover, and securing screw. November 2022 22_42_01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Josam Company, 58910-19 (Tee & Plug) and 58600 (Access Cover). b) Zurn Industries, Z1446-BP. b. Floor cleanouts (FCO) in finished floor areas: Provide complete including cast-iron ferrule, countersunk plug, gastight and watertight seal, adjustable cleanout head extension, scoriated nickel-bronze top, and securing screw. 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Josam Company, 56070. b) Zurn Industries, Inc., ZN-1400. c. Floor cleanouts (FCO) in unfinished floor areas: Same as floor cleanouts specified for finished floor areas, except heavy-duty scoriated bronze top suitable for heavy traffic conditions. 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Josam Company, 55000. b) Zurn Industries, Inc., Z-1400-HD. d. Yard cleanouts (YCO) in asphalt or ground areas: Floor cleanouts in unfinished floor areas specified before, for encasement in a concrete pad as indicated on the Drawings and flush with grade. 2. Traps: a. Furnish traps with the fixtures. 1) Do not provide double trapped fixtures. b. Traps installed on bell-and-spigot pipe: Cast iron. c. Traps installed on threaded pipe: Recessed drainage pattern or as specified with the fixture. 3. Floor drainage: a. Floor drainage piping: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings. b. Equipment and floor drains. 1) Provide with adjustable strainer head, floor level grate, 4-inch diameter funnel extension and provided with no-hub outlet and nickel bronze top. 2) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Floor drain: (1) Josam Company, 30000-A, combination drip drain, less clamping collar. (2) Zurn Industries, Inc., ZN-415 strainer. b) Funnel extension: (1) Josam Company, E-2. (2) Zurn Industries, Inc., ZN-328. c) Other floor drains with no-hub outlet and nickel bronze Type B strainer: (1) Josam Company, 30000-A universal floor drain with adjustable strainer, less clamping collar. (2) Zurn Industries, Inc., ZN-415. 3) Strainer sizing: a) 3-inch drain strainers: 6-inch diameter. b) 4-inch drain strainers: 8-inch diameter. c. Heavy-duty floor drains with sedimentation bucket: 1) 12 inches square with coated cast-iron body, grate, and slotted sediment bucket. November 2022 22_42_01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 2) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Josam Company, 37810. b) Zurn Industries, Inc., Z-610. d. Floor sinks for indirect wastes. e. Trench drains: 1) Modular, 6 inches wide, 12 inches long extensions, bottom outlet, with secondary dome strainer, length as indicated on the Drawings. 2) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Josam Company, 76000. b) Zurn Industries, Inc., Z-664. 4. Air gaps: a. Provide fixed air gaps with threaded outlets: b. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Josam Company, 1800. 2) Zurn Industries, Inc. Z-1025. D. Narrow wall hydrants: 1. Provide complete, including bronze body and interior parts, replaceable seat washer, screwdriver-operated stop valve on the supply, key-operated control valve, 3/4-inch female inlet and 3/4-inch male standard hose connection. a. Provide narrow wall hydrant with an encased stainless steel box with hinged cover operating key lock, and the word "WATER" stamped on the cover, 3-5/8-inch face to back dimension, suitable for moderate climate conditions. b. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Zurn Industries, Inc., Z-1350. E. Softeners, filters, and surge arresters: 1. Water softeners: a. Design: 1) Water softening equipment designed for pressure of 125 pounds per square inch gauge, and manufactured in accordance with ASME code. 2) Water softening equipment designed with down flow of water on operating cycle and upflow on regenerating cycle. 3) Water softener with an automatic bypass to provide full supply of water at outlets during regenerating cycle. 4) Water softener with the following characteristics: a) Maximum exchange capacity of 1500 kilograins per tank. b) Efficiency exchange capacity of 600 kilograins per regeneration using 6 pounds of salt per cubic foot. c) Ability to handle water up to 13 grains per gallon hardness and up to 2.0 milligrams per liter iron. d) Remove hardness up to 0.3 grain per gallon of hardness, as determined by the ASTM standard soap test method when operated at 100 gallon(s) per minute, and in accordance with the operating instructions. e) Designed to provide 80 gallons of continuous softened water up to a peak flow rate of 200 gallon(s) per minute. November 2022 22_42_01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 5) The upper distribution system shall be of the single point diffuser type to dispense water laterally to avoid channeling within the resin bed. The lower distribution system shall be of the hub and radial arm type, constructed of PVC pipe, a hub radial and individual distributors arranged for even flow distribution t The lower distribution system shall be of the hub and radial arm type, constructed of PVC pipe, a hub radial and individual distributors arranged for even flow distribution through the resin bed. No distributor slots will face upwards to minimize the opportunity for channeling. No distributor slots will face upwards to minimize the opportunity for channeling. The distribution system shall be embedded in a single layer subfill of washed inorganic material to support the resin bed. 6) The main operating valve shall be a fully automatic multiport diaphragm type. The multiport design shall incorporate all valves necessary for complete control of the softener service and regeneration steps. 7) The diaphragm valves shall be slow opening and closing, free of water hammer. The diaphragm assembly shall be fully guided on its perimeter to assure a smooth reliable shut off without sticking. There shall be no dissimilar metals within the valve and no special tools shall be required to service the valve. 8) The main operating valve shall include a valve mounted automatic self-adjusting brine injector to draw brine and control rinse at a constant rate regardless of water pressure in the range of 30.0 and 100.0 psi. The main operating valve shall be designed and manufactured by the same manufacturer as the water softener system and tested prior to shipment. The valve shall have a soft water sampling cock. 9) The unit shall be supplied so that the valve will allow automatic bypass of untreated water during regeneration. The bypass shall be integral to the main operating valve body and be capable of being easily modified to prevent untreated water bypass. 10) The backwash flow controller shall be a pressure-compensating orifice capable of providing and maintaining proper backwash flows over the entire listed operating pressure range of the system. The backwash flow controller shall be easily serviced without special tools and design so that service to the flow controller can be performed without disassembly of the valve body or the sequencing controller and without disconnecting existing inlet and outlet piping connections. 11) The ion exchange resin shall be virgin high capacity "standard mesh" of sulfonated polystyrene type stable over the entire pH range with good resistance to bead fracture from attrition or osmotic shock. Each cubic foot of resin will be capable of removing 30000.0 grains of hardness as calcium carbonate when regenerated with 15.0 lbs of salt. The resin shall be solid, of the proper particle size of 16x40 mesh, U.S. standard screen and will contain no agglomerates, shells, plates or other shapes that might interfere with the normal function of the water softener. The system will include 50 cubic feet of exchange resin per vessel and a total of 200 cubic feet of resin for the system. November 2022 22_42_01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 12) Provide a complete brine system consisting of a plastic tank, cover, salt platform, brine well, an automatic brine valve and all necessary fittings for operation with the water softening system. The system shall consist of a combined brine measuring and salt storage tank with salt platform. The system will include a total of one (1) brine tank. The brine tank will be equipped with a float operated non- corrosive field serviceable brine float valve for automatic control of brine withdrawal and fresh water refill. Brine tank shall be large enough to hold 3600 lbs. of salt which provides for 12 regenerations per salt fill. 13) The brine valve will automatically open to admit brine to the resin tank during eduction and close automatically providing positive shut- off to prevent air from entering the system. The brine valve will also regulate the flow of soft water into the brine tank during refill. The brine valve works with the timed fill feature of the main operating valve controls to admit the correct volume of fresh water to the brine tank in accordance with the refill time setting in the control program. The brine valve will include a float operated safety shut-off valve as a back up to the timed refill from the main operating valve control to prevent brine tank overflow. 14) A fully integrated programmable microprocessor driven electronic controller shall be provided to automatically cycle the main operating valve through the regeneration sequence. The electronic controller shall be designed and manufactured by the same manufacturer as the water treatment equipment. 15) The system shall include a brine reclaim kit that includes a controller and valve to service a single brine tank. 16) Automatic cycling of the softener shall be controlled by a pair of sensors which shall detect the need for regeneration. 17) Electrical controls: 120 volt, single phase, 60 hertz electrical service. b. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Culligan Company, Model Hi-Flo® 50 HS-1504-DF. c. Materials: 1) Rust-resistant and corrosion-resistant. 2) Mineral tank: Constructed of steel and lined with 0.006-inch to 0.008-inch high quality phenolic epoxy. 3) Brine tank with platform: Constructed of fiberglass or rigid polyethylene. 4) Valves and other parts which come into contact with water made of copper, with plastic, EPDM or Monel internal parts. 5) Permanent type, high capacity mineral resin bed, and high capacity resin. d. Warranty: 1) Special Warranty: a) Duration: Provide 5 year warranty. November 2022 22_42_01-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixtures and accessories in accordance with the dimensions supplied by the manufacturers of the fixtures. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Mount fixtures and accessories without cutting of finish surface. 2. Make cross connections between piping for domestic water supply and piping for contaminated sources only by means of appropriate connection devices that prevent backflow from the contaminated sources to the domestic water supply. a. Provide connection devices approved by the Public Health authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. 3. Conceal plumbing piping unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified in the specifications. 4. Furnish and install vents required in drainage piping as part of the plumbing system, in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 5. Insulate hot water piping. B. Drain, waste, and vent piping: 1. Where not specified otherwise, install horizontal piping with a grade of 1/4 inch per foot. 2. Provide vents, roof drains, and pipes flashed and made watertight at the roof with lead sheet flashings. 3. Extend flashing not less than 6 inches up the pipes, and counterflash with standard cast iron or malleable iron recessed roof couplings. 4. Extend flashing for vents up to the top of the vent and turn down into the pipe. 5. Extend flashing shields not less than 8 inches from vent and pipe in all directions. C. Plumbing piping accessories: 1. Provide cleanouts of the same size as the size of the waste and drain piping on which cleanouts are installed, up to 4 inches in diameter. Provide cleanouts 4 inches in diameter on waste and drain piping larger than 4 inches diameter. 2. Provide traps at all fixture and equipment connections to the sanitary drainage system. Install traps as near to the fixtures as possible. 3. Sizes of equipment drains and of floor drains shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 4. When indicated on the Drawings, cut holes in heavy-duty floor drain grate for a drainpipe from equipment or other source. D. Water softeners: 1. Install water-softening equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide piping for drain and overflow connections to the equipment drains. November 2022 22_42_01-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Test soil, waste, drain, and vent lines as specified and in accordance with plumbing code as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements. 2. Test water piping with water under a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch. 3. Repair and correct defective work disclosed by testing. Repeat testing until defective work is corrected. 3.04 CLEANING A. Flush piping and leave clean, as required by public health authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. 3.05 SCHEDULES (NOT USED) END OF SECTION November 2022 22_42_01-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_42_01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 22_45_17 EMERGENCY EYE/FACE WASH AND SHOWER EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Emergency shower and eyewash. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. Z358.1 - Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. NEMA: 1. Type 4 enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. B. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. C. Shop drawings. D. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's product literature information for products specified. 2. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. E. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: Show evidence that the firm has been engaged in producing such materials and products for at least 5 years and that the product submitted has a satisfactory performance record of at least 5 years. B. Installer qualifications: Installer shall have 3 years of experience in installing these materials for similar projects and shall be approved by the manufacturer prior to bidding of the project. C. Regulatory requirements: 1. As applicable, equipment of this Section shall comply with requirements of public agencies of the State of Texas, and OSHA. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and shipping: Deliver to the job site in manufacturer's original containers. November 2022 22_45_17-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_45_17 (BidSet 2022) B. Delivery: After wet operations in building are completed. C. Storage and protection: 1. Store materials in original, unopened containers in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Keep materials dry until ready for use. 3. Keep packages of material off the ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces. 4. Protect finished surfaces from soiling and damage during handling and installation. Keep covered with a protective covering. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EMERGENCY SHOWERS AND EYE/FACE WASHES A. General design requirements: 1. Combination unit emergency shower with eye/face wash: a. Floor mounted fixture consisting of pipe standard, showerhead assembly, and eyewash assembly. b. Provide stanchion and floor flange, with interconnecting piping. Provide shower/eyewash unit with integral controls to alarm the system is in use. 1) Flow switch: a) Construction: (1) NEMA Type 4. (2) Brass or Type 316 Stainless Steel. b) Type: Magnetic proximity switch. c) Alarm Contacts: Double pole, double throw contacts rated at 2.0 Amps at 120VAC configurable for either Normally Open or Normally Closed. 2) Control panel: a) Construction: (1) NEMA Type 4. (2) Cast aluminum or steel Box with 3 conduit hubs. (3) Stainless steel cover plate. b) Silence/On Î Off switch: (1) NEMA Type 4. (2) Maintain position, black, with nameplate. (3) 1 set of auxiliary contacts. c) Power: 0.6 Amps at 120VAC. 3) Strobe: a) Construction: (1) NEMA Type 4. (2) 120VAC, AMBER Flashing LED. 4) Horn: a) Construction: b) NEMA Type 4. c) 90dB at 10 feet Audible alarm. 2. Showerhead flow: 20.0 gallons per minute flow, minimum. 3. Eye/face wash flow: 3.0 gallons per minute flow, minimum. 4. Meet or exceed all requirements of ANSI Z358.1. 5. Provide ANSI compliant identification sign and markings. November 2022 22_45_17-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_45_17 (BidSet 2022) B. Freeze resistant combination unit emergency shower and eye/face wash: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. HAWS, Model No. 8317CTFP with anti-scald and anti-freeze valves. b. Guardian Equipment, Model No. GFR3100 with anti-scald and anti-freeze valves. c. Bradley, Model No. S19-300T with anti-scald and anti-freeze valves. 2. Pipe standard: a. 1-1/2 inch galvanized steel pipe and fittings, wrapped with self-regulating heat cable. b. Encase piping and fittings in UV resistant ABS plastic jacket with internal foam insulation; 5 inch diameter floor flange. 3. Shower head: a. Material and size: Stainless Steel, 10-inch diameter with 20 GPM flow control. b. Valve and actuator: Chrome plated brass stay open steel ball valve actuated by rigid stainless steel pull rod. 4. Eye/face wash: a. Valve and actuator: Stay open chrome plated brass ball valve with stainless steel ball and stem operated by a stainless steel or epoxy coated aluminum push handle. b. Heads: Twin ABS plastic or polypropylene soft-flow eye/face wash type heads, with integral flip top protective dust covers releasing with water pressure. c. Supports: Equipment to be provided with pipe supports that attach to the shower at 1 and 5 feet above finished floor. C. Safety shower tester: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Haws, Model No. 9010 with No. 9009. b. Guardian Equipment, Model No. AP250-005. c. Bradley, Model No. S19-330ST. 2. Kit includes: a. Minimum 5 gallon plastic bucket. b. 7 foot long watertight 12-gallon translucent vinyl plastic bag for attaching over drench showerhead. 1) Bag shall have drawstring at top and be hemmed at bottom. c. Testing record card. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. B. Install products in accordance with code requirements and ANSI Z358.1. C. Install fixed equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Plumbing and mechanical work as specified in Section 46_05_10. E. Electrical connections and distribution as detailed. November 2022 22_45_17-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_45_17 (BidSet 2022) 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturers services from each Manufacturer: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 3. On site services. Manufacturer Rep Onsite Training Installation Functional Process Requirements Testing Testing Operational Period Operation Days Maintenance (hrs (hrs per Days Days (each per session) session) Trips (each trip) Trips (each trip) Trips trip) 1 1 1 1 1 1 Not required END OF SECTION November 2022 22_45_17-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/22_45_17 (BidSet 2022) 23 34 26ROOF EXHAUSTERS AND EXHAUST FANS 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install roof exhausters and other exhaust fans along with related accessories and components. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Acceptable Manufacturers: Products which comply with the Contract Documents and as manufactured by the following companies will be acceptable on this Project: 1.Roof Exhausters: a.Penn. b.ILG. c.Loren Cook. d.Jenn-aire. e.Carnes. f.Bar Brook. B.Certification: Exhaust fans shall be certified by the AMCA “Air Movement and Control Association.” Electrical components shall be certified by the Underwriters Laboratory. C.Factory Testing: Packaged equipment shall be assembled and tested at the factory before shipment to the Project. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall include factory Product Data sheets showing engineering data and performance criteria for each exhauster. Information shall include fan rating, horsepower and electrical characteristics, CFM, and other appropriate engineering data. B.Furnish the appropriate information to be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Ship equipment in protective crates and store inside containers until erected in the structure. Arrange to have the proper equipment for unloading and handling of equipment at the Site to prevent damage to components. B.Ship roof curbs to the Site in advance of the exhaust fans to allow installation onto the roof deck prior to the beginning of roofing operations. If exhausters are delivered to the Site at the same time, store in protective cartons until erected in place on the roof. 1.05JOB CONDITIONS Roof Exhausters and Exhaust Fans23 34 26 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 A.Exhausters shall be installed and completed, then run for a period of not less than 2 weeks to determine that the units perform as specified and to allow testing of controls and other related components. The operation of these units will not in any manner affect the starting date of the warranty periods. B.Belt driven exhaust fans shall have drive horsepower equal to 150 percent of motor nameplate horsepower, otherwise drives shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations. C.Provide a steel roof frame at each roof exhauster. D.Masonry openings shall be determined by the manufacturer for the exact opening dimensions required for the units selected. 1.06GUARANTEES A.Furnish the manufacturer’s printed warranty for each separate item, along with the Contractor’s written 1-year guarantee. The warranty shall include labor necessary to replace defective parts during the warranty period. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Steel Supports and Roof Frames: A 36 grade hot rolled steel shapes. Unless otherwise noted the minimum sizes of supports shall be 3-by-4-by-3/8-inch angles for spans up to 5 feet and 4 by 5 by 3/8 inches minimum for other spans. 2.02ROOF EXHAUSTERS A.Roof mounted powered ventilators shall be direct or belt driven exhausters, having the capacities a minimum exhaust capacity of 100cfm for the application at the Raw Water Metering Station. The components shall be factory installed and internally wired and brought to a common terminal point, ready for a single power connection. B.Housings shall be heavy gauge spun aluminum with weatherproof construction incorporating an integral weather shield. Fan wheels shall be centrifugal, backward inclined type, both statically and dynamically balanced and fabricated to include spark resistant construction. The electrical drive motor shall be mounted on insulated adjustable brackets. The motor and drive protective housing shall be removable, completely sealed from the exhaust airstream, and cooled by remote air breather tubes. Motors shall be TEFC or TENV for fractional horsepower sizes. C.Each ventilator shall be equipped with an aluminum gravity backdraft damper with nylon bearings, and a stainless steel bird screen. Provide a safety disconnect switch having self- resetting protection mounted under housing. Arrange disconnect so that when the housing is tilted over the roof curb, the disconnect will be switched off. D.Each ventilator shall be installed on a factory furnished 12-inch high roof curb, sized to fit the exhauster size. Curb shall be designed to carry the weight of the exhauster and shall have insulated sides. Exhauster housing shall be hinged to the side of the roof curb. Roof Exhausters and Exhaust Fans23 34 26 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 E.Where scheduled, interior surfaces and fan wheels in contact with the air stream shall be coated with a two-coat, 6-mil thickness of corrosive resistant epoxy. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.Roof Exhausters: 1.Install a roof mounting frame for each exhaust fan, centered over the roof support frame. Attach to metal support by means of tack welds or corrosive resistant sheet metal screws spaced at approximately 12-inch centers, but not less than three fasteners per side. 2.Provide a back-draft damper at each roof exhauster location, mounted inside the roof curb. Provide electrical power connection to each exhauster and make electrical connections. END OF SECTION Roof Exhausters and Exhaust Fans23 34 26 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 05 30ANALYZER BUILDING 1.00GENERAL 1.01SCOPE OF WORK A.The Contractorshall furnish and install Electrical Buildings for assemblies of electrical equipment to house and protect electrical equipment from the elements in NEMA 3R construction. B.Structural grid base and floor system shall be designed for applicablefloor loadingfor allowing the Electrical Buildingto be lifted and transported with the interior equipment installed and interconnected. C.Buildings shall be as specifiedherein and as shown on the Drawings. D.Provide panelboards, transformer, enclosed switches, circuit breakers, combination motor starters, and grounding according to drawings. E.Contractor shall reference and comply with the City of Corpus Christi O.N. Stevens Water Treatment Plant Instrumentation and Electrical Standards development project No. E13064 finalsubmittal (Bath Project #2423) as per client preferences. 1.02RELATED WORK A.Division 26 Electrical 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned unreviewed. B.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. C.Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned unreviewed. D.Structural, electrical and mechanical drawings shall be submitted for approval. E.- completion. Auto CAD R13 format on CD F.Complete HVAC calculations shall be submitted with approval drawings for review. AnalyzerBuilding26 05 30-1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 G. State of Texas mandated certification for modular steel enclosures meeting DOE Conservation Compliance. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Design and construction shall conform to the applicable sections of the latest standards as issued by the following agencies, as a minimum: 1. Uniform Building Code (UBC) (Default Structural loading criteria shall be per the UBC) 2. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (ANSI/ASCE) 3. Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA) 4. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) 5. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 6. National Electric Manufacturers Association NEMA 250 7. National Electric Manufacturers Association NEMA ICS6 8. UL 50 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations (Type 1) 9. UL 50E Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations (Remaining Types) 10. UL 508A Industrial Control Panels 11. UL 1773 Termination Boxes 12. National Electric Code (NEC), including local amendments. 13. Project Local Building Codes 14. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 15. The Electrical Building shall be designed and constructed to withstand external loading conditions as prescribed by the Uniform Building Code. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of ten (10) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. All drawings and structural calculations shall bear the seal of a currently licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas. C. All welding shall be performed by AWS qualified personnel. Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 D. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. E. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. F. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Jobsite delivery storage and handling shall be handled in accordance with the associated electrical equipment specification. C. At shipping splits (when required due to transportation restrictions), each open area shall be sealed with 2" thick wooden framing and a complete plywood cover for temporary protection during transportation and setting. Seams in plywood shall be liberally caulked at the exterior. D. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. E. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. F. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. G. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7) calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, of the equipment. H. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warranty the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the same warranty period as specified for the associated mechanical Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 equipment, but not less than 5 years from date of final acceptance of the project. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Area classification- General purpose. / Non-hazardous area. B. The Electrical Building shall be designed for use in a 40°C ambient. C. THE EBA shall be built for the seismic zone of the area in which it is to be installed. D. Structural components of the Electrical Building shall be designed to withstand external loading as prescribed by the applicable codes above (as a minimum), with co-lateral considerations as follows: 1. Base and floor system shall be designed to withstand all dead and live loads as applicable, or, a minimum of 250 lbs/ft2 over the entire floor area, while supported at lift points only. 2. Maximum deflection of all base members shall not exceed L/240 at time of lift, and following final installation, with all applicable dead and live loads applied, or, a minimum of 250 lbs/ft2 over the entire floor area. 3. Roof loading- Per Uniform Building Code (40 lbs/ft2 minimum). 4. Wind loading- Per Uniform Building Code - Exposure C minimum (90 mph minimum). 5. All lifting lugs shall be removable, without sacrificing the structural integrity of the building. 6. The ceiling shall be capable of withstanding a single continuous load of 100 lbs. per linear foot located at mid span of the ceiling panels and running the entire length of the Electrical Building. The ceiling panels shall act alone, structurally, and not depend on the roof or the interior equipment for support. 7. All shipping splits and other penetrations shall have adequate structural reinforcement via rigid frames or other means to minimize distortion during handling and transportation. Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 2.02 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. All permanent components shall consist of materials that do not freely support combustion. Use of wood or any other materials that freely support combustion will not be allowed as permanent components. B. Base and Floor 1. Base members shall be ASTM A36 wide flange, channel, angle and tube shapes forming a self-supporting grid. All members shall be continuously welded to adjoining members. Structural members shall be located to coordinate with the enclosed equipment, to support it, while allowing maximum access to equipment floor openings for cable penetration. 2. Floor shall be 1/4" (minimum) thickness flat steel plate, welded to all longitudinal and transverse base members. 3. Floor plate seams shall be continuously welded at all joints, and ground smooth to minimize visibility of seams. Welding of floor plate shall be staged to produce a flat and ripple free surface. 4. The installed enclosure shall be capable of supporting a floor loading of 250 pounds per square foot. C. Floor Openings 1. Each equipment area shown on the Drawings shall have a 14ga plate bolted to the floor opening for conduit entry. Size and location of the opening shall be provided by the Contractor. D. Enclosure Walls 1. Exterior walls shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design. Interlocking panel ribs shall repeat at a maximum of 16". 2. Interior walls shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel firmly attached to interlocking ribs of exterior wall panels utilizing ASTM shear and pull out rated self tapping screws on 24" maximum centers. Each interior wall panel shall be formed to receive adjacent panels at overlaps. 3. Walls shall be able to withstand a basic wind loading of 120 miles per hour (ultimate), and to all Design Loads as shown on drawings, sheet GS-1. 4. The wall panels shall be assembled using self drilling and tapping #14 TEK screws installed at each interlocking joint. The maximum TEK screw spacing shall be 1 center. Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 5. Following assembly (and coating) of all interlocking wall and roof panels each exterior seam shall be neatly caulked using a high modulus silicone base product. The use of copolymer tape and / or neoprene gasketing is unacceptable between any exterior seams of the Electrical Building. E. Ceiling and Roof Structure 1. Ceiling panels shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs. 2. Roof material shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs. 3. Following assembly (and coating) of all interlocking wall and roof panels each exterior seam shall be neatly caulked using a high modulus silicone base product. The use of copolymer tape and / or neoprene gasketing is unacceptable between any exterior seams of the Electrical Building. 4. The entire roof perimeter shall be trimmed with a fascia that aesthetically hides the standing rib roof edges, prevents high velocity rainwater run-off, and prevents built-up ice from sliding off the roof in large sheets. 5. The roof shall be able to withstand, at a minimum, a live load of 40 pounds per square foot. 6. Roof panels shall be caulked along all mating surfaces before assembly and each roof panel shall be attached to its adjacent panels using gasketed #14 stainless aluminum self F. Doors 1. General a. Equipment and personnel doors shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. b. One equipment door shall be sized and provided to allow for equipment entry and removal. c. One personnel door shall be provided in addition to the equipment door to allow for personnel entry and exit. d. Additional doors shall be provided if required for equipment access or by Code. 2. Construction e. Doors and Frames: Refer to Division 08 11 19 Stainless-Steel Doors and Frames. f. Door Hardware: Refer to Division 08 71 00 Door Hardware. Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 G. Coatings 1. All exterior and interior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to coating application per the coating manufacturer 2. Exterior surfaces- Walls, Roof & Fascia Substrate: a. Primer - high solids epoxy primer, 1.5 Mils DFT b. Finish - high solids polyurethane enamel, 4 mils DFT c. Color - ANSI #61 Light Gray d. Touch-up paint - (1) quart 3. Interior-Substrate: a. Primer - high solids epoxy primer, 1.5 Mils DFT b. Finish - high solids polyurethane enamel, 1.5 Mils DFT c. Color - white d. Touch-up paint - (1) quart 4. Floor- (Top Area) a. Primer - high solids epoxy primer, 3.0 Mils DFT b. Finish - high solids polyurethane enamel, 1.5 Mils DFT with non skid additive c. Color - ANSI #61 Light Gray, anti-skid d. Touch-up paint - (1) quart 5. Base & Floor Underside a. Primer - high solid epoxy mastic, 2.0 Mils DFT b. Undercoat - high solid Coal Tar Epoxy, 4.0 Mils DFT 6. All coatings shall be applied inside an environmentally controlled (air quality, temperature and humidity) paint booth with ventilation and filtration provisions in full Coating applications performed in outside ambient air conditions will NOT be acceptable. H. Grounding Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 7 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 1. Two external ground pads shall be welded to the structural base, for connection to a grounding grid. Grounding components shall be as specified in Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding. 2.03 ELECTRICAL UTILITIES A. All utilities shall be UL listed and recognized devices. B. All utilities shall be functionally tested prior to completion. 2.04 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. All Equipment, as specified herein, shall be factory installed inside the Electrical Building, and shall meet the installation requirements as specified in PART 3 of this specification Section. 2.05 HVAC SYSTEM A. HVAC System 1. Redundancy a. The HVAC System shall consist of N+1 independent systems. 2. Exterior design temperatures- a. Summer (Per ASHRAE 2.5% design temperature) b. Winter (Per ASHRAE 97.5% design temperature) 3. Interior design temperatures a. Summer 85°F b. Winter 55°F 4. HVAC system shall maintain the maximum interior temperature above with consideration to ambient conditions and the specified internal equipment total heat loss calculated at 100% of the full load rating of each piece of electrical equipment installed in the Electrical Building. 5. HVAC unit as required to maintain interior design temperatures. Industrial quality, vertical, self contained, wall mounted with aluminum fin, riffle tube copper coils and adjustable fresh air damper to 40%: a. Cooling capacity as required. b. Heating capacity as required. Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 8 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 c. Return air grill d. Supply air grill e. Thermostat- Automatic-Change-Over f. High Pressure Switch g. Low Pressure Switch h. Top flashing 6. Complete HVAC calculations shall be submitted with approval drawings for review 7. Controls for HVAC unit shall be such that short cycling shall be prevented. An alternating scheme shall be implemented to prevent excessively or abnormally unbalanced run hours. 8. HVAC units shall be painted to match exterior color. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Removable lift lugs - as - shipping piece) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. instructions. B. Spreader bars, cables, shackles, and other lifting / rigging equipment shall be provided by the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. C. When handling Electrical Building all lift lugs should be used. D. The Electrical Building shall be supported at all times during handling, transportation and setting at all removable lift lug locations, as a minimum. END OF SECTION Analyzer Building 26 05 30 - 9 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 33 05 01.03PRESTRESSED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.00GENERAL 1.01WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings, and specials, including connections and appurtenances as required for the proper installation and function of the system as indicated herein. 1.02QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Experience Requirements: Finished pipe shall be the product of one manufacturer which has had not less than 10 years successful experience manufacturing pipe of the types and sizes indicated. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, fittings, lining, coating) shall be performed at one location. B.Factory Testing: 1.The Owner reserves the option to have an independent testing laboratory, at the Owner’s expense, inspect pipe and fittings at the Pipe Manufacturer’s plant. The Owner’s testing laboratory and Engineer shall have free access to the Manufacturer’s plant. The pipe manufacturer shall notify the Owner, in writing, at least 2 weeks ahead of pipe fabrication as to start of fabrication and fabricating schedule so that the Owner can advise the Manufacturer as to Owner’s decision regarding tests to be performed by an independent testing laboratory. In event the Owner elects to retain an independent testing laboratory to make material tests and weld tests, it is the intent that the tests be limited to one spot testing of each category unless the tests do not show compliance with the standard. If these tests do not show compliance, the Owner reserves the right to have the laboratory make additional tests and observations. 2.The Owner may require the Manufacturer to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire, steel plate, and cement. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests described in AWWA C303, for all pipe, fittings, and specials. 1.03SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall include: 1.Prior to the fabrication of the pipe, submit fabrication and laying drawings to the Engineer for record purposes. Record drawings shall include a complete description of the pipe offered, including cuts, tabulated layout and pertinent design data. Record drawings shall reference stationing on the plan profile sheets and shall incorporate changes necessary to avoid conflicts with existing utilities and structures. Details for the design and fabrication of all fittings and specials and provisions for thrust shall be included. 2.Prior to delivery of the pipe to the project site, the Manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all pipe, fittings, and specials, and other products and materials furnished, comply with this specification. Copies of results of factory tests and mill certificates for steel and cement shall be provided, if requested. Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 1 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 1.04STANDARDS A.Except as modified or supplemented herein, pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following standard specifications, latest edition. 1.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: ASTM A33Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled, ASTM A570 Structural Quality ASTM C144Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150Specification for Portland Cement ASTM D698Test for Moisture-Density Relations for Soils 2.American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards: Standard for Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe Steel Cylinder Type, AWWA C303 Pretensioned, for Water and Other Liquids AWWA M9Manual: Concrete Pressure Pipe 1.05DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Properly support and secure pipe for storage. The Pipe Manufacturer shall obtain the necessary transportation permits. Upon delivery of the pipe, notify the Engineer so that an inspection may be performed. The inspection shall not relieve the Contractor’s responsibility of providing pipe which meets the contract requirements. Other handling and storage requirements shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.00PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A.Cement: Cement for use in concrete and mortar shall be Type II Portland Cement, with not more than 5 percent tricalcium aluminate (CaA). 3 B.Aggregates: Aggregates for concrete lining and coating shall conform to ASTM C33. C.Sand: Sand used for inside and outside joints shall be of silica base, conforming to ASTM C144. D.Special Coating: Pipe to be laid in casing shall have two built up rings or mortar each approximately 2 feet long and slightly higher than the pipe bell to prevent pipe being supported by the bell. Rings to be at the quarter points of the pipe section. E.Brass Reducing Bushings: Where outlets or taps are threaded, furnish and install brass reducing bushings for the outlet size indicated. 2.02MIXES; CEMENT MORTAR A.Cement mortar used for pouring joints shall consist of 1 part Portland cement to 2 parts clean, fine, sharp silica sand, mixed with water. Exterior joint mortar shall be mixed to the Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 2 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 consistency of thick cream. Interior joint mortar shall be mixed with as little water as possible so that the mortar is very stiff, but workable. Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type II or Type III with the modification that the cement shall not contain more than 5 percent tricalcium aluminate (CaA). Sand shall conform to ASTM C144. Cement mortar used for 3 patching shall be mixed as per cement mortar for inside joints. 2.03MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A.Pipe: 1.General: Pipe, bench, and specials shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C303 and AWWA Manual M9, and the special requirements of this specification. 2.Pipe Design Criteria: Sizes and pressure classes (working pressure) shall be as specified. For the purposes of pipe design, working pressure plus transient pressure shall be equal to 1.5 times the pressure class specified. Fittings, specials and connections shall be same class as the associated pipe. Pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked with the pressure class and piece number to permit easy identification in the field. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA C303 and AWWA Manual M9 for trench construction, using the following parameters: Unit Weight of Fill (w)130 pcf Live LoadAASHTO HS 20 Trench DepthAs indicated Coefficient Ku’0.150 Trench Width (Bd)As indicated Bedding ConditionsAs indicated Soil Reaction Modulus (E’)700 Coefficient k0.090 a.Trench depths indicated shall be verified after existing utilities are located. Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3.Provisions for Thrust: a.Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings shall be resisted by restrained joints. Thrust blocking or anchors shall be used to restrain thrust at bends, fittings, etc. adjacent to casing pipe and where indicated. b.Restrained joints shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust restraint, design pressure shall be 1.5 times pressure class (working pressure). Restrained joints shall consist of welded joints or harnessed joints. Harnessed joints shall be clamp or snap ring type in accordance with AWWA Manual M9. Clamp type joint restraint shall be used Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 3 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 where indicated. In areas where restrained joints are used for thrust restraint, the pipe shall have adequate cylinder thickness to transmit the thrust forces. c.The length of pipe with welded joints to resist thrust forces shall be determined by the Pipe Manufacturer in accordance with AWWA Manual M9 and the following: 1).The Weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe. 2).Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used). 3).Coefficient of friction = 0.3 (maximum value to be used). a).The above applies to unsaturated soil conditions. In locations where ground water is encountered, the soil density shall be reduced to its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table, Ww shall be taken as zero, Wp shall be reduced by forty percent, and the coefficient of friction shall be reduced to 0.25. 4.Inside Diameter: The inside diameter, including the cement mortar lining, shall be a minimum of the nominal diameter of the pipe specified. B.Joint Wrappers: Similar and equal to those manufactured by Mar Mac Manufacturing Company. C.Insulated Connections: Where insulated connections are indicated, furnish dielectric insulation gaskets, sleeves, and two plastic washers for each bolt. Insulating kits shall be Insulket or approved equal. D.Flexible Joint Couplings: Dresser Style 38, Rockwell Style 411, or approved equal. E.Bonding Wires: Bonding wires shall be furnished by the Pipe Manufacturer. F.Pipe Ends: The standard pipe end shall include steel joint ring and a continuous solid rubber ring gasket as per AWWA Manual M9. G.Flanges: ANSI Drilling of class equal to or greater than the pipe class, unless otherwise specified, and shall match class of valves or appurtenances which are attached. Nuts and bolts shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B. 3.00EXECUTION 3.01INSTALLATION A.General: 1.Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA Manual M9, and in accordance with the Pipe Manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated. B.Pipe Handling: 1.Haul and distribute pipe, fittings at the project site. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. Before lowering into the trench, inspect each joint of pipe, and reject or repair any damaged pipe. Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 4 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 2.Keep the pipe clean during and after the laying operation and free of sticks, dirt, animals, and trash, and at the close of each operating day, effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C.Pipe Jointing: 1.General: a.Thoroughly clean the bell and spigot rings before laying each joint of pipe by brushing and wiping. If any damage to the protective coating on the metal has occurred, repair the damage before laying the pipe. Lubricate the gasket and the inside surface of the bell with an approved lubricant (flax soap) which will facilitate the telescoping of the joint. Tightly fit together sections of pipe and exercise care to secure true alignment and grade. When a joint of pipe is being laid, place the gasket on the spigot ring and enter the spigot end of the pipe into the bell of the adjoining pipe and force into position. The inside joint space between ends of the pipe sections shall have an opening within the tolerances as recommended by the Pipe Manufacturer. No “blocking up” of pipe or joints will be permitted, and if the pipe is not uniformly supported or the joint not made up properly, remove the joint and properly prepare the trench. After joining, check the position of the gasket with a feeler gauge. If the gasket is out of position, disassemble the joint and repeat the joint laying procedure. b.For interior welded joints, complete backfilling before welding. For exterior field- welded joints, provide adequate working room under and beside the pipe. 2.Exterior Joints: Make the exterior joint by placing a joint wrapper around the pipe and secure in place with two metal straps. The wrapper shall be 9 inches wide for pipe 36 inches and larger, and 7 inches wide for smaller pipe, hemmed on each side. The wrapper shall be fiberglass reinforced or burlap cloth, with lengths encircling the pipe, leaving enough opening between ends to allow the mortar to be poured inside the wrapper into the joint. Fill the joint with mortar from one side in one continuous operation until the grout has flowed entirely around the pipe. During the filling of the joint, pat or manipulate the sides of the wrapper to settle the mortar and expel any entrapped air. Leave wrappers in place undisturbed until the mortar has set-up. 3.Interior Joints: Upon completion of backfilling of the pipe trench, fill the inside joint recess with a stiff cement mortar. Prior to placing of mortar, clean out dirt or trash which has collected in the joint, and moisten the concrete surfaces of the joint space by spraying or brushing with a wet brush. Ram or pack the stiff mortar into the joint space and take extreme care to insure that no voids remain in the joint space. After the joint has been filled, level the surfaces of the joint mortar with the interior surfaces of the pipe with a steel trowel so that the surface is smooth. Interior joints of pipe smaller than 21 inches shall have the bottom of the bell buttered with mortar, prior to inserting the spigot, such that when the spigot is pushed into position it will extrude surplus mortar from the joint. The surplus mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside of the pipe by pulling a filled burlap bag or an inflated ball through the pipe with a rope. 4.Welded Joints: Telescope together the joints to be welded with a rubber gasket as specified above and align perfectly with the adjacent section of pipe. Accomplish welding by laying a filler rod between the steel bell of one section and the steel spigot of the other, and welding the bell to the outside of the spigot. Use no less than three Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 5 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 complete passes to make the weld. When the joint weld is completed, pour the exterior joint with mortar as specified above. After all sections are in final position, fill the interior joint as specified above. Welded joints shall meet the requirements of AWWA Manual M9. D.Protection of Exposed Metal: 1.Protect exposed ferrous metal by a minimum of 1-inch coating of cement mortar as previously specified for inside joints. Exposed large flat surfaces such as, flanges, bolts, caulked joints, threaded outlets, closures, etc., shall have coating reinforced with galvanized wire mesh. 2.Thoroughly clean and wet the surface receiving a cement mortar coating with water just prior to placing the cement mortar coating. After placing, take care to prevent cement mortar from drying out too rapidly by covering with damp earth or burlap. Cement mortar coating shall not be applied during freezing weather. E.Patching: 1.Excessive field-patching of lining or coating shall not be permitted. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. In general, there shall not be more than one patch on either the lining or the coating of any one joint of pipe. 2.Wherever necessary to patch the pipe, make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately cured and approved for laying by the Engineer. Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site. F.Pipe Bedding and Backfill: Pipe bedding and backfill shall be as specified in Section 02 20 20 Excavation & Backfill for Utilities. Remove sheeting and shoring in a manner such that a good bond is achieved between the backfill material and the undisturbed trench walls. 3.02FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform a hydrostatic test as specified in Division 02 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications. END OF SECTION Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings33 05 01.03 - 6 ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements – E17047 SECTION3305 69 PRE-ENGINEEREDPRECAST CONCRETE TRENCH 1. SCOPE 2/2Qspwjef!b!qsfdbtu!dpodsfuf!voefshspvoe!vujmjuz!usfodi!tztufn!)gps!fmfdusjdbm!dbcmjoh!ps! nfdibojdbm!qjqjoh*!bt!nbovgbduvsfe!cz!Usfoxb-!Jod/!)Qbufou!$3973478*<!252:! Bmfyboesjb!Qjlf<!Gpsu!Uipnbt-!LZ!!52186/!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm/!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!nvtu! ibwf!fyqfsjfodf!jo!eftjho!boe!gbcsjdbujpo!pg!tjnjmbs!qspevdut!boe!xjui!gbdjmjujft!gps! gbcsjdbujoh!uifn!xjui!uif!rvbmjuz!tqfdjgjfe!ifsfjo!boe!xjuipvu!efmbz!up!uif!tqfdjgjfe! tdifevmf/ 2. DESIGN 3/2!Uif!qsfdbtu!dpnqpofout!tibmm!cf!eftjhofe!up!dpogpsn!up!sfrvjsfnfout!tubufe!jo!BTUN! D968.18!#Qsbdujdf!gps!Njojnvn!Tusvduvsbm!Eftjho!Mpbejoh!gps!Voefshspvoe!Qsfdbtu! Dpodsfuf!Vujmjuz!Tusvduvsft-!BTUN!D969.18!#Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Voefshspvoe!Qsfdbtu! Dpodsfuf!Vujmjuz!Tusvduvsft#!boe!BDJ.429!#Cvjmejoh!Dpef!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps!Tusvduvsbm! Dpodsfuf!boe!Dpnnfoubsz!po!Cvjmejoh!Dpef!Sfrvjsfnfout!jo!Tusvduvsbm!Dpodsfuf#/ 3. MATERIALS 4/2!Dfnfou!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!D2610D261N-!#Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!Qpsumboe!Dfnfou#/ 4/3Gjof!boe!dpbstf!bhhsfhbuft!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!D440D44N-!#Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps! Dpodsfuf!Bhhsfhbuft#/ 4/4Difnjdbm!Benjyuvsft!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!D3710D371N!#Bjs.Fousbjojoh!Benjyuvsft! gps!Dpodsfuf!boe!BTUN!D5:50D5:5N!#Difnjdbm!Benjyuvsft!gps!Dpodsfuf#/ 4/5Tuffm!sfjogpsdjoh!cbst!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!B726!#Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!Efgpsnfe!boe! Qmbjo!Dbscpo!Tuffm!Cbst!gps!Dpodsfuf!Sfjogpsdfnfou#/ 4/6Tuffm!sfjogpsdjoh!xjsft!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!B5:7!#Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!Tuffm!Xjsf-! Efgpsnfe-!gps!Dpodsfuf!Sfjogpsdfnfou#/ 4/7Tuffm!sfjogpsdjoh!xfmefe!xjsf!nbut!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!B2175!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps! Dbscpo.Tuffm!Xjsf!boe!Xfmefe!Xjsf!Sfjogpsdfnfou-!Qmbjo!boe!Efgpsnfe-!gps!Dpodsfuf#/ 4/8Fncfeefe!tuffm!tibqft!boe!qmbuft!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BTUN!B470D47N!#Tuboebse! Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!Dbscpo!Tusvduvsbm!Tuffm#/ 4. CONCRETE 5/2Cbudijoh-!njyjoh!boe!qmbdjoh!pg!dpodsfuf!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!BDJ!B412!#Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps! Tusvduvsbm!Dpodsfuf#!boe!BTUN!D:50D:5N!#Tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!Sfbez.Njy!Dpodsfuf#!boe! BDJ!415!#Hvjef!gps!Nfbtvsjoh-!Njyjoh-!Usbotqpsujoh!boe!Qmbdjoh!Dpodsfuf#/!!Bmm! nbufsjbmt!tibmm!cf!qsf.xfjhife!qsjps!up!njyjoh/ 5/3Dpodsfuf!tibmm!pcubjo!b!njojnvn!dpnqsfttjwf!tusfohui!pg!6-111!qtj!bu!39!ebzt!pg!bhf/ 5/4Dpodsfuf!tibmm!dpoubjo!7&!fousbjofe!bjs!cz!wpmvnf!)qmvt!ps!njovt!2&*/ 5. REINFORCEMENT 6/2Gbcsjdbujpo!boe!qmbdfnfou!tibmmdpogpsn!up!BDJ.429!#Cvjmejoh!Dpef!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps! Tusvduvsbm!Dpodsfuf#/ Addendum 6 ΒΒ ΏΔ ΕΘ 0 ¦¤ ΐ®¥ Α 6. SUBMITTALS 7/2 Fohjoffsjoh!mbzpvu!esbxjoht!xjmm!cf!qspwjefe!gps!bqqspwbm!boe!up!bttjtu!gjfme!jotubmmbujpo/! Uif!esbxjoht!xjmm!jodmvef!ejnfotjpot-!jefoujgjdbujpo!boe!mpdbujpo!pg!fbdi!usfodi!qbsu!jo! uif!usfodi!mbzpvu!bmpoh!xjui!b!cjmm!pg!nbufsjbm/ ROAD CROSSING TRENCH SPECIFICATIONS! 1. GENERAL! 2/2!Uif!usfodi!tztufn!xjmm!dpotjtu!pg!qsfdbtu!dpodsfuf!V.tibqfe!cbtft!boe!sfnpwbcmf!dpwfst-! nbovgbduvsfe!cz!Usfoxb!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm-!boe!jotubmmfe!jo!fbsui!usfodift!xjui!dpwfst!fyufoejoh!bcpwf! uif!tvsspvoejoh!dsvtife!spdl!tvsgbdf!xjui!mjgujoh!ipplt/!! 2/3!Bmm!tfdujpot!pg!usfodi!eftjhobufe!gps!spbe!dspttjoh!vtf!xjmm!cf!eftjhofe!up!dbssz!IT31-!43-111! qpvoe!bymf!mpbejoh!boe!xjmm!cf!gvsojtife!jo!tuboebse!21!gppu!mfohuit-!fydfqu!uibu!tqfdjbm!mfohuit!xjmm!cf! gvsojtife!xifsf!sfrvjsfe!cz!uif!mbzpvu!po!uif!esbxjoht/! 2/4!Uif!mjet!gps!uif!spbe!dspttjoh!usfodi!xjmm!cf!nbef!pg!)GSQ!Npopmjuijd!Dpnqptjuf*)Tuffm!Sfjogpsdfe! Dpodsfuf*!)Ipu.ejqqfe!Hbmwboj{fe!Tuffm*!eftjhofe!up!dbssz!IT31-!43-111!qpvoe!bymf!mpbejoh/! 2/5!Uif!joufsjps!dmfbs!dsptt!tfdujpobm!bsfb!gps!uif!spbe!dspttjoh!cbtft!xjmm!cf!bu!mfbtu! )21#*)31#*)35#*)41#*)47#*)51#*)59#*)71#*)83#*)95#*):7#*xjef!y!)23#*)27#*)35#*)47#*)59#*)71#*)83#*!effq/! 2/6!!Uif!qsfdbtu!usfodi!tztufn!tibmm!cf!eftjhofe!boe!dpotusvdufe!tp!uibu!tvqqmfnfoubm!tvqqpsu!tvdi! bt!qspufdujpo!spet!ps!dsptt!tvqqpsut!bsf!opu!sfrvjsfe/! ! COMPONENTSPECIFICATIONS! 1. GENERAL 2/2!!Uif!usfodi!tztufn!tibmm!dpotjtu!pg!qsfdbtu!dpodsfuf!tvqqpsu!csbdlfut-!tjefxbmmt!boe!sfnpwbcmf! dpwfst!bt!nbovgbduvsfe!cz!Usfoxb!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm!boe!bttfncmfe!up!gpsn!b!dpnqmfufmz!fodmptfe! usfodi-!fydfqu!xjui!pqfo!fbsui!cpuupn!ibwjoh!b!5#!cfeejoh!pg!tboe/! 2/3!Uif!usfodi!tztufn!xjmm!cf!eftjhofe!up!tvqqpsu!bu!mfbtu!311!qpvoet!qfs!trvbsf!gppu!mjwf!mpbe!gps! qfeftusjbo!usbggjd/! 2/4!Uif!usfodi!tibmm!ibwf!bo!joufsjps!dmfbs!dsptt!tfdujpobm!bsfb!pg!)35#*)41#*!xjef!cz!)27#*effq/!! 2/5!Uif!qsfdbtu!tjeft!pg!uif!usfodi!tztufn!tibmm!cf!gvsojtife!jo!tuboebse!6!gppu!mfohuit-!fydfqu!uibu! tqfdjbm!mfohuit!tibmm!cf!gvsojtife!xifsf!sfrvjsfe!cz!uif!mbzpvu!po!uif!esbxjoht/!!Uif!usfodi!eftjho!jt! tvdi!uibu!uif!tjefxbmmt!bsf!ifme!jo!qmbdf!cz!uif!qsfttvsf!pg!uif!fyufsobm!fbsui!cbdlgjmm/! 2/6!!Qspwjef!V!tibqfe!tvqqpsu!csbdlfut!bu!b!nbyjnvn!tqbdjoh!pg!6!gffu!dfoufs!up!dfoufs!xjui! sfdubohvmbs!tjefxbmm!qbofmt!tqboojoh!uif!csbdlfut/! 2/7!Uif!qsfdbtu!usfodi!dpwfst!xjmm!cf!gvsojtife!jo!mjhiuxfjhiu!tfdujpot-!tj{fe!up!qfsnju!sfnpwbm!cz!b! tjohmf!qfstpo/!!Uif!dpwfst!xjmm!ibwf!tmput!gps!mjgujoh!uppmt!boe!xjmm!cf!nbef!pg!)gjcfs!boe!tuffm!sfjogpsdfe! dpodsfuf*)qpmznfs!dpodsfuf*/! 2/8!Uif!usfodi!tibmm!cf!eftjhofe!boe!jotubmmfe!up!bmmpx!gps!uifsnbm!fyqbotjpo!boe!dpousbdujpo/! ! Addendum 6 ΒΒ ΏΔ ΕΘ 0 ¦¤ Α ®¥ Α SECTION 331100 PRESSUREPIPINGGENERAL& RESTRAINING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1SUMMARY A.Provide all labor, equipment, material, tools,and incidentals required to install the various piping, valves, accessories, and fire hydrant assemblies for water lines as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2SUBMITTALS A.Submit in accordance with Section 013300Submittal Procedures. B.Product Data: 1.pipes, fittings, restraints, and related materials. C.Shop Drawings: 1. materials showing details and materials of construction, including dimensions. D. 1.Furnish affidavit that the pipe, fittings and lining furnished comply with all applicable provisions of the ANSI and/or AWWA Standards. E.Record Drawings: 1.Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 Submittal Procedures and Section 017700 Closeout Procedures. F.Test Reports: 1.Submit reports on pressure and leakage tests for all pipelines. 2.Submit reports on bacteriological tests for potable water system piping. 1.3JOB CONDITIONS A.Minimize interruptions to utility services.Submit plans and schedules to the Engineer for approval by the proper authority before any shutdown or any interruption in service takes place. Page 1of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. "Lead free" as used in these specifications is defined as containing less than 0.2 percent lead in solder and flux, and containing less than 8.0 percent lead in pipe fittings. B. Provide all materials which will come in contact with potable water, including valves, fittings, piping, packing, and jointing and gasket material that are third party certified as meeting the specifications of the American National Standard Institute/ National Sanitation Foundation Standard 61, Drinking Water System Components Health Effects. The certifying party shall be accredited by ANSI. C. Provide all pipe, fittings, packing, jointing materials, valves and fire hydrants that conform to the appropriate Section C of the AWWA Standards. D. Provide all new piping materials. Used materials are not acceptable. E. Provide asbestos cement pipe for the repair of existing asbestos cement waterlines only. Do not use asbestos cement pipe for new waterline construction. F. Do not use steel pipe for potable waterlines. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. The Engineer or Owner reserves the right to inspect all pipe at the factory. Provide a production schedule in sufficient time so plans can be made for in-plant inspection of the pipe or fittings during production, should it be required. B. Ensure that applicable pipe is plainly marked with special markings indicating the weight, proper location of the pipe or fitting in the line by reference to layout drawings and schedules, class of pipe, casting period, manufacturer's mark and year pipe was produced. C. Examine all piping materials for compliance with the requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions that may affect performance. 3.2 TESTS A. Perform all tests in the presence of the Owner or Engineer unless waived in writing. Notify the Engineer in sufficient time when tests are being conducted to allow for travel time to the manufacturer's plant. Page 2 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING A. Conduct installation of waterlines and all appurtenances in accordance with the appropriate procedures. B. Install pipe in a level trench. Smooth out irregularities or fill in with sand and tamp. Scoop out holes for bells, leaving the entire barrel of the pipe bearing on the pipe bed. Install the pipe a minimum of 36 inches below grade. C. Begin installation of the pipe immediately after the excavation is started, and keep pipe laying operation close behind the trenching. Install pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Remove damaged or unsound pipe or fittings and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. Before jointing of the pipe, remove all lumps, blisters, excess coating material or oil from the bell and spigot ends of the pipe. D. Restrain water lines 2.5 inches in diameter and larger to prevent movement under pressure. Furnish mechanical joint restraint devices or concrete thrust blocks, as specified in the individual Specification Sections and as shown on the Drawings. Install thrust restraints at all bends, tees, crosses, wyes, plugs, and reducers, or as shown in details of typical thrust restraint and concrete thrust block placements on the Drawings. Additionally, install restraints for valves, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1. For mechanical joint restraint devices, provide a restraining mechanism, which imparts multiple wedging actions against the pipe, increasing its resistance as the pipeline pressure increases. Use twist-off nuts to ensure proper actuation of mechanical joint restraining devices. Provide mechanical joint restraining devices by EBAA Iron, Inc., Megalug or approved equal. a. Additional joint restraint may be required for multiple pipe joints in any direction from the mechanical joint restraint device. These shall be considered integral to the mechanical restraint system and shall be provided along with the mechanical joint restraint to meet the requirement of restraining the water lines as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Where indicated on Drawings, provide concrete thrust blocks of 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Thrust Block Schedule as shown on the Drawings. E. Where there is no adequate natural foundation upon which to construct a pipe bed, install the pipe on a prepared stabilized subgrade or rock bedding as defined in ASTM D2774, Section 9. Replace or stabilize unsuitable subgrade materials as described in Section 31 20 01 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. Payment for gravel or graded stone used for pipe bedding, when ordered in writing, will be according to the bid item for such material. Where dewatering is required, use Class I materials as described in ASTM D2774. F. Place pipe and fittings along the route of construction with the spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow. Place pipe where it will cause least interference with traffic. Handle pipe with mechanical equipment. Before it is lowered into the trench, swab or brush out the pipe to ensure that no dirt or foreign material gets into the finished line. Provide a test plug to close the pipe and to keep out trench water whenever work is not in progress. Provide the Page 3 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 means of dewatering the trench, the cost of which is included in the price of installing the pipe. G. Do not exceed the ma line or grade made necessary by vertical curves, horizontal curves or offsets. If the specified or required alignment requires deflection in excess of those recommended, either provide special bends as approved by the Engineer or a sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide a greater number of angular deflections within the required limit. H. Ensure that all joints are watertight and immediately repair any leaks or defects discovered to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Remove, clean and properly relay any pipe that has been disturbed after being installed. Flush or remove any superfluous material inside the pipe by means of an approved follower or scraper after joints are made. Install fittings and pipe joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. I. Where water mains are stubbed out with a reducer and valve, provide restrained joints in addition to thrust blocks from the valve back to the tee. J. For the protection of exposed reinforcing in anchor blocks, furnish and apply two coats of Koppers Bitumastic No. 505 protective coating, or approved equal. K. Install plastic pipe in strict accordance with the provisions of ASTM D2774, including those provisions addressing compaction of bedding and haunching material. 3.4 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATION CONDITIONS A. Sewer and Water Main Crossing: 1. Install water mains at least 10 feet horizontally from any existing or proposed sanitary sewer. Measure the distance from edge to edge. 2. Install water mains crossing sanitary sewers, either above or below, to provide a minimum vertical separation of 18 inches between the outside of the water main and the outside of the sewer. Whenever possible, install the water main above the sewer. Provide adequate structural support for water mains crossing under sewers. 3. Where water mains and sanitary sewers cross, install a 20-foot section of ductile iron pipe, centered over the point of crossing. For waterlines less than 4-inches, encase the pipe in concrete. 4. Where water mains are laid within 10 feet horizontally of a sanitary sewer, install the water main in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer at an elevation such that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. 5. Do not install water mains in such a manner that they come in contact with or penetrate sewer manholes, storm sewers or catch basins. 6. Do not locate potable water mains within 25 feet horizontally of a wastewater tile field or spray field. 7. Special Conditions: When it is impossible to obtain the distances specified above, SCDHEC may allow an alternative design. Include the following guidelines in any alternative design or conditions: Page 4 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 a. Maximize the distances between the water main and sewer line and the joints of each. b. Use materials for the sewer line which meet the requirements specified herein for waterlines. c. Allow enough distance to make repairs to one of the lines without damaging the other. B. Stream Crossings: 1. The Owner will obtain the necessary construction permits from the governing authorities. Do not begin Work on any stream crossing until a copy of the approved permit is received. The Work will be subject to any additional requirements of the governing authority. 2. Underwater Crossings: a. Install the pipe with a minimum of 2 feet of cover. b. For crossings exceeding 15 feet in width, place an isolation valve on each side of the crossing, in an area that is easily accessible and not subject to flooding. Provide a blow-off assembly on the side opposite the supply. Install the blow- off in accordance with construction detail Drawings. 3. Above-water Crossings: Install the pipe with adequate supports and anchors. Protect pipe from damage and freezing. Make pipe accessible for repair and replacement. 4. Control turbidity to within 50 NTU above normal at a distance greater than 100 feet from the point of Work. Include the necessary fittings, restraints, socket clamps, blocking and anchorage, riprap, and ground stabilization as shown in the Drawings. C. Crossings Under Highways, Railroads, Pipelines, and Other Rights-of-Way: 1. Install all pipe under City, County or State highways, railroads, pipelines and other public or private rights-of-way in accordance with the requirements of the highway department, railroad, agency or entity having jurisdiction, ownership or governing authority. 2. The entity involved will govern the method and materials of construction. The Owner will obtain the necessary permits or agreements to enter said rights-of-way. Accept responsibility for any and all expenses to protect the highway, utility, land, and other appurtenances within the rights-of-way involved. Secure any additional information as may be necessary to meet the conditions of the permit or agreement and perform the Work accordingly. 3. Where open cut or installation without casing is permissible in a crossing instead of jacking and boring, make the necessary provisions for handling traffic or maintaining service as required. D. Connection to Existing Mains: 1. Where connections are required between new Work and existing water mains, make connections in a thorough and workmanlike manner, using proper specials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. 2. Where a connection is to be made to an existing fitting in the line, schedule the Work so that digging and locating the existing fittings can be completed prior to starting trench work on the line. Perform cut-ins into lines at a time approved by the Owner's Page 5 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 representative. Verify the dimensions of all pipe before ordering special fittings and couplings. Page 6 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 E. Harnessing: 1. Where harnessing is shown on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer, coat all harnessing rods, clamps, bolts, and nuts after assembly. Use Koppers Bitumastic No. 505 protective coating, or approved equal, to at least a 4-mil dry thickness. F. Do not connect pits, chambers or manholes containing valves, blow-offs, meters, air relief valves, or other such appurtenances directly to any storm drain or sanitary sewer. 1. Do not locate waterlines in areas of known contamination. 3.5 FLUSHING OF PIPING SYSTEM A. Flush piping systems in accordance with Section 01 73 31 Disinfection of Potable Water Mains. 3.6 PRESSURE TESTING OF SYSTEM A. Pressure test piping systems in accordance with Section 01 73 32 Testing Piping Systems. 3.7 DISINFECTION AND TESTS A. Disinfect and test piping systems in accordance with Section 01 73 31 Disinfection of Potable Water Mains. 3.8 CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL A. Ensure that there are no connections between the distribution system and any pipes, pumps, hydrants, or tanks from which unsafe water or other contaminated materials may be discharged or drawn into the water system. B. Do not include any bypasses, unless the bypass is equipped with an approved backflow prevention device. C. Provide an air gap separation or an approved reduced pressure backflow preventer for any high hazard category cross connections. D. Do not install reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assemblies in any area or location subject to possible flooding. This includes pits or vaults which are not provided with relief valve. If the device is installed in a pit, provide a drain that is a minimum of two times the size of the line entering the backflow prevention device. Do not discharge the drain into any ditch or storm drain which could flood water back into the pit. E. Ensure that all inlet piping to the backflow prevention device is approved for potable water service, and is AWWA or NSF approved. Page 7 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 F. Protect potable waterlines from contamination by fire line sprinkler systems and dedicated fire lines, except those in high hazard category, by an approved double check valve assembly. END OF SECTION Page 8 of 8 33 11 00 Addendum 6 SECTION 33 12 16.17 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES PART 1GENERAL 1.01DESCRIPTION A. This specification shall govern all work and materials required for furnishing and installing tapping sleeves and valves required to complete the project. 1.02SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Prior to Installation: 1. For tie-ins to existing waterlines, submit manufacturer’s product data, installation instructions and sequence, shop drawings, and certifications to Engineer and Owner for review and approval prior to construction. A minimum of two (2) weeks notice shall be provided to the City prior to connecting to the existing water line. 1.03MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT A. Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall be measured on a per each basis for each size installed. Payment for tapping sleeves and tapping valves shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing and installing the valves complete in-place including joint materials, cast iron valve box, box extension, cover, concrete collar, thrust blocking and/or thrust restraints and all other related items such as bolting, wrapping, cement-stabilized sand encasing, backfilling and compacting; and shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals required to properly install the valves as indicated and specified. PART 2PRODUCTS 2.01MATERIALS A. Tapping sleeves shall have a Class 125 ANSI B16.1 outlet flange of cast iron, ductile iron or stainless steel. Sleeves shall be of ductile iron or 304 or 316 stainless steel. Lugs, bolts, washers and nuts shall be of 304 or 316 stainless steel. Iron sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint or caulked joint type as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, JCM or approved equal. Stainless steel sleeves shall be of the compression gasket type capable of providing full support of the tapped pipe, as manufactured by Ford, Smith Blair, Romac, or JCM 415 or approved equal. Gasket materials shall be of material suitable for potable water systems. B. Tapping sleeves shall be sized for the type and size of pipe to be tapped. The class of asbestos cement pipe that will most likely be encountered in the water will be Class 200 for pipes 6 inches in diameter and smaller, and Class 150 for larger pipes. It should be understood that existing pipes to be tapped may not be of the type of material and/or size that is shown on the drawings. The proper size and type of tapping sleeve shall be provided and installed regardless of what is encountered. ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves City Project No. E17047 33 12 16.17 – 1 C. Tapping valves shall conform to the AWWA M-9 Manual and all other applicable AWWA Standards and City Standard Specification Section 02 64 11, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". D. Valve boxes shall be as described in City Standard Specification Section 02 64 11, "Gate Valves for Waterlines". PART 3EXECUTION 3.01CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Construction methods shall adhere to those set out in AWWA M-9, City Standard Specification Section 02 64 02 "Waterlines", and City Standard Specification Section 02 20 20 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities". END OF SECTION ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves City Project No. E17047 33 12 16.17 – 2 7 33 14 43 FACTORY-BUILT BASE MOUNTED PLANT WATER PUMP STATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Work under this section includes, but is not limited to, furnishing, and installing a factory built th quadplex pump station with provisions for a 5 future pump as indicated on the project drawings, herein specified, as necessary for proper and complete performance. 1.02 All piping, pumps and appurtenances must be compliant with NSF/ANSI 61. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Publications listed below form part of this specification to extent referenced in the text by basic designation only. Consult latest edition of publication unless otherwise noted. 1. American National Std. Institute (ANSI) / American Water Works Assoc. (AWWA) a. ANSI B16.1 Cast iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings. b. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.51 Cast/ductile iron pipe with threaded flanges. c. ANSI 253.1 Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. d. ANSI B40.1 Gages, Pressure and Vacuum. e. AWWA C508 Single Swing Check Valves. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM A48 Gray Iron Castings. b. ASTM A126 Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. c. ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs. d. ASTM A36 Structural Steel. 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) a. ANSI/IEEE Std 100 Standard Dictionary of Electrical Terms. b. ANSI/IEEE Std 112 Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors. c. IEEE Std 242 Protection of Industrial and Control Power Systems. 4. National Electric Code (NEC) / National Electrical Manufacturers Assoc. (NEMA) a. NEC National Electric Code. b. NEC 701 National Electric Code article 701. c. NEMA Std MG1 Motors and Generators. 5. Miscellaneous References a. Ten-State Standards Recommended Standards for Sewage Works. b. Hydraulic Institute Std for Centrifugal, Rotary and Reciprocating Pumps. c. NMTBA and JIC Std National Machine Tool Builders Association and Joint Industrial Council Standards d. ISO 9001 International Organization for Standardization. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 1 of 22 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The contractor shall furnish and install one factory built above ground, automatic, pressure booster pump station. The station shall be complete with all equipment specified herein; factory assembled and tested on a structural steel base. B. In addition to the steel base, principal items of equipment shall include __4___ pumps, motors, th internal piping, valves, motor control panel and internal wiring with provision for a 5 future pump. C. Factory built pump station design, including materials of construction, pump features, valves and piping, and motor controls shall be in accordance with requirements listed under PART 2 - PRODUCTS of this section. 1.05 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Each horizontal end suction centrifugal pump shall have a rated capacity of __700___ GPM when increasing pressures in the range of 20 psi 50 psi. The minimum suction pressure is __40__PSIG and increase up to 80 PSIG. Motor and pump speed shall not exceed __1800___ RPM. The booster pump station must have an ability to discharge at a constant pressure (70 100 psi) and shall allow the operator to adjust to input this pressure valve via the control : screens. The booster pump station must have an ability to discharge at a constant pressure and should provide an ability to set these constant discharge points (60-100 psi) and shall allow the operator to adjust to input this pressure value via the control screens and remotely via SCADA. B. Site power furnished to pump station shall be _3__ phase, _60__ hertz, _460__ volts, __4_ wire, maintained within industry standards. Voltage tolerance shall be plus or minus 10 percent. Phase-to-phase unbalance shall not exceed 1% average voltage as set forth in NEMA Standard MG-1. Control voltage shall not exceed 132 volts. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Prior to fabrication, pump station manufacturer shall submit a .pdf copy of submittal data for review and approval. 2. Submittal shall include shop drawings, electrical ladder logic drawings, and support data as follows: Catalog cuts sheets reflecting characteristics for major items of equipment, materials of construction, hydropneumatics bladder tank, major dimensions, motor, and v- belt drive data, pump characteristic curves showing the design duty point capacity (GPM), head (FT), net positive suction head required (NPSHr), and hydraulic brake horsepower (BHP). Electrical components used in the motor branch and liquid level control shall be fully described. B. Shop drawings shall provide layout of mechanical equipment and anchor bolt locations for station. Contractor piping connections and station access clearances shall be dimensioned Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 2 of 22 relative to the station centerline. The electrical ladder logic drawings shall illustrate motor branch and liquid level control circuits to extent necessary to validate function and integration of circuits to form a complete working system. C. Operations Maintenance Manuals 1. Installation shall be in accordance with written instructions provided by the pump station manufacturer. Comprehensive instructions supplied at time of shipment shall enable personnel to properly operate and maintain all equipment supplied. Content and instructions shall assume operating personnel are familiar with pumps, motors, piping, and valves, but lack experience with the exact equipment supplied. 2. Documentation shall be specific to the pump station supplied and collated in functional sections. Each section shall combine to form a complete system manual covering all aspects of equipment supplied by the station manufacturer. Support data for any equipment supplied by others, even if mounted or included in the overall station design, shall be provided by those supplying the equipment. Instructions shall include the following as a minimum: a. Functional description of each major component, complete with operating instructions. b. Instructions for operating pumps and pump controls in all modes of operation. c. Calibration and adjustment of equipment for initial start-up, replacement of pressure control components, or as required for routine maintenance. d. Support data for commercially available components not produced by the station manufacturer, but supplied in accordance with the specifications, shall be supported by literature from the prime manufacturer and incorporated as appendices. e. Electrical schematic diagram of the pump station circuits shall be in accordance with NFPA and JIC standards. Schematics shall illustrate, to the extent of authorized repair, pump motor branch, control and alarm system circuits including interconnections. Wire numbers and legend symbols shall be shown. Schematic diagrams for individual components, not normally repairable by the station operator, need not be included. Details for such parts shall not be substituted for an overall system schematic. Partial schematics, block diagrams, and simplified schematics shall not be provided in lieu of an overall system diagram. f. Mechanical layout drawing of the pump station and components, prepared in accordance with good commercial practice, shall provide installation dimensions and location of all pumps, motors, valves, and piping. 3. Operation and maintenance instructions which rely on vendor cut sheets and literature which include general configurations or require operating personnel to selectively read portions of the manual shall not be acceptable. Operation and maintenance instructions must be specific to equipment supplied in accordance with these specifications. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 3 of 22 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The pumps and pump station manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2008 revision certified, with scope of registration including design control and service after sales activities.have a : documented quality control program in place. Manufacturers must be able to produce an ISO 9001:2008 certification or a certified cope of the manufacturers quality control manual upon request from the engineer. B. The pumps and pump station manufacturer must be registered to the ISO 14001 Environmental Management System standard and as such is committed to minimizing the impact of its activities on the environment and promoting environmental sustainability using best : management practices, technological advances, promoting environmental awareness and continual improvement. The pump station manufacturer must have a documented environmental policy in place. Manufacturer must be able to produce an ISO 14001 certification or a certified copy of the manufacturers environmental policy demonstrating the manufacturers commitment to responsible, environmentally friendly manufacturing practices. C. Upon request from the engineer, the pump station manufacturer shall prove financial stability and ability to produce the station within the specified delivery schedules. Evidence of facilities, equipment and expertise shall demonstrate the manufacturer's commitment to long term customer service and product support. D. Manufacturer must show proof of original product design and testing. Products violating intellectual property regulations shall not be allowed, as they may violate international law and expos-engineered fabricated to substantially duplicate the design of original product shall not be allowed, as they may contain substantial differences in tolerances and material applications addressed in the original design, which may contribute to product failure. E. s the entity which designs, machines, assembles, hydraulically tests, and warranties the final product. Any entity that does not meet this definition will not be consider lier. For quality control reasons and future pump and parts availability, all major castings of the pump shall be sourced and machined in North America. F. Certified Pump Performance Test 1. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards 14.6.3.4 Acceptance Grade 1U at the specified head, capacity, rated speed, and horsepower. The performance tests will validate the correct performance of the equipment at the design head, capacity, and speed. 2. For pumps utilizing up to (13 HP) motors; but larger than (1.3 HP), tests shall be conducted in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards 14.6.3.4.1, as the specified head, capacity, rated speed, and horsepower. 3. The Contractor shall provide these reports which must validate the pump performance prior to pump delivery to the site. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 4 of 22 G. Factory System Test 1. All components including the pumps, motors, valves, piping, and controls will be tested as a complete working system at the manufacturer's facility. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards at the specified head, capacity, rated speed, and horsepower. The factory operational test shall duplicate actual performance anticipated for the complete station. 2. Factory test reports demonstrating must be provided for to Owner and Engineer for review and approval prior to shipping of any component.Upon request from the engineer, : the operational test may be witnessed by the engineer, and/or representatives of his choice, at the manufacturer facility. H. inspect the completed installation, correct, or supervise the correction of any defect or malfunction, and instruct operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment as described in Part 3 of this section. 1.08 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY B/ The pump station manufacturer shall warrant all equipment to be of quality construction, free of defects in material and workmanship. A written warranty shall be 100% for 5 years and include specific details described below. Partial or Pro-Rated Warranties shall not be accepted. 1. All other equipment, apparatus, and parts furnished shall be warranted for 100% sixty (60) months, excepting only those items that are normally consumed in service, such as light bulbs, oils, grease, packing, gaskets, O-rings, etc. The pump station manufacturer shall be solely responsible for the warranty of the station and all components. B. Components failing to perform as specified by the engineer, or as represented by the manufacturer, or as proven defective in service during the warranty period, shall be replaced, repaired, or satisfactorily modified by the manufacturer. C. This limited warranty shall be valid only when installation is made, and maintenance is performed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. The representative shall that the start-up report is timely prepared and filed timely after the equipment is placed into service. The warranty shall become effective on the date of acceptance by the City. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 UNITARY RESPONSIBILITY A. In order to unify responsibility for proper operation of the complete pumping station, it is the intent of these Specifications that all system components be furnished by a single supplier (unitary source). The pumping station must be of standard catalog design, totally warranted by Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 5 of 22 the manufacturer. Under no circumstances will a system consisting of parts compiled and assembled by a manufacturer's representative or distributor be accepted. 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. The pump station system integrator must be ISO 9001:2008 revision certified, with scope of registration including design control and service after sales activities. B. The specifications and project drawings depict equipment and materials manufactured by The Gorman-Rupp Company which are deemed most suitable for the service anticipated. It is not intended, however, to eliminate other products of equal quality and performance and other products may be considered but it will be completely upto the City and Engineer of Record. The contractor shall prepare his bid based on the specified equipment for the purpose of determining a low bid. Award of a contract shall constitute an obligation to furnish the specified equipment and materials.The specifications and project drawings depict equipment : and materials manufactured by the Gorman-Rupp Company or USEMCO which are deemed most suitable for the service anticipated. The Contractor shall prepare his bid based on the specified equipment for the purpose of determining a low bid. Award of a contract shall constitute an obligation to furnish the specified equipment and materials. 2.03 UNIT BASE A. The unit base shall be comprised of a base plate, perimeter flange, and reinforcements. Base plate shall be fabricated of steel not les. Perimeter flange and reinforcements shall be designed to prevent flexing or warping under operating conditions. Base plate and/or flange shall be drilled for hardware used to secure unit base to concrete pad as shown on the contract drawings. Unit base shall contain provisions for lifting the complete pump unit during shipping and installation. 2.04 Pump Design A. The pump(s) shall be Aurora/Pentair Horizontal Close-coupled End Suction Centrifugal Pump(s) with back pullout design and shall be Model __3804_______. Performance criteria shall be in accordance with requirements listed under PART 1 - GENERAL of this section. Similar pump models by Cornell Pump Company are also approved. : 1. Materials and Construction Features a. Pump casing: Casing shall be of ASTM 48, Class 40 cast iron, and be vertically split, with the discharge flange on the same centerline as the pump shaft. Pumps shall be NSF61 certified by construction. b. Suction and discharge connections shall be 125# class ANSI NPT. Pump casings shall have _54e connections. Casing shall be drilled and tapped for gauge and drain connection. c. Sealing of the pump cavity shall be accomplished with a mechanical shaft seal. d. Mechanical seal shall be furnished with a carbon seal ring, silicon carbide mating, viton Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 6 of 22 elastomers and 316 stainless steel metal parts. e.Mechanical seal shall berated for 250 PSIG pressure. The elastomersshall be rated for temperatures ranging from 20 F to 400F. f. Impellershall be of the single suction enclosed type made entirely of ASTM B148 C95800, finished smooth all over and of ample strength and stiffness for maintainingthe maximum capacity of the unit. shall be of the single suction enclosed type made entirely of ASTM B584-875, die cast bronze finished smooth all over and of ample : strength and stiffness for maintaining the maximum capacity of the unit. g.Impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced and shall be keyed to the shaft and securely held in axial position on the shaft by means of a 304 stainless steel impeller screw andwasher. h.Balance holes on the back of the impeller shall be provided to reduce thrust with the hydraulic balancing of pressure. i. Pump shaft and sleeve: The pump / motor shaft shall be made ofhigh quality, alloy steel type AISI 1141, and engineered to transmit full drive horsepower with a liberal safety factor and minimum deflection. j. The shaft shall be protected where it passes through the stuffing box with a 416 stainless steel shaft sleeve, which shall be keyed to prevent rotation on theshaft. The sleeve shall be sealed with an o-ring to prevent contamination from pumpage or external liquids. k.Motors:The pump shall be coupled to a Toshiba NEMA RatedPremium Efficient(TEFC) AC electric motor rated for _40_ HP, _1800___ RPM, _460__ Volt, _3_-Phase, 60-Hertz. Motors shall be Inverter-Ratedfor use with VFD.U.S. Motorsor ABB are acceptable 21 providing the selected motoris inverter rated for VFD service. l.Motor bearings shall be grease lubricated and sized for minimum of 20,000 hours, B10 life, which is equivalent to 100,000 hours average bearing life. B.Serviceability 1.The pump manufacturer shall demonstrate to the engineer's satisfaction that consideration has been given to reducing maintenance costs. 2.No specialtools shall be required for replacement of any components within the pump. 2.06 VALVES AND PIPING A.Checkvalves shall be of the silent operating type, as manufactured by Val-MaticValve and Manufacturing Corporation, that begins to close as the forward flow diminishes and is fully closed at zero velocity preventing flow reversal and resultant water hammeror shock. Addendum6 33 14 43Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 7 of 22 1. Globe style valves shall be provided in sizes 2 inch through 48 inch and have flanges in accordance ANSI B16.1 for Class 125 or Class 250 iron flanges and ANSI B16.5 for Class 150 or Class 300 steel flanges. Iron flanges shall be flat faced. Sizes 10 inch and smaller shall be capable of mating directly to a water butterfly valve without disc interference. 2. Wafer style valves shall be provided in sizes 2 inch through 10 inch for installation between ANSI B16.1 Class 125 or Class 250 iron flanges or ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or Class 300 steel 21 flanges. 3.2. The valve design shall incorporate a center guided, spring loaded disc, guided at opposite ends, and having a short linear stroke that generates a flow area equal to the pipe size. 4.3. The operation of the valve shall not be affected by the position of installation. The valve shall be capable of operating in horizontal or vertical positions with the flow up or down. Heavy duty springs for vertical flow down installations shall be provided when specified on 14 inch and larger valves. 5.4. All component parts shall be field replaceable without the need of special tools. A replaceable guide bushing shall be provided and held in position by the spring. The spring shall be designed to withstand 100,000 cycles without failure and provide a cracking pressure of 0.5 psi and to fully open at a flow velocity of 4 ft/sec. 6.5. The valve disc shall be concave to the flow direction providing for disc stabilization, maximum strength, and a minimum flow velocity to open the valve. 7.6. The valve disc and seat shall have a seating surface finish of 32 micro-inch or better to ensure positive seating at all pressures. The leakage rate shall not exceed one-half of the allowable rate for metal seated valves allowed by AWWA Standard C508 or 0.5 oz. Per hour per inch of valve diameter. 8.7. The valve flow way shall be contoured and unrestricted to provide full flow areas at all locations within the valve. B. Isolation Valves: Isolation valves shall be butterfly type with resilient seat designed for installation between ANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges. Valves shall have cast iron body with Buna-N liner. Ductile iron disc with one-piece stainless-steel shaft and PTFE bushings. Butterfly valves shall be Crane Centerline Series 200 or approved equal.Isolation valves shall be butterfly type 21 with resilient seat designed for installation between ANSI B16.1 Class 150 flanges. Valves shall have cast iron body with Buna-N liner. Ductile iron disc with one-piece stainless-steel shaft and PTFE bushings. Butterfly valves shall be Crane Centerline Series 200 or approved equal. C. Steel Piping Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating 1. Piping shall be steel and conform to material specification ASTM A-53 (CW) for nominal pipe size four (4) inches and smaller, and ASTM A-53 (ERW) Grade B for nominal pipe size five (5) inches and larger. Steel butt-welding fittings shall conform to material specification ASTM A-234 Grade WPB and to the dimensions and tolerances of ANSI Standards B16.9 and B16.28 respectively. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 8 of 22 2. Forged steel flanges shall conform to material specification ASTM A-105 Class 60 and/or ASTM A-181 for carbon steel forgings and to the dimensions and tolerances of ANSI Standards B16.5 as amended in 1992 for Class 150 and Class 300 flanges. 3. All piping material shall be SCH 40 steel, shall meet AWWA C200 and other requirements in the specification. The piping sizes shall be as shown on the drawing. 21 a. Size 10" and below Schedule 40 b.a. Size 12" and above Standard weight (.375" wall) 4. Certified welders shall perform all pipe welds. As part of the equipment submittal, the pump station manufacturer shall provide copies of the welding certificates of the employees who are to perform the pipe welds. 5. Piping six 6-inches diameter and larger shall require a minimum of two- (2) weld passes to complete each weld. The first pass, or root pass, shall be applied at the bottom of the bevel cut using the short circuit transfer-welding mode. The second pass, or cap pass, shall be applied over the root pass using the spray or pulse arc transfer welding modes to insure that at a minimum the total weld thickness shall be equal to thinnest of the two pieces being welded together. 6. Steel piping shall have applied to it a fusion bonded epoxy coating on the interior pipe surface that conforms to AWWA C-213-91 for steel water pipelines. The powder-coating product shall be National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 certified material. The final product shall be capable of meeting salt spray resistance ASTM B117 (1000 hour) with no blistering, undercutting, or rust bleed; humidity resistance ASTM D2247 (1000 hour) with no blistering, undercutting, or rust bleed; and impact resistance of ASTM G14-72 (160 in. lbs.) The fusion-bonded epoxy coating shall provide a total dry thickness of 12.0 to 14.0 mils. 7. Flanged header and suction pipe shall be centrifugally cast, ductile iron, complying with 21 ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C115 and class 250 thickness. pipe shall be centrifugally cast, ductile iron, complying with ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C115 and class 53 thickness. 8. Pipe flanges and welding of pipe to flanges shall conform to AWWA C207 and AWWA 206. 21 Pipe flanges shall be of rated pressure equal to or greater than the adjacent pipe class. cast iron class 125 and comply with ANSI B16.1. 9. Pipe and flanges shall be threaded, and suitable thread sealant applied before assembling flange to pipe. 10. Bolt holes shall be in angular alignment within 1/2 degrees between flanges. Flanges shall be faced with a gasket finish having concentric grooves a minimum of 0.01 inch deep by approximately 0.03 inch wide, with a minimum of three grooves on any given surface spaced a maximum of 1/4 inch apart. 11. SUPPORTS & THRUST BLOCKS: Contractor must ensure all pipes connected to the pump station are supported to prevent piping loads from being transmitted to pumps or station piping. Pump station suction and discharge force main piping shall be anchored with thrust blocks and restrained joints as shown on the contract drawings. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 9 of 22 D. GAUGE KIT 1. Gauge Kit: Two gauges shall be installed on each pump with ball valves for shut-off and piping so that each gauge is clearly visible from the suction side of the station. Gauges to be at least 4 inches in diameter graduated in pounds per square inch. Suction Pressure gauge shall be graduated 0 to _150__ PSI. Discharge Pressure gauge to be graduated 0 to _200__ PSI. E. Flowmeter 1. Flowmeter and associated appurtenances shall be 12, approved for outdoor installation, NSF-61 approved and shall not have any moving parts in the flow stream and shall be Toshiba NSF 61 Mount anywhere LF654 type. Flowmeter shall have an accuracy ± 0.2 percent of rate for velocities greater than 1.64 ft/s \[0.50 m/s\], ± 0.004 ft/s \[± 1 mm/s\] for velocities less than 1.64 ft/s \[0.50 m/s\]. Flowmeter shall have a 4-20mA output signal for monitoring by the SCADA system and shall be integrated into the pump station control screen and central plant SCADA system by the Contractor. Display shall be locally mounted to the meter and shall include a four-line, 20-character, backlit LCD interface. The flow meter shall have a 10-year warranty. 2.06 HYDROPNEUMATIC BLADDER TANK A. Pressure Tank-System shall be provided with NSF-61 compliant, per Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Hydro-Pneumatic bladder tank sized for 3970 gallon with a max working pressure of 150 PSI for minimizing pump start/stop short circuiting. The tank shall be FXA-15000 by Wessels company or approved equal. The fill connections shall be located centrally within the tank and the drain connections should be located on the side. Provide all appurtenances including pressure vessel, supports, pressure gages, accessory valves, and piping, and other necessary controlsPressure Tank- System shall be provided with an NSF-61 compliant, per Section VIII of the ASME : Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Hydro-Pneumatic bladder tank sized for 4000 gallon with a max working pressure of 300 PSI for minimizing pump start/stop short circuiting. The tank Shall be FXA-4000 by by Wessels company or approved equal. The fill connections shall be located centrally within the tank and the drain connections should 21 be located on the side. Provide all appurtenances including pressure vessel, supports, pressure gages, accessory valves, and piping, and a pressure based air control system. 2.07 FINISH A. Pumps, piping, and exposed steel framework shall be cleaned prior to coating using an approved solvent wipe or phosphatizing cleaner. The part must thoroughly dry before paint application. Open joints shall be caulked with an approved polyurethane sealant. Exposed surfaces shall be applied with one coat of Tnemec Series 69 Polymide Epoxy Primer and one finish coat of Series 73 Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane for a total dry film thickness of 4-6 mils. The finish coat shall be semi-gloss white for optimum illumination and enhancement. The coating shall be corrosion, moisture, oil, and solvent resistant when completely dry. The factory Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 10 of 22 finish shall allow for over-coating and touch-up for 6 months after coating. Thereafter, it will generally require sanding to accept a topcoat or touch-up coating. See Product Data Sheet for additional information. 2.08 ELECTRICAL & CONTROL COMPONENTS The pump station control panel will be tested as an integral unit by the pump station manufacturer. The control panel shall also be tested with the pump station as a complete working system at the pump station manufacturer's facility and will be installed in PCR 3 building as shown on drawings. The Contractor shall field verify dimensions inside this building and coordinate final location of these panels with the Owner. A. Panel Enclosure 1. Electrical control equipment shall be mounted within a 316 S.S. NEMA 4X enclosure NEMA 1 stainless steel control enclosure if indoors (clean and dry location). For any outdoor 21 control / instrumentation junction boxes, CoCC ONSWTP Instrumentation Standard Specification 40 90 01, Para. 2.2: Cabinets shall be NEMA 4X, 316 S.S. The door shall be hinged and sealed with a neoprene gasket and equipped with captive closing hardware. Control components shall be mounted on a removable steel back panel secured to enclosure with collar studs. 2. All control devices and instruments shall be secured to the sub-plate with machine screws and lock washers. Mounting holes shall be drilled and tapped; self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount and component. All control devices shall be clearly labeled to indicate function. 3. Pump station controls shall conform to third party safety certification. The panel shall bear a serialized UL label listed for "Enclosed Industrial Control Panels". The enclosure, and all components mounted on the sub-panel or control cover shall conform to UL descriptions and procedures. 4. Pump station components and controls shall conform to third party safety certification. The station shall bear a UL label listed ckaged PumThe panel shall bear a serialized UL label listed for "Enclosed Industrial Control Panels". The pump station components, panel enclosure, and all components mounted on the sub-panel or control cover shall conform to UL descriptions and procedures. B. Branch Components 1. All motor branch and power circuit components shall be of the highest industrial quality. The short circuit current rating of all power circuit devices shall be a tested combination or evaluated per the National Electrical Code Article 409. The lowest rated power circuit component shall be the overall control panel short circuit rating and shall not be less than the fault current available. The minimum control panel rating shall not be less than 10 kA, rms symmetrical. Control assemblies operating at 120 volts nominal or less may be provided with transformers which limit the fault current and may be rated less than the minimum required short circuit rating. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 11 of 22 2. Circuit Breakers and Operating Mechanisms a. A properly sized heavy-duty circuit breaker shall be furnished for each pump motor. The circuit breakers must be sealed by the manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering. b. An operating mechanism installed on each motor circuit breaker shall penetrate the control panel door. A pad-lockable operator handle shall be secured on the exterior surface. Interlocks must prevent opening the door until circuit breakers are in "OFF" position. An additional mechanism(s) shall be provided on the circuit breaker permitting the breaker to be operated and/or locked with the control panel door in the open position. 3. Motor Starters a. The Toshiba AS3 variable frequency drive shall be capable of operation under any combination of the following conditions without mechanical or electrical damage. Similar models by Allen Bradely or Eaton are also acceptable. Ambient : Temperature: 0 to + 40 degrees C 1) Relative Humidity: Less than 95% non-condensing 2) Altitude: Less than 1,000M (3300 ft) above sea level 3) Vibration: .006 inches displacement, 1G peak 4) Shock: 15G peak for 11mS (+/- 1.0mS) 5) Control Specification 6) Control System: Sinusoidal pulse width modulated voltage waveform 7) Frequency Accuracy: +/- 0.4% of max. frequency 8) Volts/Hertz Ratio: V/Hz user programmable 9) Operation Frequency: 0 to 400 Hz 10) Overload Capacity: 110% Overload capability for up to 1 minute, 150% Overload capability for up to 3 seconds. + b. Digital Readout and Monitor 1) Interface to the drive is provided via a module with integral LCD display. Unit is a 7 line by 21-character backlit LCD display with graphics capability. It is used to display drive operating conditions, fault / alarm indications and programming information with full text support in multiple languages, including but not limited to English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and Dutch. The unit will display standby status (power on, not running), output frequency (drive run), set-up parameters and fault. With keypad, user can monitor current, voltage, frequency, acceleration and deceleration time, minimum frequency and maximum frequency. Readout also provides inverter status and protective circuit status. c. VFD Protection 2) The variable speed drive system shall include a diode or fully gated bridge rectifier, capacitor filter, and transistorized inverter section. Base driver signals to control Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 12 of 22 firing of the power transistors will be designed with optically coupled isolators for maximum protection of the control circuits from high voltage and noise. The output will be a sinusoidal, pulse width modulated, voltage waveform for reduced harmonic heating in the motor. 3) Intermittent overload - 50 to 150% 4) Current limit - 50 to 115% 5) Overcurrent - 220-300% of rated output current 6) Inverse time overload - 50 to 100% 7) Short circuit - Phase to phase or phase to ground 8) Overvoltage - 10% above input line or DC bus voltage 9) Undervoltage - 10% below line voltage 10) Power loss ride-through - 500mS d. When the inverter trips out on a fault, the fault relay shall activate and the display shall indicate the reason for the trip as follows: 1) Overcurrent 2) Short circuit 3) Overload 4) Overvoltage 5) Undervoltage 6) Overheat 7) Ground fault 8) Motor stalled 9) Power supply fault c. Auto restart shall occur when the inverter faults. Auto restart shall be adjustable up to 9 attempts with a 0.5 to 30 second interval. Auto restart will not be attempted for ground fault, output shorted, transistor shorted or internal microprocessor fault but will trip out immediately, activate the fault relay and make the appropriate indication on the display. d. In the event of a fault trip, the microprocessor shall save the status of the inverter at the time of the fault and make that information available on the digital display. Information regarding the last 4 faults is maintained in the event of a power loss. e. Operational Functions: 1) Acceleration and deceleration time independently adjustable from 0.1 to 3600.0 seconds (selectable ranges). 2) Volts/Hertz patterns user selectable. 3) Maximum and minimum frequency limit adjustments. 6. Cavitation Control a. The drive shall have the ability to monitor the suction conditions of a pump and react to prevent the onset of pump cavitation. b. The drive shall have the ability to monitor an external analog signal from either a suction pressure or level transmitter. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 13 of 22 1. When the suction conditions of the pump reach a critical low level the drive will slow down to reduce the NPSH requirement of the pump. The intensity at which the drive reduces the pump speed shall be configurable to the specific application. 2. The drive shall resume normal operation above the low level limit threshold. 7. Three Phase Voltage Monitor c. The control panel shall be equipped to monitor the incoming power and shut down the pump motors when required to protect the motor(s) from damage caused by phase reversal, phase loss, high voltage, low voltage, and voltage unbalance. An adjustable time delay shall be provided to minimize nuisance trips. The motor(s) shall automatically restart, following an adjustable time delay, when power conditions return to normal. 8. Surge Protective Device d. The control panel shall be equipped with a modular surge arrestor to minimize damage to the pump motors and control from transient voltage surges. The suppressor shall utilize thermally protected by heavy duty zinc-oxide varistors encapsulated in a non- conductive housing. Mechanical indicators shall be provided on each phase to indicate protection has been lost. The suppressor shall have a short circuit current rating of 200,000 Amps and a Maximum Discharge current rating \[Imax \] of 40,000 Amperes. Nominal discharge current \[ In \] is 20,000 Amperes. Surge arrester according to UL 1449 3rd Edition, Type 2 component assembly. 2. PLC a. The PLC shall be an Allen-Bradley CompactLogix 5380 Control System, equipped with a CPU with 5069-L310ER with user memory, and two EtherNet/IP communication ports supporting ring topologies and 1 USB port for firmware download and programming. The Controller shall utilize the small applications 1769 I/O modules. The Controller shall be designed to implement consumed tag, event instruction, embedded inputs, remote I/O, axis, and motion event triggers. The controller shall be equipped to handle up to 32 Controller Tasks and 100 programs/task. b. The PLC shall operate on 24VDC power and be equipped with a 24VDC embedded power supply. A 1784-SD1 (1GB) Memory Module shall be shipped with the controller. The controller will contain, at least but not limited to, embedded digital I/O \[16DC Inputs, 16DC Outputs\]. The controller shall accept all digital and analog I/O necessary to accomplish the specified operation. A minimum of 10% spare of the I/O used shall be supplied. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 14 of 22 c. The program logic shall be stored on the processor as well as on a programmable, read only 1 GB SD card \[shipped with controller\]. The memory module shall auto load and run when installed in the programmable control processor and is included to facilitate field repair or replacement of the programmable control hardware without the use of programming terminals or personal computers. d. When the PLC communicates with the VFD 1. The PLC shall issue drive start/stop and speed commands. Drive status shall also be communicated to the PLC using finer. The drive shall be configured to operate manually without the use of the PLC. e. An Allen-Bradley PanelView Plus 7 electronic operator interface shall be provided for data entry and display. The Operator Interface Display size will be at least 10 inches with Color active matrix, thin film transistor (TFT), liquid crystal display (LCD). The operator interface shall have an 18-Bit color graphic resolution with backlight CCFL of 50,000 hours minimum. The operator interface shall be mounted on the front of the control panel with other operator controls and shall be compatible with the PLC communication protocol. The operator interface shall be a backlit, touch-screen terminal. The operator interface program shall be stored externally on a Secure Digital (SD) card. During normal operation, one (1) line of the control panel shall display the setpoint reference, run/stop and local/remote status. The remaining three (3) lines of the display shall be programmable to display the values of any three (3) operating parameters. At least 24 VFD and 18 pump related parameter selections shall be available including the following parameters. All of these parameters should also be integrated with the Plant central SCADA system by the Contractor. 1. Total flow at the pump suction header 2. Pump process variable in units of psig, gpm, ft, etc. 3. Vibration level in units of IP/s or mm/s 4. Energy Savings verses a constant speed pump 5. RPM 6. Output frequency, voltage, current and torque 7. Input voltage, power and kilowatt hours 8. Heat sink temperature and DC bus voltage f. Electromechanical relays and timers, when used, shall be equipped with 120vac coils and contacts rated NEMA A-300 minimum. Timers shall be pneumatic or synchronous motor driven. g. The control circuit shall be fused and shall be provided with a disconnect switch connected in such a manner as to allow control power to be disconnected from all control circuits. h. Pump mode selector switches shall be connected to permit manual start and manual stop of each pump motor individually. Manual operation shall override shutdown systems supplied with the pressure control system except motor overload. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 15 of 22 i. Pump alternation shall be integral to the PLC. Provisions for automatic alternation or manual selection shall also be integral to the PLC. j. A pushbutton switch shall be provided to silence one of the 115-volt AC alarm circuits while corrective actions are underway. Depressing the alarm silence pushbutton shall also cause the high-pressure alarm circuit (low water alarm optional) to reset when the pressure has been lowered. k. High Pump Temperature Shutdown Circuit l. A high pump temperature protection circuit shall override the pressure control and shut down the pump motor(s) when required to protect the pump from excessive temperature. A thermostat shall be mounted on each pump casing and connected to the PLC. If the casing temperature rises to a level sufficient to cause damage, the thermostat N.O. contact shall close indicating a high pump temperature condition to the PLC. The PLC will then interrupt the power to the pump motor. The operator interface terminal will display an alarm banner indicating the motor stopped due to high pump temperature. The motor shall remain locked out until the pump has cooled and circuit has been manually reset. Automatic reset of this circuit is not acceptable. m. Elapsed Time Meter n. Six-digit elapsed time meter shall be displayed on the operator interface terminal to indicate total running time of each pump in "hours" and "tenths of hours". Pump runtime shall be adjustable, and password protected. 3. Operator Control Panel (Keypad) a. Each Drive shall be equipped with a front mounted operator control panel (keypad) consisting of a four- (4-) line by 20-character back-lit alphanumeric display and a keypad with keys for Run/Stop, Local/Remote, Increase/Decrease, reset, menu navigation and parameter select/save. b. The control panel shall include a feature for uploading parameter settings to control panel memory and downloading from the control panel to the same drive or to another drive. c. All Drives throughout the entire power range shall have the same customer interface, including digital display, and keypad, regardless of horsepower rating. d. The keypad shall be removable and insert able under drive power, capable of remote mounting, and shall have its own non-volatile memory. The drive should have the option to operate normally with the keypad removed. e. During normal operation, one (1) line of the control panel shall display the setpoint reference, run/stop and local/remote status. The remaining three (3) lines of the display shall be programmable to display the values of any three (3) operating parameters. At least 24 VFD and 18 pump related parameter selections shall be available including the following: Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 16 of 22 i. Pump process variable in units of psig, gpm, ft, etc. ii. Vibration level in units of IP/s or mm/s iii. Energy Savings verses a constant speed pump iv. RPM v. Output frequency, voltage, current and torque vi. Input voltage, power and kilowatt hours vii. Heat sink temperature and DC bus voltage viii. Status of discrete inputs and outputs B. Control Circuit 1. A normal duty thermal-magnetic circuit breaker shall protect all control circuits by interrupting control power. 2. Pump mode selector switches shall permit manual start or stop of each pump individually or permit automatic operation under control of the liquid level control system. Manual operation shall override all shutdown systems, except the motor overload relays. The selector switches to be heavy duty, oil-tight design with contacts rated NEMA A300 minimum. 3. Pump alternation shall be integral to the pressure controller. Provisions for automatic alternation or manual selection shall also be integral to the pressure controller. 4. Six-digit elapsed time meter shall be displayed on the operator interface terminal to indicate total running time of each pump in "hours" and "tenths of hours". Pump runtime shall be adjustable, and password protected. 5. A high pump temperature protection circuit shall override the control and shut down the pump motor(s) when required to protect the pump from excessive temperature. If water temperature rises to a level sufficient to cause damage, the thermostat causes the PLC to interrupt power to the motor. The operator interface terminal will display an alarm banner indicating the motor stopped due to high pump temperature. The motor shall remain locked out until the pump has cooled and circuit has been manually reset. Automatic reset of this circuit is not allowed. 6. A duplex ground fault receptacle providing 115 VAC, 60 Hz, single phase current, will be mounted on the side of the control enclosure. Receptacle circuit shall be protected by a 15-ampere thermal-magnetic circuit breaker. 7. The pressure booster station shall be equipped with a 3 KVA stepdown transformer to supply 115-volt, AC, single phase for the control and auxiliary equipment. The primary and secondary side of the transformer to be protected by a thermal magnetic circuit breaker, sized to meet the power requirements of the transformer. An operating mechanism shall penetrate the control panel door. and a padlockable operator handle shall be secured on Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 17 of 22 the exterior surface. Interlocks must prevent opening the door until circuit breakers are in "OFF" position. An additional mechanism(s) shall be provided on the circuit breaker permitting the breaker to be operated and/or locked with the control panel door in the open position. 8. Wiring d. The pump station, as furnished by the manufacturer, shall be completely wired, except for power feed lines to the branch circuit breakers and final connections to remote alarm devices. e. All wiring, workmanship, and schematic wiring diagrams shall comply with applicable standards and specifications of the National Electric Code (NEC). f. All user serviceable wiring shall be type MTW or THW, 600 volts, color coded as follows: 1) Line and Load Circuits, AC or DC power.................................................Black 2) AC Control Circuit Less Than Line Volta. Red 3) DC Control Circuit......................................................................................Blue 4) Interlock Control Circuit from exter 5) Equipment Grounding Conductor...........................................................Green 6) Current Carrying Ground.........................................................................White 7) Hot With Circuit Breaker Open..............................................................Orange d. Control circuit wiring inside the panel, with exception of internal wiring of individual components, shall be 16 gauge minimum, type MTW or THW, 600 volts. Power wiring to be 14 gauge minimum. Motor branch wiring shall be 10 gauge minimum. e. Motor branch and other power conductors shall not be loaded above the temperature rating of the connected termination. Wires must be clearly numbered at each end in conformance with applicable standards. All wire connectors in the control panel shall be ring tongue type with nylon insulated shanks. All wires on the sub-plate shall be bundled and tied. All wires extending from components mounted on door shall terminate at a terminal block mounted on the back panel. All wiring outside the panel shall be routed through conduit. f. Control wires connected to door mounted components must be tied and bundled in accordance with good commercial practice. Bundles shall be made flexible at the hinged side of the enclosure. Adequate length and flex shall allow the door to swing fully open without undue stress or abrasion. Bundles shall be held on each side of hinge by mechanical fastening devices. 10. Conduit a. Factory installed conduit shall conform to following requirements: 1) All conduit and fittings to be UL listed. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 18 of 22 2) Liquid tight flexible metal conduit to be constructed of smooth, flexible galvanized steel core with smooth abrasion resistant, liquid tight polyvinyl chloride cover. Flex conduit shall conform to the ONSWTP electrical standards. No flex conduit length shall exceed 18" unless approved by Engineer. 3) Conduit to be supported in accordance with articles 346, 347, and 350 of the National Electric Code. 4) Conduit shall be sized according to the National Electric Code. 11. Grounding a. The station manufacturer shall ground all electrical equipment inside the pump station to the control panel back plate. All paint must be removed from the grounding mounting surface before making final connection. b. The contractor shall provide an earth driven ground connection to the pump station at the main grounding lug in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 12. Equipment Marking a. Permanent corrosion resistant name plate(s) shall be attached to the control and include following information: 1) Equipment serial number 2) Control panel short circuit rating 3) Supply voltage, phase, and frequency 4) Current rating of the minimum main conductor 5) Electrical wiring diagram number 6) Motor horsepower and full load current 7) Motor overload heater element 8) Motor circuit breaker trip current rating 9) Name and location of equipment manufacturer b. Control components shall be permanently marked using the same identification keys shown on the electrical diagram. Labels shall be mounted adjacent to the device being identified. c. Switches, indicators, and instruments mounted through the control panel door shall be labeled to indicate function, position, etc. Labels shall be mounted adjacent to, or above, the device. 2.10 PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM A. The manufacturer of the pressure control system must be ISO 9001:2000 revision certified, with scope of registration including design control and service after sales activities. B. Sequence of Operation Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 19 of 22 1. The system pressure is measured by a transducer (suction and discharge headers), which provides a signal to the PLC proportional to pressure. The desired pressure is set by the operator on the operator interface and is adjustable between 60 100 psi. The PLC system uses a PID algorithm to modulate the pump speed and maintain system pressure at the set- point. Transducers shall conform to ONSWTP Instrumentation standards attached with the contract documents. A. When suction pressure exceeds user setpoints, the pump station should shut off 1. The pressure control system shall start and stop the pump motors in response to changes in system pressure, as set forth herein. The pressure control system shall utilize the PLC sequencer to select first one pump, then the second pump, to run as lead pump for a pumping cycle. Alternation shall occur at the end of a pumping cycle or if one pump runs as the lead pump for an excessive time. 2. Upon operator selection of automatic operation, the PLC shall start the motor for one pump when the system pressure drops to the "lead pump start setpoint". When pressure rises to the "lead pump stop set point", the PLC shall stop this pump. These actions shall constitute one pumping cycle. The pump designations of lead and lag should automatically rotate through the pumps in order to balance run time and to avoid short cycling. Should the pressure continue to drop, the PLC shall start the second pump when the pressure reaches the "lag pump start set point" so that both pumps are operating. C. Alarms and shutdown routines shall operate as follows: 1. Condition abnormal: The general alarm pilot light will quick flash until acknowledged, then slow flash until reset, then glow steadily until condition returns to normal, then off. The operator interface will display the alarm when acknowledged. The external alarms will be active until silenced, and then off. 2. Condition abnormal then returns to normal: The general alarm pilot light will quick flash until silenced, then slow flash until reset, then off. The operator interface will display the alarm when acknowledged. The external alarms will be active until silenced, and then off. 3. Subsequent alarms will re-alarm when silenced or reset. A. An alarm silence pushbutton and relay shall be provided to permit maintenance personnel to de-energize the audible alarm device while corrective actions are under way. After silencing the alarm device, manual reset of the alarm condition shall clear the alarm silence relay automatically. The pushbutton shall be a membrane style button integral to the Integrinex Standard level controller. B. The Contractor shall be responsible to integrate all controls and displays with Central SCADA system per ONSWTP Electrical and Instrumentation Specifications attached as Appendix 5 within the Contract Documents. C. The station manufacturer will supply one 115-volt AC alarm light fixture with vapor-tight red globe, guard, conduit box, and mounting base. The design must prevent rainwater from collecting in the gasketed area of the fixture, between the base and globe. The alarm light will be shipped loose for installation by the contractor. Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 20 of 22 D. The station manufacturer will supply one 115-volt AC weatherproof alarm horn with projector, conduit box, and mounting base. The design must prevent rainwater from collecting in any part of the horn. The alarm horn will be shipped loose for installation by the contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall off-load equipment at installation site using equipment of sufficient size and design to prevent injury or damage. The station manufacturer shall provide written instruction for proper handling. Immediately after off-loading, the contractor shall inspect the complete pump station and appurtenances for shipping damage or missing parts. Any damage or discrepancy shall be noted in the written claim with the shipper prior to accepting delivery. Validate all station serial numbers and parts lists with shipping documentation. Notify the manufactative of any unacceptable conditions noted with the shipper. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install, level, align, and lubricate pump station as indicated on project drawings. Installation must be in accordance with written instructions supplied by the manufacturer at the time of delivery. B. Suction pipe connections are vacuum tight. Fasteners at all pipe connections must be tight. Install pipe with supports and thrust blocks to prevent strain and vibration on pump station piping. Install and secure all service lines (level control, air release valve or pump drain lines) as required in wet well. C. Check motor and control data plates for compatibility to site voltage. Install and test the station ground prior to connecting line voltage to station control panel. D. Prior to applying electrical power to any motors or control equipment, check all wiring for tight connection. Verify that protective devices (fuses and circuit breakers) conform to project design documents. Manually operate circuit breakers and switches to ensure operation without binding. Open all circuit breakers and disconnects before connecting utility power. Verify line voltage, phase sequence and ground before actual start-up. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operational Test 1. Prior to acceptance by the owner, an operational test of all pumps, drives, and control systems shall be conducted to determine if the installed equipment meets the purpose and intent of the specifications. Tests shall demonstrate that all equipment is electrically, mechanically, structurally, and otherwise acceptable; it is safe and in optimum working condition; and conforms to the specified operating characteristics. B. Start-up Services Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 21 of 22 1. Coordinate station start- technical representative. The representative or factory service technician will inspect the completed installation. He will calibrate and adjust instrumentation, correct, or supervise correction of defects or malfunctions, and instruct operating personnel in proper operation and maintenance procedures. The factory representative shall be thoroughly experienced and qualified in placing into operation all equipment in the booster pumping station and must have provided these services for a minimum of five (5) booster pump stations. 3.04 CLEANING A. Prior to acceptance, inspect interior and exterior of pump station for dirt, splashed material or damaged paint. Clean or repair accordingly. Remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, scrap, and debris. 3.05 PROTECTION A. The pump station should be placed into service immediately. If operation is delayed, drain water from pumps and piping. Open motor circuit breakers and protect station controls and interior equipment from cold and moisture. END OF SECTION Addendum 6 33 14 43 Factory-Built Base Mounted Plant Water Pump Station Page 22 of 22 SECTION 40_05_00.09 PIPING SYSTEMS TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Test requirements for piping systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Fuel Gas Code (NFGC). B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B31.1 - Power Piping. 2. B31.3 - Process Piping. 3. B31.8 - Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). 1.03 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. General requirements: 1. Testing requirements are stipulated in Laws and Regulations; are included in the Piping Schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping; are specified in the specifications covering the various types of piping; and are specified in this Section. 2. Requirements in Laws and Regulations supersede other requirements of Contract Documents, except where requirements of Contract Documents are more stringent, including higher test pressures, longer test times, and lower leakage allowances. 3. Test plumbing piping in accordance with Laws and Regulations, the plumbing code, as specified in Section 01_41_00 - Regulatory Requirements, and UL requirements. 4. When testing with water, the specified test pressure is considered to be the pressure at the lowest point of the piping section under test. a. Lower test pressure as necessary (based on elevation) if testing is performed at higher point of the pipe section. B. Furnish necessary personnel, materials, and equipment, including bulkheads, restraints, anchors, temporary connections, pumps, water, pressure gauges, and other means and facilities required to perform tests. C. Water for testing, cleaning, and disinfecting: 1. Water for testing, cleaning, and disinfecting will be provided by the Owner. D. Pipes to be tested: Test only those portions of pipes that have been installed as part of this Contract. Test new pipe sections prior to making final connections to existing piping. Furnish and install test plugs, bulkheads, and restraints required to isolate new pipe sections. Do not use existing valves as test plug or bulkhead. November 2022 40_05_00.09-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) E. Unsuccessful tests: 1. Where tests are not successful, correct defects or remove defective piping and appurtenances and install piping and appurtenances that comply with the specified requirements. 2. Repeat testing until tests are successful. F. Test completion: Drain and leave piping clean after successful testing. G. Test water disposal: Dispose of testing water in accordance with requirements of federal, state, county, and city regulations governing disposal of wastes in the location of the Project and disposal site. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Schedule and notification of tests: 1. Submit a list of scheduled piping tests by noon of the working day preceding the date of the scheduled tests. 2. Notification of readiness to test: Immediately before testing, notify Engineer in writing of readiness, not just intention, to test piping. 3. Have personnel, materials, and equipment specified in place before submitting notification of readiness. 1.05 SEQUENCE A. Clean piping before pressure or leak tests. B. Test gravity piping underground, including sanitary sewers, for visible leaks before backfilling and compacting. C. Underground pressure piping may be tested before or after backfilling when not indicated or specified otherwise. D. Backfill and compact trench, or provide blocking that prevents pipe movement before testing underground piping with a maximum leakage allowance. E. Test underground piping before encasing piping in concrete or covering piping with slab, structure, or permanent improvement. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND DEFLECTION A. Alignment and grade: 1. Visually inspect the interior of gravity piping with artificial light, reflected light, or laser beam. November 2022 40_05_00.09-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) 2. Consider inspection complete when no broken or collapsed piping, no open or poorly made joints, no grade changes that affect the piping capacity, or no other defects are observed. B. Deflection test: 1. Pull a mandrel through the clean piping section under test. 2. Perform the test not sooner than 30 days after installation and not later than 60 days after installation. 3. Use a 9-rod mandrel with a contact length of not less than the nominal diameter of the pipe within 1 percent plus or minus. 4. Consider test complete when the mandrel can be pulled through the piping with reasonable effort by 1 person, without the aid of mechanical equipment. 3.02 AIR TESTING METHOD FOR PRESSURE PIPING A. Air test piping, indicated with "AM" in the Piping Schedule, with air or another nonflammable or inert gas. B. Test gas, air, liquefied petroleum gas, liquid chlorine, and chlorine gas piping by the air test method: 1. Test chlorine piping with dry air or nitrogen having a dew point of minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less. Supply temporary air dryers as necessary. C. Test at pressure as specified in Piping Schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping: 1. Provide temporary pressure relief valve for piping under test: a. Set at the lesser of 110 percent of the test pressure or 50 pounds per square inch gauge over the test pressure. 2. Air method test pressures shall not exceed 110 percent of the piping maximum allowable working pressure calculated in accordance with the most stringent of ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, ASE B31.8, or the pipe manufacturer's stated maximum working pressure. 3. Gradually increase test pressure to an initial test pressure equal to the lesser of 1/2 the test pressure or 25 pounds per square inch gauge. 4. Perform initial check of joints and fittings for leakage. 5. Gradually increase test pressure in steps no larger than the initial pressure. Check for leakage at each step increase until test pressure reached. 6. At each step in the pressure, examine and test piping being air tested for leaks with soap solution. 7. Consider examination complete when piping section under test holds the test pressure for 15 minutes without losses. 3.03 TESTING GRAVITY FLOW PIPING A. Test gravity flow piping indicated with "GR" in the Piping Schedule, as follows: 1. Unless specified otherwise, subject gravity flow piping to the following tests: a. Alignment and grade. b. For plastic piping test for deflection. c. Visible leaks and pressure with maximum leakage allowance, except for storm drains and culverts. 2. Inspect piping for visible leaks before backfilling. 3. Provide temporary restraints when needed to prevent movement of piping. 4. Pressure test piping with maximum leakage allowance after backfilling. November 2022 40_05_00.09-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) 5. With the lower end plugged, fill piping slowly with water while allowing air to escape from high points. Keep piping full under a slight head for the water at least 24 hours: a. Examine piping for visible leaks. Consider examination complete when no visible leaks are observed. b. Maintain piping with water, or allow a new water absorption period of 24 hours for the performance of the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. c. After successful completion of the test for visible leaks and after the piping has been restrained and backfilled, subject piping to the test pressure for minimum of 4 hours while accurately measuring the volume of water added to maintain the test pressure: 1) For polyvinyl chloride (PVC) gravity sewer pipe: 25 gallons per day per inch diameter per mile of piping under test: a) Consider the test complete when leakage is equal to or less than the following maximum leakage allowances: (1) For concrete piping with rubber gasket joints: 80 gallons per day per inch of diameter per mile of piping under test: (a) Advise manufacturer of concrete piping with rubber gasket joints of more stringent than normal maximum leakage allowance. (2) For vitrified claypiping: 500 gallons per day per inch of diameter per mile of piping under test. (3) For other piping: 80 gallons per day per inch diameter per mile of piping under test. 3.04 TESTING HIGH-HEAD PRESSURE PIPING A. Test piping for which the specified test pressure in the Piping Schedule is 20 pounds per square inch gauge or greater, by the high head pressure test method, indicated "HH" in the Piping Schedule. B. General: 1. Test connections, hydrants, valves, blowoffs, and closure pieces with the piping. 2. Do not use installed valves for shutoff when the specified test pressure exceeds the valve's maximum allowable seat differential pressure. Provide blinds or other means to isolate test sections. 3. Do not include valves, equipment, or piping specialties in test sections if test pressure exceeds the valve, equipment, or piping specialty safe test pressure allowed by the item's manufacturer. 4. During the performance of the tests, test pressure shall not vary more than plus or minus 5 pounds per square inch gauge with respect to the specified test pressure. 5. Select the limits of testing to sections of piping. Select sections that have the same piping material and test pressure. 6. When test results indicate failure of selected sections, limit tests to piping: a. Between valves. b. Between a valve and the end of the piping. c. Less than 500 feet long. 7. Test piping for minimum 2 hours for visible leaks test and minimum 2 hours for the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. November 2022 40_05_00.09-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) C. Testing procedures: 1. Fill piping section under test slowly with water while venting air: a. Use potable water for all potable waterlines and where noted on the Piping Schedule. 2. Before pressurizing for the tests, retain water in piping under slight pressure for a water absorption period of minimum 24 hours. 3. Raise pressure to the specified test pressure and inspect piping visually for leaks: a. Consider visible leakage testing complete when no visible leaks are observed. D. Pressure test with maximum leakage allowance: 1. Leakage allowance is zero for piping systems using flanged, National Pipe Thread threaded and welded joints. 2. Pressure test piping after completion of visible leaks test. 3. For piping systems using joint designs other than flanged, threaded, or welded joints, accurately measure the makeup water necessary to maintain the pressure in the piping section under test during the pressure test period: a. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. b. Successful completion of the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance shall have been achieved when the observed leakage during the test period is equal or less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. c. When leakage is allowed, calculate the allowable leakage by the following formula: 1/2-1 L = S x D x P x 133,200 wherein the terms shall mean: L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. S = Length of the test section in feet. D = Nominal diameter of the piping in inches. P = Average observed test pressure in pounds per square inches gauge, at the lowest point of the test section, corrected for elevation of the pressure gauge. x = The multiplication symbol. 3.05 TESTING LOW-HEAD PRESSURE PIPING A. Test piping for which the specified test pressure is less than 20 pounds per square inch gauge, by the low head pressure test method, indicated "LH" in the Piping Schedule. November 2022 40_05_00.09-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) B. General: 1. Test pressures shall be as scheduled in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 2. During the performance of the tests, test pressure shall not vary more than plus or minus 2 pounds per square inch gauge with respect to the specified test pressure. 3. Test connections, blowoffs, vents, closure pieces, and joints into structures, including existing bell rings and other appurtenances, with the piping. 4. Test piping for minimum 2 hours for visible leaks test and minimum 2 hours for the pressure test with maximum leakage allowance. C. Visible leaks test: 1. Subject piping under test to the specified pressure measured at the lowest end. 2. Fill piping section under test slowly with water while venting air: a. Use potable water for all potable waterlines and where noted on the Piping Schedule. 3. Before pressurizing for the tests, retain water in piping under slight pressure for the water absorption period of minimum 24 hours. 4. Raise pressure to the specified test pressure and inspect piping visually for leaks. Consider testing complete when no visible leaks are observed. D. Pressure test with maximum leakage allowance: 1. Pressure test piping after completion of visible leaks test. 2. Accurately measure the makeup water necessary to maintain the pressure in the piping section under test during the pressure test period: a. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage of 80 gallons per inch of nominal diameter, per mile of piping section under test after 24 hours, and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. b. Successful completion of the leakage test shall have been achieved when the observed leakage is equal or less than the allowable leakage and no damage to piping and appurtenances has occurred. E. Optional joint test: 1. When joint testing is allowed by note in the Piping Schedule, the procedure shall be as follows: a. Joint testing will be allowed only for low head pressure piping. b. Joint testing does not replace and is not in lieu of any testing of the piping system or trust restraints. 2. Joint testing may be performed with water or air. 3. Joint test piping after completion of backfill and compaction to the top of the trench. 4. Joint testing with water: a. Measure test pressure at the invert of the pipe. Apply pressure of 4 feet plus the inside diameter of the pipe in water column within 0.20 feet in water column. b. Maintain test pressure for 1 minute. c. Base the allowable leakage per joint on 80 gallons per inch nominal diameter, per mile of piping, per 24 hours equally distributed to the actual number of joints per mile for the type of piping. November 2022 40_05_00.09-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) d. Consider the pressure test to be complete when makeup water added is less than the allowable leakage. e. Successful completion of the joint test with water shall have been achieved when the observed leakage is equal or less than the allowable leakage. 5. Joint testing with air: a. Apply test pressure of 3 pounds per square inch gauge with a maximum variation of plus 0.20 and minus 0.00 pounds per square inch. b. Maintain test pressure for 2 minutes. c. Consider the pressure test to be complete when the test pressure does not drop below 2.7 pounds per square inch for the duration of the test. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_00.09-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_00.09 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_06.55 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Insulation for piping and related systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded, and Seamless. 2. C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. 3. C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 4. C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. 5. C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation. 6. C552 - Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. 7. C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. 8. C929 - Standard Practice for Handling, Transporting, Shipping, Storage, Receiving, and Application of Thermal Insulation Materials for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel. 9. C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation. 10. D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 11. D2310 - Standard Classification of Machine-Made "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced-Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe. 12. E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 13. E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Buried: Piping that is installed below buildings, foundations, or finish grade, either in soil or encased in concrete in soil. B. Concealed: Piping above suspended ceilings and within walls, partitions, shafts, or service spaces and spaces not normally exposed to view but not buried. C. Exterior: Piping that is installed under canopies, outside a building,or within a pipe trench or tunnel. November 2022 40_05_06.55-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) D. Flame spread and smoke density: Burning characteristics determined in accordance with ASTM E84. No units apply to value. E. Interior: Piping that is installed inside a building. F. K factor: Thermal conductivity determined in accordance with ASTM C177 or C518 and expressed in units of BTU-inch/hour-square feet-degrees Fahrenheit. G. Mineral fiber: Fibers manufactured of glass, rock, or slag processed from a molten state, with or without a binder. H. Water vapor permeance: Water vapor transmission determined in accordance with ASTM E96 and expressed in units of perm-inch. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. Insulation properties: Include K factor, thickness, density, operating temperature limits, tensile strength, compressive strength, moisture absorption, flame spread, and smoke developed in accordance with ASTM E84 and corrosivity to stainless steel piping in accordance with ASTM C795. 2. Jacket properties: Include covering material, cover thickness, tensile strength, tear strength, permeability in accordance with ASTM E96, flame spread, and smoke developed in accordance with ASTM E84, closure type or devices, and accessories. 3. Insulating blankets: Include materials, performance characteristics, method of attaching to equipment, listing of locations where insulating blankets will be installed. B. Manufacturer's application instructions: Include assembly and application drawings and detailed instructions. C. Laboratory report: Provide certified laboratory report stating that insulation is not manufactured using chlorinated polymers and does not contain chlorides, bromides, sulfates, or fire-rated materials. D. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. E. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store insulation materials and accessories under cover and protected from moisture. B. Handle and store insulation for use on stainless steel in accordance with ASTM C929. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Pressure test piping and complete application of coating system before applying insulation. November 2022 40_05_06.55-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) B. When piping is to be heat traced, install and functionally test heat tracing before installation of insulation. C. Before beginning installation of piping insulation, verify that the Engineer has accepted piping tests, pipe coating applications, and heat tracing tests. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE INSULATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Insulation thicknesses: Provide insulation thickness in inches in accordance with the following table. Insulation thickness shown is nominal. Manufacturing tolerance of 15 percent variation is permissible. Required Insulation Thicknesses (inches) Nominal Pipe Diameters Service Temperature Range as 1 inch Designated in Insulation and 1.25 to 2.5 to 4 5 to 10 Over 10 Schedule at End of this Section Less 2 inch inch inch inch Above 200 degrees Fahrenheit 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 3.5 100 to 200 degrees Fahrenheit 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 40 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 Below 40 degrees Fahrenheit 1.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 Heat Traced Pipes 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 Aeration Air Pipes 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Insulation types: Provide in accordance with the insulation types listed and scheduled. B. Insulation, Type 1: 1. Insulation material: Closed cell elastomeric insulation. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Armstrong World Industries, AP Armaflex. b. Apache Products Company, ISO-25. 3. Minimum temperature range: Minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit to plus 220 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. K factor at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: Not more than 0.27 BTU-inch/hour-square feet-degrees Fahrenheit. 5. Fire ratings: a. Flame spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke density: 50 or less for insulation thicknesses up to 1.5 inches. 6. Joints: Seal with manufacturerÓs recommended contact adhesive to form continuous water barrier. November 2022 40_05_06.55-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) C. Insulation, Type 2: 1. Insulation material: Preformed mineral fiberglass insulation made from glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. a. In accordance with ASTM C547, Class 1. b. Provide with factory installed vapor barrier. 1) Material: White kraft paper bound to aluminum foil in accordance with ASTM C1136, Type I. 2) Longitudinal lap seals: Pressure-sensitive, self-sealing longitudinal lap strip with factory applied adhesive. 3) Circumferential butt seals: 4-inch wide tape or similar properties or 4-inch wide overlap with adhesive seal. 4) Vapor barrier permeability: 0.02 perms or lower. 5) Vapor barrier flame spread rating: 25 or less. 2. Minimum temperature range: Minus 0 degrees Fahrenheit to plus 850 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. K factor at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: Not more than 0.23 BTU-inch/hour-square feet degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Maximum moisture absorption, volume percent: 5. 5. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. b. Johns Manville. c. Knauf Fiber Glass. D. Insulation, Type 3: 1. Insulation material: Rigid cellular glass in accordance with ASTM C552, Type II. 2. Temperature range: Minus 450 degrees Fahrenheit to plus 900 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. K factor at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: Not more than 0.32 BTU-inch/hour-square feet-degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Minimum average density: 7.5 pounds per cubic foot. 5. Maximum moisture absorption, volume percent: 5. 6. Minimum compressive strength: 87 pounds per square inch. 7. Moisture permeability: 0.00 perm-inch. 8. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation, Foamglas. b. Cell-U-Foam Corporation, Ultra-CUF. E. Insulation, Type 4: 1. Insulation material: Asbestos-free, rigid calcium silicate in accordance with ASTM C533; Type I for process temperatures up to 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. K factor at 500 degrees Fahrenheit: 0.55 for Type I. 3. Maximum average (dry) density: 14.5 pounds per cubic foot. 4. Compressive strength: 100 pounds per square inch, to produce a 5-percent compression. 5. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: In accordance with ASTM C533 Type I: a. Industrial Insulation Group, LLC, Thermo-12 Gold. November 2022 40_05_06.55-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) 2.03 INSULATION JACKETS A. Jacket, Type 1: 1. Material: 28 ounces per square yard polyvinyl chloride on polyester fabric; total thickness 0.028 inches minimum. 2. Fire rating: 25 maximum flame spread, smoke developed 50 or less. 3. Color: As selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. 4. Overlap: 1-inch minimum at joints and fittings. 5. Joint seal: Self-sealing lap tape. 6. Fittings: Factory made with full thickness insulation. 7. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Accessible Products, Techlite Insulation, 379 SSL Series. B. Jacket, Type 2: 1. Material: Ultraviolet-resistant polyvinyl chloride jacketing, 20 mil minimum thickness. 2. Fire rating: 25 maximum flame spread, smoke developed 50 or less. 3. Color: White. 4. Overlap: 1-inch minimum at joints and fittings. 5. Joint seal: PVC solvent welded or adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Fittings: Factory made with full thickness insulation. 7. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Johns Manville, Zeston 2000 PVC. b. Proto Corp., LoSMOKE PVC. c. Speedline Smoke Safe PVC Jacketing System. d. Knauf Covering System. C. Jacket, Type 3: 1. Material: Aluminum, Alloy 5005; 0.016-inch (26 gauge) minimum thickness. 2. Overlap: Overlap circumferential joints 4 inches minimum; overlap longitudinal joints 1-inch minimum; longitudinal joints oriented to minimize water entry. 3. Bands: 0.5 inch wide, 0.0508 inch (16 gauge) thick aluminum, same alloy as jacket or 0.0179 inch thick Type 304 stainless steel; install on 18-inch centers, uniformly spaced and at all fitting joints. 4. Joint seal: Apply waterproof adhesive at joints and overlaps. 5. Fittings: Custom fit of same materials. 6. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Childers Products. b. Premetco International. 2.04 VAPOR BARRIERS A. Vapor barrier, Type 1: 1. Material: White kraft paper bound to aluminum foil in accordance with ASTM C1136, Type 1. 2. Permeability: 0.02 perms or lower. 3. Maximum flame spread rating: 25. 4. Edge seal: Pressure-sensitive tape lap seal. 5. Circumferential joints: 4-inch wide tape or 4-inch overlap with adhesive seal. November 2022 40_05_06.55-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) B. Vapor barrier, Type 2: 1. Material: Mastic. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Benjamin Foster, No. 30-76. b. Insul-Coustic, No. I.C.-580. c. Foster Products, 36-10/46-10 Weatherite. d. Childers Products CP10/11 Vi-Acryl. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. Cover adhesive: Premium adhesive as recommended by the insulation cover supplier for heavy-duty service in corrosive, wet environments. Standard-duty adhesives are not permitted. 2.06 REMOVABLE INSULATING BLANKETS A. In piping systems specified to be insulated, use removable insulating blankets for valves, meters, strainers, filters, catalytic converters, engine exhaust silencers, and other in-line piping appurtenances and equipment requiring periodic servicing. B. Size limits: Use removable insulating blankets for equipment and piping appurtenances 3-inch in nominal size and larger. Insulate equipment and piping appurtenances less than 3-inch with molded sections of insulation or by field cutting insulation to conform to the shape of the component and to fit tightly around the component. C. Manufacturers: One of the following, or equal: 1. Pittsburgh Corning, Temp-Mat. 2. Accessible Products, Thermazip 2000 Jacket. 3. Thermal Energy Products, Inc., Energy Wrap. D. Low temperature insulating blankets rated up to 800 degrees Fahrenheit: 1. Use: For service temperatures up to 800 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Insulation: Fiberglass fiber, K factor 0.27 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Cover: 17-ounce fabric with both sides covered with silicone-impregnated glass cloth suitable for temperatures up to 800 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Cover fasteners: Use one of the following systems: a. Grommets in the blanket and stainless steel wire. b. 1-inch wide straps with stainless steel rectangular ring buckles and Velcro on strap tail. E. High temperature insulating blankets rated up to 1,400 degrees Fahrenheit: 1. Rated for sustained service temperatures up to 1,400 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Insulation: Ceramic fiber, K factor 0.50 at 600 degrees Fahrenheit, insulation material suitable for up to 2,300 degrees Fahrenheit, thickness to match adjacent piping insulation specified thickness. 3. Cover: 17-ounce silicone impregnated fiberglass cloth suitable for temperatures up to 1,400 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Cover fasteners: Use one of the following systems: a. Grommets in the blanket and stainless steel wire. b. 1-inch wide straps with stainless steel rectangular ring buckles and Velcro on strap tail. November 2022 40_05_06.55-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: Before installing insulation, verify satisfactory completion of pressure tests of piping systems and functional tests of heat tracing equipment. B. Examine piping surfaces and verify that surfaces are dry and free of loose scale, rust, dirt, oil, or water before applying insulation. When specified, paint or coat pipe surfaces as specified in Section 09_96_01 before installing insulation. C. Examine insulation materials and accessories before installation. Do not install insulation and jackets that have been damaged or insulation that has become wet. 3.02 INSULATION SCHEDULE Service Insulation Service Vapor (1)(2)(3) (3) (4) Designation Location TypeJacket TypeTemp. °FBarrier Plant Water and Potable Water up to Exterior 1 2 60-80 None and including 3" Diameter Use thickness established in PVC Ball Valves Exterior 1 or 2 2 Required table in Article 2.01 Use thickness Install on established in (7) Heat Traced PipesExterior 1 or 2 2 Type 2 table in insulation Article 2.01 Notes: 1. Refer to Piping Schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 for service designations. 2. Insulation jackets are not required for interior installations that are concealed. See definitions for description of concealed locations. 3. Contractor may select from options listed. 4. Unless noted otherwise, use service temperature range provided in this table to establish insulation thickness as required by Table in Article 2.01, Paragraph A. 5. Service temperature based on engine rating. Use Type I calcium silicate for exhaust temperatures up to 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit; use Type II calcium silicate for exhaust temperatures above 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit. 6. Install insulation on all aeration air piping located within the Blower Building from the discharge of blowers to 10 feet above floor slab. Insulation is not required for aeration air piping that is installed higher than 10 feet above the floor slab. 7. Insulate all piping systems that are specified to be heat traced. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation and jacket materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. November 2022 40_05_06.55-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) B. Apply insulation in smooth, clean manner with tight and finished smooth joints. Fit insulation tightly against surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of pipe with full-length sections of insulation with a single piece cut to length to complete the run of pipe. Do not use cut pieces or scraps to complete the installation. C. Butt longitudinal and circumferential insulation joints firmly together. D. Maintain the integrity of vapor barrier jacketing. Do not use staples to hold vapor barrier overlaps in place. E. Apply sealant or cement when previous applications of adhesives and cement have thoroughly dried. F. Apply insulation to permit expansion or contraction of pipelines without damage to insulation or jacketing. G. Fittings: 1. Insulate fittings by covering with mitered sections of insulation or utilize factory-made prefabricated fitting shapes. 2. Terminate preformed pipe jackets or covering at sufficient distance from flanges to permit removal of bolts. 3. Overlap flange and flanged fitting insulation on adjacent pipe covering by at least 2 inches. H. Valves: 1. Insulate valves 3-inch in nominal size and larger with removable insulating blankets. 2. Size blanket to extend up to packing gland only so that replacement of packing does not require removal of insulating blanket. I. Provide continuous insulation through and over pipe supports and provide protection saddles at supports. J. Extend insulation against insulation end protection shields or covers so that insulation voids do not exist and provide watertight end seals and covers where insulation terminates. K. Insulate pipeline strainers to permit removal of strainer basket without disturbing insulation on strainer body. L. Provide continuous pipe insulation and covering through sleeves or openings in walls and floors. When buried pipe enters a building through a below grade wall or slab penetration, begin insulation system on interior side of penetration. M. Apply premolded pipe insulation with extended legs when used on pipe traced with either tubing or electric cable type. N. Thermally isolate all insulation closure locations (end caps, transitions, etc.) Type 1 or 2 jacket installation on piping with potential reach temperatures greater than 150 degrees Fahrenheit. O. Apply piping identification on jackets as specified in Section 40_05_53. November 2022 40_05_06.55-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) 3.04 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services for each type of piping insulation: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_06.55-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_06.55 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_07.01 PIPE SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Supports for pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. A380 - Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems. 3. A967 - Standard Specification for Chemical Passivation Treatments for Stainless Steel Parts. B. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS): 1. SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Include schedule, indicating where supports will be installed, and drawings of pipe support system components. B. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing as specified. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Hot dip galvanized: a. Fabricate as detailed. b. Hot dip after fabrication of support in accordance with ASTM A123. c. Repair galvanized surfaces. B. Outdoor areas: Areas exposed to the natural outdoor environment: 1. Hot Dip Galvanized. C. Indoor areas: Areas exposed to an indoor environment including galleries and tunnels: November 2022 40_05_07.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.01 (BidSet 2022) D. Hot Dip Galvanized Fasteners: 1. As specified detailed. 2.02 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Brackets: MSS SP-58, Type 32 with back plate; rated for 1,500 pounds: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 30M. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3066. 3) FM Stainless Fasteners, Figure 98. b. For all other piping, unless indicated on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 195. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3066. B. Pipe clamps: MSS SP-58, Type 4: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 4. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure 3140. b. For all other piping, unless indicated on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 212. 2) Bergen-Power, Figure 175. 3) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3140. C. Adjustable offset pipe clamp: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 4. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3149. 3) FM Stainless Fasteners, Figure 63. b. For all other piping, unless indicated on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 100. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3149. D. Offset pipe clamp: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 8. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure 3148. b. For all other piping, unless indicated on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 103. 2) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3148. E. Floor stand or stanchion saddles: MSS SP-58, Type 37. Provided with U-bolt hold down yokes: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 318. 2) FM Stainless Fasteners, Figure 59. b. For all other piping, unless indicated on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 259. November 2022 40_05_07.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.01 (BidSet 2022) 2) Bergen-Power, Figure 125. 3) Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc., Figure B3090. c. Threaded pipe stand support stanchion. Match pipe support material. 1) Anvil International, Figure 63T. 2) Bergen-Power, Figure 138. 3) Cooper B-Line Systems Inc., Figure B3088ST. F. Heavy pipe clamp: MSS SP-58, Type 4: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. For stainless steel piping: 1) Nibco-Tolco, Figure 4H. b. For all other piping, unless called out otherwise on the Drawings: 1) Anvil International, Figure 216. 2) Bergen-Power, Figure 298. G. Anchor bolts, concrete anchors, concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, and sleeve anchors: 316 Stainless Steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Support, suspend, or anchor exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances to prevent sagging, overstressing, or movement of piping; and to prevent thrusts or loads on or against connected pumps, blowers, and other equipment. B. Field verify support location, orientation, and configuration to eliminate interferences prior to fabrication of supports. C. Carefully determine locations of inserts. Anchor to formwork prior to placing concrete. D. Use flush shells only where indicated on the Drawings. E. Do not use anchors relying on deformation of lead alloy. F. Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for securing metallic conduit or steel pipe larger than 1 inch to concrete, masonry, or wood. G. Secure pipes with double nutted U-bolts or suspend pipes from hanger rods and hangers. 1. For all other piping, use galvanized U-bolts. H. Support spacing: 1. Support 2-inch and smaller piping on horizontal and vertical runs at maximum 5 feet on center, unless otherwise specified. 2. Support larger than 2-inch piping on horizontal and vertical runs at maximum 10 feet on center, unless otherwise specified. 3. Support exposed polyvinyl chloride and other plastic pipes at maximum 5 feet on center, regardless of size. November 2022 40_05_07.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.01 (BidSet 2022) 4. Support tubing, PVC pipe 1-inch and smaller, copper pipe and tubing, fiber- reinforced plastic pipe or duct, and rubber hose and tubing at intervals close enough to prevent sagging greater than 1/4 inch between supports. 5. Do not suspend or support valves, pipe and fittings from another pipe or conduit. I. Install supports at: 1. Any change in direction. 2. Both sides of flexible pipe connections. 3. Base of risers. 4. Floor penetrations. 5. Connections to pumps, blowers, and other equipment. 6. Valves and appurtenances. J. Securely anchor plastic pipe, valves, and headers to prevent movement during operation of valves. K. Anchor plastic pipe between expansion loops and direction changes to prevent axial movement through anchors. L. Provide elbows or tees supported from floors with base fittings where indicated on the Drawings. M. Support base fittings with metal supports or when indicated on the Drawings support on concrete piers. N. Do not use chains, plumbers' straps, wire, or similar devices for permanently suspending, supporting, or restraining pipes. O. Support plumbing drainage and vents in accordance with plumbing code. P. Supports, clamps, brackets, and portions of support system bearing against copper pipe: Copper plated, copper throughout, or isolated with neoprene or polyvinyl chloride tape. Q. Where pipe is insulated, install over-sized supports and hangers. R. Install insulation shield in accordance with MSS SP-58, Type 40. Shield shall be galvanized steel unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. S. Install riser clamps at floor penetrations and where indicated on the Drawings. T. Coat support system components as specified in Section 09_96_01. 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer services for each type of pipe support: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_07.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_07.03 PREFORMED CHANNEL PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Preformed channel pipe support system consisting of preformed channels, fittings, straps, and fasteners engineered to support piping. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. A380 - Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems. 3. A967 - Standard Specification for Chemical Passivation Treatments for Stainless Steel Parts. D. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS): 1. SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture. 2. SP-69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design responsibility: 1. The manufacturer of the preformed channel pipe support system is responsible for the design of the support system. 2. Prepare design calculations utilizing the design criteria included in these Specifications. 3. Prepare detailed shop drawings illustrating the layout of the support system and identifying the components of the support system. B. Design criteria: 1. Include live, dead, and seismic loads associated with piping, valves, and appurtenances. Consider the content of the pipes in load calculations. 2. Minimum gauge thickness: 12-gauge. 3. Allowable stress of channels: a. Steel channels: The lesser of 25,000 pounds per square inch, or 0.66 times yield stress of steel. b. Stainless steel channels: 0.66 times the yield stress of the stainless steel alloy. 4. Maximum deflection: 1/240 of span. November 2022 40_05_07.03-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.03 (BidSet 2022) 5. Allowable column loads: As recommended by manufacturer in published instruction for column's unsupported height and "K" value for calculating effective column length of not less than 1.0. 6. Future loads: a. Support systems indicated on the Drawings may include spaces intended to accommodate future pipes. b. Assume such spaces are occupied by 6-inch diameter ductile iron pipes. Only the number of pipes that would physically fit into the space need be considered. c. Include the weight of the pipe contents in determining future loads. Assume pipe contents are water. 7. Seismic design criteria: As indicated on the Drawings and required for mechanical equipment. 8. Spacing of supports: As required to comply with design requirements but not more than 5 feet. C. Supports in chemical containment areas, and below the top of walls of water bearing structures: Use Type 316 stainless steel for support system components. 1. Supports in other locations: Use hot-dipped galvanized components unless other materials are specifically indicated on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Include layout of support system including pipe loads, selected channel size, fittings, and appurtenances. B. Structural design calculations sealed by a registered engineer of the State of Texas. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. D. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design preformed channel pipe support system for loads in accordance with applicable provisions of: 1. AISC Manual of Steel Construction. 2. AISI Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual. B. Product standards: 1. Pipe support components: In accordance with MSS SP-69. 2. Pipe support materials: In accordance with MSS SP-58. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fabricate preformed channel pipe support system using, as a minimum, parts specified below and meeting the requirements specified under Design Criteria. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Unistrut, Series P1000 or P1001; P5500 or P5501. November 2022 40_05_07.03-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.03 (BidSet 2022) b. Allied Support Systems, Power Strut, Figure PS-200 or PS-200 2TS; PS-150 or PS-150 2TS. c. Cooper Industries, B-Line, Channel Type B22 or B22A; B12 or B12A. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed channel concrete inserts: Minimum 12 inches long. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Unistrut, Series P-3200. b. Allied Support Systems, Figure 282. c. Cooper Industries, B-Line Series B32I. B. 90-degree angle fittings: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Unistrut, P1026. b. Allied Support Systems, Power Strut, P603. C. Pipe straps: 1. For pipes 8 inches in diameter and smaller: Use 2-piece universal strap with slotted hex head screw and nut. a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Unistrut, Series P1109 through P1126. 2) Allied Support Systems, PS1100. 3) Cooper Industries, B-Line Series B2000. 2. For pipes greater than 8 inches in diameter: Unless different material is otherwise indicated on the Drawings use 1-piece 1 inch wide by 1/8 inch thick steel strap, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Prefabricated double channel bracket: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Unistrut, P2542-P2546. b. Cooper Industries, B-Line Series B297. E. Touch-up paint for galvanized surfaces: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Galvinox, Galvo-Weld. F. Touch-up paint for painted surfaces: Same formulation as factory paint. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate from Type 316 Stainless Steel, or Hot Dip Galvanized Steel, depending on application. B. For Hot Dip Galvanized Steel, hot-dip galvanize support system components after fabrication to required length and shape. C. Do not galvanize or paint stainless steel components. November 2022 40_05_07.03-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.03 (BidSet 2022) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install preformed channel concrete inserts for vertical support, quantity based on manufacturer's structural design calculations. B. Fasten preformed channel pipe supports to existing walls using Z-fittings and concrete anchors as indicated on the Drawings. C. Fasten preformed channel pipe supports to preformed channel concrete inserts embedded in ceiling using U-shaped fittings. D. Suspend threaded rods from concrete inserts embedded in ceiling. Support preformed channel pipe supports with threaded rods. E. Touchup cut or damaged galvanized surfaces. F. Prevent contact between pipes and support components of dissimilar metals. Utilize rubber coated, plastic coated, or vinyl coated components, stainless steel components, or wrap pipe with PVC or polyethylene tape. G. Install support as near as possible to concentrated loads. H. Install support within 2 feet of horizontal and vertical changes in pipe alignment. I. Adjust supports or install shims to obtain specified slope or elevation. 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer services, 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_07.03-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_07.03 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_19.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE: AWWA C151 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Ductile iron pipe, joints, fittings, gaskets, and pipe linings and coatings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C104 - Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. C110 - Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 4. C111 - Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. C115 - Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. C150 - Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. 7. C151 - Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. 8. C153 - Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 9. C600 - Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. 10. C606 - Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Joints. C. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D11.2 - Guide for Welding Iron Castings. D. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A47 - Standard Specifications for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. A183 - Standard Specifications for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 3. A536 - Standard Specifications for Ductile Iron Castings. 4. C283 - Standard Test Methods for Resistance of Porcelain Enameled Utensils to Boiling Acid. 5. D792 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement. E. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA): 1. Thrust Restraint Design Manual. F. NACE International (NACE): 1. SP0188 - Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates. November 2022 40_05_19.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_19.01 (BidSet 2022) G. National Association of Pipe Fabricators, Inc. (NAPF): 1. 500-03 - Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings in Exposed Locations Receiving Special External Coatings and/or Special Internal Linings. H. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. PA-2 - Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness With Magnetic Gages. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. C. Shop drawings: 1. Detailed layout drawings showing alignment of pipes, location of valves, fittings, and appurtenances, types of joints, and connections to pipelines or structures. 2. Thrust restraint systems layouts. 3. Photographs, drawings, and descriptions of fittings, gaskets, couplings, grooving of pipe and fittings, pipe linings, and coatings. D. Calculations: 1. Calculations for thrust restraint system design. E. Not used 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-installation meeting: 1. Arrange for Coating ManufacturerÓs Technical Representative to attend preconstruction conferences, and to make periodic visits to factory or shop to inspect surface preparation of pipe, fittings, and accessories; and to inspect application of linings to interior and coatings to exterior of pipe, fittings, and accessories. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Block piping and associated fittings for shipment to prevent damage to coatings and linings. B. Carefully handle piping and associated fittings during loading, unloading, and installation: 1. Do not drop piping material from cars or trucks. 2. Lower piping by mechanical means. 3. Do not drop or pound pipe to fit grade. C. Polyurethane lined pipe and fittings must be handled only from the outside: 1. No forks, chains, straps, hooks, or other lifting device shall be placed inside the pipe or fittings for lifting, positioning, or laying. D. Protect gaskets and polyethylene encasement from long-term exposure to sunlight. November 2022 40_05_19.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_19.01 (BidSet 2022) E. Store piping, fittings, and other accessories such that they do not accumulate and hold rainwater, dirt, and debris. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Ductile iron piping: 1. Manufacturers meeting qualifications as specified in this Section. 2. Typical type: a. In accordance with AWWA C150 and AWWA C151. b. Pressure class or special thickness class as indicated in the Piping Schedule provided in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. c. Manufactured from greater than 90 percent recycled material. 3. Type with screw-on flanges: a. In accordance with AWWA C115 with minimum special thickness Class 53 wall thickness as required for screw-on flanges. b. Special thickness class as indicated in the Piping Schedule as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. c. Manufactured from greater than 90 percent recycled material. 4. Type with grooved couplings: a. Special thickness class as indicated in the Piping Schedule as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. b. Manufactured from greater than 90 percent recycled material. B. Joints: 1. Flanged joints: a. Screw-on flanges: Comply with the diameter, thickness, drilling, and other characteristics in accordance with ASME B16.1. In addition, comply with the following requirements: 1) Ductile iron. 2) Long hub, threaded, and specially designed for ductile iron pipe. 3) After attaching to pipe, machine flange face to make pipe end and flange even and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. b. Bolt holes on flanges: 2-holed and aligned at both ends of pipe. c. Cap screw or stud bolt holes: Tapped. d. Bolts and nuts: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. e. Gaskets: SEthylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) unless specified otherwise in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. C. Fittings: 1. Ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. 2. Joint type: Same as that of the associated piping as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 3. Plain end-to-flanged joint connectors using setscrews are not acceptable. November 2022 40_05_19.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_19.01 (BidSet 2022) D. Pipe linings: 1. Cement-mortar lining: a. In accordance with AWWA C104, apply cement-mortar on clean bare metal surfaces. Extend to faces of flanges, ends of spigots, and shoulders of hubs. b. Minimum lining thickness: Standard in accordance with AWWA C104. c. Type of cement: Type II . 2. Asphaltic seal coat: a. Apply over cement mortar linings. Apply in accordance with AWWA C151. 3. Elastomeric polyurethane (100 percent solids) lining: a. As specified in Section 09_96_01. E. Coatings: 1. Asphalt varnish is not permitted. 2. Primer: a. Factory applied for field coating. b. Compatible with materials as specified in Section 09_96_01. 2.02 NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install ductile iron piping in accordance with AWWA C600, modified as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. B. Joints: 1. Install types of joints as specified in the piping schedule provided in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 2. Mechanical joints are not acceptable in above ground applications. C. Tapping ductile iron pipe: 1. Direct tapping of ductile iron pipe may be performed but is limited to the following conditions: a. Maximum allowable tap diameter by pipe diameter and pressure class: Pressure Class Pipe Size (inches) 150 200 250 300 350 Maximum Allowable Direct Tap Size (inches) 3 ----3/4 4 ----3/4 6 ----1 8 ----1 10 ----1 12 ----1-1/4 November 2022 40_05_19.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_19.01 (BidSet 2022) Pressure Class Pipe Size (inches) 150 200 250 300 350 Maximum Allowable Direct Tap Size (inches) 14 --1-1/41-1/21-1/2 16 --1-1/222 18 --222 20 --222 24 -2222 b. The maximum allowable tap diameter for pipelines greater than 24 inches is 2 inches. c. Two layers of 3-mil thread sealant are required to minimize the torque required to effect a watertight connection. 3.02 NOT USED 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing ductile iron piping: 1. Test as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Pipingand Section 40_05_00.09. 2. Do not test sections longer than 1/2 mile in total pipe length. B. Repair damaged cement mortar lining to match quality, thickness, and bonding of original lining in accordance with AWWA C104. 1. When lining cannot be repaired or repairs are defective, replace defective piping with undamaged piping. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_19.01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_19.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_23.01 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND TUBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Stainless steel piping and tubing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through 24. 3. B16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket-Welded and Threaded. 4. B31.3 - Process Piping. 5. B36.19 - Stainless Steel Pipe. B. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. D1.6 - Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A182 - Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service. 2. A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. 3. A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts and Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 4. A240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 5. A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 6. A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 7. A312 - Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. 8. A351 - Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts. 9. A380 - Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems. 10. A403 - Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings. 11. A743 - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium- Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application. 12. A744 - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for Severe Service. November 2022 40_05_23.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) 13. A774 - Standard Specification for As-Welded Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Fittings for General Corrosive Services at Low and Moderate Temperatures. 14. A778 - Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubular Products. 15. A789 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 16. A790 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic/Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. 17. A928 - Standard Specification for Ferritic/Austenitic (Duplex) Stainless Steel Pipe Electric Fusion Welded with Addition of Filler Metal. 18. A967 - Standard Specification for Chemical Passivation Treatments for Stainless Steel Parts. 19. B622 - Standard Specification for Seamless Nickel and Nickel-Cobalt Alloy Pipe and Tube. 20. F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. D. Not used E. NSF International (NSF): 1. Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Piping layout: Lay out and fabricate piping systems with piping sections as long as possible, while still allowing shipment, so that joints are minimized. 1. Piping design indicated on the Drawings illustrates piping layout and configuration and does not indicate the location of every joint and flexible coupling that may be needed to connect piping sections fabricated in the shop. 2. Add joints and flexible couplings in a manner that achieves intent of maximizing size of individual piping sections. B. Shop fabrication: Fabricate piping sections in the shop and pickle and passivate at point of manufacture. C. Field assembly: 1. Field welding is prohibited. 2. Assemble shop-fabricated piping in the field using the joints designed into the piping layout or by using flexible couplings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. C. Shop drawings: 1. Detailed layout drawings: a. Dimensions and alignment of pipes. b. Location of valves, fittings, and appurtenances. c. Location of field joints. November 2022 40_05_23.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) d. Location of pipe hangars and supports. e. Connections to equipment and structures. f. Location and details of shop welds. 2. Thickness and dimensions of fittings and gaskets. 3. Photographs, drawings, and descriptions of pipe, fittings, welding procedures, and pickling and passivating procedures. 4. Material specifications for pipe, gaskets, fittings, and couplings. 5. Data on joint types and components used in the system including stub ends, backing flanges, flanged joints, grooved joint couplings and screwed joints. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE A. General: 1. Pipe sizes specified in the Specifications and indicated on the Drawings are nominal. B. Wall thickness: 1. As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. C. Piping material and manufacturing: 1. Comply with the requirements outlined in the following table: Pipe Manufacturing Service Stainless Steel Grade Process For low chloride water service with chloride concentrates below 200 parts per million and/or free chlorine less than 2 parts per million at ambient temperatures. Piping 3 inches in nominal Type 304L stainless steel in In accordance with diameter and larger accordance with ASTM A778 ASTM A240 Piping less than 3 inches in Type 304L stainless steel in In accordance with nominal diameter accordance with ASTM A312 ASTM A240 Digester Gas, Oxygen and Ozone Service, Membrane and Reverse Osmosis Filtration Systems with chloride concentrations less than 1,000 parts per million and/or free chlorine less than 4 parts per million at ambient temperatures. Piping 3 inches in nominal Type 316L or LDX 2101 Type 316L in accordance diameter and larger stainless steel in with ASTM A778 accordance with ASTM Type LDX 2101 in A240 accordance with ASTM A790 Piping less than 3 inches in Type 316L or LDX 2101 Type 316L in accordance nominal diameter stainless steel in with ASTM A312 November 2022 40_05_23.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) Pipe Manufacturing Service Stainless Steel Grade Process accordance with ASTM Type LDX 2101 in A240 accordance with ASTM A790 Water with chloride concentrations between 1,000 and 10,000 parts per million. All piping diameters Austenitic or duplex grades In accordance with of material with PREN ASTM A312, ASTM A778, greater than 33 ASTM A790, or ASTM A928 PREN: Pitting Resistance Equivalency Number PREN = Cr% + (3.3 x Mo%) + (16 x N%) UNS # ALLOY Cr% Mo% N% Other PREN N10276 C-276 14.5-16 15-17 - W 3-4.5 64 S32750 Alloy 2507 24-26 6-8 0.24-0.32 - 48 S32654 654SMO 24-25 7-8 - - 47 N06625 Alloy 625 20-23 8-10 - Cb 3.25-4.15 46 N08366 AL6XN 20-22 6-7 - - 40 N06985 Alloy G 21-23.5 5.5-7.5 - - 39 S32760 Zeron 100 24-26 3-4 0.2-0.3 W 0.5-1.0 37 S32205 Alloy 2205 22-23 3-3.5 0.14-0.20 - 34 N08904 904L 19-23 4-5 - - 32 S31726 317LNM 17-20 4-5 0.1-0.2 - 32 N08825 Alloy 825 19-23.5 2.5-3.5 - - 27 S32101 LDX-2101 21.5 0.3 0.22 - 26 S31603 316L 16-18 2-3 - - 23 S30403 304L 18-20 - - - 18 D. Fittings for piping 3 inches in nominal diameter and greater: 1. Material: In accordance with ASTM A240 stainless steel, grade to match the pipe. 2. Manufacturing standard: In accordance with ASTM A774. 3. Wall thickness of fitting: In accordance with ASME B36.19 for the schedule of pipe specified. 4. End configuration: As needed to comply with specified type of joint. 5. Dimensional standards: a. Fittings with weld ends: In accordance with ASME B16.11. November 2022 40_05_23.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) b. Fittings with flanged ends: In accordance with ASME B16.5, Class 150. E. Fittings for piping less than 3 inches in diameter: 1. Material: In accordance with ASTM A240 stainless steel, grade to match the pipe. 2. Manufacturing standard: In accordance with ASTM A403, Class WP. 3. Wall thickness and dimensions of fitting: In accordance with ASME B16.11 and as required for the schedule of pipe specified. 4. End configuration: As needed to comply with specified type of joint. 5. Forgings in accordance with ASTM A182, or barstock in accordance with ASTM A276. Match forging or barstock material to the piping materials. F. Piping joints: 1. Joint types, piping greater than 2 inches in diameter, general: a. Where type of joint is specifically indicated on the Drawings or specified, design and shop-fabricate piping sections utilizing type of joint illustrated or scheduled. b. Where type of joint is not specifically indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping Piping Schedule, design and shop-fabricate piping sections utilizing any of the following joint types: 1) Flanged joints. c. Joints at valves and pipe appurtenances: 1) Provide flanged valves and flanged pipe appurtenances in stainless steel piping systems with flanged ends. 2) Design and fabricate piping sections to make connections with flanged valves and pipe appurtenances using flanged coupling adapters or flanged joints. a) Flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapters: Provide stainless steel construction with materials matching the piping system, and conforming to requirements as specified in Section 40_05_06.03. 2. Joints in piping 2 inches in diameter and smaller: Flanged, grooved, welded, or screwed with Teflon tape thread lubricant, as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 3. Welded joints: a. Pipe 12 inches and larger in diameter: Automatically weld joints using gas tungsten-arc procedures. b. Piping 4 inches through 12 inches in diameter: Double butt welded joints. c. Piping less than 4 inches in diameter: Single butt-welded joints. d. Mark each weld with a symbol that identifies the welder. 4. Flanged joints: Conforming to the requirements in accordance with ASME B16.5, Class 150. 5. Flanges for Schedule 40S and Schedule 80S pipe: a. Provide forged stainless steel (type matching piping system) welding neck flanges or slip-on flanges in accordance with ASME B16.5 Class 150. b. Material: In accordance with ASTM A182. 6. Grooved joints: a. Pressure less than 500 pounds per square inch: 1) Cut grooves from Schedule 40 or higher. b. Heavier schedule pipe sections used for cut groove ends: November 2022 40_05_23.01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) 1) Tapered inside diameter to transition from the inside diameter of the lighter schedule pipe. c. Butt welds connecting pipes of different schedules that leave an abrupt change in inside diameter are not allowed. d. Couplings: 1) Type 316 (Grade CF-8M) Superduplex\] stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A351, A743, and A744. a) Bolts: Stainless steel in accordance with ASTM F593, Group 2, Condition CW. b) Nuts: Silicon bronze . c) Manufacturers: The following or equal: (1) Piedmont Pacific Corporation. (2) Victaulic Style 489 Rigid Coupling. G. Gaskets: 1. Ozone and oxygen service: TFE sheet. 2. Aeration air service: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 3. All other service applications: EPDM, or other materials compatible with the process fluid. a. Drinking water applications: NSF Standard 61 compliant materials only. H. Bolts for flanges : 1. Bolts and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A193 heavy hex head. a. Bolt length such that after installation, end of bolt projects 1/8-inch to 3/8-inch beyond outer face of nut. b. Nuts: In accordance with ASTM A194 heavy hex pattern. I. Fabrication of pipe sections: 1. Welding: Weld in accordance with ASME B31.3. 2. Weld seams: a. Full penetration welds, free of oxidation, crevices, pits and cracks, and without undercuts. b. Provide weld crowns of 1/16 inch with tolerance of plus 1/16 inch and minus 1/32 inch. c. Where internal weld seams are not accessible, use gas tungsten-arc procedures with internal gas purge. d. Where internal weld seams are accessible, weld seams inside and outside using manual shielded metal-arc procedures. J. Cleaning (pickling) and passivation: 1. Following shop fabrication of pipe sections, straight spools, fittings, and other piping components, clean (pickle) and passivate fabricated pieces. 2. Clean (pickle) and passivate in accordance with ASTM A380 or A967. a. If degreasing is required before cleaning to remove scale or iron oxide, cleaning (pickling) treatments with citric acid are permissible. 1) However, these treatments must be followed by inorganic cleaners such as nitric acid/hydrofluoric acid. b. Passivation treatments with citric acid are not allowed. 3. Finish requirements: Remove free iron, heat tint oxides, weld scale, and other impurities, and obtain a passive finished surface. November 2022 40_05_23.01-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) 2.02 STAINLESS STEEL TUBING A. Stainless steel tubing: 1. Seamless tubing made of Type 316L stainless steel and in accordance with ASTM A269, wall thickness not less than 0.035 inch. B. Fittings: Swage ferrule design: 1. Components made of: a. Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Double acting ferrule design, providing both a primary seal and a secondary bearing force. 3. Flare type fittings are not acceptable. 4. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Crawford Fitting Company, Swagelok. b. Hoke, Gyrolok. c. Parker, CPI. C. Valves for use with stainless steel tubing: 1. Ball type valves with swage ends to match tubing diameter. 2. Constructed from: a. Type 316 stainless steel with TFE seats. 3. Manufacturers: The following or equal: a. Crawford Fitting Company, Swagelok. 2.03 SPARE PARTS A. Not Used 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Visually inspect pipe for welding defects such as crevices, pits, cracks, protrusions, and oxidation deposits. B. Provide written certification that the pipe as supplied are in accordance with ASTM A778. Supplemental testing is not required. C. Provide written certification that the fittings as supplied are in accordance with ASTM A774. 1. Supplementary testing is not required. D. Thoroughly clean any equipment before use in cleaning or fabrication of stainless steel. E. Storage: Segregate location of stainless steel piping from fabrication of any other piping materials. F. Shipment to site: 1. Protect all flanges and pipe ends by encapsulating in dense foam. 2. Securely strap all elements to pallets with nylon straps. Use of metallic straps is prohibited. November 2022 40_05_23.01-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) 3. Cap ends of tube, piping, pipe spools, fittings, and valves with non-metallic plugs. 4. Load pallets so no tube, piping, pipe spools, fittings, or valves bear the weight of pallets above. 5. Notify Engineer when deliveries arrive so Engineer may inspect the shipping conditions. 6. Engineer may reject material due to improper shipping methods or damage during shipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in such a manner as not to impart strain to connected equipment. B. Slope horizontal lines so that they can be drained completely. C. Provide valve drains at low points in piping systems. D. Install eccentric reducers where necessary to facilitate draining of piping system. E. Provide access for inspection and flushing of piping systems to remove sediment, deposits, and debris. 3.02 FIELD ASSEMBLY OF SHOP-FABRICATED PIPING SECTIONS A. Join shop-fabricated piping sections together using backing flanges, flexible couplings, flanged coupling adapters, grooved couplings, or flanges. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test piping to pressure and by method as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 1. If pressure testing is accomplished with water: a. Use only potable quality water. b. Piping: Thoroughly drained and dried or place immediately into service. B. Visually inspect pipe for welding defects such as crevices, pits, cracks, protrusions, and oxidation deposits. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Preserve appearance and finish of stainless steel piping by providing suitable protection during handling and installation and until final acceptance of the Work. 1. Use handling methods and equipment to prevent damage to the coating, include the use of wide canvas slings and wide padded skids. 2. Do not use bare cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids. 3. Store stainless steel piping and fittings away from any other piping or metals. Storage in contact with ground or outside without projection from bad weather is prohibited. November 2022 40_05_23.01-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) 4. Protect stainless steel piping and fittings from carbon steel projections (when grinding carbon steel assemblies in proximity) and carbon steel contamination (do not contact stainless steel with carbon steel wire brush or other carbon steel tool). END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_23.01-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_23.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_24.02 STEEL PIPE: GALVANIZED AND BLACK, ASTM A 53 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Steel pipe: Galvanized and black, ASTM A 53. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.3 - Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings. 4. B16.11 Î Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C200 Î Steel Water Pipe- 6 Inches and Larger. 2. C203 - Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines- Enamel and Tape-Hot Applied. 3. C205 - Standard for Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe-4 Inches and Larger-Shop Applied. 4. C206 - Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 5. C207 - Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Sizes 4 inches Through 144 inches. 6. C602 - Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place- 4 inches and Larger. 7. C606 - Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Joints. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A 47 - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Casting. 2. A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. A 105 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications. 4. A 153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. A 183 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 6. A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 7. C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 8. D 2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings, as appropriate include: 1. Details of fittings and specials showing thickness and dimensions of plates. 2. Detail of welds and materials. 3. Listing of proposed services and locations for use of grooved joint type piping. November 2022 40_05_24.02-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) 4. Tabulated layout schedules for cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe. 5. Grooved joint piping fittings, gaskets, couplings. 6. Grooving of pipe and fittings. 7. Pipe lining and coating. B. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. Include: 1. Mill certificates. 2. Test reports on gaskets. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: In accordance with ASTM C 150, Type II, low alkali. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Steel pipe: 1. General: a. In accordance with ASTM A 53. 1) Type: Type E - electric-resistance welded or Type S - seamless. 2) Grade: Grade A or B. b. Schedule: 1) As indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule. 2) Minimum Schedule unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule. a) Pipe 6 inches and smaller: Schedule 40. b) Pipe greater than 6 inch to 12 inch: Schedule 20. c) Pipe greater than 12-inch: 0.25 inches. B. Pipe fittings: 1. Flanged and welding fittings: a. Butt -welding fittings in accordance with ASME B16.9. Schedule of fittings: same class or thickness as the pipe to which it connects. 2. Screwed fittings: a. Malleable iron: 1) Class 150 or Class 300 in accordance with ASME B16.3, as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule. 2) Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153 where used with galvanized pipe. 3. Grooved joint fittings: a. Fittings for grooved joint steel piping: Rigid-grooved type. b. Fittings for grooved joint piping: 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Victaulic Company of America. b) Grinnell. c) Anvil. November 2022 40_05_24.02-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) 2) Ductile iron fittings: a) Larger than 4 inches in diameter: In accordance with ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12, long radius, per AWWA C110. b) Less than 4 inches in diameter: Malleable iron conforming to ASTM A 47, Grade 32510. 3) Where cast fittings are not made, forged steel in accordance with ASME B 16.9, ASTM A 105, Grade B with 0.375 inch minimum wall thickness. a) Bends: Long radius. 4) Fittings for grooved joint piping shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the grooved joint coupling. 5) Fittings for grooved joint piping shall be for rigid-grooved type joints. Connection to flanged units shall be by means of a spool with one end flanged and the other grooved, long enough to prevent interference with adjacent valves, pumps, or other items, minimum length, 4 inches. C. Pipe joints: 1. General: a. Use type of pipe joints as indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule. b. In addition to the type of pipe joints indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule, use flexible couplings, unions or flanged joints to allow ready assembly and disassembly of the piping. 2. Flanged joints: a. In accordance with ASME B16.5, steel, 150 pounds, slip-on or weld neck, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153 where used with galvanized pipe. b. Companion flanges: 1) In accordance with ASME B16.5, steel. 2) Class 150 pounds, slip-on or welding neck. c. Weld flanges to pipe or fittings before applying lining. d. Machine flanges or provide tapered filler for changes in grade or to slope lines for drainage. e. Match pipe flanges to the valve flanges. f. Flange bolts: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. g. Gaskets: As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 3. Grooved joints: a. Grooves: Cut grooves. Rolled grooves are not acceptable. b. Couplings housing: Cast in 2 or more segments of ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 or malleable iron in accordance with ASTM A 47, Grade 32510. c. Bolts and nuts: In accordance with ASTM A 183, Grade 2. November 2022 40_05_24.02-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) d. Gaskets: Composition water sealing designed so that the internal piping pressure serves to increase the seal's watertightness: 1) Gaskets for water service and oil-free air systems at temperatures less than 230 degrees Fahrenheit shall be made of ethylene propylene diene monomers (EPDM) in accordance with ASTM D 2000 Line Call Out 2CA615A25B24. e. Perform grooving of the pipe wall only on standard or heavier schedule weight pipe. 1) For pipe with wall thickness less than standard weight, weld a shouldered end on the pipe in accordance with AWWA C606. 2) Shoulder: Type B or D in accordance with AWWA C606. f. Couplings and grooving: Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Victaulic Company of America. 2) Grinnell. 3) Anvil. g. Grooved joint piping shall not be used in the following installations: 1) In underground and underwater installations. 2) In piping subject to test pressures of 150 pounds per square inch gauge, or more. 3) In steam and gas piping. 4) In sludge and scum piping designed to be steam cleaned. 4. Welded joints: Butt welds, 2 pass, full depth with beveled ends and no backing rings. D. Pipe lining and coating: 1. General: a. Lining and coating shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule. 2. Pipe coating: a. Extend pipe coating for underground piping 6 inches above finish grade or finish floor, and neatly terminate. b. Field paint aboveground steel pipe as specified in Execution of this Section. c. Coat exposed piping as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High- Performance Coatings. d. Coat submerged piping as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule and Section 09_96_01 - High-Performance Coatings. e. Cement-mortar coating: 1) Cement-mortar coating: In accordance with AWWA C205, modified as follows: a) Sand: In accordance with AWWA C205 except that the total percentage of deleterious material shall not exceed 3 percent. 3. Pipe lining: a. Cement-mortar lining: 1) Shop apply cement-mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C205. At the option of Contractor, field apply with a pipe lining machine. b. High solids epoxy: 1) High solids epoxy as specified for submerged metal or exposed metal in Section 09_96_01 - High-Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. November 2022 40_05_24.02-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) c. Elastomeric polyurethane lining: 1) Elastomeric polyurethane as specified for submerged metal in Section 09_96_01 - High-Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop coat of primer: 1. Flanges and portions of pipe not covered with cement-mortar shall be given a shop coating of primer. 2. Primer compatible with finish coating system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Pipe joints: 1. General: a. Steel pipe joints shall be screwed, welded, flanged, grooved, or made with flexible joints. The type of joint for piping is as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule or as indicated on the Drawings. b. In addition to the joints indicated on the Drawings, provide unions, flexible couplings, flanged joints, and other types of joints or means necessary to allow ready assembly and disassembly of the piping. c. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping pipe schedule, pipe joints shall be as follows: 1) Pipe smaller than 2 inches in nominal diameter shall have screwed joints, welded joints, unions, or flexible couplings. 2) Pipe 2 inches to 4 inches in nominal diameter shall have screwed joints, flanged joints, welded joints, or joints made with flexible couplings. 3) Pipe larger than 4 inches in nominal diameter shall have flanged joints, welded joints, or joints made with flexible couplings. 2. Flanged joints: a. Flanges shall come together at the proper orientation with no air gaps between the flanges after the gaskets are in place. b. Secure welding neck flanges with full penetration butt welds without backing rings. c. Secure slip-on flanges with both internal and external welds. d. After welding in place, the faces of flanges shall be perpendicular to the axis of the pipe, or, in the case of fittings, at the proper angle to each other, and bolt holes shall be in proper alignment. 3. Grooved joints: a. Assemble in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. b. Support grooved joint pipe in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. In addition, provide at least 1 support between consecutive couplings. 4. Screwed joints: a. Perform threading with clean, sharp dies. November 2022 40_05_24.02-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) 1) Wavy, rough, or otherwise defective pipe threads are not acceptable. b. Make screwed joints tight and clean with an application of Teflon tape or paste compound applied to the male threads only, except as follows: 1) Make up liquid and liquefied petroleum gas lines, with litharge and glycerin. c. Provide railroad type unions with bronze-to-iron seat. Galvanized where used with galvanized pipe. 1) Flanged joints may be used instead of unions. 5. Welded joints: a. Field welded joints: Electric arc welded in accordance with AWWA C206. b. WelderÓs qualification: Qualified in accordance with AWWA C206. 1) Welders' testing shall be at the Contractor's expense, including cost of test nipples, welding rods, and equipment. c. Do not weld galvanized pipe. B. Pipe lining and coating: 1. Pipe lining: a. Field applied cement-mortar lining shall be of the same density, smoothness, and thickness as shop applied lining, and in accordance with AWWA C602. 2. Pipe Coating: a. Plastic tape wrap application: 1) Wrap fittings, valves, and other odd shaped components in the pipeline with first and finish wrapping over the prime coat. 2) Wrap joints, fittings, valves, and other irregular shapes of piping with extruded coatings with tape as specified in this subparagraph. b. Field coat aboveground steel pipe as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High-Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field test fabricated steel manifolds with the pipe to which they connect. 3.03 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. Manufacturer Rep Onsite Training Installation Functional Process Requirements Testing Testing Operational Period Source Testing (Witnessed or Maintenance Operation Days Days Days Non-witnessed) (hrs per (hrs per Trips (each Trips (each Trips (each session) session) trip) trip) trip) Non-witnessed Not required Not required Not required Not required END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_24.02-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_24.02 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_27.01 DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Double contained piping systems and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 2564 - Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 2. D 2855 - Practice for Making Solvent - Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 3. D 2996 - Standard Specification for Filament-Wound Fiberglass (glass-fiber- reinforced thermosetting-resin) Pipe. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. ManufacturerÓs published installation instructions. C. Submit information on expansion joints. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEM A. Materials: 1. Compatible for continuous exposure to chemical service as indicated in the pipe schedule at ambient temperatures and maximum pressure equal to the test pressure. 2. Prefabricated fittings: a. Prefabricated fittings consisting of an inner (carrier) pipe elbow totally enclosed and spaced in an outer (containment) pipe elbow. b. Split fittings requiring field cutting, welding or joining shall not be used. 3. Inner (carrier) pipe: Shall consist of Schedule 80 PVC pipe, joined to fittings and each other by solvent welding. Provide pipe as specified in Section 40_05_31.17 and 40_05_31.22. 4. Outer (containment) pipe: Shall consist of Schedule 40 PVC pipe. Provide pipe as specified in Section 40_05_31.17. 5. Spacers: a. Provide nonmetallic spacers on inner pipe to control sagging within containment pipe. b. Design and place spacers to withstand loads of the filled pipe and loads due to thermal expansion. Spacers shall be free of sharp edges and be bonded to the carrier pipe. November 2022 40_05_27.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_27.01 (BidSet 2022) B. Design requirements: 1. Expansion loops: Provide expansion loops as required to compensate for expected thermal expansion for an ambient temperature range of 30 to 110 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. Access ports: a. Provide access ports for ease of installation, start-up, and maintenance of piping. Access ports shall consist of a tee fitting in the secondary containment piping, a 6-inch diameter riser pipe, and a bolted blind flange cover. b. Locate access ports at each low point. 3. Leak detection: Provide leak detection tee at each low point as indicated on the Drawings. C. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Guardian Systems, a product of IPEX Inc. 2. Harrington Industrial Plastics. 3. Permalert. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Plastic piping systems: 1. Secondary containment joints solvent cemented using heavy body-slow set PVC cement made in accordance with ASTM F 493: IPS Corporation Weld-On 724 or engineer approved equal. 2. Install piping in accordance with manufacturers published instructions. 3. Pipe shall be continuously sloped to drain to a low point. Provide tee with minimum 3-inch riser pipe to grade for inspection and access at all low points for buried double containment pipe. Provide threaded cap at top of riser pipe installed in a valve box. 4. Provide tee with minimum 2-inch drainpipe with ball valve at all piping low points for exposed double containment piping. 5. Ends of outer containment pipe shall be closed. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Plastic piping systems: 1. Test Schedule 80 PVC (inner containment) pipe per testing methods specified in Section 40_05_00.09 - Pipe Systems Testing. 2. Test Schedule 40 PVC (outer containment) pipe as follows: a. Pneumatically test the pipe at a minimum of 5 pounds per square inch and a maximum of 10 pounds per square inch air pressure for 2-1/2 hours. b. Soap all external joints and visually inspect for leaks. All leaks shall be repaired in accordance with manufacturerÓs recommendations. c. Purge containment pipe annular space with nitrogen to remove moisture containing air following leak test. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_27.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_27.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_31.17 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE: SCHEDULE TYPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Schedule type PVC pipe and fittings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 2. D 1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 3. D 2466 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 4. D 2467 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 5. D 2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 6. D 2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 7. F 645 - Standard Guide for Selection, Design and Installation of Thermoplastic Water-Pressure Piping Systems. B. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components Î Health Effects. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Describe materials, pipe, fittings, gaskets, and solvent cement. 2. Installation instructions. B. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. Include as applicable: 1. Date of manufacture of tubing for each lot delivered. 2. Solvent cement manufacturer's report and certification. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe in potable water applications: Provide pipe bearing NSF 61 seal. B. Mark pipe and fittings in accordance with ASTM D 1785. November 2022 40_05_31.17-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.17 (BidSet 2022) 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect from sunlight, scoring, and distortion. B. Do not allow surface temperatures to exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Store and handle as recommended by manufacturer in published instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Extruding and molding material: Virgin material containing no scrap, regrind, or rework material except where permitted in the referenced standards. 1. Pipe: Designation PVC 1120 in accordance with ASTM D 1785 and appendices: a. Extruded from Type I, Grade 1, Class 12454-B material in accordance with ASTM D 1784. b. Schedule 80 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Piping Schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 2. Fittings: In accordance with ASTM D 2467. a. Same material as the pipe and of equal or greater pressure rating. b. Supplied by pipe manufacturer. c. Unions 2-1/2 inches and smaller: 1) Use socket end screwed unions. d. Unions 3 inches and larger: 1) Use socket flanges with 1/8-inch full-face soft neoprene gasket. 3. Solvent cement: a. In accordance with ASTM F 493. b. Manufacturers: The following or equal: 1) IPS Corporation: Weld-On 724. c. Certified by the manufacturer for the service of the pipe. d. Solvent cement shall be listed by NSF International as compliant with NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for use on potable water applications. e. Primer: As recommended by the solvent cement manufacturer. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Meets or exceeds all quality assurance test requirements stated in ASTM D 1785. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in accordance with ASTM F 645, or manufacturer's published instructions for installation of piping, as applicable. B. Provide molded transition fittings for transitions from plastic to metal pipe. 1. Do not thread pipe. November 2022 40_05_31.17-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.17 (BidSet 2022) C. Locate unions where indicated on the Drawings, and elsewhere where required for adequate access and assembly of the piping system. D. Provide serrated nipples for transition from pipe to rubber hose. E. Solvent weld joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test pipe as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping and Section 40_05_00.09 - Piping Systems Testing. 3.03 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. Manufacturer Rep Onsite Training Installation Functional Process Requirements Testing Testing Operational Period Source Testing (Witnessed or Maintenance Operation Days Days Days Non-witnessed) (hrs per (hrs per Trips (each Trips (each Trips (each session) session) trip) trip) trip) Non-witnessed Not required Not required Not required Not required END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_31.17-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.17 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_31.22 CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (CPVC) PIPE: ASTM F 441 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: ASTM F 441 CPVC pipe and fittings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA). B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 2. F 438 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 3. F 439 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 4. F 441 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 5. F 493 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 6. F 645 - Standard Guide for Selection, Design and Installation of Thermoplastic Water-Pressure Piping Systems. C. NSF International (NSF). 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Describe materials, pipe, fittings, gaskets, and solvent cement. 2. Installation instructions. B. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. Include: 1. Date of manufacture of pipe for each lot delivered. 2. Solvent cement manufacturer's report and certification. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. November 2022 40_05_31.22-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.22 (BidSet 2022) 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe in potable water applications: Provide pipe bearing NSF seal. B. Mark pipe with nominal size, type, class, schedule, or pressure rating, manufacturer and all markings required in accordance with ASTM and AWWA standards. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect from sunlight, scoring, and distortion. B. Do not allow surface temperatures to exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Store and handle as recommended by manufacturer in published instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Extruding and molding material: Virgin material containing no scrap, regrind, or rework material except where permitted in the referenced standards. B. Pipe: 1. In accordance with ASTM F 441 and Appendix, CPVC 4120. 2. Extruded from Type IV, Grade 1, Class 23447 material in accordance with ASTM D 1784. 3. Schedule 80, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Piping Schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Result for General Piping. 4. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. b. Eslon Thermoplastics, Inc. c. GF Harvel. d. Spears Manufacturing Company. e. Chemtrol. C. Fittings: 1. In accordance with ASTM F 438 or ASTM F 439 for pressure fittings, as appropriate to the service and pressure requirement. 2. Same material as the pipe and of equal or greater pressure rating. 3. Supplied by pipe manufacturer. D. Solvent cement: 1. In accordance with ASTM F 493. 2. Manufacturers: The following or equal: a. IPS Corporation: Weld-On 724. 3. Certified by the manufacturer for the service of the pipe. 4. Primer: As recommended by the solvent cement manufacturer. November 2022 40_05_31.22-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.22 (BidSet 2022) E. Unions 2-1/2 inches and smaller: 1. Socket end screwed unions. F. Unions 3 inches and larger: 1. Socket flanges with 1/8-inch full-face soft EPDM gasket. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Mark pipe and fittings in accordance with ASTM F 441. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install piping in accordance with ASTM F 645, or manufacturer's published instructions for installation of piping, as applicable to the particular type of piping. 2. Provide molded transition fittings for transitions from plastic to metal or IPS pipe. a. Do not thread pipe. 3. Locate unions where indicated on the Drawings, and elsewhere where required for adequate access and assembly of the piping system. 4. Provide serrated nipples for transition from plastic pipe to rubber hose. B. Installation of piping: 1. Clean dirt and moisture from pipe and fittings. 2. Bevel pipe ends in accordance with manufacturer's instructions with chamfering tool or file. a. Remove burrs. 3. Use solvent cement and primer formulated for CPVC. 4. Use primer on pressure and non-pressure joints. 5. Do not solvent weld joints when ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees Fahrenheit or above 90 degrees Fahrenheit unless solvent cements specially formulated for these conditions are utilized. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Result for General Piping and Section 40_05_00.09 - Piping Systems Testing. November 2022 40_05_31.22-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.22 (BidSet 2022) 3.03 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. Manufacturer Rep Onsite Training Installation Functional Process Requirements Testing Testing Operational Period Source Testing (Witnessed or Maintenance Operation Days Days Days Non-witnessed) (hrs per (hrs per Trips (each Trips (each Trips (each session) session) trip) trip) trip) Non-witnessed Not required Not required Not required Not required END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_31.22-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_31.22 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_51.01 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Basic requirements for valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C111/A21.11 - Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe Fittings. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Casting for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 3. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. C. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. D. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 1. SP 7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. 2. SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Pressure rating: 1. Suitable for service under minimum working pressures of 150 pounds per square inch gauge. 2. When a piping system is specified in the Piping Schedule to be tested at a pressure greater than 150 pounds per square inch gauge, provide valves for that piping system with design working pressure which is sufficient to withstand the test pressure. B. Valve to piping connections: 1. Valves 3 inch nominal size and larger: Flanged ends. 2. Valves less than 3 inch nominal size: Screwed ends. 3. Plastic valves in plastic piping: a. Up to 2.5 inches: Provide solvent or heat welded unions. b. 3 inches and above: Provide solvent or heat welded flanges. November 2022 40_05_51.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. Submit the following information for each valve: a. Valve type, size, pressure rating, Cv factor. b. Coatings. c. Power valve actuators: 1) Information on valve actuator including size, manufacturer, model number, limit switches, mounting; and motor enclosure, seating and unseating torque coefficient, dynamic torque, and bearing friction for calculation of maximum operating torque. 2) Complete wiring diagrams and control system schematics. d. Manual valve actuators: 1) Information on valve actuator including size, manufacturer, model number. e. Certified drawings with description of component parts, dimensions, weights, and materials of construction. f. Certifications of reference standard compliance: 1) Submit certification that the valves and coatings are suitable in potable water applications in accordance with NSF 61. g. Clearly mark submittal information to show specific items, materials, and accessories or options being furnished. h. Factory test data. B. Provide vendor operation and maintenance manual. 1. Furnish bound sets of installation, operation, and maintenance instructions for each type of manual valve 4 inch in nominal size and larger, and all non-manual valves. Include information on valve operators. C. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. D. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: 1. Valves manufactured by manufacturers whose valves have had successful operational experience in comparable service. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect valves and protective coatings from damage during handling and installation; repair coating where damaged. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel: In accordance with ASTM A167, Type 316, or Type 304, UNS Alloy S31600 or S30400. November 2022 40_05_51.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) B. Valve and operator bolts and nuts: 1. Fabricated of stainless steel for the following installation conditions: a. Submerged in sewage or water. b. In an enclosed space above sewage or water. c. In structures containing sewage or water, below top of walls. d. At openings in concrete or metal decks. 2. Where dissimilar metals are being bolted, use stainless steel bolts with isolation bushings and washers. 3. Underground bolts: Low-alloy steel in accordance with AWWA C111/A21.11. C. Bronze and brass alloys: Use bronze and brass alloys with not more than 6 percent zinc and not more than 2 percent aluminum in the manufacture of valve parts; UNS Alloy C83600 or C92200 unless specified otherwise. D. Valve bodies: Cast iron in accordance with ASTM A126, Class 30 minimum or ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 minimum unless specified otherwise. 2.02 INTERIOR PROTECTIVE LINING A. When specified in the particular valve specification, provide valves with type of protective lining specified in the particular valve Specification. B. Apply protective lining to interior, non-working surfaces, except stainless steel surfaces. C. Lining types: 1. Fusion bonded epoxy: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: b. 3-M Company, ScotchKote 134; certified to NSF 61 for drinking water use.Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 7 or SP 10, as recommended by epoxy manufacturer. c. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. d. Lining thickness: 0.010 to 0.012 inches except that: 1) Lining thickness in grooves for gaskets: 0.005 inches. 2) Do not coat seat grooves in valves with bonded seat. e. Quality control: 1) Lining thickness: Measured with a non-destructive magnetic type thickness gauge. 2) Verify lining integrity with a wet sponge-testing unit operating at approximately 60 volts, or as recommended by the lining manufacturer. 3) Consider tests successful when lining thickness meets specified requirements and when no pinholes are found. 4) Correct defective lining disclosed by unsuccessful tests, and repeat test. 5) Repair pinholes with liquid epoxy recommended by manufacturer of the epoxy used for lining. 2. High solids epoxy: a. Product equivalent to high solids epoxy specified in Section 09_96_01. 1) Certified in accordance with NSF 61 for drinking water use. November 2022 40_05_51.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) 2) Interior: Coat valve interior with manufacturer's equivalent high performance high solids epoxy coating system with a certifiable performance history for the service conditions and as approved by the Engineer. Manufacturer shall provide for approval, coating information sufficient to allow Engineer to assess equivalence to the specified high solids epoxy coating specified in Section 09_96_00. b. Clean surfaces to meet SP-7 or SP-10, or as recommended by coating manufacturer. c. Quality control: After coating is cured, check coated surface for porosity with a holiday detector set at 1,800 volts, or as recommended by coating manufacturer. 1) Repair holidays and other irregularities and retest coating. 2) Repeat procedure until holidays and other irregularities are corrected. 2.03 UNDERGROUND VALVES A. Provide underground valves with flanged, mechanical, or other type of joint required for the type of pipe to which the valve is to be connected. B. Coating and wrapping: 1. After installation, encase valves in 2 layers of polyethylene wrap. a. Ascertain that polyethylene wrapping does not affect operation of valve. 2.04 FIELD APPLIED COATING OF VALVE EXTERIOR A. Match color and be compatible with manufacturerÓs coating system and as specified in Section 09_96_01. 1. When shop applied finish coating matches field applied coating on adjacent piping, touch up shop coating in damaged areas in accordance with instructions recommended by the paint manufacturer. 2. When shop applied coating does not match field coating on adjacent piping, or when damage has occurred to the shop applied coating that requires more than touchup, blast clean valve surfaces or utilize other surface preparation recommended by the manufacturer of the coating material and apply the coating system used for coating adjacent piping. 2.05 VALVE BOXES A. Provide cast-iron valve boxes at each buried valve to access valve and valve operators. B. Do not support boxes on valve, valve operator, or pipe. C. Boxes: 1. 2-piece, fabricated of cast iron; provide cover, with asphalt varnish or enamel protective coating. 2. Adjustable to grade, install centered around the upper portions of the valve and valve operator. D. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Tyler Pipe Industries, Inc. 2. Neenah Foundry Company. November 2022 40_05_51.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) 2.06 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valve operator "Open" direction: Open counterclockwise. B. Provide valves located below operating level or deck with extensions for key operation or floor stands and handwheels. C. Provide manually operated valves located not more than 6 feet above the operating level with tee handles, wrenches, or handwheels. 1. Make the valve operator more conveniently accessible by rolling valves, located more than 5 feet but less than 6 feet above the operating level, toward the operating side. 2. Secure tee handles and wrenches to the valve head or stem, except where a handle or wrench so secured constitutes a hazard to personnel; in which case, stow handle or wrench immediately adjacent to the valve on or in a suitable hanger, bracket, or receptacle. D. Fit valves located more than 6 feet above operating level with chain operated handles or valve wheels. 1. Chains: Sufficient length to reach approximately 4 feet above the operating level. 2. Where chains constitute a nuisance or hazard to operating personnel, provide holdbacks or other means for keeping the chains out of the way. E. Provide an operator shaft extension from valve or valve operator to finished grade or deck level when buried valves, and other valves located below the operating deck or level, are specified or indicated on the Drawings to be key operated; provide 2 inch square AWWA operating nut, and box and cover as specified, or a cover where a box is not required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Preparation prior to installation: 1. Install valves after the required submittal on installation has been accepted. 2. Determine after flanged valves and flanged check valves are selected, the face-to-face dimensions of flanged valves and flanged check valves. B. Fabricate piping to lengths taking into account the dimensions of flanged valves and flanged check valves. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide incidental work and materials necessary for installation of valves including flange gaskets, flange bolts and nuts, valve boxes and covers, concrete bases, blocking, and protective coating. B. Where needed, furnish and install additional valves for proper operation and maintenance of equipment and plant facilities under the following circumstances: 1. Where such additional valves are required for operation and maintenance of the particular equipment furnished by Contractor. November 2022 40_05_51.01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) 2. Where such additional valves are required as a result of a substitution or change initiated by Contractor. C. Install valves with their stems in vertical position above the pipe, except as follows: 1. Butterfly valves, gate valves aboveground, globe valves, ball valves, and angle valves may be installed with their stems in the horizontal position. 2. Install buried plug valves with geared operators with their stems in a horizontal position. D. Install valves so that handles clear obstructions when the valves are operated from fully-open to fully-closed. E. Place top of valve boxes flush with finished grade or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. F. Valves with threaded connections: 1. Install valves by applying wrench on end of valve nearest the joint to prevent distortion of the valve body. 2. Apply pipe joint compound or Teflon tape on external (male) threads to prevent forcing compound into valve seat area. G. Valves with flanged connections: 1. Align flanges and gasket carefully before tightening flange bolts. 2. When flanges are aligned, install bolts and hand tighten. 3. Tighten nuts opposite each other with equal tension before moving to next pair of nuts. H. Valves with soldered connections: 1. Do not overheat connection to prevent damage to resilient seats and metal seat rings. 2. Position valves in full open position before starting soldering procedure. 3. Apply heat to piping rather than to valve body. 3.03 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services from each manufacturer for all valves supplied: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. C. As specified elsewhere for specific valve types, sizes or actuators. 1. Source testing. 2. Manufacturers on site services for Owner Training, Installation Testing, Functional Testing, and during the Process Operational Period. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_51.01-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_51.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_57.24 ELECTRIC ACTUATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Electric motor-driven actuators for valves and gates as identified in the valves and gates schedule as EAM, EDM, OR EDR, except for specialty actuators specified with individual valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C504 - Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 2. C542 - Standard for Electric Motor Actuators for Valves and Slide Gates. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. NEMA: 1. Type 4X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 2. Type 6P enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions and Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. B. Provide a complete list/schedule of all actuators being provided with their associated tag names as indicated on the design drawings and/or specifications, service process area and the size of the valve they are actuating. C. Product data: 1. Electrical ratings: a. Voltage and number of phases. b. Starting and running current. c. Voltage levels and source for control and status. 2. Description of integral control interface. 3. Remote control station components. 4. Environmental ratings, including NEMA enclosure rating and submergence capabilities. 5. Gear ratios for both manual and motorized actuation. 6. Opening and closing directions. 7. Allowable starts per hour. 8. List of all included options and accessories. 9. Full travel times. 10. Gearbox data including gear ratio, and gearbox efficiency. November 2022 40_05_57.24-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) D. Shop drawings: 1. Wiring diagrams: a. Include all options and expansion cards furnished with each actuator. 2. Dimensioned drawings of each valve and actuator combination. 3. Dimensioned drawings of each valve gearbox. 4. Electric motor data. E. Calculations: 1. Operating torque. 2. Maximum torque calculations for seating and unseating. 3. Maximum operating torque at starting and normal operation. 4. Signed by Profession Engineer. F. Provide draft vendor operation and maintenance manual as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Include a list of all configurable parameters, and the final values for each. 2. Include a troubleshooting chart covering the complete valve and controls/electrical power systems, showing description of trouble, probable cause, and suggested remedy. G. Commissioning submittals: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. a. Affidavit in accordance with AWWA C542. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. H. Project closeout documents: 1. Provide final vendor operation and maintenance manual as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. One of the following or Engineer approved equal: 1. Acceptable manufacturer for lines 3 inch and smaller: a. Rotork Controls Inc.: 1) ROMpak (Quarter-Turn). 2) CMA Range: a) CMQ - Quarter-Turn. B. Acceptable manufacturers for lines 4 inch and larger: 1. Rotork Controls Inc.: a. IQ3 (Multi-turn). b. IQT (Quarter-turn). 2. Limitorque Corporation: a. Accutronix MX (Multi-Turn). b. Accutronix QX (Quarter-Turn). November 2022 40_05_57.24-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) 3. Auma: a. SA (multi-turn) with Aumatic AC controls. b. SG (quarter-turn) with Aumatic AC controls. 2.02 CHARACTERISTICS FOR ACTUATORS ON LINES 3 INCHES AND SMALLER A. Actuators for valves 3 inches and smaller: 1. Provide actuators complete and operable with all components and accessories required for operation. 2. Power supply: a. Valve motion independent of power supply phase rotation. b. Voltage and phases as indicated in the Schedule. 3. Size actuator to move valves from full open to closed position within the time indicated in the Motorized Actuator Schedule: a. If an operating time is not indicated on the Schedule, size the actuator to move valves at minimum 12 inches per minute under maximum load. Measure rate of closure for valves at maximum diameter of disc, plug, or ball. 4. Control inputs: a. Capable of using discrete 24 VDC or 120 VAC. b. Controls the valve when local-stop-remote is in REMOTE. c. Material: Type 316 stainless steel. d. Provide the following inputs at the actuator: 1) OPEN. 2) CLOSE. 5. Status outputs: a. Dry contact outputs configured for the functions indicated on the Drawings. Provide the following outputs for all actuators: 1) FULLY CLOSED. 2) FULLY OPEN. 3) REMOTE. b. All output contacts rated for 5 amps, 120 VAC. 6. Analog input: a. Provide a 4-20 milliamp analog input for analog modulating valves when indicated on the Drawings. b. Modulate valve to maintain position based on analog input value. c. Maximum input impedance 250 ohms. 7. Analog output: a. Provide an isolated 4-20 milliamp analog output when indicated on the Drawings. 8. Materials: a. Construct motorized actuators of materials suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed. 9. Components: a. Motors: 1) Torque ratings equal to or greater than that required for valve seating and dynamic torques with a 25 percent factor of safety. 2) Rated for operating under the following conditions without exceeding temperature limits with ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius. a) Continuous operation for 15 minutes or twice the open-to-close operating time (whichever is greater) at normal operating torque or 33 percent of maximum torque (whichever is greater). November 2022 40_05_57.24-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) b) 60 starts per hour minimum for open/close service. b. Enclosures: 1) Actuator housing ratings as indicated in the Motorized Actuator Schedule. 2) Stainless steel external fasteners. c. Manual actuation: 1) Hand wheel for manual operation. d. Gearing: Self-locking, high alloy steel gears. 10. Communication Options: a. Modbus. 2.03 CHARACTERISTICS FOR ACTUATORS ON LINES 4 INCHES AND LARGER A. Provide actuators complete and operable with all components and accessories required for operation. B. Power supply: 1. Voltage and phases as indicated in the Schedule. 2. Valve or gate motion independent of power supply phase rotation. 3. Provide an internal backup power source to maintain settings and track valve position when main power is off. 4. The actuators shall incorporate all major components such as the motor, starter, local controls, terminals etc. housed within a self-contained, sealed enclosure. C. Size actuator to move gates or valves from full open to closed position within the time indicated in the Schedule: 1. If an operating time is not indicated on the Schedule, size the actuator to move gates or valves at minimum 12 inches per minute under maximum load. Measure rate of closure for valves at maximum diameter of disc, plug, or ball. 2. Size actuators so that gear boxes are not required where possible. D. Control interface: 1. Configuration: a. Provide a non-intrusive, non-contacting interface for configuring all input and output settings, control values, ranges, torque switch settings, valve positions switch settings, and options. 1) Configurable from a hand-held configuring tool or input devices on the actuator. 2. Local interface, integral to actuator: a. Non-intrusive, non-contacting selector switches: 1) LOCAL-STOP-REMOTE: a) Motor actuator operation is prevented with the switch in STOP. 2) OPEN-CLOSE: a) Controls the valve when LOCAL-STOP-REMOTE is in LOCAL. b) Spring return to center. c) Configurable between maintained (actuator runs until end of travel, high torque, or a LOCAL-STOP-REMOTE is switched to STOP) and momentary (actuator stops when lever is released). b. Local display: 1) Valve fully open and fully closed indicators. November 2022 40_05_57.24-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) 2) Numerical display showing actual valve or gate position in percent of travel. 3. Control inputs: a. Capable of using 120 VAC or 24 VDC inputs. b. Controls the valve when LOCAL-STOP-REMOTE is in REMOTE. c. Isolated inputs capable of operating from external control voltage source or internal power supply: 1) Furnish 120 VAC and 24 VDC control power supplies within the actuator. d. Provide the following inputs: 1) OPEN. 2) CLOSE. 3) STOP. e. OPEN and CLOSE inputs configurable between maintained (actuator runs until end of travel, high torque, or a STOP input) and momentary (actuator stops when command is removed). 4. Status outputs: a. Monitor relay output: Dry contact, normally closed, opens when actuator is not in REMOTE or in the event of any internal fault or alarm condition. b. Dry contact outputs configured for the functions indicated on the Drawings. Provide the following outputs for all actuators: 1) Fully closed. 2) Fully open. 3) LOCAL-STOP-REMOTE in REMOTE position. c. Capable of being configured for the following additional functions: 1) Communications failure. 2) High motor temperature. 3) Valve opening or closing. 4) Valve moving (continuous or pulsing). 5) Motor tripped on torque in mid-travel. 6) Motor stalled. 7) Actuator being operated by hand wheel. 8) Open or close interlock active. 9) ESD active. 10) Motor tripped on torque in mid-travel. 11) Motor tripped on torque going open. 12) Motor tripped on torque going closed. 13) Pre-set torque exceeded. 14) Valve jammed. 15) Lost main power phase. 16) Control supply lost. 17) Battery low. 18) Internal failure detected. d. All output contacts rated for 5 amps, 120 VAC and 24 VDC. 5. Analog input: a. Provide a 4-20 milliampere analog input for analog modulating valves when indicated on the Drawings. b. Modulate valve to maintain position based on analog input value. c. Maximum input impedance 250 ohms. November 2022 40_05_57.24-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) 6. Analog outputs: a. Provide isolated 4-20 milliampere analog outputs when indicated on the Drawings. 1) Loop power sourced from the actuator power supply. 2) Capable of driving into a load up to 500 ohms. 3) Output proportional to process value(s) indicated on the Drawings. 4) Valve or gate position. 5) Operating torque. 7. Network communications: 8. Communications and control between the actuator and plantÓs control system shall utilize the following protocol: 9. Modbus RTU (RS-485). E. Features: 1. Time delay on reversal: Incorporate time delay between stopping actuator and starting in opposite direction to limit excessive current, torque, and heating from instantaneous reversal. 2. Data logging: a. Store diagnostic data and reference data. b. Time-stamped\] historical operating data, including number of operations and most recent operations. c. Torque profiles showing actual torque at each valve position through the operating range,starting torque, maximum running torque, and end of travel torque. 1) Store reference data (recorded during commissioning) and data from last operation. 3. Provide display of logged data on the actuator, or provisions to download to a personal computer. F. Materials: 1. Construct motorized actuators of materials suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed. G. Components: 1. Motors: 2. Specifically designed for valve actuator service with high starting torque, totally enclosed non-ventilated construction. 3. Torque ratings equal to or greater than that required for valve seating and dynamic torques with a 25 percent factor of safety. a. Design requirements for rubber-seated AWWA butterfly valves: 1) Design actuators for maximum gate or valve operating torque, in accordance with and using safety factors required in AWWA C504 and AWWA C542. a) Valve actuator torque requirement for open-close service: Not less than the required valve-seating and dynamic torques under design operating conditions in accordance with AWWA C504. b) Valve actuator torque requirement for modulating service: Not less than twice the required valve dynamic torque under design operating conditions in accordance with AWWA C504. November 2022 40_05_57.24-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) b. Design requirements for slide gates, gate valves, knife gate valves, globe valves, and diaphragm valves: 1) Design valves and actuators for maximum operating torque, in accordance with and using safety factors required in AWWA C542. 2) Design for the maximum torque and thrust running load over the full cycle. 3) Maximum torque or thrust rating: The actuator stall torque or maximum thrust output shall not exceed the torque or thrust capability of the valve or gate, as determined by the valve or gate manufacturer. 4. Capable of being removed and replaced without draining the actuator gear case. 5. Motor bearings shall be amply proportioned of the anti-friction type and permanently lubricated. 6. Rated for operating under the following conditions without exceeding temperature limits with ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius. a. Continuous operation for 15 minutes or twice the open-to-close operating time (whichever is greater) at normal operating torque or 33 percent of maximum torque (whichever is greater). b. 60 starts per hour for open/close service or 1,200 starts per hour for modulating service. 7. Provide the following motor protection features: a. Jammed valve (no valve motion detected through a time delay). b. High motor temperature (sensed by an embedded thermostats). c. High torque. d. Single phasing protection. H. Enclosures: 1. Actuator housing ratings as indicated in the Schedule. 2. Stainless steel external fasteners. 3. Provide 'O' ring seals for each of the following areas: a. Between the terminal compartment and the internal electrical elements. b. Between the mechanical and electrical portions to protect from the ingress of oil, and to protect the mechanical components of oil from dust and moisture when the electrical terminal is open. 4. Provide the following minimum enclosure ratings: a. NEMA Type 4X enclosure for general applications. b. NEMA Type 6P rated for actuators in underground vaults or where possible submergence is indicated in the Drawings. 1) Suitable for a minimum of 48 hours submerged under 3 meters of water. I. Position sensing: 1. Electronic and adjustable using a solid-state encoder wheel. a. Mechanical limit switches and potentiometers are not acceptable. 2. Capable of retaining position and monitoring valve or gate motion when valve is manually actuated and when main power is not present. 3. Valve range and position switch outputs field adjustable. J. Torque sensing: 1. Torque shutdown setting: 40 percent to 100 percent rated torque: a. Adjustable in 1 percent increments. November 2022 40_05_57.24-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) 2. Capable of interrupting control circuit during both opening and closing and when valve torque overload occurs. 3. Independent of variations in frequency, voltage, or temperature. 4. Provide a temporary inhibit of the torque sensing system during unseating or during starting in mid-travel against high inertia loads. 5. Provide visible verification of torque switch status without any housing disassembly. K. Manual actuators: 1. Hand wheel for manual operation. a. Maximum 80 pound pull on rim when operating gate or valve under maximum load. b. Provide pull chain when motorized actuator is located more than 6 feet above floor surface. 1) Chain shall be of sufficient length to reach approximately 4 feet above the operating level. 2) Where the chain obstructs an aisle or walkway, provide holdback or other means to ensure chain does not create a nuisance or hazard to operating personnel. 2. Declutch lever: Padlockable, capable of mechanically disengaging motor and related gearing and freeing hand wheel for manual operation. L. Gearing: Hardened alloy steel spur or helical gears and self-locking, alloy bronze worm gear set. 1. Accurately cut to assure minimum backlash. M. Bearings: 1. Anti-friction bearing with caged balls or rollers throughout. 2. Sealed-for-life type thrust bearings housed in a separate thrust base. N. Drive bushing: 1. Easily detachable for machining to suit the valve stem or gearbox input shaft. 2. Positioned in a detachable base of the actuator. O. Lubrication: 1. Provide totally enclosed actuator gearing with oil filled gear case suitable for operation at any angle. 2. Suitable for standard SAE80EP gear oil. 3. Actuators requiring special or exotic lubricants are not acceptable. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Software: 1. Furnish PC-based diagnostic and configuration software to display diagnostic data and configure actuators. 2. Provide software communications to the valve actuator and hand-held setting tool using Bluetooth wireless or IrDA infrared communications. a. Provide all accessories and drivers required for operation and communications with a standard personal computer running Microsoft Windows. b. Where infrared communications are used, furnish an IrDA to USB adapter with a mounting device to secure the infrared element to the valve actuator IrDA port: November 2022 40_05_57.24-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) 1) Provide with a minimum cable length of 3 feet, capable of being extended with a standard USB extension cable.. B. Termination module cover: 1. For actuators on a valve network provide a means to keep the valve network in service, in the event where the actuator must be removed. 2. Provide sunshades for all outdoor installations of remote control stations that use a LCD or similar screen. Regular pushbutton, sector switches, and pilot light control stations will not require a sunshade. 2.05 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Spare parts: 1. Provide the following (minimum 10 percent of total number of actuators of each model type furnished, but not less than 1 for each model of actuator furnished): a. Stem nut. b. Worm shaft subassembly. c. Drive sleeve subassembly. d. Complete actuator seal kit. e. Actuator gearbox oil (sufficient quantity to fill 4 gearboxes). f. Encoder. g. Control module. 2. Provide 1 spare motor for each size motor furnished. B. Setting tool: 1. If required for setting or configuring the actuator, provide a hand-held setting tool. a. Furnish 1 setting tool for every 10 actuators. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. B. Position visual indicators so that they are most easily visible. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in Section 46_05_94 - Mechanical Equipment Testing, and this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing: 1) Proof-of-Design and Performance Test Reports in accordance with AWWA C542. b. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. November 2022 40_05_57.24-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) C. Source testing: 1. Design and Performance Test Reports in accordance with AWWA C542. 2. Test each actuator with a simulated load. a. Simulate a typical valve load. 3. Electrical Instrumentation and Controls: a. Test witnessing: not witnessed. b. Conduct testing as specified in Section 40_90_00. 3.03 MOTORIZED ACTUATOR SCHEDULE A. Provide all actuators indicated in this section: 1. Major process actuators are listed in the Intelligent Actuator Schedule in this Section. 2. The schedule does not include all number and types of actuators required for the Project. B. Abbreviations relating to type: 1. BFV = Butterfly Valve. 2. BV = Ball Valve. 3. PV = Plug Valve. 4. SG = Slide Gate. C. Abbreviations relating to actuator type: 1. O/C = Open and Close Service. 2. MOD = Modulating Service. D. Abbreviations relating to controls: 1. PA = Profibus PA. 2. DP = Profibus DP. 3. DN = DeviceNet. 4. FF = Foundation Fieldbus H1. 5. MB = Modbus RTU (RS-485). 6. NET = ManufacturerÓs proprietary network. 7. A = Analog (4-20mA) control, modulating duty. 8. D = Discrete control, modulating duty. 9. D-O/C = Discrete Open/Close. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_57.24-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) INTELLIGENT ACTUATOR SCHEDULE Voltage Reference /Phase Open Actuator Item DWG Type Size Type Rating /Hz Notes Time Controls BV 3" O/C 15 s 480/3/60 South Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 1 08C-M-01 4X 1 D-O/C BV 3" O/C 4X 480/3/60 15 s South Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 2 08C-M-01 1 D-O/C BV 3" O/C 4X 480/3/60 15 s South Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 3 08C-M-01 1 D-O/C BV 3" O/C 4X 480/3/60 15 s South Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 4 08C-M-01 1 D-O/C BV 3" 4X 480/3/60 West Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 1 08C-M-01 O/C 1 15 s D-O/C 3" O/C 4X 15 s 480/3/60 West Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 2 08C-M-01 BV 1 D-O/C 480/3/60 3" O/C 4X 1 15 s West Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 3 08C-M-01 BV D-O/C 480/3/60 3" O/C 4X 1 15 s West Coag Tank Isolation Valve No. 4 08C-M-01 BV D-O/C 480/3/60 O/C 4X 1 LAS Tank Isolation Valve No. 1 08B-M-01 BV 3" 15 s D-O/C 480/3/60 O/C 4X 1 LAS Tank Isolation Valve No. 2 08B-M-01 BV 3" 15 s D-O/C 480/3/60 O/C 4X 1 LAS Tank Isolation Valve No. 3 08B-M-01 BV 3" 15 s D-O/C 480/3/60 O/C 4X 1 LAS Tank Isolation Valve No. 4 08B-M-01 BV 3" 15 s D-O/C O/C 4X 480/3/60 1 Caustic Tank Isolation Valve No. 1 17-M-01 PV 3" 15 s D-O/C Note: (1) Provide actuators with remote control station. October 2020 40_05_57.24-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_57.24 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_62 PLUG VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Non-lubricated plug valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C517 - Resilient-Seated Cast Iron Eccentric Plug Valves. 2. C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions and 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. B. Product data. C. Shop drawings. D. Calculations. E. Vendor operation and maintenance manual as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. F. Commissioning submittals. G. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. November 2022 40_05_62-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_62 (BidSet 2022) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 2.02 NON-LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. DeZurik, "PEC". 2. Clow Valve. 3. Milliken Valve, Model 600/601. B. Design: 1. Type: Non-lubricated eccentric type, in accordance with AWWA C517. 2. Plug face: Resilient material that operates satisfactorily at a temperature of 180 degrees Fahrenheit continuous and 215 degrees Fahrenheit intermittent. 3. Compression washer: Provide flat compression washer made of Teflon, or of a material having equal physical characteristics on valve stem between plug and bonnet. 4. Stem seals: Provide stem seals serviceable without unbolting the valve bonnet assembly. 5. Grit excluders: Provide PTFE grit excluders at upper plug journals to prevent entry of foreign solids in bearing area. 6. Clearly mark valves to indicate their open and closed positions. 7. Provide valves with ends as required by piping details indicated in the piping schedule in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. C. Materials: 1. Body and plug: 316 stainless steel, with plug face of 316 stainless steel material suitable for the intended service as specified under paragraph "Design" above. 2. Body seats in valves 3 inch size and larger: Provide with overlay of not less than 90-percent nickel and minimum thickness of 1/8-inch on surfaces contacting the plug face. 3. Stem bearing and bottom bearing: Type 316 stainless steel . 4. Internal parts, except the body and plug: Type 316 stainless steel . 5. Exposed nuts, bolts, and washers: Stainless steel. 2.03 VALVE OPERATORS A. Furnish valves with an operating wrench or worm gear operator: 1. Equip valves 4 inch nominal size and smaller with a lever operator. November 2022 40_05_62-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_62 (BidSet 2022) 2.04 SHIPMENT, SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Shipment: 1. Mandatory requirements prior to shipment of equipment: a. Engineer approved shop drawings. 2. Prepare products for shipment by: a. Tagging or marking products to agree with delivery schedule or shop drawings. b. Including complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. c. Packaging products to facilitate handling and protection against damage during transit, handling, and storage. d. Securely attach special instructions for proper field handling, storage, and installation to each piece of equipment before packaging and shipment. 3. Transport products by methods that avoid product damage. 4. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging. B. Spare Parts, Maintenance Products, and Special Tools: 1. Provide one set of special tools required to install or service the equipment. 2. Box, tag, and clearly mark items. 3. Contractor is responsible for spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools until acceptance by Owner. 4. Store spare parts, maintenance products, and special tools in enclosed, weather-proof, and lighted facility during the construction period. a. Protect parts subject to deterioration, such as ferrous metal items and electrical components with appropriate lubricants, desiccants, or hermetic sealing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install valves as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves and the manufacturerÓs instructions. 1. Unless differently indicated on the Drawings install valves so that in the closed position the pressure in the pipeline applies a seating head on the valves. 2. Install valves so that in the open position the plug is located in the top half of the valve body. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. B. Functional testing: 1. Valves: a. Test witnessing: Witnessed. b. Conduct pressure and leak test as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_62-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_62 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_63 BALL VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Metal body ball valves and plastic body ball valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through 24. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A216 - Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service. 3. A351 - Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings use: 1. Metal body ball valves on metallic pipelines. 2. Plastic body ball valves on plastic pipelines. B. Do not use metal body ball valves in sodium hypochlorite or sodium bisulfite systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. B. Operation and maintenance manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIELD APPLIED COATING OF VALVE EXTERIOR A. Match color and be compatible with manufacturerÓs coating system and as specified in Section 09_96_01. 1. When shop applied finish coating matches field applied coating on adjacent piping, touch up shop coating in damaged areas in accordance with instructions recommended by the paint manufacturer. November 2022 40_05_63-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_63 (BidSet 2022) 2. When shop applied coating does not match field coating on adjacent piping, or when damage has occurred to the shop applied coating that requires more than touchup, blast clean valve surfaces or utilize other surface preparation recommended by the manufacturer of the coating material and apply the coating system used for coating adjacent piping. 2.02 METAL BODY BALL VALVES, LESS THAN 6 INCH SIZE A. Manufacturers: One of the following, or equal: 1. Apollo Valves as manufactured by Conbraco Industries, Inc. 2. Metso Automation/Jamesbury. 3. NIBCO, Inc. 4. Flow-Tek, Inc. B. General: 1. Type: Non-lubricated, full port and capable of sealing in either direction. 2. End connections: a. Threaded or solder ends for sizes 3-inch and smaller. b. Class 150 flanged for sizes larger than 3 inch. 1) Flanges: In accordance with ASME B16.1 standards. 3. Stem packing: Manually adjustable while valve is under pressure. 4. Shafts: a. Rigidly connected to the ball by a positive means. 1) Design connection to transmit torque equivalent to at least 75 percent of the torsional strength of the shaft. 5. Handles: Stainless steel latch lock handle with vinyl grip and stainless steel nut designed to open and close the valve under operating conditions. 6. Temperature limits: Suitable for operation between minus 20 and 350 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Materials: 1. Valves in copper lines: Bronze body. 2. Valves in steel and ductile iron piping: Ductile iron or cast steel body. 3. Valves in stainless steel piping: Stainless steel body, material type to match piping material as specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. 4. Ball: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, Type 316 in digester gas applications. 5. Seats: PTFE. 6. Stem seals: PTFE or Viton. 7. Bearings: Self-lubricated, corrosion resistant material that will not contaminate potable water. 8. Valves for combustible fluid applications (digester gas, natural gas, fuel oil, etc.) must be of fire safe design. 2.03 PLASTIC BODY BALL VALVES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Asahi America. 2. Chemtrol Division, NIBCO, Inc. 3. Plast-O-Matic Valves, Inc. 4. George Fisher Piping Systems. November 2022 40_05_63-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_63 (BidSet 2022) B. General: 1. Type: Non-lubricated and capable of sealing in either flow direction. 2. End connections: True union; solvent or heat welded to piping. 3. Operator handle: Lever. C. Materials: 1. Body: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 2. Ball: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 3. Seats: PTFE (Teflon). 4. O-rings: EPDM, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install each type of valve in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions. B. Special techniques: 1. PVC ball valves for hypochlorite service: a. Provide valve with factory drilled 0.125-inch hole in the upstream side of the ball. b. Provide an engraved plastic tag permanently attached to the valve stem stating "One side of ball drilled for hypochlorite service". 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services from each manufacturer for all valves supplied: 1. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 2. Source testing. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_63-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_63 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_64 BUTTERFLY VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Butterfly valves. B. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 25, 125 and 250. 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS 1/2 through NPS 24. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C110 - Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 2. C504 - Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. 3. C540 - Standard for Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. 4. C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves & Hydrants. 5. C606 - Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Joints. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. A216 - Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for Higher-Temperature Service. 3. A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 4. A351 - Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts. 5. A395 - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 6. A479 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes for Use in Boilers and Other Pressure Vessels. 7. A515 - Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate - and Higher-Temperature Service. 8. A516 - Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate - and Lower-Temperature Service. 9. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 10. A564 - Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age- Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 11. A582 - Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars. November 2022 40_05_64-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) 12. A743 - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium- Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application. 13. A890 - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium-Nickel- Molybdenum Corrosion-Resistant, Duplex (Austenitic/Ferritic) for General Application. 14. B462 - Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled UNS N06030, UNS N06022, UNS N06035, UNS N06200, UNS N06059, UNS N10362, UNS N06686, UNS N08020, UNS N08024, UNS N08026, UNS N08367, UNS N10276, UNS N10665, UNS N10675, UNS N10629, UNS N08031, UNS N06045, UNS N06025, UNS R20033 Alloy Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for Corrosive High-Temperature Service. 15. B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 16. B691 Î Standard Specification for Iron-Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum Alloys (UNS N08366 and UNS N08367) Rod, Bar, and Wire. 17. D429 - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Adhesion to Rigid Substrate. D. Compressed Gas Association (CGA): 1. Standard G-4.1 - Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service. E. NSF International (NSF): 1. Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. F. United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 21 - Food and Drugs. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design requirements: 1. General purpose AWWA butterfly valves: a. Design standard: Provide valves designed and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C504. b. Class: 1) Provide butterfly valves in accordance with AWWA Class 150B, unless otherwise specified. 2) Provide butterfly valves in accordance with AWWA Class 250B in piping systems with test pressure greater than 150 pounds per square inch and less than 250 pounds per square inch. B. Usage: 1. Provide and install butterfly valve types as outlined in the Butterfly Valve Application Schedule at the end of this Section. C. Design requirements for all butterfly valves with power actuating devices: 1. Design valves and actuators for maximum operating torque, in accordance with and using safety factors required in AWWA C540, using the following values: a. Maximum water velocity: 16 feet per second with valve fully open. November 2022 40_05_64-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) b. Maximum pressure differential across the closed valve equal to the pressure class designation. c. Coefficient for seating and unseating torque, dynamic torque, and bearing friction in accordance with valve manufacturer's published recommendations. 2. Valve disc: Seat in an angular position of 90 degrees to the pipe axis and rotate an angle of 90 degrees between fully open and fully closed positions: a. Do not supply valves with stops or lugs cast with or mechanically secured to the body of the valve for limiting the disc travel. 3. Unacceptable thrust bearings: Do not provide valves with thrust bearings exposed to the fluid in the line and consisting of a metal bearing surface in rubbing contact with an opposing metal bearing surface. D. Performance requirements: 1. Tight shutoff at the pressure rating of the valve with pressure applied in either direction. 2. Suitable for the following service conditions: a. Throttling. b. Frequent operation. c. Operation after long periods of inactivity. d. Installation in any position and flow in either direction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: 40_05_51.01 Î Common Work Results for Valves 1. For general purpose AWWA butterfly valves, include description of the method of attachment of the disc edge to the valve disc. 2. Interior epoxy coatings: Affidavit of compliance attesting that epoxy coatings applied to interior surfaces of butterfly valves comply with all provisions in accordance with AWWA C550. 3. Certification, for valves and coatings in contact with potable water, that the products used are suitable for contact with drinking water in accordance with NSF Standard 61. C. Commissioning submittals. D. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE AWWA BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. DeZurik/Sartell Model BAW. 2. Henry Pratt Company. November 2022 40_05_64-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) B. Valve body: 1. Material: Cast iron, ASTM A126, Grade B, or ductile iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. 2. Body design: a. Flanged body valves: 1) Usage: Comply with limitations specified in the Butterfly Valve Application Schedule. 2) Flanges: In accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 125 flanges for Class 150B valves, in accordance with ASME B16.1 Class 250 flanges for Class 250B valves. b. Mechanical joint body valves: 1) Usage: Comply with limitations specified in the Butterfly Valve Application Schedule. 2) Mechanical joint design: In accordance with AWWA C110. 3) When mechanical joint body valves are used, incorporate valve into thrust restraint analysis as specified in Section 40_05_19.01 - Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. Utilize test pressure on one side of valve and zero pressure on the opposite side of the valve. Restrain pipe joints on both sides of valve as determined by thrust analysis calculations. c. Grooved end body valves: 1) Usage: Butterfly valves with grooved ends may be used in piping systems specified in the Piping Schedule to have grooved end joints. Comply with additional limitations specified in the Butterfly Valve Application Schedule. 2) Grooved end joint design: In accordance with AWWA C606. C. Disc: 1. Material: Cast iron or ductile iron with Type 316 stainless steel edge that matches seat in valve body. 2. Secure valve disc to shaft by means of smooth-sided, taper or dowel pins, Type 316 stainless steel, or Monel. 3. Extend pins through shaft and mechanically secure in place. D. Shaft and bearings: 1. Shaft design: a. Valves 20-inch and less: 1 piece, through disc design. b. Valves greater than 20-inch size: 2 piece, stub shaft design. 2. Shaft seal: Vee type, chevron design. 3. Shaft material for Class 150B valves: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A276. 4. Shaft material for Class 250B valves: Type 17-4 pH stainless steel, ASTM A564. 5. Shaft bearings: Self-lubricating sleeve type: a. Valves 20-inch and less: Nylatron. b. Valves greater than 20-inch size: Teflon with stainless steel or fiberglass backing. E. Seats: 1. Seat materials: a. In low-pressure air applications: EPDM. b. In all other applications: EPDM. November 2022 40_05_64-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) 2. For valves 20 inches in nominal size and smaller, bond or vulcanize seat into the valve body. 3. For valves 24 inches in nominal size and larger, retain seats mechanically or by adhesive: a. Mechanical retainage: Retain seat by a clamping ring with segmented clamping ring locks with adjusting locking screws. 1) Clamping ring, ring locks, and adjusting locking screws: Type 316 stainless steel. 2) Provide means to prevent ring locks and screws used to retain seats from loosening due to vibration or cavitation. b. Adhesive retainage: Inset the seat within a groove in the valve body and retain in place with epoxy injected behind the seat so that the seat expands into the body. c. Do not provide valves with seats retained by snap rings or spring-loaded retainer rings. 4. Resilient seat: Withstand 75 pound per inch pull when tested in accordance with ASTM D429, Method B. F. Valve packing: 1. Valves 4 inch to 48 inch nominal size: Self-adjusting V-type packing or chevron-type packing. EPDM to match seat material. 2. Valves 54 inch nominal size and larger: Adjustable V-type packing with bronze packing gland or self-adjusting V-type packing. EPDM to match seat material. 2.02 COATING A. Shop coat interior and exterior metal surfaces of valves, except as follows: 1. Interior machined surfaces. 2. Surfaces of gaskets and elastomeric seats and stem seals. 3. Bearing surfaces. 4. Stainless steel surfaces and components. B. Coating material for potable water applications: 1. Formulate interior coating material from materials in accordance with CFR 21, AWWA C550, and NSF 61. 2. Submit affidavit of compliance attesting that epoxy coatings applied to interior surfaces of butterfly valves in accordance with CFR 21, AWWA C550, and NSF 61. C. Interior surfaces: 1. Interior surfaces, except for valves used in low-pressure air service: High solids epoxy. 2. Interior surfaces of valves used in low-pressure air service: High temperature coating for range of 150 to 350 degrees Fahrenheit. D. Exterior surfaces: 1. Exterior surfaces of valves, actuators, and accessories coating in accordance with Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas with the following coating types: a. Submerged valves: High solids epoxy. b. Buried valves: Coal tar epoxy. c. Other valves: High solids epoxy with polyurethane topcoat. November 2022 40_05_64-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) 2. Polished and machined surfaces: Apply rust-preventive compound, a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Houghton, Rust Veto 344. 2) Rust-Oleum, R-9. E. Coating materials: 1. High solids epoxy and polyurethane: a. Products: As specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas: 1) Coating product in contact with potable water must be in accordance with AWWA C550 and NSF 61. 2. High temperature coating: As specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas and in accordance with AWWA C550. 3. Rust-preventive compound: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Houghton, Rust Veto 344. 2) Rust-Oleum, R-9. F. Field applied coatings of valve exterior: 1. Match color and be compatible with manufacturerÓs coating system and as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. a. When shop applied finish coating matches field applied coating on adjacent piping, touch up shop coating in damaged areas in accordance with instructions recommended by the paint manufacturer. b. When shop applied coating does not match field coating on adjacent piping, or when damage has occurred to the shop applied coating that requires more than touchup, blast clean valve surfaces or utilize other surface preparation recommended by the manufacturer of the coating material and apply the coating system used for coating adjacent piping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with valve shafts horizontal, unless a vertical shaft is required to suit a particular installation, and unless a vertical shaft is indicated on the Drawings. B. Install pipe spools or valve spacers in locations where butterfly valve disc travel may be impaired by adjacent pipe lining, pipe fittings, valves, or other equipment. 3.02 BUTTERFLY VALVE APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Acceptable butterfly valve types and body styles are listed in the Butterfly Valve Application Schedule provided at the end of this Section. Furnish and install butterfly valves in accordance with this Schedule. 3.03 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Provide certificates. 1. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. November 2022 40_05_64-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) A. Functional testing: 1. Valves: a. Test witnessing: Witnessed. b. Conduct pressure and leak test, as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. BUTTERFLY VALVE APPLICATION SCHEDULE Valve Type and Style Acceptable Applications General Purpose AWWA Butterfly Valves Î Aboveground or submerged in the following Flanged Body Design service applications only: - Acceptable in all service applications except oxygen and ozone service and high- pressure service. - May be used in buried applications when required by the specified piping system. General Purpose AWWA Butterfly Valves Î Buried in the following service applications Mechanical Joint Body Design only: - Acceptable in all service applications except oxygen and ozone service and high- pressure service. General Purpose AWWA Butterfly Valves Î Aboveground in the following service Lugged Body Design applications only: - Aeration Air Systems General Purpose AWWA Butterfly Valves Î Not allowed. Wafer (not lugged) Body Design General Purpose AWWA Butterfly Valves Î Aboveground, in sizes 20-inch and less, with Grooved End Body Design piping system test pressure less than 100 psi, and in the following service applications only: - Acceptable in all service applications, except oxygen and ozone service, where piping for that service is specified in the Piping Schedule to have grooved end joints. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_64-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_64 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_65.01 GATE, GLOBE, AND ANGLE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Gate, globe, angle, plug disc and plain hose valves, and yard hydrants. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (AMSE). B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. C515 - Standard for Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Services. 2. C 550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. B98 - Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar, and Shapes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. B. Interior epoxy coatings: Affidavit of compliance attesting that epoxy coatings applied to interior surfaces of valves comply in accordance with all provisions of AWWA C550. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIELD APPLIED COATING OF VALVE EXTERIOR A. Match color and be compatible with manufacturerÓs coating system and as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. 1. When shop applied finish coating matches field applied coating on adjacent piping, touch up shop coating in damaged areas in accordance with instructions recommended by the paint manufacturer. 2. When shop applied coating does not match field coating on adjacent piping, or when damage has occurred to the shop applied coating that requires more than touchup, blast clean valve surfaces or utilize other surface preparation recommended by the manufacturer of the coating material and apply the coating system used for coating adjacent piping. November 2022 40_05_65.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_65.01 (BidSet 2022) 2.02 GATE VALVES A. Gate valves aboveground: 1. Valves less than 3 inches in size for clean water and air service: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Crane, Figure 431. 2) Jenkins, Figure 47. 3) Lunkenheimer Company, Figure 2151. b. Design: 1) Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 2) Manufacturer's standard bronze, solid wedge disc, rising stem, screwed end, Class 150 pounds. 2. Valves 3 inches in size and larger: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) M&H/Kennedy Valve Company. 2) Mueller. 3) American Flow Control, Series 2500. b. Design: 1) Size, material, configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 2) Resilient wedge type in accordance with AWWA C515. 3) Flange, iron body, and bonnet rated for 200 pound working pressure. a) Provide O-ring seal between valve body and bonnet. 4) Ductile or cast iron wedge encapsulated in nitrile rubber and capable of sealing in either flow direction. 5) Bronze stem with double or triple O-ring or braided packing stem seals. 6) Rising stem configuration with handwheel diameter sized to allow opening of valve with no more than a 40-pound pull. 7) Coat interior and exterior surfaces of valve body and bonnet with fusion-bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C550. B. Gate valves underground: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. M&H/Kennedy Valve Company. b. Mueller Company. c. American Flow Control. 2. Design: a. Size, material, configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. b. Resilient wedge type in accordance with AWWA C515. c. Stem: 1) Iron body, resilient seat, non-rising stem, double O-ring stem seal. 2) Rising stem configuration with handwheel diameter sized to allow opening of valve with no more than a 40-pound pull. d. Ductile or cast iron wedge encapsulated in nitrile rubber and capable of sealing in either flow direction. e. Bronze stem with double or triple O-ring or braided packing stem seals. f. Coat interior and exterior surfaces of valve body and bonnet with fusion- bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C550. g. Valve operator: Provide standard AWWA 2-inch operating nut, matching valve key, and valve box for operating stem. November 2022 40_05_65.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_65.01 (BidSet 2022) 2.03 GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES A. General purpose globe and angle valves: 1. Valves 3 inches and smaller: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Except in welded steel piping: a) Crane, No. 1 Globe or No. 2 Angle. b) Lunkenheimer Company Figure No. 2140 Globe or No. 2141 Angle. 2) In Welded steel piping: a) Crane, No. 351. b) Lunkenheimer Company, Figure No. 1123; or equal with flanged ends. b. Design: 1) Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 2) Valve: Class 125 threaded ends, rated for 250 degrees Fahrenheit at pressure of 170 pounds per square inch. 2. Valves larger than 3 inches: a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Crane, No. 351. 2) Lunkenheimer Company, Figure No. 1123. b. Design: 1) Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 3. Plug disc globe valves: for throttling or for severe service. a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Crane, No. 212P or No. 384P. 2) Lunkenheimer Company, 72-PS or 73-PS1. b. Design: 1) Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 2) Material: Iron body stainless steel trimmed plug type seat and disc. 2.04 NEEDLE VALVES A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Powell, Figure No. 180. 2. Lunkenheimer Company, Figure No. 906-BS or No. 907-BS. 3. Crane No. 88 or No. 89. B. Design: 1. Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. 2.05 HOSE VALVES AND YARD HYDRANTS A. Hose valves: 1. Manufacturers: a. Globe threaded valve: One of the following or equal: 1) Crane, No. 7TF. 2) Stockham, Figure No. B22T. b. Angle threaded valve: One of the following or equal: 1) Crane, No. 17TF. 2) Stockham, Figure No. B222T. November 2022 40_05_65.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_65.01 (BidSet 2022) 2. Design: a. Size and configuration: Indicated on the Drawings. b. Valve: Globe or angle valve with threaded ends. c. Disc: Renewable, made of Teflon or Buna-N. d. Threaded ends rated for a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install valves as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves and manufacturerÓs instructions. B. Mount yard hydrants on minimum 1 inch supply pipe or size indicated on the Drawings. C. Mount Post hydrants on minimum 2 inch supply pipe or size indicated on the Drawings. D. Set yard and post hydrants in 4 cubic feet of 3/4 inch minimum crushed stone surrounding valve body to allow for proper drainage. 1. Install in accordance with AWWA recommendations for hydrants. 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services from each manufacturer for all valves supplied, 1. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 2. Source testing. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_65.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_65.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_67.37 PRESSURE REDUCING AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Pressure reducing and pressure relief valves for water, air, sludge and chemical service. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.42 - Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Water pressure reducing valves, 2 1/2 inches and smaller: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Watts Regulator, Series LF25AUB-Z3. b. Wilkins, equivalent model. 2. Direct operated, single seat type pressure reducing valve. 3. Materials: a. Body and spring cover: Bronze. b. Valve seat: Series 300 stainless steel. c. Diaphragm: EPDM. d. Disk: EPDM. 2.02 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES FOR CHEMICAL SERVICE A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Plast-O-Matic, Series RVT, RVDT or TRVDT. 2. Asahi/America. 3. Georg Fischer Piping Systems. B. Materials: 1. Valve body: CPVC or PVC. November 2022 40_05_67.37-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.37 (BidSet 2022) 2. U-cup seals: EPDM. 3. Adjusting bolt, locknut, control spring and fasteners: stainless steel. C. Design: 1. Pressure rating: Not less than 150 pounds per square inch. 2. In-line or angle pattern design, size as indicated on the Drawings. 3. End connections: a. 1 inch and smaller: Threaded. b. Larger than 1 inch: Flanged. 4. Relief set point: a. Externally adjustable without removing valve from piping system. b. Set valve to open at 10 pounds per square inch more than pump discharge pressure at operating point, or as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 3.02 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services from each manufacturer for all valves supplied, 1. As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. 2. On site services. Manufacturer Rep Onsite Training Installation Functional Process Requirements Testing Testing Operational Period Maintenance Operation Days (hrs per (hrs per Days Days (each session) session) Trips (each trip) Trips (each trip) Trips trip) 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3. Source testing. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_67.37-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.37 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_05_67.40 AIR AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and air vents. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1. B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. 2. B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through 24. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA). C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. A240 - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. 3. A270 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing. 4. B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: As specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. C. Commissioning submittals: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Contract Documents. November 2022 40_05_67.40-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.40 (BidSet 2022) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR RELEASE VALVES, WATER SERVICE A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Valve and Primer Corporation, DeZurik/APCO Series 200. 2. Multiplex Manufacturing Company, Crispin PL Series. B. Design: 1. Pressure rating: 150 pounds per square inch gauge. 2. Inlet: Screwed, as indicated on drawings. 3. Orifice size: 1/4 inch diameter. C. Materials: 1. Valve body: Cast iron. 2. Float and internal trim: Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Seat or valve plunger: Buna-N. 2.02 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS, HOT WATER SERVICE A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. ITT-Bell and Gossett, Number 87. 2. Hoffman Specialty Manufacturing Corporation, Number 78. 2.03 AIR AND VACUUM VALVES, WATER SERVICE A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Valve and Primer Corporation, DeZurik/APCO Series 140. 2. Multiplex Manufacturing Company, Crispin A Series. B. Design: 1. Minimum performance requirements: a. Air in-flow through valve: As indicated on drawings. b. Air exhaust through valve: As indicated on drawings. 2. Pressure rating: Suitable for service under operating pressures equal to and less than 125 pounds per square inch gauge. 3. Inlet: Screwed. 4. Size as indicated on drawings. C. Materials: 1. Body: Cast iron. 2. Float: Type 316 stainless steel. 2.04 COMBINATION AIR VALVES, WATER SERVICE A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Valve and Primer Corporation, DeZurik/APCO, Series 140C. 2. Multiplex Manufacturing Company, Crispin UL Series. B. Design: 1. Operation: Automatic exhaust of large quantities of air from pipelines during filling and draining and release of accumulated air while pipeline is under pressure. November 2022 40_05_67.40-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.40 (BidSet 2022) 2. Utilize compound lever system in conjunction with large and small orifices. 3. Internal parts removable through top cover without removing valve from pipeline. 4. Pressure rating: 125 pounds per square inch. 5. Inlet: Screwed. Size as indicated on drawings. C. Materials: 1. Body: Cast iron. 2. Float: Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Needle: Buna-N. 4. Lever frame: Cast iron or Delrin. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves and manufacturerÓs instructions. B. Install air release valves and air and vacuum valves with suitable discharge lines to nearest drainage system. 3.02 FIELD APPLIED COATING OF VALVE EXTERIOR A. Match color and be compatible with manufacturerÓs coating system and as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. 1. When shop applied finish coating matches field applied coating on adjacent piping, touch up shop coating in damaged areas in accordance with instructions recommended by the manufacturer. 2. When shop applied coating does not match field coating on adjacent piping, or when damage has occurred to the shop applied coating that requires more than touchup, remove existing coating by abrasive blast cleaning and apply the coating system used for coating adjacent piping in accordance with Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings for Chemical Storage and Feed Areas. a. Submerged valves: SP-5 White Metal Blast cleaning. b. Other valves: SP-10 Near-white blast cleaning. 3.03 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. November 2022 40_05_67.40-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.40 (BidSet 2022) C. Functional testing: 1. Valves: a. Test witnessing: Witnessed. b. Conduct pressure and leak test as specified in Section 40_05_51.01 - Common Work Results for Valves. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_05_67.40-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_05_67.40 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_71_15 FLOW MEASUREMENT: MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS FOR CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Full-body magnetic flowmeters. B. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. International Organization for Standardization (ISO): 1. 9000 - Quality management systems -- Fundamentals and vocabulary. 2. 17025 - General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories. C. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). D. NSF International (NSF). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals as specified in Sections 00_72_00 - General Conditions and 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Examine the complete set of Contract Documents and verify that the instruments are compatible with the installed conditions including: 1. Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc. 2. Physical conditions: a. Installation and mounting requirements. b. Location within the process. c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are compatible with the process conditions and physical installation. November 2022 40_71_15-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_15 (BidSet 2022) C. Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument manufacturerÓs recommendations or specifications. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.07 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.08 WARRANTY A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The following or engineer approved equal: 1. Seametrics: PE102. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Magnetic flowmeter: 1. General: a. Magnetic flowmeters obtain the flow velocity by measuring the changes of induced voltage of the conductive fluid passing across a controlled magnetic field. b. Complete zero stability shall be an inherent characteristic of the flowmeter system. c. Include for each magnetic flow metering system: 1) A metering tube with electrodes (sensor). 2) Signal cable. 3) Transmitter integral or remote as indicated on the Drawings. 4) Flowmeter grounding cable. 2. Performance requirements: a. Accuracy: 1) +/- 1 percent of reading across rated range b. Repeatability: 1) 0.25 percent of rate. November 2022 40_71_15-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_15 (BidSet 2022) 3. Element: a. Metering tube: 1) Constructed of PVDF (unless specifically noted otherwise in the instrument data sheets) with FlareTek connections and the necessary adaptors to match with piping material (unless specifically noted otherwise in the instrument data sheets). 2) Liner material in conformance with: a) ManufacturerÓs recommendations for the intended service. b) NSF certified for all drinking water applications. 3) Electrodes type and material in conformance with: a) ManufacturerÓs recommendations for the intended service. b) Utilize a minimum of 2, self-cleaning electrodes. 4) Meter terminal housing NEMA Type 4X unless specifically noted otherwise in the instrument data sheets. 5) Components: a) 2 grounding rings: (1) Which are in conformance with the manufacturerÓs bore and material recommendation for the meterÓs intended service. (2) Designed to protect and shield from abrasion of the linerÓs edge interface at the meterÓs end. 4. Transmitter: a. Power supply: 1) 10-15 VDC, 150 mA b. Outputs: 1) As noted in the instrument data sheets. 2) For all instruments with 4 to 20 mA HART or digital bus protocol, provide a Device Type Manager (DTM) certification by FDT group. c. Microprocessor-based signal converter/transmitter. d. Utilize DC pulse technique to drive flux-producing coils. e. Contain a 6-digit display for flow rate, percent of span, and totalizer. f. Operator keypad interface. g. Integral zero return to provide consistent zero output signals in response to an external dry contact closure. h. Integral low flow cut-off zero return. i. Programmable parameters including: 1) Meter size. 2) Full-scale flow rate. 3) Magnetic field frequency. 4) Time constant. j. Data retention for a minimum of 5 years without auxiliary main or battery power. k. Self-diagnostics and automatic data checking. l. Protected terminals and fuses in a separate compartment which isolates field connection from electronics. m. Ambient operating temperature limits of 32 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 70 degrees Celsius). n. The transmitter should retain all setup parameters and accumulated measurements internally in non-volatile memory in the event of power failure. o. Device failure modes, self-monitoring characteristics and remedy diagnosis shall follow NAMUR standards NE 43 and NE 107. November 2022 40_71_15-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_15 (BidSet 2022) 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Stainless steel tag labeled as specified in the Contract Documents. B. Provide sunshades for all transmitters located outdoors. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Factory calibrate each flow metering system at a facility that is traceable to the NIST. ISO-17025 accredited test facility with certified accuracy traceable to NIST C. Evidence of accreditation shall originate from a national verification agency such as A2LA. D. A real-time computer generated printout of the actual calibration date indication actual velocities and as read values of the flow tube. 1. Flow calibration report of the manufacturers flow lab calibration procedure shall be shipped with the meter system. 2. Minimum calibration shall be a 3 point calibration including 1, 3, and 10 feet per second velocities for every meter and transmitter system. 3. Manufacturer shall archive all calibration reports for future reference. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED) 3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED) 3.03 INSTALLATION A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Provide manufacturerÓs services to perform installation inspection. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Field Verification: 1. Verify factory calibration of all instruments in accordance with the manufacturerÓs instructions: 2. The transmitter and sensor to include a method to verify flow meter performance to the original manufacturer specifications. 3. Verification should be traceable to factory calibration using a third party, attested onboard system pursuant to ISO standards. November 2022 40_71_15-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_15 (BidSet 2022) 4. The verification report should be compliant to common quality systems such as ISO 9000 to prove reliability of the meter specified accuracy. 5. Return factory calibrated devices to the factory if they do not meet the field verification requirements for calibration. 3.06 CLEANING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Demonstrate performance of all instruments to the Engineer before commissioning. 3.08 PROTECTION A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.09 SCHEDULES A. Instrument Data Sheets included in this Section. B. The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments. C. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents: 1. Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications, or both. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_71_15-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_15 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 40_71_43 FLOW MEASUREMENT: ROTAMETERS (VARIABLE AREA FLOWMETERS) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Rotameters (variable area flowmeters). B. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCES A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals as specified in Sections 00_72_00 Î General Conditions and 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Examine the complete set of Contract Documents and verify that the instruments are compatible with the installed conditions including: 1. Process conditions: Fluids, pressures, temperatures, flows, materials, etc. 2. Physical conditions: a. Installation and mounting requirements. b. Location within the process. c. Accessories: Verify that all required accessories are provided and are compatible with the process conditions and physical installation. C. Notify the Engineer if any installation condition does not meet the instrument manufacturerÓs recommendations or specifications. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. November 2022 40_71_43-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_43 (BidSet 2022) 1.07 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.08 WARRANTY A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. One of the following or equal: 1. ABB. 2. Brooks. 3. King Instrument Company. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Rotameters: 1. General: a. Variable area type flowmeters with local flow indication. b. Glass tube type. 2. Performance requirements: a. Flow range: 1) As specified in instrument data sheets or instrument index. b. Accuracy: 1) Glass tube: Within 2.0 percent of range. 2) Repeatability: 0.50 percent of range. 3. Element: a. Flow tube: 1) Glass tube: Borosilicate glass, or as required to be compatible with the process conditions. b. Turndown: 10 to 1. c. Process temperature: 1) Glass tube: 32 to 200 degrees Fahrenheit. d. Maximum process pressure: 1) Glass tube: 100 pounds per square inch gauge. 2) Metal tube: 450 pounds per square inch gauge. 3) Size tube for the largest of the following: a) 2.0 times the normal flow rate. b) 1.2 times the maximum flow rate. c) 4.0 times the minimum flow rate. November 2022 40_71_43-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_43 (BidSet 2022) e. Float: 1) Design to provide the widest possible immunity band change for lowest pressure loss. 4. Components: a. Seals: O-rings or packing glands fully compatible with process fluid. b. Integral needle valve for flow control. 5. Scale: a. Direct reading scale with units of gallons per minute. 6. Other: a. Process connection: 1) As indicated on the Mechanical Drawings. b. Mounting: 1) As indicated on the Drawings. 2) Provide all necessary hardware for rotameter mounting. 2.03 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED) 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED) 3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED) 3.03 INSTALLATION A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Coordinate the installation with all trades to ensure that the mechanical system has all necessary appurtenances including weld-o-lets, valves, etc. for proper installation of instruments. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Verify factory calibration of all instruments in accordance with the manufacturerÓs instructions: 1. Return factory calibrated devices to the factory if they do not meet the field verification requirements for calibration. November 2022 40_71_43-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_43 (BidSet 2022) 3.06 CLEANING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. B. Demonstrate performance of all instruments to the Engineer before commissioning. 3.08 PROTECTION A. As specified in Section 40_90_00 - Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. 3.09 SCHEDULES A. The provided information does not necessarily include all required instruments. Provide all instruments identified in the Contract Documents: 1. Instruments may be indicated on the Drawings, specified in the Specifications, or both. END OF SECTION November 2022 40_71_43-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/40_71_43 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 43_23_13.40 HORIZONTAL ANSI CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Frame mounted, centrifugal, horizontal end suction pumps in accordance with ASME B73.1, with drivers and features as scheduled. A. Tag numbers: As specified in Pump Schedule. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA). B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B73.1 - Specification for Horizontal End Suction Centrifugal Pumps for Chemical Process. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished. 3. A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 4. A283 - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 5. A322 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades. 6. A494 - Standard Specification for Castings, Nickel, and Nickel Alloy. 7. A743 - Standard Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium, Iron-Chromium- Nickel, Corrosion Resistant, for General Application. 8. B367 - Specification for Titanium and Titanium Alloy Castings. 9. E10 - Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials. D. Hydraulic Institute (HI): 1. 1.1-1.2 - Rotodynamic (Centrifugal) Pumps for Nomenclature and Definitions. 2. 1.3 - Rotodynamic (Centrifugal) Pumps for Design and Application. 3. 9.1-9.5 - Pumps - General Guidelines for Types, Definitions, Application, Sound Measurement, and Decontamination. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pump head (total dynamic head, TDH), flow capacity, pump efficiency, net positive suction head available (NPSHa), and net positive suction head required (NPSHr): As defined in HI 1.1-1.2, 1.3, and 9.1-9.5 and as modified in this Section. B. Suction head: Gauge pressure available at pump intake flange or bell in feet of fluid above atmospheric; average when using multiple suction pressure taps, regardless of variation in individual taps. November 2022 43_23_13.40-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) C. Tolerances: In accordance with HI 1.1-1.2, 1.3, 1.6, and 9.1-9.5, unless specified more restrictively. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Horizontal, centrifugal, ASME B73.1 end suction pump. Provide components as specified and other items as required for a complete and operational system. B. Design requirements: 1. Pump performance characteristics: As specified in Pump Schedule. 2. Motor characteristics: As specified in Pump Schedule. C. Product requirements as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements and Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment: a. Pump certification as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. b. Weighted average lead calculations Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. C. Shop drawings: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. D. Calculations: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment: 1. Torsional analysis: Submit as specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment when scheduled. E. Vendor operation and maintenance manuals: As specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Date. F. Commissioning submittals: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.06 WARRANTY A. As specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. November 2022 43_23_13.40-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Pump: One of the following or equal: 1. Hayward Gordon, model as scheduled. 2. Flowserve Co., similar to scheduled model. 3. ITT Ind., similar to scheduled model. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials in the Pump Schedule shall be the type and grade as specified in this Section. 2. Drinking Water Pumps: Provide materials in conformance with Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. B. Cast iron: ASTM A48, Class 30 minimum. C. Ductile iron: ASTM A395. D. Steel: ASTM A108, grade as scheduled or ASTM A322, grade as scheduled. E. Stainless steel: ASTM A276, type as scheduled. F. Iron-chromium alloy: ASTM A743, Grade CA40. G. Structural steel: ASTM A283, Grade D. H. Hastalloy C: ASTM A494, Grade CW-12M-2. I. Titanium: ASTM B367, Grade C-3. 2.03 GENERAL PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Type: Horizontal centrifugal, end suction pumps manufactured in accordance with ASME B73.1, except as modified in this Section. B. Other requirements: 1. Vibration: In accordance with ASME B73.1 or as specified in Section 46_05_94 - Mechanical Equipment Testing, whichever is more stringent. 2.04 PUMP CASINGS A. Type: 1 piece volute type with integral suction and discharge nozzles. B. Material: As scheduled. C. Design working pressure: Minimum 1.10 times maximum shutoff total dynamic head with maximum installable impeller diameter at maximum operating speed plus maximum suction static head. November 2022 43_23_13.40-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) D. Hydrostatic test: 10-minute hydrostatic test at minimum 1.5 times design working pressure. 2.05 IMPELLERS A. Type: As scheduled. B. Material: As scheduled. C. Method of securing to shafts: Threaded impeller in accordance with ASME B73.1. D. Balance: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment and vibration criteria as specified in Section 46_05_94 - Mechanical Equipment Testing. 2.06 PUMP SHAFTS A. Material: As scheduled. B. Strength: Able to withstand minimum 1.5 times maximum operating torque and other loads. C. Solid shaft without sleeve. 2.07 STUFFING BOXES A. Type: In accordance with ASME B73.1, Figure 3, with universal cover adapter. B. Materials: As scheduled. C. Shaft seal type: As scheduled and as specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. D. Drain: Minimum 3/8-inch size, with drain line to nearest equipment floor drain. 2.08 BEARINGS AND BEARING FRAME A. Bearing type: Anti-friction meeting ABMA standards; self-aligning spherical roller type radial bearings; double row ball type or tapered roller for thrust bearings. B. Bearing lubrication: Grease or oil lubricated as scheduled. 1. For oil lubricated, provide pressure lubricating system or separate oil reservoir type system with oil filler pipe and external level indicator gauge. 2. For grease lubricated, provide external grease fittings with grease relief pipe. 3. Size sufficiently to safely absorb heat energy normally generated in bearing under maximum ambient temperature of 60 degrees Celsius. C. Bearing life: In accordance with ASME B73.1. D. Pump bearing frames: 1. Material: As scheduled. 2. Provide a 1-piece rigid construction with bearing housing at outboard (pump) end, and end cover or housing at inboard (driver) end. November 2022 43_23_13.40-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) E. Grease seals and deflectors: Lip type seals and labyrinth type deflectors at both ends of bearing housings, able to prevent entrance of contaminants. F. Bearing isolators: Provide bearing isolators on each end with integral locking ring to prevent leakage past the shaft. 1. Manufacturers: Inpro Model VBX, or equal. 2.09 COUPLINGS A. Types: As scheduled and as specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. B. Design coupling to withstand a minimum of 1.5 times the maximum operating torque and other imposed loads. 2.10 SUPPORTS, PEDESTALS, AND BASEPLATES A. Type: Provide baseplate and supports in accordance with ASME B73.1. B. Materials: Same as pump casing or ASTM A283 steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and coated as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings. C. Pump and driver support strength: Able to withstand minimum 1.5 times maximum imposed operating loads or imposed seismic loads, whichever is greater. D. Anchor bolts: As specified in Section 05_05_24 - Metal Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry. 2.11 EQUIPMENT GUARDS A. Provide equipment safety guards as specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 2.12 DRIVERS A. Horsepower: 1. As scheduled. 2. Listed driver horsepower is the minimum to be supplied: a. Increase driver horsepower if required to prevent driver overload while operating at any point of the supplied pump operating head-flow curve including runout. b. When scheduled driver is a motor, increase motor horsepower if required to prevent operation in the service factor. c. Make all structural, mechanical, and electrical changes required to accommodate increased horsepower. B. Motors: Provide motors as specified in Section 26 and as specified in this Section: 1. Revolutions per minute: As scheduled: 2. Enclosure: As scheduled. 3. Electrical characteristics: As scheduled. 4. Efficiency, service factor, insulation, and other motor characteristics: As specified in Section 26. November 2022 43_23_13.40-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) 5. Motor accessories: As specified in Section 26 and in this Section. 6. Coordinate motors with the variable frequency drive manufacturer to ensure compatibility between the motor and variable frequency drive. C. Other drivers: As scheduled and as specified in sections listed in the Schedule. 2.13 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Special tools: Deliver 1 set for each furnished pump type and size needed to assemble and disassemble pump system. B. Spare parts: Deliver the following: 1. Pump thrust bearing set. 2. Pump radial bearing set. 3. Gasket set. 4. Mechanical seal rebuild set. : PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. b. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 2. ManufacturerÓs Representative onsite requirements: a. Installation: 1 trip, 1 day minimum. b. Functional Testing: 2 trips, 1 day minimum each. 3. Training: a. Maintenance: 2 hours per session, 2 sessions. b. Operation: 1 hours per session, 2 sessions. 4. Process operational period: a. As required by Owner or Contractor. C. Source testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. D. Functional testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. November 2022 43_23_13.40-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) 3.02 PUMP SCHEDULE 31-P-1010, 31-P-0511, 31-P-1020, 31-P-1111, 31-P-0521, Tag Numbers 31-P-1121, Spare Spare General Characteristics: Application Drinking Water Drinking Water Service Raw Water Raw Water Quantity 5 3 First Named ManufacturerÓs Model Hayward Gordon Hayward Gordon 8X6X14 6X4X10H ANSIMax ANSIMax Maximum Noise, dBA at 3 feet 85 85 Torsional Analysis Not Required Not Required Minimum Pumped Fluid degrees 50 50 Fahrenheit Normal Pumped Fluid degrees 70 70 Fahrenheit Maximum Pumped Fluid degrees 85 85 Fahrenheit Pump Characteristics: Impeller Type Open Open Bearing Lubrication Oil Oil Shaft Seal Type Mechanical Mechanical Coupling Type Flexible Flexible Speed Control Fixed Variable Frequency Drive Maximum Pump revolutions per 1150 880 minute Minimum Pump revolutions per 1150 880 minute Suction Flange Size, minimum (in.) 6 8 Discharge Flange Size, minimum 4 6 (in.) Rated Design Point (at maximum rpm): Flow, gallons per minute 620 1100 Head, feet 25.2 27.5 Minimum Efficiency, percent 80 81 Required Condition 2 (at maximum rpm): November 2022 43_23_13.40-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) 31-P-1010, 31-P-0511, 31-P-1020, 31-P-1111, 31-P-0521, Tag Numbers 31-P-1121, Spare Spare Flow, gallons per minute 868 1300 Head Range, feet 16 25 Minimum Efficiency, percent 65 75 Required Condition 3 (at maximum rpm): Flow, gallons per minute 418 965 Head Range, feet 30.6 34 Minimum Efficiency, percent 75 83 Required Condition 4 (at maximum rpm): Flow, gallons per minute 752 840 Head Range, feet 19 35 Minimum Efficiency, percent 75 81 Required Condition 5 (at maximum rpm): Flow, gallons per minute 272 550 Head Range, feet 32 38 Minimum Efficiency, percent 60 70 Other Conditions: Shut Off Head, feet 34 39 Maximum NPSHr at Every Specified 10 4.5 Flow, feet Minimum NPSHa at Every Specified 43 47 Flow, feet Minimum Suction Static Head, feet 9.7 13.5 Maximum Suction Static Head, feet 10.1 13.8 Pump Materials: Pump Casing Cast Steel ASTM A216 Cast Steel ASTM A216 Impeller Cast Steel ASTM A216 Cast Steel ASTM A216 Impeller Wear Ring None None Casing or Suction Head Wear Ring Cast Iron Cast Iron Shaft 316 Stainless 316 Stainless Shaft Sleeve None None November 2022 43_23_13.40-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) 31-P-1010, 31-P-0511, 31-P-1020, 31-P-1111, 31-P-0521, Tag Numbers 31-P-1121, Spare Spare Stuffing Boxes Cast Steel ASTM A216 Cast Steel ASTM A216 Driver Characteristics: Driver Type Motor Motor Drive Arrangement Horizontal, Coupled Horizontal, Coupled Minimum Driver Horsepower 7.5 15 Maximum Driver Speed, Revolutions 1200 900 per Minute Motor Characteristics (when motor is driver type): Inverter Duty Rated No Yes Motor Voltage/Phases/Hertz 460/3/60 460/3/60 Enclosure Type TEFC TEFC Source Testing: Test Witnessing Not Witnessed Not Witnessed Performance Test Level 1 1 Vibration Test Level 1 1 Noise Test Level None None Functional Testing: Performance Test Level 1 1 Vibration Test Level 1 1 Noise Test Level None None END OF SECTION November 2022 43_23_13.40-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_23_13.40 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 43_33_10.01 LIQUID CHEMICAL PERISTALTIC HOSE TRANSFER PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Positive displacement peristaltic hose pumps complete with drives, controls, and features specified and scheduled in this Section. B. Tag numbers: As specified in the Pump Schedule. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): 1. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). B. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. NEMA: Type 4X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Provide positive displacement, peristaltic hose type chemical metering pumps; accessories, and other items required for a complete and operational system. 2. Each chemical metering pump system shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, which shall be supplied by the chemical metering pump manufacturer: a. Pumps. b. Motors. c. Variable speed drives. d. External pressure relief valves. e. Pulsation dampener. f. Leak detection system. B. Fluid characteristics: 1. Coagulant Î Aluminum sulfate (water solution): a. Dry chemical formula: Al(SO). 243 b. Solution concentration: 48 percent by weight. c. Solution pH: Less than 2.5. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.3 to 1.4. 2. Cationic polymer: a. Dry chemical formula: Poly (Diallyldimethylammonium Chloride). b. Solution concentration: 40 percent active by weight. c. Solution pH: 6.5. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.07. November 2022 43_33_10.01-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) 3. Liquid ammonium sulfate: a. Dry chemical formula: (NH)SO. 424 b. Solution concentration: 40 percent by weight. c. Solution pH: 6.0. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.23. 4. Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda): a. Dry chemical formula: NaOH. b. Solution concentration: 50 percent by weight. c. Solution pH: 14. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.53. C. Design requirements: 1. Check valves and seals: a. Check valves and diaphragms are not permitted. b. Dynamic seals in contact with the pumped liquid are not permitted. c. Pumped liquid shall be contained within pump hose or tubing and shall not directly contact any rotary or metallic components. 2. Pumps: a. Dry self-priming, capable of being run dry without damaging effects to pump or tube. b. Maximum suction lift capability of up to 30 feet vertical water column. c. Maximum pressure rating of 230 pound per square inch. d. Flow shall be proportional to rotor speed and reversible in direction. e. Shafting and couplings: Design shafting and couplings to withstand a minimum of 1.5 times the maximum operating torque or other imposed loads. f. Supports: 1) Provide pump and driver factory-mounted on a common base. 2) Design anchor bolts to withstand a minimum of 1.5 times the maximum imposed operating loads or 1.0 times the imposed seismic loads, whichever is greater. 3. Pump performance characteristics: As specified in Pump Schedule in this Section. 4. Motor characteristics: As specified in this Section and in Section 26. 5. Variable speed drive characteristics: As specified in this Section. D. Performance requirements: 1. Systems shall deliver the pressures and volumes listed for their respective services in the Pump Schedule. E. Product requirements as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements and Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Product data: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. Provide a list of parameters, ratings, or other characteristics where the proposed chemical feed systems deviate from the requirements. November 2022 43_33_10.01-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) 2. Current NSF 61 Certification for components to be in contact with associated chemical or potable water. 3. Provide data showing chemical compatibility and history of service with the associated chemical for materials in the system. C. Shop drawings: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. Dimensions, including anchoring layout, materials of construction, size, weight, and performance data. 2. Drawings: Provide electrical and instrumentation drawings showing coordination with electrical control devices operating in conjunction with the associated feed system. 3. Dimensioned inlet and outlet connections. D. Calculations: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. For each pump type, submit calibration charts and tables relating flow rate to speed. 2. Submit calculations for each metering pump showing the suitability of each pump for the suction and discharge conditions of each application point. a. Pump manufacturer shall recommend and size an accumulator to be piped to the suction side of each metering pump, when required based on calculations. 3. Calibration curves for each pump relating speed to flow rate shall be supplied. a. Capacity control shall be 0 to 100 percent with delivery repeatable within plus or minus 1 percent accuracy over at least a 10 to 1 range. b. Motor and VFD supplier shall carefully review the intended application of the VFD and certify in writing that sizes provided are adequate for continuous or intermittent operations (whichever is the most severe operating condition. E. Vendor operation and maintenance manuals: As specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. F. Commissioning submittals: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. a. ManufacturerÓs statement that the materials of construction are compatible with the pumped fluid. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing, shipping, handling and unloading: 1. Pack for shipping and outdoor storage at the project site for up to 6 months. 2. Apply temporary corrosion protective coatings to unpainted components and pack components to protect from the elements. 3. Ship pump and drive completely assembled. 4. Ship hose element separately for field installation and process line connection by Contractor. November 2022 43_33_10.01-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) B. Acceptance at site: 1. Equipment and materials shall be inspected against approved shop drawings at time of delivery. 2. Equipment and materials damaged or not meeting requirements of the approved shop drawings shall be immediately returned to the system manufacturer for replacement or repair. C. Storage and protection: 1. Protect the pump system and components at the site and during installation prior to project completion. 2. Store and safeguard equipment, material, instructions, and spare parts in a dry location in accordance with system manufacturerÓs written instructions. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Extended warranty: 1. Provide an additional 2 years manufacturerÓs warranty, issued in the name of the Owner, for all equipment provided under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. A single pump manufacturer shall furnish and coordinate all drives and pump components specified in this Section, including motors, gears, couplings, supports, and other specified accessories and appurtenances to ensure compatibility and integrity of the individual components. B. The manufacturer of the pumps shall have sole-source responsibility for furnishing the complete assemblies and meeting the specified performance requirements. C. Pump shall match the transfer pumps currently in use. 2.02 PUMPS A. Pump manufacturer: The following to match existing: 1. Watson-Marlow Bredel Pumps, Series 40. B. Type: Simplex chemical proportioning pumps of the peristaltic hose type. C. Features: 1. Fixed track providing 180 degrees of contact with hose. 2. Guard door of a removable or hinged, breakaway design that provides a clear window for viewing rotor rotation. a. Guard door shall be tool-unlockable, and seal against the track or housing to contain leakage from hose failure for direction to a waste port. November 2022 43_33_10.01-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) 3. Rotor assembly having a minimum of 2 equally spaced, spring-loaded roller/shoe arms that provide complete occlusion through a swept track angle of 180 degrees: a. Compression rollers/shoes shall provide gradual occlusion of the hose and compensate for hose dimensional tolerance. b. Hose shall be fully compressed at all times by a minimum of 1 roller/shoe to prevent backflow. c. Spring tension shall be factory set for specified fluid and ManufacturerÓs recommended hose. 4. Other required features are a waste port for leak control, and a system to detect hose failure. Upon actuation, the leak detector shall stop the pump, light a locally visible LED and sound a remote alarm. Leak detection outside of the pump housing is not acceptable. 5. Hose: a. Molded fittings, be self-locating when fitted into the pumphead, and be held in place on the suction and discharge by the element fittings. b. Replaceable without the use of tools and without disassembly of the pumphead. 6. Gearbox shall be of the in-line helical design, powder epoxy coated cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy, rated for continuous duty with a service factor of 1.4 based on the motor nameplate rating. 7. Pump, gearbox and motor shall be direct-coupled and self-aligning. D. Materials: 1. Housing: Cast iron, cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy. 2. Guard door: Impact-resistant polycarbonate. 3. Bearings: Stainless steel. 4. Shafts: Type 316 stainless steel. 5. Seals: Neoprene or nitrile, as required for the scheduled service. Nitrile is not compatible with sodium hydroxide. 6. Hose: Shall have a wetted layer of natural rubber, Buna-N, EPDM or Hypalon as required for the scheduled service, with male quick-release connectors. E. Accessories: As indicated on the Drawings, pumps shall be equipped with: 1. Pressure relief valve in discharge piping. F. Source quality control: 1. Tests and inspections: a. As specified in 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. b. As scheduled in this Section. 2. Verification of performance. 2.03 DRIVE A. Rating: Continuous 24 hour operation, 40 degrees Celsius ambient. B. Supply: 230/460-volt/60 Hertz, 3-phase. Supply mains power cord at least 9 feet in length with standard 3-prong plug. C. Max drive power consumption: 40VA. D. Enclosure: NEMA Type 4X. November 2022 43_33_10.01-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) E. Housing: 1. Cast iron, cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy with pre-treatment and exterior grade corrosion resistant polyester powder coat. 2. By nature of the environmental conditions, unpainted housings, including Type 316 stainless steel, are not acceptable. F. Pumps must meet the following minimum requirements for operator interface functionality: 1. Backlit graphical LCD capable of up to 4 lines of text with up to 16 characters per line to display pump speed, running status, flow rate, and programming instructions. 2. Keypad for start, stop, speed increment, speed decrement, forward/reverse direction, rapid prime, and programming. 3. Menu driven on screen programming of manual or auto control, flow and remote signal calibration, and general programming. 4. Programmable ÐAuto RestartÑ feature to resume pump status in the event of power outage interruption. 5. Programmable ÐKeypad LockÑ to allow operator lockout of all keys except emergency start/stop. 6. Programmable ÐMaximum SpeedÑ to allow operator to set the maximum speed of the pump within 0.2-120 revolutions per minute. Initial setting will be 70 revolutions per minute. G. Supply auto control features to meet the following minimum functionality requirements for use with the SCADA system. All control signal features must be located internally to the pump. 1. Remote control inputs: a. Speed control: 1) Primary analog 4-20 mA speed input, with input signal trimmable and speed scaleable over any part of the drive speed range. 2) Secondary analog 4-20 mA scaling input, with input signal trimmable and programmable scaling factor. 3) Provisions for alternative remote accessory potentiometer (if supplied by others) for primary speed control or secondary speed scaling: a) Start/stop control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact, configurable command sense allowing open to equal run or open to equal stopped. b) Forward/reverse control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. c) Auto/manual mode control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. d) Support RS485 data protocol. e) Termination: Supply screw down terminals suitable for up to 18 AWG field wire and accessible through glanded cable entry points on the pump. 2. Status outputs: a. Up to 6 relay contacts rated 2A at 120 VAC, NO or NC, software configurable for the following: 1) RUN status. 2) FORWARD/REVERSE status. 3) AUTO/MANUAL status. 4) DRIVE FAIL status. November 2022 43_33_10.01-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) 5) TUBE LEAK status. 6) HIGH PRESSURE. 7) HIGH LEVEL. 8) HIGH MOTOR TEMPERATURE. b. Speed output: Analog 4-20 mA. H. Drive motor: 1. Premium efficient, TEFC or TENV, squirrel-cage induction motors, stainless steel shaft, powder epoxy coating, and tachometer feedback. 2. Speed control range of 1200:1 from 0.2 to 120 revolutions per minute within 0.1 revolutions per minute throughout the range. 3. Horsepower to meet continuous duty at maximum pump speed and pressure requirements. 4. Closed loop microprocessor controlled drive with pulse width modulation at speeds above 35 revolutions per minute and synchronous mode with magnetic field rotation control below 35 revolutions per minute. 5. Circuitry complete with temperature and load compensation and protection. 6. Mounting: Drive shall be self-supporting and shall not require anchoring. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Flexible piping: 1. Supply two 1 meter lengths of reinforced transparent PVC flexible hose for connection of pump to suction and discharge process lines. a. Each flexible hose shall have a PVDF female Quick Release fitting for connection to the tubing element and male Quick Release fitting for connection to barbed adaptor with built in shut off valve for ease of maintenance and connection to process lines. B. Pressure relief valves: 1. Manufacturers: Asahi, Griffco Valve Inc., ChemLine Plastics, or equal. 2. Materials: a. Lower body, seat, ball guide, and ball: CPVC. b. Diaphragm: PTFE faced EPDM. ©© c. Seat gasket: Fluorocarbon (FKM) (Viton) (Fluorel) for all chemicals except sodium hydroxide. For sodium hydroxide applications, use a chemically resistant material such as neoprene. d. Adjusting bolt, locknut, control spring, and fasteners: Stainless steel. e. End connections: Flanged or socket weld. 3. In-line design, size as indicated on the Drawings and required by this Section. a. Valves shall be suitable for the service flow and pressure specified in this Section. 4. The pump supplier shall provide all pressure relief valves associated with the chemical system. 5. Set pressures shall be factory set at the levels scheduled in this Section. Valve settings shall be externally adjustable from 0 to 100 pound per square inch. 6. Provide 3-port configuration for all pressure relief valves where piping back to a tank or connection to drain piping is indicated on the Drawings. November 2022 43_33_10.01-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) C. Pulsation dampeners: 1. Air or gas charged, single diaphragm, with gas charge valve and gas pressure gauge graduated from 0 to 150 psi. 2. Pulsation dampener shall allow no less than 6 percent fluctuation in pressure. 3. Materials shall be compatible with the associated chemical and concentration and suitable for outdoor use and exposure. 4. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal: a. Blacoh. D. Additional accessories: 1. Additional accessories required for the system but not required to be supplied by the pump manufacturer include: a. Diaphragm seals: 1) Materials shall be compatible with the pumped liquid at the specified concentration and suitable for outdoor use and exposure. 2) Shutoff valve shall be provided. b. Pressure switches as specified in Section 40_90_01 - Instrumentation. c. Pressure gauges as specified in Section 40_90_01 - Instrumentation. d. Isolation valves as specified in Section 40_05_63 - Ball Valves for calibration column and suction and discharge piping as indicated on the Drawings. 2.05 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Spare Parts: 1. 4 hose elements for each pump. 2. 1 complete spare parts kit for each pump provided. 3. 1 spare parts kit for each size and type of pressure relief valve. 4. An initial supply of all oils, greases, and lubricants required to start operations. a. Supply an amount of these materials equivalent to 1 year of continuous operation for each system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. b. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 2. ManufacturerÓs Representative onsite requirements: a. Installation: 1 trip, 1 day minimum. b. Functional Testing: 1 trips, 1 day minimum each. 3. Training: a. Maintenance: 2 hours per session, 2 sessions. b. Operation: 2 hours per session, 2 sessions. 4. Process operational period: a. As required by Owner or Contractor. C. Source testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. November 2022 43_33_10.01-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) D. Functional testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. Pumps: Tag Number 31-P-0834; 31-P-0844; 31-P-0814; 31-P-0827 Feed Point Bulk Storage Tanks Service Coagulant 45 percent LAS 40 percent Polymer 40 percent Pump Type Peristaltic Hose Number of Pumps 4 1st Named ManufacturerÓs Model Watson-Marlow Bredel SPX40 Torsional Analysis Not Required Pump Characteristics Design Conditions Maximum Flow, (gallons per hour) 1500 Minimum Flow, (gallons per hour) 500 Normal Flow, (gallons per hour) 1000 Pump rpm 20-70 Maximum Discharge Pressure (psi) 50 Minimum Suction Lift (feet) 5 Relief Valve Setting (psig) 73 psig Pump Materials Pump Housing/Enclosure Cast Iron Hose/Tubing Buna-N Rotor Cast Iron Pump Shaft Steel Alloy Pump Housing Support 316 Stainless Steel Pump Connections ANSI Flanged Driver Characteristics Driver Type TEFC Motor w/VFD Drive Coupling Direct Minimum Driver Horsepower 3.0 Maximum Driver Speed, (rpm) 120 Service Factor 1.15 November 2022 43_33_10.01-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) Tag Number 31-P-0834; 31-P-0844; 31-P-0814; 31-P-0827 Voltage/Phases/Hertz 230/460-volt/60 Hertz, 3-phase NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA 4X Source Testing Test Witnessing Not Witnessed Performance Test level 1 Vibration Test Level None Noise Test Level None Functional Testing Performance Test level 1 Vibration Test Level Noise Test Level Tag Number 31-P-1704 Feed Point Bulk Storage Tanks Service Sodium hydroxide 50 percent (25% in winter) Pump Type Peristaltic Hose Number of Pumps 1 1st Named ManufacturerÓs Model Watson-Marlow Bredel SPX40 Torsional Analysis Not Required Pump Characteristics Design Conditions Maximum Flow, (gallons per hour) 1500 Minimum Flow, (gallons per hour) 500 Normal Flow, (gallons per hour) 1000 Pump rpm 20-70 Maximum Discharge Pressure (psi) 50 Minimum Suction Lift (feet) 5 Relief Valve Setting (psig) 73 psig Pump Materials Pump Housing/Enclosure Cast Iron Hose/Tubing EPDM Rotor Cast Iron November 2022 43_33_10.01-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) Tag Number 31-P-1704 Pump Shaft Steel Alloy Pump Housing Support 316 Stainless Steel Pump Connections ANSI Flanged Driver Characteristics Driver Type TEFC Motor w/VFD Drive Coupling Direct Minimum Driver Horsepower 3.0 Maximum Driver Speed, (rpm) 120 Service Factor 1.15 Voltage/Phases/Hertz 230/460-volt/60 Hertz, 3-phase NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA 4X Source Testing Test Witnessing Not Witnessed Performance Test level 1 Vibration Test Level None Noise Test Level None Functional Testing Performance Test level 1 Vibration Test Level None Noise Test Level None B. Pressure relief valves: Relief Pressure Tag Number Service Spring Range (factory setting) COAG-PRV-101 Coagulant 0-100 psig 73 psig COAG-PRV-102 Coagulant 0-100 psig 73 psig LAS-PRV-101 LAS 0-100 psig 73 psig CAP-PRV-101 Cationic polymer 0-100 psig 73 psig CAU-PRV-101 Sodium hydroxide 0-100 psig 73 psig END OF SECTION November 2022 43_33_10.01-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.01 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 43_33_10.02 LIQUID CHEMICAL PERISTALTIC TUBE METERING PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Positive displacement peristaltic tubing pumps complete with drives, controls, and features specified and scheduled in this Section. B. Tag numbers: As specified in Pump Schedule. 1.02 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): 1. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). B. NSF International (NSF): 1. 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. NEMA: 1. Type 4X enclosure in accordance with NEMA 250. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide positive displacement, peristaltic tubing type chemical metering pumps; accessories, and other items required for a complete and operational system. Each chemical metering pump system shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, which shall be supplied by the chemical metering pump manufacturer. 1. Pumps. 2. Motors. 3. Variable speed drives. 4. Calibration columns. 5. Pulsation dampeners. 6. Pressure relief valves. B. Fluid characteristics: 1. Coagulant Î Aluminum sulfate (water solution): a. Dry chemical formula: Al(SO). 243 b. Solution concentration: 48 percent by weight. c. Solution pH: Less than 2.5. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.3 to 1.4. 2. Cationic polymer: a. Dry chemical formula: Poly (Diallyldimethylammonium Chloride). b. Solution concentration: 40 percent active by weight. c. Solution pH: 6.5. November 2022 43_33_10.02-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) d. Solution specific gravity: 1.07. 3. Liquid ammonium sulfate: a. Dry chemical formula: (NH)SO. 424 b. Solution concentration: 40 percent by weight. c. Solution pH: 6.0. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.23. 4. Sodium hydroxide: a. Dry chemical formula: NaOH. b. Solution concentration: 50 percent by weight (25% in cold weather). c. Solution pH: 14. d. Solution specific gravity: 1.28 to 1.53. C. Design requirements: 1. Check valves and seals: Check valves and diaphragms are not permitted. Dynamic seals in contact with the pumped liquid are not permitted. Pumped liquid shall be contained within pump tubing and shall not directly contact any rotary or metallic components. 2. Pumps: a. Dry self-priming, capable of being run dry without damaging effects to pump or tube. b. Maximum suction lift capability of up to 10 feet vertical water column. c. Maximum pressure rating of 60 pounds per square inch. d. Flow shall be proportional to rotor speed and reversible in direction. 3. Pump performance characteristics: As specified in Pump Schedule in this Section. 4. Motor characteristics: As specified in this Section and in Section 26. 5. Variable speed drive characteristics: As specified in this Section. D. Performance requirements: 1. Systems shall deliver the pressures and volumes listed for their respective services in the Pump Schedule in this Section. E. Product requirements as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements and Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 01_33_00 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product data: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. Current NSF 61 Certification for components to be in contact with associated chemical or potable water. 2. Provide data showing chemical compatibility and history of service with the associated chemical for materials in the system. C. Shop drawings: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. Dimensions, including anchoring layout, materials of construction, size, weight, and performance data. 2. Drawings: Provide electrical and instrumentation drawings showing coordination with electrical control devices operating in conjunction with the associated feed system. November 2022 43_33_10.02-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) 3. Dimensioned inlet and outlet connections. D. Calculations: As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. 1. For each pump type, submit calibration charts and tables relating flow rate to speed. 2. Submit calculations for each metering pump showing the suitability of each pump for the suction and discharge conditions of each application point. Pump manufacturer shall recommend and size an accumulator to be piped to the suction side of each metering pump, when required based on calculations. 3. Calibration curves for each pump relating speed to flow rate shall be supplied. a. Capacity control shall be 0 to 100 percent with delivery repeatable within plus or minus 1 percent accuracy over at least a 10 to 1 range. E. Vendor operation and maintenance manuals: As specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. F. Commissioning submittals: 1. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. a. ManufacturerÓs statement that the materials of construction are compatible with the pumped fluid. 2. Provide ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing, shipping, handling and unloading: 1. Pack for shipping and outdoor storage at the project site for up to 6 months. Apply temporary corrosion protective coatings to unpainted components and pack components to protect from the elements. 2. Ship pump and drive completely assembled. Ship tubing element separately for field installation and process line connection by Contractor. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Extended warranty: 1. Provide an additional two years manufacturerÓs warranty, issued in the name of the Owner, for all equipment provided under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. A single pump manufacturer shall furnish and coordinate all drives and pump components specified in this Section, including motors, gears, couplings, supports, and other specified accessories and appurtenances to ensure compatibility and integrity of the individual components. November 2022 43_33_10.02-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) B. The manufacturer of the pumps shall have sole-source responsibility for furnishing the complete assemblies and meeting the specified performance requirements. 2.02 PUMPS A. Pump manufacturer: One of the following or equal: 1. Watson-Marlow Pumps, model 530 and 630 Series as scheduled. B. Type: Simplex chemical proportioning pumps of the peristaltic tubing type. C. Features: 1. Replaceable tubing element design. 2. Fixed track providing 180 degrees of contact with tubing. 3. Guard door of a removable or hinged, breakaway design that provides a clear window for viewing rotor rotation. Guard door shall be tool-unlockable, and seal against the track or housing to contain leakage from tubing failure for direction to a waste port. 4. Rotor assembly having a minimum of 2 equally spaced, spring-loaded roller arms that provide complete occlusion through a swept track angle of 180 degrees. Compression rollers shall provide gradual occlusion of the tubing and compensate for tubing dimensional tolerance. Tubing shall be fully compressed at all times by a minimum of 1 roller to prevent backflow. Spring tension shall be factory set for specified fluid and ManufacturerÓs recommended hose. Rotor shall include non-compressing guide rollers. 5. Other required features are a waste port for leak control and a system to detect tubing failure. Upon actuation, the leak detector shall STOP the pump, light a locally visible LED and sound a remote alarm. Leak detection outside of the pump housing is not acceptable. 6. Replaceable tubing elements shall have molded fittings, be self-locating when fitted into the pumphead, and be held in place on the suction and discharge by the element fittings. Tubing shall be replaceable without the use of tools and without disassembly of the pumphead. 7. Pump, gearbox and motor shall be direct-coupled and self-aligning. D. Materials: 1. Housing: Fluoropolymer powder coated cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy. 2. Track: Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS). 3. Guard door: Impact-resistant polycarbonate. 4. Rotor: Polyphenylene sulfide. 5. Springs: Helical, stainless steel. 6. Compression rollers/shoes: Type 316 stainless steel. 7. Bearings: Stainless steel. 8. Shafts: Type 316 stainless steel. 9. Seals: PTFE. 10. Guide rollers/shoes: Type 316 stainless steel or Nylatron. E. Accessories: As indicated on the Drawings, pumps shall be equipped with: 1. Calibration column in suction piping. 2. Pressure relief valve in discharge piping. 3. Isolation valves and bypass valves November 2022 43_33_10.02-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) F. Source quality control: 1. Tests and inspections: a. As specified in Section 46_05_10 - Common Work Results for Mechanical Equipment. b. As scheduled in this section. 2.03 DRIVE A. Rating: Continuous 24 hour operation, 40 degrees Celsius ambient. B. Supply: 110-120 volt, 60 Hertz, 1 phase. Supply mains power cord at least 9 feet in length with standard 115 volt 3-prong plug. C. Max drive power consumption: 135VA. D. Enclosure: NEMA 4X. E. Housing: Cast aluminum or cast aluminum alloy with pre-treatment and exterior grade corrosion resistant polyester powder coat. By nature of the environmental conditions, unpainted housings, including Type 316 stainless steel, are not acceptable. F. Pumps must meet the following minimum requirements for operator interface functionality: 1. Backlit graphical LCD capable of up to four lines of text with up to 16 characters per line to display pump speed, running status, flow rate, and programming instructions. 2. Keypad for start, stop, speed increment, speed decrement, forward/reverse direction, rapid prime, and programming. 3. Menu driven on screen programming of manual or auto control, flow and remote signal calibration, and general programming. 4. Programmable ÐAuto RestartÑ feature to resume pump status in the event of power outage interruption. 5. Programmable ÐKeypad LockÑ to allow operator lockout of all keys except emergency start/stop. 6. Programmable ÐMaximum SpeedÑ to allow operator to set the maximum speed of the pump within 0.2-220 revolutions per minute (rpm). G. Supply auto control features to meet the following minimum functionality requirements for use with the SCADA system. All control signal features must be located internally to the pump. 1. Remote control inputs: a. Speed control: 1) Primary analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC speed input, with input signal trimmable and speed scaleable over any part of the drive speed range. 2) Secondary analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC scaling input, with input signal trimmable and programmable scaling factor. 3) Provisions for alternative remote accessory potentiometer (if supplied by others) for primary speed control or secondary speed scaling. a) Start/Stop control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact, configurable command sense allowing open to equal run or open to equal stopped. November 2022 43_33_10.02-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) b) Forward/Reverse control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. c) Auto/Manual mode control: VIA 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. d) Support RS485 data protocol. e) Termination: Supply screw down terminals suitable for up to 18 AWG field wire and accessible through glanded cable entry points on the pump. 2. Status outputs: a. Up to 6 relay contacts rated 2A at 120 VAC, NO or NC, software configurable for the following: 1) RUN status. 2) FORWARD/REVERSE status. 3) AUTO/MANUAL status. 4) DRIVE FAIL status. 5) TUBE LEAK status. 6) HIGH PRESSURE. 7) HIGH LEVEL. 8) HIGH MOTOR TEMPERATURE. b. Speed output: Analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC. H. Drive motor: 1. Brushless DC motor with integral gearbox and tachometer feedback. 2. Speed Control Range of 2200:1 from 0.1 to 220 rpm within 0.1 rpm throughout the range. 3. Horsepower to meet continuous duty at maximum pump speed and pressure requirements. 4. Closed loop microprocessor controlled drive with pulse width modulation at speeds above 35 rpm and synchronous mode with magnetic field rotation control below 35 rpm. 5. Circuitry complete with temperature and load compensation and protection. 6. Mounting: Drive shall be self-supporting and shall not require anchoring. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Flexible piping: 1. Supply two 1 meter lengths of reinforced transparent PVC flexible hose for connection of pump to suction and discharge process lines. Each flexible hose shall have a PVDF female Quick Release fitting for connection to the tubing element and male Quick Release fitting for connection to barbed adaptor with built in shut off valve for ease of maintenance and connection to process lines. B. Calibration columns: 1. Furnish and install calibration columns, 1 for each pump, on the inlet line as indicated on the Drawings and specified in this Section. The column shall be translucent and graduated for chemical pump calibration operations. Provide a top cap threaded connection with vent to prevent entry of foreign materials and to direct spillage or overflow. 2. Materials shall be compatible with the associated chemical and concentration and suitable for outdoor use and exposure. 3. End connection: Threaded. 4. Capacity as scheduled in this Section and as indicated on the Drawings. November 2022 43_33_10.02-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) C. Pressure relief valves: 1. Manufacturers: Asahi, Griffco Valve Inc., ChemLine Plastics, or equal. 2. Materials: a. Lower body, seat, ball guide, and ball: CPVC . b. Diaphragm: PTFE faced EPDM. ©© c. Seat gasket: Fluorocarbon (FKM) (Viton) (Fluorel) for all chemicals except sodium hydroxide. For sodium hydroxide applications, use a chemically resistant material such as neoprene. d. Adjusting bolt, locknut, control spring, and fasteners: Stainless steel. e. End connections: Flanged or socket weld. 3. In-line design, size as indicated on the Drawings and required by this Section. Valves shall be suitable for the service flow and pressure specified in this Section. 4. The pump supplier shall provide all pressure relief valves associated with the chemical system. 5. Set pressures shall be factory set at the levels scheduled in this Section. Valve settings shall be externally adjustable from 0 to 75 pounds per square inch. 6. Provide 3-port configuration for all pressure relief valves where piping back to a tank or connection to drain piping is indicated on the Drawings. D. Pulsation dampeners: 1. Air or gas charged, single diaphragm, with gas charge valve and gas pressure gauge graduated from 0 to 150 psi. 2. Pulsation dampener shall allow no less than 6 percent fluctuation in pressure. 3. Materials shall be compatible with the associated chemical and concentration and suitable for outdoor use and exposure. 4. Manufacturer: One of the following or equal: a. Blacoh. E. Flow meters: 1. Provide one flow meter on discharge piping of each pump. 2. Requirements in Section 40_71_15 - Flow Measurement: Magnetic Flowmeters for Chemical Feed Systems. F. Additional accessories: 1. Additional accessories required for the system but not required to be supplied by the pump manufacturer include: a. Diaphragm seals 1) Materials shall be compatible with the pumped liquid at the specified concentration and suitable for outdoor use and exposure. 2) Shutoff valve shall be provided. b. Pressure switches. c. Pressure gauges. d. Isolation valves. 2.05 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Spare parts: 1. For each pump 100 feet of extra tubing or quantity required for 2 years of 100 percent duty operation, whichever is greater. 2. 1 complete spare parts kit for each pump provided. 3. 1 spare parts kit for each size and type of pressure relief valve. November 2022 43_33_10.02-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) 4. An initial supply of all oils, greases, and lubricants required to start operations. Supply an amount of these materials equivalent to 1 year of continuous operation for each system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING A. As specified in this Section. B. Manufacturer services: 1. Provide certificates: a. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Source Testing. b. ManufacturerÓs Certificate of Installation and Functionality Compliance. 2. ManufacturerÓs Representative onsite requirements: a. Installation: 1 trip, 1 day minimum. b. Functional Testing: 1 trips, 1 day minimum each. 3. Training: a. Maintenance: 4 hours per session, 2 sessions. b. Operation: 2 hours per session, 2 sessions. 4. Process operational period: a. As required by Owner or Contractor. C. Source testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. D. Functional testing: As specified in Pump Schedule. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. Pumps: November 2022 43_33_10.02-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) 31-P-0831; 31-P-1741; 31-P-0821; 31-P-0832; 31-P-1742; 31-P-0822; 31-P-0833; 31-P-1751; 31-P-0823; 31-P-0841; 31-P-0811; 31-P-1752; 31-P-0824; 31-P-0842; 31-P-0812; 31-P-1753; 31-P-0825; Tag Number 31-P-0843 31-P-0813 31-P-1754 31-P-0826 Feed Point Coagulant Injection Chlorine Injection 2 to Chlorine Coagulant Injection Vault Vault Injection Vault Vault 4 to Coagulant Injection Vault Service Coagulant LAS 40 percent Sodium Hydroxide Cationic Polymer 45 percent 50 percent 40 percent Pump Type Peristaltic Tubing Peristaltic Tubing Peristaltic Tubing Peristaltic Tubing Number of Pumps 6 (2 skids of 3 3 (1 skids of 3 6 (3 skids of 2 6 (2 skids of 3 pumps) pumps) pumps) pumps) 1st Named ManufacturerÓs Model Watson-Marlow 630 Watson-Marlow 630 Watson-Marlow 630 Watson-Marlow 530 Case Drive Pump Case Drive Pump Case Drive Pump Case Drive Pump Torsional Analysis Not Required Not Required Not Required Not Required Design Conditions Maximum Flow, (gallons per hour) 270 130 150 10 Minimum Flow, (gallons per hour) 15 4 9 0.2 Normal Flow, (gallons per hour) 80 30 30 2 Pump rpm 0.1 - 265 0.1 - 265 0.1 - 265 0.1 - 220 Maximum Discharge Pressure (psi) 60 60 60 60 Minimum Suction Lift (feet) 10 10 10 10 Relief Valve Setting (psig) Adjustable from 0-75 Adjustable from 0-75 Adjustable from 0-75 Adjustable from 0-75 (set at 45) (set at 45) (set at 45) (set at 45) Pump Housing/Enclosure Cast aluminum alloy Cast aluminum alloy Cast aluminum alloy Cast aluminum alloy November 2022 43_33_10.02-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) 31-P-0831; 31-P-1741; 31-P-0821; 31-P-0832; 31-P-1742; 31-P-0822; 31-P-0833; 31-P-1751; 31-P-0823; 31-P-0841; 31-P-0811; 31-P-1752; 31-P-0824; 31-P-0842; 31-P-0812; 31-P-1753; 31-P-0825; Tag Number 31-P-0843 31-P-0813 31-P-1754 31-P-0826 Tubing 17 mm Marprene TL 12 mm Marprene TL 12 mm Marprene TL 6.4 mm Marprene TL tube element tube element tube element tube element Polyphenylene Polyphenylene Polyphenylene Polyphenylene Rotor sulfide sulfide sulfide sulfide Pump Shaft N/A N/A N/A N/A Pump Housing Support N/A N/A N/A N/A Pump Connections Quick-release PVDF Quick-release PVDF Quick-release PVDF Quick-release PVDF Driver Type PWM type DC gear PWM type DC gear PWM type DC gear PWM type DC gear motor with integral motor with integral motor with integral motor with integral controls controls controls controls Drive Coupling Integral drive Integral drive Integral drive Integral drive Minimum Driver Horsepower N/A N/A N/A N/A Maximum Driver Speed, (rpm) N/A N/A N/A N/A Service Factor N/A N/A N/A N/A Voltage/Phases/Hertz 110-120 volt, 60 110-120 volt, 60 110-120 volt, 60 110-120 volt, 60 Hertz, 1 phase Hertz, 1 phase Hertz, 1 phase Hertz, 1 phase NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X Test Witnessing Not Witnessed Not Witnessed Not Witnessed Not Witnessed Performance Test level 1 1 1 1 Vibration Test Level None None None None Noise Test Level None None None None November 2022 43_33_10.02-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) 31-P-0831; 31-P-1741; 31-P-0821; 31-P-0832; 31-P-1742; 31-P-0822; 31-P-0833; 31-P-1751; 31-P-0823; 31-P-0841; 31-P-0811; 31-P-1752; 31-P-0824; 31-P-0842; 31-P-0812; 31-P-1753; 31-P-0825; Tag Number 31-P-0843 31-P-0813 31-P-1754 31-P-0826 Performance Test level 1 1 1 1 Vibration Test Level None None None None Noise Test Level None None None None November 2022 43_33_10.02-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) B. Calibration columns: Graduation Volume 1 Tag Number Service (ml) Graduation Scale (ml) COAG-CAL-01 Coagulant 10,000 500 COAG-CAL-02 Coagulant 10,000 500 COAG-CAL-03 Coagulant 10,000 500 COAG-CAL-04 Coagulant 10,000 500 COAG-CAL-05 Coagulant 10,000 500 COAG-CAL-06 Coagulant 10,000 500 LAS-CAL-01 LAS 10,000 500 LAS-CAL-02 LAS 10,000 500 LAS-CAL-03 LAS 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-01 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-02 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-03 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-04 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-05 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAU-CAL-06 Caustic soda 10,000 500 CAP-CAL-01 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 CAP-CAL-02 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 CAP-CAL-03 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 CAP-CAL-04 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 CAP-CAL-05 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 CAP-CAL-06 Cationic polymer 1,000 100 1. The volume of the calibration column should equal 100 percent of the volume delivered by the pump at maximum capacity for a period of 30 to 60 seconds. C. Pressure relief valves: Relief Pressure Tag Number Service Spring Range (factory setting) COAG-PRV-01 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig COAG-PRV-02 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig COAG-PRV-03 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig COAG-PRV-04 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig November 2022 43_33_10.02-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) Relief Pressure Tag Number Service Spring Range (factory setting) COAG-PRV-05 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig COAG-PRV-06 Coagulant 0-75 psig 45 psig LAS-PRV-01 LAS 0-75 psig 45 psig LAS-PRV-02 LAS 0-75 psig 45 psig LAS-PRV-03 LAS 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-01 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-02 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-03 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-04 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-05 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAU-PRV-06 Caustic soda 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-01 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-02 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-03 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-04 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-05 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig CAP-PRV-06 Cationic polymer 0-75 psig 45 psig END OF SECTION November 2022 43_33_10.02-13 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_33_10.02 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 43_41_46 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Fiberglass reinforced plastic aboveground storage tanks. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 1. B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 25, 125, and 250. 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24. 3. RTP-1, Reinforced Thermoset Plastic Corrosion Resistant Equipment. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness 2. D 3299 - Standard Specification for Filament-Wound Glass Fiber-Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion-Resistant Tanks 3. D 4097 - Standard Specification for Contact-Molded Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion-Resistant Tanks. C. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST): 1. U.S. Voluntary Product Standard: a. PS15-69 Î Custom Contact-Molded Reinforced-Polyester Chemical- Resistant Process Equipment. 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design tanks in accordance with ASTM D 3299, follow the procedures and methods, utilize the equations and formulas, and incorporate safety factors and allowable design stresses and strains set forth in ASME RTP-1 and other design requirements as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. B. Normal/maximum/upset temperatures 72 F/120 F/Not Applicable. C. Static head of contents. D. Wind load: 130 mph. E. Chemical environment: Product shall be resistant to corrosion by aluminum sulfate, liquid ammonium sulfate, cationic polymers, and sodium hydroxide used in the water field as specified: 1. Coagulant Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Chemical: Polyaluminum Chloride or Aluminum sulfate solution. b. Concentration: 10 - 50 percent. c. pH: 2 to 2.53. d. Specific Gravity: 1.23 - 1.34. November 2022 43_41_46-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) 2. Liquid Ammonium Sulfate Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Chemical: Ammonium sulfate solution. b. Concentration: 40 percent. c. pH: 3.0 - 6.0. d. Specific Gravity: 1.21 - 1.23. 3. Cationic Polymer Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Chemical: Cationic polymer solution. b. Concentration: 39 - 41 percent. c. pH: 5 Î 7. d. Specific Gravity: 1.08 - 1.09. 4. Sodium Hydroxide Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Chemical: Sodium hydroxide solution. b. Concentration: 24 - 51 percent. c. pH: 14. d. Specific Gravity: 1.27 - 1.53. 5. Sodium Hydroxide Day Tank: a. Chemical: Sodium hydroxide solution. b. Concentration: 49 - 51 percent. c. pH: 14. d. Specific Gravity: 1.53. F. Nozzle locations as indicated on the Drawings. G. Fire retardancy for Class 1 fire rating required. H. Support conditions as indicated on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer qualifications: Manufacturer of proposed corrosion resistant fiberglass reinforced plastic structures for a minimum of 5 years with satisfactory performance record as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. B. The manufacturer-approved installer shall have installed products of similar fiberglass reinforced plastic equipment on a minimum of 5 projects with a satisfactory performance record. C. Manufacturer shall be ASME RTP-1 certified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. One of the following or equal: 1. Diamond Fiberglass. 2. L.F. Manufacturing 3. Ershigs, Inc. November 2022 43_41_46-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) 2.02 MATERIALS A. Materials as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 1. Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each resin used to verify compatibility of the resin with the product the tank will be storing. B. Resin: 1. For non-fire retardant applications: Premium grade vinyl ester resin as recommended by the resin manufacturer for the specific operating environment. a. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Derakane, 411-350. 2) Reichhold Dion, VER 9100. b. Interplastic, VE 8300. 2. For fire retardant applications: a. Premium grade vinyl ester resin as recommended by the resin manufacturer for the specific operating environment. b. Add antimony trioxide or pentoxide for Class I fire rating to the structural laminate only. c. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Derakane, 510C-350. 2) Ashland Hetron 992FR. 3) Interplastic VE 8440. 4) Reichhold Dion, VER 9300FR. C. Minimum corrosion liner: 1. 1 "C" or synthetic veil. 2. In addition to 1 ÑCÑ or synthetic veil, include 1-1/2 ounce per square foot mat to a total minimum thickness of 0.096 inches on surfaces exposed to the service environment. 3. 2 nexus veils for tanks intended for sodium hypochlorite storage. D. Ultra violet stabilizer: Add to the resin used in the wax coat for exterior surfaces in the type and amount recommended by the resin manufacturer. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabrication method: Hand lay-up or filament wound at construction with integral molded bottom knuckle in accordance with applicable portions of Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 1. For tanks intended for sodium hypochlorite storage hand lay-up or ortho wound only, filament wound shall not be allowed. 2. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for BPO/DMA and post cures. B. Structural section with internal veil: Prohibited. C. Color: 1. Coagulant Bulk Storage Tanks: White. 2. Liquid Ammonium Sulfate Bulk Storage Tanks: White. 3. Cationic Polymer Bulk Storage Tanks: White. 4. Sodium Hydroxide Bulk Storage Tank: White. 5. Sodium Hydroxide Day Tank: White. November 2022 43_41_46-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) D. Legs and tie-down lugs: Components laminated onto tank wall shall be Type 316 stainless steel. E. Anchor bolts: Type 316 stainless steel, of size and length recommended by tank manufacturer. F. Flanges: 1. All flange dimensions, except thickness, and bolting shall conform to the following standards: a. 2 inch through 24 inch: ASME B16.5 Class 150. b. 30 inch through 42 inch: ASME B16.1 Class 125. 2. Flange faces shall be perpendicular to the centerline of the duct within 1 degree and shall be flat to plus or minus 1/32 inch up to and including 18 inch equivalent diameter and plus or minus 1/16 inch for equivalent diameters greater than 18 inches. a. The minimum flange shear thickness shall be 4 times the flange thickness. b. The flange thickness shall be 25 pounds per square inch pressure-rated flanges. 3. Flanges shall be made by hand lay-up construction with nozzle neck and flange made integrally in 1 piece as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 4. Press molded or filament wound flanges not allowed. 5. Use 1/8-inch thick full-faced elastomeric gaskets having a Shore A Durometer hardness of 60, within plus or minus 5, in accordance with ASTM D 2240 for flanged joints. 6. Elastomer specified by tank manufacturer to be resistant to chemical environment. G. Gussets: 1. Reinforce nozzles, except manways, with plate or conical gussets to match piping. 2. Conical gussets having comparable strength may be substituted for plate gussets. H. Reinforcement of nozzle and manhole openings in vessel walls: 1. In accordance with ASTM D 3299 for filament wound vessels or ASTM D 4097 for contact-molded, hand lay-up vessels as specified in Section 06_80_15 - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. 2. When reinforcing materials are cut to facilitate placement around an installed nozzle or opening, stagger joints in successive reinforcing layers to avoid overlapping and do not place so that the joints are parallel to the axis of the tank. a. The principle fiber direction of the woven roving reinforcement (0 degree/90 degree) shall be parallel to the tank axis. I. Cover: Domed top with bolted manway and nozzles as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Platforms and ladders: As indicated on the Drawings. J. Accessories 1. Pipe supports. November 2022 43_41_46-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) 2. Level gauge: a. Provide each bulk storage tank with: 1) Tank shall include a float-operated tube-style tank level indicator. Float, rope, and pulleys must be compatible with chemical being stored. 2) Level gauge shall be "reverse float type" made of 2 inch polyvinyl chloride or PVDF stilling well tube. 3) Float. 4) Polypropylene rope. 5) Clear polyvinyl chloride sight tube. 6) The following Manufacturer or equal: a) Tank Products Inc. b. Materials: Suitable for the specified chemical service for the individual tanks. c. Tank level staff gauge: 1) Resistant to abrasion and corrosion. 2) Mounted on the tank adjacent to the indicator. 3) Calibrated in nominal 500 gallon increments. 3. Tank vents: a. Each tank shall be properly vented for the type of material and flow rates expected. b. Vents must comply with OSHA Part 1910 normal venting for atmospheric tanks or other accepted standard, or shall be as large as the filling or withdrawal connection, whichever is larger but in no case less than 2 inches nominal inside diameter with screening. 4. Access Manways: a. Each manway shall be sealed and shall be constructed of the same material as tank. b. The bolts shall be stainless steel. c. The gaskets shall be per tank manufacturer recommendation for the chemical stored. 5. Ladder and platform: a. Provide an aluminum ladder and landing platform for each storage tank for access to the top manway. b. In accordance with OSHA standards. c. Provide handrail and kickplate around the platform. d. Fasteners: as recommended by manufacturer. e. Anchor bolts: as recommended by manufacturer. f. Secure ladder to the tank using bolts as recommended by tank manufacturer with polyethylene encapsulated heads. g. Support ladder directly on the concrete foundation and from the tank wall. K. Coagulant Bulk Storage Tanks: 1. Number of Units: 8 2. Diameter: 14 feet 3. Straight shell Height: 27 feet, 10 inches 4. Working volume: 30,000 gallons. 5. Bottom: Flat with tie-down anchors. 6. Top: Closed (domed) 7. Tank Connections (each tank): As indicated on Drawings, and: a. Outlet (invert): One 3-inch diameter; on sidewall, 6 inches above tank bottom. November 2022 43_41_46-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) b. Overflow (centerline): One 4-inch diameter; on sidewall, 14 feet 4 inches above tank bottom. c. Fill: One 4-inch diameter on tank top. 8. Uniformly slope the interior tank bottom from opposite the tank outlet to outlet invert. 9. Appurtenances: As indicated on Drawings, and: a. One Access Manway: 30-inch diameter: top-mounted flanged cover. b. One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting ultrasonic level sensor. c. Ladder. d. One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting float level indicator. e. One 4-inch flanged roof vent. f. Aluminum fall prevention system. L. Liquid Ammonium Sulfate: 1. Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Number of Units: 4 b. Diameter: 10 feet c. Straight Shell Height: 14-feet, 10 inches. d. Working volume: 8,000 gallons. e. Bottom: Flat with tie-down anchors. f. Top: Closed (domed) g. Tank Connections (each tank): As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) Drain/Outlet (invert): One 3-inch diameter: on sidewall, 6 inches above tank bottom. 2) Overflow (centerline): One 4-inch diameter: on sidewall, 14-feet, 4 inches above tank bottom. 3) Fill: One 4-inch diameter. h. Uniformly slope the interior tank bottom from opposite the tank drain to the tank drain. i. Appurtenances: As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) One Access Manway: 30-inch diameter: top-mounted flanged cover. 2) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting ultrasonic level sensor. 3) Ladder. 4) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting float level indicator. 5) One 4-inch flanged roof vent. M. Polymer: 1. Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Number of Units: 2 b. Diameter: 10 feet. c. Straight Shell Height: 11 feet, 10 inches. d. Working volume: 6,000 gallons. e. Bottom: Flat with tie-down anchors. f. Top: Closed (domed) g. Tank Connections (each tank): As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) Drain/Outlet (invert): One 3-inch diameter; on sidewall, 6 inches above tank bottom. 2) Overflow (centerline): One 4-inch diameter; on sidewall, 11 feet 4 inches above tank bottom. 3) Fill: One 4-inch diameter. h. Uniformly slope the interior tank bottom from opposite the tank drain to drain invert. November 2022 43_41_46-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) i. Appurtenances: As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) One Access Manway: 30-inch diameter: top-mounted flanged cover. 2) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting ultrasonic level sensor. 3) Ladder. 4) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting float level indicator. 5) One 4-inch flanged roof vent. N. Sodium Hydroxide: 1. Bulk Storage Tanks: a. Number of Units: 1 b. Diameter: 14 feet. c. Straight Shell Height: 14 feet, 10 inches. d. Working volume: 15,000 gallons. e. Bottom: Flat with tie-down anchors. f. Top: Closed (domed) g. Tank Connections (each tank): As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) Drain/Outlet (invert): One 3-inch diameter; on sidewall, 6 inches above tank bottom. 2) Overflow (centerline): One 4-inch diameter; on sidewall, 14 feet 4 inches above tank bottom. 3) Fill: One 4-inch diameter on top of tank. h. Uniformly slope the interior tank bottom from opposite the tank drain to drain invert. i. Appurtenances: As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) One Access Manway: 30-inch diameter: top-mounted flanged cover. 2) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting ultrasonic level sensor. 3) Ladder. 4) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting float level indicator. 5) One 4-inch flanged roof vent. j. Insulation: 1) Insulation shall be provided for all exterior surfaces of the sodium hydroxide bulk storage tank. Insulation shall consist of closed cell EPDM foam as manufactured by Aeroflex Aerocel and shall have a ÐRÑ factor of approximately 8. Insulation shall be 2 inches thick. All ÐRÑ factors shall be calculated exclusive of tank wall values. 2) Insulation shall be of uniform density and thickness in order to avoid areas of incalculable heat loss (2.5 lbs/ft minimum). All nozzle and fittings shall have insulation placed around lay-up areas. Insulation shall be protected by a fiberglass skin consisting of filament wound laminate. Laminate shall be a minimum of 0.250 inch thick. 3) Insulated tanks shall have a minimum of one external horizontal expansion joint to accommodate thermal expansion. Expansion joint shall be designed to prevent seepage. 4) Insulation as specified above shall be furnished for all exterior sides and tops. For the storage tanksÓ bottom, the tank manufacturer shall furnish sufficient quantities of roofing felt. Insulated tanks shall be furnished with an exterior pigmented protective gel coat. Coating shall be waterproof and ultra-violet light resistant. Color of the protective gel shall be white. 5) Tank insulation shall conform to the requirements of the 2006 International Building Code (IBC) and 2003 International Fire Code (IFC) for noncombustible materials. November 2022 43_41_46-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) k. Tank Heating Kit: 1) Heating kits shall be provided for the caustic soda bulk storage tank. Kits shall consist of pads incorporated flat foil elements to give low watt density heating over the total pad area. Foil shall be sandwiched between layers of high temperature fiberglass cloth. Power rating of each pad shall be 500 watts. 2) Each tank heating kit system furnished shall be suitable for use with the insulation specified above, a temperature difference of 75 degrees Fahrenheit and a wind velocity of 50 mph. Pads shall be designated to virtually eliminate burnouts due to high intensity hot spots. 3) Tank heating kits shall be furnished with a NEMA Type 3 or NEMA Type 4X junction box containing contactor, terminal connectors to pads, thermostats and input power supply. Junction box shall be installed on the tank by the tank manufacturer. Input power shall be 480 volt, 60 hertz, three phase. 4) Thermostats shall be of the bulb type and shall measure the temperature of the tank structural wall behind the FRP covering and insulation. 5) Thermostats shall be temperature adjustable and shall provide for a low-low temperature switch for use in an alarm circuit. 6) Tank heating kits shall be Cooperheat, or approved equal. 2. Day Tanks: a. Number of Units: 1 b. Diameter: 10 feet. c. Straight Shell Height: 12 feet, 10 inches. d. Working volume: 7,000 gallons. e. Bottom: Flat with tie-down anchors. f. Top: Closed (domed) g. Tank Connections (each tank): As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) Drain/Outlet (invert): One 3-inch diameter; on sidewall, 6 inches above tank bottom. 2) Overflow (centerline): One 4-inch diameter; on sidewall, 14 feet 4 inches above tank bottom. 3) Fill: One 4-inch diameter on tank top. h. Uniformly slope the interior tank bottom from opposite the tank drain to drain invert. i. Appurtenances: As indicated on Drawings, and: 1) One Access Manway: 30-inch diameter: top-mounted flanged cover. 2) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting ultrasonic level sensor flanged port 3) Ladder. 4) One 4-inch flanged nozzle for mounting float level indicator. 5) One 4-inch flanged roof vent. j. Insulation: 1) Insulation shall be provided for all exterior surfaces of the sodium hydroxide day tank. Insulation shall consist of closed cell EPDM foam as manufactured by Aeroflex Aerocel and shall have a ÐRÑ factor of approximately 8. Insulation shall be 2 inches thick. All ÐRÑ factors shall be calculated exclusive of tank wall values. 2) Insulation shall be of uniform density and thickness in order to avoid areas of incalculable heat loss (2.5 lbs/ft minimum). All nozzle and November 2022 43_41_46-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) fittings shall have insulation placed around lay-up areas. Insulation shall be protected by a fiberglass skin consisting of filament wound laminate. Laminate shall be a minimum of 0.250 inch thick. 3) Insulated tanks shall have a minimum of one external horizontal expansion joint to accommodate thermal expansion. Expansion joint shall be designed to prevent seepage. 4) Insulation as specified above shall be furnished for all exterior sides and tops. For the storage tanksÓ bottom, the tank manufacturer shall furnish sufficient quantities of roofing felt. Insulated tanks shall be furnished with an exterior pigmented protective gel coat. Coating shall be waterproof and ultra-violet light resistant. Color of the protective gel shall be white. 5) Tank insulation shall conform to the requirements of the 2006 International Building Code (IBC) and 2003 International Fire Code (IFC) for noncombustible materials. k. Tank Heating Kit: 1) Heating kits shall be provided for the caustic soda day tank. Kits shall consist of pads incorporated flat foil elements to give low watt density heating over the total pad area. Foil shall be sandwiched between layers of high temperature fiberglass cloth. Power rating of each pad shall be 500 watts. 2) Each tank heating kit system furnished shall be suitable for use with the insulation specified above, a temperature difference of 75 degrees Fahrenheit and a wind velocity of 50 mph. Pads shall be designated to virtually eliminate burnouts due to high intensity hot spots. 3) Tank heating kits shall be furnished with a NEMA Type 3 or NEMA Type 4X junction box containing contactor, terminal connectors to pads, thermostats and input power supply. Junction box shall be installed on the tank by the tank manufacturer. Input power shall be 480 volt, 60 hertz, three phase. 4) Thermostats shall be of the bulb type and shall measure the temperature of the tank structural wall behind the FRP covering and insulation. 5) Thermostats shall be temperature adjustable and shall provide for a low-low temperature switch for use in an alarm circuit. 6) Tank heating kits shall be Cooperheat, or approved equal. 2.04 VESSEL ASSEMBLY A. All cutouts from the equipment shall be marked, indicating their original location, and retained. All cutouts shall become the property of the Owner. B. Do not remove centerlines marked on the equipment for use in assembly until after inspection by the Engineer. C. Install flanged nozzles with boltholes straddling principle centerlines of the vessel. 1. For tank tops, nozzle boltholes straddle radial centerlines. D. When requested, Fabricator shall supply to the Owner, at the earliest possible time, a template which locates anchor boltholes within plus or minus 1/8 inch for each vessel. November 2022 43_41_46-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) E. Provide a non-skid surface on the exterior surface of the cover. 1. Silica grit may be applied in conjunction with the final resin coat. 2. Other methods may be submitted. F. Furnish and overlay on the outside of the equipment a plastic nameplate showing the following information: 1. Name of manufacturer. 2. Date of manufacture. 3. Owner's purchase order number. 4. Equipment name/number. 5. Resin number and manufacturer. 6. Design pressure and temperature. 7. Vessel diameter, height, and weight. G. Butt joints or shell joints shall be in the number and location(s) as indicated on the fabrication drawings. 1. Additional joints are not allowed. 2. Slip joints, "mod joints," or other methods not conforming to the fabrication drawings are not allowed. 3. If joint locations are not indicated on the fabrication drawings, Fabricator shall submit number and location. H. Allowable tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM D 3299 or ASTM D 4097, except as modified in this Section or on the fabricator drawings. I. When joining components, gaps at mating edges shall be limited to 1/4 inch maximum, and misalignment of inside surfaces shall not exceed 1/3 inch of the lesser wall thickness. J. The outside surface of vessel flat bottoms after assembly shall be flat within plus or minus 1/2 inch. In addition, localized indentations or protrusions shall not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch within 2 feet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TANK INSTALLATION A. For flat bottom vessels without legs, the foundation must provide full non-elastic support to the flat bottom, preferably through the use of grout, which will allow continuous support even though surfaces may not be flat. B. All anchor lugs or leg pads shall be set on a 1-inch thick layer of non-shrink grout. 1. Do not use hard shim to fill void between the lugs and foundation. C. Unless otherwise agreed, independently support all piping so as not to apply loads to the vessel nozzles. D. Isolate potential load due to thermal expansion of piping from the vessel. E. During installation, do not force piping into alignment, which can create excessive stresses in the tank. November 2022 43_41_46-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) F. Do not mate raised-face flanges or ring gaskets to full-faced fiberglass reinforced plastic nozzles. G. Vertically support ladders at the tank foundation or platform. 1. Ladder lugs attached to the vessels shall provide lateral support only. H. Where tank foundations are cut out to accommodate full bottom drains, fill the cutout area after tank installation with grout or other material that will provide localized support. END OF SECTION November 2022 43_41_46-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/43_41_46 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 46_05_10 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Basic design and performance requirements for mechanical equipment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Gear Manufacturer's Association (AGMA) Standards: 1. 6001-E08 Î Design and Selection of Components for Enclosed Gear Drives. B. American Bearing Manufactures Association (ABMA) Standards: 1. 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. C. American Petroleum Institute (API): 1. 682 - Shaft Sealing Systems for Centrifugal and Rotary Pumps. D. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 3. A125 - Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated. 4. A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. 6. A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 7. A320 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for Low-Temperature Service. 8. A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 9. A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 10. B61 - Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. 11. B62 - Standard specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 12. B505 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Continuous Castings. 13. B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 14. F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 15. F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. 16. F2329 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating, Hot-Dip, Requirements for Application to Carbon and Alloy Steel Bolts, Screws, Washers, Nuts, and Special Threaded Fasteners. November 2022 46_05_10-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) E. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). F. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): 1. 310.2R - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays, and Concrete Repair. G. Hydraulic Institute (HI). H. NSF International (NSF). 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Special tools: Tools that have been specifically made for use on unit of equipment for assembly, disassembly, repair, or maintenance. B. Resonant frequency: That frequency at which a small driving force produces an ever-larger vibration if no dampening exists. C. Rotational frequency: The revolutions per unit of time usually expressed as revolutions per minute. D. Critical frequency: Same as resonant frequency for the rotating elements or the installed machine and base. E. Peak vibration velocity: The root mean square average of the peak velocity of the vibrational movement times the square root of 2 in inches per second. F. Rotational speed: Same as rotational frequency. G. Maximum excitation frequency: The excitation frequency with the highest vibration velocity of several excitation frequencies that are a function of the design of a particular machine. H. Critical speed: Same as critical frequency. I. Free field noise level: Noise measured without any reflective surfaces (an idealized situation); sound pressure levels at 3 feet from the source unless specified otherwise. J. Operating weight: The weight of unit plus weight of fluids or solids normally contained in unit during operation. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Product requirements as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. 2. Materials in contact with drinking water as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. 3. Provisions specified under each technical equipment specification prevail over and supersede conflicting provisions as specified in this Section. 4. Provide equipment and parts that are suitable for stresses, which may occur during fabrication, transportation, erection, and operation. November 2022 46_05_10-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 5. Provide equipment that has not been in service prior to delivery, except as required by tests. 6. Like parts of duplicate units are to be interchangeable. 7. When 2 or more units of equipment for the same purpose are required, provide products of same manufacturer. 8. Equipment manufacturer's responsibility extends to selection and mounting of gear drive units, motors or other prime movers, accessories, and auxiliaries required for proper operation. 9. When necessary, modify manufacturer's standard product to conform to specified requirements or requirements indicated on the Drawings and contained in Laws and Regulations. B. Material requirements: 1. Materials: Suitable for superior corrosion resistance and for services under conditions normally encountered in similar installations. 2. Dissimilar metals: Separate contacting surfaces with dielectric material. C. Power transmission systems: 1. Power transmission equipment: V-belts, sheaves, shaft couplings, chains, sprockets, mechanical variable-speed drives, variable frequency drives, gear reducers, open and enclosed gearing, clutches, brakes, intermediate shafting, intermediate bearings, and U-joints are to be rated for 24 hour-a-day continuous service or frequent stops-and-starts intermittent service, whichever is most severe, and sized with a minimum service factor of 1.5: a. Apply 1.5 service factor to nameplate horsepower and torque of prime source of power and not to actual equipment loading. b. Apply service factors higher than 1.5 when recommended for continuous 24 hour per day operation and shock loadings in accordance with AGMA 6001-E08, other applicable AGMA standards, or other applicable referenced standards. c. When manufacturer recommends service factor greater than 1.5, manufacturer's recommendation takes precedence. D. Vibration: 1. Resonant frequency: a. For single speed equipment, ensure there are no natural resonant frequencies within 25 percent above or below the operating rotational frequencies or multiples of the operating rotational frequencies that may be excited by the equipment design. b. For variable speed equipment, ensure there are no natural resonant frequencies within 25 percent above or below the range of operating frequencies. E. Equipment mounting and anchoring: 1. Mount equipment on cast iron or welded steel bases with structural steel support frames. a. Utilize continuous welds to seal seams and contact edges between steel members. b. Grind welds smooth. 2. Provide bases and supports with machined support pads, dowels for alignment of mating of adjacent items, adequate openings to facilitate grouting, and openings for electrical conduits. November 2022 46_05_10-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 3. Provide jacking screws in bases and supports for equipment weighing over 1,000 pounds. 4. Design equipment anchorage, supports, and connections for dead load, running loads, loads during start-up, seismic load specified in Section 01_81_02 - Seismic Design Criteria, and other loads as required for proper operation of equipment. 5. Anchorage of equipment to concrete or masonry: a. Perform calculations and determine number, size, type, strength, and location of anchor bolts or other connections. b. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, select and provide anchors from the types specified in Section 05_05_24 - Mechanical Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry. c. Provide bolt sleeves around cast-in anchor bolts for heavy equipment. 1) Adjust bolts to final location and fill sleeve with polyurethane foam. 6. Anchorage of equipment to metal supports: Perform calculations and determine number, size, type, strength, and location of bolts used to connect equipment to metal supports. 7. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install equipment supported on concrete over non-shrink grout pads as specified in this Section. F. Seismic design: 1. Design equipment anchorage and related details for seismic design criteria as specified in applicable section. 2. For equipment with operating weight of 400 pounds and greater that is supported 4 feet or less above the floor and all equipment that is supported higher than 4 feet above the floor, provide calculations for: a. The operating weight and location of the centroid of mass for the equipment. b. Forces and overturning moments. c. Shear and tension forces in equipment anchorages, supports, and connections. d. The design of equipment anchorage, supports, and connections based on calculated shear and tension forces. G. Equipment units weighing 50 pounds or more: Provide with lifting lugs or eyes to allow removal with hoist or other lifting device. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: 1. For each item of equipment: a. Design features. b. Load capacities. c. Efficiency ratings. d. Material designations by UNS alloy number or ASTM Specification and Grade. e. Data needed to verify compliance with the Specifications. f. Catalog data. g. Name plate data. h. Clearly mark submittal information to show specific items, materials, and accessories or options being furnished. November 2022 46_05_10-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 2. Gear reduction units: a. Engineering information in accordance with applicable AGMA standards. b. Gear mesh frequencies. B. Shop drawings: 1. Drawings for equipment: a. Drawings that include outline drawings, cut-away drawings, parts lists, material specification lists, and other information required to substantiate that proposed equipment complies with specified requirements. 2. Outline drawings showing equipment, driver, driven equipment, pumps, seal, motor(s) or other specified drivers, variable frequency drive, shafting, U-joints, couplings, drive arrangement, gears, base plate or support dimensions, anchor bolt sizes and locations, bearings, and other furnished components. 3. Installation instructions including leveling and alignment tolerances, grouting, lubrication requirements, and initial Installation Testing procedures. 4. Wiring, control schematics, control logic diagrams and ladder logic or similar for computer based controls. 5. Recommended or normal operating parameters such as temperatures and pressures. 6. Alarm and shutdown set points for all controls furnished. C. Calculations: 1. Calculations and other information to substantiate equipment base plates, supports, bolts, anchor bolts, and other connections meet minimum design strength requirements and seismic design criteria specified in Section 01_81_02 - Seismic Design Criteria. 2. ABMA 9 or ABMA 11 L10 life for bearings calculation methods for drivers, pumps, gears, shafts, motors, and other driveline components with bearings. 3. Calculations and other information to substantiate that operating rotational frequencies meet the requirements of this Section. 4. Torsional analysis of power transmission systems: When torsional analysis specified in the equipment sections, provide: a. Sketch of system components identifying physical characteristics including mass, diameter, thickness, and stiffness. b. Results of analysis including first and second critical frequencies of system components and complete system. 5. Calculations shall be signed and stamped by a civil or structural engineer registered to practice in the state where the Project is located. D. Quality control submittals: 1. Source quality control reports and certified test data. 2. Submit factory test reports before shipment. 3. Certified static and dynamic balancing reports for rotating equipment. 4. Field quality control reports and test data. 5. Submit material test reports a specified in the equipment sections. E. Operation and maintenance manuals: 1. Submit prior to training of Owner's personnel. 2. Make available at project site complete copy of manuals for use by field personnel and Engineer during commissioning and process start-up of equipment. November 2022 46_05_10-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 3. Include manufacturer and model number of every bearing; include calculated ball pass frequencies of the installed equipment for both the inner and outer raceways. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's field service: 1. Furnish services of authorized representative specially trained in installation of equipment: a. Visit project site and perform tasks necessary to certify installation. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and shipping: 1. Equipment: Pack in boxes, crates, or otherwise protect from damage and moisture, dust, or dirt during shipment, handling, and storage. 2. Bearings: Separately pack or otherwise suitably protect during transport. 3. Spare parts: Deliver in boxes labeled with contents, equipment to which spare parts belong, and name of Contractor. B. Storage: 1. Equipment having bearings: a. Store in enclosed facilities. b. Rotate units at least once per month or more often as recommended by the manufacturer to protect rotating elements and bearings. 2. Gear boxes: Oil filled or sprayed with rust preventive protective coating. C. Protection: 1. Equipment: Protect equipment from deleterious exposure. 2. Painted surfaces: Protect against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Equipment anchoring: Obtain anchoring material and templates or setting drawings from equipment manufacturers in adequate time for anchors to be cast-in-place when concrete is placed. B. Coordinate details of equipment with other related parts of the Work, including verification that structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. C. Commissioning and process start-up submittals: 1. Perform general commissioning and process start-up and testing procedures after operation and maintenance manuals for equipment have been received and accepted. 2. Conduct functional testing of mechanical or electrical systems when each system is substantially complete and after general Installation testing procedures have been successfully completed. November 2022 46_05_10-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Special tools: 1. When specified, provide special tools required for operation and maintenance. 2. Mark or tag and list such tools in maintenance and operations instructions. Describe use of each tool. B. Spare belts: 1. When spare belts are specified, furnish 1 spare belt for every different type and size of belt-driven unit: a. Where 2 or more belts are involved, furnish matched sets. b. Identify as to equipment, design, horsepower, speed, length, sheave size, and use. c. Package in boxes labeled with identification of contents. C. Spare parts: 1. Assume responsibility until turned over to Owner. 2. Store in enclosed facilities. 3. Furnish itemized list and match identification tag attached to every part. 4. List parts by generic title and identification number. 5. Furnish name, address, and telephone number of supplier and spare parts warehouse. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials in contact with drinking water as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. B. Ferrous materials: 1. Steel for members used in fabrication of assemblies: ASTM A36. 2. Iron castings: ASTM A48, tough, close-grained gray iron, free from blowholes, flaws, and other imperfections. 3. Ductile iron castings: ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12, free from flaws and imperfections. 4. Galvanized steel sheet: ASTM A653, minimum 0.0635 inch (16 gauge). 5. Expanded metal: ASTM A36, 13 gauge, 1/2-inch flat pattern expanded metal. C. Nonferrous materials: 1. Stainless steel: Type 304 or 316 as specified. Provide L grade where welding required. 2. Bronze in contact with drinking water: Composition of not more than 2 percent aluminum nor more than 6 percent zinc; UNS Alloy C89833, C89520, or C92200 in accordance with ASTM B61, B62, B505, or B584, when not specified otherwise. D. Dielectric materials for separation of dissimilar metals: 1. Neoprene, bituminous impregnated felt, heavy bituminous coatings, nonmetallic separators or washers, or other materials. E. Non-shrink grout: As specified in applicable specification. November 2022 46_05_10-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 2.02 FASTENERS A. General: 1. Material: As specified in the individual specifications. 2. Where fasteners are specified to be galvanized, shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 or ASTM F2329. B. Mechanical anchors: 1. As specified in Section 01_81_02 - Seismic Design Criteria. C. Flange bolts: 1. As specified in Section 40_05_00.01 - Common Work Results for General Piping. D. Mechanical assembly fasteners: 1. Stainless steel: a. High Temperature Service or High Pressure Service. 1) Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8 (304 SST) or Grade B8M (316 SST), Class 1, heavy hex. 2) Nuts: ASTM A194, Grade 8, heavy hex. 3) Washers: Alloy group matching bolts and nuts. b. Low Temperature Service: 1) Bolts: ASTM A320, Grade B8 (304 SST) or Grade B8M (316 SST), Class 1, heavy hex. 2) Nuts: ASTM A194, Grade 8 (304 SST) or Grade B8M (316 SST), heavy hex. 3) Washers: Alloy group matching bolts and nuts. c. General service: 1) Bolts: ASTM F593, Alloy group 1 (304 SST) or Alloy group 2 (316 SST). 2) Nuts: ASTM F594, Alloy group 1 (304 SST) or Alloy group 2 (316 SST). 3) Washers: Alloy group matching bolts and nuts. 2. Carbon steel. 2.03 SHAFT COUPLINGS A. General: 1. Type and ratings: Provide nonlubricated type, designed for not less than 50,000 hours of operating life. 2. Sizes: Provide as recommended by manufacturer for specific application, considering horsepower, speed of rotation, and type of service. 3. Use: Use of couplings specified in this Section does not relieve Contractor of responsibility to provide precision alignment of driver-driven units as required by equipment manufacturer and alignment criteria specified elsewhere in this Section. B. Shaft couplings - close coupled: Shaft couplings for close coupled electric motor driven equipment 1/2 horsepower or larger and subject to sudden torque reversals or shock loading: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. T.B. Woods, Dura-Flex, L-Jaw C-Jaw or G-Jaw. b. Lovejoy, S-Flex. November 2022 46_05_10-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 2. Provide flexible couplings designed to accommodate angular misalignment, parallel misalignment, and end float. 3. Manufacture flexible component of coupling from synthetic rubber, or urethane. 4. Provide service factor of 2.5 for electric motor drives and 3.5 for engine drives. 5. Do not allow metal-to-metal contact between driver and driven equipment. 6. Examples of loads where sudden torque reversals may be expected: a. Reciprocating pumps, blowers, and compressors. b. Conveyor belts. c. Reversing equipment. C. Shaft couplings - direct connected: Shaft couplings for direct connected electric motor driven equipment 1/2 horsepower or larger and subject to normal torque, non-reversing applications: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Rexnord - Falk. b. T.B. Woods, Dura-Flex, Sure-Flex or Form-Flex. 2. Provide flexible couplings designed to accommodate shock loading, vibration, and shaft misalignment or offset. 3. Provide flexible connecting element of rubber and reinforcement fibers. 4. Connect stub shafts through collars or round flanges, firmly keyed to their shafts with neoprene cylinders held to individual flanges by through pins. D. Spacer couplings: Where cartridge type mechanical seals or non-split seals are specified, provide a spacer type coupling of sufficient length to remove the seal without disturbing the driver or driven equipment unless noted otherwise in the individual equipment specifications. E. Specialized couplings: Where requirements of equipment dictate specialized features, supply coupling recommended for service by manufacturer. 2.04 STUFFING BOX, SEAL CHAMBER, AND SHAFT SEALS A. General: 1. Unless otherwise noted in the equipment section, provide cartridge type, double mechanical shaft seals for pumps. 2. Provide a stuffing box large enough for a double mechanical seal. 3. Where packing is specified, provide stuffing box large enough to receive a double mechanical seal. 4. Provide seal or packing flush connections, (3/4-inch size unless another size is indicated on the Drawings). 5. Provide and route leakage drain line to nearest equipment floor drain indicated on the Drawings. 6. For pumps with packing, design packing gland to allow adjustment and repacking without dismantling pump except to open up packing box. 7. Seal or packing flush requirements shall be in accordance with API Standard 682 requirements. Unless otherwise indicated, specified or required by the equipment and seal manufacturers, the following API flushing Plan arrangements shall be utilized as appropriate for the application: a. Single seal, clean water applications: Plan 11 (Discharge bypass to seal). b. Single seal, vertical pump applications: Plan 13 (Seal bypass to suction). November 2022 46_05_10-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) c. Single seal, clean hot water (greater than 180 degrees Fahrenheit) applications: Plan 23 (Seal cooler and pumping ring). d. Single seal, solids, or contaminants containing water applications: Plan 32 (External seal water- see Carollo typical detail # M262). e. Double seal applications: Plan 54 (External seal water- see Carollo typical detail # M262). B. Packing: When specified in the equipment section of the specifications, provide the following type of packing: 1. Wastewater, water, and sludge applications: a. Asbestos free. b. PTFE (Teflon) free. c. Braided graphite. d. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Chesterton, 1400. 2) John Crane Inc., equivalent product. 2. Drinking water service: a. Approved by the FDA. b. As specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. c. Asbestos free. d. Material: Braided PTFE (Teflon). e. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1) Chesterton, 1725. 2) John Crane, Inc., equivalent product. C. Mechanical seals: Provide seal types specified in the equipment sections and as specified. 1. Provide seal types meeting the following requirements: a. Balanced hydraulically. b. Spring: Stationary, out of pumping fluid, Hastelloy C; Type Elgiloy or 17-7 PH stainless steel for split seals. c. O-ring: Viton 747. d. Gland: Type 316L stainless steel. e. Set screws: Type 316L stainless steel. f. Faces: Reaction bonded, Silicon Carbide. g. Seal designed to withstand 300 pounds per square inch gauge minimum differential pressures in either direction; no requirement for seal buffer pressure to be maintained when pump is not operational even though process suction head may be present in pump. 2. Cartridge type single mechanical: Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Chesterton, S10. b. John Crane, 5610 Series. 3. Cartridge type double mechanical: Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Chesterton, S20. b. John Crane, 5620 Series. 4. Split face single mechanical: Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Chesterton, 442. b. John Crane, 3740. November 2022 46_05_10-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 5. Cartridge type flushless mechanical: Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Chesterton, 156. b. John Crane, 5870. 2.05 GEAR REDUCTION UNITS A. Type: Helical or herringbone, unless otherwise specified. B. Design: 1. Made of alloys treated for hardness and for severe service. 2. AGMA Class II service: a. Use more severe service condition when such is recommended by unit's manufacturer. 3. Cast iron housing with gears running in oil. 4. Anti-friction bearings. 5. Thermal horsepower rating based on maximum horsepower rating of prime mover not actual load. 6. Manufactured in accordance with applicable AGMA standards. C. Planetary gear units are not to be used. 2.06 BELT DRIVES A. Sheaves: 1. Separately mounted on bushings by means of at least 3 pull-up bolts or cap tightening screws. 2. When 2 sheave sizes are specified, provide separate belts sized for each set of sheaves. 3. Statically balanced for all; dynamically balanced for sheaves that operates at peripheral speed of more than 5,500 feet per minute. 4. Key bushings to drive shaft. B. Belts: Anti-static type when explosion-proof equipment or environment is specified. C. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Dodge, Dyna-V belts with matching Dyna-V sheaves and Taper-Lock bushings. 2. T.B. Wood's, Ultra-V belts with matching Sure-Grip sheaves and Sure-Grip bushings. 2.07 BEARINGS A. Type: Oil or grease lubricated, ball or roller antifriction type, of standard manufacture. B. Oil lubricated bearings: Provide either pressure lubricating system or separate oil reservoir splash type system: 1. Size oil lubrication systems to safely absorb heat energy generated in bearings when equipment is operating under normal conditions and with the temperature 15 degree Fahrenheit above the maximum design temperature. November 2022 46_05_10-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 2. Provide an external oil cooler when required to satisfy the specified operating conditions. a. Provide air cooled system if a water-cooling source is not indicated on the Drawings. b. Equip oil cooler with a filler pipe and external level gauge. C. Grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory sealed: Fit with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain, and relief fittings. 1. Lubrication lines and fittings: a. Lines: Minimum 1/4-inch diameter stainless steel tubing. b. Multiple fitting assemblies: Mount fittings together in easily accessible location. c. Use standard hydraulic type grease supply fittings: 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Alenite. b) Zerk. D. Ratings: Rated in accordance with ABMA 9 or ABMA 11 L10 life for bearings rating life of not less than 50,000 hours: 1. Higher ratings, when specified in other Sections, supersede preceding requirement. 2.08 SAFETY GUARDS A. Drive assemblies: Enclose sprockets, belts, drive chains, gearings, couplings, and other moving parts on drive assemblies in safety enclosures that are in compliance with applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Shafts: Provide guards that protect personnel from rotating shafts or components within 7.5 feet of floors or operating platforms. C. Hot surfaces: Insulate all surfaces with normal operating temperatures above 120 degrees Fahrenheit when surface is within 7.5 feet height from any operating floor or level; insulation thickness such that temperature is below 120 degrees Fahrenheit; cover insulation with moisture-proof protective jacket; insulation Type 3 and cover Type 5 as specified in Section 40_05_06.55 - Piping Insulation. D. Guard requirements: 1. Allow visual inspection of moving parts without removal. 2. Allow access to lubrication fittings. 3. Prevent entrance of rain or dripping water for outdoor locations. 4. Size belt and sheave guards to allow for installation of sheaves 15 percent larger and addition of 1 belt. E. Materials: 1. Sheet metal: Carbon steel, 12 gauge minimum thickness, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 2. Fasteners: Type 304 stainless steel. November 2022 46_05_10-12 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 2.09 WARNING SIGNS A. Provide for equipment that starts automatically or remotely. B. Material and size: Metal as specified in Section 10_14_00 - Signage. C. Colors: Black lettering on yellow background. D. Text: As specified in Section 10_14_00 - Signage. 2.10 FABRICATION A. Nameplates: 1. Engraved or stamped on Type 304 stainless steel and fastened to equipment at factory in an accessible and visible location. 2. Indicate following information as applicable: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Equipment model number and serial number. c. Maximum and Normal rotating speed. d. Horsepower. e. Rated capacity. f. Service class per applicable standards. 3. Nameplates for pumps: Include: a. Rated total dynamic head in feet of fluid. b. Rated flow in gallons per minute. c. Impeller, gear, screw, diaphragm, or piston size. 4. Gear reduction units: Include: a. AGMA Class of service. b. Service factor. c. Input and output speeds. B. Bolt holes in equipment support frames: 1. Do not exceed bolt diameter by more than 25 percent, up to limiting maximum diameter oversize of 1/4 inch. C. Shop finishing: 1. Provide factory and field coating as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings. a. Finish painting of motors: Shop finish paint with manufacturer's standard coating, unless otherwise specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings. 2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. As specified in the individual equipment sections of the Specifications. November 2022 46_05_10-13 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all components for shipping damage, conformance to specifications, and proper torques and tightness of fasteners. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Metal work embedded in concrete: 1. Accurately place and hold in correct position while concrete is being placed. 2. Clean surface of metal in contact with concrete immediately before concrete is placed. B. Concrete surfaces designated to receive non-shrink grout: 1. Heavy sandblast concrete surface in contact with non-shrink grout. 2. Clean concrete surfaces of sandblasting sand, grease, oil, dirt, and other foreign material that may reduce bond to non-shrink grout. 3. Saturate concrete with water. Concrete shall be saturated surface damp at time non-shrink grout is placed. C. Field measurements: 1. Prior to fabrication of equipment, take measurements for installation of equipment and verify dimensions indicated on the Drawings. 2. Ensure equipment and ancillary appurtenances fit within available space. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. B. Lubrication lines and fittings: 1. Lines from fittings to point of use: Support and protect. 2. Fittings: a. Bring fittings to outside of equipment in manner such that they are readily accessible from outside without necessity of removing covers, plates, housings, or guards. b. Mount fittings together wherever possible using factory-mounted multiple fitting assemblies securely mounted, parallel with equipment lines, and protected from damage. c. Fittings for underwater bearings: Bring fittings above water surface and mount on edge of structure above. C. Alignment of drivers and equipment: 1. Where drive motors or other drivers are connected to driven equipment by flexible coupling, disconnect coupling halves and align driver and equipment after complete unit has been leveled on its foundation. 2. Comply with procedures of appropriate HI, AGMA Standards, alignment tolerances of equipment manufacturers and the following requirements to bring components into angular and parallel alignment: a. Maximum total coupling offset (not the per-plane offset): Not to exceed 0.5 mils per inch of coupling length for spacer couplings based on coupling length (not dial separation). November 2022 46_05_10-14 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) b. Utilize jacking screws, wedges, or shims as recommended by the equipment manufacturer and as specified in the equipment sections. 3. Use reverse-indicator arrangement dial type or laser type alignment indicators: Mount indicators on the driver/coupling flange and equipment/coupling flange. Alignment instrumentation accuracy shall be sufficient to read angular and radial misalignment at 10 percent or less of the manufacturer's recommended acceptable misalignment. 4. Alignment and calculations shall include measurement and allowance for thermal growth, spacer coupling length, indicator separation, and axial spacing tolerances of the coupling. 5. When alignment satisfies most stringent tolerance of system components, grout between base and foundation. a. Allow minimum 48 hours for grout to harden. b. After grout hardens, remove jacking screws, tighten anchor bolts and other connections, and recheck alignment. c. Correct alignment as required. 6. After operational testing is complete, dowel motor or drivers and driven equipment. a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. D. Grouting under equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids with non-shrink grout: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, grout with non-shrink grout. 2. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions for grouting spaces, and tolerances for level and vertical and horizontal alignment. 3. Install non-shrink grout only after: a. Equipment is leveled and in proper alignment. b. Piping connections are complete and in alignment with no strain transmitted to equipment. 4. Do not use leveling nuts on equipment anchors for supporting and leveling equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids for grouting. 5. Use jack screws for supporting and leveling equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids for grouting following the procedure defined below: a. Drill and tap equipment base plates, sole plates, and skids for jack screws. b. Use suitable number and size of jack screws. c. End of jack screws shall bear on circular steel plates epoxy bonded to equipment foundation. d. Jack screw threads that will be in contact with non-shrink grout: Wrap with multiple layers of tape or other material, acceptable to Engineer, to prevent non-shrink grout from bonding to threads. e. Place non-shrink grout. f. Cure non-shrink grout. g. After non-shrink grout has been cured, remove jack screws and material used to prevent bond to non-shrink grout. 1) Provide jack screws to Owner for future use. h. Tighten equipment anchors in accordance with equipment manufacturer requirements. i. Fill holes where jack screws have been removed with non-shrink grout. j. Cure non-shrink grout in repaired areas. November 2022 46_05_10-15 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) 6. For equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids where it is not practical to use jack screws, use steel wedges and shims, using procedure defined below: a. Wrap wedges and shims that contact non-shrink grout with multiple layers of tape or other material, acceptable to Engineer, to prevent non-shrink grout from bonding. b. Place non-shrink grout. c. Cure non-shrink grout. d. Remove wedges or shims. e. Tighten equipment anchors to in accordance with equipment manufacturer requirements. f. Fill voids where wedges and shims have been removed with non-shrink grout. g. Cure non-shrink grout in repaired areas. 7. Preparation of equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids for grouting: a. Metal in contact with grout: Grit blast to white metal finish. b. Clean surfaces of equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids in contact with grout of dirt, dust, oil, grease, paint and other material that will reduce bond. 8. Preparation of concrete equipment foundation for grouting: a. Rough concrete surfaces in contact with non-shrink grout to ICRI CDP-6 surface profile or rougher. b. Concrete contact surface shall be free of dirt, dust, laitance, particles, loose concrete, or other material or coatings that will reduce bond. c. Saturate concrete contact surface area with water for minimum of 24 hours prior to grouting. d. Remove standing water just prior to grout placement, using clean rags or oil-free compressed air. 9. Forms and headboxes: a. Build forms for grouting of material with adequate strength to withstand placement of grouts. b. Use forms that are rigid and liquid tight. Caulk cracks and joints with an elastomeric sealant. c. Line forms with polyethylene film for easy grout release. Forms carefully waxed with 2 coats of heavy-duty paste wax will also be acceptable. 10. Grout placement requirements: a. Minimum ambient and substrate temperature: 45 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 1) Conform to non-shrink grout manufacturerÓs temperature requirements. b. Pour non-shrink grout using head box. c. Keep level of non-shrink grout in head box above bottom of equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids at all times to prevent air entrapment in grout. d. Non-shrink grout shall flow continuously from head box to other side of forms without trapping air or forming voids. e. Vibrate, rod, or chain non-shrink grout to facilitate grout flow, consolidate grout, and remove entrapped air. November 2022 46_05_10-16 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) f. After non-shrink grout sets, remove forms and trim grout at 45 degree angle from bottom edge of equipment bases, baseplates, soleplates, and skids. g. Water cure non-shrink grout continuously for a minimum of 7 days. E. Special techniques: Use applicable special tools and equipment, including precision machinist levels, dial indicators, and gauges as required in equipment installations. F. Tolerances: 1. Completed equipment installations: Comply with requirements for intended use and specified vibration and noise tolerances. G. Warning signs: Mount securely with stainless fasteners at equipment that can be started automatically or from remote locations. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test equipment as specified in the individual equipment section of the Specifications. 3.05 COMMISSIONING AND PROCESS START-UP A. Perform commissioning and process start-up. END OF SECTION November 2022 46_05_10-17 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_10 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 46_05_11 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Equipment nameplates. 2. Special items. 1.02 SUBMITTAL A. Submit as specified in Section 00_72_00 - General Conditions. B. Shop drawings: 1. Product data. 2. Installation instructions. C. Samples. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with regulatory requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Material and fabrication: 1. Stainless steel sheet engraved or stamped with text, holes drilled, or punch for fasteners. B. Fasteners: 1. Number 4 or larger oval head stainless steel screws or drive pins. C. Text: 1. ManufacturerÓs name, equipment model number and serial number, identification tag number; and when appropriate, drive speed, motor horsepower with rated capacity, pump rated total dynamic head, and impeller size. November 2022 46_05_11-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_11 (BidSet 2022) 2.02 SPECIAL ITEMS A. In addition, special coating of following items will be required: Item Color Hoist hooks and blocks Yellow and black stripes Steel guard posts In accordance with standard details B. Paint minimum 2 inches high numbers on or adjacent to accessible valves, pumps, flowmeters, and other items of equipment which are indicated on the Drawings or in Specifications by number. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify satisfactory conditions of substrate for applying identification. B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation and application of products as specified in Section 01_60_00 - Product Requirements. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare and coat surfaces of special items as specified in Section 09_96_01 - High Performance Coatings. B. Prepare surface in accordance with product manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION November 2022 46_05_11-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_11 (BidSet 2022) SECTION 46_05_94 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Testing of mechanical equipment and systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. S1.4 Specification for Sound Level Meters. B. Hydraulic Institute (HI). C. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project closeout documents: 1. Provide vendor operation and maintenance manual as specified in Section 01_78_23 - Operation and Maintenance Data. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Commissioning of equipment as specified in: 1. This Section. 2. Equipment sections: a. If testing requirements are not specified, provide Level 1 Tests. B. Test and prepare piping as specified in Section 40_05_00.09 - Piping Systems Testing. C. Operation of related existing equipment: 1. Owner will operate related existing equipment or facilities necessary to accomplish the testing. 2. Schedule and coordinate testing with Engineer and Owner. November 2022 46_05_94-1 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) D. Provide necessary test instrumentation that has been calibrated within 1 year from date of test to recognized test standards traceable to the NIST or approved source: 1. Properly calibrated field instrumentation permanently installed as a part of the Work may be utilized for tests. 2. Prior to testing, provide signed and dated certificates of calibration for test instrumentation and equipment. E. Test measurement and result accuracy: 1. Use test instruments with accuracies as recommended in the appropriate referenced standards. When no accuracy is recommended in the referenced standard, use 1 percent or better accuracy test instruments. a. Improved (lower error tolerance) accuracies specified elsewhere prevail over this general requirement. 2. Do not adjust results of tests for instrumentation accuracy. a. Measured values and values directly calculated from measured values shall be the basis for comparing actual equipment performance to specified requirements. 3.02 VARIABLE SPEED EQUIPMENT TESTS A. Establish performance over the entire speed range and at the average operating condition. B. Establish performance curves for the following speeds: 1. The speed corresponding to the rated maximum capacity. 2. The speed corresponding to the minimum capacity. 3. The speed corresponding to the average operating conditions. 3.03 PUMP TESTS, ALL LEVELS OF TESTING A. Test in accordance with the following: 1. Applicable HI Standards. 2. This Section. 3. Equipment sections. B. Test tolerances: In accordance with appropriate HI Standards, except the following modified tolerances apply: 1. From 0 to plus 5 percent of head at the rated design point flow. 2. From 0 to plus 5 percent of flow at the rated design point head. 3. No negative tolerance for the efficiency at the rated design point. 4. No positive tolerance for vibration limits. Vibration limits and test methods in HI Standards do not apply, use limits and methods specified in this or other Sections of the Specifications. 3.04 DRIVERS TESTS A. Test motors as specified in Section 26. B. Test other drivers as specified in the equipment section. November 2022 46_05_94-2 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) 3.05 NOISE REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROL A. Perform noise tests in conjunction with vibration test analysis. B. Make measurements in relation to reference pressure of 0.0002 microbar. C. Make measurements of emitted noise levels on sound level meter meeting or exceeding ANSI S1.4, Type II. D. Set sound level meter to slow response. E. Unless otherwise specified, maximum free field noise level not to exceed 85 dBA measured as sound pressure level at 3 feet from the equipment. 3.06 PRESSURE TESTING A. Hydrostatically pressure test pressure containing parts at the appropriate standard or code required level above the equipment component specified design pressure or operating pressure, whichever is higher. 3.07 INSPECTION AND BALANCING A. Statically and dynamically balance each of the individual rotating parts as required to achieve the required field vibration limits. B. Statically and dynamically balance the completed equipment rotating assembly and drive shaft components. C. Furnish copies of material and component inspection reports including balancing reports for equipment system components and for the completed rotating assembly. D. Critical speed of rotating equipment: 1. Satisfy the following: a. The first lateral and torsional critical speed of all constant, variable, and 2-speed driven equipment that is considered rigid such as horizontal pumps, all non-clog pumps, blowers, air compressors, and engines shall be at least 25 percent above the equipmentÓs maximum operating speed. b. The first lateral and torsional critical speed of all constant, variable, and 2-speed driven equipment that is considered flexible or flexibly mounted such as vertical pumps (vertical in-line and vertical non-clog pumps excluded) and fans shall at least 25 percent below the equipmentÓs lowest operating speed. c. The second lateral and torsional critical speed of all constant, variable, and 2-speed equipment that is considered flexible or flexibly mounted shall be at least 25 percent above the maximum operating speed. E. Vibration tests: 1. Definitions: a. Root mean square: for pumps operating at speeds greater than 600 rpm, the vibration measurement shall be measured as the overall velocity in inches per second root mean square (RMS). b. Peak-to-peak displacement: The root means squared average of the peak-to-peak displacement multiplied by the square root of 2. November 2022 46_05_94-3 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) c. Peak velocity: The root mean squared average of the peak velocity multiplied by the square root of 2. d. Peak acceleration: The root mean squared average of the peak acceleration multiplied by the square root of 2. e. High frequency enveloping: A process to extract very low amplitude time domain signals associated with impact or impulse events such as bearing or gear tooth defects and display them in a frequency spectrum of acceleration versus frequency. 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Rockwell Automation, Entek Group, "Spike Energy" analysis. b) CSI, "PeakVue." f. Low speed equipment: Equipment or components of equipment rotating at less than 600 revolutions per minute. g. High speed equipment: Equipment and equipment components operating at or above 600 revolutions per minute. h. Preferred operating range: ManufacturerÓs defined preferred operating range (POR) for the equipment. i. Allowable operating range: ManufacturerÓs defined allowable operating range (AOR) for the equipment. 2. Vibration instrumentation requirements: a. Analyzers: Use digital type analyzers or data collectors with anti-aliasing filter, 12 bit A/D converter, fast fourier transform circuitry, phase measurement capability, time wave form data storage, high frequency enveloping capabilities, 35 frequency ranges from 21 to 1,500,000 cycles per minute, adjustable fast fourier transform resolution from 400 to 6,400 lines, storage for up to one hundred 3,200 line frequency spectra, data output port, circuitry for integration of acceleration data to velocity or double integration to displacement. 1) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a) Computational Systems Inc., (CSI) Division of Emerson Process Management, Model 2120A, Data Collector/analyzer with applicable analysis software. b) Pruftechnik, VIBXPERT II. b. Analyzer settings: 1) Units: English, inches/second, mils, and gravitational forces. 2) Fast fourier transform lines: Most equipment 1,600 minimum; for motors, enough lines as required to distinguish motor current frequencies from rotational frequencies, use 3,200 lines for motors with a nominal speed of 3,600 revolutions per minute; 3,200 lines minimum for High Frequency Enveloping; 1,600 lines minimum for low speed equipment. 3) Sample averages: 4 minimum. 4) Maximum frequency (Fmax): 40 times rotational frequency for rolling element bearings, 10 times rotational frequency for sleeve bearings. 5) Amplitude range: Auto select but full scale not more than twice the acceptance criteria or the highest peak, whichever is lower. 6) Fast fourier transform windowing: Hanning Window. 7) High pass filter: Minus 3 dB at 120 cycles per minute for high speed equipment. Minus 3 dB at 21 cycles per minute for low speed equipment. November 2022 46_05_94-4 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) c. Accelerometers: 1) For low speed equipment: Low frequency, shear mode accelerometer, 500 millivolts per gravitational force sensitivity, 10 gravitational force range, plus/minus 5 percent frequency response from 0.5 hertz to 850 hertz, magnetic mount. a) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: (1) Wilcoxon Research, Model 797L. (2) PCB, Model 393C. 2) For high speed equipment: General purpose accelerometer, 100 millivolts per gravitational force sensitivity, 50 gravitational force range, plus/minus 3dB frequency response range from 2 hertz to 12,000 hertz when stud mounted, with magnetic mount holder. a) Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: (1) Wilcoxon Research, Model 793. (2) Entek-IRD Model 943. 3. Accelerometer mounting: a. Use magnetic mounting or stud mounting. b. Mount on bearing housing in location with best available direct path to bearing and shaft vibration. c. Remove paint and mount transducer on flat metal surface or epoxy mount for High Frequency Enveloping measurements. 4. Vibration acceptance criteria: a. Testing of rotating mechanical equipment: Tests are to be performed by an experienced, factory trained, and independent authorized vibration analysis expert. b. Vibration displacement limits: Unless otherwise specified, equipment operating at speeds 600 revolutions per minute or less is not to exhibit unfiltered readings in excess of following: Overall Peak-to-Peak Displacement Operating Conditions and Application Data Field, mils Factory, mils Operation within the POR 3.0 4.0 Operation within the AOR 4.0 5.0 Additive value when measurement location is greater than 5 feet above foundation. 2.0 2.0 Additive value for solids-handling pumps 2.0 N/A Additive value for slurry pumps 2.0 N/A c. Vibration velocity limits: Unless otherwise specified, equipment operating at speeds greater than 600 revolutions per minute is not to exceed the following peak velocity limits: Field Test Factory Test HI Pump Type Horsepower Overall RMS Overall RMS Horizontal Solids Below 33 hp 0.25 0.28 Handling Centrifugal Pumps November 2022 46_05_94-5 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) Field Test Factory Test HI Pump Type Horsepower Overall RMS Overall RMS Horizontal and Vertical Between 33 and 0.28 0.31 In-Line Centrifugal 100 hp Pumps (other than Non- 100 hp and above 0.31 0.34 Clog type) Below 33 hp 0.30 0.33 Vertical Solids Handling Centrifugal Pumps Vertical Turbine, Mixed Between 33 and 0.32 0.35 Flow, and Propeller 100 hp Pumps 100 hp and above 0.34 0.35 Non-Solids Handling Below 268 hp 0.15 0.19 Centrifugal Pumps 268 hp and above 0.19 0.22 HI Types BB1, BB2, BB3, BB4, BB5, OH1, OH2, OH3, OH4, OH5, and OH7 Vertical Turbine, Mixed Below 268 hp 0.13 Flow, and Propeller Pumps HI Types VS1, VS2, VS3, VS4, VS5, VS6, VS7, and VS8 Gear Reducers, Radial 268 hp and above 0.17 Slurry Pumps 0.25 0.30 Motors See Applicable Motor See Applicable Specification Motor Specification Gear Reducers, Radial Not to exceed AGMA Not to exceed 6000-B96 limits AGMA 6000- B96 limits Other Reducers, Axial 0.1 N/A d. Equipment operation: Measurements are to be obtained with equipment installed and operating within capacity ranges specified and without duplicate equipment running. e. Additional criteria: 1) No narrow band spectral vibration amplitude components, whether sub-rotational, higher harmonic, or synchronous multiple of running speed, are to exceed 40 percent of synchronous vibration amplitude component without manufacturer's detailed verification of origin and ultimate effect of such excitation. 2) The presence of discernable vibration amplitude peaks in Test Level 2 or 3 vibration spectra at bearing inner or outer race frequencies shall be cause for rejection of the equipment. November 2022 46_05_94-6 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) 3) For motors, the following shall be cause for rejection: a) Stator eccentricity evidenced by a spectral peak at 2 times electrical line frequency that is more than 40 percent of the peak at rotational frequency. b) Rotor eccentricity evidenced by a spectral peak at 2 times electrical line frequency with spectra side bands at the pole pass frequency around the 2 times line frequency peak. c) Other rotor problems evidenced by pole pass frequency side bands around operating speed harmonic peaks or 2 times line frequency side bands around rotor bar pass frequency or around 2 times the rotor bar pass frequency. d) Phasing problems evidenced by 1/3 line frequency side band spectral peaks around the 2 times electrical line frequency peak. 4) The presence of peaks in a High Frequency Enveloping spectra plot corresponding to bearing, gear or motor rotor bar frequencies or harmonics of these frequencies shall be cause for rejection of the equipment; since inadequate lubrication of some equipment may be a cause of these peaks, lubrication shall be checked, corrected as necessary and the high frequency envelope analysis repeated. 5. Vibration testing results presentation: a. Provide equipment drawing with location and orientation of measurement points indicated. b. For each vibration measurement take and include appropriate data on equipment operating conditions at the time vibration data is taken; for pumps, compressors, and blowers record suction pressure, discharge pressure, and flow. c. When Vibration Spectra Data required: 1) Plot peak vibration velocity versus frequency in cycles per minute. 2) Label plots showing actual shaft or part rotation frequency, bearing inner and outer race ball pass frequencies, gear mesh frequencies and relevant equipment excitation frequencies on the plot; label probable cause of vibration peaks whether in excess of specification limits or not. 3) Label plots with equipment identification and operating conditions such as tag number, capacity, pressure, driver horsepower, and point of vibration measurement. 4) Plot motor spectra on a log amplitude scale versus frequency. d. For low speed equipment, plot peak vibration displacement versus frequency as well as velocity versus frequency. e. Provide name of manufacturer and model number of the vibration instrumentation used, including analyzer and accelerometer used together with mounting type. 3.08 TESTING LEVELS A. Level 1 Tests: 1. Level 1 General Equipment Performance Test: a. For equipment, operate, rotate, or otherwise functionally test for 15 minutes minimum after components reach normal operating temperatures. b. Operate at rated design load conditions. November 2022 46_05_94-7 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) c. Confirm that equipment is properly assembled, equipment moves or rotates in the proper direction, shafting, drive elements, and bearings are installed and lubricated in accordance with proper tolerances, and that no unusual power consumption, lubrication temperatures, bearing temperatures, or other conditions are observed. 2. Level 1 Pump Performance Test: a. Measure flow and head while operating at or near the rated condition; for factory testing, testing may be at reduced speeds with flow and head corresponding to the rated condition when adjusted for speed using the appropriate affinity laws. b. Use of a test driver is permitted for factory tests when actual driver is given a separate test at its point of manufacture as specified in Section 26_05_09 - Low Voltage Motors up to 500 Horsepower or the applicable equipment section. Use actual driver for field tests. c. Record measured flow, suction pressure, discharge pressure, and make observations on bearing temperatures and noise levels. 3. Level 1 Vibration Test: a. Test requirement: 1) Measure filtered vibration spectra versus frequency in 3 perpendicular planes at each normally accessible bearing housing on the driven equipment, any gears and on the driver; 1 plane of measurement to be parallel to the axis of rotation of the component. 2) Vibration spectra versus frequency shall be in accordance with Vibration Acceptance Criteria. b. Equipment operating condition: Test at specified maximum speed. 4. Level 1 Noise Test: a. Measure unfiltered overall A-weighted sound pressure level in dBA at 3 feet horizontally from the surface of the equipment and at a mid-point of the equipment height. B. Level 2 Tests: 1. Level 2 General Performance Test: a. For equipment, operate, rotate, or otherwise functionally test for at least 2 hours after components reach normal operating temperatures. b. Operate at rated design load conditions. c. Confirm that equipment is properly assembled, equipment moves or rotates in the proper direction, shafting, drive elements, and bearings are installed and lubricated in accordance with proper tolerances, and that no unusual power consumption, lubrication temperatures, bearing temperatures, or other conditions are observed. 2. Level 2 Pump Performance Test: a. Test 2 hours minimum for flow and head at the rated condition; for factory testing, testing may be at a reduced speeds with flow and head corresponding to the rated condition when adjusted for speed using the appropriate affinity laws. b. Use of a test driver is permitted for factory tests when actual driver is given a separate test at its point of manufacture as specified in Section 26_05_09 - Low Voltage Motors up to 500 Horsepower. Use actual driver for field tests. c. Test for flow and head at 2 additional conditions; 1 at 25 percent below the rated flow and 1 at 10 percent above the rated flow. November 2022 46_05_94-8 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) d. Record measured flow, suction pressure, discharge pressure, and observations on bearing temperatures and noise levels at each condition. 3. Level 2 Vibration Test: a. Test requirement: 1) Measure filtered vibration spectra versus frequency and measure vibration phase in 3 perpendicular planes at each normally accessible bearing housing on the driven equipment, any gears and on the driver; 1 plane of measurement to be parallel to the axis of rotation of the component; measure actual rotational speeds for each vibration spectra measured using photometric or other tachometer input connected directly to the vibration data collector. 2) Vibration spectra versus frequency shall be in accordance with Vibration Acceptance Criteria. b. Equipment operating condition: Repeat test requirements at design specified maximum speed and at minimum speed for variable speed equipment. c. Natural frequency test of field installed equipment: 1) Excite the installed equipment and support system in 3 perpendicular planes, use same planes as operating vibration measurement planes, and determine the as-installed natural resonant frequency of the driven equipment, the driver, gears, and supports. 2) Perform test at each bearing housing, at each support pedestal, and for pumps on the suction and discharge piping. 3) Perform with equipment and attached piping full of intended service or process fluid. 4. Level 2 Noise Test: a. Measure filtered A-weighted overall sound pressure level in dBA for each of 8 octave band mid-points beginning at 63 hertz measured at 3 feet horizontally from the surface of the equipment at mid-point height of the noise source. C. Level 3 Tests: 1. Level 3 General Equipment Performance Tests: a. For equipment, operate, rotate, or otherwise functionally test for at least 4 hours after components reach normal operating temperatures. b. Operate at rated design load conditions for 1/2 the specified time; operate at each of any other specified conditions for a proportionate share of the remaining test time. c. Confirm that equipment is properly assembled, equipment rotates in the proper direction, shafting and bearings are installed and lubricated in accordance with proper tolerances, and that no unusual noise, vibration, or temperatures are observed. d. Take appropriate capacity, power or fuel consumption, torque, revolutions per minute, pressure, and temperature readings using appropriate test instrumentation to confirm equipment meets specified performance requirements at the design rated condition. e. Bearing temperatures: During maximum speed or capacity performance testing, measure and record the exterior surface temperature of each bearing versus time. November 2022 46_05_94-9 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) 2. Level 3 Pump Performance Test: a. Test 4 hours minimum for flow and head at or near the rated condition; for factory testing, testing may be at a reduced speeds with flow and head corresponding to the rated condition when adjusted for speed using the appropriate affinity laws. b. Use of a test driver is permitted for factory tests when actual driver is given a separate test at its point of manufacture as specified in Section 26_05_09 - Low Voltage Motors up to 500 Horsepower. Use actual driver for field tests. c. Test each specified flow and head condition at the rated speed and test at minimum as well as maximum specified speeds; operate at each test condition for a minimum of 15 minutes; for factory testing, test at other speeds may be omitted if test driver at reduced speeds is used for rated condition testing. d. Record measured shaft revolutions per minute, flow, suction pressure, discharge pressure; record measured bearing temperatures (bearing housing exterior surface temperatures may be recorded when bearing temperature devices are not required by the equipment section) and record observations on noise levels. 3. Level 3 Vibration Test: a. Requirements: Same as Level 2 vibration test except data taken at each operating condition tested and with additional requirements below. b. Perform High Frequency Enveloping Analysis for gears and bearings. 1) Measure bearing element vibration directly on each bearing cap in a location close as possible to the bearing load zone that provides a smooth surface and direct path to the bearing to detect bearing defects. 2) Report results in units of acceleration versus frequency in cycles per minute. c. Perform Time Wave Form analysis for gears, low speed equipment and reciprocating equipment; plot true peak amplitude velocity and displacement versus time and label the period between peaks with the likely cause of the periodic peaks (relate the period to a cause). d. Plot vibration spectra on 3 different plots; peak displacement versus frequency, peak acceleration versus frequency and peak velocity versus frequency. 4. Level 3 Noise Test: Measure filtered, un-weighted overall sound pressure level in dB at 3 feet horizontally from the surface of the equipment at mid-point height and at 4 locations approximately 90 degrees apart in plan view; report results for each of 8 octave band mid-points beginning at 63 hertz. D. Level 4 Tests: 1. Level 4 General Equipment Performance Test: a. For equipment, operate, rotate, or otherwise functionally test for at least 8 hours after components reach normal operating temperatures. b. Operate at rated design load conditions for 1/2 the specified time; operate at each of any other specified conditions for a proportionate share of the remaining test time. c. Confirm that equipment is properly assembled, equipment rotates in the proper direction, shafting and bearings are installed and lubricated in accordance with proper tolerances, and that no unusual noise, vibration, or temperatures are observed. November 2022 46_05_94-10 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) d. Take appropriate capacity, power or fuel consumption, torque, revolutions per minute, pressure and temperature readings, using appropriate test instrumentation to confirm equipment meets specified performance requirements at the design rated condition. e. Bearing temperatures: During maximum speed or capacity testing, measure and record the exterior surface temperature of each bearing versus time. 2. Level 4 Pump Performance Test: a. Test 8 hours minimum for flow and head; begin tests at or near the rated condition; for factory and field-testing, test with furnished motor at full speed. b. Test each specified flow and head condition at the rated speed and test at minimum as well as maximum specified speeds; operate at each test condition for a minimum of 20 minutes or longer as necessary to measure required performance, vibration, and noise data at each test condition. c. Record measured shaft revolutions per minute, flow, suction pressure, discharge pressure; record measured bearing temperatures (bearing housing exterior surface temperatures may be recorded when bearing temperature devices not required by the equipment section) and record observations on noise levels. d. Bearing temperatures: During maximum speed or capacity testing, measure and record the exterior surface temperature of each bearing versus time. e. Perform efficiency and/or Net Positive Suction Head Required (NPSHr) and/or priming time tests when specified in the equipment section in accordance with the appropriate HI standard and as follows: 1) Perform NPSHr testing at maximum rated design speed, head and flow with test fluids at ambient conditions; at maximum rated speed, test at 15 percent above rated design flow, and 25 percent below rated design flow. 2) Perform efficiency testing with test fluids at maximum rated speed. 3) Perform priming time testing with test fluids at maximum rated speed. 3. Level 4 Vibration Test: Same as Level 3 vibration test. 4. Level 4 Noise Test: Same as Level 3 Noise Test except with data taken at each operating condition tested. END OF SECTION November 2022 46_05_94-11 6730G10 pw://Carollo/Documents/Client/TX/Corpus Christi/6730G10/Specifications/46_05_94 (BidSet 2022) AEP High Voltage Power Easement on O.N. Stevens WTP: This easement has been established to delineate areas where AEP can be and where the City cannot be. The City can do what they please anywhere on O.N. Stevens WTP except within the easement. Within the easement, they have to abide by the easement conditions, as well as the National Electric Safety Code (NESC), as well as common sense in order to avoid death and destruction it is serious business. An arc-over event is understood to be 35,000 ±F, whi - easemen property has nothing to do with death and destruction. Awareness of allowable safe daily operations activities, allowable transient activities, and allowable permanent activities (very few), as well as awareness of disallowed activities that would cause an immediate or evolving or long-term unsafe condition is critical to avoiding death and destruction. Of primary importance in respecting the easement is the establishment and maintenance of a particular ground line. That line has been established and it cannot be raised, not even temporarily. The power that is based on the design is entirely dependent on the maintenance of a particular ground line the one surveyed to support design of the high voltage conductor system (poles/lines-including temperature sag and wind drift). For example, if a temporary spoils pile (from pipeline trench excavation possibly) that is 10 feet tall is placed under the line, and a 6 foot tall worker stands on top of the pile, the worker permanent changes to the ground line are allowed. It is helpful to visualize the danger zone around each conductor, especially the lowest one, as a tube around each wire. The tube can be as much as n the wind, the danger zone dances and moves in the wind as well. Coming into that danger zone under the right conditions will mean being zapped with 138 kV, which will not only kill the person but also set fire to the ground around him. No structures of any type are allowed within the easement. No temporary structures and no permanent structures. Structures can be built anywhere else on the 90 acres of O.N. Stevens WTP, just not in the easement. The Raw Water Influent structures will be built near the easement, and will rise vertically alongside the easement, but they will be outside of the easement. Since AEP designed the easement to NESC standards, it will be safe to build the Raw Influent Structures in this manner, as the structures will be entirely outside of the ROW, so also entirely outside of the unsafe area around the conductor. AEP obtains ROW and keeps it clear, specifically to help respect the danger zone. However, during construction, the Raw Influent contractor will have to take precautions that their power shovel operator or backhoe operator or crane operator does not swing their boom into the unsafe area, or there will likely be death and destruction to the operator, the equipment, and anyone around on the ground. The first thing AEP will ask when coordinating construction activities with their ROW department is how high is the highest knuckle on the boom of your equipment? If the knuckle is shorter than the danger zone, they will assume you will live, but caution you just the same. If the knuckle on your excavation equipment is taller than the safe design allows for that particular line, they will disallow that equipment on the project in order to restrict construction operations to a particular height to try to prevent death and destruction. On O.N. Stevens WTP property, AEP designed the proposed poles as tall as they could to allow the most operational flexibility to the City, either daily or during construction. We have been told it is safe to or O.N. Stevens WTP. Normal operations should be allowed, as an 18-crane boom stowed for transport, does structure (temporary or permanent) potentially death and destruction. That is why the easement conditions expressly disallow any structures, temporary or permanent, in the easement. Any equipment that a contractor brings onto O.N. Stevens WTP, as long as it is stowed properly for transport, can likely pass under the lines on the Contractor Entrance Road without any problems. It should not be a practice to park, exercise, lay-out, or do anything with equipment or materials under the lines. Some of those activities are allowed, but many have conditions on them. To avoid having to police operations, or to become lackadaisical in allowing a temporary condition to become permanent, it will be best to write some rules for O&M in and around the easement to prevent death and destruction. AEP High Voltage Power Easement from O.N. Stevens WTP to the Nueces River Pump Station: The AEP easement from O.N. Stevens WTP to the River Pump Station is an entirely different animal. It will have a much lower safe zone than on the plant property, as the lines and poles are older and lower. The easements are with many different private land owners. I have examined those easements with AEP ROW for the City in the past. It will be cost prohibitive for AEP to do anything differently with their lines, so the challenge will be for any pipe installation to respect all the safe zones under those older lines. If the City wanted to pay AEP to do something different, it would likely be in the $10s of millions ($10mil-$30mil). The safest way to understand the challenges under those lines would be to survey them in their current state to insure the proper NESC standoff distances can be respected during construction to avoid death and destruction. During MRP1 construction in 1998, an AEP safety officer was on hand during all construction to enforce safe practices under the lines. As these lines are older, and the ground clearances may vary, a rule of thumb assumed safe area under the lines on ONSWTP) could be misleading and deadly. It is highly likely that the ground profile has changed under these lines over the last half-century, so any original design assumptions would now require verification through survey. The particular challenge for installation of a fourth pipeline in the easement is that the current pipelines are between (2) AEP high-voltage lines. If the new pipes are to be buried alongside the existing pipes, the contractor will have to pass equipment under at least one line to access the area where the current pipes are buried. This easement is narrow and crowded both inside it (between the power lines) as well as outside of it (homes and businesses). Early coordination with AEP- Texas ROW is advised to insure the project moves smoothly. Even though it would require a new easement for the City, it may be desirable to take a different route to the plant, perhaps for redundancy and strategic security. The starting point for understanding the requirements that will be set by AEP ROW is a meeting with AEP-ROW. A careful study of the NESC would provide the context for understanding AEP ROW requirements, which have the primary goal of avoiding death and destruction. lawsuits from thousands of businesses and individuals affected by the outage. The contractor would also be dead, so more lawsuits. These lines are so critical to the statewide grid in the summer and winter months, that official clearance (permission to turn off the lines momentarily to tie-in a new line) can only be granted in the cool months of the fall and spring (October or April) when not very much AC or Heat is being used. Much of any required line work is done by bare-handers for AEP without clearance, out of necessity. BQQFOEJY!6!–!F'JD!TUBOEBSE TQFDJGJDBUJPOT!BOE!ESBXJOHT!SFW!: May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 02 41 00 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DEMOLITION WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Summary B/!Uijt!tqfdjgjdbujpo!jt!joufoefe!up!efgjof!dvuujoh-!qbudijoh-!efnpmjujpo-!sfnpwbm!boe!sfmpdbujpo! pg!bmm!nfdibojdbm!frvjqnfou-!dpoevju!boe!xjsjoh-!boe!qjqjoh-!tqfdjgjfe!ps!sfrvjsfe!gps!b! dpnqmfuf!efnpmjujpo/! C/!Uif!Djuz!Pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!sfubjot!tbmwbhf!sjhiut!up!bmm!efnpmjtife!frvjqnfou!boe!xjsf/! ! 1.2 Definitions B/!Dvuujoh;!!Sfnpwbm!pg!fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!ofdfttbsz!up!qfsnju!jotubmmbujpo!ps!qfsgpsnbodf!pg! puifs!xpsl/! C/!Qbudijoh;!!Gjuujoh!boe!sfqbjs!xpsl!sfrvjsfe!up!sftupsf!tvsgbdft!up!psjhjobm!dpoejujpot!bgufs! jotubmmbujpo!pg!puifs!xpsl/! D/!Efnpmjujpo!jt!up!cf!bt!eftdsjcfe!jo!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! 2/!Uif!sfnpwbm!pg!bmm!fyjtujoh!xpsl!tp!joejdbufe!tqfdjgjfe!ps!sfrvjsfe/! 3/!Uif!sfnpwbm!pg!fyjtujoh!xpsl!sfrvjsfe!up!cf!sfnpwfe!gps!sfqmbdfnfou!cz!ofx!xpsl/! 4/!Uif!sfnpwbm!pg!fyjtujoh!xpsl!sfrvjsfe!up!cf!ufnqpsbsjmz!sfnpwfe!jo!psefs!up!fsfdu!ofx! xpsl/!!Xpsl!ufnqpsbsjmz!sfnpwfe!tibmm!cf!sfjotubmmfe!ps!sfqmbdfe!jo!b!nboofs!up!sftupsf! uif!xpsl!up!jut!psjhjobm!dpoejujpo-!tvckfdu!up!uif!bqqspwbm!pg!uif!Fohjoffs/!!Xifo!tvdi! fyjtujoh!xpsl!jt!sfnpwfe!gps!uif!dpowfojfodf!pg!uif!wbsjpvt!usbeft-!tvdi!sfnpwbm!boe! sfqmbdfnfou!ps!sfjotubmmbujpo!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!cz!nfdibojdt!tljmmfe!jo!uif!usbef!pg! fsfdujoh!uif!uzqf!pg!xpsl!jowpmwfe/! 5/!Uif!sfnpwbm!boe!sfjotubmmbujpo!ps!sfmpdbujpo!pg!fyjtujoh!fmfdusjdbm!xpsl!bt!sfrvjsfe!cz!uif! jotubmmbujpo!pg!ofx!xpsl!pg!bmm!usbeft/! ! 1.3 Work Not Shown On Plans B/!Xpsl!opu!tipxo!po!uif!qmbot!xijdi!nvtu!cf!sfnpwfe!boe!sfjotubmmfe-!tibmm!cf!epof!xjui!op! jodsfbtf!jo!dpousbdu!qsjdf/!Uif!Dpousbdups!tibmm!wjtju!uif!tjuf!qsjps!up!cje!boe!efufsnjof!uif! fyjtujoh!dpoejujpot!up!wfsjgz!uif!efnpmjujpo!ps!sfnpwbm/!!Uijt!xpsl!tibmm!cf!epof!xjui!op! jodsfbtf!jo!dpousbdu!qsjdf/! ! 1.4 Existing Equipment B/!Uif!Dpousbdups!tibmm!gvsojti!bmm!mbcps!boe!nbufsjbmt!sfrvjsfe!up!jotvsf!uif!dpoujovfe!tfswjdf! pg!boz!bggfdufe!tztufnt!joufssvqufe!cz!uif!efnpmjujpo!ps!sfnpwbmt/!!Uijt!xpsl!tibmm!cf!epof! xjui!op!jodsfbtf!jo!dpousbdu!qsjdf/! C/!Fyjtujoh!dpoevjut!fyqptfe!cz!efnpmjujpo!xpsl!tibmm!cf!sfmpdbufe!bt!ofdfttbsz/!!Dppsejobuf! xjui!pxofs!tvdi!uibu!op!mptt!pg!ujnf!jt!jodvssfe!cz!uif!pxofs!sfhbsejoh!gbdjmjuz!pqfsbujpot! boe0ps!nbjoufobodf/! D/!Fyjtujoh!dpodfbmfe!dpoevjut!opu!sfvtfe!jo!uif!xpsl!nbz!cf!bcboepofe!jo!qmbdf<!ipxfwfs-!bmm! xjsft!tibmm!cf!sfnpwfe/! E/!Fyjtujoh!fyqptfe!dpoevjut!opu!sfvtfe!jo!uif!xpsl!tibmm!cf!sfnpwfe!vomftt!puifsxjtf! joejdbufe!po!esbxjoht/! ! 1.5 Damage and Protection of Property B/!Dbsf!tibmm!cf!fyfsdjtfe!xijmf!qfsgpsnjoh!xpsl!voefs!uijt!tfdujpo!jo!psefs!up!bttvsf!uifsf!xjmm! cf!op!ebnbhf!up!jotubmmbujpot!uibu!bsf!up!sfnbjo!jo!qmbdf/!!Boz!ebnbhf!tibmm!cf!sfqbjsfe!cz! uif!dpousbdups!bu!op!jodsfbtf!jo!dpousbdu!qsjdf/! C/!Uif!Dpousbdups!tibmm!sfnpwf-!bu!ijt!pxo!fyqfotf-!boz!qbsu!pg!uif!xpsl!uibu!ibt!cffo! jnqspqfsmz!fyfdvufe/!If!tibmm!cf!sftqpotjcmf!gps!uif!dbsf!pg!bmm!xpsl!voujm!jut!dpnqmfujpo!boe! pqjojpo!pg!jnqspqfsmz!fyfdvufe!xpsl!tibmm!qsfwbjm/! ! 1.6 Quality Assurance B/!Tusvduvsbm!Fmfnfout;!!Ep!opu!dvu!boe!qbudi!tusvduvsbm!fmfnfout!jo!b!nboofs!uibu!dpvme! dibohf!uifjs!mpbe.dbsszjoh!dbqbdjuz!ps!mpbe.efgmfdujpo!sbujp/! ! Qbhf!2!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction C/!Pqfsbujpobm!Fmfnfout;!!Ep!opu!dvu!boe!qbudi!uif!gpmmpxjoh!pqfsbujoh!fmfnfout!boe!sfmbufe! dpnqpofout!jo!b!nboofs!uibu!sftvmut!jo!sfevdjoh!uifjs!dbqbdjuz!up!qfsgpsn!bt!joufoefe!ps!uibu! sftvmut!jo!jodsfbtfe!nbjoufobodf!ps!efdsfbtfe!pqfsbujpobm!mjgf!ps!tbgfuz/! 2/!Qsjnbsz!pqfsbujpobm!tztufnt!boe!frvjqnfou/! 3/!Gjsf.qspufdujpo!tztufnt/! 4/!Dpouspm!tztufnt/! 5/!Dpnnvojdbujpo!tztufnt/! 6/!Fmfdusjdbm!xjsjoh!tztufnt/! 7/!Pqfsbujoh!tztufnt!pg!tqfdjbm!dpotusvdujpo!jo!Ejwjtjpo!24!Tfdujpot/! D/!Njtdfmmbofpvt!Fmfnfout;!!Ep!opu!dvu!boe!qbudi!uif!gpmmpxjoh!fmfnfout!ps!sfmbufe! dpnqpofout!jo!b!nboofs!uibu!dpvme!dibohf!uifjs!mpbe.dbsszjoh!dbqbdjuz-!uibu!sftvmut!jo! sfevdjoh!uifjs!dbqbdjuz!up!qfsgpsn!bt!joufoefe-!ps!uibu!sftvmu!jo!jodsfbtfe!nbjoufobodf!ps! efdsfbtfe!pqfsbujpobm!mjgf!ps!tbgfuz/! 2/!Xbufs-!npjtuvsf-!ps!wbqps!cbssjfst/! 3/!Nfncsboft!boe!gmbtijoht/! 4/!Fyufsjps!dvsubjo.xbmm!dpotusvdujpo/! 5/!Frvjqnfou!tvqqpsut/! 6/!Qjqjoh-!evduxpsl-!wfttfmt-!boe!frvjqnfou/! 7/!Opjtf!boe!wjcsbujpo.dpouspm!fmfnfout!boe!tztufnt/! PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials B/!Bmm!qspevdut!nvtu!dpnqmz!xjui!OTG0BOTJ!Tuboebse!72/!Vtf!nbufsjbmt!jefoujdbm!up!fyjtujoh! nbufsjbmt/!!Jg!jefoujdbm!nbufsjbmt!bsf!vobwbjmbcmf!ps!dboopu!cf!vtfe-!vtf!nbufsjbmt!uibu-!xifo! jotubmmfe-!xjmm!nbudi!uif!wjtvbm!boe!gvodujpobm!qfsgpsnbodf!pg!fyjtujoh!nbufsjbmt/! C/!Gps!fyqptfe!tvsgbdft-!vtf!nbufsjbmt!uibu!wjtvbmmz!nbudi!fyjtujoh!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft!up!uif! gvmmftu!fyufou!qpttjcmf/! D/!Tupsbhf!0!Qbdljoh!Dpoubjofst! 2/!Tibmm!cf!39!jodift!mpoh!y!31!¿!jodift!xjef!y!26!8027!jodift!xjef/! 3/!Tibmm!cf!nbovgbduvsfe!gspn!ijhi!efotjuz!hsbz!qpmzfuizmfof!boe!cf!frvjqqfe!xjui! qfsnbofoumz!buubdife!gmjq!vq!joufsmpdljoh!mjet!tvjubcmf!gps!tubdljoh!vq!up!uisff!ijhi/! 4/!Cvdlipso!Npefm!OS533215!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm/! PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Examination B/!Wfsjgz!uibu!vujmjujft!ibwf!cffo!ejtdpoofdufe!boe!dbqqfe/! C/!Tvswfz!fyjtujoh!dpoejujpot!boe!dpssfmbuf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!joejdbufe!up!efufsnjof!fyufou!pg! tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!sfrvjsfe/! D/!Jowfoupsz!boe!sfdpse!uif!dpoejujpo!pg!jufnt!up!cf!sfnpwfe!boe!sfjotubmmfe!boe!jufnt!up!cf! sfnpwfe!boe!tbmwbhfe/! E/!Xifo!voboujdjqbufe!nfdibojdbm-!fmfdusjdbm-!ps!tusvduvsbm!fmfnfout!uibu!dpogmjdu!xjui!joufoefe! gvodujpo!ps!eftjho!bsf!fodpvoufsfe-!jowftujhbuf!boe!nfbtvsf!uif!obuvsf!boe!fyufou!pg! dpogmjdu/!!Qspnqumz!tvcnju!b!xsjuufo!sfqpsu!up!Pxofs/! F/!Fybnjof!tvsgbdft!up!cf!dvu!boe!qbudife!boe!dpoejujpot!voefs!xijdi!dvuujoh!boe!qbudijoh!bsf! up!cf!qfsgpsnfe/! 2/!Dpnqbujcjmjuz;!!Cfgpsf!qbudijoh-!wfsjgz!dpnqbujcjmjuz!xjui!boe!tvjubcjmjuz!pg!tvctusbuft-! jodmvejoh!dpnqbujcjmjuz!xjui!fyjtujoh!gjojtift!ps!qsjnfst/! 3/!Qspdffe!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!pomz!bgufs!votbgf!ps!votbujtgbdupsz!dpoejujpot!ibwf!cffo! dpssfdufe/! ! 3.2 Fittings B/!Fyjtujoh!Vujmjujft;!!Nbjoubjo!tfswjdft!joejdbufe!up!sfnbjo!boe!qspufdu!uifn!bhbjotu!ebnbhf! evsjoh!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot/! C/!Ep!opu!joufssvqu!fyjtujoh!vujmjujft!tfswjoh!pddvqjfe!ps!pqfsbujoh!gbdjmjujft!vomftt!bvuipsj{fe!jo! xsjujoh!cz!Pxofs!boe!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo/!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!tfswjdft!evsjoh! joufssvqujpot!up!fyjtujoh!vujmjujft-!bt!bddfqubcmf!up!Pxofs!boe!up!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo/!! Qspwjef!bu!mfbtu!tfwfo!)8*!xpsljoh!!up!Pxofs!jg!tivuepxo!pg!tfswjdf!jt!sfrvjsfe! ! Qbhf!3!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction evsjoh!dibohfpwfs/! D/!Vujmjuz!Sfrvjsfnfout;!!Mpdbuf-!jefoujgz-!ejtdpoofdu-!boe!tfbm!ps!dbq!pgg!joejdbufe!vujmjujft! tfswjoh!bsfbt!up!cf!tfmfdujwfmz!efnpmjtife/! 2/!Pxofs!xjmm!bssbohf!up!tivu!pgg!joejdbufe!vujmjujft!xifo!sfrvftufe!cz!Dpousbdups/! 3/!Bssbohf!up!tivu!pgg!joejdbufe!vujmjujft!xjui!vujmjuz!dpnqbojft/! 4/!Jg!vujmjuz!tfswjdft!bsf!sfrvjsfe!up!cf!sfnpwfe-!sfmpdbufe-!ps!bcboepofe-!cfgpsf!qspdffejoh! xjui!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!vujmjujft!uibu!czqbtt!bsfb!pg!tfmfdujwf! efnpmjujpo!boe!uibu!nbjoubjo!dpoujovjuz!pg!tfswjdf!up!puifs!qbsut!pg!cvjmejoh/! 5/!Dvu!pgg!qjqf!ps!dpoevju!jo!xbmmt!ps!qbsujujpot!up!cf!sfnpwfe/!!Dbq-!wbmwf-!ps!qmvh!boe!tfbm! sfnbjojoh!qpsujpo!pg!qjqf!ps!dpoevju!bgufs!czqbttjoh/! E/!Vujmjuz!Sfrvjsfnfout;!!Sfgfs!up!Ejwjtjpo!26!boe!Ejwjtjpo!27!Tfdujpot!gps!tivuujoh!pgg-! ejtdpoofdujoh-!sfnpwjoh-!boe!tfbmjoh!ps!dbqqjoh!vujmjujft/!!Ep!opu!tubsu!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo! xpsl!voujm!vujmjuz!ejtdpoofdujoh!boe!tfbmjoh!ibwf!cffo!dpnqmfufe/! ! 3.3 Preparation B/!Ufnqpsbsz!Tvqqpsu;!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!tvqqpsu!pg!xpsl!up!cf!dvu/! C/!Qspufdujpo;!!Qspufdu!fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!evsjoh!dvuujoh!boe!qbudijoh!up!qsfwfou!ebnbhf/!! Qspwjef!qspufdujpo!gspn!bewfstf!xfbuifs!dpoejujpot!gps!qpsujpot!pg!qspkfdu!uibu!njhiu!cf! fyqptfe!evsjoh!dvuujoh!boe!qbudijoh!pqfsbujpot/! D/!Bekpjojoh!Bsfbt;!!Bwpje!joufsgfsfodf!xjui!vtf!pg!bekpjojoh!bsfbt!ps!joufssvqujpo!pg!gsff! qbttbhf!up!bekpjojoh!bsfbt/! E/!Fyjtujoh!Tfswjdft;!!Xifsf!fyjtujoh!tfswjdft!bsf!sfrvjsfe!up!cf!sfnpwfe-!sfmpdbufe-!ps! bcboepofe-!czqbtt!tvdi!tfswjdft!cfgpsf!dvuujoh!up!njojnj{f!joufssvqujpo!pg!tfswjdft!up! pddvqjfe!bsfbt/! F/!Ebohfspvt!Nbufsjbmt;!!Esbjo-!qvshf-!ps!puifsxjtf!sfnpwf-!dpmmfdu-!boe!ejtqptf!pg!difnjdbmt-! hbtft-!fyqmptjwft-!bdjet-!gmbnnbcmft-!ps!puifs!ebohfspvt!nbufsjbmt!cfgpsf!qspdffejoh!xjui! tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot/!!Uiftf!jufnt!jodmvef!uif!qspqfs!sfnpwbm!pg!boz!usfbufe! dijmmfe!xbufs!uibu!jt!up!cf!esbjofe!gspn!uif!tztufn/!!Sfdfjwf!qspqfs!xsjuufo!qfsnjttjpo!gspn! uif!Pxofs!jg!dijmmfe!xbufs!jt!up!cf!esbjofe!joup!uif!tfxfs!tztufn/! G/!Tjuf!Bddftt!boe!Ufnqpsbsz!Dpouspmt;!!Dpoevdu!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!boe!efcsjt.sfnpwbm! pqfsbujpot!up!fotvsf!njojnvn!joufsgfsfodf!xjui!spbet-!tusffut-!xbmlt-!xbmlxbzt-!boe!puifs! bekbdfou!pddvqjfe!boe!vtfe!gbdjmjujft/! 2/!Ep!opu!dmptf!ps!pctusvdu!tusffut-!xbmlt-!xbmlxbzt-!ps!puifs!bekbdfou!pddvqjfe!ps!vtfe! gbdjmjujft!xjuipvu!qfsnjttjpo!gspn!Pxofs!boe!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo/!!Qspwjef! bmufsobuf!spvuft!bspvoe!dmptfe!ps!pctusvdufe!usbggjd!xbzt!jg!sfrvjsfe!cz!hpwfsojoh! sfhvmbujpot/! 3/!Fsfdu!ufnqpsbsz!qspufdujpo-!tvdi!bt!xbmlt-!gfodft-!sbjmjoht-!dbopqjft-!boe!dpwfsfe! qbttbhfxbzt-!xifsf!sfrvjsfe!cz!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo/! 4/!Qspufdu!fyjtujoh!tjuf!jnqspwfnfout-!bqqvsufobodft-!boe!mboetdbqjoh!up!sfnbjo/! 5/!Fsfdu!b!qmbjomz!wjtjcmf!gfodf!bspvoe!esjq!mjof!pg!joejwjevbm!usfft!ps!bspvoe!qfsjnfufs!esjq! mjof!pg!hspvqt!pg!usfft!up!sfnbjo/! H/!Ufnqpsbsz!Gbdjmjujft;!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!cbssjdbeft!boe!puifs!qspufdujpo!sfrvjsfe!up!qsfwfou! jokvsz!up!qfpqmf!boe!ebnbhf!up!bekbdfou!cvjmejoht!boe!gbdjmjujft!up!sfnbjo/! 2/!Qspwjef!qspufdujpo!up!fotvsf!tbgf!qbttbhf!pg!qfpqmf!bspvoe!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!bsfb! boe!up!boe!gspn!pddvqjfe!qpsujpot!pg!cvjmejoh/! 3/!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!xfbuifs!qspufdujpo-!evsjoh!joufswbm!cfuxffo!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pg! fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!po!fyufsjps!tvsgbdft!boe!ofx!dpotusvdujpo-!up!qsfwfou!xbufs!mfblbhf! boe!ebnbhf!up!tusvduvsf!boe!joufsjps!bsfbt/! 4/!Qspufdu!xbmmt-!dfjmjoht-!gmppst-!boe!puifs!fyjtujoh!gjojti!xpsl!uibu!bsf!up!sfnbjo!ps!uibu!bsf! fyqptfe!evsjoh!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot/! 5/!Dpwfs!boe!qspufdu!gvsojuvsf-!gvsojtijoht-!boe!frvjqnfou!uibu!ibwf!opu!cffo!sfnpwfe! I/!Ufnqpsbsz!Fodmptvsft;!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!fodmptvsft!gps!qspufdujpo!pg!fyjtujoh!cvjmejoh!boe! dpotusvdujpo-!jo!qsphsftt!boe!dpnqmfufe-!gspn!fyqptvsf-!gpvm!xfbuifs-!puifs!dpotusvdujpo! pqfsbujpot-!boe!tjnjmbs!bdujwjujft/!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!xfbuifs!ujhiu!fodmptvsf!gps!cvjmejoh! fyufsjps/! ! Qbhf!4!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction J/!Ufnqpsbsz!Qbsujujpot;!!Fsfdu!boe!nbjoubjo!evtuqsppg!qbsujujpot!boe!ufnqpsbsz!fodmptvsft!up! mjnju!evtu!boe!ejsu!njhsbujpo!boe!up!tfqbsbuf!bsfbt!gspn!gvnft!boe!opjtf/! K/!Ufnqpsbsz!Tipsjoh;!!Qspwjef!boe!nbjoubjo!joufsjps!boe!fyufsjps!tipsjoh-!csbdjoh-!ps!tusvduvsbm! tvqqpsu!up!qsftfswf!tubcjmjuz!boe!qsfwfou!npwfnfou-!tfuumfnfou-!ps!dpmmbqtf!pg!dpotusvdujpo!up! sfnbjo-!boe!up!qsfwfou!vofyqfdufe!ps!vodpouspmmfe!npwfnfou!ps!dpmmbqtf!pg!dpotusvdujpo! cfjoh!efnpmjtife/!!Tusfohuifo!ps!bee!ofx!tvqqpsut!xifo!sfrvjsfe!evsjoh!qsphsftt!pg! tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo/! L/!Dbnfsb!Frvjqnfou!Efnpmjujpo! 2/!Fbdi!dbnfsb!tibmm!cf!ofbumz!boe!tfdvsfmz!qbdlfe!jo!uif!dpoubjofst!opufe!jo!tfdujpo!3/1! Nbufsjbmt!pg!uiftf!tqfdjgjdbujpot/! 3/!Fbdi!dpnqpofou!pg!uif!dbnfsb!tztufn!tibmm!cf!qbdlbhfe!xjui!uif!dbnfsb!jutfmg/!!Uijt! jodmveft!cvu!opu!mjnjufe!up!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! b/!Dbnfsb!WEQ!dbcmf!tztufn! c/!Gjcfs!usbotdfjwfst!! d/!Dpby!boe!Tvshf!Tvqqsfttjpo!efwjdft! e/!Dbnfsb!dpouspmmfs! 4/!Fbdi!tfqbsbuf!dbnfsb!tztufn!dpnqpofou!tibmm!cf!ofbumz!xsbqqfe!xjui!bu!mfbtu!uxp! mbzfst!pg!cvccmf!xsbq!boe!tfdvsfe!xjui!qbdljoh!ubqf/! 5/!Podf!bmm!dpnqpofout!pg!fbdi!dbnfsb!tztufn!bsf!qspqfsmz!tupsfe!jo!uif!dpoubjofst-!fbdi! dpoubjofs!tibmm!cf!tfbmfe!boe!mbcfmfe!cz!uif!dbnfsb!ovncfs/!!Dpoubdu!Pxofs!gps!qspqfs! ejtqptjujpo!pg!dbnfsb!dpoubjofst/! 6/!Bmm!efnpmjujpofe!dbnfsb!WEQ!dbcmf!tztufnt!tibmm!opu!cf!dvu!cvu!tibmm!cf!sfnpwfe!gspn! uif!dpoofdupsj{fe!foe!pg!uif!dbcmf/!!Uif!dbcmf!tibmm!cf!ujf!xsbqqfe!up!tfdvsf!uif!dbcmf!jo! b!dpjmfe!nboofs/!!Bmm!dbcmf!dpoofdupst!tibmm!cf!cvccmf!xsbqqfe!xjui!b!mfbtu!uxp!mbzfst! boe!tfdvsfe!xjui!qbdljoh!ubqf!gps!tupsbhf/! ! 3.4 Selective Demolition B/!Hfofsbm;!!Efnpmjti!boe!sfnpwf!fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!pomz!up!uif!fyufou!sfrvjsfe!cz!ofx! dpotusvdujpo!boe!bt!joejdbufe/!!Vtf!nfuipet!sfrvjsfe!up!dpnqmfuf!uif!xpsl!xjuijo!mjnjubujpot! pg!hpwfsojoh!sfhvmbujpot!boe!bt!gpmmpxt;! 2/!Qspdffe!xjui!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!tztufnbujdbmmz-!gspn!ijhifs!up!mpxfs!mfwfm/!!Dpnqmfuf! tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot!bcpwf!fbdi!gmpps!ps!ujfs!cfgpsf!ejtuvscjoh!tvqqpsujoh! nfncfst!po!uif!ofyu!mpxfs!mfwfm/! 3/!Ofbumz!dvu!pqfojoht!boe!ipmft!qmvnc-!trvbsf-!boe!usvf!up!ejnfotjpot!sfrvjsfe/!!Vtf! dvuujoh!nfuipet!mfbtu!mjlfmz!up!ebnbhf!dpotusvdujpo!up!sfnbjo!ps!bekpjojoh!dpotusvdujpo/!! Vtf!iboe!uppmt!ps!tnbmm!qpxfs!uppmt!eftjhofe!gps!tbxjoh!ps!hsjoejoh-!opu!ibnnfsjoh!boe! dipqqjoh-!up!njojnj{f!ejtuvscbodf!pg!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft/!!Ufnqpsbsjmz!dpwfs!pqfojoht!up! sfnbjo/! 4/!Dvu!ps!esjmm!gspn!uif!fyqptfe!ps!gjojtife!tjef!joup!dpodfbmfe!tvsgbdft!up!bwpje!nbssjoh! fyjtujoh!gjojtife!tvsgbdft/! 5/!Ep!opu!vtf!dvuujoh!upsdift!voujm!xpsl!bsfb!jt!dmfbsfe!pg!gmbnnbcmf!nbufsjbmt/!!Bu! dpodfbmfe!tqbdft-!tvdi!bt!evdu!boe!qjqf!joufsjpst-!wfsjgz!dpoejujpo!boe!dpoufout!pg! ijeefo!tqbdf!cfgpsf!tubsujoh!gmbnf.dvuujoh!pqfsbujpot/!!Nbjoubjo!gjsf!xbudi!boe!qpsubcmf! gjsf.tvqqsfttjpo!efwjdft!evsjoh!gmbnf.dvuujoh!pqfsbujpot/! 6/!Nbjoubjo!befrvbuf!wfoujmbujpo!xifo!vtjoh!dvuujoh!upsdift/! 7/!Sfnpwf!efdbzfe-!wfsnjo.jogftufe-!ps!puifsxjtf!ebohfspvt!ps!votvjubcmf!nbufsjbmt!boe! qspnqumz!ejtqptf!pg!pgg.tjuf/! 8/!Sfnpwf!tusvduvsbm!gsbnjoh!nfncfst!boe!mpxfs!up!hspvoe!cz!nfuipe!tvjubcmf!up!bwpje! gsff!gbmm!boe!up!qsfwfou!hspvoe!jnqbdu!ps!evtu!hfofsbujpo/! 9/!Mpdbuf!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!frvjqnfou!boe!sfnpwf!efcsjt!boe!nbufsjbmt!tp!bt!opu!up! jnqptf!fydfttjwf!mpbet!po!tvqqpsujoh!xbmmt-!gmppst-!ps!gsbnjoh/! :/! esbxjoht/!!Dpousbdups!jt!up!ublf!qpttfttjpo!pg!efnpmjtife!frvjqnfou!boe!nbufsjbmt!boe! wfsjgz!uif!joufou!pg!uif!pxofs!up!sfgvtf!boz!jufnt/!!Dpousbdups!tibmm!ejtqptf!pg!sfgvtfe! efnpmjtife!jufnt!boe!nbufsjbmt!qspnqumz/! 21/!Sfuvso!fmfnfout!pg!dpotusvdujpo!boe!tvsgbdft!uibu!bsf!up!sfnbjo!up!dpoejujpo!fyjtujoh! cfgpsf!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot!cfhbo/! ! Qbhf!5!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction C/!Fyjtujoh!Gbdjmjujft;!!Dpnqmz!xjui!cvjmejoh!nbobhfs(t!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!vtjoh!boe!qspufdujoh! fmfwbupst-!tubjst-!xbmlxbzt-!mpbejoh!epdlt-!cvjmejoh!fousjft!boe!puifs!cvjmejoh!gbdjmjujft!evsjoh! tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot/! D/!Sfnpwfe!boe!Sfjotubmmfe!Jufnt;! 2/!Dmfbo!boe!sfqbjs!jufnt!up!gvodujpobm!dpoejujpo!befrvbuf!gps!joufoefe!sfvtf/!!Qbjou! frvjqnfou!up!nbudi!ofx!frvjqnfou/! 3/!Qbdl!ps!dsbuf!jufnt!bgufs!dmfbojoh!boe!sfqbjsjoh/!!Jefoujgz!dpoufout!pg!dpoubjofst/! 4/!Qspufdu!jufnt!gspn!ebnbhf!evsjoh!usbotqpsu!boe!tupsbhf/! 5/!Sfjotubmm!jufnt!jo!mpdbujpot!joejdbufe/!!Dpnqmz!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!ofx! nbufsjbmt!boe!frvjqnfou/!!Qspwjef!dpoofdujpot-!tvqqpsut-!boe!njtdfmmbofpvt!nbufsjbmt! ofdfttbsz!up!nblf!jufn!gvodujpobm!gps!vtf!joejdbufe/! E/!Fyjtujoh!Jufnt!up!Sfnbjo;!!Qspufdu!dpotusvdujpo!joejdbufe!up!sfnbjo!bhbjotu!ebnbhf!boe! tpjmjoh!evsjoh!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo/!!Xifo!qfsnjuufe!cz!Pxofs-!jufnt!nbz!cf!sfnpwfe!up!b! tvjubcmf-!qspufdufe!tupsbhf!mpdbujpo!evsjoh!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!boe!dmfbofe!boe!sfjotubmmfe!jo! uifjs!psjhjobm!mpdbujpot!bgufs!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo!pqfsbujpot!bsf!dpnqmfuf/! F/!Dpodsfuf;!!Efnpmjti!jo!tnbmm!tfdujpot/!!Dvu!dpodsfuf!up!b!efqui!pg!bu!mfbtu!405!jodi!bu! kvoduvsft!xjui!dpotusvdujpo!up!sfnbjo-!vtjoh!qpxfs.esjwfo!tbx/!!Ejtmpehf!dpodsfuf!gspn! sfjogpsdfnfou!bu!qfsjnfufs!pg!bsfbt!cfjoh!efnpmjtife-!dvu!sfjogpsdfnfou-!boe!uifo!sfnpwf! sfnbjoefs!pg!dpodsfuf!joejdbufe!gps!tfmfdujwf!efnpmjujpo/!!Ofbumz!usjn!pqfojoht!up!ejnfotjpot! joejdbufe/! G/!Nbtposz;!!Efnpmjti!jo!tnbmm!tfdujpot/!!Dvu!nbtposz!bu!kvoduvsft!xjui!dpotusvdujpo!up!sfnbjo-! vtjoh!qpxfs.esjwfo!tbx-!uifo!sfnpwf!nbtposz!cfuxffo!tbx!dvut/! H/!Dpodsfuf!Tmbct.po.Hsbef;!!Tbx.dvu!qfsjnfufs!pg!bsfb!up!cf!efnpmjtife-!uifo!csfbl!vq!boe! sfnpwf/! ! 3.5 Performance! B/!Hfofsbm;!!Fnqmpz!tljmmfe!xpslfst!up!qfsgpsn!dvuujoh!boe!qbudijoh/!!Qspdffe!xjui!dvuujoh!boe! qbudijoh!bu!uif!fbsmjftu!gfbtjcmf!ujnf!boe!dpnqmfuf!xjuipvu!efmbz/!!Dvu!fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!up! qspwjef!gps!jotubmmbujpo!pg!puifs!dpnqpofout!ps!qfsgpsnbodf!pg!puifs!dpotusvdujpo-!boe! tvctfrvfoumz!qbudi!bt!sfrvjsfe!up!sftupsf!tvsgbdft!up!uifjs!psjhjobm!dpoejujpo/! C/!Dvuujoh;!!Dvu!fyjtujoh!dpotusvdujpo!cz!tbxjoh-!esjmmjoh-!csfbljoh-!dijqqjoh-!hsjoejoh-!boe! tjnjmbs!pqfsbujpot-!jodmvejoh!fydbwbujpo-!vtjoh!nfuipet!mfbtu!mjlfmz!up!ebnbhf!fmfnfout! sfubjofe!ps!bekpjojoh!dpotusvdujpo/!!Jg!qpttjcmf-!sfwjfx!qspqptfe!qspdfevsft!xjui!psjhjobm! jotubmmfs/!!Dpnqmz!xjui!psjhjobm!jotubmmfs(t!xsjuufo!sfdpnnfoebujpot/! 2/!Jo!hfofsbm-!vtf!iboe!ps!tnbmm!qpxfs!uppmt!eftjhofe!gps!tbxjoh!boe!hsjoejoh-!opu! ibnnfsjoh!boe!dipqqjoh/!!Dvu!ipmft!boe!tmput!bt!tnbmm!bt!qpttjcmf-!ofbumz!up!tj{f! sfrvjsfe-!boe!xjui!njojnvn!ejtuvscbodf!pg!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft/!!Ufnqpsbsjmz!dpwfs! pqfojoht!xifo!opu!jo!vtf/! 3/!Fyjtujoh!Gjojtife!Tvsgbdft;!!Dvu!ps!esjmm!gspn!uif!fyqptfe!ps!gjojtife!tjef!joup!dpodfbmfe! tvsgbdft/! 4/!Dpodsfuf!boe!Nbtposz;!!Dvu!vtjoh!b!dvuujoh!nbdijof-!tvdi!bt!bo!bcsbtjwf!tbx!ps!b! ejbnpoe.dpsf!esjmm/! 5/!Nfdibojdbm!boe!Fmfdusjdbm!Tfswjdft;!!Dvu!pgg!qjqf!ps!dpoevju!jo!xbmmt!ps!qbsujujpot!up!cf! sfnpwfe/!!Dbq-!wbmwf-!ps!qmvh!boe!tfbm!sfnbjojoh!qpsujpo!pg!qjqf!ps!dpoevju!up!qsfwfou! fousbodf!pg!npjtuvsf!ps!puifs!gpsfjho!nbuufs!bgufs!dvuujoh/! 6/!Qspdffe!xjui!qbudijoh!bgufs!dpotusvdujpo!pqfsbujpot!sfrvjsjoh!dvuujoh!bsf!dpnqmfuf! D/!Qbudijoh;!!Qbudi!dpotusvdujpo!cz!gjmmjoh-!sfqbjsjoh-!sfgjojtijoh-!dmptjoh!vq-!boe!tjnjmbs! pqfsbujpot!gpmmpxjoh!qfsgpsnbodf!pg!puifs!xpsl/!!Qbudi!xjui!evsbcmf!tfbnt!uibu!bsf!bt! jowjtjcmf!bt!qpttjcmf/!!Qspwjef!nbufsjbmt!boe!dpnqmz!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!sfrvjsfnfout!tqfdjgjfe! jo!puifs!tfdujpot!pg!uiftf!tqfdjgjdbujpot/! 2/!Jotqfdujpo;!!Xifsf!gfbtjcmf-!uftu!boe!jotqfdu!qbudife!bsfbt!bgufs!dpnqmfujpo!up! efnpotusbuf!joufhsjuz!pg!jotubmmbujpo/! 3/!Fyqptfe!Gjojtift;!!Sftupsf!fyqptfe!gjojtift!pg!qbudife!bsfbt!boe!fyufoe!gjojti! sftupsbujpo!joup!sfubjofe!bekpjojoh!dpotusvdujpo!jo!b!nboofs!uibu!xjmm!fmjnjobuf!fwjefodf!pg! ! Qbhf!6!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 May 2015 Technical Specifications for Construction qbudijoh!boe!sfgjojtijoh/! 4/!Gmppst!boe!Xbmmt;!!Xifsf!xbmmt!ps!qbsujujpot!uibu!bsf!sfnpwfe!fyufoe!pof!gjojtife!bsfb! joup!bopuifs-!qbudi!boe!sfqbjs!gmpps!boe!xbmm!tvsgbdft!jo!uif!ofx!tqbdf/!!Qspwjef!bo!fwfo! tvsgbdf!pg!vojgpsn!gjojti-!dpmps-!ufyuvsf-!boe!bqqfbsbodf/!!Sfnpwf!fyjtujoh!gmpps!boe!xbmm! dpwfsjoht!boe!sfqmbdf!xjui!ofx!nbufsjbmt-!jg!ofdfttbsz-!up!bdijfwf!vojgpsn!dpmps!boe! bqqfbsbodf/!!Xifsf!qbudijoh!pddvst!jo!b!qbjoufe!tvsgbdf-!bqqmz!qsjnfs!boe!joufsnfejbuf! qbjou!dpbut!pwfs!uif!qbudi!boe!bqqmz!gjobm!qbjou!dpbu!pwfs!foujsf!vocsplfo!tvsgbdf! dpoubjojoh!uif!qbudi/!!Qspwjef!beejujpobm!dpbut!voujm!qbudi!cmfoet!xjui!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft/! 5/!Dfjmjoht;!!Qbudi-!sfqbjs-!ps!sf.iboh!fyjtujoh!dfjmjoht!bt!ofdfttbsz!up!qspwjef!bo!fwfo. qmbof!tvsgbdf!pg!vojgpsn!bqqfbsbodf/! 6/!Fyufsjps!Cvjmejoh!Fodmptvsf;!!Qbudi!dpnqpofout!jo!b!nboofs!uibu!sftupsft!fodmptvsf!up!b! xfbuifs!ujhiu!dpoejujpo/! END OF SECTION ! Qbhf!7!pg!7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION 13!52!11 Revision 224 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 224 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 224 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 224 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 224 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision A 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision A 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision A 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 23 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 225 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction June 2016 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 0 14 August 2020 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 0 14 August 2020 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 0 14 August 2020 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 0 14 August 2020 City of Corpus ChristiStandard Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION261200 MEDIUM VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS GENERAL Related Documents B/Esbxjoht!boe!hfofsbm!qspwjtjpot!pg!uif!Dpousbdu-!jodmvejoh!Hfofsbm!boe!Tvqqmfnfoubsz Dpoejujpot!boe!Ejwjtjpo!12Tqfdjgjdbujpo!Tfdujpot-!bqqmz!up!uijt!Tfdujpo/ Summary B/Uijt!Tfdujpo!jodmveft!uif!gpmmpxjoh!uzqft!pg!usbotgpsnfst!xjui!nfejvn.wpmubhf!qsjnbsjft; 2/Qbe.npvoufe-!mjrvje.gjmmfe!usbotgpsnfst/ Definitions The latest edition of the referenced item below shall beused. B/OFUBBUT;!!Bddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Tqfdjgjdbujpo/ ActionSubmittals B/Qspevdu!Ebub;!!Jodmvef!sbufe!obnfqmbuf!ebub-!dbqbdjujft-!xfjhiut-!ejnfotjpot-!njojnvn dmfbsbodft-!jotubmmfe!efwjdft!boe!gfbuvsft-!mpdbujpo!pg!fbdi!gjfme!dpoofdujpo-!boe qfsgpsnbodf!gps!fbdi!uzqf!boe!tj{f!pg!usbotgpsnfs!joejdbufe/ C/Tipq!Esbxjoht;!!Ejbhsbn!qpxfs!xjsjoh/ Informational Submittals The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. B/Dppsejobujpo!Esbxjoht;!!Gmpps!qmbot-esbxo!up!tdbmf-!po!xijdi!uif!gpmmpxjoh!jufnt!bsf!tipxo boe!dppsejobufe!xjui!fbdi!puifs-!cbtfe!po!joqvu!gspn!jotubmmfst!pg!uif!jufnt!jowpmwfe; 2/Voefshspvoe!qsjnbsz!boe!tfdpoebsz!dpoevju!tuvc.vq!mpdbujpo/ 3/Ejnfotjpofe!dpodsfuf!cbtf-!pvumjof!pg!usbotgpsnfs-!boesfrvjsfe!dmfbsbodft/ 4/Hspvoe!spe!boe!hspvoejoh!dbcmf!mpdbujpot/ C/Tpvsdf!rvbmjuz.dpouspm!uftu!sfqpsut/ D/Gjfme!rvbmjuz.dpouspm!uftu!sfqpsut/ E/Gpmmpx.vq!tfswjdf!sfqpsut/ Closeout Submittals B/Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!Ebub;!!Gps!usbotgpsnfs!boe!bddfttpsjft!upjodmvef!jo fnfshfodz-!pqfsbujpo-!boe!nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt/ Quality Assurance B/Qspevdu!Pqujpot;!!Esbxjoht!joejdbuf!tj{f-!qspgjmft-!boe!ejnfotjpobm!sfrvjsfnfout!pg usbotgpsnfst!boe!bsf!cbtfe!po!uif!tqfdjgjd!tztufn!joejdbufe/!!Sfgfs!up!Tfdujpo127111 #QspevduSfrvjsfnfout/# C/Fmfdusjdbm!Dpnqpofout-!Efwjdft-!boe!Bddfttpsjft;!!Mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!bt!efgjofe!jo OGQB81-!Bsujdmf211-!cz!b!uftujoh!bhfodz!bddfqubcmf!up!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo-!boe nbslfe!gps!joufoefe!vtf/ D/Dpnqmz!xjui!JFFFD3/ E/Dpnqmz!xjui!BOTJD68/23/21-!BOTJD68/23/39-!JFFFD68/23/81-!boe!JFFFD68/23/91/ MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS–261200 Qbhf2pg6 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction F/Dpnqmz!xjui!OGQB81/ Delivery, Storage, and Handling b/Tupsf!usbotgpsnfstqspufdufe!gspn!xfbuifs!tp!dpoefotbujpo!xjmm!opu!gpsn!po!ps!jo vojut/!!Qspwjef!ufnqpsbsz!ifbujoh!bddpsejoh!up!nbovgbduvsfs(txsjuufo!jotusvdujpot/ ProjectConditions B/Tfswjdf!Dpoejujpot;!!JFFFD48/232-!vtvbm!tfswjdf!dpoejujpot!fydfqu!gps!uif!gpmmpxjoh; 2/Fyqptvsf!up!tjhojgjdbou!tpmbs!sbejbujpo/ 3/Fyqptvsf!up!gvnft-!wbqpst-!ps!evtu!opsnbm!up!Xbufs!Usfbunfou!Qmbout/ 4/Fyqptvsf!up!ipu!boe!ivnje!dmjnbuf!ps!up!fydfttjwf!npjtuvsf-!jodmvejoh!tufbn-!tbmu!tqsbz- boe!esjqqjoh!xbufs/ Coordination B/Dppsejobuf!tj{f!boe!mpdbujpo!pg!dpodsfuf!cbtft/!!Dbtu!bodips.cpmu!jotfsut!joup!cbtft/ Dpodsfuf-!sfjogpsdfnfou-!boe!gpsnxpsl!sfrvjsfnfout!bsf!tqfdjgjfexjui!dpodsfuf/ C/Dppsejobuf!jotubmmbujpo!pg!mpvwfst-!eppst-!tqjmm!sfufoujpo!bsfbt-!boe!tvnqt/!!Dppsejobuf jotubmmbujpo!tp!op!qjqjoh!ps!dpoevjut!bsf!jotubmmfe!jo!tqbdf!bmmpdbufe!gps!nfejvn.wpmubhf usbotgpsnfst!fydfqu!uiptf!ejsfdumz!bttpdjbufe!xjui!usbotgpsnfst/ PRODUCTS Manufacturers B/Bwbjmbcmf!Nbovgbduvsfst;!!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout-!nbovgbduvsfst!pggfsjoh qspevdut!uibu!nbz!cf!jodpsqpsbufe!joup!uif!Xpsl!jodmvef-!cvu!bsf!opu!mjnjufe!up-!uif!gpmmpxjoh; C/Nbovgbduvsfst;!!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout-!qspwjef!qspevdut!cz!pof!pg!uif gpmmpxjoh; 2/BdnfFmfdusjd!Dpsqpsbujpo<!Qpxfs!Ejtusjcvujpo!Qspevdut!Ejwjtjpo/ 3/Dppqfs!Joevtusjft<!Dppqfs!Qpxfs!Tztufnt!Ejwjtjpo)Qsfgfssfe* 4/Dvumfs.Ibnnfs/ 5/HF!Fmfdusjdbm!Ejtusjcvujpo!'!Dpouspm/ 6/Lvimnbo!Fmfdusjd!Dpsqpsbujpo/ 7/Tjfnfot!Fofshz!'!Bvupnbujpo-!Jod/ 8/BCC Pad-Mounted, Liquid-Filled Transformers B/Eftdsjqujpo;!!BOTJD68/23/24!qbe.npvoufe-!3.xjoejoh!usbotgpsnfst/!!Tubjomftt.tuffm!ubol cbtf/ C/Jotvmbujoh!Mjrvje;!!Njofsbm!pjm-!dpnqmzjoh!xjui!BTUNE4598-!UzqfJJ-!boe!uftufe!bddpsejoh!up BTUNE228/ D/Jotvmbujpo!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Sjtf;55 efhD!xifo!pqfsbufe!bu!sbufe!lWB!pvuqvu!jo!b!51!efhD bncjfou!ufnqfsbuvsf/!!Usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!cf!sbufe!up!pqfsbuf!bu!sbufe!ljmpwpmu!bnqfsf!jo!bo bwfsbhf!bncjfou!ufnqfsbuvsf!pg!41!efhD!pwfs!35!ipvst!xjui!b!nbyjnvn!bncjfou ufnqfsbuvsf!pg!51!efhD!xjuipvu!mptt!pg!tfswjdf!mjgf!fyqfdubodz/ E/Cbtjd!Jnqvmtf!Mfwfm;95 lW/ MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS–261200 Qbhf3pg6 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction F/Gvmm.Dbqbdjuz!Wpmubhf!Ubqt;!!Gpvs!3/6!qfsdfou!ubqt-!3!bcpwf!boe!3!cfmpx!sbufe!ijhi!wpmubhf< xjui!fyufsobmmz!pqfsbcmf!ubq!dibohfs!gps!ef.fofshj{fe!vtf!boe!xjui!qptjujpo!joejdbups!boe qbempdl!ibtq/ G/Ijhi.Wpmubhf!Ufsnjobujpot!boe!Frvjqnfou;!!Efbe!gspou!xjui!vojwfstbm.uzqf!cvtijoh!xfmmt!gps efbe.gspou!cvtijoh.xfmm!jotfsut-!dpnqmzjoh!xjui!JFFF497!boe!jodmvejoh!uif!gpmmpxjoh; 2/Cvtijoh.Xfmm!Jotfsut;!!Pof!gps!fbdi!ijhi.wpmubhf!cvtijoh!xfmm/ 3/Qbsljoh!Tuboet;!!Pof!gps!fbdi!ijhi.wpmubhf!cvtijoh!xfmm/ 4/Qpsubcmf!Jotvmbufe!Cvtijoht;!!Bssbohfe!gps!qbsljoh!jotvmbufe-!ijhi.wpmubhf-!mpbe.csfbl dbcmf!ufsnjobupst<!pof!gps!fbdi!qsjnbsz!gffefs!dpoevdups!ufsnjobujoh!bu!usbotgpsnfs/ H/Bddfttpsjft; 2/Esbjo!Wbmwf;2!jodi)36!nn*-!xjui!tbnqmjoh!efwjdf/ 3/Ejbm.uzqf!uifsnpnfufs/ 4/Mjrvje.mfwfm!hbhf/ 5/Qsfttvsf.wbdvvn!hbhf/ 6/Qsfttvsf!Sfmjfg!Efwjdf;!!Tfmg.tfbmjoh!xjui!bo!joejdbups/ 7/Npvoujoh!qspwjtjpot!gps!mpx.wpmubhf!dvssfou!usbotgpsnfst/ 8/Npvoujoh!qspwjtjpot!gps!mpx.wpmubhf!qpufoujbm!usbotgpsnfst/ 9/Cvtxbzufsnjobm!dpoofdujpo!bu!mpx.wpmubhf!dpnqbsunfou/ :/Bmbsn!dpoubdut!gps!hbhft!boe!uifsnpnfufs!mjtufe!bcpwf/ Identification Devices B/Obnfqmbuft;!!Fohsbwfe-!mbnjobufe.qmbtujd!ps!nfubm!obnfqmbuf!gps!fbdi!usbotgpsnfs- npvoufe!xjui!dpssptjpo.sftjtubou!tdsfxt/!!Obnfqmbuft!boe!mbcfm!qspevdut!bsf!tqfdjgjfe!jo Tfdujpo!371664!#Jefoujgjdbujpo!gps!Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt/# Source Quality Control B/Gbdupsz!Uftut;!!Qfsgpsn!eftjho!boe!spvujof!uftut!bddpsejoh!up!tuboebset!tqfdjgjfe!gps dpnqpofout/!!Dpoevdu!usbotgpsnfs!uftut!bddpsejohup ANSIC57.12.50/ C/Gbdupsz!Uftut;!!Qfsgpsn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!gbdupsz.dfsujgjfe!uftut!po!fbdi!usbotgpsnfs; 2/Sftjtubodf!nfbtvsfnfout!pg!bmm!xjoejoht!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo!boe!po!ubq fyusfnf!dpoofdujpot/ 3/Sbujpt!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo!boe!po!ubq!fyusfnfdpoofdujpot/ 4/Qpmbsjuz!boe!qibtf!sfmbujpo!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo/ 5/Op.mpbe!mptt!bu!sbufe!wpmubhf!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo/ 6/Fydjubujpo!dvssfou!bu!sbufe!wpmubhf!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo/ 7/Jnqfebodf!boe!mpbe!mptt!bu!sbufe!dvssfou!po!sbufe.wpmubhf!dpoofdujpo!boe!po!ubq fyusfnf!dpoofdujpot/ 8/Bqqmjfe!qpufoujbm/ 9/Joevdfe!qpufoujbm/ EXECUTION Examination MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS–261200 Qbhf4pg6 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction B/Fybnjof!bsfbt!boe!dpoejujpot!gps!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!nfejvn.wpmubhf usbotgpsnfst/ C/Fybnjof!spvhijoh.jo!pg!dpoevjut!boe!hspvoejoh!tztufnt!upwfsjgz!uif!gpmmpxjoh; 2/Xjsjoh!fousjft!dpnqmz!xjui!mbzpvu!sfrvjsfnfout/ 3/Fousjft!bsf!xjuijo!dpoevju.fousz!upmfsbodft!tqfdjgjfe!cz!nbovgbduvsfs!boe!op!gffefst!xjmm ibwf!up!dsptt!tfdujpo!cbssjfst!up!sfbdi!mpbe!ps!mjof!mvht/ D/Fybnjof!xbmmt-!gmppst-!sppgt-!boe!dpodsfuf!cbtft!gps!tvjubcmf!npvoujoh!dpoejujpot!xifsf usbotgpsnfst!xjmm!cf!jotubmmfe/ E/Wfsjgz!uibu!hspvoe!dpoofdujpot!bsf!jo!qmbdf!boe!uibu!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!Tfdujpo371637 #Hspvoejoh!boe!Cpoejoh!gps!Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt#!ibwf!cffo!nfu/!!Nbyjnvn!hspvoe sftjtubodftibmm!cf!6!pint!bu!mpdbujpo!pg!usbotgpsnfs/ F/Qspdffe!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!pomz!bgufs!votbujtgbdupsz!dpoejujpot!ibwf!cffo!dpssfdufe/ Installation B/Jotubmm!usbotgpsnfst!po!dpodsfuf!qbe/ 2/Bodips!usbotgpsnfst!up!dpodsfuf!cbtft!bddpsejoh!up!nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot- tfjtnjd!dpeft!bu!Qspkfdu-!boe!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!Tfdujpo37163:!#Ibohfst!boe!Tvqqpsut!gps Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt#!qbe!gpvoebujpot/ 3/Dpotusvdu!dpodsfuf!cbtft!pg!ejnfotjpot!joejdbufe-!cvu!opu!mftt!uibo5!jodift)211!nn* mbshfs!jo!cpui!ejsfdujpot!uibo!tvqqpsufe!voju!boe5!jodift)211!nn*ijhi/ 4/Vtf4111.qtj)31/8.NQb*-!39.ebz!dpnqsfttjwf.tusfohui!dpodsfuf!boe!sfjogpsdfnfou!bt tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo144111!#Dbtu.jo.Qmbdf!Dpodsfuf/# C/Nbjoubjo!njojnvn!dmfbsbodft!boe!xpsltqbdf!bu!frvjqnfou!bddpsejoh!up!nbovgbduvsfs(t xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!boe!OGQB81/ Identification B/Jefoujgz!gjfme.jotubmmfe!xjsjoh!boe!dpnqpofout!boe!qspwjef!xbsojoh!tjhot!bt!tqfdjgjfe!jo Tfdujpo371664!#Jefoujgjdbujpo!gps!Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt/# Connections B/Hspvoe!frvjqnfou!bddpsejoh!up!Tfdujpo!371637#Hspvoejoh!boe!Cpoejoh!gps!Fmfdusjdbm Tztufnt/# C/Dpoofdu!xjsjoh!bddpsejoh!up!Tfdujpo!37162:!#Mpx.Wpmubhf!Fmfdusjdbm!Qpxfs!Dpoevdupst!boe Dbcmft/# Field Quality Control B/Uftujoh!Bhfodz;!!Pxofs!xjmm!fohbhf!b!rvbmjgjfe!uftujoh!boe!jotqfdujoh!bhfodz!up!qfsgpsn gjfme!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot!boe!qsfqbsf!uftu!sfqpsut/ C/Dppsejobuf!boe!bttjtu!pxofst!uftu!bhfou!up!qfsgpsn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!gjfme!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot< 2/Bgufs!jotubmmjoh!usbotgpsnfst!cvu!cfgpsf!qsjnbsz!jt!fofshj{fe-!wfsjgz!uibu!hspvoejoh!tztufn bu!tvctubujpo!jtuftufe!bu!tqfdjgjfe!wbmvf!ps!mftt/ 3/Bgufs!jotubmmjoh!usbotgpsnfst!boe!bgufs!fmfdusjdbm!djsdvjusz!ibt!cffo!fofshj{fe-!uftu!gps dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout/ 4/Qfsgpsn!wjtvbm!boe!nfdibojdbm!jotqfdujpo!boe!fmfdusjdbm!uftu!tubufe!jo!OFUBBUT/!!Dfsujgz dpnqmjbodfxjui!uftu!qbsbnfufst/ 5/Uftu!boe!bekvtu!dpouspmt!boe!tbgfujft/!!Sfqmbdf!ebnbhfe!boe!nbmgvodujpojoh!dpouspmt boe!frvjqnfou/ D/Sfnpwf!boe!sfqmbdf!nbmgvodujpojoh!vojut!boe!sfuftu!bt!tqfdjgjfe!bcpwf/ Follow-Up Service MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS–261200 Qbhf5pg6 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction B/Jogsbsfe!Tdboojoh;!!Qfsgpsn!bt!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo!372411!#Nfejvn.Wpmubhf!Txjudihfbs/# END OF SECTION MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS–261200 Qbhf6pg6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION261300 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE PAD MOUNTEDSWITCHGEAR GENERAL Related Documents A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section IEEE 386 (2006) Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600V IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code, NEC 2011 IEEE C57.12.28 (2005) Standard for Pad-Mounted Equipment Enclosure Integrity Summary A.This Section includesoutdoor pad mounted switchgearwith the following optional components, features, and accessories: 1.Pad Mounted Interrupter Switchgear 2.Vacuum Fault Interrupters. 3.Fungus proofing. 4.Cable connectors 5.Accessories 6.Mimic bus. Submittals The latest edition of the referenced item below shall beused. A.Product Data: For each type of switchgear and related equipment, include the following: 1.Rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for individual components. 2.Time-current characteristic curves forovercurrent protective devices. B.Shop Drawings: For each type of switchgear and related equipment, include the following: 1.Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show method of field assembly and location and size of each field connection. Include the following: a.Outline and general arrangement drawing showing dimensions. b.Drawing of cable termination compartments showing preferred locations for conduits and indicating space available for cable terminations. c.Current ratings of buses. d.Short-time and short-circuit ratings of switchgear assembly. e.Nameplate legends. f.Mimic-bus diagram. C.Coordination Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned layout, required working clearances, and requiredarea above and around switchgear. Show switchgear layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of support, and weight on each support. Identify field measurements. D.Source quality-control:test reports. E.Field quality-control test reports. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: For switchgear and switchgear components provide operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page1of6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction 1.Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing and adjusting. 2.Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 3.Fuse Data. Quality Assurance A.Source Limitations: Obtain eachtype of switchgear and associated components through one source from a single manufacturer. B.Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of switchgear and are based on the specific system indicated. (S&C PME 9 Series Equipment) C.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D.Comply with IEEE C2. Delivery, Storage, and Handling The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A.Store switchgear in clean dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect switchgear from exposure to dirt, fumes,water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Project Conditions A.Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation at indicated ampere ratings for the following conditions: 1.Ambient temperature not exceeding122 degF(50 degC). 2.Altitude of 80 feet above sea level. 3.Water Plant Environment. B.Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate dimensions for switchgear, including clearances between switchgear and adjacent surfaces and other items. Coordinate with owner’s Engineer if additional space is required for switchgear proposed. C.Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only afterarranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Owner no fewer thanSevendays in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2.Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service withoutOwner’swritten permission. Coordination A.Coordinate layout and installation of switchgear and components with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required clearances for workspace and equipment access doors andpanels. B.Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. Extra Materials A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged withprotective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Touchup Paint:Threecontainers of paint matching enclosure finish, each9 oz Spray. B.Maintenance Tools: Furnish tools and miscellaneous items required for interrupter switchgear test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. Include the following: MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page2of6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction 1.8 foot ShotGun Clamp Stick for use with separable connectors and voltage tester 2.Storage bag for ShotGun Stick, canvas 3.Voltage tester with audio and visual signal, with adapter for Shotgun Stick, and storage case. 4.3 each, Pentahead Socket for ½ inch driver. 5.USB Cable Kit for Communications to Over-Current Devices. PRODUCTS Manufactured Units A.Description: Factory assembled and tested, and complying with IEEE C37.20.1. Pad MountedSwitchgear A.Manufacturers: 1.Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2.S&C Electric Company.-(Preferred) 3.Cooper Power Systems 4.Siemens 5.Square D; Schneider Electric. B.Design Level of Available-Source Fault Current: Integrated short-circuit ratingconsistent with value of fault current indicated. C.Ratings: Comply with standard ratings designated in IEEE C37.71 for maximum-rated voltage specified. 1.Main-Bus Rating:600 A 2.Bushing Ratings600 A 3.Ratings: 3-phase, 60-Hz, solidly grounded system. 4.SystemVoltage:4.16 kV nominal. 5.Rated Maximum Voltage, 15.5 kV nominal. 6.Rated Withstand Impulse Voltage, 95 kV BIL 7.Continuous and Load Interrupting Current, 600A 8.Short-Circuit interrupting Current,25 kA rms Sym 9.Switched ways shall be rated for the requiredcontinuous and load interrupting current D.Mechanical Interlock: Prevent opening switch compartment door unless switchblades are open, and prevent closing switch if door is open. E.Window: Permit viewing switchblade positions if door is closed. F.Power Fuses:Comply with the following and with applicable requirements in NEMASG2: 1.Indicator: Integral with each fuse to indicate when it has blown. 2.Mounting: Positively held in position with provision for easy removal and replacement from front without specialtools. 3.Current-Limiting Fuses: Full-range, fast-replaceable, current-limiting type that will operate without explosive noise or expulsion of gas, vapor, or foreign matter from tube. 4.Expulsion Fuses: Furnished in disconnect-type mountings and renewable with replacement fuse units. Gases emitted on interruption are controlled and silenced by chambers designed for that purpose. Fabrication A.Outdoor Enclosure: Galvanized steel, weatherproof construction; integral structural steel base 1.Each compartment shallhave the following features: 2.Structural design and anchorage adequate to resist loads imposed by130-mph. 3.Switchgear shall be configured with load interrupting switched ways as indicated. Switchgear shall have front accessible terminations suitable for cables entering from below and provisions for grounding. MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page3of6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction 4.Provide enclosed switchgear suitable for installation on a concrete pad.. Paint switchgear tank and support frame and enclosure including base ASTM D 1535 Munsell 7GY3.29/1.5 green or manufacturers’ standard color. Paint coating system shall comply with IEEE C57.12.29 regardless of equipment material. 5.Provide a parking stand near each dead-front bushing.\[ Provide insulated standoff bushings for parking of energized load-break connectors on each parkingstands.\]\] 6.Provide corresponding connector for each switched way, Dead-Front Elbow Type. 7.Connectors shall have a steel reinforced hook-stick eye, grounding eye, test point, and arc-quenching contact material. 8.Provide 600 Ampere load break connector ratings: Voltage: 15.5 kV, 95 kV BIL with Short time rating: 25,000 rms symmetrical amperes. 9.Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for switchgear interior Identification A.Materials: Refer to Division26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."Identify units, devices, controls, and wiring. B.Mimic Bus: Continuous mimic bus applied to front of switchgear, arranged in single-line diagram format, using symbols and lettered designations consistent with approved final mimic-bus diagram. 1.Mimic-bus segments coordinated with devices in switchgear sections to which applied, to produce a concise visual presentation of principal switchgear components and connections. 2.Medium: Painted graphics, as approved. 3.Color: Contrasting with factory-finish background;. Source Quality Control A.Before shipment of equipment, perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1.Production tests on completed switchgear. B.Prepare equipment for shipment. 1.Provide suitable crating, blocking, and supports so equipment will withstand expected domestic shipping and handling shocks and vibration. 2.Weatherproof equipment for shipment. Close connection openings to prevent entrance of foreign material during shipment and storage. Factory Finishes A.Finish: Manufacturer’s standard colorfinish applied to equipment before shipping. B.Shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 10.00 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES. Execution Examination A.Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchgear for compliance with requirements for installationtolerances, required clearances, and other conditions affecting performance. 1.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Installation A.Anchor switchgear assembly to concrete foundation and attach by bolting and clip.. B.Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchgear units and components. MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page4of6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction A.Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." Connections A.Cable terminations at switchgear are specified in Division26 Section "Medium-Voltage Cables." B.Tighten bus joints, electrical connectors, and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torque-tightening values. C.Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." FieldQualityControl A.Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1.Test insulationresistance for each switchgear bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2.Test continuity of each circuit. B.Testing Agency: TheOwner will engagea qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Contractor shall assist agent in performance of all testing. C.Assist test agent in performing the following field tests and inspections. 1.Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETAATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. Perform NETA tests and inspections for each of the following NETA categories: 2.Program all Coordination Settings as required by the Protection / Coordination Report. 3.Visual and Mechanical Inspection 4.Compare equipment nameplate information with specifications and approved shop drawings. 5.Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 6.Check for proper anchorage, alignment, required area 7.Check clearances and cable installation, and grounding. 8.Perform mechanical operator tests in accordance with 9.Perform manufacturer’s instructions 10.Inspect all indicating devices for proper operation. 11.Check for proper phasing and phase rotation for connected loads. D.Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E.Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, assist City’s Inspection Agent in performing infrared scan of eachswitchgear. Remove front and rear panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1.Instrument: Use an infrared-scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 2.Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switchgear checked and that describes infrared-scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. Adjusting A.Set field-adjustable,devices as required. Cleaning MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page5of6 December2013City of CorpusChristi Standard Specifications for Construction A.On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchgear. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair damaged finishes. Demonstration A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain switchgear. Refer to Division01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION MEDIUM-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR–261300 Page6of6 Revision 1 21May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 21May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction December 2013 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION262419 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS Related Documents A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Summary A.Section includes MCCs for use with ac circuits rated 600V and less and having the following factory-installed components: 1.Incoming main lugs and OCPDs. 2.Full-voltage magnetic controllers. 3.Multispeedcontrollers. 4.VFCs. 5.Instrumentation. 6.Auxiliary devices. Definitions The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A.BAS: Building automation system. B.CE: Conformite Europeene (European Compliance). C.CPT: Control power transformer. D.EMI:Electromagnetic interference. E.GFCI: Ground fault circuit interrupting. F.IGBT: Insulated-gate bipolar transistor. G.LAN: Local area network. H.LED: Light-emitting diode. I.MCC: Motor-control center. J.MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker. K.MCP: Motor-circuit protector. L.NC: Normally closed. M.NO: Normally open. N.OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. O.PCC: Point of common coupling. P.PID: Control action, proportional plus integral plus derivative. Q.PT: Potential transformer. R.PWM: Pulse-width modulated. S.RFI:Radio-frequency interference. T.SCR: Silicon-controlled rectifier. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page1of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction U.TDD: Total demand (harmonic current) distortion. V.THD(V): Total harmonic voltage demand. W.TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. X.VFC: Variable-frequency controller. ActionSubmittals A.Product Data: For each type of controller and each type of MCC. Include shipping and operating weights, features, performance, electrical ratings, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: For each MCC, manufacturer’s approval and production drawings as defined in UL845. In addition to requirements specified in UL845, include dimensioned plans, elevations, and sections; and conduit entry locations and sizes, mounting arrangements, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. 1.Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a.Each installed unit’s type and details. b.Factory-installed devices. c.Enclosure types and details. d.Nameplate legends. e.Short-circuit current (withstand) rating of complete MCC, and for bus structure and each unit. f.Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of each installed controller and feeder device, and installed devices. g.Specified optional featuresand accessories. 2.Schematic Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring for each installed controller. 3.Nameplate legends. 4.Vertical and horizontal bus capacities. 5.Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of each installed unit. Informational Submittals The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A.Standard Drawings: For each MCC, as defined in UL845. B.Production Drawings: For each MCC, as defined in UL845. C.Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, showing dimensioned layout, required working clearances, and required area above and around MCCs where pipe and ducts are prohibited. Show MCC layout and relationships between electrical components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of support, and weight on each support. Indicate field measurements. D.Product Certificates: For each MCC, from manufacturer. E.Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed, and arrange to demonstrate that switch settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motors to be protected. F.Warranty: Sample of special warranty. Closeout Submittals MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page2of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction A.Operation and Maintenance Data: For MCCs, all installed devices, and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1.Manufacturer’s Record Drawings: As defined in UL845. In addition to requirements specified in UL845, include fieldmodifications and field-assigned wiring identificationincorporated during construction by manufacturer, Contractor, or both. 2.Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing and adjusting circuit breaker and MCP trip settings. 3.Manufacturer’s written instructions for setting field-adjustable overload relays. 4.Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming reduced- voltage, solid-state controllers. 5.Manufacturer’s written instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor control modules. 6.Manufacturer’s written instructions for setting field-adjustable timers, controls, and status and alarm points. Maintenance Material Submittals A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that arepackaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2.Control Power Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than two of each size and type. 3.Indicating Lights: Two of each type and color installed. 4.Auxiliary Contacts: Furnish one spare(s) for each size and type of magnetic controller installed. 5.Power Contacts: Furnish three spares for each size and type of magnetic contactor installed. Quality Assurance A.Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. B.Source Limitations: Obtain MCCs and controllers of a single type from singlesource from single manufacturer. C.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D.Comply with NFPA70. Delivery, storage, and Handling A.Deliver MCCs in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery paths. B.Handle MCCs according to the following: 1.NEMAICS2.3, "Instructions for the Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control CentersRated Not More Than 600Volts." 2.NECA402, "Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Motor Control Centers." C.If stored in space that is not permanently enclosed and air conditioned, remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside MCCs; install temporary electric heating, with at least 250W per vertical section. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page3of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Project Conditions A.Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1.Ambient Temperature: Less than0degF(minus 18 degC)or exceeding104 degF(40 degC), with an average value exceeding95 degF(35 degC)over a 24-hour period. 2.Ambient Storage Temperature: Not less than minus4 degF(minus 20 degC)and not exceeding140 degF(60 degC). 3.Humidity: Less than 95 percent (noncondensing). 4.Altitude:3300 feet(1000m)if MCC includes solid-state devices. B.Interruption of Existing Electrical Service or Distribution Systems: Do not interrupt electrical service to, or distribution systems within, a facility occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions, and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Owner no fewer than 7 days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2.Indicate method of providing temporary electrical service. 3.Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner’s written permission. 4.Comply with NFPA70E. C.Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for MCCs, including clearances between MCCs and adjacent surfaces and other items. Coordination A.Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. B.Coordinate features of MCCs, installed units, and accessory devices with remote pilot devices and control circuits to which they connect. C.Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each MCC, each controller, and each installed unit with ratings and characteristics of supply circuits, motors,required control sequences, and duty cycle of motors and loads. Warranty A.Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace equipment or devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: one year from date of Substantial Completion. PRODUCTS Manufacturers A.MCCs shall be Allen-Bradley® CENTERLINE® 2100 Ratings A.The MCC shall be rated for the system voltage as indicated on the contract drawings. B.The MCC horizontal and vertical power bus bracing shall be rated to meet or exceed the available fault current as shown on the contract drawings, but shall not be less than 65,000 A rms symmetrical. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page4of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction C.All MCC units shall have a full rated short-circuit rating that meets or exceeds the available fault current as shown on the contract drawings. D.All circuit breakers used in the motor control center shall have full-rated short-circuit interrupting ratings based on the applied MCC voltage. E.The MCC shall provide front Accessibility as defined by IEEE C37.20.9- F.2007 ‘IEEE Guide for Testing Metal-enclosed Switchgear Rated up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults’. Enclosure A.The MCC enclosure shall be NEMA Type 1 with gasket around perimeter of doors B.Each section shall be equipped with two full metal side sheets to isolate each vertical section and to help reduce the likelihood of fault propagation between sections. C.All interior and exterior surfaces shall be painted ANSI 49 medium light gray. The vertical wireways and unit back plates shall be painted high visibility gloss white. All unpainted parts shall be plated for corrosion resistance. D.Removable closing plates on each end of the MCC shall cover all horizontal bus and horizontal wireway openings. E.Insulating sheets shall be provided on the inside of end closing plates for horizontal bus openings to help prevent burn-through of the end closing plate in the event that an internal arcing fault occurs in the horizontal bus compartment. Structure A.The MCC shall be of dead front construction and shall consist of one or more vertical sections bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. The systems shall be designed to allow for the addition of future sections at either end and to permit the interchanging of units. B.Vertical sections shall be rigid, free-standing structures. 1.Vertical sections shall have internal mounting angles running continuously within the shipping block. 2.An external mounting channel that is required to maintain structure integrity is not acceptable. 3.Vertical sections shall be 90 in. high, 20in. deep and 20 in. Wide, except where larger dimensions are required. 4.71 in. high, reduced height sections shall be provided, if specified on the contract drawings. 5.Vertical sections shall be provided with a removable steel lifting angle on all shipping blocks. The angle shall run the length of the shipping block. 6.Lifting eyes are not acceptable. 7.Each standard section shall be capable of being subdivided into 12 usable, unit spaces. 8.Two unit spaces shall constitute one space factor and shall be 13 in. in height. 9.One unit space shall constitute one-half space factor and shall be 6.5 in. in height. C.Horizontal Wireways 1.Horizontal wireways shall be located at the top and bottom of the MCC. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page5of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.Horizontal wireways shall be 6 in. in height and extend the full depth of the vertical section to allow maximum flexibility in locating conduit for MCC feeds and loads. a.Pull-boxes to extend the height of the top horizontal wireway by 12 in. shall be provided, if specified on the contract drawings. 3.Horizontal wireways shall be continuous across the length of the MCC, except where access needs to be denied due to electrical isolation requirements. 4.The horizontal wireways shall be isolated from the power bus. 5.The horizontal wireways shall have removable covers held in place by captive screws. D.Provide a full height vertical wireway, independent of the plug-in units, in each standard vertical section. 1.The vertical wireway shall be isolated from the vertical and horizontal buses. 2.The vertical wireway shall be covered with a hinged and secured door. 3.Wireway tie bars shall be provided. 4.Isolation between the wireway and units shall be provided. 5.Vertical wireway doors shall be provided with arc resistant latches to help keep the door latched in the event that an internal arcing fault occurs. Bus Bars A.Horizontal Power Bus 1.The horizontal bus shall be rated as shown on the drawings. 2.The horizontal bus material shall be copper with tin plating. 3.The horizontal bus shall be supported, bracedand isolated from the vertical bus with a high strength, non-conductive, non-tracking, glass polyester material. 4.For standard sections the horizontal bus shall be continuous within each shipping block and shall be braced within each section 5.Horizontal bussplices shall have at least two bolts on each side. B.Vertical Bus 1.The vertical power bus shall have an effective rating of 600 A. If a center horizontal bus construction is utilized, then the rating shall be 300 A above and below the horizontal bus for an effective rating of 600 A. If a top or bottom mounted horizontal bus is utilized, then the full bus must be rated for 600 A. 2.The vertical bus material shall be copper with tin plating. 3.The vertical bus shall attach to the horizontal bus with at least two bolts. 4.The vertical bus shall be continuously braced by a high strength, non-conductive, non- tracking, glass-filled polyester material and isolated from the unit spaces by a non- conductive, polycarbonate molded cover. 5.The vertical bus shall be isolated fromthe horizontal power bus except where necessary to connect the vertical power bus to the horizontal power bus. 6.Automatic shutters shall cover plug-in stab openings when units are removed. C.Ground Bus 1.Provide a ground bus system consisting of a horizontalground bus connected to vertical ground buses mounted in each section. 2.Provide an tin-plated copper (0.25 x 1 in. or 0.25 x 2 in.) horizontal ground bus mounted in the bottom of the MCC unless otherwise specified in the drawings. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page6of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 3.Provide a pressure-type mechanical lug mounted on the ground bus in the incoming line section. 4.Provide a unit ground stab on all unit inserts. The ground stab shall establish unit insert grounding to the vertical ground bus before the plug-in power stabs engage the power bus. The grounding shall be maintained until after the plug-in power stabs are disengaged. Ethernet/IP Communication A.The MCC shall have Ethernet wiring incorporated into its design. 1.The MCC shall have Ethernet cabling incorporated throughout the vertical section. 2.Each motor starter, AC drive and soft starter unit in the MCC shall be supplied with a means to communicate via EtherNet/IP network. B.Ethernet Cabling 1.Ethernet Cable Ratings a.The Ethernet cable shall be 600V UL PLTC rated. b.The use of a 300V rated cable is notacceptable 2.Layout a.Cable shall connect each section to one another in the top or bottom wireways. b.Ethernet cable through the MCC section shall be routed from the top or bottom wireways. To prevent accidental mechanical damage during MCC installation, the cable shall be located behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways. c.Eight Ethernet ports shall be provided in the rear of each vertical wireway of standard sections to simplify installation, relocation, and addition of plug-in units. d.The EtherNet/IP device within each unit shall be factory connected to an Ethernet port in the vertical wireway by using a 600V-rated Ethernet cable. 3.Power Supplies a.The power supplyshall provide 24V DC for the devices that require it. b.The MCC manufacturer shall check the user’s design to ensure that adequate power supplies have been specified to conform with network requirements. c.Power supply output shall be rated 8 A, 24V DC. d.The power supply shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1606-XLSDNET8 or approved equal. e.The power supply unit shall be provided with a buffer module to provide a minimum of 500 ms ride-through at full load. f.The buffer module shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 1606-XLBUFFER or approved equal. C.EtherNet/IP Interface for Motor Starter Units 1.Motor starter units shall have an electronic overload relay that incorporates the following features a.Built-in EtherNet/IP communication b.LEDs for status indication c.Test/Reset button d.Selectable trip of NEMA Class 5 to 30. Unless indicated, the trip class shall be set for NEMA Class 20 operation e.Four inputs and two outputs. Refer to the contract drawings for connection MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page7of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction requirements f.Protective functions (1)Functions shall provide a programmabletrip level, warning level, time delay, and inhibit window. (2)Protective functions shall include Thermal overload, Phase loss, Stall, Jam, Underload, Current imbalance, Remote trip, and PTC thermistor input. (3)Ground fault protection \[is\] \[is not\] required. i.Ifground fault protection is required, the protection range shall be 1 A to 5 A for NEMA Size 3 and smaller starters, and 20 mA to 5 A for NEMA Size 4 and larger starters. g.Current monitoring functions shall include phase current, average current, full load current, current imbalance percent, percent thermal capacity utilized, and ground fault current (if required). h.Voltage, energy, and frequency measuring capabilities shall be included. i.Diagnostic information shall include device status, warning status, timeto reset, trip status, time to overload trip, and history of last five trips. j.Preventative maintenance information shall include Allowable starts per hour, required Time between starts, Starts counter, Starts available, Time until next start, total operating hours, and elapsed operating time. k.Overload relay shall include an on-board logic processor to allow basic logic to be performed within the overload relay based on network data and the status of the inputs to the overload relay. l.The overload relay shallsupport the following CIP messaging types: Polled I/O messaging, Change-of-state/cyclic messaging, Explicit messaging, Group 4 offline node recovery messaging, and Unconnected Message Manager (UCMM). m.The overload relay shall provide the following functions to minimize network configuration time: Full parameter object support, Configuration consistency value, and Add-on Profile. 2.The overload relay shall be Allen-Bradley 193-EC2/592-EC2, 193-EC3/592-EC3, or 193- EC5/592-EC5 ‘E3 Plus’ models or approved equal. D.EtherNet/IP Interface for Variable Frequency AC Drives and Solid-State Reduced Voltage Motor Controllers 1.The EtherNet/IP communication interface shall be supplied to allow for communication between the solid-state component and the Ethernet network. E.EtherNet/IP Interface for Other Units 1.Provide a EtherNet/IP interface for other units as indicated on the contract drawings. 2.Refer to the contract drawing wiring diagrams for points to be monitored. F.Programming and Testing 1.The MCC manufacturer shall load the IP Address into each unit. 2.The IP Address shall be as indicated on the contract drawings or as provided by the contractor. 3.The MCC manufacturer shall test the MCC to ensure that each unit communicates properly prior to shipment. 4.Each unit shall have a label showing the IP Address for the devices within it. 5.The MCC manufacturer shall provide a disk containing applicable electronic data sheet (EDS) files for the EtherNet/IP devices. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page8of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Unit Information A.The minimum compartment height shall be 6.5 in. and thisshall be considered one-half space factor. B.NEMA Size 5 FVNR starters and below shall be provided as plug-in units. C.Plug-in units 1.Plug-in units shall consist of a unit assembly, unit support pan and unit door assembly. 2.Units shall be supplied with removable doors. The unit doors shall be fastened to the structure so that the doors can be closed when the unit is removed. 3.A unit support pan shall be provided for support and guiding units. Unit support pans shall remain in the structure when units are removedto provide isolation between units. 4.A service position shall be provided for plug-in units that allows for the unit to be supported, but disengaged from the bus. The unit shall be capable of being padlocked in the service position. This position is to be used to isolate a unit from the bus to allow service to be performed on the connected load equipment. D.Power Stabs 1.Unit stabs for engaging the power bus shall be tin-plated copper and provided with stainless back-up springs to provide and maintain a highpressure 4-point connection to the vertical bus. 2.Wiring from the unit disconnecting means to the plug-in stabs shall not be exposed on the rear of the unit. A separate isolated pathway shall be provided for each phase to minimize the possibility of unit fault conditions reaching the power bus system. 3.The power cable termination at the plug-in stab shall be a maintenance-free crimp type connection. E.Disconnect Handle 1.Plug-in units shall be provided with a heavy-duty, non-conductive, industrial duty, flange mounted handle mechanism for control of each disconnect switch or circuit breaker. 2.Use of rotary operators is not acceptable 3.The disconnect handle may pivot in the vertical or horizontal plane. 4.The on-off condition shall be indicated by the handle position,red and green color indicators with the words ON and OFF, and the international symbols 1 and O along with a pictorial indication of the handle position. 5.Handles shall be capable of being locked in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. 6.Plug-in unitsshall be provided with interlocks per NEMA and UL requirements. Interlocks shall be provided for the following: a.Prevention of unit insertion or withdrawal with the disconnect in the ON position b.Prevention of the unit door from being opened when the disconnect is in the ON position (1)A feature for intentionally defeating this interlock by qualified personnel shall be provided c.Prevention of the disconnect switch from being moved to the ON position if the unit door is open (1)A feature for intentionally defeating this interlock by qualified personnel shall be provided F.Pilot Devices 1.Units shall be furnished with pushbuttons, selector switches and pilot Lights for HAND- OFF-AUTO controls with RUN INDICATION MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page9of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.For units with vertically operated disconnect handles: a.Whenthree or less pilot devices are utilized, they shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T or 800H 30.5mm devices or approved equal. b.When more than three devices are required, the use of Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800F 22.5mm devices (or approved equal) is permitted. 3.For units with horizontally operated disconnect handles: c.The devices shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800F. G.Terminal Blocks 1.Control terminal blocks shall be provided on all contactor and starter units. a.Control terminal blocks shall be a pull-apart design on all plug-in units for easy removal of the unit from the structure. 2.Control terminal blocks on non-plug-in contactor and starter units shall be fixed type. 3.Power terminal blocks shall be provided on all contactor and starter units, rated NEMA size 3 (100A) and below that utilize vertically operated disconnects. a.Power terminal blocks shall be pull-apart for NEMA size 1 and 2 (30 A and 60 A contactors). b.Power terminal blocks for NEMA size 3 starters (100 A contactors) shall be non-pull- apart. 4.Terminal blocks shall not be located adjacent to or inside the vertical wireway. H.Doors 1.Each unit shall be provided with a removable door mounted on removable pin-type hinges. 2.The unit doors shall be capable of being opened at least 110 degrees. 3.The unit doors shall be removable from any location in the MCC without disturbing any other unit doors. 4.The unit door shall be fastened to the structure so it can be closed to cover the unit space when the unit is removed. 5.The unit doors shall be held closed with quarter-turnlatches. 6.Unit door latches shall be provided with arc resistant latches to help keep the door latched in the event that an internal arcing fault occurs. METERING COMPARTMENT A.The MCC shall include a plug-in metering unit B.The unit shall include the following 1.Fusible disconnect with fuses a.The disconnect must be operable with the unit door closed. 2.Fused control circuit transformer 3.Current transformers shipped loose to be installed by the contractor onto incoming power conductors 4.Solid-state power monitor withdoor mounted display C.Power Monitor 1.The power monitor shall be capable of displaying the following: a.Line current for all three phases with plus or minus 0.2 percent full-scale accuracy b.Average three phase current with plus or minus 0.2 percent full-scale accuracy c.Line-to-neutral and line-to-line voltage with plus or minus 0.2 percent of full-scale accuracy d.Current and voltage unbalance MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page10of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction e.Real, reactive, apparent and true power with plus or minus 0.4 percent full-scale accuracy f.KWh, KVARh and kVAHnet g.True RMSto the 45th harmonic h.Frequency at plus or minus 0.5% i.Power factor at plus or minus 0.4% 2.The power monitor shall include min/max logs and trend logs with up to 45,867 data points. 3.The power monitor shall be capable of performing distortion analysis with THD, Crest Factor (I, V) and Distortion power factor. 4.The power monitor shall include a RS-485 communication port as standard and shall include EtherNet/IP communication capability. 5.The power monitor shall include two form-C relays. 6.The power monitor shall beAllen-Bradley Power monitor 3000 or approved equal. Disconnects A.Main Disconnect 1.If no overcurrent protection is indicated, provide a main incoming-line lug com- partment. a.Lugs to accommodate the incoming power conductors as indicated on the contract drawings shall be provided by \[contractor\] \[MCC Manufacturer\]. B.Motor Starter Disconnect 1.Electro-mechanical NEMA starters: a.The disconnecting means for the across the line starters shall be motor circuit protectors. b.The unit short circuit rating shall be greater than or equal to the available fault current as shown on the contract drawings. c.Units shall be supplied based upon the rules/requirements set forth in the UL 845, NEMA ICS-18, and NFPA 70. d.Units shall be shipped as the motor circuit protector set at lowestsetting per UL standards. The contractor shall field adjust the units based upon the par-ticular motor application. e.The minimum frame size shall be 150 A. f.Provide one normally open and one normally closed circuit breaker auxiliary contact that follows theposition of the circuit breaker main contacts for indication of “On” or “Off/Tripped”. 2.Solid State Controllers (solid-state reduced voltage motor controllers and variable frequency drives) a.The disconnecting means for solid-state controllers shall be a fusible dis-connect with current limiting fuses. b.The short circuit rating shall be 100,000 A (rms symmetrical). Combination NEMA Rated Across the Line Starters A.Starters shall meet applicable NEMA and UL requirements. B.Starters shall be minimum NEMA Size 1. 1.Fractional NEMA sizes are not acceptable. C.The motor starter shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 500 or 300 or approved equal. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page11of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction D.Starters shall be provided with a 3-pole solid state overload relay that includes the fol-lowing features: 1.If EtherNet/IP communication 2.Selectable trip classes of 10, 15, 20, or 30. 3.Overload protection. 4.Phase loss protection. 5.Trip current adjustment range of 5:1. 6.Visual trip status indication. 7.Test/Reset button. 8.The overload relay shall be Allen-Bradley 193-EE or 592-EE "E1 Plus". E.Inaddition to the hold-in contact, starters shall be provided with one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contact. The starter shall be capable of accommodating up to six contacts in addition to the hold-in contact. F.Provide a control power transformer with a rated secondary voltage of 120V AC. The control power transformer shall be provided with primary and secondary fusing. G.Overload relays shall have a reset button located on the outside of the unit door. H.Provide a door mounted selector switchfor Hand-Off-Auto operation. The Hand mode shall provide local control at the MCC unit door. In the Auto mode, control shall be provided through a remote contact. I.Provide door mounted 120V AC push-to-test pilot lights with LED lamps for On Red and Off Green status indication. Software A.Preconfigured Software 1.The software shall be capable of viewing multiple MCC lineups. 2.The software communication driver shall allow the software to be installed and operated on the EtherNet/IP, ControlNet, or DeviceNet network. 3.The software shall be capable of functioning as a standalone software package or as an ActiveX control in a Human Machine Interface (HMI). 4.The software shall be capable of displaying the following. a.Elevation View (1)Dynamically displays status informationbased on reading data from devices in the MCC lineup (2)Sizeable view to allow ease of viewing multiple MCC lineups (3)Unit nameplate information (4)Unit status indicators (ready, running, warning, fault, no communication) b.Unit Monitor View (1)Preconfigured for aspecific unit (2)Real time monitoring via analog dials and trending (3)Data configurable for customized viewing (4)Modifying device parameters c.Spreadsheet View (1)User configurable for customized monitoring (2)Sorting and cascading functions (3)Custom user fields d.Event Log (1)Track history of MCC unit (2)Automatic logging of trips, warnings, and changes MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page12of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction (3)Manual entry of events e.Documentation (1)Front elevation drawings (2)Unit wiring diagrams (3)User manuals (4)Spare parts lists Characteristicsand Ratings A.Control and Load Wiring: Factoryinstalled, with bundling, lacing, and protection included. Provide flexible conductors for No.8AWG and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units. B.Nominal System Voltage: 480V, three phase, three wire. C.Short-Circuit Current Rating for Each Unit:Fully rated 65kA. D.Short-Circuit Current Rating of MCC:Fully ratedwith its main overcurrent device;65. E.Environmental Ratings: 1.Ambient Temperature Rating: Not less than0 degF(minus 18 degC)andnot exceeding 104 degF(40 degC), with an average value not exceeding95 degF(35 degC)over a 24-hour period. 2.Ambient Storage Temperature Rating: Not less than minus4 degF(minus 20 degC) and not exceeding140 degF(60 degC) 3.Humidity Rating: Less than 95 percent (noncondensing). 4.Altitude Rating: Not exceeding6600 feet(2000m), or3300 feet(1000m)if MCC includes solid-state devices. F.Main-Bus Continuous Rating: as shown on drawings. G.Vertical-Bus: Minimum as shown on drawings. H.Horizontal andVertical Bus Bracing (Short-Circuit Current Rating): Match MCC short-circuit current rating. I.Main Horizontal and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for entire length of MCC’s main and vertical sections. Provide for future extensionsfrom bothends. J.Vertical Phase and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for entire usable height of vertical sections, except for sections incorporating single units. K.Phase Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, tin plated. L.Ground Bus: Minimum size required by UL845, hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, equipped with compression connectors for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors. M.Front-Connected, Front-Accessible MCCs: 1.Main Devices: Drawoutand Fixed mounted. 2.Controller Units: fixed and mounted. 3.Feeder-Tap Units: Drawout and fixed mounted. 4.Sections front and rear aligned. N.Future Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and appurtenances at full rating of unit. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page13of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction O.Bus-Bar Insulation: Factory-applied, flame-retardant, tape wrapping of individual bus bars or flame-retardant, spray-applied insulation. Minimum insulation temperature rating of 105 degC. P.Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for OCPDs and other components including instruments and instrument transformers. Source Quality Control A.MCC Testing: Inspect and test MCCs. B.VFC Testing: Test and inspect. 1.Test each VFC while connected to its specified motor. 2.Verification of Performance: Rate VFCs according to operation of functions and features specified. C.MCCs will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D.Prepare test and inspection reports. EXECUTION Examination A.Examine areas and surfaces to receive MCCs, withInstaller present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Examine enclosed controllers before installation. Reject enclosed controllers that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Installation A.Coordinate layout and installation of MCCs with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain requiredworkspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B.Floor-Mounting Controllers: Install MCCs on4-inch(100-mm)nominal thickness concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete.” C.Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on18-inch(450-mm)centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 1.For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchorbolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 2.Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. D.Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. E.Install fuses in each fusible switch. F.Install fuses in control circuits if not factory installed. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page14of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction G.Comply with NECA1. Identification A.Comply with requirements in Section260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for identification of MCC, MCC components, and control wiring. 1.Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2.Label MCC and each cubicle with engraved nameplate. 3.Label each enclosure-mounted control and pilot device. 4.Mark up a set of manufacturer’s connection wiring diagrams with field-assigned wiring identifications and return to manufacturer for inclusion in Record Drawings. B.Operating Instructions: Frame printed operating instructions for MCCs, including control sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finishedmetal, and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of MCCs. Control Wiring Installation A.Install wiring between enclosed controllers and remote devicesand facility’s central-control system. B.Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. C.Connect selector switches and other automatic-control selection devices where applicable. 1.Connect selector switches to bypass only those manual-and automatic-control devices that have no safety functions when switch is in manual-control position. 2.Connect selector switches within enclosed controller circuit in both manual and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low-and high-pressure cutouts, high- temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. Connections A.Comply with requirements for installation of conduit in Section260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." Drawings indicate general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties. B.Comply with requirements in Section260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." Field Quality Control A.Coordinate with owner representative to witness all test on MCCs. B.Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1.Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2.Test continuity of each circuit. C.Tests and Inspections: 1.Inspect controllers, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust controllers, components, and equipment. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page15of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 2.Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller element, component, connecting motor supply, feeder, and control circuits. 3.Test continuity of each circuit. 4.Verify that voltages at controller locations are within 10 percent of motor nameplate rated voltages. If outside this range for any motor, notify ConstructionManager before starting the motor(s). 5.Test each motor for proper phase rotation. 6.Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 7.NETAAcceptance Testing Specification allows three methods to test and inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance; the infrared (thermographic) method is the most thorough and costly. Retain "Initial Infrared Scanning" Subparagraph below if this method is preferred. 8.Test andadjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 9.Mark up a set of manufacturer’s drawings with all field modifications incorporated during construction and return to manufacturer for inclusion inRecord Drawings. D.Enclosed controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E.Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed controllers and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. Adjusting A.Assist owner representative toperform inspections per NETA ATS, up to main bus and tie breakers. Set field-adjustable switches, auxiliary relays, time-delay relays, timers, and overload-relay pickup and trip ranges. B.Adjust overload relay heaters or settings if power factor correctioncapacitors are connected to the load side of the overload relays. C.Adjust the trip settings of MCPs and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with adjustable, instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust to six times the motor nameplate full-load amperes andattempt to start motors several times, allowing for motor cool-down between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush, adjust settings in increments until motors start without tripping. Do not exceed eight times the motor full-load amperes (or 11 timesfor NEMA Premium Efficient motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor, notify Construction Managerbefore increasing settings. D.Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges per Engineer’s Coordination Report. Protection A.Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer’s written instructions until enclosed controllers are ready to be energized and placed into service. B.Replace controllers whose interiors have been exposed towater or other liquids prior to Substantial Completion. Demonstration A.Engage a factory authorized service representative to train owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain enclosed controllers. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page16of17 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction END OF SECTION 262419 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS–262419 Page17of17 Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 25 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction SECTION262923 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES GENERAL Related Documents B/Uijt!tqfdjgjdbujpo!tibmm!hpwfso!xpsl!sfrvjsfe!gpsuif!gvsojtijoh!boe!jotubmmbujpo!pg!Evdujmf!Jspo Qjqfboe!gjuujohtbtsfrvjsfe!up!dpnqmfuf!uif!qspkfdu/ Summary B/Tfdujpo!jodmveft!tfqbsbufmz!fodmptfe-!qsfbttfncmfe-!dpncjobujpo!WGDt-!sbufe!711!W!boe mftt-!gps!tqffe!dpouspm!pg!uisff.qibtf-!trvjssfm.dbhf!joevdujpo!npupst/ Definitions The latest edition of thereferenced item below shall be used. B/CBT;!Cvjmejoh!bvupnbujpo!tztufn/ C/DF;!Dpogpsnjuf!Fvspqffof!)Fvspqfbo!Dpnqmjbodf*/ D/DQU;!Dpouspm!qpxfs!usbotgpsnfs/ E/FNJ;!Fmfduspnbhofujd!joufsgfsfodf/ F/MFE;!Mjhiu.fnjuujoh!ejpef/ G/OD;!Opsnbmmz!dmptfe/ H/OP;!Opsnbmmz!pqfo/ I/PDQE;!Pwfsdvssfou!qspufdujwf!efwjdf/ J/QJE;!Dpouspm!bdujpo-!qspqpsujpobm!qmvt!joufhsbm!qmvt!efsjwbujwf/ K/SGJ;!Sbejp.gsfrvfodz!joufsgfsfodf/ L/WGD;!Wbsjbcmf.gsfrvfodz!npups!dpouspmmfs/ M/QMD;!Qsphsbnnbcmf!Mphjd!Dpouspmmfs ActionSubmittals B/Qspevdu!Ebub;!Gps!fbdi!uzqfboe!sbujoh!pg!WGD!joejdbufe. 2/Jodmvef!ejnfotjpot!boe!gjojtift!gps!WGDt/ 3/Jodmvef!sbufe!dbqbdjujft-!pqfsbujoh!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!fmfdusjdbm!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!boe gvsojtife!tqfdjbmujft!boe!bddfttpsjft/ C/Tipq!Esbxjoht;!Gps!fbdi!WGD!joejdbufe/ 2/Jodmvef!npvoujoh!boebuubdinfou!efubjmt/ 3/Jodmvef!efubjmt!pg!frvjqnfou!bttfncmjft/!Joejdbuf!ejnfotjpot-!xfjhiut-!mpbet-!sfrvjsfe dmfbsbodft-!nfuipe!pg!gjfme!bttfncmz-!dpnqpofout-!boe!mpdbujpo!boe!tj{f!pg!fbdi!gjfme dpoofdujpo/ 4/Jodmvef!ejbhsbnt!gps!qpxfs-!tjhobm-!boe!dpouspm!xjsjoh/ Informational Submittals The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. B/Dppsejobujpo!Esbxjoht;!Gmpps!qmbot-!esbxo!up!tdbmf-!tipxjoh!ejnfotjpofe!mbzpvu!po!xijdi uif!gpmmpxjoh!jufnt!bsftipxo!boe!dppsejobufe!xjui!fbdi!puifs-!vtjoh!joqvu!gspn!jotubmmfst!pg uif!jufnt!jowpmwfe; 2/Sfrvjsfe!xpsljoh!dmfbsbodft!boe!sfrvjsfe!bsfb!bcpwf!boe!bspvoe!WGDt/ LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf2pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction 3/Tipx!WGD!mbzpvu!boe!sfmbujpotijqt!cfuxffo!fmfdusjdbm!dpnqpofout!boe!bekbdfou tusvduvsbm!boe!nfdibojdbm!fmfnfout/ 4/Tipx!tvqqpsu!mpdbujpot-!uzqf!pg!tvqqpsu-!boe!xfjhiu!po!fbdi!tvqqpsu/ 5/Joejdbuf!gjfme!nfbtvsfnfout/ C/Rvbmjgjdbujpo!Ebub;!Gps!uftujoh!bhfodz/ D/Tfjtnjd!Rvbmjgjdbujpo!Dfsujgjdbuft;!Gps!fbdi!WGD-!bddfttpsjft-!boe!dpnqpofout-!gspn nbovgbduvsfs/ 2/Dfsujgjdbuf!pg!dpnqmjbodf/ 3/Ejnfotjpofe!Pvumjof!Esbxjoht!pg!Frvjqnfou!Voju;!Jefoujgz!dfoufs!pg!hsbwjuz!boe!mpdbuf boe!eftdsjcf!npvoujoh!boe!bodipsbhf!qspwjtjpot/ 4/Efubjmfe!eftdsjqujpo!pg!frvjqnfou!bodipsbhf!efwjdft!po!xijdi!uif!dfsujgjdbujpo!jt!cbtfe- boe!uifjsjotubmmbujpo!sfrvjsfnfout/ E/Qspevdu!Dfsujgjdbuft;!Gps!fbdi!WGD!gspn!nbovgbduvsfs/ F/Ibsnpojd!Bobmztjt!Sfqpsu;!Qspwjef!Qspkfdu.tqfdjgjd!dbmdvmbujpot!boe!nbovgbduvsfs(t tubufnfou!pg!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!JFFF62:/ G/Tpvsdf!rvbmjuz.dpouspm!sfqpsut/ H/Gjfme!rvbmjuz.dpouspmsfqpsut/ I/Tbnqmf!Xbssbouz;!Gps!tqfdjbm!xbssbouz. Closeout Submittals B/Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!Ebub;!Gps!WGDt!up!jodmvef!jo!fnfshfodz-!pqfsbujpo-!boe nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt/ 2/Jo!beejujpo!up!jufnt!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo128934!#Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!Ebub-# jodmvef!uif!gpmmpxjoh; b/Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!uftujoh!boe!bekvtujoh!uifsnbm.nbhofujd!djsdvju csfblfs!boe!npups.djsdvju!qspufdups!usjq!tfuujoht/ c/Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!tfuujoh!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbzt/ d/Nbovgbduvsfs(txsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!uftujoh-!bekvtujoh-!boe!sfqsphsbnnjoh njdspqspdfttps!dpouspm!npevmft/ e/Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!tfuujoh!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!ujnfst-!dpouspmt-!boe tubuvt!boe!bmbsn!qpjout/ f/Mpbe.Dvssfou!boe!Pwfsmpbe.Sfmbz!Ifbufs!Mjtu;!Dpnqjmf!bgufs!npupst!ibwf!cffo jotubmmfe-!boe!bssbohf!up!efnpotusbuf!uibu!tfmfdujpo!pg!ifbufst!tvjut!bduvbm!npups obnfqmbuf-!gvmm.mpbe!dvssfout/ g/Mpbe.Dvssfou!boe!Mjtu!pg!Tfuujoht!pg!Bekvtubcmf!Pwfsmpbe!Sfmbzt;!Dpnqjmf!bgufs npupst!ibwf!cffo!jotubmmfe-!boe!bssbohf!up!efnpotusbuf!uibu!txjudi!tfuujoht!gps npups.svoojoh!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!tvju!bduvbm!npupst!up!cf!qspufdufe/ Maintenance Material Submittals B/Gvsojti!fyusb!nbufsjbmt!uibu!nbudi!qspevdut!jotubmmfe!boe!uibu!bsf!qbdlbhfe!xjui!qspufdujwf dpwfsjoh!gpstupsbhf!boe!jefoujgjfe!xjui!mbcfmt!eftdsjcjoh!dpoufout/ 2/Qpxfs!Gvtft;!Frvbm!up!21!qfsdfou!pg!rvboujuz!jotubmmfe!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf-!cvu!op gfxfs!uibo!uisff!pg!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf/ 3/Dpouspm!Qpxfs!Gvtft;!Frvbm!up!21!qfsdfou!pg!rvboujuz!jotubmmfe!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf-!cvu op!gfxfs!uibo!uxp!pg!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf/ 4/Joejdbujoh!Mjhiut;!Uxp!pg!fbdi!uzqf!boe!dpmps!jotubmmfe/ 5/Bvyjmjbsz!Dpoubdut;!Gvsojti!pof!tqbsf)t*!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf!pg!nbhofujd!dpouspmmfs jotubmmfe/ 6/Qpxfs!Dpoubdut;!Gvsojti!uisff!tqbsft!gpsfbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf!pg!nbhofujd!dpoubdups jotubmmfe/ LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf3pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Quality Assurance B/Uftujoh!Bhfodz!Rvbmjgjdbujpot;!Nfncfs!dpnqboz!pg!OFUB!ps!bo!OSUM/ 2/Uftujoh!Bhfodz(t!Gjfme!Tvqfswjtps;!Dvssfoumz!dfsujgjfe!cz!OFUB!up!tvqfswjtf!po.tjuf uftujoh/ Delivery, Storage, and Handling B/Jg!tupsfe!jo!tqbdf!uibu!jt!opu!qfsnbofoumz!fodmptfe!boe!bjs!dpoejujpofe-!sfnpwf!mpptf qbdljoh!boe!gmbnnbcmf!nbufsjbmt!gspn!jotjef!dpouspmmfst!boe!dpoofdu!gbdupsz.jotubmmfe!tqbdf ifbufst!up!ufnqpsbsz!fmfdusjdbm!tfswjdf/ C/Qspevdu!Tfmfdujpo!gps!Sftusjdufe!Tqbdf;!Esbxjoht!joejdbuf!nbyjnvn!ejnfotjpot!gps!WGDt- jodmvejoh!dmfbsbodft!cfuxffo!WGDt-!boe!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft!boe!puifs!jufnt/ Warranty B/Tqfdjbm!Xbssbouz;!Nbovgbduvsfs!bhsfft!up!sfqbjs!ps!sfqmbdf!WGDt!uibu!gbjm!jo!nbufsjbmt!ps xpslnbotijq!xjuijo!tqfdjgjfe!xbssbouz!qfsjpe/ 2/Xbssbouz!Qfsjpe;!Gjwf!zfbst!gspn!ebuf!pg!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo. PRODUCTS Manufacturers B/Nbovgbduvsfst;!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!bwbjmbcmf!nbovgbduvsfst!pggfsjoh qspevdut!uibu!nbz!cf!jodpsqpsbufe!joup!uif!Xpsl!jodmvef-!cvubsf!opu!mjnjufe!up-!uif!gpmmpxjoh: C/Cbtjt.pg.Eftjho!Qspevdu;!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout-!qspwjef!dpnqbsbcmf qspevdu!cz!pof!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh; 2/Uptijcb-!Jod/ 3/Spdlxfmm!Bvupnbujpo-!Jod<!Bmmfo.Csbemfz!Csboe/ 4/SPCJDPO<!b!ejwjtpo!pgTjfnfot!Fofshz!'!Bvupnbujpo-!Jod/ 5/Fbupo!Dpsqpsbujpo System Description B/Hfofsbm!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps!WGDt; 2/WGDt!boe!Bddfttpsjft;!Mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!bt!efgjofe!jo!OGQB81-!cz!b!rvbmjgjfe!uftujoh bhfodz-!boe!nbslfe!gps!joufoefe!mpdbujpo!boe!bqqmjdbujpo/ 3/Dpnqmz!xjui!OFNBJDT8-!OFNBJDT72911.3-!boe!VM619B/ C/Bqqmjdbujpo;!\\Dpotubou!upsrvf^!\\boe^!\\wbsjbcmf!upsrvf^!=Jotfsu!bqqmjdbujpo?/ D/WGD!Eftdsjqujpo;!Wbsjbcmf.gsfrvfodz!npups!dpouspmmfs-!dpotjtujoh!pg!qpxfs!dpowfsufs!uibu fnqmpzt!qvmtf.xjeui.npevmbufe!jowfsufs-!gbdupsz!cvjmu!boe!uftufe!jo!bo!fodmptvsf-!xjui joufhsbm!ejtdpoofdujoh!nfbot!boe!pwfsdvssfou!boe!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo<!mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!cz bo!OSUM!bt!b!dpnqmfuf!voju<!bssbohfe!up!qspwjef!tfmg.qspufdujpo-!qspufdujpo-!boe!wbsjbcmf. tqffe!dpouspm!pg!pof!ps!npsf!uisff.qibtf!joevdujpo!npupst!cz!bekvtujoh!pvuqvu!wpmubhf!boe gsfrvfodz/ 2/Vojut!tvjubcmf!gps!pqfsbujpo!pg!OFNBNH2-!EftjhoB!boe!EftjhoC!npupst-!bt!efgjofe cz!OFNBNH2-!TfdujpoJW-!Qbsu41-!#Bqqmjdbujpo!Dpotjefsbujpot!gps!Dpotubou!Tqffe Npupst!Vtfe!po!b!Tjovtpjebm!Cvt!xjui!Ibsnpojd!Dpoufou!boe!Hfofsbm!Qvsqptf!Npupst Vtfe!xjui!Bekvtubcmf.Wpmubhf!ps!Bekvtubcmf.Gsfrvfodz!Dpouspmt!ps!Cpui/# 3/Vojut!tvjubcmf!gps!pqfsbujpo!pg!jowfsufs.evuz!npupst!bt!efgjofe!cz!OFNBNH2- TfdujpoJW-!Qbsu42-!#Efgjojuf.Qvsqptf!Jowfsufs.Gfe!Qpmzqibtf!Npupst/# 4/Mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!gps!joufhsbufe!tipsu.djsdvju!dvssfou!)xjuituboe*!sbujoh!cz!bo!OSUM bddfqubcmf!up!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo. LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf4pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction E/Eftjho!boe!Sbujoh;!Nbudi!mpbeuzqf-!tvdi!bt!gbot-!cmpxfst-!boe!qvnqt<!boe!uzqf!pg dpoofdujpo!vtfe!cfuxffo!npups!boe!mpbe!tvdi!bt!ejsfdu!ps!uispvhi!b!qpxfs.usbotnjttjpo dpoofdujpo/ F/Pvuqvu!Sbujoh;!Uisff!qibtf<!21!up!71!I{-!xjui!wpmubhf!qspqpsujpobm!up!gsfrvfodz!uispvhipvu wpmubhf!sbohf;nbyjnvn!wpmubhf!frvbmt!joqvu!wpmubhf/ G/Voju!Pqfsbujoh!Sfrvjsfnfout; 2/Joqvu!BD!Wpmubhf!Upmfsbodf;!Qmvt!21!boe!njovt!21!qfsdfou!pg!WGD!joqvu!wpmubhf!sbujoh/ 3/Joqvu!BD!Wpmubhf!Vocbmbodf;!Opu!fydffejoh!6!qfsdfou/ 4/Joqvu!Gsfrvfodz!Upmfsbodf;!Qmvt!ps!njovt!4!qfsdfoupg!WGD!gsfrvfodz!sbujoh/ 5/Njojnvn!Fggjdjfodz;!:8!qfsdfou!bu!71!I{-!gvmm!mpbe/ 6/Njojnvn!Ejtqmbdfnfou!Qsjnbsz.Tjef!Qpxfs!Gbdups;!:9!qfsdfou!voefs!boz!mpbe!ps!tqffe dpoejujpo/ 7/Njojnvn!Tipsu.Djsdvju!Dvssfou!)Xjuituboe*!Sbujoh;!211!lB/ 8/Bncjfou!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo43!efhG)1!efhD*boe!opu!fydffejoh215 efhG)51!efhD*/ 9/Ivnjejuz!Sbujoh;!Mftt!uibo!:6!qfsdfou!)opodpoefotjoh*/ :/Bmujuvef!Sbujoh;!Opu!fydffejoh4411!gffu)2111n*/ 21/Wjcsbujpo!Xjuituboe;!Dpnqmz!xjui!OFNBJDT72911.3/ 22/Pwfsmpbe!Dbqbcjmjuz;!2/6ujnft!uif!cbtf!mpbe!dvssfou!gps!71!tfdpoet<!njojnvn!pg!2/9 ujnft!uif!cbtf!mpbe!dvssfou!gps!uisff!tfdpoet/ 23/Tubsujoh!Upsrvf;!Njojnvn!211!qfsdfou!pg!sbufe!upsrvf!gspn!4!up!71!I{/ 24/Tqffe!Sfhvmbujpo;!Qmvt!ps!njovt!21!qfsdfou/ 25/Pvuqvu!Dbssjfs!Gsfrvfodz;!Tfmfdubcmf<!1/6!up!26!lI{/ 26/Tupq!Npeft;!Qsphsbnnbcmf<!jodmveft!gbtu-!gsff.xiffm-!boe!ed!jokfdujpo!csbljoh/ H/Jowfsufs!Mphjd;!Njdspqspdfttps!cbtfe-!43!cju-!jtpmbufe!gspn!bmm!qpxfs!djsdvjut/ I/Jtpmbufe!Dpouspm!Joufsgbdf;!Bmmpxt!WGDt!up!gpmmpx!sfnpuf.dpouspm!tjhobm!pwfs!bnjojnvn!51;2 tqffe!sbohf/ 2/Tjhobm;!\\Fmfdusjdbm^!\\Qofvnbujd^/ J/Joufsobm!Bekvtubcjmjuz!Dbqbcjmjujft; 2/Njojnvn!Tqffe;!6!up!36!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sqn/ 3/Nbyjnvn!Tqffe;!91!up!211!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sqn/ 4/Bddfmfsbujpo;!1/2!up!:::/:!tfdpoet/ 5/Efdfmfsbujpo;!1/2!up!:::/:tfdpoet/ 6/Dvssfou!Mjnju;!41!up!njojnvn!pg!261!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sbujoh/ K/Tfmg.Qspufdujpo!boe!Sfmjbcjmjuz!Gfbuvsft; 2/Tvshf!Tvqqsfttjpo;!Gbdupsz!jotubmmfe!bt!bo!joufhsbm!qbsu!pg!uif!WGD-!dpnqmzjoh!xjui VM255:!TQE-!Uzqf2!ps!Uzqf3/ 3/Tvshf!Tvqqsfttjpo;!Gjfme.npvoufe!tvshf!tvqqsfttpst!dpnqmzjoh!xjui!Tfdujpo375424 #Tvshf!Qspufdujpo!gps!Mpx.Wpmubhf!Fmfdusjdbm!Qpxfs!Djsdvjut-#!VM255:!TQE-!Uzqf3/ 4/Mptt!pg!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Qspufdujpo;!Tfmfdubcmf!sftqpotf!tusbufhz-!jodmvejoh!tqffe!efgbvmu!up b!qfsdfou!pg!uif!nptu!sfdfoutqffe-!b!qsftfu!tqffe-!ps!tupq<!xjui!bmbsn/ 5/Voefs.boe!pwfswpmubhf!usjqt/ 6/Jowfsufs!pwfsdvssfou!usjqt/ 7/WGD!boe!Npups.Pwfsmpbe0Pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!Qspufdujpo;!Njdspqspdfttps.cbtfe!uifsnbm qspufdujpo!tztufn!gps!npojupsjoh!WGDt!boe!npups!uifsnbm!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!boe!gps qspwjejoh!WGD!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!boe!npups.pwfsmpbe!bmbsn!boe!usjq<!tfuujoht!tfmfdubcmf wjb!uif!lfzqbe/ 8/Dsjujdbm!gsfrvfodz!sfkfdujpo-!xjui!uisff!tfmfdubcmf-!bekvtubcmf!efbecboet/ 9/Jotuboubofpvt!mjof.up.mjof!boe!mjof.up.hspvoe!pwfsdvssfou!usjqt/ :/Mptt.pg.qibtf!qspufdujpo/ 21/Sfwfstf.qibtf!qspufdujpo/ 22/Tipsu.djsdvju!qspufdujpo/ 23/Npups.pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!gbvmu/ LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf5pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction L/Bvupnbujd!Sftfu0Sftubsu;!Buufnqu!uisff!sftubsut!bgufs!esjwf!gbvmu!ps!po!sfuvso!pg!qpxfs!bgufs bo!joufssvqujpo!boe!cfgpsf!tivuujoh!epxo!gps!nbovbm!sftfu!ps!gbvmu!dpssfdujpo<!bekvtubcmf efmbz!ujnf!cfuxffo!sftubsu!buufnqut/ M/Qpxfs.Joufssvqujpo!Qspufdujpo;!Up!qsfwfou!npups!gspn!sf.fofshj{joh!bgufs!b!qpxfs!joufssvqujpo voujm!npups!ibt!tupqqfe-!vomftt!#Cjejsfdujpobm!Bvuptqffe!Tfbsdi#!gfbuvsf!jt!bwbjmbcmf!boe fohbhfe. N/Cjejsfdujpobm!Bvuptqffe!Tfbsdi;!Dbqbcmf!pg!tubsujoh!WGD!joup!spubujoh!mpbet!tqjoojoh!jo fjuifs!ejsfdujpo!boe!sfuvsojoh!npups!up!tfu!tqffe!jo!qspqfs!ejsfdujpo-!xjuipvu!dbvtjoh!ebnbhf up!esjwf-!npups-!ps!mpbe/ O/Upsrvf!Cpptu;!Bvupnbujdbmmz!wbsjft!tubsujoh!boedpoujovpvt!upsrvf!up!bu!mfbtu!2/6!ujnft!uif njojnvn!upsrvf!up!fotvsf!ijhi.tubsujoh!upsrvf!boe!jodsfbtfe!upsrvf!bu!tmpx!tqffet/ P/Npups!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Dpnqfotbujpo!bu!Tmpx!Tqffet;!Bekvtubcmf!dvssfou!gbmm.cbdl!cbtfe!po pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!gps!ufnqfsbuvsf!qspufdujpopg!tfmg.dppmfe-!gbo.wfoujmbufe!npupst!bu!tmpx tqffet/ Q/Joufhsbm!Joqvu!Ejtdpoofdujoh!Nfbot!boe!PDQE;!xjui!qbe.mpdlbcmf-!epps.npvoufe!iboemf nfdibojtn/ 2/Ejtdpoofdu!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo!226!qfsdfou!pg!WGD!joqvu!dvssfou!sbujoh/ 3/Ejtdpoofdu!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo226!qfsdfou!pg!OGQB81!npups!gvmm.mpbe!dvssfou!sbujoh!ps WGD!joqvu!dvssfou!sbujoh-!xijdifwfs!jt!mbshfs/ 4/Bvyjmjbsz!Dpoubdut;!OP!ps!OD-!bssbohfe!up!bdujwbuf!cfgpsf!txjudi!cmbeft!pqfo/ 5/Bvyjmjbsz!dpoubdut!#b#!boe!#c#!bssbohfe!up!bdujwbuf!xjui!djsdvju.csfblfsiboemf/ 6/OP!bmbsn!dpoubdu!uibu!pqfsbuft!pomz!xifo!djsdvju!csfblfs!ibt!usjqqfe/ Performance Requirements B/Tfjtnjd!Qfsgpsnbodf;!WGDt!tibmm!xjuituboe!uif!fggfdut!pg!fbsuirvblf!npujpot!efufsnjofe bddpsejoh!up!BTDF0TFJ8/!Uif!eftjhobufe!WGDt!tibmm!cf!uftufe!boedfsujgjfe!cz!bo!OSUM!bt nffujoh!uif!JDD.FTBD267!uftu!qspdfevsf!sfrvjsfnfout/ 2/Uif!ufsn!#xjuituboe#!nfbot!#uif!voju!xjmm!sfnbjo!jo!qmbdf!xjuipvu!tfqbsbujpo!pg!boz!qbsut xifo!tvckfdufe!up!uif!tfjtnjd!gpsdft!tqfdjgjfe/# Controls and Indication B/Tubuvt!Mjhiut;Epps.npvoufe!MFE!joejdbupst!ejtqmbzjoh!uif!gpmmpxjoh!dpoejujpot; 2/Qpxfs!po/ 3/Svo/ 4/Pwfswpmubhf/ 5/Mjof!gbvmu/ 6/Pwfsdvssfou/ 7/Fyufsobm!gbvmu/ C/Qbofm.Npvoufe!Pqfsbups!Tubujpo;!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!tuboebse!gspou.bddfttjcmf-!tfbmfe!lfzqbe boe!qmbjo.Fohmjti.mbohvbhf!ejhjubm!ejtqmbz<!bmmpxt!dpnqmfuf!qsphsbnnjoh-!qsphsbn!dpqzjoh- pqfsbujoh-!npojupsjoh-!boe!ejbhoptujd!dbqbcjmjuz/ 2/Lfzqbe;!Jo!beejujpo!up!sfrvjsfe!qsphsbnnjoh!boe!dpouspm!lfzt-!jodmvef!lfzt!gps!IBOE- PGG-!boe!BVUP!npeft/ 3/Tfdvsjuz!Bddftt;!Qspwjef!fmfduspojd!tfdvsjuz!bddftt!up!dpouspmt!uispvhi!jefoujgjdbujpo!boe qbttxpse!xjui!bu!mfbtu!uisff!mfwfmt!pg!bddftt;!Wjfx!pomz<!wjfx!boe!pqfsbuf<!boe!wjfx- pqfsbuf-!boe!tfswjdf/ b/Dpouspm!Bvuipsjuz;!Tvqqpsut!bu!mfbtu!gpvs!dpoejujpot;!Pgg-!mpdbm!nbovbm!dpouspm!bu!WGD- LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf6pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction mpdbm!bvupnbujd!dpouspm!bu!WGD-!boe!bvupnbujd!dpouspm!uispvhi!b!sfnpuf!tpvsdf/ D/Ijtupsjdbm!Mphhjoh!Jogpsnbujpo!boe!Ejtqmbzt; 2/Sfbm.ujnf!dmpdl!xjui!dvssfou!ujnf!boe!ebuf/ 3/Svoojoh!mph!pg!upubm!qpxfs!wfstvt!ujnf/ 4/Upubm!svo!ujnf/ 5/Gbvmu!mph-!nbjoubjojoh!mbtu!gpvs!gbvmut!xjuiujnf!boe!ebuf!tubnq!gps!fbdi/ E/Joejdbujoh!Efwjdft;!Ejhjubm!ejtqmbz!npvoufe!gmvti!jo!WGD!epps!boe!dpoofdufe!up!ejtqmbz!WGD qbsbnfufst!jodmvejoh-!cvu!opu!mjnjufe!up; 2/Pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/ 3/Npups!tqffe!)sqn*/ 4/Npups!tubuvt!)svoojoh-!tupq-!gbvmu*/ 5/Npups!dvssfou)bnqfsft*/ 6/Npups!upsrvf!)qfsdfou*/ 7/Gbvmu!ps!bmbsnjoh!tubuvt!)dpef*/ 8/QJE!gffecbdl!tjhobm!)qfsdfou*/ 9/ED.mjol!wpmubhf!)Wed*/ :/Tfu!qpjou!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/ 21/Npups!pvuqvu!wpmubhf!)Wbd*/ 22/=Jotfsu!qbsbnfufs?/ F/Dpouspm!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdft; 2/Fmfdusjd!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf; b/B!njojnvn!pg!\\uxp^!=Jotfsu!ovncfs?!qsphsbnnbcmf!bobmph!joqvut;!\\1.up!21.Wed^!\\5. up!31.nBed^!\\Pqfsbups.tfmfdubcmf!#y#.up!#z#.nBed^!=Jotfsu!tjhobm!qbsbnfufst?/ c/B!njojnvn!pg!tjy!nvmujgvodujpo!qsphsbnnbcmf!ejhjubm!joqvut/ 3/Qofvnbujd!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf;4!up!26!qtjh)31!up!215!lQb*/ 4/Sfnpuf!Tjhobm!Joqvut;!Dbqbcjmjuz!up!bddfqu!boz!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh!tqffe.tfuujoh!joqvu tjhobmt!gspn!uif!CBT!ps!puifs!dpouspm!tztufnt; b/1.up!21.Wed/ c/5.up!31.nBed/ d/Qpufoujpnfufs!vtjoh!vq0epxo!ejhjubm!joqvut/ e/Gjyfegsfrvfodjft!vtjoh!ejhjubm!joqvut/ 5/Pvuqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf;!B!njojnvn!pg!pof!qsphsbnnbcmf!bobmph!pvuqvu!tjhobm)t*!5.up 31.nBed-!xijdi!dbo!cf!dpogjhvsfe!gps!boz!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh; b/Pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/ c/Pvuqvu!dvssfou!)mpbe*/ d/ED.mjol!wpmubhf!)Wed*/ e/Npups!upsrvf!)qfsdfou*/ f/Npups!tqffe!)sqn*/ g/Tfu!qpjou!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/ 6/Sfnpuf!Joejdbujpo!Joufsgbdf;!B!njojnvn!pg!uxp!qsphsbnnbcmf!esz.djsdvju!sfmbz!pvuqvut LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf7pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction )231.Wbd-!2B*!gps!sfnpuf!joejdbujpo!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh; b/Npups!svoojoh/ c/Tfu!qpjou!tqffe!sfbdife/ d/Gbvmu!boe!xbsojoh!joejdbujpo!)pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!ps!pwfsdvssfou*/ e/QJE!ijhi.ps!mpx.tqffe!mjnjut!sfbdife/ G/QJE!Dpouspm!Joufsgbdf;!Qspwjeft!dmptfe.mppq!tfu!qpjou-!ejggfsfoujbm!gffecbdl!dpouspm!jo sftqpotf!up!evbm!gffecbdl!tjhobmt/!Bmmpxt!gps!dmptfe.mppq!dpouspm!pg!gbot!boe!qvnqt!gps qsfttvsf-!gmpx-!ps!ufnqfsbuvsf!sfhvmbujpo/ 2/Ovncfs!pg!Mppqt;!Uxp/ H/CBT!Joufsgbdf;!Gbdupsz.jotubmmfe!ibsexbsf!boe!tpguxbsf!tibmm!joufsgbdf!xjui!CBT!up!npojups- dpouspm-!ejtqmbz-!boe!sfdpse!ebub!gps!vtf!jo!qspdfttjoh!sfqpsut/!WGD!tfuujoht!tibmm!cf!sfubjofe xjuijo!WGD(t!opowpmbujmf!nfnpsz/ 2/Ibsexjsfe!Qpjout; b/Npojupsjoh;!Po.pgg!tubuvt c/Dpouspm;!Po.pgg!pqfsbujpo 3/Dpnnvojdbujpo!Joufsgbdf;!Dpnqmz!xjui!BTISBF246/!Dpnnvojdbujpo!tibmm!joufsgbdf!xjui CBT!up!sfnpufmz!dpouspm!boe!npojups!mjhiujoh!gspn!b!CBT!pqfsbups!xpsltubujpo/!Dpouspm gfbuvsft!boe!npojupsjoh!qpjout!ejtqmbzfe!mpdbmmz!bu!mjhiujoh!qbofm!tibmm!cf!bwbjmbcmf uispvhi!uif!CBT/ Line Conditioningand Filtering B/Joqvu!Mjof!Dpoejujpojoh;!Cbtfe!po!uif!nbovgbduvsfs(t!ibsnpojd!bobmztjt!tuvez!boe!sfqpsu- qspwjefjoqvu!gjmufsjoh-!bt!sfrvjsfe-!up!mjnju!upubm!efnboe!)ibsnpojd!dvssfou*!ejtupsujpo!boe upubm!ibsnpojd!wpmubhf!efnboe!bu!uif!efgjofe!qpjou!pg!dpnnpo!dpvqmjoh!up!nffu!JFFF62: sfdpnnfoebujpot/ C/Pvuqvu!Gjmufsjoh; D/FNJ0SGJ!Gjmufsjoh;!DF!nbslfe<!dfsujgz!dpnqmjbodfxjui!JFD72911.4!gps!DbufhpszD3/ E/FNJ0SGJ!Gjmufsjoh; Optional Features B/Nvmujqmf.Npups!Dbqbcjmjuz;!WGD!tvjubcmf!gps!wbsjbcmf.tqffe!tfswjdf!up!nvmujqmf!npupst/ Pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!tivut!epxo!WGD!boe!npupst!tfswfe!cz!ju-!boe!hfofsbuft!gbvmu joejdbujpot!xifopwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!bdujwbuft/ 2/Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!ps!npsf!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tjnvmubofpvtmz!bu!uif!tbnf!tqffe< tfqbsbuf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!fbdi!dpouspmmfe!npups/ 3/Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tfqbsbufmz<!pqfsbups!tfmfdubcmf!wjb!mpdbm!ps sfnpuf!txjudi!ps!dpoubdu!dmptvsft<!tjohmf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!cpui!npupst<!tfqbsbuf!pvuqvu nbhofujd!dpoubdupst!gps!fbdi!npups/ 4/Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tjnvmubofpvtmz!boe!jo!b!mfbe0mbh!npef-!xjui!pof npups!pqfsbufe!bu!wbsjbcmf!tqffe!wjb!uif!qpxfsdpowfsufs!boe!uif!puifs!bu!dpotubou tqffe!wjb!uif!czqbtt!dpouspmmfs<!tfqbsbuf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!fbdi!dpouspmmfe!npups/ C/Ebnqfs!dpouspm!djsdvju!xjui!foe.pg.usbwfm!gffecbdl!dbqbcjmjuz/ D/Tmffq!Gvodujpo;!Tfotft!b!njojnbm!efwjbujpo!pg!b!gffecbdl!tjhobm!boe!tupqt!uif!npups/!Po!bo jodsfbtf!jo!tqffe.dpnnboe!tjhobm!efwjbujpo-!WGD!sftvnft!opsnbm!pqfsbujpo/ E/Npups!Qsfifbu!Gvodujpo;!Qsfifbut!npups!xifo!jemf!up!qsfwfou!npjtuvsf!bddvnvmbujpo!jo!uif npups/ Pwfssjeft!bmm!puifs!mpdbm!boe!fyufsobm!joqvut!)bobmph0ejhjubm-!tfsjbm!dpnnvojdbujpo-!boe!bmm lfzqbe!dpnnboet*/ LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf8pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Gpsdft!WGD!up!pqfsbuf!npups-!xjuipvu!boz!puifs!svo!ps!tqffe!dpnnboe-!bu!b!gjfme.bekvtubcmf- qsftfu!tqffe/ Dbvtft!ejtqmbz!pg!pwfssjef!npef!po!uif!WGD!ejtqmbz/ F/Sfnpuf!Joejdbujoh!Djsdvju!Ufsnjobmt;!Npef!tfmfdujpo-dpouspmmfs!tubuvt-!boe!dpouspmmfs!gbvmu/ G/Sfnpuf!ejhjubm!pqfsbups!lju/ H/Dpnnvojdbujpo!Qpsu;!ST.343!qpsu-!VTC3/1!qpsu-!ps!frvjwbmfou!dpoofdujpo!dbqbcmf!pg dpoofdujoh!b!qsjoufsboe!b!opufcppl!dpnqvufs/ Enclosures B/WGD!Fodmptvsft;!OFNB361-!up!dpnqmz!xjuifowjsponfoubm!dpoejujpot!bu!jotubmmfe!mpdbujpo/ 2/Esz!boe!Dmfbo!Joepps!Mpdbujpot;!Uzqf!2/ 3/Joepps!Mpdbujpot!Tvckfdu!up!Evtu-!Gbmmjoh!Ejsu-!boe!Esjqqjoh!Opodpssptjwf!Mjrvjet; Uzqf23/ C/Qmfovn!Sbujoh;!VM2::6<!OSUM!dfsujgjdbujpo!mbcfm!po!fodmptvsf-!dmfbsmz!jefoujgzjoh!WGD!bt #Qmfovn!Sbufe/# Accessories B/Hfofsbm!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps!Dpouspm.Djsdvju!boe!Qjmpu!Efwjdft;!OFNBJDT6<!gbdupsz!jotubmmfe!jo WGD!fodmptvsf!dpwfs!vomftt!puifsxjtf!joejdbufe/ 2/Qvti!Cvuupot;!Dpwfsfe-!Mpdlbcmf/ 3/Qjmpu!Mjhiut;!Qvti!up!uftu/ 4/Tfmfdups!Txjudift;!Spubsz!uzqf/ 5/Tupq!boe!Mpdlpvu!Qvti.Cvuupo!Tubujpo;!Npnfoubsz.csfbl-!qvti.cvuupo!tubujpo!xjui!b gbdupsz.bqqmjfe!ibtq!bssbohfe!tp!qbempdl!dbo!cf!vtfe!up!mpdl!qvti!cvuupo!jo!efqsfttfe qptjujpo!xjui!dpouspm!djsdvju!pqfo/ C/Dpouspm!Sfmbzt;!Bvyjmjbsz!boe!bekvtubcmf!tpmje.tubuf!ujnf.efmbz!sfmbzt/ D/Qibtf.Gbjmvsf-!Qibtf.Sfwfstbm-!boe!Voefswpmubhf!boe!Pwfswpmubhf!Sfmbzt;!Tpmje.tubuf tfotjoh!djsdvju!xjui!jtpmbufe!pvuqvu!dpoubdut!gps!ibse.xjsfe!dpoofdujpot/!Qspwjef!bekvtubcmf voefswpmubhf-!pwfswpmubhf-!boe!ujnf.efmbz!tfuujoht/ 2/Dvssfou!Usbotgpsnfst;!Dpoujovpvt!dvssfou!sbujoh-!cbtjd!jnqvmtf!jotvmbujoh!mfwfm!)CJM* sbujoh-!cvsefo-!boe!bddvsbdz!dmbtt!tvjubcmf!gps!dpoofdufe!djsdvjusz/!Dpnqmz!xjui JFFFD68/24/ E/Tvqqmfnfoubm!Ejhjubm!Nfufst; 2/Fmbqtfe.ujnf!nfufs/ 3/Ljmpxbuunfufs/ 4/Ljmpxbuu.ipvs!nfufs/ F/Dppmjoh!Gbo!boe!Fyibvtu!Tztufn;!Gps!OFNB361-!Uzqf2!tuffm!joublf!boe!fyibvtu!hsjmmt< 231.Wbd<!pcubjofe!gspn!joufhsbm!DQU/ G/Tvo!tijfmet!jotubmmfe!po!gspout-!tjeft-!boe!upqt!pg!fodmptvsft!jotubmmfe!pvueppst!boe!tvckfdu up!ejsfduboe!fyufoefe!tvo!fyqptvsf/ H/Tqbsf!dpouspm.xjsjoh!ufsnjobm!cmpdlt<xjsfe/ Source Quality Control B/Uftujoh;!Uftu!boe!jotqfdu!WGDt!bddpsejoh!up!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!OFNBJDT72911.3/ 2/Uftu!fbdi!WGD!xijmf!dpoofdufe!up!jut!tqfdjgjfe!npups/ 3/Wfsjgjdbujpo!pg!Qfsgpsnbodf;Sbuf!WGDt!bddpsejoh!up!pqfsbujpo!pg!gvodujpot!boe!gfbuvsft LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf9pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction tqfdjgjfe/ C/WGDt!xjmm!cf!dpotjefsfe!efgfdujwf!jg!uifz!ep!opu!qbtt!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/ D/Qsfqbsf!uftu!boe!jotqfdujpo!sfqpsut/ EXECUTION Examination B/Fybnjof!bsfbt-!tvsgbdft-!boe!tvctusbuft!up!sfdfjwfWGDt-!xjui!Jotubmmfs!qsftfou-!gps dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!jotubmmbujpo!upmfsbodft!boe!puifs!dpoejujpot!bggfdujoh qfsgpsnbodf!pg!uif!Xpsl/ C/Fybnjof!WGD!cfgpsf!jotubmmbujpo/!Sfkfdu!WGDt!uibu!bsf!xfu-!npjtuvsf!ebnbhfe-!ps!npme ebnbhfe/ D/Fybnjof!spvhijoh.jo!gps!dpoevju!tztufnt!up!wfsjgz!bduvbm!mpdbujpot!pg!dpoevju!dpoofdujpot cfgpsf!WGD!jotubmmbujpo/ E/Qsfqbsf!xsjuufo!sfqpsu-!foepstfe!cz!Jotubmmfs-!mjtujoh!dpoejujpot!efusjnfoubm!up!qfsgpsnbodf!pg uif!Xpsl F/Qspdffe!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!pomz!bgufsvotbujtgbdupsz!dpoejujpot!ibwf!cffo!dpssfdufe/ Installation B/Gmpps.Npvoujoh!Dpouspmmfst;!Jotubmm!WGDt!po5.jodi)211.nn*opnjobm!uijdloftt!dpodsfuf cbtf/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!dpodsfuf!cbtf!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo144111!#Dbtu.jo. Qmbdf!Dpodsfuf/# 2/Jotubmm!epxfm!spet!up!dpoofdu!dpodsfuf!cbtf!up!dpodsfuf!gmpps/!Vomftt!puifsxjtf!joejdbufe- jotubmm!epxfm!spet!po29.jodi)561.nn*dfoufst!bspvoe!uif!gvmm!qfsjnfufs!pg!dpodsfuf cbtf/ 3/Gps!tvqqpsufe!frvjqnfou-!jotubmm!fqpyz.dpbufe!bodips!cpmut!uibu!fyufoe!uispvhi!dpodsfuf cbtf!boe!bodips!joup!tusvduvsbm!dpodsfuf!gmpps/ 4/Qmbdf!boe!tfdvsf!bodipsbhf!efwjdft/!Vtf!tfuujoh!esbxjoht-!ufnqmbuft-!ejbhsbnt- jotusvdujpot-!boe!ejsfdujpot!gvsojtife!xjui!jufnt!up!cf!fncfeefe/ 5/Jotubmm!bodips!cpmut!up!fmfwbujpot!sfrvjsfe!gps!qspqfs!buubdinfou!up!tvqqpsufe!frvjqnfou/ C/Ufnqpsbsz!Mjgujoh!Qspwjtjpot;!Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!mjgujoh!fzft-!diboofmt-!boe!csbdlfut!boe ufnqpsbsz!cmpdljoh!pg!npwjoh!qbsut!gspn!fodmptvsft!boe!dpnqpofout/ D/Jotubmm!gvtft!jo!fbdi!gvtjcmf.txjudi!WGD/ E/Jotubmm!gvtft!jo!dpouspm!djsdvjut!jg!opu!gbdupsz!jotubmmfe/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!jo Tfdujpo373924!#Gvtft/# F/Jotubmm!ifbufst!jo!uifsnbm.pwfsmpbe!sfmbzt/!Tfmfdu!ifbufst!cbtfe!po!bduvbm!obnfqmbuf!gvmm.mpbe bnqfsft!bgufs!npupst!bsf!jotubmmfe/ G/Jotubmm-!dpoofdu-!boe!gvtf!uifsnbm.qspufdups!npojupsjoh!sfmbzt!gvsojtife!xjui!npups.esjwfo frvjqnfou/ H/Dpnqmz!xjui!OFDB2/ Control Wiring Installation B/Jotubmm!xjsjoh!cfuxffo!WGDt!boe!sfnpuf!efwjdftboe!gbdjmjuz(t!dfousbm.dpouspm!tztufn/ Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!Tfdujpo371634!#Dpouspm.Wpmubhf!Fmfdusjdbm!Qpxfs!Dbcmft/# C/Cvoemf-!usbjo-!boe!tvqqpsu!xjsjoh!jo!fodmptvsft/ D/Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!boe!puifs!bvupnbujd.dpouspm!efwjdft!xifsf!bqqmjdbcmf/ 2/Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!up!czqbtt!pomz!uiptf!nbovbm.boe!bvupnbujd.dpouspm!efwjdft LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf:pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction uibu!ibwf!op!tbgfuz!gvodujpot!xifo!txjudift!bsf!jo!nbovbm.dpouspm!qptjujpo/ 3/Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!xjui!dpouspm!djsdvju!jo!cpui!nbovbm!boe!bvupnbujd!qptjujpot!gps tbgfuz.uzqf!dpouspm!efwjdft!tvdi!bt!mpx.boe!ijhi.qsfttvsf!dvupvut-!ijhi.ufnqfsbuvsf dvupvut-!boenpups.pwfsmpbe!qspufdupst/ Identification B/Jefoujgz!WGDt-!dpnqpofout-!boe!dpouspm!xjsjoh/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!jefoujgjdbujpo tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo371664!#Jefoujgjdbujpo!gps!Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt/# 2/Jefoujgz!gjfme.jotubmmfe!dpoevdupst-!joufsdpoofdujohxjsjoh-!boe!dpnqpofout<!qspwjef xbsojoh!tjhot/ 3/Mbcfm!fbdi!WGD!xjui!fohsbwfe!obnfqmbuf/ 4/Mbcfm!fbdi!fodmptvsf.npvoufe!dpouspm!boe!qjmpu!efwjdf/ C/Pqfsbujoh!Jotusvdujpot;!Gsbnf!qsjoufe!pqfsbujoh!jotusvdujpot!gps!WGDt-!jodmvejoh!dpouspm tfrvfodft!boe!fnfshfodz!qspdfevsft/!Gbcsjdbuf!gsbnf!pg!gjojtife!nfubm-!boe!dpwfs jotusvdujpot!xjui!dmfbs!bdszmjd!qmbtujd/!Npvou!po!gspou!pg!WGD!vojut. Field Quality Control B/Uftujoh!Bhfodz;!Fohbhf!b!rvbmjgjfe!uftujoh!bhfodz!up!qfsgpsn!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/ C/Nbovgbduvsfs(t!Gjfme!Tfswjdf;!Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!uftu!boe jotqfdu!dpnqpofout-!bttfncmjft-!boe!frvjqnfou!jotubmmbujpot-!jodmvejoh!dpoofdujpot/ D/Qfsgpsn!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot\\xjui!uif!bttjtubodf!pg!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf sfqsftfoubujwf^/ E/Bddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Qsfqbsbujpo; 2/Uftu!jotvmbujpo!sftjtubodf!gps!fbdi!WGD!fmfnfou-!cvt-!dpnqpofou-!dpoofdujoh!tvqqmz- gffefs-!boe!dpouspm!djsdvju/ 3/Uftu!dpoujovjuz!pg!fbdi!djsdvju/ F/Uftut!boe!Jotqfdujpot; 2/Jotqfdu!WGD-!xjsjoh-!dpnqpofout-!dpoofdujpot-!boe!frvjqnfou!jotubmmbujpo/ 3/Uftu!jotvmbujpo!sftjtubodf!gps!fbdi!WGD!fmfnfou-!dpnqpofou-!dpoofdujoh!npups!tvqqmz- gffefs-!boe!dpouspm!djsdvjut/ 4/Uftu!dpoujovjuz!pg!fbdi!djsdvju/ 5/Wfsjgz!uibu!wpmubhft!bu!WGD!mpdbujpot!bsf!xjuijo!21!qfsdfou!pg!npups!obnfqmbuf!sbufe wpmubhft/!Jg!pvutjef!uijt!sbohf!gps!boz!npups-!opujgz!Pxofs!cfgpsf!tubsujoh!uif!npups)t*/ 6/Uftu!fbdi!npups!gps!qspqfs!qibtf!spubujpo/ 7/Qfsgpsn!uftut!bddpsejoh!up!uif!Jotqfdujpo!boe!Uftu!Qspdfevsft!gps!Bekvtubcmf!Tqffe Esjwft!tubufe!jo!OFUBBddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Tqfdjgjdbujpo/!Dfsujgz!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!uftu qbsbnfufst/ 8/Dpssfdu!nbmgvodujpojoh!vojut!po.tjuf-!xifsf!qpttjcmf-!boe!sfuftu!up!efnpotusbuf dpnqmjbodf<!puifsxjtf-!sfqmbdf!xjui!ofx!vojut!boe!sfuftu/ 9/Qfsgpsn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!jogsbsfe!)uifsnphsbqijd*!tdbo!uftut!boejotqfdujpot-!boe!qsfqbsf sfqpsut; b/Jojujbm!Jogsbsfe!Tdboojoh;!Bgufs!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo-!cvu!opu!npsf!uibo!71!ebzt bgufs!Gjobm!Bddfqubodf-!qfsgpsn!bo!jogsbsfe!tdbo!pg!fbdi!WGD/!Sfnpwf!gspou!qbofmt tp!kpjout!boe!dpoofdujpot!bsf!bddfttjcmf!up!qpsubcmf!tdboofs/ c/Gpmmpx.vq!Jogsbsfe!Tdboojoh;!Qfsgpsn!bo!beejujpobm!gpmmpx.vq!jogsbsfe!tdbo!pg!fbdi WGD!22!npouit!bgufs!ebuf!pg!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/ d/Jotusvnfout!boe!Frvjqnfou;!Vtf!bo!jogsbsfe!tdboojoh!efwjdf!eftjhofe!up!nfbtvsf LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf21pg22 December2013City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction ufnqfsbuvsf!ps!up!efufdu!tjhojgjdbouefwjbujpot!gspn!opsnbm!wbmvft/!Qspwjef!dbmjcsbujpo sfdpse!gps!efwjdf/ :/Uftu!boe!bekvtu!dpouspmt-!sfnpuf!npojupsjoh-!boe!tbgfujft/!Sfqmbdf!ebnbhfe!boe nbmgvodujpojoh!dpouspmt!boe!frvjqnfou/ G/WGDt!xjmm!cf!dpotjefsfe!efgfdujwf!jg!uifz!ep!opu!qbtt!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/ H/Qsfqbsf!uftu!boe!jotqfdujpo!sfqpsut-!jodmvejoh!b!dfsujgjfe!sfqpsu!uibu!jefoujgjft!uif!WGD!boe eftdsjcft!tdboojoh!sftvmut/!Jodmvef!opubujpo!pg!efgjdjfodjft!efufdufe-!sfnfejbm!bdujpo!ublfo- boe!pctfswbujpot!nbef!bgufs!sfnfejbm!bdujpo/ Startup Service B/Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!qfsgpsntubsuvq!tfswjdf/ 2/Dpnqmfuf!jotubmmbujpo!boe!tubsuvq!difdlt!bddpsejoh!up!nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot/ Adjusting B/Qsphsbn!njdspqspdfttpst!gps!sfrvjsfe!pqfsbujpobm!tfrvfodft-!tubuvtjoejdbujpot-!bmbsnt- fwfou!sfdpsejoh-!boe!ejtqmbz!gfbuvsft/!Dmfbs!fwfout!nfnpsz!bgufs!gjobm!bddfqubodf!uftujoh boe!qsjps!up!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/ C/Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!txjudift-!bvyjmjbsz!sfmbzt-!ujnf.efmbz!sfmbzt-!ujnfst-!boe!pwfsmpbe.sfmbz qjdlvq!boe!usjq!sbohft/ D/Bekvtu!uif!usjq!tfuujoht!pg!jotuboubofpvt.pomz!djsdvju!csfblfst!boe!uifsnbm.nbhofujd!djsdvju csfblfst!xjui!bekvtubcmf-!jotuboubofpvt!usjq!fmfnfout/!Jojujbmmz!bekvtu!up!7!ujnft!uif!npups obnfqmbuf!gvmm.mpbe!bnqfsft!boe!buufnqu!up!tubsu!npupst!tfwfsbm!ujnft-!bmmpxjoh!gps!npups dppm.epxo!cfuxffo!tubsut/!Jg!usjqqjoh!pddvst!po!npups!josvti-!bekvtu!tfuujoht!jo!jodsfnfout voujm!npupst!tubsu!xjuipvu!usjqqjoh/!Ep!opu!fydffe!9!ujnft!uif!npups!gvmm.mpbe!bnqfsft!)ps!22 ujnft!gps!OFNB!Qsfnjvn!Fggjdjfou!npupstjg!sfrvjsfe*/!Xifsf!uiftf!nbyjnvn!tfuujoht!ep opu!bmmpx!tubsujoh!pg!b!npups-!opujgz!Pxofs!cfgpsf!jodsfbtjoh!tfuujoht/ E/Tfu!uif!ubqt!po!sfevdfe.wpmubhf!bvupusbotgpsnfs!dpouspmmfst/ F/Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!djsdvju.csfblfs!usjq!sbohft\\bttqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo371684!#Pwfsdvssfou Qspufdujwf!Efwjdf!Dppsejobujpo!Tuvez/#^ G/Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!qsfttvsf!txjudift/ Protection B/Ufnqpsbsz!Ifbujoh;!Bqqmz!ufnqpsbsz!ifbu!up!nbjoubjo!ufnqfsbuvsf!bddpsejoh!up nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!voujm!dpouspmmfst!bsf!sfbez!up!cf!fofshj{fe!boe!qmbdfe!joup tfswjdf/ C/Sfqmbdf!WGDt!xiptf!joufsjpst!ibwf!cffo!fyqptfe!up!xbufs!ps!puifs!mjrvjet!qsjps!up Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/ Demonstration B/Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!usbjo!Pxofs(t!nbjoufobodf!qfstpoofm up!bekvtu-!pqfsbuf-!sfqsphsbn-!boe!nbjoubjo!WGDt/ END OF SECTION LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLEFREQUENCY DRIVES–262923 Qbhf22pg22 Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo TFDUJPO!37!3:!34/12! NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT! QBSU!2!HFOFSBM! 2/2!Xpsl!Jodmvefe! B/!Gvsojti!mbcps-!nbufsjbmt-!frvjqnfou!boe!jodjefoubmt!ofdfttbsz!up!nbovgbduvsf-!gbcsjdbuf-! uftu-!boe!efmjwfs!dpnqmfuf!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwft!bt!tipxo!po!uif!esbxjoht!boe!bt! tqfdjgjfe!ifsfjo-!jodmvejoh!bmm!sfrvjsfe!bqqvsufobodft!up!cf!vtfe!jo!uif!Pxofst!Qvnq! Tubujpo!bt!tipxo!jo!uif!tdifevmf!cfmpx/!!!Uif!WGEt!tibmm!pqfsbuf!po!5-271!WBD-!4.qibtf-! 71!I{!xjui!esjwf!jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfst-!jg!sfrvjsfe-!boe!bmm!bqqvsufobodft!offefe!up!nffu! uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uiftf!tqfdjgjdbujpot/!!Uif!WGEt!tibmm!cf!tvjubcmf!up!esjwf!uif!qvnqjoh! voju!bu!uif!Qvnq!Tubujpo!pwfs!uif!sbohf!pg!dpoejujpot!tqfdjgjfe/! Mpdbujpo!Gps!Qvnq!WGE!Obnf! YYY*!YYY!YYY! !!! !!! !!! C/!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!uif!tfswjdft!pg!gbdupsz!gjfme!fohjoffst!gps!tubsu.vq-!gjfme!uftut-! uspvcmftippujoh-!Pxofs!usbjojoh!boe!uif!tvqfswjtjpo!pg!tupsbhf!boe!jotubmmbujpo/!!Uif! njojnvn!ujnf!sfrvjsfe!gps!uif!nbovgbduvsfs!gjfme!tfswjdft!up!cf!po.tjuf!tibmm!jodmvef!b! njojnvn!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh/!!Uiftf!ujnft!ep!opu!jodmvef!usbwfm!ujnf!boe!jodmvef!b!njojnvn!pg! 9!ipvst!xpsljoh!qfs!ebz/!! Tubsu.vq0Uftujoh!21!ebzt!)21!usjqt!njojnvn*! Gjfme!Uftut!5!ebzt!)5!usjqt!njojnvn*! Uspvcmftippujoh!5!ebz!)5!usjqt!njojnvn*! Pxofs!Usbjojoh!3!ebz!)3!usjqt!njojnvn*! Tvqqmfnfoubsz!Pxofs! Usbjojoh!evsjoh!Xbssbouz!2!ebz!)2!usjq!njojnvn*! Qfsjpe! D/!Ibsnpojd!bobmztjt!boe!uftu!up!wfsjgz!sftvmut/!! 2/3!Rvbmjuz!Bttvsbodf! B/!BDDFQUBCMF!NBOVGBDUVSFST;!!Uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!efnpotusbuf!5!zfbst! fyqfsjfodf!xjui!uif!esjwft!vtjoh!qibtf!tijgu!ufdiopmphz!pg!uif!uzqf!boe!tj{f!ifsfjo!tqfdjgjfe/! 2/!Bmmfo.Csbemfz!!Bdujwf!Gspou!Foe!QpxfsGmfy!8111!tfsjft! 3/!Tjfnfot!!Qfsgfdu!Ibsnpoz!tfsjft! 4/!Op!puifs!nbovgbduvsfs!xjmm!cf!bddfqufe/! C/!Wbsjbcmf!tqffe!esjwft!tibmm!cf!pg!tvggjdjfou!tj{f!gps!uif!evuz!up!cf!qfsgpsnfe!boe!tibmm!opu! fydffe!uifjs!gvmm.sbufe!dbqbdjuz!xifo!uif!esjwfo!frvjqnfou!jt!pqfsbujoh!bt!tqfdjgjfe/!!! D/!Uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwf!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!nbjoubjo-!bt!qbsu!pg!b!obujpobm!ofuxpsl! )Vojufe!Tubuft*-!fohjoffsjoh!tfswjdf!gbdjmjujft!xjuijo!361!njmft!pg!uif!qspkfdu!tjuf!up!qspwjef! tubsu.vq!tfswjdf-!fnfshfodz!tfswjdf-!dbmmt-!sfqbjs!xpsl-!tfswjdf!dpousbdut-!boe!nbjoufobodf! boe!usbjojoh!pg!dvtupnfs!qfstpoofm/!!Xifo!sfrvftufe!cz!uif!Fohjoffs-!epdvnfoubujpo!tibmm! cf!qspwjefe!tipxjoh!dpnqmjbodf-!dbqbcjmjujft!boe!sfgfsfodft!gps!uijt!sfrvjsfnfou/! E/!Bmm!frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!OFNB!sbufe/!!JFD!ps!evbm!JFD0OFNB!sbufe!tibmm!opu!cf!bddfqubcmf/! F/!Dpnqmfuf!WGE!joufhsbufe!mjof!vq!tibmm!cf!VM!Mjtufe/! G/!Uif!qvnq!boe!qvnq!npups!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!cf!sftqpotjcmf!gps!dppsejobujoh!xjui!uif!WGE! ! Qbhf!2!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo nbovgbduvsfs!up!nffu!uif!eftjho!boe!qfsgpsnbodf!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpo/!Uif! WGE!tibmm!cf!jotubmmfe!cz!uif!Dpotusvdujpo!Dpousbdups/! H/!GBDUPSZ!JOTQFDUJPO!BOE!UFTUT! 2/!Uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!uif!gpmmpxjoh!rvbmjuz!bttvsbodf!tufqt!xjuijo!ijt! gbdupsz;! b/!Jodpnjoh!jotqfdujpo!pg!bmm!dpnqpofout/! c/!Jo.qspdftt!jotqfdujpo!pg!bttfncmjft/! d/!211&!uftu!boe!jotqfdujpo!pg!qpxfs!efwjdft/! 3/!Uif!WGE!qsjoufe!djsdvju!cpbset!tibmm!cf!uftufe!vtjoh!uif!nbovgbduvsfst!tuboebse!uftujoh! qspdfevsf/!!Uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!dfsujgjdbujpo!uibu!uif!uftut!ibwf!cffo! dpnqmfufe/! 4/!Gbdupsz!uftut!tibmm!jodmvef!b!uftu!pg!bmm!frvjqnfou!gvodujpot-!qfs!nbovgbduvsfst!tuboebse! uftujoh!qspdfevsft/!!Uif!qvsqptf!pg!uif!uftu!tibmm!cf!up!wfsjgz!uif!gvodujpobmjuz-! qfsgpsnbodf!boe!tubcjmjuz!pg!fbdi!WGE/!!Uif!uftu!tibmm!jodmvef-!cvu!opu!cf!mjnjufe!up-!b! dpnqmfuf!pqfsbujpobm!uftu!efnpotusbujoh!bmm!dpouspmt-!usjqt-!joqvut-!pvuqvut-!fud/-!tipxo!po! uif!buubdife!qvnq!dpouspm!tdifnbujd/!!B!dmfbsmz!mbcfmfe!uftu!cpy!xjui!efejdbufe!txjudift-! mjhiut-!fud/!gps!fbdi!J0P!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!boe!vtfe!up!efnpotusbuf!bmm!dpouspmt-!usjqt-! joqvut-!pvuqvut-!fud/!!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!b!sfqpsu!pg!dfsujgjdbujpo!uibu!uif!uftut! ibwf!cffo!dpnqmfufe!qsjps!up!tijqnfou!up!uif!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm/! 5/!Bgufs!bmm!uftut!ibwf!cffo!qfsgpsnfe-!fbdi!bekvtubcmf!gsfrvfodz!dpouspmmfs!tibmm!voefshp!b! 35.ipvs!cvso.jo!uftu/!!Uif!dpouspmmfst!tibmm!cf!cvsofe!jo!bu!211!qfsdfou!npups!mpbe! dpoofdufe!up!b!ezobnpnfufs!gps!35!ipvst!xjuipvu!bo!votdifevmfe!tivuepxo/!!Evsjoh!uijt! uftu-!uif!fggjdjfodz!pg!uif!WGEt!tibmm!cf!nfbtvsfe!cz!tjnvmubofpvtmz!nfbtvsjoh!uif!upubm! LX!joqvu!up!uif!WGEt!boe!uif!LX!pvuqvu!pg!uif!WGE/!!Tjnvmubofpvt!LX!nfbtvsfnfout! tibmm!cf!nbef!xjui!uxp!CNJ!4141B-!Zplphbxb!Npefm!3153!xbuunfufs!ps!frvbm! jotusvnfout!xjui!sfrvjsfe!bddfttpsjft!up!dpogjsn!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!tqfdjgjfe!fggjdjfodjft/!! 6/!Uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwf!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!uif!bduvbm!uftu!ebub-! pctfswbujpot!boe!dfsujgjdbujpo!uibu!uif!uftut!ibwf!cffo!dpnqmfufe!qsjps!up!tijqnfou!up!uif! Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm/! 7/!Fggjdjfodz!uftu!gps!211&!boe!91&!mpbe!)211&!boe!91&!pg!uif!npups!ipstfqpxfs*!bu! 211&!tqffe!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!po!bmm!vojut!xjui!b!ezobnpnfufs!ps!sfbdups!cbolt/! 8/!Fbdi!esjwf!tibmm!cf!pqfsbufe!gvmm!mpbefe!gps!uif!WGE!uftujoh!tjnvmbujoh!uif!bduvbm!gjfme! pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpot!boe!uif!pqfsbujoh!ebub!!bnqt-!usvf!qpxfs!gbdups-!fggjdjfodz-!fud/!gps! uif!esjwf!tibmm!cf!sfdpsefe!boe!pggjdjbmmz!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!Pxofs0Fohjoffs/! I/!Gjfme!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm! 2/!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!gvsojti!bo!frvjqnfou!uftu!sfqpsu!bgufs!jotubmmbujpo-!tubsu.vq!boe! uftujoh/! 2/4!Tuboebset! Uif!mbuftu!fejujpo!pg!uif!sfgfsfodfe!jufn!cfmpx!tibmm!cf!vtfe/! Uif!bqqmjdbcmf!qspwjtjpot!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh!tuboebset!tibmm!bqqmz!bt!jg!xsjuufo!ifsf!jo!uifjs!foujuz/! B/!Mpdbm!Mbxt!boe!Psejobodft/!! C/!Tubuf!boe!Gfefsbm!Mbxt/! D/!Obujpobm!Fmfdusjdbm!Dpef!)OFD*/! E/!Voefsxsjufst(!Mbcpsbupsjft!)V/M/*! F/!Bnfsjdbo!Obujpobm!Tuboebset!Jotujuvuf!)BOTJ*/! G/!Obujpobm!Fmfdusjdbm!Nbovgbduvsfst!Bttpdjbujpo!)OFNB*/! H/!Jotujuvuf!pg!Fmfdusjdbm!boe!Fmfduspojdt!Fohjoffst!)JFFF*/! ! ! Qbhf!3!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 2/5!Tvcnjuubmt! B/!Tvcnjuubmt!tibmm!cf!jo!bddpsebodf!xjui!uijt!tfdujpo-!uif!Hfofsbm!Sfrvjsfnfout-!Tfdujpo!12! 44!11-!Tvcnjuubm!Qspdfevsft!boe!tibmm!jodmvef!uif!gpmmpxjoh!njojnvn!jogpsnbujpo;! 2/!QSF.BOE!QPTU.TVCNJUUBM!NFFUJOH! b/!B!qsf.tvcnjuubm!nffujoh!tibmm!cf!ifme!cfgpsf!boz!tipq!esbxjoht!bsf!tvcnjuufe/!!B! qptu.tvcnjuubm!nffujoh!tibmm!cf!ifme!bgufs!uif!Fohjoffst!tipq!esbxjoh!sfwjfx! dpnnfout!ibwf!cffo!tvcnjuufe/!!Bt!b!njojnvn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!tibmm!buufoe!uif! nffujoh;!!Hfofsbm!Dpousbdups-!Fmfdusjdbm!Dpousbdups-!WGE!Tvqqmjfs!boe!Fohjoffs/!! Sfqsftfoubujwft!gspn!uif!WGE!Tvqqmjfs!tibmm!jodmvef!uif!Qspkfdu!Nbobhfs!xip!xjmm!cf! sftqpotjcmf!gps!uif!qspkfdu!bu!uif!gbdupsz-!op!fydfqujpot/!!Boz!tipq!esbxjoht! tvcnjuufe!cfgpsf!uif!qsf.tvcnjuubm!nffujoh!xjmm!cf!sfkfdufe!boe!tfou!cbdl!Opu! Bqqspwfe-!Sfwjtf!boe!Sf.tvcnju/!!Uif!WGE!Tvqqmjfs!tibmm!csjoh!xjui!uifn!b!efubjmfe! mjtu!pg!uif!jufnt!uifjs!tvcnjuubm!xjmm!jodmvef!gps!sfwjfx!cz!uif!Fohjoffs!ps!b!cppumfh!dpqz! pg!uif!bduvbm!tvcnjuubm/! 3/!TIPQ!ESBXJOHT! b/!Boz!efwjbujpot!gspn!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpot!tipvme!cf!dmfbsmz!jefoujgjfe!po!b!tfqbsbuf!tiffu! pg!qbqfs!jo!uif!tipq!esbxjoh!tvcnjuubm/!! c/!Tj{f-!uzqf-!boe!sbujoh!pg!bmm!tztufn!dpnqpofout! d/!Joufsobm!dpnqpofou!mbzpvu!ejbhsbnt/!! e/!Esbxjoht!tibmm!tipx;! )2*!frvjqnfou!ejnfotjpot-!! )3*!tuvc.vq!mpdbujpot!boe!dpoevju!fousz!boe!fyju!mpdbujpot/!Dpoevju!fousz!boe!fyju! qpjout!dmfbsmz!tipxjoh!ejnfotjpot!pg!fousz!boe!fyju!qpjout/!!Qspwjef!b!efubjmfe!upq! wjfx!tipxjoh!ipx!dpoevjut!qfofusbuf!uif!upq!pg!uif!WGE/!!Dppsejobuf!xjui!uif! jotubmmbujpo!)Fmfdusjdbm*!Dpousbdups!po!uijt!qsjps!up!tvcnjuujoh!jogpsnbujpo!up!uif! Fohjoffs/! )4*!tijqqjoh!tqmjut-!! )5*!tijqqjoh!xfjhiut-!! )6*!wfoujmbujpo!efubjmt-!! )7*!qpxfs!frvjqnfou-!! )8*!dbcmf!ufsnjobm!tj{ft-!! )9*!boe!obnfqmbuf!tdifevmf/! ):*!Qspwjef!b!esbxjoh!pg!uif!gspou!wjfx!fmfwbujpo!xjui!eftjhobujpo!pg!frvjqnfou!boe! efwjdft!po!eppst-!boe!dmfbsmz!joejdbujoh!uif!nbyjnvn!npvoujoh!ifjhiu!pg!efwjdft! po!eppst/!! )21*!Qspkfdu!tqfdjgjd!dpouspm!tdifnbujdt!boe!xjsjoh!ejbhsbnt/!Mbcfmt!po!uif!dpouspm! tdifnbujd!gps!dpouspm!sfmbzt-!mfwfm!txjudift-!joejdbujpo!mjhiut-!fud/!tibmm!dpssftqpoe! up!frvjqnfou!ubht0mbcfmt!joejdbufe!po!uif!Qvnq!Dpouspm!Qbofm!Dpouspm!Tdifnbujd! jodmvefe!jo!uif!qmbot/!Jodmvef!b!mbcfm!bcpwf!fbdi!ujnjoh!sfmbzt!joejdbujoh!uif!sbohf! boe!tfuqpjou!gps!uibu!ujnjoh!sfmbz/!! )22*!Qspkfdu!tqfdjgjd!xjsjoh!ejbhsbn!pg!uif!npups!qspufdujpo!sfmbz! )23*!Qspwjef!b!esbxjoh!tipxjoh!uif!Ufsnjobm!tusjq!mbzpvu!tipxjoh!dvtupnfs!gjfme! dpoofdujpot/!!Uif!ufsnjobm!tusjq!mbzpvu!tibmm!bmtp!jodmvef!b!mbcfm!ofyu!up!fbdi! dpoofdujpo!joejdbujoh!tjhobm!eftdsjqujpo/!! )24*!Pof.Mjof!ejbhsbn!boe!Uisff.Mjof!ejbhsbn!up!cf!tvcnjuufe!xjui!jojujbm! tvcnjuubm-!Op!Fydfqujpot/! f/!Dpnqmfuf!cjmmt!pg!nbufsjbmt!xjui!npefm!ovncfst!mjtufe!gps!joejwjevbm!dpnqpofout/! g/!Dbubmph!dvu!tiffut!pg!nbkps!dpnqpofout-!qpxfs!frvjqnfou!dmfbsmz!jefoujgzjoh!nblf! boe!npefm!ovncfs!pg!efwjdf!cfjoh!qspwjefe/! h/!Ebub!tiffut!pg!njtdfmmbofpvt!fmfdusjdbm!frvjqnfou/!!Xifsf!b!ebub!tiffu!jt!opu! bwbjmbcmf!qspwjef!uif!frvjqnfou!sbujoht!boe!npefm!ovncfs!gps!uif!efwjdft/! i/!Ebub!tiffu!pg!Npups!Qspufdujpo!Sfmbz!)NQS*!dmfbsmz!joejdbujoh!xibu!pqujpot!bsf! jodmvefe! ! Qbhf!4!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo j/!Tqbsf!Qbsut!Mjtu! k/!Xbssbouz!jogpsnbujpo! l/!Mfuufs!pg!Dpnqbujcjmjuz;!!Uif!WGE!tvqqmjfs!jo!dpokvodujpo!xjui!uif!qvnq0npups!tvqqmjfs! tibmm!jttvf!b!mfuufs!pg!dpnqbujcjmjuz!tubujoh!uibu!uif!WGE!boe!npups!bsf!dpnqbujcmf/!! Dppsejobuf!xjui!uif!DNBS!gps!uijt!jogpsnbujpo/!! m/!Ebub!po!uif!dibsbdufsjtujdt!boe!qfsgpsnbodf!pg!uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwft-! jodmvejoh!bnqfsbhf!sbujoht-!ipstfqpxfs!sbujoh-!gsbnf!tj{ft-!usjq!tfuujoht-!tipsu.djsdvju! dvssfou!sbujoh-!fud/!!Ebub!tibmm!jodmvef!dfsujgjdbujpo!uibu!uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwft! bsf!xbssboufe!gps!vtf!xjui!uif!npupst!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Bqqfoejy!C!boe!bt!tqfdjgjfe!ifsfjo/! n/!Ifbu!ejttjqbujpo!gps!uif!WGE!boe!qibtf!tijgujoh0jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfst-!boe! usbotgpsnfs!josvti!ebub!)evsbujpo!wfstvt!nbhojuvef*/!!Usbotgpsnfs!jnqfebodf!boe! Y0S!ebub/!!Qspwjef!dpnqmfuf!jogpsnbujpo!gps!uif!qibtf!tijgujoh!0jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfs! jodmvejoh!dvu!tiffut!gps!bmm!usbotgpsnfs!bddfttpsjft/!Tvcnju!uif!usbotgpsnfs!fmfwbujpot! boe!tjef!wjfxt-!gmpps!qmbo-!ejnfotjpot-!xfjhiu-!qbdlbhjoh!gps!tijqnfou-!gjfme!xjsjoh! ejbhsbnt!gps!qpxfs!boe!dpouspm!djsdvjut-!usbotgpsnfs!obnfqmbuf!jogpsnbujpo-!boe! jufnj{fe!cjmm!pg!nbufsjbmt!gps!bddfttpsjft/! o/!Qspkfdu!tqfdjgjd!nbhofuj{joh!dvssfou!gps!uif!usbotgpsnfs!)gps!Tjfnfot!WGE!pomz*/! p/!Mjtu!pg!efgbvmu!WGE!njdspqspdfttps!npups!qspufdujwf!gfbuvsft!boe!uifjs!tfuujoht/! q/!Ibsnpojd!ejtupsujpo!bobmztjt;!!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!pg!uif!esjwf!frvjqnfou!tibmm!qfsgpsn! b!cvt!wpmubhf!boe0ps!dvssfou!ejtupsujpo!dbmdvmbujpo!gps!fbdi!cvt!uibu!tvqqmjft!b!esjwf/!! Uif!ibsnpojd!tuvez!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!up!efufsnjof!uif!ibsnpojd!dpoufou!fyqfdufe! po!uif!Qvsdibtfs(t!tvqqmz!cvt!evf!up!uif!beejujpo!pg!uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwf/!Uif! upubm!ibsnpojd!ejtupsujpo!tibmm!opu!fydffe!UIE!wbmvft!bt!sfdpnnfoefe!cz!JFFF!.! 62:-!2::3!voefs!opsnbm!xpstu!dbtf!pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpot/!Ibsnpojd!bobmztjt!tibmm!cf! qspwjefe!qsjps!up!ps!xjui!uif!WGE!tipq!esbxjoht!gps!bqqspwbm/!!! TVCNJUUBMT!GPS!UIF!WGE!TVCNJUUFE!QSJPS!UP!PS!XJUIPVU!UIF! IBSNPOJD!BOBMZTJT!TIBMM!CF!DPOTJEFSFE!JODPNQMFUF!BOE!OPU! SFWJFXFE/!!UIF!JOJUJBM!TVCNJUUBM!TIBMM!JODMVEF!BMM!JOGPSNBUJPO! MJTUFE!BCPWF!XJUI!UIF!FYDFQUJPO!PG!UFTU!SFTVMUT/! r/!Xsjuufo!eftdsjqujpo!pg!gjfme!uftu!qspdfevsft/!!Uftu!qspdfevsft!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!up!uif! Pxofs0Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm!uxp!xfflt!qsjps!up!uftujoh/! s/!Opuf;!!Bmm!epdvnfoubujpo!mjtufe!bcpwf!tibmm!cf!tvqqmjfe!xjui!uif!WGEt!jojujbm!tvcnjuubm/!! Jodpnqmfuf!tvcnjuubmt!xjmm!cf!sfuvsofe!OPU!BQQSPWFE-!SFWJTF!BOE!SFTVCNJU/!! 4/!GBDUPSZ!UFTU!EBUB! b/!Uftu!ebub!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!gps!Fohjoffst!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!tijqnfou!pg!WGE/! 5/!GJFME!UFTU!EBUB! b/!Uftu!ebub!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!gps!Fohjoffst!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!tubsu!vq/! 6/!OFUB!Bddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Tqfdjgjdbujpo!)BUT*!gjfme!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot!uftut!sfqpsu/! 7/!Tvqqmjfs!tibmm!tvcnju!b!usbjojoh!pvumjof!gps!Pxofst0Fohjoffst!sfwjfx!boe!dpnnfou!b! njojnvn!pg!5!xfflt!cfgpsf!usbjojoh!jt!up!ublf!qmbdf/! 8/!PQFSBUJPO!BOE!NBJOUFOBODF!NBOVBMT! b/!Pqfsbujpo!boe!nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt!tibmm!cf!qsfqbsfe!cz!uif!frvjqnfou! nbovgbduvsfs!boe!tibmm!dpoubjo!uif!gjobm!dfsujgjfe!bqqspwfe!tipq!esbxjoht-!tvcnjuubmt-! tdifnbujdt-!gjobm!xjsjoh!ejbhsbnt!xjui!boz!dibohft!nbef!evsjoh!tubsu.vq-!frvjqnfou! jotubmmbujpo!sfqpsu!boe!nbjoufobodf!qspdfevsft!boe!uftu!ebub/! c/!Nbovbmt!nbz!cf!nbovgbduvsfs(t!tuboebse!jotusvdujpot-!cvu!tibmm!cf!tvqqmfnfoufe!bt! ofdfttbsz!up!dpwfs!boz!tqfdjbm!gfbuvsf!opu!jodmvefe!jo!tuboebse!nbufsjbm/! d/!Pqfsbujpo!boe!nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt!tibmm!jodmvef!xbssbouz!jogpsnbujpo!bt!xfmm!bt!b! xbssbouz!jogpsnbujpo!qbhf!uibu!tibmm!jodmvef!jogpsnbujpo!po!uif!xbssbouz!tubsu!boe!foe! ! Qbhf!5!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo ebuf!bt!xfmm!bt!dpoubdu!jogpsnbujpo!gps!tfswjdf/! e/!Pqfsbujpo!boe!nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt!tibmm!bmtp!jodmvef!pof!)2*!tpguxbsf!dpqz!pg!bmm! QMD!qsphsbn!gjmft!cvsofe!po!b!DE/!!Qspwjef!b!ibse!dpqz!pg!bmm!QMD!qsphsbnnjoh! mphjd!jo!P'N!Nbovbmt/!! f/!Tvcnju!qsfmjnjobsz!nbovbmt!gps!sfwjfx!qsjps!up!tubsu.vq!pg!frvjqnfou/!! 9/!Cje!Tvcnjuubm;!!Jo!psefs!up!fwbmvbuf!uif!cjet-!tvcnju!uif!gpmmpxjoh!jogpsnbujpo/! b/!Ebub!Tiffu;!!Tvcnju!jogpsnbujpo!sfrvftufe!po!uif!ebub!Tiffu!jodmvefe!xjui!uif! Cje!Qspqptbm!gpsnt/!!Uif!Ebub!Tiffu!jt!jodmvefe!jo!Bqqfoejy!E/! 2/6!Efmjwfsz-!Tupsbhf!boe!Iboemjoh! Uif!xpset!efgjofe!jo!uijt!tfdujpo!tibmm!gps!uif!qvsqptf!pg!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpo!ibwf!uif!nfbojoht! btdsjcfe!up!uifn/! B/!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!cf!sftqpotjcmf!gps!efmjwfsz!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!boe!bddfttpsjft-!g/p/c/! up!uif!kpc!tjuf!ps!up!tvdi!tupsbhf!tjuf!bt!nbz!cf!eftjhobufe!cz!uif!Pxofs!ps!Dpotusvdujpo! Dpousbdups!jo!hppe!dpoejujpo!boe!voebnbhfe/! C/!Vompbejoh!boe!tupsbhf!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!uif!sftqpotjcjmjuz!pg!uif!Dpotusvdujpo! Dpousbdups!xip!tibmm!jotqfdu!uif!frvjqnfou!gps!bqqbsfou!ebnbhf/!!Frvjqnfou!xijdi!jt!gpvoe! up!cf!ebnbhfe!xjmm!opu!cf!bddfqufe!voujm!qspqfsmz!sfqbjsfe!ps!sfqmbdfe!cz!uif!nbovgbduvsfs/! D/!Iboemjoh!boe!tijqnfou!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!jo!tvdi!b!nboofs!up!qsfwfou!joufsobm! dpnqpofou!ebnbhf-!csfblbhf-!boe!efoujoh!boe!tdpsjoh!pg!uif!fodmptvsf!gjojti/! E/!Frvjqnfou!nvtu!cf!efmjwfsfe!boe!tupsfe!jo!bddpsebodf!xjui!uif!nbovgbduvsfst! sfdpnnfoebujpo!bu!bmm!ujnft/!!Frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!tupsfe!joeppst!jo!b!dmfbo-!esz-!dmjnbuf! dpouspmmfe!ifbufe!boe!bjs!dpoejujpofe!fowjsponfou!uibu!jt!gsff!gspn!evtu-!Op!Fydfqujpot/!! Qspufdu!frvjqnfou!gspn!fyqptvsf!up!ejsu-!gvnft-!xbufs-!dpssptjwf!tvctubodft!boe!qiztjdbm! ebnbhf/!!! F/!211!xbuu!jodboeftdfou!mbnqt!tibmm!cf!qmbdfe!jo!uif!WGE!fodmptvsf!tfdujpot!bt!sfrvjsfe!boe! fofshj{f!up!qsfwfou!uif!cvjmevq!pg!dpoefotbujpo!evsjoh!fyufoefe!tupsbhf!qfsjpet/! 2/7!Xbssbouz! B/!Nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!xbssbou!uif!frvjqnfou!gvsojtife!voefs!uijt!tqfdjgjdbujpo!gps!b!qfsjpe!pg! uxp!)3*!zfbst!bhbjotu!efgfdut!jo!nbufsjbmt!boe!xpslnbotijq!boe!pqfsbujpobm!gbjmvsf/!! C/!Jo!uif!fwfou!pg!gbjmvsf!pg!boz!qbsu!ps!qbsut!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!evsjoh!uif!gjstu!3!zfbst!pg!tfswjdf-! qspwjefe!uibu!uif!frvjqnfou!ibt!cffo!pqfsbufe!boe!nbjoubjofe!jo!bddpsebodf!xjui!hppe! qsbdujdf-!uif!Nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!gvsojti-!efmjwfs!boe!jotubmm!uif!efgfdujwf!qbsu!ps!qbsut!bu!ijt! pxo!fyqfotf/!! D/!Uif!gjstu!3!zfbst!pg!tfswjdf!tibmm!cf!joufsqsfufe!bt!uif!35.npoui!qfsjpe!gpmmpxjoh!uif! jotubmmbujpo-!bekvtujoh!boe!bddfqubodf!uftujoh-!boe!uif!tubsu!pg!bduvbm!pqfsbujpo!pg!uif! frvjqnfou-!ps!41!npouit!bgufs!efmjwfsz-!xijdifwfs!pddvst!gjstu/!! 2/8!Ibsnpojdt!Bobmztjt! B/!Qspwjef!bo!fmfdusjdbm!tztufn!ibsnpojdt!bobmztjt!gps!uif!fmfdusjdbm!ejtusjcvujpo!tztufn! jodmvejoh!uif!fmfdusjd!vujmjuz/!!Uif!hpbm!pg!uif!tuvez!tibmm!cf!up!efufsnjof!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!uif! wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwft!boe!jtpmbujpo0qibtf!tijgujoh!usbotgpsnfst-!jg!sfrvjsfe-!up!dpnqmz! xjui!uif!ibsnpojd!ejtupsujpo!mfwfmt/! C/!B!qsfmjnjobsz!ibsnpojd!bobmztjt!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!up!uif!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm!qsjps!up!ps!bu! uif!tbnf!ujnf!bt!uif!WGE!tipq!esbxjoht!cfjoh!tfou!gps!bqqspwbm/! D/!Uif!ibsnpojdt!bobmztjt!tibmm!wfsjgz!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!uif!ibsnpojdt!boe!mjof!opudijoh! sfrvjsfnfout!tqfdjgjfe!ifsfjo/!Dpousbdups!tibmm!cf!sftqpotjcmf!gps!pcubjojoh!uif!nbyjnvn! vujmjuz!tztufn!tipsu!djsdvju!lWB!boe!tztufn!jnqfebodf!gspn!uif!mpdbm!Vujmjuz/!!Uif!mpdbujpo!pg! uif!qpjou!pg!dpnnpo!dpvqmjoh!tibmm!cf!efgjofe!bt!uif!nbjo!cvt!pg!5-271!Wpmu!Nfubm!Fodmptfe! Txjudihfbs!bu!uif!qvnq!tubujpo/!Uif!tuvez!tibmm!fwbmvbuf!uif!WGE!pqfsbujoh!bu!uif!mpxftu! pqfsbujoh!tqffe!bt!tqfdjgjfe!jo!uif!qvnq!tqfdjgjdbujpo-!WGE!pqfsbujoh!bu!uif!gvmm!tqffe! dpoejujpo-!boe!ufo!qfsdfou!tqffe!jodsfnfout!cfuxffo!uiftf!qpjout/!Uif!tuvez!tibmm!dpoubjo-! ! Qbhf!6!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo bt!b!njojnvn-!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! 2/!Bobmztjt!pg!! b/!Pof!WGE!pqfsbujoh!bu!b!ujnf/! c/!Uxp!WGEt!pqfsbujoh!bu!b!ujnf/! d/!Uisff!WGEt!pqfsbujoh!bu!b!ujnf/! 3/!Qsfmjnjobsz!ibsnpojd!mfwfmt!xjuipvu!WGEt!jotubmmfe/!!! 4/!Qsfmjnjobsz!ibsnpojd!mfwfmt!xjui!uif!WGEt!pqfsbujoh/! 5/!Fyqmbobujpo!pg!nfuipe!vtfe!up!qfsgpsn!uif!tuvez/! 6/!Fyqmbobujpo!pg!tuvez!sftvmut/! 7/!Bmm!dbmdvmbujpot!boe0ps!dpnqvufs!qsjoupvut!vtfe!up!bssjwf!bu!uif!sfdpnnfoebujpot/! 8/!Wpmubhf!boe!Dvssfou!ibsnpojd!dpoufou!vq!up!uif!gjgujfui!ibsnpojd-!gps!uif!dpoejujpot! tqfdjgjfe!bcpwf!jo!ubcmf!gpsnbu/! E/!Uif!ibsnpojd!ejtupsujpo!gps!wpmubhf!boe!dvssfou!ejtupsujpo!mfwfmt!boe!mjof!opudijoh!tibmm!nffu! uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!JFFF!62:-!mbuftu!wfstjpo!xjuipvu!uif!offe!gps!boz!bodjmmbsz!gjmufsjoh! frvjqnfou/! F/!Uif!Nbovgbduvsfs0Dpousbdups!tibmm!cf!sftqpotjcmf!up!pcubjo!bmm!ebub!ofdfttbsz!up!qfsgpsn!uif! tuvez/!!Uijt!jodmveft!gffefs!dbcmf!tj{ft-!bqqspyjnbuf!gffefs!mfohui-!npups!ebub-!txjudihfbs! ebub-!fmfdusjd!vujmjuz!ebub-!boe!boz!puifs!jogpsnbujpo!sfmfwbou!up!uif!tuvez/!!Uif!bobmztjt!tibmm! vtf!bduvbm!tztufn!jnqfebodf-!Vujmjuz!usbotgpsnfs!jnqfebodf-!boe!bwbjmbcmf!gbvmu!dvssfou!gspn! uif!Vujmjuz/! G/!Jg!ibsnpojd!gjmufst!bsf!sfrvjsfe!up!nffu!uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uif!JFFF!62:-!uif!WGE! nbovgbduvsfs!nvtu!qspwjef!uif!gjmufst-!boe!jt!sftqpotjcmf!gps!uif!eftjho!boe!nbovgbduvsfs!pg! uif!gjmufst!bu!op!dptu!up!uif!Pxofs/! H/!Uif!sfqpsu!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!qsjps!up!ps!xjui!uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwf!tipq!esbxjoht!gps! bqqspwbm/!!Tvcnjuubmt!gps!uif!wbsjbcmf!gsfrvfodz!esjwft!tvcnjuufe!qsjps!up!ps!xjuipvu!uif!tuvez! xjmm!cf!dpotjefsfe!jodpnqmfuf!boe!opu!sfwjfxfe/! I/!Dpnqmjbodf!tibmm!cf!wfsjgjfe!xjui!potjuf!gjfme!nfbtvsfnfout!pg!cpui!uif!wpmubhf!boe!dvssfou! ibsnpojd!ejtupsujpo!bu!uif!efgjofe!qpjou!pg!dpnnpo!dpvqmjoh!xjui!boe!xjuipvu!uif!WGEt! pqfsbujoh/! J/!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!dppsejobuf!xjui!uif!mpdbm!Vujmjuz-!Boesfx!Mbohf-!Podps-!QI;!543.731. 7324!gps!fmfdusjdbm!ebub!sfrvjsfe!gps!uif!ibsnpojd!bobmztjt/! QBSU!3!QSPEVDUT! 3/2!Hfofsbm! B/!Boz!npejgjdbujpot!up!b!tuboebse!qspevdu!sfrvjsfe!up!nffu!uijt!tqfdjgjdbujpo!tibmm!cf! qfsgpsnfe!cz!uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!pomz/! C/!Esjwf!tibmm!cf!bjs!dppmfe/!!Mjrvje!dppmfe!tztufnt!tibmm!opu!cf!bddfqubcmf/!!Uif!WGEt!tibmm! dpotjtu!pg!bo!jodpnjoh!mpbe.csfbl!gvtfe!ejtdpoofdu!txjudi-!joqvu!sfdujgjfs!hsbef!esjwf! jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfs!)jg!sfrvjsfe*-!joqvu!dpowfsufs0ED!cvt0pvuqvu!jowfsufs!boe!dpouspm!mphjd! tfdujpo/!!Bmm!dpnqpofout!tibmm!cf!joufhsbm!up!uif!WGE!mjofvq-!gbdupsz!xjsfe!boe!uftufe!bt!b! dpnqmfuf!tztufn/! D/!WGE!tztufn!tibmm!nbjoubjo!b!/:6!njojnvn!usvf!qpxfs!gbdups!)gvoebnfoubm!boe!ejtqmbdfnfou*! gspn!41&!up!211&!tqffe/!! E/!TFRVFODF!PG!PQFSBUJPOT! 2/!Uif!dpouspm!tdifnbujd!jt!cbtfe!po!b!izesbvmjd!pjm!bddvnvmbups!tztufn/! 3/!Jo!uif!Mpdbm!npef!pg!pqfsbujpo!uif!tfrvfodf!pg!pqfsbujpot!jt!jojujbufe!bu!uif!WGE/!!Jo! Sfnpuf!npef!uif!tfrvfodf!pg!pqfsbujpot!jt!jojujbufe!wjb!uif!TDBEB!tztufn/!! ! Qbhf!7!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 4/!Ujnjoh!sfmbz!US2!jt!fofshj{fe!gspn!uif!dmptfe!wbmwf!mjnju!txjudi!DWMT.2/!!Uif!npups! dboopu!cf!tubsufe!voujm!uif!wbmwf!ibt!cffo!dmptfe!gps!b!qsftdsjcfe!qfsjpe!pg!ujnf!)26! njovuft*!gjfme!bekvtubcmf/!!!Bmtp-!uif!npups!dboopu!cf!tubsufe!vqpo!qpxfs!gbjmvsf!voujm!uif! wbmwf!ibt!hpof!dmptfe!)DWMT.2*!boe!ujnjoh!sfmbz!US2!ibt!ujnfe!pvu!bgufs!b!qsftdsjcfe! qfsjpe!pg!ujnf/! 5/!Xifo!uif!tubsu!tfrvfodf!jt!jojujbufe-!uif!tubsu!dpnnboe!fofshj{ft!DS4/!!!DS6!cfdpnft! fofshj{fe-!boe!fofshj{ft!DS7/!!DS7!tfoet!b!tjhobm!up!uif!WGE!up!tubsu!uif!npups/!!Jg! qsfttvsf!jt!qsftfou!)gspn!qvnq!ejtdibshf!qsfttvsf!qbofm!qsfttvsf!txjudi*-!DS22!xjmm! cfdpnf!fofshj{fe!boe!tfoe!b!tjhobm!up!uif!izesbvmjd!qpxfs!voju!tpmfopje!)TPMW.2*!up! pqfo!uif!wbmwf/! 6/!Podf!uif!npups!jt!svoojoh-!jg!uif!wbmwf!gbjmt!up!nblf!6&!pqfo!)DWMT.4!pqfot*!jo!b! qsftdsjcfe!qfsjpe!pg!ujnf!)4!njovuft*!gjfme!bekvtubcmf-!US3!xjmm!ujnf!pvu!boe!tfbm!jo!boe! uif!npups!xjmm!tupq!evf!up!Wbmwf!Gbjmvsf/! 7/!Podf!uif!wbmwf!ibt!sfbdife!6&!pqfo-!mjnju!txjudi!PWMT.3!xjmm!dmptf!fofshj{joh!DS3/!! DS3!tfbmt!jo!DS7/! 8/!Tupqqjoh!uif!npups!evf!up!qpxfs!gbjmvsf-!F.tupq-!NQS!usjq-!WGE!usjq-!qvnq!mpx!mfwfm! dvupgg-!wbmwf!nbjoufobodf!npef-!boe!wbmwf!gbjmvsf!xjmm!ef.fofshj{f!DS2/!!Pqfojoh!pg!uif! opsnbmmz!dmptfe!dpoubdu!DS2!dbvtft!uif!fnfshfodz!tmpx!dmptf!tpmfopje!wbmwf!)TPMW.3*! bu!uif!izesbvmjd!qpxfs!voju!up!ef.fofshj{f!boe!uif!wbmwf!xjmm!fnfshfodz!tmpx!dmptf/! 9/!Uif!opsnbm!tupq!tfrvfodf!jt!jojujbufe!xifo!uif!npups!jt!dbmmfe!po!up!tupq!cz!fjuifs!uif! npnfoubsz!tupq!qvticvuupo!mpdbufe!po!uif!WGE!qbofm!ps!uispvhi!b!tupq!tjhobm!gspn! TDBEB/!Uif!tupq!dpnnboe!ef.fofshj{ft!DS4boe!DS6-!xijdi!ef.fofshj{ft!DS22!boe! tfoet!b!tjhobm!up!uif!izesbvmjd!qpxfs!voju!tpmfopje!)TPMW.2*!up!dmptf!uif!wbmwf/!!Podf! uif!wbmwf!ibt!sfbdife!:6&!dmptfe-!mjnju!txjudi!PWMT.3!xjmm!pqfo-!ef.fofshj{joh!DS3/!! DS7!xjmm!espq!pvu!tfoejoh!b!tjhobm!up!uif!WGE!up!tupq!uif!npups/! :/!Xifo!uif!wbmwf!jt!jo!uif!gvmmz!dmptfe!qptjujpo-!DWMT.5!xjmm!dmptf!up!qspwjef!mpdbm!boe! sfnpuf!joejdbujpo!pg!uif!wbmwf!cfjoh!dmptfe/!!Xifo!uif!wbmwf!jt!jo!uif!gvmmz!pqfo!qptjujpo-! PWMT.6!xjmm!dmptf!up!qspwjef!mpdbm!boe!sfnpuf!joejdbujpo!pg!uif!wbmwf!cfjoh!pqfo/!!Xifo! uif!wbmwf!jt!jo!uif!joufsnfejbuf!qptjujpot-!cpui!uif!wbmwf!pqfo!boe!uif!wbmwf!dmptfe! qptjujpot!xjmm!cf!joejdbufe!mpdbmmz!boe!sfnpufmz/! 21/!Opuf;!Dpouspm!boe!ujnjoh!sfmbzt!tipxo!po!dpouspm!tdifnbujd!tibmm!cf!ibsexjsfe!OFNB! uzqf/!!QMD0dpnqvufs!qsphsbnnjoh!tibmm!opu!cf!vtfe!gps!ujnfst!boe!sfmbzt/! 3/3!Bmmfo!Csbemfz!WGEt! B/!Bmmfo.Csbemfz!WGEt!tibmm!cf!Bdujwf!Gspou!Foe-!QpxfsGmfy!8111!tfsjft/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!vujmj{f! QXN!dvssfou!tpvsdf!ufdiopmphz!dpotjtujoh!pg!b!Tznnfusjdbm!Hbuf!Dpnnvubufe!Uizsjtupst! )THDUt*!joqvu!jowfsufs-!joevdups!ED!cvt!boe!THDU!pvuqvu!jowfsufs/!! C/!Uif!WGE!mjof.vq!tibmm!dpotjtu!pg!bo!joqvu!qpxfs!dpnqbsunfou!!opo.mpbe!csfbl!jtpmbujpo! ejtdpoofdu!txjudi!xjui!gvtft!boe!joqvu!dpoubdups-!pvuqvu!dpoubdups!jg!sfrvjsfe-!THDU!qpxfs! tfnjdpoevdups!dpnqbsunfou!boe!b!dpnqbsunfou!gps!bvyjmjbsz!frvjqnfou!)ED!mjol!joevdups-! dpouspm-!fud/*/! D/!Fbdi!WGE!tibmm!ibwf!b!qpxfs!efwjdf!czqbtt!pqujpo/!!B!gbvmufe!qpxfs!efwjdf!tibmm!cf! tivoufe!bmmpxjoh!uif!WGE!up!sftvnf!uif!pqfsbujpo!bu!uif!sfevdfe!dbqbdjuz!xjui!sfnbjojoh! qpxfs!efwjdft/! 3/4!Tjfnfot!WGEt! B/!Tjfnfot!WGEt!tibmm!cf!29.qvmtf!esjwft-!Qfsgfdu!Ibsnpoz!tfsjft/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!vujmj{f! Qvmtf!Xjeui!Npevmbujpo!)QXN*!wpmubhf!tpvsdf!ufdiopmphz!dpotjtujoh!pg!b!uisff.qibtf!ejpef! sfdujgjfs!joqvu!jowfsufs-!dbqbdjups!ED!cvt!boe!b!tjohmf.qibtf!csjehf!pg!JHCUt!)Jotvmbufe!Hbuf! Cjqpmbs!Usbotjtupst*!pvuqvu!jowfsufs-!hfofsbujoh!uif!QXN!wpmubhf!pvuqvu!xbwfgpsn!up!uif! npups/!!Uif!WGE!pvuqvu!jowfsufs!tfdujpo!tibmm!cf!fjhiuffo!ps!npsf!qvmtf!up!fmjnjobuf!uif! offe!gps!ibsnpojd!gjmufst/!Uif!joqvu!jowfsufs!tibmm!cf!qsfdfefe!xjui!b!qibtf!tijgujoh! usbotgpsnfs!)fyufoefe!efmub!bvupusbotgpsnfs!uzqf*!gps!ibsnpojd!njujhbujpo!boe!dpnnpo! npef!wpmubhf!qspufdujpo/! ! Qbhf!8!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo C/!Uif!WGE!mjof.vq!tibmm!dpotjtu!pg!bo!joqvu!qpxfs!dpnqbsunfou!.!mpbe!csfbl!ejtdpoofdu!txjudi! xjui!gvtft-!usbotgpsnfs!dpnqbsunfou!boe!qpxfs!dfmm!dpnqbsunfou/!! D/!Qspwjef!jo!uif!jojujbm!tipq!esbxjoh!tvcnjuubm!uif!qspkfdu!tqfdjgjd!nbhofuj{joh!dvssfou!gps!uif! usbotgpsnfs/!!! 2/!Usbotgpsnfs!nbhofuj{joh!dvssfou!tibmm!opu!dbvtf!fydfttjwf!wpmubhf!ejtuvscbodft!po!uif! fmfdusjd!vujmjuz!tztufn/!!Mjof!sfbdupst!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!up!njujhbuf!uijt!bt!sfrvjsfe/!!Uif! joqvu!jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!qspwjef!dpnnpo!npef!wpmubhf!qspufdujpo!boe!qibtf! tijgujoh/!Usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!cf!esz!uzqf!boe!tibmm!cf!gbdupsz!npvoufe!boe!qsf.xjsfe!up!uif! WGE/!Uif!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!dpogpsn!up!uif!gpmmpxjoh!tqfdjgjdbujpo-!bt!xfmm!bt!qsfwbjmjoh! dpeft!boe!tuboebset-!jodmvejoh!JFFF.62:/Uif!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!ibwf!dpqqfs!xjoejoht! xjui!njojnvn!331!efhsfft!D!jotvmbujpo!boe!nbyjnvn!226!efhsfft!D!sjtf/!Usbotgpsnfs! tibmm!cf!PB!sbufe!boe!bqqmjfe!jo!b!GB!jotubmmbujpo/!Uxp!gvmm!dbqbdjuz!6!qfsdfou!qsjnbsz! ubqt-!2!bcpwf-!2!cfmpx!sbufe!wpmubhf!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe/!Jnqfebodf!tibmm!cf!tfmfdufe!cz! uif!esjwf!tztufn!eftjhofs/!Fbdi!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!cf!frvjqqfe!xjui!231!wpmu!tjohmf!qibtf! tqbdf!ifbufs)t*!gps!npjtuvsf!dpouspm/!Qspwjef!ejtusjcvujpo!dmbtt!NPW!tvshf!bssftupst!boe! dvssfou!mjnjujoh!gvtft!gps!usbotgpsnfs!boe!WGE!qspufdujpo/! E/!Fbdi!WGE!tibmm!ibwf!b!dfmm!czqbtt!pqujpo/!B!gbvmufe!dfmm!tibmm!cf!tivoufe!bmmpxjoh!uif!WGE! up!sftvnf!uif!pqfsbujpo!bu!uif!sfevdfe!dbqbdjuz!xjui!sfnbjojoh!dfmmt/! F/!B!ejhjubm!pvuqvu!gspn!uif!WGE!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!up!usjq!uif!csfblfs!jo!uif!vqtusfbn!5/27lW! Nfubm!Fodmptfe!Txjudihfbs!jo!dbtf!pg!b!WGE!gbvmu/! 3/5!Wbsjbcmf!Gsfrvfodz!Esjwft! B/!Sbujoht! 2/!Hvbsbouffe!njojnvn!WGE!fggjdjfodz!tibmm!cf!:7/6&!bu!211&!tqffe!boe!211&!mpbe!boe! njojnvn!:7&!bu!91&!tqffe/!!Mpttft!tibmm!jodmvef!esjwf!jtpmbujpo!usbotgpsnfs!ps!mjof! sfbdups!)jg!sfrvjsfe*-!dpowfsufs0ED!cvt0Jowfsufs-!boe!pvuqvu!ibsnpojd!gjmufs/!!Bvyjmjbsz! dpouspm-!tvdi!bt!joufsobm!WGE!dpouspm!cpbset-!dppmjoh!gbot!tibmm!cf!jodmvefe!jo!bmm!mptt! dbmdvmbujpot/! 3/!Sbufe!Joqvu!Qpxfs;!!Opo.qibtf!tfrvfodf!tfotjujwf-!5271!Wpmut-!,21&0.6&-!4.qibtf-!71! I{/! b/!Wpmubhf!Ejq!Sjef.uispvhi;!!WGEt!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!tvtubjojoh!dpoujovfe!pqfsbujpo! xjui!b!41&!ejq!jo!opnjobm!mjof!wpmubhf/!!Pvuqvu!tqffe!nbz!efdmjof!pomz!jg!dvssfou!mjnju! sbujoh!pg!WGE!jt!fydffefe/! c/!Qpxfs!Mptt!Sjef.uispvhi;!!WGEt!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!6!dzdmf!qpxfs!mptt!sjef.uispvhi! xjuipvu!gbvmu!bdujwbujpo/! d/!Bmm!231WBD!qpxfs!gps!WGE!dpouspm!mphjd!boe!591WBD!qpxfs!gps!dppmjoh!gbot!tibmm!cf! gvtfe!boe!tvqqmjfe!joufhsbm!up!uif!WGEt/!! 4/!Pvuqvu!Qpxfs!gps!Q2-!Q3-!Q4!boe!Q5;! b/!2611!IQ!)2311!SQN*-!5111W-!7!up!71I{!wbsjbcmf! Opuf;!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!wfsjgz!qpxfs!pvuqvu!sfrvjsfe!xjui!qvnq!boe!npups! nbovgbduvsfs/!!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!wfsjgz!bduvbm!IQ!boe!bnqfsbhf!sbujoh!pg!npups/! 5/!Bncjfou!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Sbohf;!!1!up!51±D/! 6/!Ivnjejuz;!!:6&!opo.dpoefotjoh! 7/!Fmfwbujpo;!!Vq!up!4411!gffu!)2111!nfufst*!bcpwf!NTM!xjuipvu!efsbujoh/! 8/!Qpxfs!Voju!Sbujoh!Cbtjt;!!211&!sbufe!dvssfou!dpoujovpvt-!221&!sbufe!dvssfou!gps!pof! njovuf!pvu!pg!fwfsz!ufo!njovuft!bu!sbufe!ufnqfsbuvsf/! 9/!Gvtfe!joqvu!ejtdpoofdu!txjudi;!!51lB/btzn/! C/!Qfsgpsnbodf! 2/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!qspwjejoh!csfblbxbz!boe!bddfmfsbujoh!upsrvf!gps!uif!qvnq/! 3/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!qspwjef!bo!pvuqvu!xbwfgpsn!uibu!xjmm!bmmpx!vujmj{bujpo!pg!tuboebse!npupst! ! Qbhf!9!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo xjuipvu!offe!pg!boz!tqfdjbm!jotvmbujpo!ps!efsbujoh/!Npups!mjgf!fyqfdubodz!tipvme!opu!cf! dpnqspnjtfe!jo!boz!xbz!cz!pqfsbujpo!xjui!uif!WGE!tztufn/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!qspwjef! tubcmf!pqfsbujpo!pg!uif!npups!xjuipvu!dpnqspnjtjoh!uif!npups!jotvmbujpo!tztufn-! sfhbsemftt!pg!npups!dbcmf!ejtubodf/!Uif!mjnjubujpot!jo!npups!dbcmf!ejtubodf!tibmm!cf! dmfbsmz!tubufe!jo!uif!qspqptbm/! 4/!Uif!nbyjnvn!bmmpxbcmf!opjtf!gspn!uif!WGE!tztufnt!tibmm!cf!96eCB!bu!b!ejtubodf!pg!4! gffu!bu!boz!tqffe!boe!mpbe!dpoejujpo/!!WGE!tztufnt!xjui!bvejcmf!opjtf!jo!fydftt!pg!uijt! mjnju!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!xjui!tvggjdjfou!opjtf!usfbunfou!up!sfevdf!uif!tpvoe!qsfttvsf!mfwfm! cfmpx!96!eCB/! D/!Dpotusvdujpo! 2/!Uif!joqvu!tfdujpo!tibmm!dpoubjo!b!tvjubcmz!sbufe-!opo.mpbe!csfbl!ejtdpoofdu!txjudi!xjui! gvtft!sbufe!gps!njojnvn!pg!61lB!tznnfusjdbm!boe!joqvu!dpoubdups!)Bmmfo.Csbemfz!WGE! pomz*!joufsmpdlfe!xjui!uif!epps/!!Tbgfuz!cmbef!qptjujpo!tibmm!cf!wjtjcmf!uispvhi!uif!epps! ufsnjobujpo!pg!tusftt!dpoft/!! 3/!Uif!WGE!fodmptvsf!tibmm!cf!OFNB!2!xjui!hbtlfufe!eppst/!Epps!wfout!tibmm!dpotjtu!pg! mpvwfs.qbofm!bttfncmjft!uibu!dbo!cf!sfnpwfe!gspn!uif!gspou!jo!psefs!up!sfqmbdf!bjs!gjmufs/! Dbcjofut!boe!eppst!tibmm!cf!gbcsjdbufe!vtjoh!njojnvn!23.hbvhf!tuffm!gps!tuvsez! dpotusvdujpo/!Bmm!WGE!fyufsjps!qbsut!tibmm!cf!qbjoufe!xjui!BOTJ!72!ps!BOTJ!5:!hsbz!qbjou/! Qbjou!qspdfevsft!boe!nbufsjbmt!tibmm!cf!nbovgbduvsfst!tztufn!eftjhofe!boe!qspwfo!gps! dpssptjpo!sftjtubodf/!Qspwjef!sfnpwbm!mjgujoh!qspwjtjpot/!Mjgujoh!fzft!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!gps! fbdi!tijqqjoh!tqmju-!boe!tibmm!cf!buubdife!up!uif!tusvduvsbm!gsbnfxpsl!qsfwfoujoh! efgpsnbujpo!evsjoh!mjgujoh/!!Gsbnfxpsl!xjmm!cf!eftjho!up!bmmpx!mjgujoh!cz!gpslmjgu!boe! pwfsifbe!dsbof/! 4/!WGE!tibmm!cf!bjs.dppmfe!qspwjefe!xjui!211&!gbo!sfevoebodz!boe!bvupnbujd!txjudipwfs!jo! uif!fwfou!pg!b!gbo!gbjmvsf/!!Xbufs!dppmfe!esjwft!tibmm!opu!cf!bddfqubcmf/!Jg!b!gbo!gbjmt-!uif! tztufn!nvtu!bvupnbujdbmmz!txjudi!up!uif!bmufsobuf!gbo!boe!hfofsbuf!bo!bmbsn!up!opujgz! pqfsbups!pg!jojujbm!gbo!tztufn!gbjmvsf/!Esjwf!nvtu!ibwf!bcjmjuz!up!efufdu!gbjmfe!pqfsbujpo!pg! uif!dppmjoh!tztufn!vtjoh!ufnqfsbuvsf!npojupst/!Evsjoh!opsnbm!pqfsbujpo-!uif!tztufn! nvtu!qfsjpejdbmmz!dzdmf!cfuxffo!gbot!up!fyfsdjtf!uifn!boe!up!fotvsf!bwbjmbcjmjuz!pg!cpui! tztufnt/!Ifbu!xjmm!cf!sfkfdufe!up!uif!sppn!gspn!uif!WGE!upq!gspou/!Gbot!tibmm!opu!cf! bmmpxfe!up!svo!dpoujovpvtmz/!!Bmm!gbot!tibmm!cf!dpouspmmfe!wjb!uifsnptubut/!!Uif! nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!bmm!dpouspm!efwjdft!boe!xjsjoh!bt!sfrvjsfe!gps!b!dpnqmfuf!boe! pqfsbujpobm!tztufn/!!WGEt!vtjoh!mjrvje.dppmfe!bttfncmjft!jo!dpokvodujpo!xjui!bttpdjbufe! qvnqt-!qjqjoh!boe!tfqbsbuf!sfnpuf!npvoufe!ifbu!fydibohfst!bsf!opu!bddfqubcmf/!! 5/!WGEt!tibmm!cf!upq!fousz-!upq!fyju/!!Jodpnjoh!ejtdpoofdu!txjudi!tibmm!cf!bcmf!up! bddpnnpebuf!tusftt!dpof!ufsnjobujpo!gps!6111W!tjohmf!dpoevdups!tijfmefe!dbcmf-!tj{f!bt! joejdbufe!cfmpx/! !Dbcmf!sfrvjsfnfout!xjui!qibtf!boe! !hspvoe!dpoevdupst! Jodpnjoh! 4.20D!$201!)6lW*-!$5H/!)711W*! Tfdujpo! Pvuhpjoh! 4.20D!$201!)6lW*-!$5H/!)711W*! Tfdujpo! 6/!Mpx!wpmubhf!xjsjoh!gps!fyufsobm!gjfme!efwjdft!tibmm!cf!upq!fyju0upq!fousz!boe!tibmm!cf! ufsnjobufe!po!b!tjohmf!nbtufs!tfu!pg!ufsnjobm!cmpdlt!mpdbufe!po!uif!tjef!ps!cpuupn!pg!uif! dpouspm!dpnqbsunfou/!!B!njojnvn!pg!uxfouz.gjwf!)36&*!tqbsf!ufsnjobm!cmpdlt!tibmm!cf! qspwjefe/!!Uif!WGE!Nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!dppsejobuf!xjui!uif!Jotubmmbujpo!Dpousbdups!po!uif! tj{f!boe!ovncfs!pg!dpoevjut!foufsjoh0fyjujoh!uif!upq!pg!uif!WGE!boe!qspwjef!pqfojoht!jo! uif!WGE!bt!sfrvjsfe/!!Bt!qbsu!pg!uif!WGE!tvcnjuubm-!uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef! xsjuufo!epdvnfoubujpo!uibu!uijt!ibt!cffo!epof!boe!uif!ovncfs!pg!dpoevjut!boe!tj{ft! foufsjoh0fyjujoh!uif!upq!pg!uif!WGE!tibmm!cf!tipxo!po!uif!WGE!esbxjoht/!!! ! Qbhf!:!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 7/!Nbjo!qpxfs!cvt!tibmm!cf!dpoujovpvt!ujo!qmbufe!dpqqfs!cvt-!211&!sbufe!pwfs!jut!foujsfuz! boe!joufhsbm!up!uif!mjof.vq/!!Ufmftdpqjoh!pg!uif!cvt!sbujoh!ps!svoojoh!jo!b!upq!ibu!tibmm!opu! cf!bddfqubcmf/!!Nfejvn!wpmubhf!cvt!tibmm!fyufoe!uif!foujsf!mfohui!pg!uif!joufhsbufe!mjof! vq/!!Dbcmf!cvt!cfuxffo!tfdujpot!tibmm!opu!cf!bddfqubcmf/!Cvt!tibmm!cf!bqqspqsjbufmz! tj{fe!gps!uif!WGE!dpoujovpvt!sbujoh!boe!csbdfe!up!xjuituboe!uif!nfdibojdbm!gpsdft! dbvtfe!cz!b!npnfoubsz!tipsu!djsdvju!dvssfou!pg!61lB!fyqfdufe!bu!uif!cvt/!!WGEt!bsf! bmmpxfe!up!ibwf!qpxfs!efwjdft!)dfmmt*!dpoofdufe!xjui!dpqqfs!dbcmf!xjuijo!uif!qpxfs! efwjdf!)dfmm*!dbcjofu/!! 8/!Hspvoe!cvt!tibmm!cf!dpoujovpvt!)205.jo!cz!2.jo!njojnvn*!ujo!qmbufe!dpqqfs!bmpoh!foujsf! mfohui!pg!uif!joufhsbufe!mjof!vq/!Hspvoe!cvt!tibmm!cf!mpdbufe!jo!uif!cpuupn!pg!fbdi!wfsujdbm! tfdujpo/! 9/!Bmm!dpoofdujpot!tibmm!cf!cpmufe!ps!dpoujovpvtmz!xfmefe/!Cpmufe!cvt!kpjout!tibmm!ibwf!b! njojnvn!pg!gpvs!cpmut!jo!b!uxp!cz!uxp!qbuufso/! E/!Cbtjd!Gfbuvsft! 2/!Uif!WGEt!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!qspevdjoh!bo!bekvtubcmf!BD!wpmubhf0gsfrvfodz!pvuqvu!up!qspwjef! dpoujovpvt!pqfsbujpo!pwfs!uif!opsnbm!tztufn!41.211&!tqffe!sbohf/!!Uif!WGEt!nvtu!cf!dbqbcmf! pg!tvtubjofe!pqfsbujpo!bu!2021!tqffe!up!gbdjmjubuf!difdlpvu!boe!nbjoufobodf!pg!uif!esjwfo! frvjqnfou/!!! 3/!Uif!epps!pg!fbdi!voju!tibmm!jodmvef!uif!epps!npvoufe!dpnqpofout!)bt!tipxo!po!uif!WGE!dpouspm! tdifnbujd*!bssbohfe!jo!b!mphjdbm!nboofs-!tvckfdu!up!uif!Pxofs0Fohjoffst!bqqspwbm/!!Pqfsbups! joufsgbdf!boe!dpouspm!mphjd!tibmm!cf!231WBD/!!Bmm!dpouspm!boe!tjhobm!xjsft!tibmm!cf!tijfmefe!boe! gvmmz!qspufdufe!bhbjotu!FNJ0SGJ!joufsgfsfodf/!Epps!npvoufe!dpnqpofout!)lfzqbe-!mjhiut-! qvticvuupot-!txjudift-!ejtqmbzt-!npups!qspufdujpo!sfmbz-!fud/*!tibmm!opu!cf!npvoufe!boz!ijhifs!uibo! 6.7!BGG-!xijdi!tibmm!jodmvef!uif!ifjhiu!pg!uif!5!ipvtflffqjoh!qbe/!!Gspou!WGE!qbofm!mbzpvu! tipxjoh!fybdu!npvoujoh!ifjhiut!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm/! 4/!B!epps.npvoufe!nfncsbof!lfzqbe!xjui!joufhsbm!3.mjof-!35!dibsbdufs!MDE!ejtqmbz!tibmm!cf! gvsojtife-!dbqbcmf!pg!dpouspmmjoh!uif!WGEt!boe!tfuujoh!esjwf!qbsbnfufst/!!Uif!lfzqbe!tibmm!jodmvef! uif!gpmmpxjoh!gfbuvsft;! b/!Uif!ejhjubm!ejtqmbz!nvtu!qsftfou!bmm!ejbhoptujd!nfttbhf!boe!qbsbnfufs!wbmvft!jo!Fohmjti! fohjoffsjoh!vojut!xifo!bddfttfe-!xjuipvu!uif!vtf!pg!dpeft/! c/!Uif!lfzqbe!npevmf!tibmm!dpoubjo!b!#tfmg.uftu#!tpguxbsf!qsphsbn!xijdi!dbo!cf!bdujwbufe!up! wfsjgz!qspqfs!lfzqbe!pqfsbujpot/! d/!Uif!ejhjubm!lfzqbe!tibmm!bmmpx!uif!pqfsbups!up!foufs!fybdu!ovnfsjdbm!tfuujoht!jo!Fohmjti! fohjoffsjoh!vojut/!!B!qmbjo!Fohmjti!vtfs!nfov!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!jo!tpguxbsf!bt!b!hvjef!up! qbsbnfufs!tfuujoh!)sbuifs!uibo!dpeft*/!!Esjwfs!qbsbnfufst!tibmm!cf!gbdupsz!tfu!jo!FFQSPN!boe! sftfuubcmf!jo!uif!gjfme!uispvhi!uif!lfzqbe/!!Tjy!)7*!mfwfmt!pg!qbttxpse!tfdvsjuz!tibmm!cf! bwbjmbcmf!up!qspufdu!esjwf!qbsbnfufst!gspn!vobvuipsj{fe!qfstpoofm/!!Uif!FFQSPN!tupsfe!esjwf! wbsjbcmft!nvtu!cf!bcmf!up!cf!usbotgfssfe!up!ofx!cpbset!up!sfqsphsbn!tqbsf!cpbset/! e/!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!epps!npvoufe!ejhjubm!joejdbujpot!tibmm!cf!tvqqmjfe;! )2*!Tqffe!efnboe!jo!qfsdfou! )3*!Joqvu!dvssfou!jo!bnqfsft! )4*!Pvuqvu!dvssfou!jo!bnqfsft! )5*!Pvuqvu!Gsfrvfodz!jo!ifsu{! )6*!Joqvu!wpmubhf! )7*!Pvuqvu!wpmubhf! )8*!Upubm!4.qibtf!LX! )9*!Ljmpxbuu!ipvs!nfufs! ):*!Fmbqtfe!ujnf!svoojoh!nfufs!)fmfdusp!nfdibojdbm*! )21*!Pvuqvu!tqffe!jo!qfsdfou/! f/!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!epps!npvoufe!qvticvuupot-!dpouspm!txjudift!boe!joejdbujoh!mjhiut!tibmm!cf! tvqqmjfe;! )2*!Fnfshfodz!Tupq!qvticvuupo!)qvti0qvmm!uzqf*! )3*!Iboe.Pgg.TDBEB!tfmfdups!txjudi! )4*!Tubsu!Qvticvuupo! ! Qbhf!21!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo )5*!Tupq!Qvticvuupo! )6*!Sftfu!qvticvuupo!)wbmwf!gbjmvsf*! )7*!Bncfs!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)wbmwf!gbjmvsf*! )8*!Xijuf!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)qvnq!sfbez*! )9*!Sfe!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)qvnq!svo*! ):*!Hsffo!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)qvnq!tupq*! )21*!Hsffo!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)wbmwf!dmptfe*! )22*!Sfe!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)wbmwf!pqfo*! )23*!Sfe!qvti.up.uftu!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)wbmwf!nbjoufobodf!npef*! )24*!Xijuf!joejdbujoh!mjhiu!)qpxfs!po*! g/!WGEt!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!ejsfdu!dpnnvojdbujpo!up!bo!JCN!ps!dpnqbujcmf!dpnqvufs!gps!tfsjbm! mjol!tfuvq!pg!qbsbnfufst-!gbvmu!ejbhoptujdt-!usfoejoh!boe!ejbhoptujd!mph!epxompbejoh/!!B!VTC! qpsu!tibmm!cf!epps.npvoufe!gps!dpnqvufs!joufsgbdf/! F/!Fodmptvsf! 2/!Bmm!WGE!dpnqpofout!jodmvejoh!joqvu!txjudi!boe!usbotgpsnfs!)jg!sfrvjsfe*!tibmm!cf!npvoufe! boe!xjsfe!cz!uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!jo!b!hspvoefe!fodmptvsf!nffujoh!uif!gpmmpxjoh! sfrvjsfnfout!xjuipvu!fydfqujpo;! b/!Qpxfs!dpowfstjpo!boe!bvyjmjbsz!frvjqnfou!fodmptvsf!tfdujpot!tibmm!cf!OFNB.2! eftjho/! c/!Bmm!sfmbzt!boe!qvticvuupot!tibmm!cf!OFNB!sbufe/!!JFD!ps!evbm!sbufe!JFD0OFNB!sbufe! frvjqnfou!jt!opu!bddfqubcmf/! d/!Bmm!qpxfs!dpoevdupst!)cvt!ps!dbcmf*!tibmm!cf!jotvmbufe!boe!pg!dpqqfs!dpotusvdujpo/! e/!Uif!nbyjnvn!ejnfotjpot!gps!uif!WGE!mjofvq!tibmm!opu!fydffe!uif!gpmmpxjoh-!Op! Fydfqujpot;! Nbyjnvn!Ejnfotjpot!pg!WGE!mjofvq!! )op!fydfqujpot*! 231I!y!293X!y!56E! 3/!JOTUSVNFOU!DVSSFOU!USBOTGPSNFST;!!Fbdi!jotusvnfou!dvssfou!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm! cf!joepps!xpvoe!uzqf-!nfufs!dmbtt/!!Jotvmbujpo!tibmm!cf!frvbm!up!uibu!ofdfttbsz!up!nffu! uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uif!JFFF!tuboebset/!!Bu!opsnbm!sbufe!bnqfsft-!voefs!vtvbm!tfswjdf! dpoejujpot-!op!qbsu!pg!uif!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!fydffe!uif!ifbujoh!mjnjut!tqfdjgjfe!jo!uif!JFFF! tuboebset/!!Fbdi!dvssfou!usbotgpsnfs!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!dbsszjoh!dpoujovpvtmz-!jut!sbufe! qsjnbsz!bnqfsft-!voefs!dpoejujpot!pg!bddjefoubm!pqfo!tfdpoebsz!djsdvju-!xjuipvu!ebnbhf! up!uif!qsjnbsz!jotvmbujpo/!!Bddvsbdz!tibmm!ibwf!BOTJ!bddvsbdz!dmbttjgjdbujpo!D311/! 4/!DPOUSPM!SFMBZT;!!Joevtusjbm!uzqf<!dpoubdut!sbufe!gps!21!bnqt!bu!711!WBD<!Bmmfo. Csbemfz!Cvmmfujo!811!Uzqf!QL-!Trvbsf!E!Dmbtt!9612!Uzqf!Y-!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm/!!Sfmbzt! tibmm!ibwf!uif!dbqbcjmjuz!pg!ibwjoh!dpoubdu!efdlt!beefe!jo!uif!gjfme/!!Dpoubdut!tibmm!cf! gjfme!dpowfsujcmf!up!opsnbmmz!pqfo!ps!opsnbmmz!dmptfe/!!Dpjmt!boe!dpoubdut!tibmm!fbdi!cf! sfqmbdfbcmf!xjuipvu!sfqmbdjoh!boz!puifs!qbsu!pg!uif!sfmbz/!!Xifsf!dpouspm!sfmbzt!bsf! joejdbufe!po!uif!Qmbot-!joevtusjbm!dpouspm!sfmbzt!tibmm!cf!gvsojtife!xifuifs!uif!sfmbz!dpjm!jt! pqfsbufe!xjui!231!WBD!ps!35!WED/!!Hfofsbm!qvsqptf!qmvh.jo!uzqf!sfmbzt!bsf!opu!cf! bddfqubcmf/! 5/!UJNJOH!SFMBZT;!!Tpmje!tubuf/!!Sbohft!tibmm!cf!bt!tipxo!po!uif!Qmbot/!!Uif!ujnjoh! sfmbzt!tibmm!ibwf!cpui!opsnbmmz!pqfo!boe!opsnbmmz!dmptfe!dpoubdut!cz!ibwjoh!uxp!tfut!pg! gpsn!D!dpoubdut/!!Ujnjoh!sfmbzt!xifsf!tipxo!po!uif!Qmbot!tibmm!cf!Trvbsf!E-!Dmbtt!:161! Uzqf!KDL71-!ujnf!efmbz!sfmbz-!Bmmfo.Csbemfz!811.GT!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm!npefm!gps! pqfsbujpo!po!uif!dpouspm!wpmubhf!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!ju!jt!vtfe!jo/!!Ujnjoh!sfmbz!tibmm!cf! qspwjefe!xjui!sftusbjojoh!tusbq/!!Ufsnjobm!tibmm!cf!gspou.npvoufe!boe!sfbejmz!bddfttjcmf/! 6/!JOEJDBUJOH!MJHIUT-!TXJUDIFT!BOE!QVTICVUUPOT;!!!Ifbwz!evuz!boe!pjm!ujhiu!)41! nn*<!Trvbsf!E!Dmbtt!:112!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm/!Qjmpu!mjhiut!tibmm!cf!qvti!up!uftu!)MFE! ! Qbhf!22!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo uzqf*!boe!tibmm!cf!Trvbsf!E!TL!ps!bqqspwfe!frvbm/! 7/!FMBQTFE!UJNF!NFUFS;!!Uif!nfufs!tibmm!cf!pg!b!opo.sftfu!uzqf-!gps!upubmj{joh!pg!ipvst! boe!tibmm!pqfsbuf!po!231!WBD-!71!Ifsu{/!!Tubsufs!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!xjui!bo!fmbqtfe!ujnf! nfufs<!Zplphbxb!Npefm!351-!4!¾!Ofx!Cjh!Mppl!uzqf!fmbqtfe!ujnf!nfufs-!ps!bqqspwbm! frvbm/!Ejhjubm!ujnf!nfufst!bsf!opu!bddfqubcmf/! 8/!Njdspqspdfttps!boe!dpouspm!mphjd!cpbset!boe!uifjs!qpxfs!tvqqmjft!tibmm!cf!ipvtfe!jo!b! tfbmfe-!opo.wfoujmbufe!OFNB.2!tfdujpo-!tbgfmz!bddfttjcmf!xjuipvu!fyqptvsf!up!ijhi! wpmubhft!boe!xjuipvu!esjwf!tivuepxo/! 9/!Bmm!xjsjoh!tibmm!cf!mpdbufe!joufsobmmz!xjuijo!uif!WGE!fodmptvsf/!!Fyufsobm!evduxpsl!ps! xjsfxbzt!tibmm!opu!cf!vujmj{fe/! :/!Bmm!mpx!boe!nfejvn!wpmubhf!xjsjoh!tibmm!cf!dpqqfs/!!Bmvnjovn!jt!opu!bddfqubcmf/! 21/!Mpx!wpmubhf!xjsjoh!tibmm!cf!711W!sbufe/! 22/!Ufsnjobm!cmpdlt!tibmm!cf!OFNB!uzqf-!sbufe!711W/! 23/!Bmm!xjsjoh!tibmm!cf!jefoujgjfe!xjui!xjsjoh!nbslfst!xjui!bmqibovnfsjd!dibsbdufst/!!Uif! jefoujgjdbujpo!pg!fbdi!xjsf!tibmm!cf!uif!tbnf!bt!uibu!tipxo!po!uif!fmfdusjdbm!tdifnbujd/!! Fbdi!xjsf!tibmm!cf!tp!jefoujgjfe!bu!fbdi!foe/!!Fbdi!foe!pg!fwfsz!xjsf!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe! xjui!b!ifbu!tisjolbcmf!ps!frvjwbmfou!tmffwf.uzqf!xjsf!nbslfs!mbcfmfe!jo!bddpsebodf!xjui! uif!fmfdusjdbm!tdifnbujd/!!Vtf!pg!beiftjwf!boe!dmjq.po!uzqf!nbslfst!jt!qspijcjufe/! 24/!Sfevoebou!dppmjoh!gbot-!fbdi!tj{fe!gps!211&!dbqbdjuz!dppmjoh-!xjui!bvupnbujd!txjudipwfs! jo!uif!fwfou!pg!b!cmpxfs!gbjmvsf-!tibmm!cf!gvsojtife/!!Dppmjoh!gbot!tibmm!cf!bmufsobujoh!boe! tibmm!ibwf!bo!bekvtubcmf!ujnfs/!!Dppmjoh!gbot!tibmm!opu!cf!bmmpxfe!up!svo!dpoujovpvtmz/!! Dppmjoh!gbot!tibmm!pqfsbuf!wjb!b!uifsnptubu!joufhsbufe!jo!uif!WGE!fodmptvsf/!!Uif!WGE! nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!qspwjef!uif!uifsnptubu-!dpouspm!efwjdft!boe!bmm!xjsjoh!bt!sfrvjsfe!gps!b! dpnqmfuf!boe!pqfsbujpobm!tztufn/! 25/!Bjs!gjmufst!gps!WGE!fodmptvsf!tibmm!cf!bcmf!up!cf!dibohfe!pvu!evsjoh!pqfsbujpo!xjuipvu! pqfojoh!uif!fodmptvsf/! 26/!Nbyjnvn!epps!txjoh!dmfbsbodf!tibmm!opu!fydffe!47#/! 27/!Bgufs!gbcsjdbujpo-!nfubm!tusvduvsft!tibmm!cf!uipspvhimz!dmfbofe-!cpoefsj{fe!bt!b!voju!boe! uifo!hjwfo!b!qsjnbsz!dpbu-!b!dpbu!pg!svtu!qsfwfoubujwf!boe!b!gjojtijoh!dpbu!pg!rvjdl.eszjoh! mbdrvfs/!!Vomftt!puifsxjtf!tqfdjgjfe-!uif!dpmps!pg!uif!qbofmt!boe!uif!fyufsjpst!pg! tusvduvsft!tibmm!cf!hsbz!BOTJ.72/!!Jotusvnfout-!sfmbzt-!boe!nfufst!tibmm!ibwf!evmm!cmbdl! tuboebse!gjojti/! 28/!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!wfsjgz!xjui!npups!nbovgbduvsfs!uibu!uif!dpoubdu!gspn!uif!WGE!gps! fofshj{joh!uif!npups!tqbdf!ifbufs!jt!qspqfsmz!tj{fe!up!iboemf!uif!tqbdf!ifbufs!mpbe/! G/!OBNFQMBUFT! 2/!Fyufsobmmz!wjtjcmf-!qfsnbofou!obnfqmbuft!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!up!jefoujgz!fbdi!jotusvnfou-! txjudi-!joejdbujoh!mjhiu-!fud/!!Frvjqnfou!boe!ufsnjobm!cmpdlt!tibmm!cf!tvjubcmz!jefoujgjfe/!! Uijt!tibmm!jodmvef!jufnt!po!uif!cbdl!tjef!pg!eppst!boe!qbofm!npvoufe!jufnt/!!Obnfqmbuft! tibmm!cf!cmbdl!xjui!xijuf!mfuufsjoh!boe!buubdife!xjui!tubjomftt!tuffm!tdsfxt/! 3/!Frvjqnfou!obnfqmbuft!boe!eftjhobujpot!tibmm!cf!3!jo/!cz!6!jo/!njojnvn-!opu!mftt!uibo! 2027!jo/!uijdl-!fohsbwfe!mbnjobufe!qmbtujd!gbtufofe!xjui!tubjomftt!tuffm!tdsfxt/!! Obnfqmbuft!tibmm!cf!2!jo/!xijuf!mfuufsjoh!po!cmbdl!cbdlhspvoe-!boe!tibmm!joejdbuf! frvjqnfou!eftjhobujpot!bt!tipxo!po!uif!esbxjoht/! 4/!Qspwjef!mfhfoe!qmbuft!ps!2!jo/!cz!4!jo/!fohsbwfe!obnfqmbuft!xjui!½!jo/!mfuufsjoh!gps! jefoujgjdbujpo!pg!bmm!qjmpu!efwjdft!boe!nfufst/!!Mfhfoe!obnfqmbuft!tibmm!cf!tfdvsfe!xjui! tubjomftt!tuffm!tdsfxt/! 5/!Qspwjef!qfsnbofou!xbsojoh!tjhot!bt!gpmmpxt;! b/!EBOHFS!!IJHI!WPMUBHF!!LFFQ!PVU!po!bmm!fodmptvsf!eppst/! c/!XBSOJOH!!IB\[BSE!PG!FMFDUSJD!TIPDL!!EJTDPOOFDU!QPXFS!CFGPSF! ! Qbhf!23!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo PQFOJOH!PS!XPSLJOH!PO!UIJT!VOJU! H/!QSPUFDUJWF!GFBUVSFT!BOE!DJSDVJUT! 2/!Uif!Nvmujmjo!TS57:-!npups!nbobhfnfou!sfmbz!tibmm!cf!vtfe!gps!npups!qspufdujpo!boe! nfufsjoh/!!Uif!WGE!dpouspmmfs!boe!uif!Nvmujmjo!TS57:!tibmm!jodmvef!uif!gpmmpxjoh!bmbsnt! boe!qspufdujwf!gfbuvsft;! b/!Tubujd!jotuboubofpvt!pwfsdvssfou!boe!pwfswpmubhf!usjq/! c/!Voefswpmubhf!boe!qpxfs!mptt!qspufdujpo/! d/!Qpxfs!voju!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!bmbsn!boe!qspufdujpo/!!Vqpo!tfotjoh!bo!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf! dpoejujpo!WGE!jt!up!boovodjbuf!bo!bmbsn!boe!bvupnbujdbmmz!sfevdf!pvuqvu!tqffe!jo! psefs!up!tife!mpbe!nbjoubjojoh!qspdftt!pqfsbujpo/!!Jg!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!dpoujovft! cfzpoe!tqfdjgjfe!qfsjpe-!voju!up!usjq!po!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf/! e/!Fmfduspojd!npups!jowfstf!ujnf!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo/! f/!Nvmujmjo!TS57:!tibmm!bddfqu!211.pin!qmbujovn!npups!cfbsjoh!boe!tubups!xjoejoh! SUEt/!!Uifsf!xjmm!cf!b!upubm!pg!tjy!tubups!xjoejoh!SUEt!)uxp!qfs!qibtf*-!boe!uxp!npups! cfbsjoh!SUEt/! g/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!cf!qspufdufe!gspn!ebnbhf!evf!up!uif!gpmmpxjoh-!xjuipvu!sfrvjsjoh!bo! pvuqvu!dpoubdups;! )2*!Tjohmf.qibtf!gbvmu!ps!uisff.qibtf!tipsu!djsdvju!po!WGE!pvuqvu!ufsnjobmt/! )3*!Gbjmvsf!up!dpnnvojdbuf!jowfsufs!uifsnjtups!evf!up!tfwfsf!pwfsmpbe!ps!puifs! dpoejujpot/! )4*!Mptt!pg!joqvu!qpxfs!evf!up!pqfojoh!pg!WGE!joqvu!ejtdpoofdu!efwjdf!ps!vujmjuz!qpxfs! gbjmvsf!evsjoh!WGE!pqfsbujpo/! )5*!Mptt!pg!pof!)2*!qibtf!pg!joqvu!qpxfs/! )6*!Npups!sfhfofsbujpo!evf!up!cbdltqjo!ps!mptt!pg!WGE!joqvu!qpxfs/! h/!Uif!WGEt!tibmm!cf!bcmf!up!xjuituboe!uif!gpmmpxjoh!gbvmu!dpoejujpot!xjuipvu!ebnbhf!up! uif!qpxfs!djsdvju!dpnqpofout/! )2*!Gbjmvsf!up!dpoofdu!b!npups!up!uif!WGE!pvuqvu/! )3*!WGE!pvuqvu!pqfo!djsdvju!uibu!nbz!pddvs!evsjoh!pqfsbujpo/! i/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!ibwf!bvup!gsfrvfodz!spmm.cbdl!dbqbcjmjuz!evsjoh!pwfsmpbe!ps! pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!boe!dpoejujpot!up!njojnj{f!ovjtbodf!usjqqjoh/! j/!Jo!beejujpo!up!uif!tuboebse!qspufdujwf!gfbuvsft!pg!uif!esjwf-!qspwjef!uisff!dvssfou! usbotgpsnfst!boe!pof!{fsp!tfrvfodf!dvssfou!usbotgpsnfs!boe!pof!hspvoe!gbvmu!dvssfou! usbotgpsnfs!gps!hspvoe!gbvmu!qspufdujpo!xjsfe!up!uif!Nvmujmjo!npups!qspufdujpo!sfmbz/! k/!Dpouspm!gvodujpot!tvdi!bt!tqffe!tfuqpjou-!tubsu-!tupq-!bmbsn-!boe!tubuvt!gvodujpot!tibmm! cf!usbotnjuufe!bt!ejtdsfuf!J0P!up!uif!tubujpo!QMD!)qspwjefe!cz!puifst*/!!Uif!WGE!tibmm! cf!dbqbcmf!pg!dpnnvojdbujoh!tfuvq!qbsbnfufst!gps!5!ejbhoptujdt-!usfoejoh! jogpsnbujpo-!boe!ejbhoptujd!mph!epxo!mpbejoh!pwfs!bo!Fuifsofu!UDQ0JQ!ebub!ijhixbz! up!uif!tubujpo!QMD/!! l/!Bmm!J0P-!ejtdsfuf-!bobmph!boe!Fuifsofu!dpnnvojdbujpo!tjhobmt!tibmm!cf!xjsfe!up!ufsnjobm! cmpdlt!gps!dvtupnfst!vtf/! I/!QBSBNFUFS!TFUUJOHT! 2/!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!tztufn!dpogjhvsjoh!tfuujoht!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe-!xjuipvu!fydfqujpo-!gjfme! bekvtubcmf!uispvhi!uif!lfzqbe0ejtqmbz!voju!ps!wjb!uif!tfsjbm!dpnnvojdbujpo!qpsu!pomz/!! Fydfqu!gps!Npups!Obnfqmbuf!Ebub-!bmm!qbsbnfufst!nvtu!cf!bekvtubcmf!xijmf!uif!qspdfttps! jt!po.mjof!boe!uif!esjwf!jt!svoojoh/! b/!Npups!Obnfqmbuf!Ebub! )2*!Npups!gsfrvfodz! )3*!Ovncfs!pg!qpmft! )4*!Gvmm!mpbe!tqffe! ! Qbhf!24!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo )5*!Npups!wpmut! )6*!Npups!gvmm!mpbe!bnqt! )7*!Npups!LX! )8*!Dvssfou!mjnju-!nby/! c/!WGE!Mjnjut! )2*!Nbovbm!bddfm!sbuf! )3*!Nbovbm!efdfm!sbuf! )4*!Bvup!bddfm!sbuf! )5*!Bvup!efdfm!sbuf! )6*!Npups!gmvy!cvjmevq!efmbz;!!ujnf0bnpvou! )7*!J!cpptu! )8*!Pwfsmpbe!usjq!dvswf!tfmfdu!)Jowfstf!ps!Dpotubou*! )9*!Njo0Nby!tqffe!)gsfrvfodz*! ):*!Bvup!sftfu!gps!mpbe!ps!wpmubhf!usjq!tfmfdu! )21*!Tmjq!dpnqfotbujpo! )22*!Dbudi.B.Tqjoojoh.Mpbe!tfmfdu! )23*!Pwfsmpbe!usjq!ujnf!tfu! d/!WGE!Qbsbnfufst! )2*!Wpmubhf!mppq!hbjo! e/!Dpouspmmfs!Bekvtunfout! )2*!QJE!dpouspm!fobcmf0ejtbcmf! )3*!Tfuqpjou!tfmfdu! )4*!Qspqpsujpobm!cboe!tfmfdu! )5*!Sftfu!ujnf!tfmfdu! )6*!Sbuf!ujnf!tfmfdu! )7*!Joqvu!tjhobm!tdbmjoh! )8*!Joqvu!tjhobm!tfmfdu!)5.31!nB01.6!Wpmut*! )9*!Bvup!tubsu!gvodujpot;!!Po0Pgg-!Efmbz!Po0Pgg-!Mfwfm!Tfmfdu!Po0Pgg! ):*!Tqffe!Qspgjmf;!!Fousz-!Fyju-!Qpjou!Tfmfdu! )21*!Njo-!Nby!Tqffe!Tfmfdu! )22*!Jowfstf!Qspgjmf!Tfmfdu! )23*!Dsjujdbm!tqffe!bwpjebodf!tfmfdu! 3/!Bmm!esjwf!tfuujoh!bekvtunfout!boe!pqfsbujpo!qbsbnfufst!tibmm!cf!tupsfe!jo!b!qbsbnfufs!mph! xijdi!mjtut!bmmpxbcmf!nbyjnvn!boe!njojnvn!qpjout!bt!xfmm!bt!uif!qsftfou!tfu!wbmvft/! J/!EJBHOPTUJD!GFBUVSFT!BOE!GBVMU!IBOEJOH! 2/!Uif!WGEt!tibmm!jodmvef!b!dpnqsfifotjwf!njdspqspdfttps!cbtfe!ejhjubm!ejbhoptujd!tztufn! xijdi!npojupst!jut!pxo!dpouspm!gvodujpot!boe!ejtqmbzt!gbvmut!boe!pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpot/!! Njdspqspdfttps!tztufnt!nvtu!cf!qspevdut!pg!uif!tbnf!nbovgbduvsfs!bt!uif!WGE!)up! bttvsf!tjohmf!tpvsdf!sftqpotjcjmjuz-!bwbjmbcjmjuz!pg!tfswjdf!boe!bddftt!up!tqbsf!qbsut*/! 3/!B!#GBVMU!MPH#!tibmm!sfdpse-!tupsf-!ejtqmbz!boe!qsjou!vqpo!efnboe-!uif!gpmmpxjoh!gps!uif! 61!nptu!sfdfou!fwfout;! b/!WGE!!npef!)IBOE.PGG.TDBEB*! c/!Ebuf!boe!ujnf!pg!ebz! d/!Uzqf!pg!gbvmu! e/!Sftfu!npef!)Bvup0Nbovbm*! 4/!B!#IJTUPSJD!MPH#!tibmm!sfdpse-!tupsf-!ejtqmbz!boe!qsjou!vqpo!efnboe-!uif!gpmmpxjoh! dpouspm!wbsjbcmft!bu!3/8!N0Tfd/!joufswbmt!gps!uif!61!joufswbmt!jnnfejbufmz!qsfdfejoh!b!gbvmu! usjq;! b/!WGE!npef!)IBOE.PGG.TDBEB*! c/!Tqffe!efnboe! ! Qbhf!25!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo d/!WGE!pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz! e/!Efnboe!)pvuqvu*!Bnqt! f/!Gffecbdl!)npups*!Bnqt! g/!WGE!pvuqvu!wpmut! h/!Uzqf!pg!gbvmu! i/!SFNPUF!fobcmf! K/!FYUFSOBM!USJQ! 2/!Uif!WGE!tibmm!cf!dbqbcmf!pg!fyufsobmmz!usjqqjoh!uif!vqtusfbn!wbdvvn!dpoubdups!tfswjoh! uif!WGE/!!Xifo!uif!WGEt!nbjo!pwfsdvssfou!qspufdujpo!efwjdf!jt!usjqqfe-!uif!WGE!tibmm! tfoe!b!tjhobm!up!usjq!uif!djsdvju!csfblfs!uibu!tfswft!uif!WGE/! QBSU!4!FYFDVUJPO! 4/2!Hfofsbm! B/!Uif!Nbovgbduvsfst!Sfqsftfoubujwf!ibt!sftqpotjcjmjujft!jo!uif!jotubmmbujpo!boe!gjfme!uftujoh!pg! uif!frvjqnfou!bt!eftdsjcfe!jo!uijt!Tfdujpo/!!Jotubmmbujpo!pg!frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!cz! uif!Dpotusvdujpo!Dpousbdups!xip!tibmm!cf!sfrvjsfe!up!bttfncmf!uif!frvjqnfou-!jg!sfrvjsfe-! boe!jotubmm!ju!jo!bddpsebodf!xjui!Jotubmmbujpo-!Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!jotusvdujpot!xijdi! tibmm!cf!gvsojtife!cz!uif!wfoeps!ps!nbovgbduvsfs-!boe!uif!jotubmmbujpo!esbxjoht!gps!uijt! qspkfdu/!! 2/!Uif!Dpotusvdujpo!Dpousbdups!tibmm!gvsojti!bmm!mbcps-!uppmt-!frvjqnfou!boe!nbdijofsz! ofdfttbsz!up!sfdfjwf-!jotqfdu-!vompbe-!tupsf-!qspufdu-!boe!jotubmm!dpnqmfufmz-!jo!qspqfs! pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpo-!uif!frvjqnfou/!!Dpousbdups!tibmm!qspufdu!boe!tupsf!uif!Txjudicpbse! joeppst-!bt!sfdpnnfoefe!cz!uif!nbovgbduvsfs!boe!bt!eftdsjcfe!jo!tfdujpo!2/15/!! 3/!If!tibmm!bmtp!gvsojti!tvdi!jodjefoubm!jufnt!opu!tvqqmjfe!xjui!uif!frvjqnfou-!cvu!xijdi! nbz!ps!nbz!opu!cf!eftdsjcfe!jo!uif!Qmbot!boe!Tqfdjgjdbujpot-!gps!dpnqmfuf!jotubmmbujpo-! tvdi!bt!xjsjoh-!dpoevju-!evdut-!bodipst!boe!puifs!bqqvsufobodft!bt!ofdfttbsz/!! C/!Uif!Dpousbdups!tibmm!tdifevmf!uif!tfswjdf!pg!uif!nbovgbduvsfs!up!bttjtu!jo!uif!jotubmmbujpo-! bekvtunfou-!boe!bddfqubodf!uftu!pg!uif!frvjqnfou/!! 4/3!Jotubmmbujpo!boe!Tubsu.Vq! B/!Nbovgbduvsfst!sfqsftfoubujwf!tibmm!cf!bwbjmbcmf!up!bewjtf!boe!bttjtu!uif!jotubmmbujpo!pg!uif! WGEt!cz!uif!Dpotusvdujpo!Dpousbdups/! C/!Gvsojti!uif!tfswjdft!pg!b!dpnqfufou!nbovgbduvsfst!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!xip!tibmm!cf! fyqfsjfodfe!jo!uif!bttfncmz!boe!xjsjoh!pg!uif!WGE!esjwf!vojut!pg!tjnjmbs!tj{f!boe!dibsbdufs/!! If!tibmm!ejsfdu!uif!jotubmmbujpo!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!boe!tibmm!bttjtu!boe!bewjtf!xjui!uif! fmfdusjdjbot!ps!puifs!xpslnfo!xip!bsf!qfsgpsnjoh!uif!bduvbm!xpsl!pg!jotubmmjoh!uif!WGE!esjwf! vojut/!!If!bmtp!tibmm!bttjtu!jo!uif!bekvtunfou!boe!uftujoh!pg!uif!frvjqnfou/! D/!Bekvtu!uif!dbmjcsbujpo!pg!qspufdujwf!sfmbzt!bddpsejoh!up!uif!sfmbz!dppsejobujpo!tuvez!)qspwjefe! cz!puifst*!boe!uftu!uif!tfuujoht/!!Qsfqbsf!b!dbse!joefy!gps!uif!sfmbzt-!uif!tfuujoht-!uif!uftu! sftvmut!boe!nbslfe!uifsfpo-!boe!tvcnju!up!uif!Pxofs/! E/!Ujnf!tqfou!po!uif!kpc!cz!uif!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!tibmm!cf!befrvbuf!gps!qfsgpsnjoh!uif! bcpwf!gvodujpot/! F/!Bmm!dptut!)usbwfm!fyqfotft-!uftujoh!frvjqnfou-!fud/*!sfrvjsfe!gps!uftujoh!boe!tubsu.vq!tibmm!cf! uif!sftqpotjcjmjuz!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!nbovgbduvsfs0Dpousbdups/! 4/4!Usbjojoh! B/!Uif!Dpousbdups!tibmm!qspwjef!b!usbjojoh!tfttjpo!gps!uif!Pxofst!sfqsftfoubujwft!bu!uif!kpctjuf! ps!puifs!pggjdf!mpdbujpo!diptfo!cz!uif!Pxofs/!!Fbdi!fjhiu!ipvs!usbjojoh!tfttjpo!tibmm!cf! csplfo!vq!joup!uxp!tfhnfout!fbdi!pg!5.ipvst!xjui!b!26!njovuf!csfbl!fwfsz!uxp!ipvst/!! ! Qbhf!26!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo Mvodi!csfbl!xjmm!cf!pof!ipvs/!!Usbjojoh!tfttjpot!tibmm!cf!tdifevmfe!boe!dppsejobufe!xjui! uif!Pxofs/!! C/!Xifo!sfrvftufe!xjuijo!uif!frvjqnfou!xbssbouz!qfsjpe-!qspwjef!bo!beejujpobm!usbjojoh!tfttjpo! gspn!uibu!joejdbufe!bcpwf!gps!uif!Pxofst!Sfqsftfoubujwf!bu!uif!kpctjuf!ps!puifs!pggjdf! mpdbujpo!diptfo!cz!uif!Pxofs/!!Fbdi!fjhiu!ipvs!usbjojoh!tfttjpo!tibmm!cf!csplfo!vq!joup!uxp! tfhnfout!fbdi!pg!5.ipvst!xjui!b!26!njovuf!csfbl!fwfsz!uxp!ipvst/!!Mvodi!csfbl!xjmm!cf!pof! ipvs/!!Usbjojoh!tfttjpot!tibmm!cf!tdifevmfe!boe!dppsejobufe!xjui!uif!Pxofs/!! D/!Usbjojoh!tfttjpot!tibmm!cf!dpoevdufe!cz!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!qfstpoofm/!!! E/!Usbjojoh!tibmm!cf!gps!gpvs!nfncfst!pg!uif!Pxofs(t!tubgg/! F/!Tvqqmjfs!tibmm!tvcnju!b!usbjojoh!pvumjof!gps!Pxofst0Fohjoffst!sfwjfx!boe!dpnnfou!b! njojnvn!pg!5!xfflt!cfgpsf!usbjojoh!jt!up!ublf!qmbdf/! G/!Jotusvdu!uif!pqfsbujoh!boe!nbjoufobodf!qfstpoofm!jo!qsjodjqmf!pg!pqfsbujoh!pg!bmm!nbkps! efwjdft!boe!uif!dbsf!boe!nbjoufobodf!pg!dpnqpofout!jodmvefe!jo!uif!WGE!esjwf!vojut-!boe! uspvcmftippujoh!gps!b!qfsjpe!pg!opu!mftt!uibo!uxp!)3*!fjhiu!)9*!ipvs!ebzt/!!Dppsejobuf!xjui! Pxofs!gps!fybdu!sfrvjsfnfout/!!Qspwjef!uisff.sjoh!cjoefst!up!qbsujdjqbout!dpnqmfuf!xjui! dpqjft!pg!esbxjoht!boe!puifs!dpvstf!nbufsjbm!dpwfsfe/! H/!Bmm!dptut!)usbwfm!fyqfotft-!uftujoh!frvjqnfou-!fud/*!sfrvjsfe!gps!uif!usbjojoh!tibmm!cf!uif! sftqpotjcjmjuz!pg!uif!frvjqnfou!nbovgbduvsfs0dpousbdups/! 4/5!Qmbdjoh!Qjqf!boe!Bddfttpsjft!jo!Usfodi! B/!Tubsuvq!qspdfevsft-!uftujoh!boe!uspvcmftippujoh!pg!uif!WGEt!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!voefs!uif! tvqfswjtjpo!pg!uif!nbovgbduvsfs(t!sfqsftfoubujwf/!!Fofshj{bujpo!pg!uif!esjwft!tibmm!opu!cf! qfsnjuufe!xjuipvu!uif!nbovgbduvsfs(t!sfqsftfoubujwf!qfsnjttjpo/! C/!Podf!uif!esjwf!ibt!cffo!jotubmmfe-!uftujoh!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe!cz!uif!nbovgbduvsfs!up!wfsjgz! dpogpsnbodf!xjui!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! 2/!Ibsnpojdt! 3/!Fggjdjfodz! 4/!Usvf!Qpxfs!Gbdups! 5/!B!dpnqmfuf!mjtu!pg!uftut!boe!uftujoh!qspdfevsft!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!Pxofs0Fohjoffs! gps!bqqspwbm!uxp!xfflt!qsjps!up!uftujoh!ubljoh!qmbdf/! D/!Uftujoh-!difdlpvu!boe!tubsu.vq!pg!uif!WGE!frvjqnfou!tibmm!cf!qfsgpsnfe!voefs!uif!ufdiojdbm! ejsfdujpo!pg!uif!nbovgbduvsfs(t!tfswjdf!fohjoffs!gspn!uif!gbdupsz/!Voefs!op!djsdvntubodft! bsf!boz!qpsujpot!pg!uif!esjwf!tztufn!up!cf!fofshj{fe!xjuipvu!bvuipsj{bujpo!gspn!uif! nbovgbduvsfs(t!sfqsftfoubujwf/! E/!Ibsnpojdt!Uftu!.!Uif!WGE!Tvqqmjfs!tibmm!qspwjef!sfbejoht!xjui!qsjoupvut!pg!uif!ibsnpojd! dvssfou!bu!fbdi!ibsnpojd!bt!xfmm!bt!uif!upubm!wpmubhf!ejtupsujpo/!Uif!uftujoh!tibmm!uftu!dvssfou! boe!wpmubhf!ejtupsujpo-!qpxfs!gbdups!gps!cpui!uif!gvoebnfoubm!boe!ejtqmbdfnfou!sfrvjsfnfout! gps!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!JFFF!62:!boe!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpo/!!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!sfbejoht!tibmm!cf! qspwjefe;! 2/!Bu!qpjou!pg!dpnnpo!dpvqmjoh!)5/27lW!Txjudihfbs*;!!Dpousbdups!tibmm!dppsejobuf!xjui!uif! npups!nbovgbduvsfs!gps!bmm!ebub!sfrvjsfe!up!qfsgpsn!uif!ibsnpojd!bobmztjt/! b/!Xjui!bmm!esjwft!svoojoh!xjui!mpbe!.!Bmm!WGEt!pqfsbujoh!boe!tubsujoh!bu!njojnvn!qvnq! tqffe!boe!sbnqjoh!vq!tjnvmubofpvtmz!up!gvmm!qvnq!tqffe!xjui!uftujoh!dpoevdufe!bu! 21&!tqffe!jodsfnfout/! c/!Xjui!bmm!esjwft!pgg/! d/!Uftu!tztufn!xjui!nbyjnvn!ovncfs!pg!qvnq!npupst!pqfsbujoh!bt!tztufn!xjmm!bmmpx/!! Dppsejobuf!xjui!Pxofs!gps!nbyjnvn!ovncfs!pg!qvnqt!bmmpxfe!up!pqfsbuf!bu!pof! ujnf/!!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!dpncjobujpot!tibmm!cf!fwbmvbufe;! )2*!Pof!)2*.2611!IQ!svoojoh/!!! ! Qbhf!27!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo )3*!Uxp!)3*.2611!IQ!svoojoh/!! )4*!Uisff!)4*.2611!IQ!svoojoh/!!! 3/!Bu!uif!qpxfs!dpoofdujpo!up!fbdi!esjwf;! b/!Xjui!uif!esjwf!svoojoh!mpbefe!.!Bmm!WGEt!pqfsbujoh!boe!tubsujoh!bu!njojnvn!qvnq! tqffe!boe!sbnqjoh!vq!tjnvmubofpvtmz!up!gvmm!qvnq!tqffe!xjui!uftujoh!dpoevdufe!bu! 21&!tqffe!jodsfnfout/! c/!Xjui!esjwf!pgg! 4/!B!cpvoe!sfqpsu!tibmm!jodmvef!hsbqijdbm!sfqsftfoubujpo!pg!uijt!jogpsnbujpo!jo!uif!gpmmpxjoh! gpsnbu!gps!fbdi!21&!tqffe!jodsfnfou;! ui b/!Wpmubhf!ibsnpojd!dpoufou!wfstvt!ibsnpojd!psefs!uispvhi!::!ibsnpojd/! ui c/!Dvssfou!ibsnpojd!dpoufou!wfstvt!ibsnpojd!psefs!uispvhi!::!ibsnpojd/! ui d/!Qpxfs!gbdups!)ejtqmbdfnfou!boe!opo.tjovtpjebm*!wfstvt!ibsnpojd!psefs!uispvhi!::! ibsnpojd/! 5/!Sfqpsu!tibmm!qspwjef!xsjuufo!eftdsjqujpo!pg!gjfme!uftu!sftvmut!boe!tipx!wfsjgjdbujpo!uibu!gjfme! uftut!nffu!uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uijt!WGE!tqfdjgjdbujpo/!!Sfqpsu!tibmm!cf!sfwjfxfe!cz! Fohjoffs0Pxofs!gps!bqqspwbm/!!Jg!uiftf!uftut!tipx!uibu!uif!esjwft!bsf!opu!jo!dpnqmjbodf! xjui!uif!Tqfdjgjdbujpot-!uif!esjwf!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!nblf!bmm!dibohft!sfrvjsfe!up!dpnqmz! xjui!uif!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!bu!op!dptu!up!uif!Pxofs/!Jg!sfrvjsfe-!uijt!dpvme!nfbo!sfqmbdjoh!uif! esjwft!uibu!bsf!opu!jo!dpnqmjbodf/! 6/!B!dpqz!pg!bmm!uftut!boe!difdlt!qfsgpsnfe!jo!uif!gjfme-!dpnqmfuf!xjui!nfufs!sfbejoht!boe! sfdpsejoht-!xifsf!bqqmjdbcmf-!tibmm!cf!tvcnjuufe!up!uif!Fohjoffs!boe!Pxofs!bt!bo!pggjdjbm! tvcnjuubm/! F/!Uif!uftut!tibmm!cf!xjuofttfe!cz!uif!Pxofs!boe!Fohjoffs/!!Qspwjef!bu!mfbtu!uxp!)3*!xfflt! opujdf!up!uif!Pxofs!boe!Fohjoffs!qsjps!up!dpoevdujoh!uiftf!uftut/!!Gjobm!bddfqubodf!pg!uif! WGE!jotubmmbujpo!xjmm!opu!cf!dpotjefsfe!voujm!uif!Pxofs!boe!Fohjoffs!ibwf!xjuofttfe!uif!uftu! eftdsjcfe!bcpwf!boe!b!gpsnbm!xsjuufo!sfqpsu!ibt!cffo!tvcnjuufe!boe!bqqspwfe!cz!uif! Fohjoffs/! G/!Uif!WGE!nbovgbduvsfs!ps!nbovgbduvsfs!sfqsftfoubujwf!tibmm!tvcnju!b!xsjuufo!Frvjqnfou! Jotubmmbujpo!Sfqpsu!dfsujgzjoh!uif!frvjqnfou!jt!qspqfsmz!jotubmmfe!boe!ibt!cffo!pqfsbufe! voefs!bmm!pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpot!boe!jt!pqfsbujoh!voefs!bmm!pqfsbujoh!dpoejujpot!boe!jt! pqfsbujoh!tbujtgbdupsjmz!qfs!uif!sfrvjsfnfout!pg!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpo/! H/!Qspwjef!gps!uif!Fohjoffs(t!sfwjfx!b!dpnqmfuf!mjtu!pg!uftu!qspdfevsft-!tuboebset-!frvjqnfou! boe!dbmjcsbujpo!sfqpsut!pg!uif!nfbtvsjoh!boe!uftujoh!frvjqnfou!vtfe/! I/!Boz!efgjdjfodjft!xjui!sfhbse!up!uiftf!tqfdjgjdbujpot!tibmm!cf!dpssfdufe!cz!uif!nbovgbduvsfs!bu! op!fyqfotf!up!uif!Pxofs/!!Qsjps!up!boz!dpssfdujwf!bdujpo-!b!qmbo!pg!dpssfdujpo!tibmm!cf! tvcnjuufe!up!uif!Fohjoffs!gps!bqqspwbm/! J/!Qsfqbsf!gps!bddfqubodf!uftut!bt!gpmmpxt;! 2/!Uftu!jotvmbujpo!sftjtubodf!gps!fbdi!fodmptfe!dpouspmmfs!fmfnfou-!cvt-!dpnqpofou-! dpoofdujoh!tvqqmz-!gffefs-!boe!dpouspm!djsdvju/! 3/!Uftu!dpoujovjuz!pg!fbdi!djsdvju/! K/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!Gjfme!Tfswjdf;!!Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!qfsgpsn! uif!gpmmpxjoh;! 2/!Jotqfdu!dpouspmmfst-!xjsjoh-!dpnqpofout-!dpoofdujpot-!boe!frvjqnfou!jotubmmbujpo/!!Uftu! boe!bekvtu!dpouspmmfst-!dpnqpofout-!boe!frvjqnfou/! 3/!Bttjtu!jo!gjfme!uftujoh!pg!frvjqnfou!)jodmvejoh!qsfuftujoh!boe!bekvtujoh!pg!tpmje.tubuf! dpouspmmfst*/! 4/!Sfqpsu!sftvmut!jo!xsjujoh/! L/!Qfsgpsn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!gjfme!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot!boe!qsfqbsf!uftu!sfqpsut;! ! Qbhf!28!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 2/!Qfsgpsn!fbdi!fmfdusjdbm!uftu!boe!wjtvbm!boe!nfdibojdbm!jotqfdujpo-!fydfqu!pqujpobm!uftut-! tubufe!jo!OFUB!BUT/!!Dfsujgz!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!uftu!qbsbnfufst/! 3/!Dpssfdu!nbmgvodujpojoh!vojut!po.tjuf-!xifsf!qpttjcmf-!boe!sfuftu!up!efnpotusbuf! dpnqmjbodf<!puifsxjtf-!sfqmbdf!xjui!ofx!vojut!boe!sfuftu/! 4/6!Tqbsf!Qbsut! B/!Uif!gpmmpxjoh!tqbsf!qbsut!pg!uif!uzqf!boe!tj{f!gvsojtife!tibmm!cf!qspwjefe;! 2/!Tjy!pg!fbdi!uzqf!pg!qpxfs!boe!dpouspm!gvtf!sbufe!711W!ps!mftt/! 3/!Tjy!pg!fbdi!uzqf!pg!gvtf!sbufe!hsfbufs!uibo!711W/! 4/!Uxp!pg!fbdi!uzqf!pg!qbofm!mbnq/! 5/!Pof!pg!fbdi!uzqf!pg!qsjoufe!djsdvju!cpbse-!jodmvejoh!ejbhoptujd!tztufnt/! 6/!Pof!tqbsf!FQSPN!dijq!gps!fbdi!WGE/!! 7/!Pof!njdspqspdfttps.cbtfe!joufsgbdf!ejtqmbz!boe!npojupsjoh!qbofm-!boe!lfzqbe/! 8/!Pof!tqbsf!sfmbz!boe!ujnfs!pg!fbdi!uzqf/! 9/!Pof!pg!fbdi!gbo!ps!cmpxfs!jotubmmfe/! :/!Pof!QXN!qpxfs!dfmm!ps!qpxfs!npevmf!gps!fbdi!WGE/! 21/!Boe!bmm!tqbsf!qbsut!boe!mvcsjdbout!sfrvjsfe!gps!uif!gjstu!zfbs!qsfwfoujwf!nbjoufobodf/! 4/7!Dmfbo!boe!Bekvtu! B/!Uif!nbovgbduvsfs!tibmm!gvsojti!tvggjdjfou!upvdi.vq!qbjou!pg!uif!tbnf!uzqf!boe!dpmps!vtfe!bu! uif!gbdupsz!up!sfqbjs!ebnbhft!jodvssfe!jo!jotubmmbujpo/!!Qfsgpsn!upvdi!vq!qbjoujoh!up!bdijfwf! uif!psjhjobm!qbjou!uijdloftt-!rvbmjuz-!boe!bqqfbsbodf/! ! ! ! ! ! ! FOE!PG!TFDUJPO! ! Qbhf!29!pg!29!NFEJVN!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWF!!37!3:!34/12! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo TFDUJPO!37!3:!34/13! MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT! QBSU!2!HFOFSBM! 2/2!Sfmbufe!Epdvnfout!! B/!Uijt!tqfdjgjdbujpo!tibmm!hpwfso!xpsl!sfrvjsfe!gps!uif!gvsojtijoh!boe!jotubmmbujpo!pg!Evdujmf!Jspo! Qjqf!boe!gjuujoht!bt!sfrvjsfe!up!dpnqmfuf!uif!qspkfdu/! 2/3!Tvnnbsz!! B/!Tfdujpo!jodmveft!tfqbsbufmz!fodmptfe-!qsfbttfncmfe-!dpncjobujpo!WGDt-!sbufe!711!W!boe! mftt-!gps!tqffe!dpouspm!pg!uisff.qibtf-!trvjssfm.dbhf!joevdujpo!npupst/! 2/4!Efgjojujpot! Uif!mbuftu!fejujpo!pg!uif!sfgfsfodfe!jufn!cfmpx!tibmm!cf!vtfe/! B/!CBT;!Cvjmejoh!bvupnbujpo!tztufn/! C/!DF;!Dpogpsnjuf!Fvspqffof!)Fvspqfbo!Dpnqmjbodf*/! D/!DQU;!Dpouspm!qpxfs!usbotgpsnfs/! E/!FNJ;!Fmfduspnbhofujd!joufsgfsfodf/! F/!MFE;!Mjhiu.fnjuujoh!ejpef/! G/!OD;!Opsnbmmz!dmptfe/! H/!OP;!Opsnbmmz!pqfo/! I/!PDQE;!Pwfsdvssfou!qspufdujwf!efwjdf/! J/!QJE;!Dpouspm!bdujpo-!qspqpsujpobm!qmvt!joufhsbm!qmvt!efsjwbujwf/! K/!SGJ;!Sbejp.gsfrvfodz!joufsgfsfodf/! L/!WGD;!Wbsjbcmf.gsfrvfodz!npups!dpouspmmfs/! M/!QMD;!Qsphsbnnbcmf!Mphjd!Dpouspmmfs! N/!PJU;!Pqfsbups!Joufsgbdf!Ufsnjobm! 2/5!Bdujpo!Tvcnjuubmt! B/!Qspevdu!Ebub;!Gps!fbdi!uzqf!boe!sbujoh!pg!WGD!joejdbufe/! 2/!Jodmvef!ejnfotjpot!boe!gjojtift!gps!WGDt/! 3/!Jodmvef!sbufe!dbqbdjujft-!pqfsbujoh!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!fmfdusjdbm!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!boe! gvsojtife!tqfdjbmujft!boe!bddfttpsjft/! C/!Tipq!Esbxjoht;!Gps!fbdi!WGD!joejdbufe/! 2/!Jodmvef!npvoujoh!boe!buubdinfou!efubjmt/! 3/!Jodmvef!efubjmt!pg!frvjqnfou!bttfncmjft/!Joejdbuf!ejnfotjpot-!xfjhiut-!mpbet-!sfrvjsfe! dmfbsbodft-!nfuipe!pg!gjfme!bttfncmz-!dpnqpofout-!boe!mpdbujpo!boe!tj{f!pg!fbdi!gjfme! dpoofdujpo/! 4/!Jodmvef!ejbhsbnt!gps!qpxfs-!tjhobm-!boe!dpouspm!xjsjoh/! 2/6!Jogpsnbujpobm!Tvcnjuubmt! Uif!xpset!efgjofe!jo!uijt!tfdujpo!tibmm!gps!uif!qvsqptf!pg!uif!tqfdjgjdbujpo!ibwf!uif!nfbojoht! btdsjcfe!up!uifn/! B/!Dppsejobujpo!Esbxjoht;!Gmpps!qmbot-!esbxo!up!tdbmf-!tipxjoh!ejnfotjpofe!mbzpvu!po!xijdi! uif!gpmmpxjoh!jufnt!bsf!tipxo!boe!dppsejobufe!xjui!fbdi!puifs-!vtjoh!joqvu!gspn!jotubmmfst!pg! uif!jufnt!jowpmwfe;! 2/!Sfrvjsfe!xpsljoh!dmfbsbodft!boe!sfrvjsfe!bsfb!bcpwf!boe!bspvoe!WGDt/! 3/!Tipx!WGD!mbzpvu!boe!sfmbujpotijqt!cfuxffo!fmfdusjdbm!dpnqpofout!boe!bekbdfou! tusvduvsbm!boe!nfdibojdbm!fmfnfout/! 4/!Tipx!tvqqpsu!mpdbujpot-!uzqf!pg!tvqqpsu-!boe!xfjhiu!po!fbdi!tvqqpsu/! 5/!Joejdbuf!gjfme!nfbtvsfnfout/! C/!Rvbmjgjdbujpo!Ebub;!Gps!uftujoh!bhfodz/! D/!Tfjtnjd!Rvbmjgjdbujpo!Dfsujgjdbuft;!Gps!fbdi!WGD-!bddfttpsjft-!boe!dpnqpofout-!gspn! nbovgbduvsfs/! ! Qbhf!2!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 2/!Dfsujgjdbuf!pg!dpnqmjbodf/! 3/!Ejnfotjpofe!Pvumjof!Esbxjoht!pg!Frvjqnfou!Voju;!Jefoujgz!dfoufs!pg!hsbwjuz!boe!mpdbuf! boe!eftdsjcf!npvoujoh!boe!bodipsbhf!qspwjtjpot/! 4/!Efubjmfe!eftdsjqujpo!pg!frvjqnfou!bodipsbhf!efwjdft!po!xijdi!uif!dfsujgjdbujpo!jt!cbtfe-! boe!uifjs!jotubmmbujpo!sfrvjsfnfout/! E/!Qspevdu!Dfsujgjdbuft;!Gps!fbdi!WGD!gspn!nbovgbduvsfs/! F/!Ibsnpojd!Bobmztjt!Sfqpsu;!Qspwjef!Qspkfdu.tqfdjgjd!dbmdvmbujpot!boe!nbovgbduvsfs(t! tubufnfou!pg!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!JFFF!62:/! G/!Tpvsdf!rvbmjuz.dpouspm!sfqpsut/! H/!Gjfme!rvbmjuz.dpouspm!sfqpsut/! I/!Tbnqmf!Xbssbouz;!Gps!tqfdjbm!xbssbouz/! 2/7!Dmptfpvu!Tvcnjuubmt! B/!Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!Ebub;!Gps!WGDt!up!jodmvef!jo!fnfshfodz-!pqfsbujpo-!boe! nbjoufobodf!nbovbmt/! 2/!Jo!beejujpo!up!jufnt!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo!128934!#Pqfsbujpo!boe!Nbjoufobodf!Ebub-#! jodmvef!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! b/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!uftujoh!boe!bekvtujoh!uifsnbm.nbhofujd!djsdvju! csfblfs!boe!npups.djsdvju!qspufdups!usjq!tfuujoht/! c/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!tfuujoh!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbzt/! d/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!uftujoh-!bekvtujoh-!boe!sfqsphsbnnjoh! njdspqspdfttps!dpouspm!npevmft/! e/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!gps!tfuujoh!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!ujnfst-!dpouspmt-!boe! tubuvt!boe!bmbsn!qpjout/! f/!Mpbe.Dvssfou!boe!Pwfsmpbe.Sfmbz!Ifbufs!Mjtu;!Dpnqjmf!bgufs!npupst!ibwf!cffo! jotubmmfe-!boe!bssbohf!up!efnpotusbuf!uibu!tfmfdujpo!pg!ifbufst!tvjut!bduvbm!npups! obnfqmbuf-!gvmm.mpbe!dvssfout/! g/!Mpbe.Dvssfou!boe!Mjtu!pg!Tfuujoht!pg!Bekvtubcmf!Pwfsmpbe!Sfmbzt;!Dpnqjmf!bgufs! npupst!ibwf!cffo!jotubmmfe-!boe!bssbohf!up!efnpotusbuf!uibu!txjudi!tfuujoht!gps! npups.svoojoh!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!tvju!bduvbm!npupst!up!cf!qspufdufe/! 2/8!Nbjoufobodf!Nbufsjbm!Tvcnjuubmt! B/!Gvsojti!fyusb!nbufsjbmt!uibu!nbudi!qspevdut!jotubmmfe!boe!uibu!bsf!qbdlbhfe!xjui!qspufdujwf! dpwfsjoh!gps!tupsbhf!boe!jefoujgjfe!xjui!mbcfmt!eftdsjcjoh!dpoufout/! 2/!Qpxfs!Gvtft;!Frvbm!up!21!qfsdfou!pg!rvboujuz!jotubmmfe!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf-!cvu!op! gfxfs!uibo!uisff!pg!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf/! 3/!Dpouspm!Qpxfs!Gvtft;!Frvbm!up!21!qfsdfou!pg!rvboujuz!jotubmmfe!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf-!cvu! op!gfxfs!uibo!uxp!pg!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf/! 4/!Joejdbujoh!Mjhiut;!Uxp!pg!fbdi!uzqf!boe!dpmps!jotubmmfe/! 5/!Bvyjmjbsz!Dpoubdut;!Gvsojti!pof!tqbsf)t*!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf!pg!nbhofujd!dpouspmmfs! jotubmmfe/! 6/!Qpxfs!Dpoubdut;!Gvsojti!uisff!tqbsft!gps!fbdi!tj{f!boe!uzqf!pg!nbhofujd!dpoubdups! jotubmmfe/! 2/9!Rvbmjuz!Bttvsbodf! B/!Uftujoh!Bhfodz!Rvbmjgjdbujpot;!Nfncfs!dpnqboz!pg!OFUB!ps!bo!OSUM/! 2/!Uftujoh!Bhfodz(t!Gjfme!Tvqfswjtps;!Dvssfoumz!dfsujgjfe!cz!OFUB!up!tvqfswjtf!po.tjuf! uftujoh/! 2/:!Efmjwfsz-!Tupsbhf-!boe!Iboemjoh! B/!Jg!tupsfe!jo!tqbdf!uibu!jt!opu!qfsnbofoumz!fodmptfe!boe!bjs!dpoejujpofe-!sfnpwf!mpptf! qbdljoh!boe!gmbnnbcmf!nbufsjbmt!gspn!jotjef!dpouspmmfst!boe!dpoofdu!gbdupsz.jotubmmfe!tqbdf! ifbufst!up!ufnqpsbsz!fmfdusjdbm!tfswjdf/! ! Qbhf!3!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo C/!Qspevdu!Tfmfdujpo!gps!Sftusjdufe!Tqbdf;!Esbxjoht!joejdbuf!nbyjnvn!ejnfotjpot!gps!WGDt-! jodmvejoh!dmfbsbodft!cfuxffo!WGDt-!boe!bekbdfou!tvsgbdft!boe!puifs!jufnt/! 2/21!Xbssbouz! B/!Tqfdjbm!Xbssbouz;!Nbovgbduvsfs!bhsfft!up!sfqbjs!ps!sfqmbdf!WGDt!uibu!gbjm!jo!nbufsjbmt!ps! xpslnbotijq!xjuijo!tqfdjgjfe!xbssbouz!qfsjpe/! 2/!Xbssbouz!Qfsjpe;!Gjwf!zfbst!gspn!ebuf!pg!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/! QBSU!3!QSPEVDUT! 3/2!Nbovgbduvsfst! B/!Nbovgbduvsfst;!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!bwbjmbcmf!nbovgbduvsfst!pggfsjoh! qspevdut!uibu!nbz!cf!jodpsqpsbufe!joup!uif!Xpsl!jodmvef-!cvu!bsf!opu!mjnjufe!up-!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! C/!Cbtjt.pg.Eftjho!Qspevdu;!Tvckfdu!up!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout-!qspwjef!dpnqbsbcmf! qspevdu!cz!pof!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! 2/!Uptijcb-!Jod/! 3/!Spdlxfmm!Bvupnbujpo-!Jod<!Bmmfo.Csbemfz!Csboe/! 4/!SPCJDPO<!b!ejwjtpo!pg!Tjfnfot!Fofshz!'!Bvupnbujpo-!Jod/! 5/!Fbupo!Dpsqpsbujpo! 3/3!Tztufn!Eftdsjqujpo! B/!Hfofsbm!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps!WGDt;! 2/!WGDt!boe!Bddfttpsjft;!Mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!bt!efgjofe!jo!OGQB!81-!cz!b!rvbmjgjfe!uftujoh! bhfodz-!boe!nbslfe!gps!joufoefe!mpdbujpo!boe!bqqmjdbujpo/! 3/!Dpnqmz!xjui!OFNB!JDT!8-!OFNB!JDT!72911.3-!boe!VM!619B/! C/!Bqqmjdbujpo;!\\Dpotubou!upsrvf^!\\boe^!\\wbsjbcmf!upsrvf^!=Jotfsu!bqqmjdbujpo?/! D/!WGD!Eftdsjqujpo;!Wbsjbcmf.gsfrvfodz!npups!dpouspmmfs-!dpotjtujoh!pg!qpxfs!dpowfsufs!uibu! fnqmpzt!qvmtf.xjeui.npevmbufe!jowfsufs-!gbdupsz!cvjmu!boe!uftufe!jo!bo!fodmptvsf-!xjui! joufhsbm!ejtdpoofdujoh!nfbot!boe!pwfsdvssfou!boe!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo<!mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!cz! bo!OSUM!bt!b!dpnqmfuf!voju<!bssbohfe!up!qspwjef!tfmg.qspufdujpo-!qspufdujpo-!boe!wbsjbcmf. tqffe!dpouspm!pg!pof!ps!npsf!uisff.qibtf!joevdujpo!npupst!cz!bekvtujoh!pvuqvu!wpmubhf!boe! gsfrvfodz/! 2/!Vojut!tvjubcmf!gps!pqfsbujpo!pg!OFNB!NH!2-!Eftjho!B!boe!Eftjho!C!npupst-!bt!efgjofe! cz!OFNB!NH!2-!Tfdujpo!JW-!Qbsu!41-!#Bqqmjdbujpo!Dpotjefsbujpot!gps!Dpotubou!Tqffe! Npupst!Vtfe!po!b!Tjovtpjebm!Cvt!xjui!Ibsnpojd!Dpoufou!boe!Hfofsbm!Qvsqptf!Npupst! Vtfe!xjui!Bekvtubcmf.Wpmubhf!ps!Bekvtubcmf.Gsfrvfodz!Dpouspmt!ps!Cpui/#! 3/!Vojut!tvjubcmf!gps!pqfsbujpo!pg!jowfsufs.evuz!npupst!bt!efgjofe!cz!OFNB!NH!2-! Tfdujpo!JW-!Qbsu!42-!#Efgjojuf.Qvsqptf!Jowfsufs.Gfe!Qpmzqibtf!Npupst/#! 4/!Mjtufe!boe!mbcfmfe!gps!joufhsbufe!tipsu.djsdvju!dvssfou!)xjuituboe*!sbujoh!cz!bo!OSUM! bddfqubcmf!up!bvuipsjujft!ibwjoh!kvsjtejdujpo/! E/!Eftjho!boe!Sbujoh;!Nbudi!mpbe!uzqf-!tvdi!bt!gbot-!cmpxfst-!boe!qvnqt<!boe!uzqf!pg! dpoofdujpo!vtfe!cfuxffo!npups!boe!mpbe!tvdi!bt!ejsfdu!ps!uispvhi!b!qpxfs.usbotnjttjpo! dpoofdujpo/! F/!Pvuqvu!Sbujoh;!Uisff!qibtf<!21!up!71!I{-!xjui!wpmubhf!qspqpsujpobm!up!gsfrvfodz!uispvhipvu! wpmubhf!sbohf<!nbyjnvn!wpmubhf!frvbmt!joqvu!wpmubhf/! G/!Voju!Pqfsbujoh!Sfrvjsfnfout;! 2/!Joqvu!BD!Wpmubhf!Upmfsbodf;!Qmvt!21!boe!njovt!21!qfsdfou!pg!WGD!joqvu!wpmubhf!sbujoh/! 3/!Joqvu!BD!Wpmubhf!Vocbmbodf;!Opu!fydffejoh!6!qfsdfou/! ! Qbhf!4!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 4/!Joqvu!Gsfrvfodz!Upmfsbodf;!Qmvt!ps!njovt!4!qfsdfou!pg!WGD!gsfrvfodz!sbujoh/! 5/!Njojnvn!Fggjdjfodz;!:8!qfsdfou!bu!71!I{-!gvmm!mpbe/! 6/!Njojnvn!Ejtqmbdfnfou!Qsjnbsz.Tjef!Qpxfs!Gbdups;!:9!qfsdfou!voefs!boz!mpbe!ps!tqffe! dpoejujpo/! 7/!Njojnvn!Tipsu.Djsdvju!Dvssfou!)Xjuituboe*!Sbujoh;!211!lB/! 8/!Bncjfou!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo!43!efh!G!)1!efh!D*!boe!opu!fydffejoh!215! efh!G!)51!efh!D*/! 9/!Ivnjejuz!Sbujoh;!Mftt!uibo!:6!qfsdfou!)opodpoefotjoh*/! :/!Bmujuvef!Sbujoh;!Opu!fydffejoh!4411!gffu!)2111!n*/! 21/!Wjcsbujpo!Xjuituboe;!Dpnqmz!xjui!OFNB!JDT!72911.3/! 22/!Pwfsmpbe!Dbqbcjmjuz;!2/6!ujnft!uif!cbtf!mpbe!dvssfou!gps!71!tfdpoet<!njojnvn!pg!2/9! ujnft!uif!cbtf!mpbe!dvssfou!gps!uisff!tfdpoet/! 23/!Tubsujoh!Upsrvf;!Njojnvn!211!qfsdfou!pg!sbufe!upsrvf!gspn!4!up!71!I{/! 24/!Tqffe!Sfhvmbujpo;!Qmvt!ps!njovt!21!qfsdfou/! 25/!Pvuqvu!Dbssjfs!Gsfrvfodz;!Tfmfdubcmf<!1/6!up!26!lI{/! 26/!Tupq!Npeft;!Qsphsbnnbcmf<!jodmveft!gbtu-!gsff.xiffm-!boe!ed!jokfdujpo!csbljoh/! H/!Jowfsufs!Mphjd;!Njdspqspdfttps!cbtfe-!43!cju-!jtpmbufe!gspn!bmm!qpxfs!djsdvjut/! I/!Jtpmbufe!Dpouspm!Joufsgbdf;!Bmmpxt!WGDt!up!gpmmpx!sfnpuf.dpouspm!tjhobm!pwfs!b!njojnvn!51;2! tqffe!sbohf/! 2/!Tjhobm;!\\Fmfdusjdbm^!\\Qofvnbujd^/! J/!Joufsobm!Bekvtubcjmjuz!Dbqbcjmjujft;! 2/!Njojnvn!Tqffe;!6!up!36!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sqn/! 3/!Nbyjnvn!Tqffe;!91!up!211!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sqn/! 4/!Bddfmfsbujpo;!1/2!up!:::/:!tfdpoet/! 5/!Efdfmfsbujpo;!1/2!up!:::/:!tfdpoet/! 6/!Dvssfou!Mjnju;!41!up!njojnvn!pg!261!qfsdfou!pg!nbyjnvn!sbujoh/! K/!Tfmg.Qspufdujpo!boe!Sfmjbcjmjuz!Gfbuvsft;! 2/!Tvshf!Tvqqsfttjpo;!Gbdupsz!jotubmmfe!bt!bo!joufhsbm!qbsu!pg!uif!WGD-!dpnqmzjoh!xjui! VM!255:!TQE-!Uzqf!2!ps!Uzqf!3/! 3/!Tvshf!Tvqqsfttjpo;!Gjfme.npvoufe!tvshf!tvqqsfttpst!dpnqmzjoh!xjui!Tfdujpo!375424! #Tvshf!Qspufdujpo!gps!Mpx.Wpmubhf!Fmfdusjdbm!Qpxfs!Djsdvjut-#!VM!255:!TQE-!Uzqf!3/! 4/!Mptt!pg!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Qspufdujpo;!Tfmfdubcmf!sftqpotf!tusbufhz-!jodmvejoh!tqffe!efgbvmu!up! b!qfsdfou!pg!uif!nptu!sfdfou!tqffe-!b!qsftfu!tqffe-!ps!tupq<!xjui!bmbsn/! 5/!Voefs.!boe!pwfswpmubhf!usjqt/! 6/!Jowfsufs!pwfsdvssfou!usjqt/! 7/!WGD!boe!Npups.Pwfsmpbe0Pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!Qspufdujpo;!Njdspqspdfttps.cbtfe!uifsnbm! qspufdujpo!tztufn!gps!npojupsjoh!WGDt!boe!npups!uifsnbm!dibsbdufsjtujdt-!boe!gps! qspwjejoh!WGD!pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!boe!npups.pwfsmpbe!bmbsn!boe!usjq<!tfuujoht!tfmfdubcmf! wjb!uif!lfzqbe/! 8/!Dsjujdbm!gsfrvfodz!sfkfdujpo-!xjui!uisff!tfmfdubcmf-!bekvtubcmf!efbecboet/! 9/!Jotuboubofpvt!mjof.up.mjof!boe!mjof.up.hspvoe!pwfsdvssfou!usjqt/! :/!Mptt.pg.qibtf!qspufdujpo/! ! Qbhf!5!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo 21/!Sfwfstf.qibtf!qspufdujpo/! 22/!Tipsu.djsdvju!qspufdujpo/! 23/!Npups.pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!gbvmu/! L/!Bvupnbujd!Sftfu0Sftubsu;!Buufnqu!uisff!sftubsut!bgufs!esjwf!gbvmu!ps!po!sfuvso!pg!qpxfs!bgufs! bo!joufssvqujpo!boe!cfgpsf!tivuujoh!epxo!gps!nbovbm!sftfu!ps!gbvmu!dpssfdujpo<!bekvtubcmf! efmbz!ujnf!cfuxffo!sftubsu!buufnqut/! M/!Qpxfs.Joufssvqujpo!Qspufdujpo;!Up!qsfwfou!npups!gspn!sf.fofshj{joh!bgufs!b!qpxfs!joufssvqujpo! voujm!npups!ibt!tupqqfe-!vomftt!#Cjejsfdujpobm!Bvuptqffe!Tfbsdi#!gfbuvsf!jt!bwbjmbcmf!boe! fohbhfe/! N/!Cjejsfdujpobm!Bvuptqffe!Tfbsdi;!Dbqbcmf!pg!tubsujoh!WGD!joup!spubujoh!mpbet!tqjoojoh!jo! fjuifs!ejsfdujpo!boe!sfuvsojoh!npups!up!tfu!tqffe!jo!qspqfs!ejsfdujpo-!xjuipvu!dbvtjoh!ebnbhf! up!esjwf-!npups-!ps!mpbe/! O/!Upsrvf!Cpptu;!Bvupnbujdbmmz!wbsjft!tubsujoh!boe!dpoujovpvt!upsrvf!up!bu!mfbtu!2/6!ujnft!uif! njojnvn!upsrvf!up!fotvsf!ijhi.tubsujoh!upsrvf!boe!jodsfbtfe!upsrvf!bu!tmpx!tqffet/! P/!Npups!Ufnqfsbuvsf!Dpnqfotbujpo!bu!Tmpx!Tqffet;!Bekvtubcmf!dvssfou!gbmm.cbdl!cbtfe!po! pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!gps!ufnqfsbuvsf!qspufdujpo!pg!tfmg.dppmfe-!gbo.wfoujmbufe!npupst!bu!tmpx! tqffet/! Q/!Joufhsbm!Joqvu!Ejtdpoofdujoh!Nfbot!boe!PDQE;!xjui!qbe.mpdlbcmf-!epps.npvoufe!iboemf! nfdibojtn/! 2/!Ejtdpoofdu!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo!226!qfsdfou!pg!WGD!joqvu!dvssfou!sbujoh/! 3/!Ejtdpoofdu!Sbujoh;!Opu!mftt!uibo!226!qfsdfou!pg!OGQB!81!npups!gvmm.mpbe!dvssfou!sbujoh!ps! WGD!joqvu!dvssfou!sbujoh-!xijdifwfs!jt!mbshfs/! 4/!Bvyjmjbsz!Dpoubdut;!OP!ps!OD-!bssbohfe!up!bdujwbuf!cfgpsf!txjudi!cmbeft!pqfo/! 5/!Bvyjmjbsz!dpoubdut!#b#!boe!#c#!bssbohfe!up!bdujwbuf!xjui!djsdvju.csfblfs!iboemf/! 6/!OP!bmbsn!dpoubdu!uibu!pqfsbuft!pomz!xifo!djsdvju!csfblfs!ibt!usjqqfe/! 3/4!Qfsgpsnbodf!Sfrvjsfnfout! B/!Tfjtnjd!Qfsgpsnbodf;!WGDt!tibmm!xjuituboe!uif!fggfdut!pg!fbsuirvblf!npujpot!efufsnjofe! bddpsejoh!up!BTDF0TFJ!8/!Uif!eftjhobufe!WGDt!tibmm!cf!uftufe!boe!dfsujgjfe!cz!bo!OSUM!bt! nffujoh!uif!JDD.FT!BD!267!uftu!qspdfevsf!sfrvjsfnfout/! 2/!Uif!ufsn!#xjuituboe#!nfbot!#uif!voju!xjmm!sfnbjo!jo!qmbdf!xjuipvu!tfqbsbujpo!pg!boz!qbsut! xifo!tvckfdufe!up!uif!tfjtnjd!gpsdft!tqfdjgjfe/#! 3/5!Dpouspmt!boe!Joejdbujpo! B/!Tubuvt!Mjhiut;!Epps.npvoufe!MFE!joejdbupst!ejtqmbzjoh!uif!gpmmpxjoh!dpoejujpot;! 2/!Qpxfs!po/! 3/!Svo/! 4/!Pwfswpmubhf/! 5/!Mjof!gbvmu/! 6/!Pwfsdvssfou/! 7/!Fyufsobm!gbvmu/! C/!Qbofm.Npvoufe!Pqfsbups!Tubujpo;!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!tuboebse!gspou.bddfttjcmf-!tfbmfe!lfzqbe! boe!qmbjo.Fohmjti.mbohvbhf!ejhjubm!ejtqmbz<!bmmpxt!dpnqmfuf!qsphsbnnjoh-!qsphsbn!dpqzjoh-! pqfsbujoh-!npojupsjoh-!boe!ejbhoptujd!dbqbcjmjuz/! 2/!Lfzqbe;!Jo!beejujpo!up!sfrvjsfe!qsphsbnnjoh!boe!dpouspm!lfzt-!jodmvef!lfzt!gps!IBOE-! PGG-!boe!BVUP!npeft/! 3/!Tfdvsjuz!Bddftt;!Qspwjef!fmfduspojd!tfdvsjuz!bddftt!up!dpouspmt!uispvhi!jefoujgjdbujpo!boe! ! Qbhf!6!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo qbttxpse!xjui!bu!mfbtu!uisff!mfwfmt!pg!bddftt;!Wjfx!pomz<!wjfx!boe!pqfsbuf<!boe!wjfx-! pqfsbuf-!boe!tfswjdf/! b/!Dpouspm!Bvuipsjuz;!Tvqqpsut!bu!mfbtu!gpvs!dpoejujpot;!Pgg-!mpdbm!nbovbm!dpouspm!bu!WGD-! mpdbm!bvupnbujd!dpouspm!bu!WGD-!boe!bvupnbujd!dpouspm!uispvhi!b!sfnpuf!tpvsdf/! D/!Ijtupsjdbm!Mphhjoh!Jogpsnbujpo!boe!Ejtqmbzt;! 2/!Sfbm.ujnf!dmpdl!xjui!dvssfou!ujnf!boe!ebuf/! 3/!Svoojoh!mph!pg!upubm!qpxfs!wfstvt!ujnf/! 4/!Upubm!svo!ujnf/! 5/!Gbvmu!mph-!nbjoubjojoh!mbtu!gpvs!gbvmut!xjui!ujnf!boe!ebuf!tubnq!gps!fbdi/! E/!Joejdbujoh!Efwjdft;!Ejhjubm!ejtqmbz!npvoufe!gmvti!jo!WGD!epps!boe!dpoofdufe!up!ejtqmbz!WGD! qbsbnfufst!jodmvejoh-!cvu!opu!mjnjufe!up;! 2/!Pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/! 3/!Npups!tqffe!)sqn*/! 4/!Npups!tubuvt!)svoojoh-!tupq-!gbvmu*/! 5/!Npups!dvssfou!)bnqfsft*/! 6/!Npups!upsrvf!)qfsdfou*/! 7/!Gbvmu!ps!bmbsnjoh!tubuvt!)dpef*/! 8/!QJE!gffecbdl!tjhobm!)qfsdfou*/! 9/!ED.mjol!wpmubhf!)W!ed*/! :/!Tfu!qpjou!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/! 21/!Npups!pvuqvu!wpmubhf!)W!bd*/! 22/!=Jotfsu!qbsbnfufs?/! F/!Dpouspm!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdft;! 2/!Fmfdusjd!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf;! b/!B!njojnvn!pg!\\uxp^!=Jotfsu!ovncfs?!qsphsbnnbcmf!bobmph!joqvut;!\\1.!up!21.W!ed^!\\5.! up!31.nB!ed^!\\Pqfsbups.tfmfdubcmf!#y#.!up!#z#.nB!ed^!=Jotfsu!tjhobm!qbsbnfufst?/! c/!B!njojnvn!pg!tjy!nvmujgvodujpo!qsphsbnnbcmf!ejhjubm!joqvut/! 3/!Qofvnbujd!Joqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf;!4!up!26!qtjh!)31!up!215!lQb*/! 4/!Sfnpuf!Tjhobm!Joqvut;!Dbqbcjmjuz!up!bddfqu!boz!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh!tqffe.tfuujoh!joqvu! tjhobmt!gspn!uif!CBT!ps!puifs!dpouspm!tztufnt;! b/!1.!up!21.W!ed/! c/!5.!up!31.nB!ed/! d/!Qpufoujpnfufs!vtjoh!vq0epxo!ejhjubm!joqvut/! e/!Gjyfe!gsfrvfodjft!vtjoh!ejhjubm!joqvut/! 5/!Pvuqvu!Tjhobm!Joufsgbdf;!B!njojnvn!pg!pof!qsphsbnnbcmf!bobmph!pvuqvu!tjhobm)t*!5.!up! 31.nB!ed-!xijdi!dbo!cf!dpogjhvsfe!gps!boz!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! b/!Pvuqvu!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/! c/!Pvuqvu!dvssfou!)mpbe*/! d/!ED.mjol!wpmubhf!)W!ed*/! e/!Npups!upsrvf!)qfsdfou*/! f/!Npups!tqffe!)sqn*/! g/!Tfu!qpjou!gsfrvfodz!)I{*/! 6/!Sfnpuf!Joejdbujpo!Joufsgbdf;!B!njojnvn!pg!uxp!qsphsbnnbcmf!esz.djsdvju!sfmbz!pvuqvut! )231.W!bd-!2!B*!gps!sfnpuf!joejdbujpo!pg!uif!gpmmpxjoh;! ! Qbhf!7!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo b/!Npups!svoojoh/! c/!Tfu!qpjou!tqffe!sfbdife/! d/!Gbvmu!boe!xbsojoh!joejdbujpo!)pwfsufnqfsbuvsf!ps!pwfsdvssfou*/! e/!QJE!ijhi.!ps!mpx.tqffe!mjnjut!sfbdife/! G/!QJE!Dpouspm!Joufsgbdf;!Qspwjeft!dmptfe.mppq!tfu!qpjou-!ejggfsfoujbm!gffecbdl!dpouspm!jo! sftqpotf!up!evbm!gffecbdl!tjhobmt/!Bmmpxt!gps!dmptfe.mppq!dpouspm!pg!gbot!boe!qvnqt!gps! qsfttvsf-!gmpx-!ps!ufnqfsbuvsf!sfhvmbujpo/! 2/!Ovncfs!pg!Mppqt;!Uxp/! H/!CBT!Joufsgbdf;!Gbdupsz.jotubmmfe!ibsexbsf!boe!tpguxbsf!tibmm!joufsgbdf!xjui!CBT!up!npojups-! dpouspm-!ejtqmbz-!boe!sfdpse!ebub!gps!vtf!jo!qspdfttjoh!sfqpsut/!WGD!tfuujoht!tibmm!cf!sfubjofe! xjuijo!WGD(t!opowpmbujmf!nfnpsz/! 2/!Ibsexjsfe!Qpjout;! b/!Npojupsjoh;!Po.pgg!tubuvt! c/!Dpouspm;!Po.pgg!pqfsbujpo! 3/!Dpnnvojdbujpo!Joufsgbdf;!Dpnqmz!xjui!BTISBF!246/!Dpnnvojdbujpo!tibmm!joufsgbdf!xjui! CBT!up!sfnpufmz!dpouspm!boe!npojups!mjhiujoh!gspn!b!CBT!pqfsbups!xpsltubujpo/!Dpouspm! gfbuvsft!boe!npojupsjoh!qpjout!ejtqmbzfe!mpdbmmz!bu!mjhiujoh!qbofm!tibmm!cf!bwbjmbcmf! uispvhi!uif!CBT/! 3/6!Mjof!Dpoejujpojoh!boe!Gjmufsjoh! B/!Joqvu!Mjof!Dpoejujpojoh;!Cbtfe!po!uif!nbovgbduvsfs(t!ibsnpojd!bobmztjt!tuvez!boe!sfqpsu-!qspwjef! joqvu!gjmufsjoh-!bt!sfrvjsfe-!up!mjnju!upubm!efnboe!)ibsnpojd!dvssfou*!ejtupsujpo!boe!upubm!ibsnpojd! wpmubhf!efnboe!bu!uif!efgjofe!qpjou!pg!dpnnpo!dpvqmjoh!up!nffu!JFFF!62:!sfdpnnfoebujpot/! C/!Pvuqvu!Gjmufsjoh;! D/!FNJ0SGJ!Gjmufsjoh;!DF!nbslfe<!dfsujgz!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!JFD!72911.4!gps!Dbufhpsz!D3/! E/!FNJ0SGJ!Gjmufsjoh;! ! 3/7!Pqujpobm!Gfbuvsft! B/!Nvmujqmf.Npups!Dbqbcjmjuz;!WGD!tvjubcmf!gps!wbsjbcmf.tqffe!tfswjdf!up!nvmujqmf!npupst/! Pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!tivut!epxo!WGD!boe!npupst!tfswfe!cz!ju-!boe!hfofsbuft!gbvmu! joejdbujpot!xifo!pwfsmpbe!qspufdujpo!bdujwbuft/! 2/!Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!ps!npsf!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tjnvmubofpvtmz!bu!uif!tbnf!tqffe<! tfqbsbuf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!fbdi!dpouspmmfe!npups/! 3/!Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tfqbsbufmz<!pqfsbups!tfmfdubcmf!wjb!mpdbm!ps! sfnpuf!txjudi!ps!dpoubdu!dmptvsft<!tjohmf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!cpui!npupst<!tfqbsbuf!pvuqvu! nbhofujd!dpoubdupst!gps!fbdi!npups/! 4/!Dpogjhvsf!up!bmmpx!uxp!npupst!up!pqfsbuf!tjnvmubofpvtmz!boe!jo!b!mfbe0mbh!npef-!xjui!pof! npups!pqfsbufe!bu!wbsjbcmf!tqffe!wjb!uif!qpxfs!dpowfsufs!boe!uif!puifs!bu!dpotubou! tqffe!wjb!uif!czqbtt!dpouspmmfs<!tfqbsbuf!pwfsmpbe!sfmbz!gps!fbdi!dpouspmmfe!npups/! C/!Ebnqfs!dpouspm!djsdvju!xjui!foe.pg.usbwfm!gffecbdl!dbqbcjmjuz/! D/!Tmffq!Gvodujpo;!Tfotft!b!njojnbm!efwjbujpo!pg!b!gffecbdl!tjhobm!boe!tupqt!uif!npups/!Po!bo! jodsfbtf!jo!tqffe.dpnnboe!tjhobm!efwjbujpo-!WGD!sftvnft!opsnbm!pqfsbujpo/! E/!Npups!Qsfifbu!Gvodujpo;!Qsfifbut!npups!xifo!jemf!up!qsfwfou!npjtuvsf!bddvnvmbujpo!jo!uif! npups/! 2/!Pwfssjeft!bmm!puifs!mpdbm!boe!fyufsobm!joqvut!)bobmph0ejhjubm-!tfsjbm!dpnnvojdbujpo-!boe!bmm! lfzqbe!dpnnboet*/! 3/!Gpsdft!WGD!up!pqfsbuf!npups-!xjuipvu!boz!puifs!svo!ps!tqffe!dpnnboe-!bu!b!gjfme. bekvtubcmf-!qsftfu!tqffe/! 4/!Dbvtft!ejtqmbz!pg!pwfssjef!npef!po!uif!WGD!ejtqmbz/! ! Qbhf!8!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo F/!Sfnpuf!Joejdbujoh!Djsdvju!Ufsnjobmt;!Npef!tfmfdujpo-!dpouspmmfs!tubuvt-!boe!dpouspmmfs!gbvmu/! G/!Sfnpuf!ejhjubm!pqfsbups!lju/! H/!Dpnnvojdbujpo!Qpsu;!ST.343!qpsu-!VTC!3/1!qpsu-!ps!frvjwbmfou!dpoofdujpo!dbqbcmf!pg! dpoofdujoh!b!qsjoufs!boe!b!opufcppl!dpnqvufs/! 3/8!Fodmptvsft! B/!WGD!Fodmptvsft;!OFNB!361-!up!dpnqmz!xjui!fowjsponfoubm!dpoejujpot!bu!jotubmmfe!mpdbujpo/! 2/!Esz!boe!Dmfbo!Joepps!Mpdbujpot;!Uzqf!2/! 3/!Joepps!Mpdbujpot!Tvckfdu!up!Evtu-!Gbmmjoh!Ejsu-!boe!Esjqqjoh!Opodpssptjwf!Mjrvjet;! Uzqf!23/! C/!Qmfovn!Sbujoh;!VM!2::6<!OSUM!dfsujgjdbujpo!mbcfm!po!fodmptvsf-!dmfbsmz!jefoujgzjoh!WGD!bt! #Qmfovn!Sbufe/#! 3/9!Bddfttpsjft! B/!Hfofsbm!Sfrvjsfnfout!gps!Dpouspm.Djsdvju!boe!Qjmpu!Efwjdft;!OFNB!JDT!6<!gbdupsz!jotubmmfe!jo! WGD!fodmptvsf!dpwfs!vomftt!puifsxjtf!joejdbufe/! 2/!Qvti!Cvuupot;!Dpwfsfe-!Mpdlbcmf/! 3/!Qjmpu!Mjhiut;!Qvti!up!uftu/! 4/!Tfmfdups!Txjudift;!Spubsz!uzqf/! 5/!Tupq!boe!Mpdlpvu!Qvti.Cvuupo!Tubujpo;!Npnfoubsz.csfbl-!qvti.cvuupo!tubujpo!xjui!b! gbdupsz.bqqmjfe!ibtq!bssbohfe!tp!qbempdl!dbo!cf!vtfe!up!mpdl!qvti!cvuupo!jo!efqsfttfe! qptjujpo!xjui!dpouspm!djsdvju!pqfo/! C/!Dpouspm!Sfmbzt;!Bvyjmjbsz!boe!bekvtubcmf!tpmje.tubuf!ujnf.efmbz!sfmbzt/! D/!Qibtf.Gbjmvsf-!Qibtf.Sfwfstbm-!boe!Voefswpmubhf!boe!Pwfswpmubhf!Sfmbzt;!Tpmje.tubuf! tfotjoh!djsdvju!xjui!jtpmbufe!pvuqvu!dpoubdut!gps!ibse.xjsfe!dpoofdujpot/!Qspwjef!bekvtubcmf! voefswpmubhf-!pwfswpmubhf-!boe!ujnf.efmbz!tfuujoht/! 2/!Dvssfou!Usbotgpsnfst;!Dpoujovpvt!dvssfou!sbujoh-!cbtjd!jnqvmtf!jotvmbujoh!mfwfm!)CJM*! sbujoh-!cvsefo-!boe!bddvsbdz!dmbtt!tvjubcmf!gps!dpoofdufe!djsdvjusz/!Dpnqmz!xjui! JFFF!D68/24/! E/!Tvqqmfnfoubm!Ejhjubm!Nfufst;! 2/!Fmbqtfe.ujnf!nfufs/! 3/!Ljmpxbuu!nfufs/! 4/!Ljmpxbuu.ipvs!nfufs/! F/!Dppmjoh!Gbo!boe!Fyibvtu!Tztufn;!Gps!OFNB!361-!Uzqf!2!tuffm!joublf!boe!fyibvtu!hsjmmt<! 231.W!bd<!pcubjofe!gspn!joufhsbm!DQU/! G/!Tvo!tijfmet!jotubmmfe!po!gspout-!tjeft-!boe!upqt!pg!fodmptvsft!jotubmmfe!pvueppst!boe!tvckfdu! up!ejsfdu!boe!fyufoefe!tvo!fyqptvsf/! H/!Tqbsf!dpouspm.xjsjoh!ufsnjobm!cmpdlt<!xjsfe/! 3/:!Tpvsdf!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm! B/!Uftujoh;!Uftu!boe!jotqfdu!WGDt!bddpsejoh!up!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!OFNB!JDT!72911.3/! 2/!Uftu!fbdi!WGD!xijmf!dpoofdufe!up!jut!tqfdjgjfe!npups/! 3/!Wfsjgjdbujpo!pg!Qfsgpsnbodf;!Sbuf!WGDt!bddpsejoh!up!pqfsbujpo!pg!gvodujpot!boe!gfbuvsft! tqfdjgjfe/! C/!WGDt!xjmm!cf!dpotjefsfe!efgfdujwf!jg!uifz!ep!opu!qbtt!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/! D/!Qsfqbsf!uftu!boe!jotqfdujpo!sfqpsut/! ! Qbhf!9!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo QBSU!4!FYFDVUJPO! 4/2!Fybnjobujpot! B/!Fybnjof!bsfbt-!tvsgbdft-!boe!tvctusbuft!up!sfdfjwf!WGDt-!xjui!Jotubmmfs!qsftfou-!gps! dpnqmjbodf!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!jotubmmbujpo!upmfsbodft!boe!puifs!dpoejujpot!bggfdujoh! qfsgpsnbodf!pg!uif!Xpsl/! C/!Fybnjof!WGD!cfgpsf!jotubmmbujpo/!Sfkfdu!WGDt!uibu!bsf!xfu-!npjtuvsf!ebnbhfe-!ps!npme! ebnbhfe/! D/!Fybnjof!spvhijoh.jo!gps!dpoevju!tztufnt!up!wfsjgz!bduvbm!mpdbujpot!pg!dpoevju!dpoofdujpot! cfgpsf!WGD!jotubmmbujpo/! E/!Qsfqbsf!xsjuufo!sfqpsu-!foepstfe!cz!Jotubmmfs-!mjtujoh!dpoejujpot!efusjnfoubm!up!qfsgpsnbodf!pg! uif!Xpsl! F/!Qspdffe!xjui!jotubmmbujpo!pomz!bgufs!votbujtgbdupsz!dpoejujpot!ibwf!cffo!dpssfdufe/! 4/3!Jotubmmbujpo! B/!Gmpps.Npvoujoh!Dpouspmmfst;!Jotubmm!WGDt!po!5.jodi!)211.nn*!opnjobm!uijdloftt!dpodsfuf! cbtf/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!dpodsfuf!cbtf!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo!144111!#Dbtu.jo. Qmbdf!Dpodsfuf/#! 2/!Jotubmm!epxfm!spet!up!dpoofdu!dpodsfuf!cbtf!up!dpodsfuf!gmpps/!Vomftt!puifsxjtf!joejdbufe-! jotubmm!epxfm!spet!po!29.jodi!)561.nn*!dfoufst!bspvoe!uif!gvmm!qfsjnfufs!pg!dpodsfuf! cbtf/! 3/!Gps!tvqqpsufe!frvjqnfou-!jotubmm!fqpyz.dpbufe!bodips!cpmut!uibu!fyufoe!uispvhi!dpodsfuf! cbtf!boe!bodips!joup!tusvduvsbm!dpodsfuf!gmpps/! 4/!Qmbdf!boe!tfdvsf!bodipsbhf!efwjdft/!Vtf!tfuujoh!esbxjoht-!ufnqmbuft-!ejbhsbnt-! jotusvdujpot-!boe!ejsfdujpot!gvsojtife!xjui!jufnt!up!cf!fncfeefe/! 5/!Jotubmm!bodips!cpmut!up!fmfwbujpot!sfrvjsfe!gps!qspqfs!buubdinfou!up!tvqqpsufe!frvjqnfou/! C/!Ufnqpsbsz!Mjgujoh!Qspwjtjpot;!Sfnpwf!ufnqpsbsz!mjgujoh!fzft-!diboofmt-!boe!csbdlfut!boe! ufnqpsbsz!cmpdljoh!pg!npwjoh!qbsut!gspn!fodmptvsft!boe!dpnqpofout/! D/!Jotubmm!gvtft!jo!fbdi!gvtjcmf.txjudi!WGD/! E/!Jotubmm!gvtft!jo!dpouspm!djsdvjut!jg!opu!gbdupsz!jotubmmfe/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!jo! Tfdujpo!373924!#Gvtft/#! F/!Jotubmm!ifbufst!jo!uifsnbm.pwfsmpbe!sfmbzt/!Tfmfdu!ifbufst!cbtfe!po!bduvbm!obnfqmbuf!gvmm.mpbe! bnqfsft!bgufs!npupst!bsf!jotubmmfe/! G/!Jotubmm-!dpoofdu-!boe!gvtf!uifsnbm.qspufdups!npojupsjoh!sfmbzt!gvsojtife!xjui!npups.esjwfo! frvjqnfou/! H/!Dpnqmz!xjui!OFDB!2/! 4/4!Dpouspm!Xjsjoh!Jotubmmbujpo! B/!Jotubmm!xjsjoh!cfuxffo!WGDt!boe!sfnpuf!efwjdft!boe!gbdjmjuz(t!dfousbm.dpouspm!tztufn/! Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!jo!Tfdujpo!371634!#Dpouspm.Wpmubhf!Fmfdusjdbm!Qpxfs!Dbcmft/#! C/!Cvoemf-!usbjo-!boe!tvqqpsu!xjsjoh!jo!fodmptvsft/! D/!Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!boe!puifs!bvupnbujd.dpouspm!efwjdft!xifsf!bqqmjdbcmf/! 2/!Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!up!czqbtt!pomz!uiptf!nbovbm.!boe!bvupnbujd.dpouspm!efwjdft! uibu!ibwf!op!tbgfuz!gvodujpot!xifo!txjudift!bsf!jo!nbovbm.dpouspm!qptjujpo/! 3/!Dpoofdu!tfmfdups!txjudift!xjui!dpouspm!djsdvju!jo!cpui!nbovbm!boe!bvupnbujd!qptjujpot!gps! tbgfuz.uzqf!dpouspm!efwjdft!tvdi!bt!mpx.!boe!ijhi.qsfttvsf!dvupvut-!ijhi.ufnqfsbuvsf! dvupvut-!boe!npups.pwfsmpbe!qspufdupst/! 4/5!Jefoujgjdbujpo! ! Qbhf!:!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo B/!Jefoujgz!WGDt-!dpnqpofout-!boe!dpouspm!xjsjoh/!Dpnqmz!xjui!sfrvjsfnfout!gps!jefoujgjdbujpo! tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo!371664!#Jefoujgjdbujpo!gps!Fmfdusjdbm!Tztufnt/#! 2/!Jefoujgz!gjfme.jotubmmfe!dpoevdupst-!joufsdpoofdujoh!xjsjoh-!boe!dpnqpofout<!qspwjef! xbsojoh!tjhot/! 3/!Mbcfm!fbdi!WGD!xjui!fohsbwfe!obnfqmbuf/! 4/!Mbcfm!fbdi!fodmptvsf.npvoufe!dpouspm!boe!qjmpu!efwjdf/! 4/6!Gjfme!Rvbmjuz!Dpouspm! B/!Uftujoh!Bhfodz;!Fohbhf!b!rvbmjgjfe!uftujoh!bhfodz!up!qfsgpsn!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/! C/!Nbovgbduvsfs(t!Gjfme!Tfswjdf;!Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!uftu!boe! jotqfdu!dpnqpofout-!bttfncmjft-!boe!frvjqnfou!jotubmmbujpot-!jodmvejoh!dpoofdujpot/! D/!Qfsgpsn!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot\\!xjui!uif!bttjtubodf!pg!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf! sfqsftfoubujwf^/! E/!Bddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Qsfqbsbujpo;! 2/!Uftu!jotvmbujpo!sftjtubodf!gps!fbdi!WGD!fmfnfou-!cvt-!dpnqpofou-!dpoofdujoh!tvqqmz-! gffefs-!boe!dpouspm!djsdvju/! 3/!Uftu!dpoujovjuz!pg!fbdi!djsdvju/! F/!Uftut!boe!Jotqfdujpot;! 2/!Jotqfdu!WGD-!xjsjoh-!dpnqpofout-!dpoofdujpot-!boe!frvjqnfou!jotubmmbujpo/! 3/!Uftu!jotvmbujpo!sftjtubodf!gps!fbdi!WGD!fmfnfou-!dpnqpofou-!dpoofdujoh!npups!tvqqmz-! gffefs-!boe!dpouspm!djsdvjut/! 4/!Uftu!dpoujovjuz!pg!fbdi!djsdvju/! 5/!Wfsjgz!uibu!wpmubhft!bu!WGD!mpdbujpot!bsf!xjuijo!21!qfsdfou!pg!npups!obnfqmbuf!sbufe! wpmubhft/!Jg!pvutjef!uijt!sbohf!gps!boz!npups-!opujgz!Pxofs!cfgpsf!tubsujoh!uif!npups)t*/! 6/!Uftu!fbdi!npups!gps!qspqfs!qibtf!spubujpo/! 7/!Qfsgpsn!uftut!bddpsejoh!up!uif!Jotqfdujpo!boe!Uftu!Qspdfevsft!gps!Bekvtubcmf!Tqffe! Esjwft!tubufe!jo!OFUB!Bddfqubodf!Uftujoh!Tqfdjgjdbujpo/!Dfsujgz!dpnqmjbodf!xjui!uftu! qbsbnfufst/! 8/!Dpssfdu!nbmgvodujpojoh!vojut!po.tjuf-!xifsf!qpttjcmf-!boe!sfuftu!up!efnpotusbuf! dpnqmjbodf<!puifsxjtf-!sfqmbdf!xjui!ofx!vojut!boe!sfuftu/! 9/!Qfsgpsn!uif!gpmmpxjoh!jogsbsfe!)uifsnphsbqijd*!tdbo!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot-!boe!qsfqbsf! sfqpsut;! b/!Jojujbm!Jogsbsfe!Tdboojoh;!Bgufs!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo-!cvu!opu!npsf!uibo!71!ebzt! bgufs!Gjobm!Bddfqubodf-!qfsgpsn!bo!jogsbsfe!tdbo!pg!fbdi!WGD/!Sfnpwf!gspou!qbofmt! tp!kpjout!boe!dpoofdujpot!bsf!bddfttjcmf!up!qpsubcmf!tdboofs/! c/!Gpmmpx.vq!Jogsbsfe!Tdboojoh;!Qfsgpsn!bo!beejujpobm!gpmmpx.vq!jogsbsfe!tdbo!pg!fbdi! WGD!22!npouit!bgufs!ebuf!pg!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/! d/!Jotusvnfout!boe!Frvjqnfou;!Vtf!bo!jogsbsfe!tdboojoh!efwjdf!eftjhofe!up!nfbtvsf! ufnqfsbuvsf!ps!up!efufdu!tjhojgjdbou!efwjbujpot!gspn!opsnbm!wbmvft/!Qspwjef!dbmjcsbujpo! sfdpse!gps!efwjdf/! :/!Uftu!boe!bekvtu!dpouspmt-!sfnpuf!npojupsjoh-!boe!tbgfujft/!Sfqmbdf!ebnbhfe!boe! nbmgvodujpojoh!dpouspmt!boe!frvjqnfou/! G/!WGDt!xjmm!cf!dpotjefsfe!efgfdujwf!jg!uifz!ep!opu!qbtt!uftut!boe!jotqfdujpot/! H/!Qsfqbsf!uftu!boe!jotqfdujpo!sfqpsut-!jodmvejoh!b!dfsujgjfe!sfqpsu!uibu!jefoujgjft!uif!WGD!boe! eftdsjcft!tdboojoh!sftvmut/!Jodmvef!opubujpo!pg!efgjdjfodjft!efufdufe-!sfnfejbm!bdujpo!ublfo-! boe!pctfswbujpot!nbef!bgufs!sfnfejbm!bdujpo/! 4/7!Tubsujoh!Tfswjdf! ! Qbhf!21!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Efdfncfs!3124!Djuz!pg!Dpsqvt!Disjtuj!Tuboebse!Tqfdjgjdbujpot!gps!Dpotusvdujpo B/!Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!qfsgpsn!tubsuvq!tfswjdf/! 2/!Dpnqmfuf!jotubmmbujpo!boe!tubsuvq!difdlt!bddpsejoh!up!nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot/! 4/8!Bekvtujoh! B/!Qsphsbn!njdspqspdfttpst!gps!sfrvjsfe!pqfsbujpobm!tfrvfodft-!tubuvt!joejdbujpot-!bmbsnt-! fwfou!sfdpsejoh-!boe!ejtqmbz!gfbuvsft/!Dmfbs!fwfout!nfnpsz!bgufs!gjobm!bddfqubodf!uftujoh! boe!qsjps!up!Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/! C/!Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!txjudift-!bvyjmjbsz!sfmbzt-!ujnf.efmbz!sfmbzt-!ujnfst-!boe!pwfsmpbe.sfmbz! qjdlvq!boe!usjq!sbohft/! D/!Bekvtu!uif!usjq!tfuujoht!pg!jotuboubofpvt.pomz!djsdvju!csfblfst!boe!uifsnbm.nbhofujd!djsdvju! csfblfst!xjui!bekvtubcmf-!jotuboubofpvt!usjq!fmfnfout/!Jojujbmmz!bekvtu!up!7!ujnft!uif!npups! obnfqmbuf!gvmm.mpbe!bnqfsft!boe!buufnqu!up!tubsu!npupst!tfwfsbm!ujnft-!bmmpxjoh!gps!npups! dppm.epxo!cfuxffo!tubsut/!Jg!usjqqjoh!pddvst!po!npups!josvti-!bekvtu!tfuujoht!jo!jodsfnfout! voujm!npupst!tubsu!xjuipvu!usjqqjoh/!Ep!opu!fydffe!9!ujnft!uif!npups!gvmm.mpbe!bnqfsft!)ps!22! ujnft!gps!OFNB!Qsfnjvn!Fggjdjfou!npupst!jg!sfrvjsfe*/!Xifsf!uiftf!nbyjnvn!tfuujoht!ep! opu!bmmpx!tubsujoh!pg!b!npups-!opujgz!Pxofs!cfgpsf!jodsfbtjoh!tfuujoht/! E/!Tfu!uif!ubqt!po!sfevdfe.wpmubhf!bvupusbotgpsnfs!dpouspmmfst/! F/!Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!djsdvju.csfblfs!usjq!sbohft\\!bt!tqfdjgjfe!jo!Tfdujpo!371684!#Pwfsdvssfou! Qspufdujwf!Efwjdf!Dppsejobujpo!Tuvez/#^! G/!Tfu!gjfme.bekvtubcmf!qsfttvsf!txjudift/! 4/9!Cbdlgjmm! B/!Ufnqpsbsz!Ifbujoh;!Bqqmz!ufnqpsbsz!ifbu!up!nbjoubjo!ufnqfsbuvsf!bddpsejoh!up! nbovgbduvsfs(t!xsjuufo!jotusvdujpot!voujm!dpouspmmfst!bsf!sfbez!up!cf!fofshj{fe!boe!qmbdfe!joup! tfswjdf/! C/!Sfqmbdf!WGDt!xiptf!joufsjpst!ibwf!cffo!fyqptfe!up!xbufs!ps!puifs!mjrvjet!qsjps!up! Tvctuboujbm!Dpnqmfujpo/! 4/:!Efnpotusbujpo! B/!Fohbhf!b!gbdupsz.bvuipsj{fe!tfswjdf!sfqsftfoubujwf!up!usbjo!Pxofs(t!nbjoufobodf!qfstpoofm! up!bekvtu-!pqfsbuf-!sfqsphsbn-!boe!nbjoubjo!WGDt/! ! ! ! ! ! ! FOE!PG!TFDUJPO! ! Qbhf!22!pg!22!MPX!WPMUBHF!WBSJBCMF!GSFRVFODZ!ESJWFT!!37!3:!34! Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2021 City of Corpus Christi Standard Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 221 May 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 2 18 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 May 2018 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8 07 Sept 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 8, 22 Feb 2021 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 4 20 July 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 21 February 2018Technical Specifications for Construction February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 1 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 2 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 3 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 4 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 5 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 6 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 7 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 8 of 9 February 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 9 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 1 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 2 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 3 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 4 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 5 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 6 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 7 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 8 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 9 of 9 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 1 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 2 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 3 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 4 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 5 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 6 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 7 of 8 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Page 8 of 8 Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction Revision 1 October 2017 Technical Specifications for Construction 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 5656 S. Staples, Suite 110 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 (361) 992-2284 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements As a Part of O.N. Stevens Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 801 Navigation, Suite 300 Corpus Christi, Texas 78408 (361) 883-1984 TBPE Firm No. F-10053 May 12,2021 Record Drawing Number WTR-466 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Part T Technical Specifications 23 82 39 Unit Heaters 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requirements 26 09 16 Electric Controls and Relays 33 14 23.13 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Enclosures 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements 40 05 23.02 Stainless Steel Pipe, Teflon-Lined 40 05 31.43 Polyvinylidene Fluoride Pipe 40 05 68.13 Valves PVC, CPVC, PVDF 40 05 68.23 Miscellaneous Valves 40 41 13 Heat Tracing Systems 40 61 91 Process Control System Instrument List 40 61 93 Process Control System Input-Output List 40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions 40 79 00 Miscellaneous Instruments, Valves and Fittings 43 20 00 Pumps General 6 43 23 33 Vertical Multi-Stage Centrifugal Pumps 43 41 43 Polyethylene Storage Tanks 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions 46 33 44 Peristaltic Tube Type Metering Pumps 46 33 68 Hose-Type Chemical Transfer Pumps 6 46 41 42 Chemical Injection Assemblies END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 1 Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements City Project No. E17047 Rev 12/2020 SECTION 23 82 39 UNIT HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install all unit heaters complete with auxiliary equipment and accessories as shown, specified and/or required for proper operation. Contractor shall furnish and install all supports required. B. The equipment shall be furnished complete with all accessories, special tools, spare parts, mountings, anchor bolts and other appurtenances as specified or as may be required for a satisfactory installation. C. Units shall be furnished in accordance with the schedule shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Equipment shall comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 2. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 3. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) 4. National Electric Code (NEC) 5. Standards of the Hydraulic Institute 6. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 8. Applicable Federal, State/Commonwealth and local laws and/or ordinances B. Where conflict arises between the local codes and the requirements of the National Electrical Code, The National Fire Code, ASTM, etc., the more stringent requirements 040119 shall prevail. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-1 A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Division 01, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals 3. Spare Parts List 4. Reports of Certified Shop Tests B. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable Equipment Identification Number and Specification Section. C. Shop Drawings 1. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Partial, incomplete or illegible submissions will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. 3. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: a. Equipment specifications and data sheets identifying all materials used and methods of fabrication. b. Motor nameplate data as specified in General Specification. c. Fan performance data. d. Coil performance data. e. Details of corrosion resistance coating. f. Example equipment nameplate data sheet. g. Interconnecting wiring diagrams. h. List of recommended lubricants. D. Operations and Maintenance Manuals 1. The Contractor shall submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Division 01. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-2 E. Lubricants 1. standard lubricants which may be used interchangeably for each type of lubricant required. F. Warranty: 5 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALIFICATIONS A. The equipment covered by these specifications shall be standard equipment of proven performance as manufactured by reputable concerns. Equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. All components of the equipment specified in this Section shall be provided by the Contractor through one vendor. The Contractor through the vendor shall have the sole responsibility of matching all components and providing equipment which functions together as a system. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. Provide one spare motor for up to every 4 of same size motor for all heaters. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STAINLESS STEEL UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Indeeco 2. Or equal approved B. Materials: 1. The entire unit including coils, and fins shall be made of type 316 Stainless steel. 2. The assembly including casing, coil, fan, and motor shall be in a horizontal discharge configuration with adjustable discharge louvers. 3. Cabinet: All units shall have panels fabricated of type 304 stainless steel. a. The casing shall be constructed of 16 gauge minimum, type 304 stainless steel. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-3 b. The casing shall be furnished with threaded hanger connections for suspension of unit. c. Units shall be equipped with horizontal, individually adjustable louvers. 4. The General Coil Requirements: Test and rate hot-water coils according to ASHRAE 33. 5. The coils shall be constructed of 316 Stainless steel fins permanently bonded to seamless 316 Stainless Steel tubes. Fins are continuous across width and depth of coil and are vertically oriented. Lanced fins shall not be acceptable. Fins spacing shall not exceed 10 fins/inch. 6. and vibration. connection to allow the cabinet to be drained should the coil become damaged. 7. Fan: Propeller type powdered coated aluminum fan wheel with stainless steel hub directly mounted on motor shaft in the fan venturi. 8. The fan shall be direct driven by a resiliently mounted, single speed, totally enclosed fan cooled motor. Washdown duty motors shall be provided. Explosion- proof motors shall be provided where indicated on the schedule. 9. Fan Guard: Shall be finger-proof, constructed of welded 316 stainless steel rods and finished with a standard black epoxy powder coat paint. Units mounted below 8 feet from the floor must be equipped with an OSHA fan guard to meet ETL and OSHA requirements. 10. Control Devices: a. Washdown proof unit mounted fan-speed switch. b. NEMA 4X unit mounted thermostat. 2.02 ACCESSORIES 1. Circuit Setter a. The Contractor shall furnish a circuit setter valve as indicated in applicable equipment piping details b. Valve shall be bronze body with brass ball construction. c. Valve shall provide calibrated accurate flow control and measurement. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-4 d. Valve shall be suitable for use with 60% propylene glycol solution at 250F and a pressure of 200 psig. e. Valve shall have a memory stop indicator, integrated EPT insert and check valve on differential pressure readout ports across valve seat, and calibrated nameplate. f. Where indicated by plans or schedules, circuit setters shall be coated with phenolic epoxy, HERESITE VR-500 series or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Each unit of equipment shall be installed, connected and placed in satisfactory working order in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and details, and the Contract Drawings. B. Contactor to field measure and adjust all duct connections to match actual heaters dimensions and connection requirements. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative who shall adequately supervise the installation and testing of all equipment furnished under this Contract. The services of the manufacturer's representative shall be provided for a period of not less than 8 hours. Any additional time required to achieve successful installation and operation shall be at the expense of the Contractor. B. The manufacturer's representative shall sign in and out at the office of the Resident Engineer on each day he is at the project. C. Training 1. The Contractor shall provide training for City personnel in accordance with the requirements of Division 01. 2. The Contractor shall include in his request for manufacturer approval a certification that the manufacturer has been advised of the training requirements of Division 01 of the Detailed Specifications, and that the costs associated with said training submittals and training have been included in the manufacturer's pricing. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean tar, cement or other dirt from units. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-5 B. Remove debris and other waste material resulting from installation. Vacuum the heating coils and inside of cabinets. Clean all exposed surfaces. 3.04 MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's Technical Representative shall be provided. visits: Total No. of Service Days Trips Installation Checkout 1 1 Startup and Testing 1 1 Training 1 1 B. Job: Performance Data Tags HH-1 Material 304 SS Entering air temperature (F) 45 Leaving air temperature (F) 60 Airflow (cfm) 700 Fan Motor Horsepower (hp) 1/4 115 V/1 Power Req P/60 Hz Heater Capacity (kW) 3 END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39-6 SECTION 26 05 00 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment, and perform all work and services necessary for, or incidental, to the furnishing and installation of all electrical work as shown on the Drawings, and as specified in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and completely coordinate with the work of other trades involved in the general construction. Although such work is not specifically shown or specified, all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation shall be furnished and installed as part of this work. The Contractor shall obtain approved Shop Drawings showing wiring diagrams, connection diagrams, roughing-in and hook up details for all equipment and comply therewith. All electrical work shall be complete and left in operating condition in accordance with the intent of the Drawings and the Specifications for the electrical work. B. Reference the Division 26 specifications for the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018. All requirements within the Division 26 specifications and the Standard Detail Drawings for the referenced project apply to the ONSWTP Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements project unless otherwise specified herein. Where there is a conflict in the referenced specifications and these specifications, the stricter requirements of this project shall take precedence. C. The electrical scope of work for this project primarily includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Furnish and install low voltage motor control equipment. 2. Furnish and install feeder circuit breakers in existing lighting panelboards. 3. Furnish and install other low voltage electrical power distribution equipment. 4. Furnish and install all aboveground raceway systems including conduit, fittings, boxes, supports, and other pertinent components. 5. Furnish and install all underground raceway systems including conduit, fittings, 080519 manholes, handholes and other pertinent components. 6. Furnish and install all low voltage wire and cable resulting in a complete and operable electrical system. 7. Furnish and install new lighting systems and wiring devices. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-1 8. Other electrical work as specified herein and indicated on the Drawings. D. All material and equipment must be the product of an established, reputable, and approved manufacturer; must be new and of first class construction; must be designed and guaranteed to perform the service required; and must bear the label of approval of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., where such approval is available for the product of the listed manufacturer as approved by the Engineer. E. When a specified or indicated item has been superseded or is no longer available, the manufacturer's latest equivalent type or model of material or equipment as approved by the Engineer shall be furnished and installed at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Where the Contractor's selection of equipment of specified manufacturers or additionally approved manufacturers requires changes or additions to the system design, the Contractor shall be responsible in all respects for the modifications to all system designs, subject to approval of the Engineer. The Contractor's bid shall include all costs for all work of the Contract for all trades made necessary by such changes, additions or modifications or resulting from any approved substitution. G. Furnish and install all stands, racks, brackets, supports, and similar equipment required to properly serve the equipment which is furnished under this Contract, or equipment otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 EQUIPMENT LOCATION A. The Drawings show the general location of equipment, feeders, transformers, outlets, conduits, and circuit arrangements. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all of the details involved. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work and shall arrange such work accordingly; furnishing such fittings, junction boxes, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. The Contractor shall refer to the entire Drawing set to verify openings, special surfaces, and location of other equipment, or other special equipment prior to roughing-in for panels, switches, and other outlets. The Contractor shall verify all equipment dimensions to ensure that proposed equipment will fit properly in spaces indicated. B. Where outlets are shown near identified equipment furnished by this or other Contractors, it is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings that the outlet be located at the equipment to be served. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of these outlets to be near the final location of the equipment served whether placed correctly or incorrectly on the Drawings. 1.03 LOCAL CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall examine the site and become familiar with conditions affecting the work. The Contractor shall investigate, determine, and verify locations of any overhead or buried utilities on or near the site, and shall determine such locations in conjunction with all public and/or private utility companies and with all authorities having jurisdiction. All ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-2 costs, both temporary and permanent to connect all utilities, shall be included in the Bid. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and coordinating with the local utility for temporary and permanent services. B. In addition, the Contractor shall relocate all duct banks, lighting fixtures, receptacles, switches, boxes, and other electrical equipment as necessary to facilitate the Work included in this project. Costs for such work shall be included in the Bid. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 00 72 00, Article 24 Submittals and the requirements of the individual Specification Sections, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 3. Spare Parts List 4. Proposed Testing Methods and Reports of Certified Shop Tests 5. Reports of Certified Field Tests 6. RCertification B. Submittals shall be sufficiently complete in detail to enable the Engineer to determine compliance with Contract requirements. C. Submittals will be approved only to the extent of the information shown. Approval of an item of equipment shall not be construed to mean approval for components of that item for which the Contractor has provided no information. D. Some individual electrical specification sections may require a Compliance, Deviations, and Exceptions (CD&E) letter to be submitted. If the CD&E letter is required and shop drawings are submitted without the letter, the submittal will be rejected. The letter shall include all comments, deviations and exceptions taken to the Drawings and Specifications by the Contractor AND Equipment Manufacturer/Supplier. This letter shall include a copy of this specification section. In the left margin beside each and every paragraph/item, a letter "C", "D", or "E" shall be typed or written in. The letter "C" shall be for full compliance with the requirement. The letter "D" shall be for a deviation from the requirement. The letter "E" shall be for taking exception to a requirement. Any requirements with the letter "D" or "E" beside them shall be provided with a full typewritten explanation of the deviation/exception. Handwritten explanation of the deviations/exceptions is not acceptable. The CD&E letter shall also address deviations, and exceptions taken to each Drawing related to this Specification Section. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-3 1.05 APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS A. Conformance 1. All work, equipment and materials furnished shall conform with the existing rules, requirements and specifications of the following: a. Insurance Rating Organization having jurisdiction b. The serving electrical utility company c. The currently adopted edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) d. The National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) e. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) f. The Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) g. The American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) h. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) i. The requirements of the Occupational Safety Hazards Act (OSHA) j. The National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) Standard of Installation k. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) l. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) m. All other applicable Federal, State/Commonwealth and local laws and/or ordinances. 2. All material and equipment shall bear the inspection labels of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., if the material and equipment is of the class inspected by said laboratories. B. Nonconformance 1. Any paragraph of requirements in these Specifications, or Drawings, deviating from the rules, requirements and Specifications of the above organizations shall be invalid and their (the above organizations) requirements shall hold precedent thereto. The Contractor shall be held responsible for adherence to all rules, requirements and specifications as set forth above. Any additional work or material necessary for adherence will not be allowed as an extra, but shall be included in the Bid. Ignorance of any rule, requirement, or Specification shall not be allowed as an excuse for nonconformity. Acceptance by the Engineer does not relieve the ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-4 Contractor from the expense involved for the correction of any errors which may exist in the drawings submitted or in the satisfactory operation of any equipment. C. Certification 1. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain certificate(s) of inspection and approval from the National Board of Fire Underwriters or similar inspection organization having jurisdiction and shall deliver same to the Engineer and the Owner. 1.06 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall reference the General Conditions and Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work. 1.07 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A. The Contractor shall reference the General Conditions and Section 01 50 00, 2.05 Temporary Utilities. 1.08 TESTS A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall perform tests for operation, load (Phase) balance, overloads, and short circuits. Tests shall be made with and to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. B. The Contractor shall perform all field tests and shall provide all labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing and shall pay for electric power required for the tests. All defective material and workmanship disclosed shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall show by demonstration in service that all circuits and devices are in good operating condition. Test shall be such that each item of control equipment will function not less than five (5) times. C. Refer to each individual specification section for detailed test requirements. D. The Contractor shall complete the installation and field testing of the electrical installation at least two (2) weeks prior to the start-up and testing of all other equipment. During the period between the completion of electrical installation and the start-up and testing of all other equipment, the Contractor shall make all components of the Work available as it is completed for their use in performing Preliminary and Final Field Tests. E. Before each test commences, the Contractor shall submit a detailed test procedure, and also provide test engineer resume, personnel and scheduling information for the approval by the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish detailed test procedures for any electrical equipment required as part of the field tests of other systems. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-5 1.09 INFRARED INSPECTION A. Just prior to the final acceptance of a piece of equipment, the Contractor shall perform an infrared inspection to locate and correct all heating problems associated with electrical equipment terminations. The infrared inspection shall be performed by a third party, independent testing agency, not the Electrical Contractor. B. The infrared inspection shall apply to all new equipment and existing equipment that is in any way modified under this Contract. All heating problems detected with new equipment furnished and installed under the Scope of this Contract shall be corrected by the Contractor. All problems detected with portions of existing equipment modified under this Contract shall also be corrected by the Contractor. C. Any issues detected with portions of existing equipment that were not modified under this Contract are not the responsibility of the Contractor. Despite the Contractor not being held responsible for these problems, the Contractor shall report them to the Owner and Engineer immediately for resolution. D. The infrared inspection report shall include both digital and IR pictures positioned side by side for all equipment inspected. Both the digital and IR pictures shall be clear and high quality. Fuzzy, grainy, or poorly illuminated pictures are not acceptable. The IR picture shall be provided with a temperature scale beside it, and an indication of the hot spot temperature in each picture. Reports shall be furnished in a 3-ring binder, with all pages printed in full color, with equipment assemblies separated by tabs. 1.10 PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTING AND TESTING A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a field services organization to adjust, set, calibrate and test all protective devices in the electrical system. The organization shall be a subsidiary of or have a franchise service agreement with the electrical equipment manufacturer. The qualifications of the organization and resumes of the technicians as well as all data forms to be used for the field testing shall be submitted. B. All protective devices in the electrical equipment shall be set, adjusted, calibrated and tested in accordance with the recommendations, and best industry practice. C. Proper operation of all equipment associated with the device under test and its compartment shall be verified, as well as complete resistance, continuity and polarity tests of power, protective and metering circuits. Any minor adjustments, repairs and/or lubrication necessary to achieve proper operation shall be considered part of this Contract. D. All solid state trip devices shall be checked and tested for setting and operation using manufacturers recommended test devices and procedures. E. Circuit breakers and/or contactors associated with the above devices shall be tested for trip and close functions with their protective device. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-6 F. When completed, the Contractor shall provide a comprehensive report for all equipment tested indicating condition, readings, faults and/or deficiencies in same. Inoperative or defective equipment shall be brought immediately to the attention of the Engineer. G. Prior to placing any equipment in service, correct operation of all protective devices associated with this equipment shall be demonstrated by field testing under simulated load conditions. 1.11 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES A. The Contractor shall provide a short circuit study, arc flash study and arc flash labels for all equipment modified, and all new equipment provided under this contract. Studies shall be performed by a registered professional engineer currently registered in the State of Texas. B. The Contractor is responsible for providing all required info to the preparer of the studies. C. A preliminary study shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to submitting electrical distribution equipment submittals to verify equipment ratings. After preliminary approval of the studies, and after approval of all equipment shop drawings, a final study shall be submitted with updated calculations based on the final approved shop drawings. 1.12 SCHEDULES AND FACILITY OPERATIONS A. Since the equipment testing required herein shall require that certain pieces of equipment be taken out of service, all testing procedures and schedules must be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval one (1) month prior to any work beginning. When testing has been scheduled, the Engineer must be notified 48 hours prior to any work to allow time for load switching and/or alternation of equipment. In addition, all testing that requires temporary shutdown of facility equipment must be coordinated with the Owner/Engineer so as not to affect proper facility operations. B. At the end of the workday, all equipment shall be back in place and ready for immediate use should a facility emergency arise. In addition, should an emergency condition occur during testing, at the request of the Owner, the equipment shall be placed back in service immediately and turned over to Owner personnel. C. In the event of accidental shutdown of Owner equipment, the Contractor shall notify Owner personnel immediately to allow for an orderly restart of affected equipment. D. Maintaining the operation of these facilities during the duration of the construction period is essential and required. The Contractor shall furnish and install temporary equipment as required to maintain facility operation. All costs for temporary equipment shall be included in the Bid. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-7 1.13 MATERIALS HANDLING A. Materials arriving on the job site shall be stored in such a manner as to keep material free of rust and dirt and so as to keep material properly aligned and true to shape. Rusty, dirty, or misaligned material will be rejected. Electrical conduit shall be stored to provide protection from the weather and accidental damage. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be stored on even supports and in locations not subject to direct sun rays or excessive heat. Cables shall be sealed, stored, and handled carefully to avoid damage to the outer covering or insulation and damage from moisture and weather. Adequate protection shall be required at all times for electrical equipment and accessories until installed and accepted. Materials damaged during shipment, storage, installation, or testing shall be replaced or repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer. If space heaters are provided in a piece of electrical equipment, they shall be temporarily connected to a power source during storage. The Contractor shall store equipment and materials in accordance with Division 01. 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Unless otherwise specified in an individual specification section, all electrical equipment and electrical construction materials shall be provided with a warranty in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and the General Conditions. 1.15 TRAINING A. Unless otherwise specified in an individual specification section, all training for electrical equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise indicated, the materials to be provided under this Specification shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of all such items and shall be the manufacturer's latest design. The products shall conform to the applicable standards of UL and NEMA, unless specified otherwise. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards are not recognized. Equipment designed, manufactured, and labeled in compliance with IEC standards is not acceptable. B. All items of the same type or ratings shall be identical. This shall be further understood to include products with the accessories indicated. C. All equipment and materials shall be new, unless indicated or specified otherwise. D. The Contractor shall submit proof if requested by the Engineer that the materials, appliances, equipment, or devices that are provided under this Contract meet the ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-8 requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., in regard to fire and casualty hazards. The label of or listing by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., will be accepted as conforming to this requirement. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Unless specifically noted otherwise, any reference in the Specifications or on the Drawings to any article, service, product, material, fixture, or item of equipment by name, make, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing the type, function, and standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor, in such cases may use any article, device, product, material, fixture, or item of equipment which in the judgment of the Engineer, expressed in writing, is equal to that specified. 2.03 CONCRETE A. The Contractor shall furnish all concrete required for the installation of all electrical work, Concrete shall be Class A unless otherwise specified. Concrete and reinforcing steel shall meet the appropriate requirements of Division 03 of the Specifications. B. The Contractor shall provide concrete equipment pads for all free-standing electrical apparatus and equipment located on new or existing floors or slabs. The Contractor shall provide all necessary anchor bolts, channel iron sills, and other materials as required. The exact location and dimensions shall be coordinated for each piece of equipment well in advance of the scheduled placing of these pads. Equipment pads shall be 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings and shall conform to standard detail for equipment pads shown on the Contract Drawings. Equipment pads shall not have more pment. C. The Contractor shall provide concrete foundations for all free-standing electrical apparatus and equipment located outdoors or where floors or slabs do not exist and/or are not or provided by others under this Contract. The Contractor shall provide all necessary anchor bolts, channel iron sills, and other materials as required. The location and dimensions shall be coordinated for each piece of equipment well in advance of the scheduled placing of the foundations. Equipment foundations shall be constructed as detailed on the Drawings or if not detailed on the Drawings shall be 6 inches thick minimum reinforced with #4 bars at 12-inch centers each way placed mid-depth. Concrete shall extend 6 inches minimum beyond the extreme of the equipment base and be placed on a compacted stone bed (#57 stone or ABC) 6 inches thick minimum. 2.04 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Reference Section 26 05 19-T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. All power and control conductor insulation to be XHHW. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-9 2. All instrumentation cable to be rated 600V, 90°C for both wet and dry locations. Cable shall be UL 1277 listed as NEC Type TC. a. Cable and group shields shall consist of overlapped aluminum/polyester tape/foil providing 100% coverage. Instrumentation cables shall include an overall copper shield drain wire. Cables containing multiple twisted pairs or triads shall also include group shield drain wires. b. Conductors, including drain wires, shall be tin or alloy coated (if available), soft, annealed copper, stranded per ASTM B-8, with Class B stranding unless otherwise specified. c. Instrumentation signal conductor size shall be no smaller than No. 16 AWG. d. Instrumentation cable shall be Okoseal-N Type P-OS (for single pair or triad applications) or Okoseal-N Type SP-OS (for multiple pair or triad applications) as manufactured by the Okonite Company, Belden equivalent, Southwire Company equivalent, or equal. 3. Splicing of conductors or cables is not acceptable unless approved in writing by the Engineer. If unique field conditions exist or pulling calculations indicate that splices may be required, the Contractor shall submit a detailed request indicating why splices are required to the Engineer. The Engineer shall be under no obligation to grant such request. 2.05 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Reference Section 26 05 26 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. Underground bare copper conductors used for ground grid shall be buried a below finished grade -as indicated on the Drawings. 2.06 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Reference Section 26 05 29 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. All hangers, supports and hardware (nuts, bolts, washers) shall be Type 316 stainless steel. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-10 2.07 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. Reference Section 26 05 33 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. EMT, IMC, ENT, HDPE, and RTRC conduit, tubing, and fitting types shall not be utilized for this project. 2. All outdoor boxes and enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel or aluminum. 2.08 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Reference Section 26 05 43 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. Fiberglass handholes and boxes shall not be utilized for this project. 2.09 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Reference Section 26 05 53 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. Underground-line warning tape shall be placed 12 inches above the ductbank in lieu of 6 to 8 inches as specified in the reference specification. 2.10 WIRING DEVICES A. Reference Section 26 27 26 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. Replace references of TVSS: Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor with SPD: Surge Protective Device. 2. All wiring devices shall be listed for use with stranded conductors. 2.11 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Reference Section 26 28 16 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-11 2.12 LIGHTING A. Reference Section 26 51 00 -T from the ONSWTP Raw Water Influent and Chemical Facilities Improvements E17047 and the ONSWTP Standard Detail Drawings Electrical Rev 0 24 May 2018 except as follows: 1. Remove all references to fluorescent and HID fixtures. All fixtures provided under this Contract shall be LED type fixtures. 2. Reference the fixture schedule on the Contract Drawings for fixture types, fixture options, etc. 2.13 ELECTRIC CONTROLS AND RELAYS A. Reference Section 26 09 16 for requirements for pilot devices, control relays, timing relays, local control stations, and terminal blocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Coordination 1. The Work shall be coordinated between all trades to avoid delays and unnecessary cutting, channeling and drilling. Sleeves shall be placed in concrete for passage of conduit wherever possible. B. Damage 1. The Contractor shall perform all chasing, channeling, drilling and patching necessary to the proper execution of this Contract. Any damage to the building, structure, or any equipment shall be repaired by qualified mechanics of the trades involved at the Contractor's expense. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the repair of damaged equipment would not be satisfactory, then the Contractor shall replace damaged equipment at s expense. C. Existing Equipment 1. Provide a suitable cover or plug for openings created in existing equipment as the result of work under this Contract. For example, provide round plugs in equipment enclosures where the removal of a conduit creates a hole and the enclosure. Covers and plugs shall maintain the NEMA rating of the equipment enclosure. Covers and plugs shall be watertight when installed in equipment located outdoors. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-12 3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill required for the installation of all electrical work. All excavation and backfilling shall be in complete accordance with the applicable requirements of Division 02 and 31. 3.03 CORROSION PROTECTION A. Wherever dissimilar metals, except conduit and conduit fittings, come into contact, the Contractor shall isolate these metals as required with neoprene washers, nine (9) mil polyethylene tape, or gaskets. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 00-13 SECTION 26 09 16 ELECTRIC CONTROLS AND RELAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, test, and place in satisfactory operation all electric controls and relays as specified herein and indicated on the Drawings. B. Electrical control and relay systems shall be assembled using NEMA rated components. Components designed and built to International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standards are not recognized. Equipment designed, manufactured and labeled in compliance with IEC standards is not acceptable. C. Reference Section 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requirements, Section 26 05 00 T General Work Requirements for Electrical Specifications, and Section 26 05 53 T Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Products specified herein shall be in conformance with or listed to the following standards as applicable: 1. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 2. UL 508A Standard for Industrial Control Panels 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the General Conditions and Section 00 72 00, Article 24 - Submittals, the Contractor shall obtain from the equipment manufacturer and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Spare Parts List B. Each submittal shall be identified by the applicable specification section. 0 61019 ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-1 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Each submittal shall be complete in all respects, incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required for evaluation of the proposed equipment's compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Partial, incomplete or illegible submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review for resubmittal. C. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Product data sheets. D. The shop drawing information shall be complete and organized in such a way that the Engineer can determine if the requirements of these Specifications are being met. Copies of technical bulletins, technical data sheets from "soft-cover" catalogs, and similar information which is "highlighted" or somehow identifies the specific equipment items the Contractor intends to provide are acceptable and shall be submitted. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. All spare parts as recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. In addition to the manufacturer recommended spare parts, the following spare parts shall be provided for the local control stations: 1. One (1) contact block of each type furnished on the project 2. One (1) indicating light lens of each color furnished on the project 3. One (1) LED lamp of each color furnished on the project B. The spare parts shall be packed in containers suitable for long term storage, bearing labels clearly designating the contents and the pieces of equipment for which they are intended. C. Spare parts shall be delivered at the same time as the equipment to which they pertain. The Contractor shall properly store and safeguard such spare parts until completion of the work, at which time they shall be delivered to the Owner. D. Spare parts lists, included with the shop drawing submittal, shall indicate specific sizes, quantities, and part numbers of the items to be furnished. Terms such as "1 lot of packing material" are not acceptable. E. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Those parts which are identical for more than one size, shall have the same part number. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTROL COMPONENTS A. Manufacturers 1. Control components shall be manufactured by Eaton, The Square D Company, General Electric, Allen-Bradley, Siemens Energy and Automation, or Engineer approved equal. B. Pilot Devices 1. General a. All pilot devices shall be provided with a legend plate. Legend plates shall have a white background and black lettering and indicate the function of the respective pilot device. The text shown on the Drawings or indicated in the specifications shall be used as the basis for legend plate engraving (i.e. HAND-OFF-AUTO, RUN, EMERGENCY STOP, etc.). b. All pilot devices shall be selected and properly installed to maintain the NEMA 250 rating of the enclosure in which they are installed. All pilot devices shall be UL 508 Listed. c. All pilot devices shall be 30.5mm in diameter, unless otherwise indicated. 22mm devices are not acceptable. d. Pilot devices for all electrical equipment under this Contract shall be of the same type and manufacturer unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Pushbuttons a. Pushbuttons shall be non-illuminated, black in color, and have momentary style operation unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. b. Pushbuttons shall have the quantity of normally closed and/or normally open contacts as indicated on the Drawings and as required. In addition to the required contacts, one (1) spare normally open and one (1) spare normally closed contact shall be installed at each pushbutton. Contacts shall be rated for 5A at 250VAC/DC (minimum), but no less than required for the application. c. Pushbuttons shall be provided with a full guard around the perimeter of the button. Where a lockout style pushbutton is specified or indicated on the Drawings, provide a padlockable guard. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-3 3. Selector Switches a. Selector switches shall be non-illuminated, black in color, and have the number of maintained positions as indicated on the Drawings and as required. Handles shall be the extended type that provide a greater surface area for operation. b. Selector switches shall have the quantity of normally closed and/or normally open contacts as indicated on the Drawings and as required. In addition to the required contacts, one (1) spare normally open and one (1) spare normally closed contact shall be installed at each selector switch. Contacts shall be rated for 5A at 250VAC/DC (minimum), but no less than required for the application. c. Where indicated in the Drawings or Specifications, provide spring return positions. d. Selector switches shall be provided with an indexing component that fits into the keyed portion of the cutout for the device and prevents the switch from spinning when operated. 4. Indicating Lights a. Indicating lights shall be LED type, with the proper voltage rating to suit the application, and push-to-test feature. b. Indicating light lens colors shall be as required in the City of Corpus Christi standard electrical and instrumentation specifications Project E17047. 5. Emergency Stop and Tagline Switches a. Emergency stop switches shall be non-illuminated, red in color, with a minimum 35mm diameter mushroom head. Once activated, switch shall maintain its position and require a manual pull to release/reset. b. Tagline switches shall have a plunger that activates upon tension from the associated safety cable. Once activated, switch shall maintain its position and require a manual release/reset. c. Emergency stop and tagline switches shall have the quantity of normally closed and/or normally open contacts as indicated on the Drawings and as required. In addition to the required contacts, one (1) spare normally open and one (1) spare normally closed contact shall be installed at each switch. Contacts shall be rated for 5A at 250VAC/DC (minimum), but no less than required for the application. C. Relays and Timers ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-4 1. General a. Relays and timers shall be furnished with an integral pilot light for positive indication of coil energization. b. Relays and timers shall have tubular pin style terminals with matching 11-pin DIN rail mount socket. Spade or blade style terminals are not acceptable. c. Relays and timers for all electrical equipment under this Contract shall be of the same type and manufacturer unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Control and Pilot Relays a. Relays shall have a clear or translucent housing that allows the contacts to be visually inspected without disassembly. b. Relays shall have coil voltage as required to suit the application and/or as indicated on the Drawings. c. Relays shall be provided with contacts rated for 10A (resistive), minimum, at 120/240 VAC and 28 VDC. Relays shall have 3-pole, double-throw (3PDT) contact arrangement. 3. Time Delay Relays a. Timers delay relays shall utilize electronic timing technology. Mechanical timing devices are not acceptable. b. Relays shall have coil voltage as required to suit the application and/or as indicated on the Drawings. c. Relays shall be provided with contacts rated for 10A (resistive), minimum, at 120/240 VAC and 28 VDC. Relays shall have double-pole double-throw (DPDT) contact arrangement. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-5 d. Time delay ranges shall be as indicated on the Drawings and/or as required to suit the application. Timing range shall be adjustable from the front of the relay. On delay and off delay timer configurations shall be provided as indicated on the Drawings and/or as required to suit the application. 4. Elapsed Time Meters a. Elapsed time meters shall be non-resettable type with no less than a 4 digit display. Coil voltage shall be as required to suit the application and/or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Control Terminal Blocks 1. Control terminal blocks shall be assembled on non-current carrying galvanized steel DIN mounting rails securely bolted to the enclosure or subpanel. Terminals shall be tubular screw type with pressure plate that will accommodate wire size range of #22 #8 AWG. 2. Control terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 20A. Separate terminal strips shall be provided for each type of control used (i.e. 120VAC vs. 24VDC). Quantity of terminals shall be provided as required to suit the application. In addition, there shall be a sufficient quantity of terminals for the termination of all spare conductors. 3. Terminals shall be marked with a permanent, continuous marking strip, with each terminal numbered. One side of each terminal shall be reserved exclusively for incoming field conductors. Common connections and jumpers required for internal wiring shall not be made on the field side of the terminal. 2.02 LOCAL CONTROL STATIONS A. Local control stations shall be furnished and installed complete with pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights, and other devices as indicated on the Drawings. B. Specific devices installed in local control stations shall be provided in accordance with the requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. C. In non-hazardous locations, local control stations shall be furnished with the following enclosure type and material of construction, dependent upon the designation of the area in which they are to be installed. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-6 Area Designation Enclosure Type and Material Indoor Wet Process Area NEMA 4X, Type 304 Stainless Steel Indoor Dry Process Area NEMA 12, Die Cast Zinc Indoor Dry Non-process Area NEMA 12, Die Cast Zinc Indoor Type 1 Chemical Storage/Transfer Area NEMA 4X, Fiberglass or Thermoplastic Polyester Indoor Type 2 Chemical Storage/Transfer Area NEMA 4X, Type 304 Stainless Steel All Outdoor Areas NEMA 4X, Type 304 Stainless Steel D. Non-metallic enclosures shall be provided with threaded integral conduit hubs. Conduit hubs shall be external to the enclosure. E. Local control stations for use in non-hazardous locations shall be UL-508 Listed. F. Provide a nameplate on each local control station in accordance with Section 26 05 53 T Identification for Electrical Systems. The name and/or number of the equipment associated with each control station shall be engraved on the nameplate, followed by the PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Local control stations shall be provided in the enclosure type and material of construction required for the area in which it is installed. Reference the requirements in Part 2 herein, and the area designations indicated on the Drawings. B. All control components shall be mounted in a manner that will permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving, or removing any other component. Components mounted on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration. Component's mounting shall be oriented in accordance with the component manufacturer's and industries' standard practices. C. Pilot devices shall be properly bonded to the equipment enclosure door where they are installed. If proper bonding cannot be achieved through the locknuts that affix the device in place, a green colored bonding screw shall be provided on the pilot device. The bonding screw shall be bonded to the equipment enclosure through the use of an insulated green bonding conductor. D. Local control station covers shall be bonded to the local control station enclosure through the use of an insulated green bonding conductor. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-7 E. Wiring to devices at each local control station shall be provided with enough slack to permit the local control station cover to be removed and pulled at least 6 inches away from the enclosure. F. Terminal strips, relays, timers, and similar devices shall not be installed on the rear of the panel/cabinet doors. Terminal strips, relays, timers, and similar devices shall not be installed on the side walls of panel/cabinet interiors without written permission from the Engineer. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS & RELAYS 26 09 16-8 SECTION 33 14 23.13 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a factory built above ground fiberglass reinforced plastic enclosure on a formed and poured concrete pad as specified herein. B. The following building wall penetrations shall be coordinated with General Contractor: Two (2) 1-in. Sodium permanganate (SP) feed line penetrations Two (2) ½-in. Sodium permanganate (SP) return line penetrations 2-in. Carrier water penetration Dual Contained 2-in. 3% Sodium permanganate (SP) penetration Dual Contained 1-in. 3% Sodium permanganate (SP) penetration 2-in. Potable Water (PW) Emergency Shower Eyewash penetration 3-in floor drain Conduits penetration 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 05 05 24-T Mechanical Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry B. Section 06 80 15 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic C. Division 26 - Electrical 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the Specifications, all work hereunder shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following documents to the extent that the requirements therein are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section. 1. Texas Standard Building Code 2. ASCE/SEI 7-16 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) 6. National Electric Code (NEC) 7. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. Texas Department of Insurance (TDI) B. Where conflict arises between the local codes and the requirements of the National Electrical Code, The National Fire Code, ASTM, etc., the more stringent requirements shall prevail. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-1 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 C. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with windstorm inspection and documentation services to receive certification from TDI. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 00 72 00, Article 24 - Submittals. 1. All design data and calculations shall be neatly prepared to facilitate review and shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas and who is a recognized expert in this type of construction. The calculations shall include anchor bolt and concrete anchorage calculations for the FRP enclosure and be submitted to the Engineer prior to fabrication and concrete foundation placement. 2. Dimensioned shop drawings showing the building plans including dimensions, elevations, cross-sections, jointing and connections, fasteners and anchors, materials of construction, size and location of all wall penetrations and all accessories. 3. Manufacturer's product information, specifications, and installation instructions for building components and accessories. 4. Certified independent test results of representative wall laminate. 5. Shop drawings of all fabricated gratings and accessories in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 6. Fabricated grating and accessories: manufacturer's shop drawings clearly showing material sizes, types, styles, part or catalog numbers, complete details for the fabrication and erection of components including, but not limited to, location, lengths, type and sizes of fasteners, clip angles, member sizes, and connection details. 7. Fabricated grating and accessories: manufactur structural design data, structural properties data, grating load/deflection tables, corrosion resistance tables, certificates of compliance, test reports as applicable, concrete anchor systems and their allowable load tables, and design calculations for systems not sized or designed in the contract documents. 1.05 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. Fiberglass enclosure shall be provided with a 5-y defects in material and workmanship. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The fiberglass enclosure and the accessory items shall be carefully transported, stored, handled and set in place in a manner that will prevent distortion, misalignment or other damage to the units. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-2 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 B. During storage prior to installation and following installation, but prior to placing in service, the tions regarding handling shall be followed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The materials covered by these specifications are intended to be as manufactured by reputable manufacturers having experience in the production of such items. Fiberglass reinforced plastic enclosures shall be a manufactured by Shelter Works, Warminster Fiberglass Company, Plasti-Fab, Enduro Composites, or equal. 2.02 FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURE A. Enclosure Construction and Design 1. The fiberglass enclosure is to be provided with outside dimensions as shown in the drawings. 2. Provide a minimum of (4) four lifting eyes arranged on the corners to ease handling and installation onto a concrete pad furnished by the contractor. Lifting eyes shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Enclosure walls and roof shall be seamless, one-piece sprayed fiberglass panels laminated to form a structural composite as follows: 1/8" thick fiberglass outside surface1/8" thick fiberglass inside surface. 4. Each wall panel shall be overlapped at the corner and form an internal connection joint using stainless steel hardware. All panel joints shall be thoroughly sealed with silicone caulk. The enclosure shall have a minimum R-10 insulation factor and shall be capable of withstanding 120 mph wind loads. 5. The wall sections shall be provided with vertical fiber-beam laminations located between the inner and outer skin of fiberglass to provide structural integrity and prevent de-lamination of the foam core and fiberglass skins. The vertical fiber beams shall be positio 6. All exterior surfaces shall be (green or tan colored selected by owner) with 18-20 mils of high quality gel coat, incorporating ultra-violet inhibitors. 7. All interior surfaces shall be sprayed white gel coat finish offering the same characteristics as the exterior surfaces. 8. The roof panel shall be a one-piece vaugable materials of construction as the side walls without plywood. The roof shall be removable as a unit, allowing for complete access to the equipment with a crane. The pitch of the roof shall be a minimum of two inch per foot or as recommended by manufacturer to provide sufficient drainage. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-3 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 9. The enclosure shall be provided with a mounting to the concrete slab by the installing contractor. The fully assembled building shall be positioned on the concrete mounting pad. Provide closed cell y hick to provide a weather tight seal around the building perimeter. The interior base flange shall be drilled, positioned and fastened to the pad using Type 316 stainless steel expansion anchors on 24" maximum centers. 10. The enclosure and concrete anchorage shall be designed for dead, live, wind, windborne debris, ice, and other loads in accordance with the latest edition of the Texas Standard Building Code and ASCE/SEI 7-16, for the area under the worst condition, whichever is greater. The design criteria values for the project location are listed on the Structural General Notes Drawing. Enclosure tie-down systems shall comply with 05 05 24-T Mechanical Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry. 11. The manufacturer shall maintain a continuous quality control program and shall furnish to the Engineer certified test results of the physical properties of the buildings. 12. Penetrations: Each penetration for piping through the FRP enclosure wall shall be sealed with spray foam and installed with a 304 stainless steel or fiberglass escutcheon. 13. Bottom Grating shall be Fibergrate FRP molded grating (or equal), composed of fiberglass reinforcement and resins. a. Resin shall be vinyl ester Vi-Corr or equal, compatible with frequent exposure to 40% sodium permanganate. b. All mechanical grating clips shall be manufactured of 316 Stainless Steel. c. Grating shall be manufactured with an integrally applied grit to the top surface of each bar, providing maximum slip resistance. d. Depth: 1 ¼-in. with a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16-in. e. Mesh Configuration: 1 ½-in. x 1 ½-in. with a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16-in. mesh centerline to centerline. f. Load/Deflection: Grating design loads shall be less than manufacturers published maximum recommended loads. Maximum recommended loads shall be determined by acoustic emission testing. Grating shall be designed for a uniform load of 100 psf or concentrated load of 300 lb. Deflection is not to exceed 3/8-in. or L/D = 120, whichever is less. g. Measurements: Grating installed shall be sized to provide 1/8 inch gap around all walls (and cut to fit, as needed), as shown on the Drawings. Exact dimensions provided by manufacturer. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-4 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 h. Layout: Each grating section shall be readily removable, except where indicated on the Drawings. Manufacturer to provide openings and holes where located on the Contract Drawings. Grating openings which fit around protrusions shall be discontinuous at approximately the centerline of opening so each section of grating is readily removable. i. Sealing: All shop fabricated grating cuts shall be coated with vinyl ester resin to provide maximum corrosion resistance. All field fabricated grating cuts shall be coated similarly by the Contractor in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. 14. The drain shall be 3-in. minimum diameter with trap guard as depicted on the Drawings. Drain location shall be coordinated with the concrete pad for the structure and any building support members. B. Doors 1. The enclosure shall be provided with one single 3'-0" wide x 7'-0" high side entrance door. a. The door shall be constructed of the same laminated fiberglass and foam core materials and be completely compatible with the enclosure. b. The door threshold shall be a minimum of 5.5height. c. The door shall be hung with a minimum of (3) ball bearing type hinges equipped with non-removable pins. The hinges shall be bolted through the door jab with stainless steel fasteners. Hinges shall be oriented in the full-mortised position with no fasteners exposed when door is closed. d. A three-point closure system incorporating a lockable door handle and interior override lever shall allow emergency exits even if the door is padlocked from the outside. The door shall be held tight to the enclosure at the top, side and bottom. e. An adjustable door positioner and holder shall be provided at the top of each door which shall limit the door opening beyond 95 degrees. Door shall open outwards. f. Door shall be sealed with a weather tight neoprene gasket along the entire perimeter of the door. g. Door and all hardware shall be designed per IBC 2018 and TDI approved wind speed. h. Provide a one-piece, purpose built, 3 inches deep fiberglass drip cap over doors. Drip cap shall extend 2 inches each side past door. Cut angle shall not be acceptable. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-5 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 C. Enclosure Lighting 1. The enclosure shall be provided with, vapor-tight, LED light fixtures providing a minimum of twenty (20) foot-candles of illumination at the finished floor elevation. Fixtures shall be ceiling or wall mounted, 120V, color temperature 4100K, fiberglass gasketed housing, include polycarbonate latches, and UL wet location listed. 2. Furnish surface mounted, wet location listed exit and emergency egress lighting within the enclosure. Fixtures shall be 120V, LED, with corrosion and impact resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester housings with nickel cadmium battery and self-diagnostics, brownout and surge protected. Fixtures shall be UL wet location listed. 3. Furnish exterior mounted, UL listed wet location listed emergency egress fixture outside of the enclosure door. Fixture shall provide a minimum of one (1) foot- candle for emergency egress for 90 minutes, minimum. 4. The enclosure shall be provided with a weatherproof wall switch mounted adjacent to the enclosure door. The lighting shall be provided with conduit and wiring to the electrical junction box in accordance with Sections 26 05 33 and 26 05 19. Circuit protection for the lighting shall be provided within the distribution panel provided by the Contractor. Provide lighting in accordance with 26 51 00, Lighting. D. Duplex Receptacles 1. The building shall be provided with One, duplex, GFCI receptacle, mounted as shown on the Drawings. Receptacle shall be furnished with a corrosion resistant weatherproof cover. The receptacle shall be pre-wired to the electrical junction box. Circuit protection for the receptacles shall be provided within the distribution panel provided by the Contractor. Receptacles shall be provided in accordance with 26 27 26, Wiring Devices. E. Ventilation Fan 1. A thermostatically controlled, 120 VAC, wall mounted propeller exhaust fan with screen and weatherproof shutters shall be installed in the wall approximately opposite a fresh air intake vent. The exhaust fan shall be designed per IBC 2018 and the TDI. The fan shall have a minimum capacity of 150 CFM at free air and be capable of changing the air in the enclosure a minimum of twelve times per hour. The vent fan shall be pre-wired to the electrical junction box and include an ON/OFF switch mounted on the wall. Circuit protection for the vent fan shall be provided within the pump control panel. Provide 8 inch by 8 inch intake louver sized for exhaust fan. F. Electrical Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes 1. Boxes shall be non-metallic and in accordance with Section 26 05 33, Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System. G. Heating Unit ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-6 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 1. Provide one integral unit heater per Section 23 82 39. H. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-7 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 Other Electrical Equipment 1. The Contractor and building manufacturer shall coordinate the required circuit breaker ratings and conduit and wire sizes to supply the building loads supplied by the building manufacturer. 2. The Building Supplier shall provide conduit and wire from all building electrical devices (i.e, ventilation fan, receptacles, lights, etc.) to the building supplied electrical junction box/es. 3. Wiring shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 19, Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG. 4. Conduit and fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC non-metallic conduit and Liquid Tight Flexible non-metallic conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 33, Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 5. All electrical materials and their installation shall be in accordance with Division 26. 6. Equipment mounting strut shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 29, Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Construct concrete pad complying with the Drawings and applicable Sections of these Specifications. B. Install fiberglass enclosure in compliance with manufact recommended installation procedures. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC ENCLOSURES 33 14 23.13-8 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 SECTION 40 05 00 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install to the required line and grade, all piping together with all fittings and appurtenances, required for a complete installation. All piping located outside the face of structures or building foundations and all piping embedded in concrete within a structure or foundation shall be considered exterior piping. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install fittings, couplings, connections, sleeves, adapters, harness rods and closure pieces as required to connect pipelines of dissimilar materials and/or sizes herein included under this Section and other concurrent Contracts for a complete installation. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services required for the furnishing, installation and testing of all piping as shown on the Drawings, specified in this Section and required for the Work. Piping shall be furnished and installed of the material, sizes, classes, and at the locations shown on the Drawings, including Pipe Schedule. Piping shall include all fittings, adapter pieces, couplings, closure pieces, harnessing rods, hardware, bolts, gaskets, wall sleeves, wall pipes, hangers, supports, and other associated appurtenances for required connections to equipment, valves, or structures for a complete installation. D. Piping assemblies under 4-inch size shall be generally supported on walls and ceilings, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer, being kept clear of openings and positioned above "headroom" space. Where practical, such piping shall be run in neat clusters, plumb and level along walls, and parallel to overhead beams. E. The Contractor shall provide taps on piping where required or shown on the Drawings. Where pipe or fitting wall thicknesses are insufficient to provide the required number of threads, a boss or pipe saddle shall be installed. F. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Connections to existing pipelines. 2. Test excavations necessary to locate or verify existing pipe and appurtenances. 062719 3. Installation of all new pipe and materials required for a complete installation. 4. Cleaning, testing and disinfecting as required. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-1 A. Division 01 General Requirements B. Division 02 Sitework C. Division 05 Metals D. Division 09 Finishes E. Division 26 Electrical F. Division 46 Water and Wastewater Equipment 1.03 MATERIAL CERTIFICATION AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner (through the Engineer) a Material Certification stating that the pipe materials and specials furnished under this Section conform to all applicable provisions of the corresponding Specifications. Specifically, the Certification shall state compliance with the applicable standards (ASTM, AWWA, etc.) for fabrication and testing. B. Shop Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, complete piping layout, pipe material, sizes, class, locations, necessary dimensions, elevations, supports, hanger details, pipe joints, and the details of fittings including methods of joint restraint. No fabrication or installation shall begin until Shop Drawings are approved by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All specials and every length of pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, size, class, and the date of manufacture. Special care in handling shall be exercised during delivery, distribution, and storage of pipe to avoid damage and unnecessary stresses. Damaged pipe will be rejected and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Pipe and specials stored prior to use shall be stored in such a manner as to keep the interior free from dirt and foreign matter. B. Testing of pipe before installation shall be as described in the corresponding ASTM or AWWA Specifications and in the applicable standard specifications listed in the following sections. Testing after the pipe is installed shall be as specified in Part 3. C. Joints in piping shall be of the type as specified in the Pipe Schedule on the Drawings. D. ALL BURIED EXTERIOR PIPING SHALL HAVE RESTRAINED JOINTS FOR THRUST PROTECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-2 ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR PIPING SHALL HAVE FLANGED JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. E. The Drawings indicate work affecting existing piping and appurtenances. The Contractor shall excavate test pits as required of all connections and crossings which may affect the Contractor's work prior to ordering pipe and fittings to determine sufficient information for ordering materials. The Contractor shall take whatever measurements that are required to complete the work as shown or specified. 2.02 WALL PIPES A. Where wall sleeves or wall pipes occur in walls that are continuously wet on one or both sides, they shall have water stop flanges at the center of the casting or as shown on the Drawings. Ends of wall pipes shall be flange, mechanical joint, plain end, or bell as shown on the Drawings, or as required for connection to the piping. Wall pipes shall be of the same material as the piping that they are connected to. If welded waterstop flanges are employed, welds shall be 360 degree continuous on both sides of flange. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, waterstop flanges shall conform to the minimum dimensions shown below: Waterstop Waterstop Pipe Size Flange Diameter Flange Thickness 4" - 12" OD + 3.10" 0.50" 14" - 24" OD + 4.15" 0.75" 30" - 36" OD + 4.50" 1.00" 42" - 48" OD + 5.00" 1.25" 54" OD + 5.90" 1.50" 2.03 SLEEVES A. Unless shown otherwise, all piping passing through walls and floors shall be installed in sleeves or wall castings accurately located before concrete is poured or placed in position during construction of masonry walls. Sleeves passing through floors shall extend from the bottom of the floor to a point 3 inches above the finished floor, unless shown otherwise. Water stop flanges are required on all sleeves located in floors or walls which are continually wet or under hydrostatic pressure on one or both sides of the floor or wall. B. Sleeves shall be cast iron, black steel pipe, or fabricated steel in accordance with details shown on the Drawings. If not shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the details of sleeves he proposes to install; and no fabrication or installation thereof shall take place until the Engineer's approval is obtained. Steel sleeves shall be fabricated of structural steel plate in accordance with the standards and procedures of ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-3 AISC and AWS. Steel sleeve surfaces shall receive a commercial sandblast cleaning and then be shop painted in accordance with Division 9. C. When shown on the Drawings or otherwise required, the annular space between the installed piping and sleeve shall be completely sealed against a maximum hydrostatic pressure of 20 psig. Seals shall be mechanically interlocked, solid rubber links, trade name "Link-Seal", as manufactured by Garlock Pipeline Technologies (GPT) or equal. Rubber link, seal-type, size, and installation thereof, shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. For non-fire rated walls and floors, pressure plate shall be glass reinforced nylon plastic with EPDM rubber seal and 304 stainless steel bolts and nuts. For fire rated walls and floors, two independent seals shall be provided consisting of low carbon steel, zinc galvanized pressure plates, silicon rubber seals and low carbon steel, zinc galvanized bolts and nuts. D. Cast iron mechanical joint adapter sleeves shall be Clow # 1429, as manufactured by the Clow Corp., or equal. Mechanical joint adapter sleeves shall be provided with suitable gasket, follower ring, and bolts to affect a proper seal. In general, sleeves installed in walls, floors, or roofs against one side of which will develop a hydrostatic pressure, or through which leakage of liquid will occur, shall be so sealed. If welded waterstop flanges are employed, welds shall be 360 degree continuous on both sides of flange. 2.04 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING SADDLES A. Tapping sleeves shall be similar to Mueller Outlet Seal, American Uniseal or Kennedy Square Seal. All sleeves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. All sleeves larger than twelve (12) inches shall be ductile iron, unless otherwise noted. All taps shall be machine drilled; no burned taps will be allowed. B. Tapping saddles may be used on mains sixteen (16) inches and larger where the required tap size does not exceed one-half the size of the main (i.e. 8-inch tapping saddle for use on a 16-inch main). Tapping saddles shall be manufactured of ductile iron providing a factor of safety of at least 2.5 at a working pressure of 250 psi, unless otherwise noted. Saddles shall be equipped with a standard AWWA C-110-77 flange connection on the branch. Sealing gaskets shall be "O" ring type, high quality molded rubber having an approximate seventy durometer hardness, placed into a groove on the curved surface of the tapping saddles. Straps shall be of alloy steel. The tapping saddle shall be the American tapping saddle, U.S. Pipe tapping saddle, or equal. All taps shall be machine cut, no burned taps will be allowed. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-4 2.05 UNIONS A. For ductile iron, carbon steel, and grey cast iron pipes assembled with threaded joints and malleable iron fittings, unions shall conform to ANSI B16.39. B. For copper piping, unions shall have ground joints and conform to ANSI B16.18. C. For PVC and CPVC piping, unions shall be socket weld type with Viton O-ring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All piping shall be installed by skilled workmen and in accordance with the best standard practice for piping installation as shown on the Drawings, specified or recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Proper tools and appliances for the safe and convenient handling and installing of the pipe and fittings shall be used. Great care shall be taken to prevent any pipe coating from being damaged on the inside or outside of the pipe and fittings. All pieces shall be carefully examined for defects, and no piece shall be installed which is known to be cracked, damaged, or otherwise defective. If any defective pieces should be discovered after having been installed, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound one in a satisfactory manner by the Contractor and at his own expense. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are installed and shall be kept clean until they are accepted in the complete work. All piping connections to equipment shall be provided with unions or coupling flanges located so that piping may be readily dismantled from the equipment. At certain applications, Dresser, Victaulic, or equal, couplings may also be used. All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will be free to expand and contract without injury to itself or to structures and equipment to which it is connected. All piping shall be erected to accurate lines and grades with no abrupt changes in line or grade and shall be supported and braced against movement, temporary, or permanent. All exposed piping shall be installed with vertical and horizontal angles properly related to adjoining surfaces or pipes to give the appearance of good workmanship. Unless otherwise shown or approved, provide a minimum headroom clearance under all piping of 7 feet 6 inches. B. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all waste and vent piping shall pitch uniformly at a 1/4-inch per foot grade and accessible cleanouts shall be furnished and installed as shown and as required by local building codes. Installed length of waste and vent piping shall be determined from field measurements in lieu of the Drawings. C. All excavation shall be made in such a manner and to such widths as will provide ample room for properly installing the pipe and permit thorough compaction of backfill around the pipe. The minimum trench widths shall be in strict accordance with the "Trench Width Excavation Limits" as shown on the Drawings. All excavation and trenching shall be done in strict accordance with these specifications and all applicable parts of the OSHA Regulations, 29CFR 1926, Subpart P. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-5 D. ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE UNCLASSIFIED. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR ROCK EXCAVATION REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PIPE OR STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. E. Enlargements of the trench shall be made as needed to give ample space for operations at pipe joints. The width of the trench shall be limited to the maximum dimensions shown on the Drawings, except where a wider trench is needed for the installation of and work within sheeting and bracing. Except where otherwise specified, excavation slopes shall be flat enough to avoid slides which will cause disturbance of the subgrade, damage to adjacent areas, or endanger the lives or safety of persons in the vicinity. F. Hand excavation shall be employed wherever, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is necessary for the protection of existing utilities, poles, trees, pavements, or obstructions. G. No greater length of trench in any location shall be left open, in advance of pipe laying, than shall be authorized or directed by the Engineer and, in general, such length shall be limited to approximately one hundred (100) feet. The Contractor shall excavate the trenches to the full depth, width and grade indicated on the Drawings including the relevant requirements for bedding. The trench bottoms shall then be examined by the Engineer as to the condition and bearing value before any pipe is laid or bedding is placed. H. No pressure testing shall be performed until the pipe has been properly backfilled in place. All pipe passing through walls and/or floors shall be provided with wall pipes or sleeves in accordance with the specifications and the details shown on the Drawings. All wall pipes shall be of ductile iron and shall have a water stop located in the center of the wall. Each wall pipe shall be of the same class, thickness, and interior coating as the piping to which it is joined. All buried wall pipes shall have a coal tar outside coating on exposed surfaces. I. JOINT DEFLECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED 75 PERCENT OF THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED DEFLECTION. Excavation and backfilling shall conform to the requirements of Division 31, and as specified herein. Maximum trench widths shall conform to the Trench Width Excavation Limits shown on the Drawings. All exposed, submerged, and buried piping shall be adequately supported and braced by means of hangers, concrete piers, pipe supports, or otherwise as may be required by the location. J. Following proper preparation of the trench subgrade, pipe and fittings shall be carefully lowered into the trench so as to prevent dirt and other foreign substances from gaining entrance into the pipe and fittings. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY OF THE MATERIALS BE DROPPED OR DUMPED INTO THE TRENCH. K. Water shall be kept out of the trench until jointing and backfilling are completed. When work is not in progress, open ends of pipe, fittings, and valves shall be securely closed ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-6 so that no water, earth, or other substance will enter the pipes, fitting, or valves. Pipe ends left for future connections shall be valved, plugged, or capped, and anchored as required. L. All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will be free to expand and/or contract without injury to itself or to structures and equipment to which it is connected. All piping shall be erected to accurate lines and grades with no abrupt changes in line or grade and shall be supported and braced against movement, temporary, or permanent. All exposed piping shall be installed with vertical and horizontal angles properly related to adjoining surfaces or pipes to give the appearance of good workmanship. Pipes crossing within a vertical distance of less than or equal to one (1) foot shall be encased and supported with concrete at the point of crossing to prevent damage to the adjacent pipes as shown on the Drawings. M. The full length of each section of pipe shall rest solidly upon the bed of the trench, with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, joints, and fittings. Before joints are made, each pipe shall be well bedded on a solid foundation; and no pipe shall be brought into position until the preceding length has been thoroughly bedded and secured in place. Pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and relaid by the Contractor at his own expense. Pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for work. N. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe convenient handling and laying of pipe shall be used and shall in general agree with manufacturer's recommendations. O. AT THE CLOSE OF EACH WORK DAY, THE END OF THE PIPELINE SHALL BE TIGHTLY SEALED WITH A CAP OR PLUG SO THAT NO WATER, DIRT, OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCE MAY ENTER THE PIPELINE, AND THIS PLUG SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL PIPE LAYING IS RESUMED. P. Ordinarily only full lengths of pipe (as furnished by the pipe manufacturer) shall be used exceptions: closure pieces at manholes and areas where joint deflection is required. Q. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE TYPE "A" BEDDING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. R. Detector tape shall be installed 12 inches below final grade and directly above all buried potable water piping. The tape shall be blue and silver and shall be clearly and permanently labeled "Water". Detector tape shall be Lineguard III as manufactured by Lineguard, Inc., or equal. S. AT THE CLOSE OF WORK EACH DAY, PIPELINE TRENCHES SHALL BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED OR PLATED. UNDER NO CONDITIONS SHALL ANY PIPELINE TRENCH BE LEFT OPEN DURING NON-WORKING HOURS. 3.02 CARBON AND STAINLESS-STEEL PIPE ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-7 A. Installation of steel pipe shall be by skilled workmen and shall conform to the applicable sections of AWWA Manual M-11. Joints for steel piping shall be either screwed, welded, or flanged as shown on the Drawings or as specified. B. Welding in the field shall be performed only when requested on the shop drawings and permitted by the Engineer for carbon steel pipe. No welding of stainless-steel pipe shall be allowed in the field. All field welds shall be radiographically inspected. C. Installation of the steel casing pipe shall be by skilled workmen and in accordance with the best standard practice for steel pipe installation. Joints for steel casing pipe shall be butt welded. 1. The boring equipment to be used for installing the jacked casing shall be of such size and capacity to allow the boring to proceed in a safe and expeditious manner. The installation of the casing and boring of the hole shall be done simultaneously to avoid cave-ins or settlement and for safety of traffic above. 2. The Contractor shall check the vertical and horizontal alignment of the casing by survey instrument at least once during each four feet of advance, or as directed by the Engineer. Pits shall be well sheeted and braced as necessary for safe and adequate access for workmen, inspectors and materials and shall be of a size suitable to equipment and material handling requirements. 3. Under no conditions shall jetting or wet boring of encasement under pavement be allowed. 4. After installation of the carrier pipe, each end of the casing pipe shall be made watertight with a brick masonry bulkhead. In addition, a Class B concrete cradle shall be provided from each end of the bulkhead to the first pipe joint outside of the bulkhead. 3.03 JOINTS IN PIPING A. Flanged joints shall be brought to exact alignment and all gaskets and bolts or studs inserted in their proper places. Bolts or studs shall be uniformly tightened around the joints. Where stud bolts are used, the bolts shall be uniformly centered in the connections and equal pressure applied to each nut on the stud. Pipes in all lines subject to temperature changes shall be cut short and cold sprung into place to compensate for expansion when hot. B. Threaded and/or screwed joints shall have long tapered full depth threads to be made with the appropriate paste or jointing compound, depending on the type of fluid to be processed through the pipe. All pipe up to, and including 1-1/2-inches, shall be reamed to remove burr and stood on end and well pounded to remove scale and dirt. Wrenches on valves and fittings shall be applied directly over the joint being tightened. Not more than three pipe threads shall be exposed at each connection. Pipe, in all lines subject to temperature changes shall be cut short and cold sprung into place to compensate for ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-8 expansion when hot. Joints in all piping used for chlorine gas lines shall be made up with a glycerine and litharge cement. Joints in plastic piping (PVC/CPVC) shall be laid and joints made with compounds recommended by the manufacturer. Installation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2774 and ASTM D2855. Unions required adjacent to valves and equipment. C. Welded joints shall be made by competent operators in a first-class workmanlike manner, in complete accordance with ANSI B31.1 and AWWA C206. Welding electrodes shall conform to ASTM A233, and welding rod shall conform to ASTM A251. Only skilled welders capable of meeting the qualification tests for the type of welding which they are performing shall be employed. Tests, if so required, shall be made at the expense of the Contractor, if so ordered by the Engineer. Unions shall be required adjacent to valves and equipment. D. Copper joints shall be thoroughly cleaned, and the end of pipes uniformly flared by a suitable tool to the bevels of the fittings used. Wrenches shall be applied to the bodies of fittings where the joint is being made and in no case to a joint previously made. Dimensions of tubing and copper piping shall be in complete accordance with the fittings used. No flare joints shall be made on piping not suited for flare joints. Installations for propane gas shall be in accordance with NFPA 54 and/or 58. E. Solvent or adhesive welded joints in plastic piping shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations, including necessary field cuttings, sanding of pipe ends, joint support during setting period, etc. Care shall be taken that no droppings or deposits of adhesive or material remain inside the assembled piping. Solvent or adhesive material shall be compatible with the pipe itself, being a product approved by the pipe manufacturer. Unions are required adjacent to valves and equipment. Sleeve-type expansion joints shall be supplied in exposed piping to permit 1- inch minimum of expansion per 100 feet of pipe length. F. Dielectric isolation such as flange isolation kits, dielectric unions, or similar, shall be installed wherever dissimilar metals are connected according to the following table. n l o e b l e r te a e S t C n d/S l o e m r es n I z u i s e o r t ne nre e il Il S is a l p t tn s vm ei c d lcp s la uea n i a lauor tt i ZGACDMSCBS Zinc Galvanized Steel Aluminum Cast Iron ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-9 n l o e b l e r te a e S t C n d/S l o e m r es n I z u i s e or t ne nre e il Il S is a l p t tn s vm ei c d lcp s la uea n i a lauor tt i ZGACDMSCBS Ductile Iron Mild Steel/ Carbon Steel Copper Brass Stainless Steel Notes: two materials noted. Consult Engineer for items not listed in table. Provide flange isolation kits for all flanged connections of dissimilar metals and hardware including connections to equipment. Contractor shall include all isolation descriptions with piping submittals. G. Eccentric reducers shall be installed where air or water pockets would otherwise occur in mains because of a reduction in pipe size. H. Joints in polyvinylidelene fluoride pipe shall be as specified in 40 05 13.43. I. Connections between different types of piping (i.e., PVC pipe to PVDF) should be made via a flange connection with elastomers as specified. Nylon fittings are not allowed for sodium permanganate service. 3.04 FLUSHING AND TESTING A. All piping shall be properly flushed and tested unless specifically exempted elsewhere in the Specifications or otherwise approved by the Engineer. All liquid conveying pipelines shall be flushed and tested with water. The Contractor shall furnish and install all means and apparatus necessary for getting the water into the pipeline for flushing and testing including pumps, compressors, gauges, and meters, any necessary plugs and caps, and any required blow-off piping and fittings, etc., complete with any necessary reaction blocking to prevent pipe movement during the flushing and testing. All pipelines shall be flushed and tested in such lengths or sections as agreed upon among the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. Test pressures shall be measured at the lowest point of the pipe segment being tested. The Contractor shall give the Owner and Engineer reasonable notice of the time when he intends to test portions of the pipelines. The Engineer reserves the right, within reason, to request flushing and testing of any section or portion of a pipeline. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-10 B. The Contractor shall provide water for all flushing and testing of liquid conveying pipelines. Raw water or non-potable water may be used for flushing and testing liquid pipelines not connected to the potable water system. Only potable water shall be used for flushing and testing the potable water system. C. At the conclusion of the installation work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all new liquid conveying pipe by flushing with water or other means to remove all dirt, stones, pieces of wood, etc., which may have entered the pipe during the construction period. If after this cleaning any obstructions remain, they shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his own expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Liquid conveying pipelines shall be flushed at the rate of at least 2.5 feet per second for a duration suitable to the Engineer or shall be flushed by other methods approved by the Engineer. D. During testing the piping shall show no leakage. Any leaks or defective piping disclosed by the leakage test shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at his own expense, and the test repeated until all such piping shows tight. E. After flushing, all liquid conveying pipelines shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times the working pressure. The procedure used for the hydrostatic test shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C600. Each pipeline shall be filled with water for a period of no less than 24 hours and then subjected to the specified test pressure for 2 hours. During this test, exposed piping shall show no leakage. Allowable leakage in buried piping shall be in accordance with AWWA C600. F. Any leaks or defective pipe disclosed by the hydrostatic test shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at his own expense, and the test repeated until all such piping shows tight. 3.05 DISINFECTION A. All pipe and fitting connected to and forming a part of a potable water supply shall be disinfected in accordance with the procedures described in AWWA C 651. Disinfection shall also be in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality and the Owner. B. Disinfection shall be accomplished after the pipe has been flushed, if applicable, and passed the hydrostatic test. Such piping shall be filled with 50 parts per million (PPM) of chlorine and held in contact for not less than 24 hours. Final tests after 24 hours contact time shall show a minimum residual chlorine content of 10 ppm in all parts of the system. Disinfection shall be repeated as often as necessary, and as directed by the Engineer and/or TCEQ and/or the Owner until the minimum residual chlorine content of 10 ppm has been reached. The Contractor shall obtain certificates of satisfactory bacteriological tests and furnish them to the Owner before the request is made for acceptance of the work. The Contractor shall furnish and install, at his own expense, all means and apparatus necessary for performing the disinfection. The chlorine solution shall be thoroughly flushed out prior to placing the new sections of pipe in service. The ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-11 Contractor is cautioned that the spent chlorine solution must be disposed of in such a way as not to be detrimental to animal, plant, or fish life. Chlorine residual tests will be made after flushing to assure that residual is not in excess of 1 ppm at any point in system. 3.06 PAINTING AND COLOR-CODING SYSTEM A. All exposed piping specified shall be color coded in accordance with the Owner's standard color designation system for pipe recognition and in accordance with Section 40 05 00.03 Piping Identification. In the absence of a standard color designation system, the Engineer will establish a standard color designation for each piping service category from color charts submitted by the Contractor in compliance with Section 09 90 00 Painting. B. All piping specified in this Section shall be painted in accordance with Division 9 Painting, except as follows: 1. Copper pipe 2. Stainless steel pipe. Flanges and supports or hangers shall be painted. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 40 05 00-12 SECTION 40 05 23.02 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS, TEFLON- LINED PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Reference Section 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements. B. Section includes: Teflon-lined stainless steel pipe and fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the latest standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Water Works Association (AWWA) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). 2.02 TEFLON- LINED STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe shall be made of 316 stainless steel, 10S, conforming to ASTM A312. B. Pipe must be welded seam, annealed after welding, pickled and passivated. C. Flange dimensions shall meet ANSI B16.5 or B31.3. Flanges shall be 150lb and conform to ASTM A-105, lap joint, threaded or weld type. D. Fittings shall be 150 lb and conform to ASTM A-216. E. Lining 1. Lining shall be composed of Teflon. Lining shall be seamless and homogeneous. 2. Teflon shall be mechanically swaged into pipe or molded in place only after the fitting or pipe is cast or completely fabricated. 3. Bending, expanding, thinning, or distorting the lining in any way is not permitted. 4. Flaring or machining of the plastic face is to be performed only after the lining is temperature compensated and stabilized by cycling each pipe spool or fitting from ambient through its temperature range. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS STAINLESS STEEL PIPE, TEFLON-LINED 40 05 23.02-1 5. The lining employed in both pipe and fittings shall have a minimum uniform wall thickness of 0.190 inches. F. All pipe and fittings shall be visually inspected for any imperfections prior to lining. G. Interior of pipe and fittings shall be smooth, clean and free of burrs or other imperfections. All corners in contact with the lining are to be radiused and welds ground H. All welding operations must be performed prior to lining. I. After lining, all Teflon lined pipe and Teflon lined fittings must individually pass a minimum of 25,000 volt non-destructive electrostatic spark test. J. That portion of the Teflon lining forming the flange gasket sealing surface shall be free of scratches, dents, or any defect measuring greater than 10% of the lining thickness. K. After thorough inspection, all Teflon lined fittings and Teflon lined pipe spools shall have The covers shall not be removed until the Teflon lined pipe or fitting is ready for installation. If protective covers are removed for inspection, they should be replaced as soon thereafter as possible. L. Teflon (PTFE) lined stainless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM F1545-97, Specification for Plastic Lined Steel Piping, and shall be as manufactured by Fusibond Piping Systems, Inc., Plastic Lined Piping Systems, Inc., or equal. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS STAINLESS STEEL PIPE, TEFLON-LINED 40 05 23.02-2 SECTION 40 05 31.43 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Reference Section 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. PVDF pipe shall conform to the latest standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Water Works Association (AWWA) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). B. Acceptable manufacturers are listed below. Other manufacturers of equivalent products may be submitted for approval: 1. Asahi/America 2. George Fisher Pipes 3. FloSafe 2.02 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF) PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe, valves and fittings shall be made from virgin resin produced by one supplier. The resin shall meet or exceed the requirements outlined for a Type II suspension grade homopolymer resin in ASTM D-3222, or Type I suspension grade homopolymer resign outlined in Table 1 of ASTM D-3222. B. 740. All piping is produced based on an SDR system and calculated utilizing a Hydrostatic Design Basis according to ASTM D 2837. C. Fittings shall be made of Solef 1008/0001 or 1009/0001 resin, or Atofina KYNAR 740. All fittings shall be injected molded. Fittings shall have same wall thickness and pressure ratings as the pipe. Ends of fittings shall be flush, creating a single plane. 06272019CB D. 3. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE PIPE 40 05 31.43-1 E. Chemical Resistance and application of PVDF to be verified and approved by manufacturer. Elastomers used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be selected by the manufacturer with regard to the compatibility of the fluid to be carried by the pipe. F. Specialty fittings include restraint fittings, instrumentation fittings, instrumentation donuts, etc. Specialty fittings shall be machined and molded of the same resin as the pipe. G. Hardware for the assembly of the piping system shall be stainless steel. H. Piping shall be compatible with heat trace system. 2.03 PIPE JOINTS A. Joining of PVDF piping greater than 2-in. diameter shall be by the butt-fusion method. Joining of PVDF piping 2-in. diameter and smaller shall be by socket fusion method. Installers shall be pre-qualified through training on welding technique according to ASTM D-2657. Manufacturer shall provide on-site training in the assembly and installation of the PVDF piping systems. B. Flanged fittings of the same material as the specified pipe and material conforming to ANSI B16.5 shall be provided where connections to piping systems of other material is required (e.g., stainless steel piping, Sch 80 PVC or CVPC). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Plastic piping shall not be installed when the ambient temperature is less than 60°F except as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. B. Contractor shall make ample provisions for flexibility in all pipelines. Unless other forms of expansion compensation are specified, such as expansion joints, fabricate all runs of pipe subject to change in length shorter than their theoretical length to the extent of one half of the expansion and erect them such that they may be free to expand without increasing the stresses imposed when cold. C. When the foregoing method of compensation for expansion is not adequate, furnish and install in the pipelines expansion devices adequate to allow the lines to expand and contract freely without injury to any part of the piping system. The devices may be in the form of expansion joints, swivel joints, pipe bends or flexible couplings, and shall include such anchors as may be shown or required to make the devices effective. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE PIPE 40 05 31.43-2 SECTION 40 05 68.13 VALVES PVC, CPVC, AND PVDF PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Reference Section 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION A. Valves provided for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for the intended service. PVC valves shall be provided in PVC piping and CPVC valves shall be provided in CPVC piping. Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) valves shall be provided in PVDF piping. Spears PVC products shall not be allowed for sodium permanganate service. B. Valve bodies shall be constructed of Class 12454-B PVC, or Class 23447-B CPVC, or ASTM D3222, Type I, Grade 2 PVDF. C. Acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service shall be as follows: Acceptable O-Ring and Chemical Seating Material PTFE, Hypalon, Silicone, Sodium Permanganate Aflas, Kalrez 2.02 PVC/CPVC BALL VALVES A. Ball valves shall have 125 psi minimum non-shock cold water pressure rating. Valves shall have integral unions with socket, flanged or threaded ends as required and as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6) and shall have removable handles. Valves shall be manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Chemtrol Products Division of NIBCO, Inc., IPEX Industrial Thermoplastics, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. 2.03 PVC/CPVC SWING CHECK VALVES A. Swing check valves shall have an external lever and weight. Check valves shall have 091918 socket, flanged, or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule, Drawings Sheet M5. Valves shall be capable of top entry to facilitate cleaning and repair without removal from the line. Valve shall incorporate a single disc design. Check valves shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, or equal. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS VALVES PVC, CPVC, PVDF 40 05 68.13-1 2.04 PVC/CPVC BALL CHECK VALVES A. Ball check valves shall have 150 psi minimum non-shock cold water pressure rating and integral union with socket, flanged or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6). Valves shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Chemtrol Products Division of NIBCO, Inc., Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. 2.05 PVC/CPVC DIAPHRAGM VALVES A. Diaphragm valves shall have socket, flanged or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6) and shall have a position indicator and adjustable travel stop. Diaphragm valves shall be similar to Type G, as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. 2.06 PVC/CPVC BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves shall be wafer style and shall have polypropylene discs. Butterfly valves shall provide bubble-tight seating, with 316 stainless steel shaft and gear operator, and shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. 2.07 PVC/CPVC BUTTERFLY CHECK VALVES A. Butterfly check valves shall have flanged ends or be wafer-style, as shown on the Drawings. Body and internal materials shall be PVC or CPVC, and elastomer materials shall be completely resistant to corrosion by the chemical being conveyed. Valves shall be elastomer hinged check valves with unrestricted full-port seatless design, tight shutoff, and the ability to be mounted in any position. Valves shall be Techno Multi- Purpose Check Valves by Cameron, or equal. 2.08 PVDF BALL VALVES A. PVDF ball valves shall have 150 psi (at 68 °F) minimum non-shock cold water pressure rating. Valves shall have integral unions with socket, flanged or threaded ends as required and as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6) and shall have removable handles. Valves shall be manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Chemtrol Products Division of NIBCO, Inc., IPEX Industrial Thermoplastics, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. 2.09 PVDF SWING CHECK VALVES A. Swing check valves shall have an external lever and weight. Check valves shall have socket, flanged, or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6). Valves shall be capable of top entry to facilitate cleaning and repair without removal from the line. Valve shall incorporate a single disc design. Check valves shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS VALVES PVC, CPVC, PVDF 40 05 68.13-2 2.10 PVDF BALL CHECK VALVES A. Ball check valves shall have 150 psi (at 68 °F) minimum non-shock cold water pressure rating and integral union with socket, flanged or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6). Valves shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Chemtrol Products Division of NIBCO, Inc., Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. 2.11 PVDF DIAPHRAGM VALVES A. Diaphragm valves shall have socket, flanged or threaded ends as specified in Pipe Schedule (Drawing Sheet M6) and shall have a position indicator and adjustable travel stop. Diaphragm valves shall be similar to Type G, as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. 2.12 PVDF BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves shall be wafer style and shall have polypropylene discs. Butterfly valves shall provide bubble-tight seating, with 316 stainless steel shaft and gear operator, and shall be as manufactured by ASAHI/AMERICA, Hayward Industrial Products, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. 2.13 PVDF BUTTERFLY CHECK VALVES A. Butterfly check valves shall have flanged ends or be wafer-style, as shown on the Drawings. Body and internal materials shall be PVDF, and elastomer materials shall be completely resistant to corrosion by the chemical being conveyed. Valves shall be elastomer hinged check valves with unrestricted full-port seatless design, tight shutoff, and the ability to be mounted in any position. Valves shall be Techno Multi-Purpose Check Valves by Cameron, or equal. Valves shall have acceptable elastomer materials for each chemical service as defined in the table in 2.01. PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS VALVES PVC, CPVC, PVDF 40 05 68.13-3 SECTION 40 05 68.23 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Reference Section 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements. B. Valves intended for chemical service shall be constructed of materials suitable for the intended service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLENOID VALVES A. Two-way solenoid valves shall be normally closed and shall open when the solenoid is energized, unless otherwise noted. The valve shall be of forged brass-body and bonnet with a BUNA "N" diaphragm and screwed ends. The solenoid's internal parts shall be of 300 and 400 series stainless steel. The valve shall have a safe body working pressure of 125 psi, and shall be as manufactured by ASCO Valves, Automatic Switch Co., or equal, for 120 volt, 60 Hz, single phase operation. Solenoid enclosure shall be NEMA 4 watertight. 2.02 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES A. Pressure reducing and regulating valves (water service) 1/2-inch and under shall be bronze and above 1/2-inch shall have cast iron bodies bronze fitted. Valves shall be constructed with full openings and capable of supplying a full flow of water at reduced pressure. Valves shall be so constructed that repairs can be made without removing the valves from the line. The valves shall be equipped with a sedimentation chamber and stainless steel or bronze strainer. Pressure reducing and regulating valves shall be the back pressure sustaining type and shall operate over a range at differential pressures from 5 to 120 psi. Reducing and regulating valves shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASSE 1003 (ANSI A112.26.2) and shall be WATTS Series 25 AUB, GA, or equal. END OF SECTION 071720 ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 05 68.23-1 SECTION 40 41 13 HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install heat tracing and insulation systems as shown and required by notes in the drawings. All heat tracing components shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. The heat tracing and insulation system shall include but shall not be limited to self-regulating heater cables, grommet end termination kits, power connection kits, splice kits, NEMA 4X enclosed thermostats, piping insulation and jacket and installation tape. The intent of this specification is for the contractor to supply all appurtenances needed for a complete and fully operational system at each location that a heat tracing system is required. The heat tracing system supplier shall be completely responsible for the design of the system such that the entire system meets all aspects of this specification and the system functions in the environment where it will be installed. All parameters of the system shall be sized and as recommended by the supplier. B. The heat tracing system(s) shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 40 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements. C. Piping insulation and jacket shall be supplied with all heat traced piping and shall be in conformance with Section 40 05 06.55 Piping Insulation. The thickness of the insulation shall be as stipulated in this specification. D. All air release valve piping that will remain constantly wet and that is installed outdoors shall be heat traced. All pressure gauge piping installed outdoors shall be heat traced and insulated. E. The minimum design ambient temperature for the heat tracing system design shall be 20°F. F. All the components of the heat tracing system shall be individually Underwriters Laboratory (UL) listed. The system as supplied shall conform to all applicable parts of the following: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2. National Electric Code (NEC) 052016 3. Local and State Building Codes ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS 40 41 13-1 1.02 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Heat tracing system conductors and insulation for METAL piping shall be supplied in conformance with the following table, unless otherwise noted: Heat Tracing Conductors and Insulation for Metal Piping Cable Heat Rating Watts per Foot Insulation Design Air Design Air Pipe Thickness Temperature Temperature Size (in) (in) -10°F -40°F 1 3 3 1 1 3 5 1-1/4 1 3 5 1-1/2 1 3 5 2 1 3 5 2-1/2 1 3 5 3 1-1/2 3 5 1) Two conductors shall be provided and shall be placed on top of and under the pipe. B. Heat tracing system conductors and insulation for NONMETALLIC. C. Piping shall be supplied in conformance with the following table, unless otherwise noted: Heat Tracing Conductors and Insulation for Nonmetallic Piping Cable Heat Rating Watts per Foot Insulation Ambient Air Ambient Air Pipe Thickness Temperature Temperature Size (in) (in) -10°F -40°F 1 3 3 1 1 3 5 1-1/4 1 3 5 1-1/2 1 3 5 2 1 3 5 2-1/2 1 5 8 3 1-1/2 3 8 4 1-1/2 5 8 ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS 40 41 13-2 1) Consult the heat tracing system manufacturer for the cable rating and the number of passes for each pipe. 2) Two conductors shall be provided and shall be placed on top of and under the pipe. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings. Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for all equipment in accordance with Sections 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions, 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures, and 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data. 1. Submittal data on all components of the heat trace system and any other data recommended by the manufacturer 2. Installation and maintenance instructions 3. List of replacement parts for the entire system in table format 4. Bill of materials list of the system as supplied in table format PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Each heat trace system shall be supplied by Thermon Manufacturing Company, Raychem Corporation or Chromalox. All system components shall be supplied by a single manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. The self-regulating heater cable assembly shall consist of two parallel copper bus wires, minimum size 16 AWG, connected through a semi-conductive heating matrix. This heating element shall be covered with a cross-linked polyolefin insulation jacket. This insulation shall be covered by a tinned copper braid and then covered with a fluoropolymer insulating jacket. All heat cables shall be rated for 120 volt supply voltage. B. Each heat tracing circuit shall be supplied with a power connection and end seal kit. Each end seal kit shall include a lighted end termination kit Chromalox model UESL or equal. It shall be the responsibility to make sure that no circuit in the system be longer than as recommended by the heat tracing system manufacturer. C. All terminations, splices, junctions manufacturer recommended and supplied kits. Junction boxes shall be provided where required for access to all circuit appurtenances. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS 40 41 13-3 2.03 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A. A thermostat shall be furnished and installed for each heat trace circuit. The thermostat shall have LED indication of set point, process temperature, high temperature alarm, low temperature alarm and RTD failure. The thermostat shall be housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure and shall suitable for use in a Class 1 Division 2 Location. The thermostat shall be UL listed. The Thermostat shall be rated to match the voltage of the heating cable with a switch rating of 30 amps (minimum). The thermostat shall be Chromalox model DTS or equal. 2.04 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and shall include the following: 1. 100 ft. of self-regulating cable for each cable wattage provided for the system(s) 2. One (1) spare ambient thermostat controller for each heat tracing system 3. One (1) spare ambient temperature RTD 4. Two (2) each of the following: cable termination kits, cable splice kits and cable tee kits PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and shall include the following site visits: Number of Number of Service Trips Days/Trip Installation and Testing 1 1 Startup and Training 1 1 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The installation of all heat tracing and insulation components shall conform to all instructions and requirements recommended by the heat tracing system manufacturer. All installation and terminations shall conform to the National Electric Code. B. All piping shall be pressure tested prior to installation of any heat tracing or insulation components. Thermal insulation shall only be installed when all heat tracing components ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS 40 41 13-4 are in place and satisfactorily tested as indicated herein. Once tested, the insulation shall be installed immediately to prevent damage to the heat tracing system components. C. No insulation shall be installed using staples. Insulation jackets shall be installed as recommended by the insulation system supplier such that no damage is done to the heat tracing system components. D. The installation of heat tracing cable on nonmetallic pipe shall be done in strict conformance with t include heat shielding tape or wrap as recommended by the heat tracing manufacturer E. Contractor shall install weather proofing for all outdoor piping. The field applied jacket with moisture barrier shall be slipped around pipe into preformed 2-lock position. Butt next jacket section adjacent to previous section leaving 3/8-inch gap. Place preformed 2- inch butt strap with sealant over the seam and secure with ½-inch aluminum band and wing seal. Contractor shall install preformed fittings identical in composition to pipe jacketing at all fittings F. The Contractor shall insure that surfaces of pipes, valves, heat tracing, and fittings are clean and dry prior to installation of insulation. Insulation shall be installed so as to make surfaces smooth, even, and substantially flush with the adjacent insulation. The Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's application instructions for the materials used G. A label shall be installed on the piping insulation jacket every 15 feet and readily visible from ground level: ELECTRIC HEAT TRACING: CAUTION 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. All heating cable shall be tested using a megohmeter (megger) between the heating cable bus wires and the metallic ground braid. A 2,500 VDC megger test is required and the minimum acceptable resistance value shall be 20 megaohms regardless of the circuit length. Any cables found to be less than this value shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The megger tests shall be performed as follows: 1. After installation of the cable and all fabrication kits but prior to installing any of the insulation system components. 2. After installation of the insulation system components but prior to energizing the cables. 3. All test reading for each megger test shall be recorded by the installer and submitted with the maintenance instructions. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS 40 41 13-5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 SECTION 40 79 00 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS, VALVES, AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, test, install and place in satisfactory operation, the instrumentation and control system accessories with all spare parts, and appurtenances as herein specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. Accessories include various items of equipment that may be required in the system but are not scheduled. Accessories are shown on details, flow sheets or plans. Accessories are also called out in specifications for scheduled instruments and in the installation specifications. It is not intended, however, that each piece of hardware required will be specifically described herein. This Specification shall be used as a guide to qualify requirements for miscellaneous hardware whether the specific item is described or not. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 40 90 00 Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems B. Section 40 90 01 Instrumentation 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Impulse piping layout and routing drawings B. Complete instrument assembly drawings showing orientation to installed process piping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROCESS TUBING A. Process, impulse, or capillary tubing shall be 1/2 x 0.065-inch seamless, annealed, ASTM A-269 Type 316L stainless steel with 37 degrees Type 316 stainless steel flared fittings or Swagelock or Parker-CPI flareless fittings. B. Piping for closely coupling instruments to process seals shall be standard stainless steel NPT threaded piping or NPT tapped mounting blocks. 020119 C. A nickel-based lubricant shall be used on threaded stainless steel piping connections to prevent galling. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS 40 79 00-1 2.02 POWER, CONTROL, AND SIGNAL CABLES A. Power, control and signal wiring shall be provided under Division 26 of the Specifications, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 CHEMICAL DIAPHRAGM SEALS A. Diaphragm seals shall be provided for isolation of pressure gauges, switches and transmitters attached to systems containing chemical solutions or corrosive fluids. As a minimum, seals shall be of all 316 stainless steel construction. In general, diaphragms shall be 316L stainless steel for operating pressures at or above 15 psi and elastomers for operating pressures below 15 psi. However, all components shall be non-reactive with the process fluid in all cases. Refer to the Process Control System Instrument Lists for specific materials requirements. B. Seal shall have fill connection, 1/4-inch NPT valved flush port and capable of disassembly without loss of filler fluid. Where specified, diaphragm seals shall comply with the above requirements and shall be provided with 316 SS factory filled capillaries. C. Seals shall be Helicoid Type 100 HA, Mansfield & Green, Ashcroft, or equal. 2.04 FILLING MEDIUM: A. The filling medium between instruments, isolating ring seals and diaphragm seals shall be a liquid suitable for operation in an ambient temperature ranging from -10 degrees F to +150 degrees F. B. Filling medium shall be halocarbon. 2.05 TAMPER EVIDENT PAINT A. Piping and screwed/bolted connections of instrumentation containing the filling medium shall be marked with a small continuous tick mark of tamper evident paint over each piping/instrument joint. Tamper evident paint shall be applied prior to instrument assemblies arriving on the job site. Disturbance of the joint shall break the paint. B. Instrument assemblies with broken paint or missing paint shall not be accepted and shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to Owner. Paint shall be Dykem Cross- Check or equal. 2.06 ISOLATION VALVES A. Isolation valves shall be 1/2 inch diameter ball valves, unless otherwise indicated, with a Type 316 stainless steel body, Type 316 stainless steel ball. Where 316 stainless steel is not compatible with the process fluid, materials of construction shall be suitable for the associated process fluid. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS 40 79 00-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Sections 40 90 01 Instrumentation. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS 40 79 00-3 SECTION 43 20 00 PUMPS GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, test, and make fully operational all pumping equipment, complete with all necessary accessories, in compliance with the Contract Documents. B. All pumping equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. C. The provisions of this section shall apply to all pumps and pumping equipment specified except where specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. D. The pumps shall be provided complete with all accessories, shims, sheaves, couplings, and other appurtenances as specified, and as may be required for a complete and operating installation. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings shall include the following information in addition to the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. 1. Details of shaft sealing system 2. Pump performance curves at rated speed and reduced speed (if reduced speeds are specified). Curves shall indicate flow, head, efficiency, brake horsepower, NPSH required, and minimum submergence. Curves shall identify minimum continuous stable flow (minimum flow to avoid suction recirculation), preferred operating region (POR) and allowable operating region (AOR) per the latest version of ANSI/HI 9.6.3. 3. General cutaway sections, materials, dimension of shaft projections, shaft and keyway dimensions, shaft diameter, dimension between bearings, general dimensions of pump, suction head bolt orientation, and anchor bolt locations and forces. 09092019 4. Foundry certificates and results of Brinnell hardness testing showing compliance to ASTM A 532 (where required in the individual pump specifications). ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PUMPS - GENERAL 43 20 00-1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials employed in the pumping equipment shall be suitable for the intended application. Material not specifically called for shall be high-grade, standard commercial quality, free from all defects and imperfection that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended, and shall conform to the following requirements unless otherwise specified in individual pumping equipment Specifications: 1. Cast iron pump casings and bowls shall be of close-grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A 48, or equal. 2. Bronze pump impeller 3. Stainless steel pump shafts shall be of Type 400, Series. Miscellaneous stainless steel parts shall be of Type 316. B. Suction and discharge flanges shall conform to ANSI standard B16.1 or B16.5 dimensions. 2.02 APPURTENANCES A. Pressure Gauges 1. Contractor shall supply all pressure gauges by one manufacturer The Contractor shall furnish and install pressure gauges on the suction and discharge of each pump. 2. Suction gauges shall be of the single scale compound type to indicate both pressure and vacuum. Each suction gauge shall be graduated in psi over the span of 15 psi below and above zero. 3. Discharge gauges shall be graduated in feet from zero to a minimum of 3 psi above the respective pump shutoff head or to a minimum of 30% above the maximum operation pressure, whichever is greater. Graduation shall be in psi 4. All gauges shall be provided with diaphragm seals or isolating ring seals. B. Flexible couplings for direct driven pumps shall be as manufactured by Falk, Dodge, Woods Corp., or equal and shall be furnished with guards in accordance with OSHA Rules and Regulations. Spacer couplings shall be provided where necessary to allow removal of the pump rotating element without disturbing the driver. 2.03 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PUMPS - GENERAL 43 20 00-2 A. All pumps shall be furnished with motors such that the motor shall not be overloaded throughout the full range of the pump operation, unless otherwise specifically approved by the Engineer. B. Motor starters and controls shall be furnished and installed under Division 26 unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specifications. 2.04 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. In addition to the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions, nameplate data for each pump shall include the rating in gallons per minute, rated head, speed, and efficiency at the primary design point. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Drains: All gland seals, air valves, and drains shall be piped to the nearest floor drain or trench drain with galvanized steel pipe or copper tube, properly supported with brackets. B. Solenoid Valves: Where required, the pump manufacturer shall furnish and install solenoid valves on the seal water or oil lubrication lines. Solenoid valve electrical rating shall be compatible with the motor control voltage and shall be furnished complete with all necessary conduit and wiring installation from control panel to solenoid. 3.02 SHOP TESTING A. Shop tests shall be performed in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions, and except where stated otherwise herein, shall be conducted in accordance with the latest version of Hydraulic Institute Standard 14.6, Hydraulic Performance Acceptance Tests. For submersible pumps, testing shall be conducted in accordance with the latest version of ANSI/HI 11.6. B. Pump rating point shall be within the tolerances specified for Acceptance Grade 1U unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specifications. C. Pump shop testing shall be witnessed by the Owner/Engineer where specified in the individual pump specifications. The testing procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before scheduling the testing. The Engineer shall be given at least 2 weeks advanced notice of the scheduled testing date. D. Certified test curves for shall be provided for all centrifugal pumps unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specifications. Certified curves shall identify minimum continuous stable flow (minimum flow to avoid suction recirculation), preferred operating ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PUMPS - GENERAL 43 20 00-3 region (POR) and allowable operating region (AOR) per the latest version of ANSI/HI 9.6.3. E. Where required in the individual pump specifications, each individual casting shall be Brinnell tested in a minimum of two places, in an area of representative casting thickness to ASTM Method E-10. Results shall be certified by a registered professional ENGINEER. Test results shall verify the satisfaction of the required Brinnell hardness of the finished product as specified in respective subsections. F. Where required in the individual pump specifications, a certified hydrostatic test shall be completed on each pumping unit in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards latest edition. 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. Field tests shall be performed in accordance with in Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and additionally as specified below and in the individual pump specifications. B. Final acceptance tests shall demonstrate the following: 1. The pumps have been properly installed and are in proper alignment. 2. The pumps operate without overheating or overloading of any parts and without objectionable vibration. Vibration shall be within the limits identified in the latest version of ANSI/HI 9.6.4, or manufacturer's limits if more stringent. For wet pit and dry pit submersible pumps, vibration shall be within the limits identified in the latest version of ANSI/HI 11.6, or manufacturer's limits if more stringent. 3. The pumps can meet the specified operating conditions. All pumps shall be checked at maximum speed for a minimum of four points on the pump curve for capacity, head, and amperage. The rated motor nameplate current shall not be exceeded at any point. Pumps with drive motors rated at less than five horsepower shall only be tested for overcurrent when overheating or other malfunction becomes evident in general testing. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PUMPS - GENERAL 43 20 00-4 SECTION 43 23 33 VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, adjust, and place a booster pump as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions and Section 43 20 00, Pumps - General. 1.02 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The vertical multi-stage centrifugal pump shall be designed as designated below. Service Potable Water 2 Number (1 duty and 1 shelf spare) Design Capacity (gpm) Primary Point: 34 gpm Total Dynamic Head (feet) Primary Point: 115 feet Motor Horsepower 3 Hp Maximum Pump Speed (rpm) 3600 Temperature of Liquid Pumped Ambient Suction Condition Flooded Minimum Suction Diameter (in.) 1 1/4-in. Minimum Discharge Diameter (in.) 1 1/4-in. Drive Type Constant Speed 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for all equipment in accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions, 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures, and 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data. ONSWTP Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 43 23 33 -1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The vertical multi-stage centrifugal pump shall be model CR 5-5; as manufactured by Grundfos or approved equal. 2.02 VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. The head-capacity curve shall have a steady rise in head from maximum to minimum flow within the preferred operating region. The shut-off head shall be a minimum of 20% higher than the head at the best efficiency point. B. All pump bearings shall be lubricated by the pumped liquid. C. Pump shall have the following features: 1. Each pump shall be designed for in-line installation requiring no more than 1.5 square feet of floor space (including motor). 2. The pump impellers shall be secured directly to the pump shaft by means of a splined shaft arrangement. 3. The suction/discharge base shall have ANSI Class 250 flange or internal pipe thread (NPT) connections as indicated in the drawings or pump schedule. 4. Pump Construction. a. Suction/discharge base, pump head, motor stool: Cast iron (Class 30) b. Impellers, diffuser chambers, outer sleeve: 304 Stainless Steel c. Shaft: 316 or 431 Stainless Steel d. Impeller wear rings: 304 Stainless Steel e. Shaft journals and chamber bearings: Silicon Carbide f. O-rings: EPDM Shaft couplings for motor flange sizes 184TC and smaller shall be made of cast iron or sintered steel. Shaft couplings for motor flange sizes larger than 184TC shall be made of ductile iron (ASTM 60-40-18). 5. The shaft seal shall be a balanced O-ring cartridge type with the following features: a. Collar, Drivers, Spring: 316 Stainless Steel b. Shaft Sleeve, Gland Plate: 316 Stainless Steel c. Stationary Ring: Silicon Carbide d. Rotating Ring: Silicon Carbide e. O-rings: EPDM The Silicon Carbide shall be imbedded with graphite. ONSWTP Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 43 23 33 -2 6. Shaft seal replacement shall be possible without removal of any pump components other than the coupling guard, shaft coupling and motor. 7. The maximum working temperature shall be 250 degrees F. The maximum working pressure shall be 140 psi. 2.03 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A. All conduit and associated appurtenances shall be furnished and installed under Division 26. B. Motor Requirements Motor Rating 440 - 480V, 3 ph, 60 Hz Horsepower 3 Hp Maximum Speed, rpm 3,600 Enclosure TEFC Insulation Class F Inverter Duty No Service Factor 1.15 Space Heater No Motor Winding Temperature Switches No C. All other electrical and instrumentation/controls devices shall be provided as specified in Division 26 and Division 40. The booster pump shall be provided with a control panel under Section 40 90 01 to include a start/stop selector switch. 2.04 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions and shall include parts as recommended by the pump manufacturer. ONSWTP Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 43 23 33 -3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFAC A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions. For the pump, field services shall include the following site visits: Service Number of Trips Number of Days/Trip Installation, Testing, Startup 1 1 and Training 3.02 TESTING A. Shop and field testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions. END OF SECTION ONSWTP Sodium Permanganate Bulk Storage and Chemical Feed Improvements VERTICAL MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 43 23 33 -4 SECTION 43 41 43 POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, deliver, install, test and place in satisfactory operation cross-linked high-density polyethylene storage tanks, complete with all necessary accessories, at the locations shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. 121517 ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-1 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 1.02 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE/STORAGE TANK SCHEDULE Sodium Permanganate Bulk Sodium Permanganate Day Tank Tank Max Solution Concentration 40% Trade 40% Trade Specific Gravity 1.39* 1.39* pH 5.0 8.0 5.0 8.0 Quantity Two (2) One (1) Type Vertical, Cylindrical Vertical, Cylindrical Bottom Configuration Flat Bottom Flat Bottom Top Configuration Dome Top Dome Top Useable Capacity (to invert of overflow) 6,100 gallons 1,400 gallons Maximum Diameter -0 - Maximum Straight Shell Height 11- - Maximum Overall Height 12-6 - Connection Openings: 1) Fill Line 3 2) Pump Suction 3 1 3) Overflow Line 4" 4) Return Line N/A 5) Vent 6" 6) Manway Cover Diameter (Top) 2'-6" - 7) Ultrasonic Level Instrument ** ** 8) Level Gauge ** ** 9) Level Switch ** ** Heating Panels and Insulation Yes Yes Design Temperature/Ambient ЎЎπC Ή ЋЉπC ЎЎπC Ή ЋЉπC Temperature Materials of Construction for Metal Parts 316 SS 316 SS PTFE, Silicone, Hypalon, PTFE, Silicone, Hypalon, Materials of Construction for Elastomers Santoprene Santoprene Containment Wall Height *** *** *** * Tank shall be designed for up to 1.9 specific gravity solution ** Coordinate required opening size with Instrumentation Supplier ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-2 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 *** Refer to Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D638 Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 2. ASTM D746 Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. 3. ASTM D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 4. ASTM D883 Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Plastics. 5. ASTM D1505 Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique. 6. ASTM D1525 Vicat Softening Temperature of Plastics. 7. ASTM D1693 -10% Igepal. 8. ASTM D1998 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with, or in addition to the submittal requirements specified in Division 01 and Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions: 1. Shop Drawings 2. O&M Manuals 3. Installation list of the type and size being proposed, date installed, contact name, address and phone number 4. Warranty 5. Wall thickness calculations per ASTM D 1998-06 using 600 psi design hoop stress @ 100°F 6. Dimensions of tank and location of fittings and attachments 7. A complete manufacturers specification of the HDPE resin used ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-3 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 8. Weight of tanks 9. Statement that fabrication is in accordance with these Specifications 10. Samples 11. Instructions for handling, storage and installation of tanks. These instructions shall include bolt torque values and detailed instructions for pipe connections. 12. Statement that materials and resin used are suitable for intended service. 13. Drawing details for ladder as recommended by Manufacturer and conforming with OSHA standards. 14. List of previous five similar use site installations in the past 36 months or provide a list of three or more customers using tanks for the same chemical applications and similar weather conditions for at least ten years. 15. Supporting information of UL tank manufacturing capabilities. 16. Supporting information of ISO 9001 certification. 17. Supporting information of NSF 61 certification. B. Shop Drawings Each submittal shall be complete in all aspects incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required to evaluate the polyethylene tanks compliance with the Contract Documents. Partial or incomplete submissions shall be returned to the Manufacturer disapproved without review. Data to be submitted shall include but not be limited to: 1. Submit shop drawings of all layouts in plan and section including dimensions, weights, construction details, size, type, and orientation and location of fittings. 2. Submit design calculations and details for anchorage, lateral restraint details and foundation requirements 3. Complete assembly, layout, installation and shop drawings, with clearly marked dimensions. 4. Dimensioned tank drawings shall include, but not be limited to the location and orientation, openings, fittings, accessories, restraints, anchor bolts and supports, details of inlet, manways, flexible connections, and vents. 5. Equipment cross-section drawings. 6. Anchor bolt sizes, depth of embedment, shear, and pullout strength. 7. Equipment nameplate data. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-4 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 8. All hardware shall be TDI certified and conform to IBC 2018 design requirements. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with windstorm inspection and documentation to achieve certification from TDI. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tanks shall be constructed by a firm that has at least ten years prior experience in construction of similar polyethylene tanks in similar applications. B. Tanks shall be manufactured by a firm with a nationally accepted quality standard (i.e., ISO 9001 or equal). 1.06 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. Warranty and Guarantee shall be as specified in Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions with the exception that the warranty period shall be for five (5) years. PRODUCTS 1.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The polyethylene storage tank(s) shall be as manufactured by Poly Processing Company, Assmann Tanks, or equal. 1.08 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Each tank shall be one-piece construction, rotationally molded, high-density cross-linked polyethylene. The Contractor and tank manufacturer shall be fully responsible for the structural design and integrity and watertightness of the tank, including all anchorages and connections. Each tank shall be capable of storing the specified chemical at temperatures up to 130F. B. All materials in contact with the stored chemical shall be NSF 61 certified for use in the treatment of drinking water. Tank manufacturer shall provide a low-density polyethylene liner if required for oxidation resistance for the specified chemicals. C. The plastic shall not contain any fillers. All plastic shall contain a minimum of 0.25 percent UV stabilizer and maximum of 0.60 percent. Pigments may be added as designated by the manufacturer, not to exceed 0.5 percent of dry blended or 2 percent if melt compound of the total weight of the tank. D. The nominal properties of the material are as follows based on molded parts: Property ASTM Specification Value Density D1505 .940 to .945 g/cc ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-5 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 Property ASTM Specification Value D1693A >1,000 hours F50 10% Igepal D638 Type IV Tensile Strength Ultimate 2 in/min 2,830 psi Specification Elongation at Break 2 in/min. D638 700 percent Vicat Softening Temperature D1525 240 degrees F Flexural Modulus D790B 86,700 psi E. Design Requirements 1. The minimum required wall thickness of the cylindrical shell at any fluid level shall be determined by the following equation but shall not be less than 0.187 in thick. T = P x O.D./2 SD = 0.433 x S.G. x H x O.D./2 SD T = wall thickness SD = Hydrostatic design stress, PSI P = pressure (.433 x S.G. x H), PSI H = fluid head, ft. S.G. = specific gravity, g/cm3 O.D. = outside diameter, in. 2. The hydrostatic design stress shall be determined by multiplying the hydrostatic design basis, determined by ASTM D2837 using rotationally molded samples, with a service factor selected for the application. The hydrostatic design stress is 600 PSI at 73 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. The hydrostatic design stress shall be derated for service above 100 degrees Fahrenheit and for mechanical loading of the tank. 4. The minimum required wall thickness for the cylinder shell must be sufficient to support its own weight in an upright position without any external support. 5. For dome top tanks, the top head must be integrally molded with the cylinder shell. The minimum thickness of the top head shall be equal to the top of the straight wall. For open top tanks, the open top shall include a reinforcing flange provided for attaching a flat, hinged top. The minimum thickness of the flat top shall be equal to the top of the straight wall. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-6 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 F. All tank capacities (volumes) specified shall include only that volume in the straight shell below the overflow pipe invert elevation and above the top of the outlet pipe. At least four inches of freeboard shall be provided between the invert elevation of the overflow pipe and the top of the straight shell. G. Tanks shall be anchored to the concrete base by the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings. H. The tanks shall be cylindrical and vertical in orientation with tank penetrations as indicated on the Contract Drawings. I. The tank shall be provided with integrally molded cover. The cover shall be provided with a manway and connections as described herein and as shown on the Drawings. 1.09 CONNECTIONS AND ACCESSORIES A. All connections/openings shall be flanged in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 150 pounds. Flanged connections, nozzles and openings shall be reinforced and shall be perpendicular to the straight shell of the tank. All pipe supports, hardware, accessories, etc., shall be provided. All piping connected to the tanks shall be perpendicular or parallel to the straight shell of the tanks. All piping into the tanks shall be supported such that no weight is placed on the tank and its connections. B. Each tank connection located on the lower third of the tank shall be provided with a flexible connector resistant to the specified chemical to allow for lateral and vertical expansion and contraction of the tank and to isolate the tank from pump and piping vibration. Flexible connectors shall be provided by the tank manufacturer. C. Sidewall fittings above the chemical fill level shall be Schedule 80 PVDF bulkhead fittings. Sidewall fittings below chemical fill level shall be bolted double flange PVDF with polyethylene encapsulated bolts. Opening for pump suction line shall be Integrally Molded Flanged Outlet or other approved integrally molded full drain outlet. Bolts and gaskets shall be constructed of materials as shown in the Storage Tank Schedule. D. Vent lines shall be top-mounted. Each vent shall be extended to the atmosphere and shall have a PVC vent line with insect screen. Vent lines shall be supplied and furnished by the Contractor as required or as directed by the Engineer. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-7 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 E. Each storage tank fill line shall be provided with a cam lock type quick connect coupling with either a ball check valve located downstream or an integral check valve. The dry quick connections shall be provided between the delivery vehicle and the chemical storage tanks as shown on the Drawings. The dry quick connections shall be resistant to corrosion by the specified chemicals and shall be provided with fittings, quick lock coupling and dust cap and chain. The Contractor shall furnish and install a sign at each chemical fill station to identify the chemical filled. F. Each tank shall be provided with an overflow pipe as specified and indicated on the Drawings. G. Each tank shall be provided with level instruments in accordance with Division 40, Control and Information Systems. The mounting and connecting requirements shall be coordinated with the Instrument Supplier. H. The tank manufacturer shall provide a reverse level float gauge for each tank as shown on the Drawings. The gauge shall resist corrosion by the chemical and shall be constructed of non-breakable materials. The gauge shall clearly show the liquid level inside the tank. The sight gauge shall be clearly marked with major graduations with numbers each 50 gallons and minor graduations each 5 gallons. The level gauge float shall be bright yellow in color for visibility. The marks on the sight gauge shall be white in color for visibility over time. I. Each tank shall be provided with a top-mounted chemically resistant manway with a bolt- on type cover. Bolts shall be resistant to specified chemicals. Manway cover shall provide emergency pressure relief venting. J. Access Ladder - All tanks over seven feet in height shall be equipped with an exterior access ladder for access to the manway. The ladders shall be constructed of FRP. Ladder shall meet OSHA requirements. Ladder shall provide 18 inches between side rails and 12 inches between rungs. Angle clips shall be furnished for mounting the bottom of the ladder to the concrete pad. Ladders shall be furnished with gooseneck handrails at the top. The tank top shall be equipped with ladder clips to bolt ladder handrails thereto. Ladder clips shall be resistant to corrosion by the specified chemicals. Ladders must be mounted to the tank to allow for tank expansion and contraction due to temperature and loading changes. All top ladder mounts shall be connected to integrally molded in attachment lugs that allow for tank movement. K. The tank shall be provided with a minimum of three lifting lugs integrally molded into the top head. Lifting lugs shall be capable of withstanding weight of an empty tank with a safety factor of 3 to 1. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-8 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 L. Each tank shall be provided with a restraint system with necessary cable assemblies, anchor clips and anchor bolts. Materials in the containment area shall be completely resistant to corrosion by the specified chemicals. Restraint system shall be capable of withstanding buoyancy of empty tank in a flooded containment area, wind load, and seismic activity. Wind and seismic restraint systems shall be designed to meet UBC 1997 code. Refer to Drawings for containment wall height. The tank manufacturer shall submit calculations to verify that restraint system can withstand buoyancy, wind load, and seismic activity. M. The tank shall be provided with a permanently attached label, visible outside of the applied insulation, providing the following information: 1. Type of material stored 2. Concentration of material stored 3. Specific gravity 4. Maximum temperature 5. Tank capacity 6. Manufacturer 7. Date of manufacture N. Where specified in the Storage Tank Schedule, the tanks shall be provided with a 2-inch thick polyurethane foam insulating layer. Insulation shall have a density of 2.0 3.0 lb/ft3 The insulating layer shall be protected by two full coverage coats of latex mastic coating applied to the surface of the insulation in such a manner to seal the insulation from the outside environment. O. Where specified in the Storage Tank Schedule, chemical storage tanks shall be provided with heating panels. Low-watt density (260-watt), 120 VAC fully grounded electrical heating panels shall be provided for each tank to maintain the design temperature of the tank contents at ambient temperature as shown in the Tank Schedule. The system shall be provided with 2 NEMA 4X thermostats, one to serve as a backup. The heat panels shall be low watt density heat panels that shall operate without damage to the tank when the tank is empty. 1.10 PIPING SUPPORT A. All horizontal sections of piping inside the containment area and trench shall be supported by pipe supports (FRP) at maximum 4 foot intervals as shown in the Drawings to prevent the piping from resting directly on concrete. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-9 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 B. For vertical piping exterior to the tank, all pipe supports, hardware, accessories, etc., shall be provided for connections as shown in the Tank Schedule. Vertical piping into the tanks shall be supported every five feet and shall be parallel to the tank wall. External vertical piping shall be not less than 6 inches from the tank wall. C. All piping into the tanks shall be supported such that no weight is placed on the tank or its connections. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-10 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 PART 2 EXECUTION 2.01 A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and shall include the following site visits for each series of tanks: Number of Number of Service Trips Days/Trip Installation and Testing 1 1 Startup and Training 1 1 2.02 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the polyethylene storage tanks and related items in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations and in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. B. observe inst recommendations. The manufacturer shall provide a report certifying that each tank has been installed properly. C. All piping, valves, fittings, conduit, wiring, etc., required to interconnect system components shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. D. All metallic fasteners, brackets, mounting hardware, and accessories located in chemical storage and feed areas shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant metals as specified in the Tank Schedule. E. All tanks shall be mounted on concrete pads only when demonstrated to be fully cured. The finished surface of each tank bottom shall be sufficiently flat, smooth, and free of irregularities, to prevent the possibility of tank failure from point loads or other sources. The day tank shall be placed on an electronic scale for measuring weight of the contents. F. The Contractor shall install 2 layers of roofing paper between each concrete pad and storage tank. The tanks shall be installed on level pads. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-11 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 2.03 SHOP TESTING A. Material Testing 1. Perform gel and low temperature impact tests in accordance with ASTM D 1998 on condition samples cut from each polyethylene chemical storage tank. 2. Degree of Crosslinking. Use Method C of ASTM D 1998- Section11.4 to determine the ortho-xylene insoluble fraction of cross-linked polyethylene gel test. Samples shall test at no less than 60 percent. B. Tank Testing 1. Dimensions: Take exterior dimensions with the tank empty, in the vertical position. Outside diameter tolerance, including out-of-roundness, shall be per ASTM D 1998. Fitting placement tolerance shall be +/- 1/2-in vertical and +/- 1 degree radial. 2. Visual: Inspect for foreign inclusions, air bubbles, pimples, crazing, cracking, and delamination. 3. Hydrostatic test: Following fabrication, the bottom tanks, including inlet and outlet fittings, shall be hydraulically tested with water by filling to the top sidewall for a minimum of 1 hour and inspected for leaks. Following successful testing, the tank shall be emptied and cleaned prior to shipment. 2.04 FIELD TESTING A. Field testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. B. Upon completion of installation of tank and prior to connecting piping, the Contractor shall provide blind flanges or other suitable plugs for all openings in the tanks, fill tanks with clean water provided by the Owner from a source approved by the Engineer and conduct a leakage test as specified herein. Tanks shall be filled up to the top of the straight shell of the tank and left to sit over a 5-day test period. There shall be no leakage over the test period. Leakage around openings in the tanks shall be stopped by tightening nuts and bolts or replacing gaskets as required. Upon satisfactory completion of leakage test, Contractor shall drain the tanks and dispose of water in a suitable manner. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS POLYETHYLENE STORAGE TANKS 43 41 43-12 REV 1 ADDENDUM NO. 6 SECTION 46 00 00 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, test, and place in acceptable operation all mechanical equipment and all necessary accessories as specified herein, as shown on the Drawings, and as required for a complete and operable system. B. The mechanical equipment shall be provided complete with all accessories, special tools, spare parts, mountings, and other appurtenances as specified, and as may be required for a complete and operating installation. C. It is the intent of these Specifications that the Contractor shall provide the Owner complete and operational equipment/systems. To this end, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate all interfaces with related mechanical, structural, electrical, instrumentation and control work and to provide necessary ancillary items such as controls, wiring, etc., to make each piece of equipment operational as intended by the Specifications. D. The complete installation shall be free from excessive vibration, cavitation, noise, and oil or water leaks. E. The requirements of this section shall apply to equipment furnished under Divisions 40, 43 and 46. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer and include the following information: 1. Performance characteristics and descriptive data. 2. Detailed equipment dimensional drawings and setting plans. 3. General lifting, erection, installation, and adjustment instructions, and recommendations. 4. Complete information regarding location, type, size, and length of all field welds in 042219 accordance with American Welding Society Standards. Welding shall be performed by qualified and certified welders only. 5. The total uncrated weight of the equipment plus the approximate weight of shipped materials. Support locations and loads that will be transmitted to bases and ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-1 foundations. Exact size, placement, and embedment requirements of all anchor bolts. 6. Details on materials of construction of all components including applicable ASTM designations. 7. Information on bearing types and bearing life. 8. Gear box design and performance criteria and AGMA service factor. 9. Piping schematics. 10. Motor data sheet indicating motor horsepower; enclosure type; voltage; insulation class; temperature rise and results of dielectric tests; service-rating; rotative speed; motor speed-torque relationship; efficiency and power factor at ½, ¾, and full load; slip at full load; running, full load, and locked rotor current values; and safe running time-current curves. 11. Equipment and motor protective device details. Connection diagrams for motor and all protective devices. 12. Equipment shop coating systems, interior and exterior. 13. Panel layout drawings, schematic wiring diagrams, and component product data sheets for control panels. 14. A list of spare parts and special tools to be provided. 15. Any additional information required to show conformance with the equipment specifications. 16. Warranty documentation including statement of duration of warranty period and contact phone numbers and addresses for warranty issues. 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION/MANUALS A. O&M manuals shall include instructions, equipment ratings, technical bulletins, and any other printed matter such as wiring diagrams and schematics, prints or drawings, containing full information required for the proper operation, maintenance, and repair of the equipment. Included in this submission shall be a spare parts diagram, complete spare parts list information of all equipment components. B. Each set of instructions shall be bound together in appropriate three-ring binders with a detailed Table of Contents. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-2 C. Written operation and maintenance instructions shall be required for all equipment items supplied for this project. The amount of detail shall be commensurate with the complexity of the equipment item. D. Information not applicable to the specific piece of equipment installed on this project shall be struck from the submission. E. Information provided shall include a source of replacement parts and names of service representatives, including address and telephone number. F. Extensive pictorial cuts of equipment are required for operator reference in servicing. G. When written instructions include Shop Drawings and other information previously reviewed by the Engineer, only those editions thereof which were approved by the Engineer, and which accurately depict the equipment installed, shall be incorporated in the instructions. 1.04 GENERAL INFORMATION AND DESCRIPTION A. All parts of the equipment furnished shall, be designed and constructed for the maximum stresses occurring during fabrication, transportation, installation, testing, and all conditions of operation. All materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be entirely suitable for the service to which the units are to be subjected and shall conform to all applicable sections of these Specifications. B. All parts of duplicate equipment shall be interchangeable without modification. Manufacturer's design shall accommodate all the requirements of these Specifications. C. Equipment and appurtenances shall be designed in conformity with ASTM, ASME, AIEE, NEMA, and other generally accepted applicable standards. D. All bearings and moving parts shall be adequately protected by bushings or other approved means against wear, and provision shall be made for accessible lubrication by extending lubrication lines and fittings to approximately 30 inches above finished floor elevation. E. Details shall be designed for appearance as well as utility. Protruding members, joints, corners, gear covers, etc., shall be finished in appearance. All exposed welds on machinery shall be ground smooth and the corners of structural shapes shall be rounded or chamfered. F. Machinery parts shall conform within allowable tolerances to the dimensions shown on the working drawings. G. All machinery and equipment shall be safeguarded in accordance with the safety codes of the USA and the State in which the project is located. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-3 H. All rotating shafts, couplings, or other moving pieces of equipment shall be provided with suitable protective guards of sheet metal or wire mesh, neatly and rigidly supported. Guards shall be removable as required to provide access for repairs. I. All equipment greater than 100 pounds shall have lifting lugs, eyebolts, etc., for ease of lifting, without damage or undue stress exerted on its components. J. All manufactured items provided under this Section shall be new, of current manufacture, and shall be the products of reputable manufacturers specializing in the manufacture of such products. 1.05 EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES A. Warranty requirements may be added to or modified in the individual equipment specifications. B. The equipment furnished under this Contract shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in workmanship, design and/or materials for a period of one (1) year unless otherwise specified in the individual equipment specifications. The period of such warranties shall start on the date the particular equipment is placed in use by the Owner with corresponding start-ical representative as specified herein, provided that the equipment demonstrates satisfactory performance during the thirty day operational period after the equipment startup. If the equipment does not perform satisfactorily during the thirty day operational period, the start of the warranty period will be delayed until the equipment demonstrates proper operation. The Equipment Supplier shall repair or replace without charge to the Owner any part of equipment which is defective or showing undue wear within the guarantee period, or replace the equipment with new equipment if the mechanical performance is unsatisfactory; furnishing all parts, materials, labor, etc., necessary to return the equipment to its specified performance level. C. The Contractor shall provide an equipment warranty logbook prepared specifically for this project and submit two (2) copies of the document to the Engineer prior to final payment. The equipment warranty logbook shall include a summary listing of all equipment warranties provided, date received, and start date and end date of warranty period. A copy of each equipment warranty and equipment start-up certification shall also be provided in the document. D. The Equipment Supplier shall guarantee to the Owner that all equipment offered under these specifications, or that any process resulting from the use of such equipment in the manner stated is not the subject of patent litigation, and that he has not knowingly offered equipment, the installation or use of which is likely to result in a patent controversy, in which the Owner as user is likely to be made the defendant. 1. Where patent infringements are likely to occur, each Equipment Supplier shall submit, as a part of his bid, license arrangements between himself, or the ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-4 manufacturer of the equipment offered, and the patent owner or the controller of the patent, which will permit the use in the specified manner of such mechanical equipment as he may be bidding. 2. Each Equipment Supplier, by submitting his bid, agrees to hold and save the Owner and Engineer or its officers, agents, servants, and employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the work under this contract, including the use of the same by the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The materials covered by these Specifications are intended to be equipment of proven reliability, and as manufactured by reputable manufacturers having experience in the production of such equipment. The Contractor shall, upon request of the Engineer, furnish the names of not less than 5 successful installations of the manufacturer's equipment of the same size and model of that offered under this contract. The equipment furnished shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the industry accepted practices and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings and operated per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 ANCHORS AND SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and protect all necessary guides, bearing plates, anchor and attachment bolts, and all other appurtenances required for the installation of the devices included in the equipment specified. Working Drawings for installation shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer, and suitable templates shall be used by the Contractor when required in the detailed equipment Specifications. B. Anchor bolts and fasteners shall be furnished in accordance with Section 05 05 24 Metal Anchoring and Fastening to Concrete and Masonry, and with the individual equipment Specifications. All anchor bolts shall be a minimum of 1/2-inch diameter. All anchor bolts, handrail bolts, washers, clips, clamps, and fasteners of any type shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise specified the individual equipment Specifications. C. The Contractor shall provide all concrete pads or pedestals required for equipment furnished. All concrete equipment pads shall be shown on the Drawings and shall be doweled. D. Pipe sleeves or other means of adjusting anchor bolts shall be provided where indicated or required. Equipment shall be leveled by first using sitting nuts on the anchor bolts, ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-5 and then filling the space between the equipment base and concrete pedestal with non-shrink grout, unless alternate methods are recommended by the manufacturer and are acceptable to the Engineer (such as shim leveling pumps, or chemical grout). 2.03 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Structural steel used for fabricating equipment shall conform to the requirements of Section 05 12 00 Structural Steel. B. All materials shall conform to applicable provisions of the AISC Specifications for the design and fabrication of structural steel, and to pertinent ASTM Standard Specifications. 2.04 DISSIMILAR METALS A. All dissimilar metals shall be properly isolated to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.05 STANDARDIZATION OF GREASE FITTINGS A. The grease fittings on all mechanical equipment shall be such that they can be serviced with a single type of grease gun. 2.06 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical equipment and appurtenances, including but not limited to motors, panels, conduit and wiring, etc., specified in the equipment specifications shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Division 26 specifications and the latest National Electric Code. B. In the individual equipment specifications, specified motor horsepower is intended to be the minimum size motor to be provided. If a larger motor is required to meet the specified operating conditions and performance requirements, the Contractor shall furnish the larger sized motor and shall upgrade the electrical service (conduit, wires, starters, etc.) at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Motor starters and controls shall be furnished and installed under Division 26 and Division 40 unless otherwise specified in the individual pump specifications. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-6 2.07 ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, AND SPECIAL TOOLS A. Spare parts for equipment shall be furnished where indicated in the equipment Specifications or where recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. Spare parts shall be identical and interchangeable with original parts. C. The spare parts shall be packed in containers suitable for long term storage, bearing labels clearly designating the contents and the pieces of equipment for which they are intended. D. Painting requirements for spare parts shall be identical to those for original, installed parts. Where no painting or protective coating is specified, suitable provisions shall be made to protect against corrosion. E. Spare parts shall be delivered at the same time as the equipment to which they pertain. Spare parts shall be stored separately in a locked area, maintained by the Contractor, and shall be turned over to the Owner in a group prior to substantial completion. All of these materials shall be properly packed, labeled, and stored where directed by the Owner and Engineer. F. The Contractor shall furnish all special tools necessary to operate, disassemble, service, repair, and adjust the equipment in accordance with the manufacturers operation and maintenance manual. G. The Contractor shall furnish a one-year supply of all recommended lubricating oils and greases. The manufacturer shall submit a list of at least four manufacturer's standard lubricants which may be used interchangeably for each type of lubricant required. All of these materials shall be properly packed, labeled and stored where directed by the Engineer. 2.08 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. All mechanical equipment shall be provided with a substantial stainless-steel nameplate, mechanically fastened with stainless steel hardware in a conspicuous place, and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's name, year of manufacture, serial number, and principal rating data. B. Each pump and other piece of mechanical equipment shall also be identified as to name and number by a suitable laminated plastic or stainless-steel nameplate mechanically fastened with stainless steel hardware; for example, "Raw Water Pump #1". Coordinate name and number with same on remotely located controls, control panel, and other related equipment. C. Nameplates shall not be painted over. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-7 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SHOP TESTING A. All equipment shall be tested in the shop of the manufacturer in a manner which shall conclusively prove that its characteristics comply fully with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that it will operate in the manner specified or implied. B. No equipment shall be shipped to the project until the Engineer has been furnished a certified copy of test results and has notified the Contractor, in writing, that the results of such tests are acceptable. C. Five (5) certified copies of the manufacturer's actual test data and interpreted results thereof shall be forwarded to the Engineer for review. D. If required by the individual equipment Specifications, arrangements shall be made for the Owner/Engineer to witness performance tests in the manufacturer's shop. The Engineer shall be notified ten working days before shop testing commences. Expenses are to be paid by the Contractor. E. Shop testing of electric motors shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of Section 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requirements. 3.02 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Contractor shall store his equipment and materials at the job site in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the Owner or Engineer, and in conformity to applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, and rulings of the public authority having jurisdiction. Equipment and materials shall not be delivered to the site prior to 90 days in advance of the scheduled installation. Partial payment requests will not be processed for materials delivered prior to 90 days before installation or for materials that are not properly stored. B. Material or equipment stored on the job site is stored at the Contractor's risk. Any damage sustained of whatever nature shall be repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. Stored electrical equipment is to be protected from the elements and shall have space heaters energized. C. Contractor shall not store unnecessary materials or equipment on the job site and shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a weight which will endanger its security or the safety of persons. D. Contractor shall observe all regulatory signs for loadings on structures, fire safety, and smoking areas. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-8 E. Contractor shall not store materials or encroach upon private property without the written consent of the owners of such private property. 3.03 A. The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified Technical Representative from each manufacturer or supplier of equipment who is regularly involved in the inspection, installation, start-up, troubleshooting, testing, maintenance, and operation of the specified equipment. Qualification of the Technical Representative shall be appropriate to the type of equipment furnished and subject to the approval of the Engineer and the Owner. Where equipment furnished has significant process complexity, furnish the services of engineering personnel knowledgeable in the process involved and the function of the equipment. When necessary, the Contractor shall schedule multiple Technical Representatives to be present at the same time for the purpose of coordinating the operation of multiple pieces of related equipment. B. For each site visit, the Technical Representative shall submit jointly to the Owner, the Engineer, and the Contractor a complete signed report of the results of his inspection, operation, adjustments, and testing. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified. C. The manufacturer's Technical Representative shall provide the following services. 1. Installation: The Technical Representative shall inspect the installed equipment to . Where required by individual equipment specifications, the Technical Representative shall also supervise the installation of the equipment. 2. Testing: After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the Technical Representative shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment as required to prove that the equipment is in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. Unless otherwise noted in the signed site visit report, the report shall constitute a certification that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for startup and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. The report shall include date of final acceptance field test, as well as a listing of all persons present during tests. 3. Startup: The Technical Representative shall start up the equipment for actual service with the help of the Contractor. In the event that equipment or installation problems are experienced, the Contractor and the representative shall provide the necessary services until the equipment is operating satisfactorily and performing according to the specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. Unless ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-9 otherwise noted in the signed site visit report, the report shall constitute a certification that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. 4. Training: The Technical Representative shall instruct the Owner's operating personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures. The instruction shall demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, troubleshooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment. Such instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the Owner at least 2 weeks in advance of the training and shall be provided while the respective Technical Representative's equipment is fully operational. The Contractor shall have submitted, and had accepted, the O&M Manuals prior to commencement of training. Training shall be provided to three separate shifts of the Owner's personnel between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. as necessary. The Contractor shall provide professional video taping of all training sessions. Completed, labeled tapes shall be provided to the Owner for each type of training session. 5. Services after Startup: Where required by the individual equipment specifications, the Technical Representative shall return to the project site thirty (30) days after the startup date to review the equipment performance, correct any equipment problems, and conduct operation and maintenance classes as required by the Owner. This follow-up trip is required in addition to the specified services of Technical Representative prior to and during equipment startup. At this time, if there are no equipment problems, each manufacturer shall certify to the Owner in writing that his equipment is fully operational and capable of meeting operating requirements. If the equipment is operating incorrectly, the Technical Representative will make no certification to the Owner until the problems are corrected and the equipment demonstrates a successful thirty (30) days operating period. D. Services of the Technical Representative will require a minimum of two (2) site visits, one for installation and testing and one for startup and training, and will be for the minimum number of days recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer but will not be less than the number of days specified in individual equipment sections. E. The Contract amount shall include the cost of furnishing the Technical Representative for the minimum number of days specified, and any additional time required to achieve successful installation and operation. The times specified for services by the Technical Representative in the equipment Specifications are exclusive of travel time to and from the facility and shall not be construed as to relieve the manufacturer of any additional visits to provide sufficient service to place the equipment in satisfactory operation. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-10 F. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 14 days in advance of each equipment test or Owner training session. G. The Technical Representative shall sign in and out at the office of the Engineer's Resident Project Representative on each day he is at the project. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall obtain written installation manuals from the equipment manufacturer prior to installation. Equipment shall be installed strictly in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer. A copy of all installation instructions shall be furnished the Engineer's field representative one week prior to installation. B. The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient personnel, proper construction equipment, and machinery of ample capacity to facilitate the work and to handle all emergencies normally encountered in work of this character. To minimize field erection problems, mechanical units shall be factory-assembled insofar as practical. C. Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the foundations at the locations and elevations shown on the Drawings. D. All equipment sections and loose items shall be match-marked prior to shipping. E. For equipment such as pumping units, which require field alignment and connections, the Contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer's qualified mechanic, millwright, or machinist, to align the pump and motor prior to making piping connections or anchoring the pump base. Alignment shall be as specified herein. F. The Contractor shall furnish oil and grease for initial operation and testing. The manufacturer and grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. 3.05 ALIGNMENT A. Set equipment to dimensions shown on drawings. Dimensions shall be accurate to +/- 1/16 inch unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Wedges shall not be used for leveling, aligning, or supporting equipment. B. General Equipment Leveling: Non-rotating equipment shall be set level to +/- 1/16 inch per 10-foot length (.005 inch per foot) unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Shims shall be used unless equipment is furnished with leveling feet. Set shims flush with equipment baseplate edges. When grouting is required, equipment shall be shimmed to allow a minimum of one-inch grout thickness. Grout shall cover shims at least 3 inches. Final level check shall be held for inspection and approval by Engineer before proceeding. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-11 C. Grouting 1. Fill anchor bolt holes or sleeves with grout, after bolt alignment is proven, and prior to placing grout under equipment bases. 2. Surface Preparation. Roughen surface by chipping, removing laitance, and unsound concrete. Clean area of all foreign material such as oil, grease, and scale. Saturate area with water at least 4 hours prior to grouting, removing excess water ponds. 3. Application. Place grout after the equipment base has been set and its alignment and level have been approved. Form around the base, mix grout, and place in accordance with the grout manufacturers published instructions. Eliminate all air or water pockets beneath the base using a drag chain or rope. 4. Finishing. Point the edges of the grout to form a smooth 45-degree slope. 5. After grout has cured (not before 3 days after placement) paint exposed surfaces of grout with shellac. 6. Level Verification. After grout has cured, and immediately prior to drive alignment, recheck equipment for level and plumb. Re-level and square as necessary. Hold final checks for inspection and approval by Engineer. D. Inspect for and remove all machining burrs or thread pulls in female holes on mating surfaces of mounting frame and machine feet. E. Inspect and clean equipment mounting base pads, feet, and frames to remove all grease, rust, paint and dirt. F. Assembled equipment shafts shall be set level to .0015 inches per foot of shaft length (+/- .0005 inches) up to a maximum of 0.015 inches for any length shaft unless the manufacturers requirements are more stringent or unless otherwise noted in the equipment specifications. Use the machined surfaces on which the equipment sets for the base/mounting frame leveling plane. Use the machined shaft surface for equipment leveling plane. G. Sprocket and Sheave Alignment. Check shaft mounted components for face runout and eccentricity (outside diameter) runout by magnetically mounting a dial indicator on a stationary base and indicating over 360 degrees on a continuous machined surface at the outside diameter of the component. Maximum allowable total indicated face runout and eccentricity for sprockets and sheaves will be per ANSI Standard B29.1-1975. H. Belt tensioning. Set drive belt tension to manufacturer's specification for the belt type. Recheck alignment after drive tensioning. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-12 I. Thermal/Mechanical Growth. Thermal/mechanical growth corrections for driver and driven machines will be used in vertical and horizontal alignment where applicable. The equipment manufacturer will determine thermal/mechanical growth applicability for any machine and provide the correction offsets to be used. J. Rotating Shaft Alignment 1. Fixtures will be set up on the driver and driven machine, machines shaft surfaces. Machined coupling hubs may be used only if there is no clearance to mount fixtures directly on the shafts. 2. Primary alignment method for direct drive machines is when coupled. Uncoupled alignment will be used only when approved by the Engineer. 3. Account for possible coupling flex by always rotating coupled machines in the same direction during alignment. 4. Uncoupled machines must be connected so that both shafts turn together without relative motion during alignment. 5. Indicator bar sag will be measured and included for each reverse indicator alignment setup. 6. Reverse Dial Indicator. The final maximum allowable misalignment: vertical and horizontal from the desired targets of .000 inches (for a non-thermal growth machine) or from the given target readings (for a thermal growth machine) must meet BOTH of the following conditions simultaneously: 1/2 the final total indicator reading at each indicator will be no more than shown in the table below AND the final remaining correction at each machine foot be no more than .001 inches of required movement. Total Misalignment* Machine Speed (RPM) (inches) Up to 1800 .002 1800 and greater .001 * 1/2 indicator reading ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-13 3.06 FIELD TESTING A. All equipment shall be set, aligned and assembled in conformance with the manufacturer's drawings and instructions. Provide all necessary calibrated instruments to execute performance tests. representative. B. Preliminary Field Tests, Yellow Tag 1. As soon as conditions permit, after the equipment has been secured in its permanent position, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the equipment is free from defects. b. Check for alignment as specified herein. c. Check for direction of rotation. d. Check motor for no load current draw. 2. Contractor shall flush all bearings, gear housings, etc., in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, to remove any foreign matter accumulated during shipment, storage or erection. Lubricants shall be added as required by the manufacturer's instructions. 3. When the Contractor has demonstrated to the Engineer that the equipment is ready for operation, a yellow tag will be issued. The tag will be signed by the Engineer, or his assigned representative and attached to the equipment. The tag shall not be removed. 4. Preliminary field tests, yellow tag, must be completed before equipment is subjected to final field tests, blue tag. C. Final Field Tests, Blue Tag 1. Upon completion of the above, and at a time approved by the Engineer, the equipment will be tested by operating it as a unit with all related piping, ducting, electrical and controls, and other ancillary facilities. 2. The equipment will be placed in continuous operation as prescribed or required and witnessed by the Engineer or his assigned representative and the Owner or his assigned representative. 3. The tests shall prove that the equipment and appurtenances are properly installed, meet their operating cycles and are free from defects such as overheating, ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-14 overloading, and undue vibration and noise. Operating field tests shall consist of the following: a. Check equipment for excessive vibration and noise as specified herein. b. Check motor current draw under load conditions. The rated motor nameplate current shall not be exceeded. c. Recheck alignment with dial indicators where applicable, after unit has run under load for a minimum of 24 hours. D. In addition to the above described field tests, any other tests specifically required by Section 43 20 00 Pumps-General, the individual equipment Specifications, or by the manufacturer shall be performed. E. Until final field tests are acceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes, readjustments and replacements at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Upon acceptance of the field tests, a blue tag will be issued. The tag will be signed by the Engineer and attached to the unit. The tag shall not be removed, and no further construction work will be performed on the unit, except as required during start-up operations and directed by the Engineer. G. Defects which cannot be corrected by installation adjustments will be sufficient grounds for rejection of any equipment. H. All costs in connection with field testing of equipment such as lubricants, temporary instruments, labor, equipment, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. Power, fuel, chemicals, water, etc. normally consumed by specific equipment shall be supplied by the Owner unless otherwise specified in the individual equipment specifications. I. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of equipment during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor make any claim for damage which may occur to equipment prior to the time when the Owner formally takes over the operation thereof. J. Field testing of electric motors shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 00, Basic Electrical Requirements. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-15 3.07 VIBRATION TESTING A. Unless specified otherwise in the detailed equipment specifications, each pump, blower, compressor, motor or similar item of stationary rotating equipment having a rated power in excess of 40HP shall be tested after installation for acceptable vibration levels. B. Vibration testing shall be performed by an experienced factory-trained and authorized third-party analysis expert (not a sales representative) retained by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Each unit or pump system shall be tested separately without duplicate equipment running. All field testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer shall be furnished with four (4) certified copies of vibration test data for each test performed. C. For systems with variable speed drives, tests shall be conducted at various speeds between maximum and minimum. For systems with two-speed drives, tests shall be conducted at both speeds. For systems with constant-speed drive, tests shall be conducted under various loading conditions as determined by the Engineer. D. All field vibration tests shall be performed with the equipment operating on the product for which it is intended, or a substitute acceptable to the Engineer. E. The term displacement, as used herein, shall mean total peak-to-peak movement of vibrating equipment, in mils; velocity or speed of the vibration cycle, measured in G's. Displacement and velocity shall be measured by suitable equipment equal to IRD Mechanalysis, Bentley, Nevada. F. Frequency of vibration, in cycles per minute (cpm), shall be determined when vibration exceeds specified levels or as otherwise necessary. Vibration shall be measured on the bearing housing, unless other locations are deemed necessary by the vibration analysis expert and Engineer. G. For all equipment tested, vibration shall be checked in the radial and axial directions. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, axial vibration shall not exceed 0.1 in/sec; and radial vibration shall not exceed 0.2 in/sec. For pumps radial vibration shall not exceed that permitted by the Hydraulic Institute Standards except that, at vibration frequencies in excess of 8,000 cpm, the velocity shall not exceed 0.2 in/sec. H. Copies of test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Should the vibration field test results exceed shop test results or the limits specified herein, the Contractor shall correct the deficiencies within thirty (30) days. After corrections have been completed, the vibration testing shall be re-run and the results re-submitted to the Engineer for review. I. Noise or vibration in any rotating equipment which the Engineer judges to be excessive or damaging, shall be cause for rejection. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-16 3.08 FAILURE OF EQUIPMENT TO PERFORM A. Any defects in the equipment, or failure to meet the guarantees or performance requirements of the Specifications shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor by replacements or otherwise. B. If the Contractor fails to make these corrections, or if the improved equipment shall fail again to meet the guarantees or specified requirements, the Owner, notwithstanding his having made partial payment for work and materials which have entered into the manufacture of said equipment, may reject said equipment and order the Contractor to remove it from the premises at the Contractor's expense. C. The Contractor shall then obtain specified equipment to meet the contract requirements or upon mutual agreement with the Owner, adjust the contract price to reflect not supplying the specific equipment item. D. In case the Owner rejects said equipment, then the Contractor hereby agrees to repay to the Owner all sums of money paid to him for said rejected equipment on progress certificates or otherwise on account of the lump sum prices herein specified. E. Upon receipt of said sums of money, the Owner will execute and deliver to the Contractor a bill of sale of all his rights, title, and interest in and to said rejected equipment; provided, however, that said equipment shall not be removed from the premises until the Owner obtains from other sources other equipment to take the place of that rejected. F. Said bill of sale shall not abrogate Owner's right to recover damages for delays, losses, or other conditions arising out of the basic contract. 3.09 PAINTING A. All shop coatings shall be compatible with proposed field coatings. B. All inaccessible surfaces of the equipment, which normally require painting, shall be finished painted by the manufacturer. The equipment and motor shall be painted with a high-quality epoxy polyamide semi-gloss coating specifically resistant to chemical, solvent, moisture, and acid environmental conditions, unless otherwise specified. C. Gears, bearing surfaces, and other unpainted surfaces shall be protected prior to shipment by a heavy covering of rust-preventive compound sprayed or hand applied which shall be maintained until the equipment is placed in operation. This coating shall be easily removable by a solvent. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-17 3.10 WELDING A. The Equipment Manufacturer's shop welding procedures, welders, and welding operators shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirement of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel" or AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum" of the American Welding Society, as applicable. B. The Contractor's welding procedures, welders, and welding operators shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirements of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel" or AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum" of the American Welding Society, as applicable. C. The Contractor shall perform all field welding in conformance with the information shown on the Equipment Manufacturer's drawings regarding location, type, size, and length of all welds in accordance with "Standard Welding Symbols" AWS A2.0 of the American Welding Society, and special conditions, as shown by notes and details. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 46 00 00-18 6 6 SECTION 46 33 68 PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install two (2) positive displacement peristaltic hose- type pumps for chemical transfer at the locations shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. All pumps shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. The manufacturer shall have sole responsibility for the satisfactory manufacture and performance of the system. B. The complete installation shall be free from excessive vibration, cavitation, noise, and oil or water leaks. C. Each pump shall include all accessories including shims, sheaves, couplings, controls, bases, pressure gauges, pressure relief valves, and pulsation dampeners as indicated on the Drawings, or as otherwise required. D. Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions, and Section 43 20 00, Pumps - General. 1.02 PUMP OPERATING CONDITIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Pumps and pump components shall be suitable for use in the chemical service specified herein. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of corrosion-resistant materials for the chemicals specified. The Contractor shall include all features as necessary for satisfactory operation of the pumping systems for chemicals specified. B. Chemical Properties Parameter Sodium Permanganate Concentration 40% Specific Gravity 1.39 Freezing Point 5 °F pH 5 - 8 Viscosity, cp 20 (room temperature) ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-1 D. Pump Performance Requirements Parameter Sodium Permanganate (40% Solution) Number of Pumps 2 Pump Tag Numbers P-0851 & P-0852 Design Capacity (gpm) 60 Maximum Pump Speed 83 rpm Maximum Discharge Pressure (psi) 73 psi Pump Flange Size 1.5 in. Hose Insert Material 316 Stainless Steel Hose Material Hypalon Motor Orientation Horizontal Motor Hp 7.5 Hp Suction Head @ Low Solution Tank Level, (ft) 9 ft head @ High Solution Tank Level, (ft) 25 ft head Drive Type AC, Variable Speed 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit complete Shop Drawings, Performance Affidavits, Operation and Maintenance Instructions and other information as specified in accordance with Section 46 00 00 - Equipment General Provisions, 43 20 00 Pumps -General, 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures, and 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Shop Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Performance Affidavit. 2. Pump dimensions and performance data. 3. Details on materials of construction of all components including applicable ASTM designations. 4. Chemical resistance data for all wetted pump parts and accessories including, but not limited to: pump housing, pump liquid end material, pump tubing, diaphragm valves, check valves, check valve balls, o-rings, and pulsation dampeners. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-2 5. The total uncrated weight of the equipment plus the approximate weight of shipped materials. Support locations and loads that will be transmitted to bases and foundations. Exact size, placement, and embedment requirements of all anchor bolts. 6. Panel layout drawings, schematic wiring diagrams, and component product data sheets for control panels. 7. Motor data sheet indicating motor horsepower; enclosure type; voltage; insulation class; temperature rise and results of dielectric tests; service-rating; rotative speed; motor speed-torque relationship; efficiency and power factor at ½, ¾, and full load; running, full load, and locked rotor current values; and safe running time- current curves. 8. Equipment and motor protective device details. Connection diagrams for motor and all protective devices. 9. Complete wiring diagrams. 10. Complete control descriptions for pump operation. 11. Complete erection, installation, and adjustment instructions and recommendations. 12. Warranty documentation including statement of duration of warranty period and contact phone numbers and addresses for warranty issues. 13. Complete lubricant schedule, including manufacturers of recommended lubricant and a cross reference table of alternative lubricant manufacturers and brand names for each lubricant recommended. Schedule shall include frequency of lubricant application, type of lubricant, and comments / remarks regarding lubricant application. 14. raulic calculations based on the pump schedule attached in this section, including a pump characteristic performance curve showing flow rate as a function or rpm and pressure. 15. Tubing design information (chemical resistance, life cycle, wall thickness, pressure rating, etc.) C. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all interfaces with related mechanical, structural, electrical and instrumentation and control work. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all accessory equipment and all work associated with installation of the equipment. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for the chemical metering pumps shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures, and 46 00 00, Equipment General Provisions. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-3 E. Shop drawings shall include all pumps and accessories and shall be submitted as a complete system. Partial submittals will be unacceptable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The Manufacturer shall be a company specializing in the manufacture, assembly, and field performance of peristaltic hose-type chemical metering pumps with a minimum of five years experience. B. Each pump shall be a dry self-priming, close-coupled positive displacement peristaltic hose- type pump Bredel Model 50 as manufactured by Watson Marlow, Model M55 as manufactured by Keco Rotho or approved equal. 2.02 GENERAL A. All parts of the equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed for the maximum stresses occurring during fabrication, transportation, installation, testing, and all conditions of operation. All materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be entirely suitable for the service to which the units are to be subjected and shall conform to all applicable sections of these Specifications. B. Pumps shall be furnished complete with roller assembly, direct coupled motor, AC VFD drive panel and control interface, and flexible hose as specified herein. Peristaltic pumping action shall be created by compression of the hose between the pump head rollers/shoes and track creating a vacuum that draws fluid in and subsequently displaces the fluid forward. Flow shall be in the direction of the rotor rotation, which can be reversed and shall be proportional to rotor speed. The pumps shall be self-priming to 95% vacuum and shall be capable of indefinite operation without pumped fluid without damage to pump or hose. Metering accuracy shall be ± 1% of the set point flow. C. Dynamic seals in contact with the pumped fluid shall not be required. The pumped fluid shall be contained within the pump tubing and shall not directly contact any rotary or metallic components. D. Drive and pump heads shall be 24 hr continuous duty rated and have a two-year manufacturer's warranty from date of shipment. E. All parts of duplicate equipment shall be interchangeable without modification. design shall accommodate all the requirements of these Specifications. F. Equipment and appurtenances shall be designed in conformity with ASTM, ASME, AIEE, NEMA, and other generally accepted applicable standards. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-4 G. All equipment greater than 100 pounds shall have lifting lugs, eyebolts, etc., for ease of lifting, without damage or undue stress exerted on its components. H. The Contractor is responsible for the coordination of corrosion-resistant materials for the chemical solutions specified. The Contractor shall include all features as necessary for satisfactory operation of the pumping systems for chemical solutions specified. Pumps shall perform satisfactorily over the full range of solution concentrations specified. Pumps, motors and accessories shall be coated with a heavy-duty protective epoxy coating resistant to the specified chemical to prevent corrosion. I. Each pump and motor shall have a corrosion resistant nameplate giving the manu model, serial number, rating, range, speed, and other pertinent data. 2.03 MATERIALS A. The pump cover shall be constructed from mild steel, mounted on a carbon steel base. The exterior metal surfaces shall be provided with epoxy base coat and polyurethane top coat to provide chemical and environmental resistance. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Pump shaft shall be of alloy steel construction, Manufacturer shall ensure that materials of construction are completely resistant to the chemicals being pumped. B. The pump head shall consist of a fixed track, two fixed rollers/shoes for hose compression, and bearing mounted rotor assembly. The rotor, bearing and track assemblies shall be constructed of carbon steel or cast iron. Pump heads shall be designed such that they do not require special tools for hose replacement or require changing out pump heads to accommodate hoses of different wall thicknesses. C. Pump hose shall be in contact with the inside diameter of the track through an angle of 180 degrees and shall be held in place on the suction and discharge by the 150 lb flange connections. Hose occlusion roller/shoe pressure shall be factory set to accommodate manufacturer recommended hose bore. D. The rotor assembly shall be equipped with two compression rollers or shoes. Compression rollers or shoes shall be located 180 degrees apart for compression of the hose against the track twice per rotor revolution. One roller shall at all times be fully engaged with the hose providing complete compression to prevent backflow or siphoning. Compression rollers or shoes shall be constructed of aluminum. Shims, if required, shall be of stainless steel construction. E. Pump hose shall be compatible with 40% sodium permanganate. F. The hose pump supplier is responsible for furnishing hose elements and associated end fittings compatible with the pumped solutions and shall guarantee the satisfactory operation and suitability of all materials used. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-5 2.04 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Requirements Motors Rating 230/460V, 3 ph, 60 Hz Maximum rpm 83 rpm Service Factor 1.10 Inverter Duty Yes Insulation Class F Variable Speed Yes Control Panel Type TEFC Motor with VFD Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X B. Peristaltic pump motors shall be brushless AC type with integral gearbox. Motors shall have 480V power source. Motor enclosures shall be furnished with corrosion resistant epoxy coating. C. Peristaltic pump motors shall be TEFC for washdown service. D. Drive unit shall provide a minimum motor speed turndown range of 20:1. E. Pumps must meet the following minimum requirements for operator interface functionality 1. Backlit graphical LCD capable of up to four lines of text with up to 16 characters per line to display pump speed, running status, flow rate, and programming instructions. 2. Keypad for start, stop, speed increment, speed decrement, forward/reverse direction, rapid prime, and programming. 3. Menu driven on screen programming of manual or auto control, flow and remote signal calibration, and general programming. 4. Programmable Auto Restart feature to resume pump status in the event of power outage interruption. 5. Programmable Keypad Lock to allow operator lockout of all keys except emergency start/stop. 6. Programmable Maximum Speed to allow operator to set the maximum speed of the pump within 0.2-220 revolutions per minute (rpm). F. Supply auto control features to meet the following minimum functionality requirements for use with the SCADA system. All control signal features must be located internally to the pump. 1. Remote control inputs: a. Speed control: 1) Primary analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC speed input, with input signal trimmable and speed scaleable over any part of the drive speed range. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-6 2) Secondary analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC scaling input, with input signal trimmable and programmable scaling factor. 3) Provisions for alternative remote accessory potentiometer (if supplied by others) for primary speed control or secondary speed scaling. a) Start/Stop control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact, configurable command sense allowing open to equal run or open to equal stopped. b) Forward/Reverse control: Via 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. c) Auto/Manual mode control: VIA 5V TTL, 24V industrial logic or dry contact. d) Support RS485 data protocol. e) Termination: Supply screw down terminals suitable for up to 18 AWG field wire and accessible through glanded cable entry points on the pump. 2. Status outputs: a. Up to 6 relay contacts rated 2A at 120 VAC, NO or NC, software configurable for the following: 1) RUN status. 2) FORWARD/REVERSE status. 3) AUTO/MANUAL status. 4) DRIVE FAIL status. 5) TUBE LEAK status. 6) HIGH PRESSURE. 7) HIGH LEVEL. 8) HIGH MOTOR TEMPERATURE. b. Speed output: Analog 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC. G. Drive motor: 1. Brushless DC motor with integral gearbox and tachometer feedback. 2. Speed Control Range of 2200:1 from 0.1 to 220 rpm within 0.1 rpm throughout the range. 3. Horsepower to meet continuous duty at maximum pump speed and pressure requirements. 4. Closed loop microprocessor controlled drive with pulse width modulation at speeds above 35 rpm and synchronous mode with magnetic field rotation control below 35 rpm. 5. Circuitry complete with temperature and load compensation and protection. 6. Mounting: Drive shall be self-supporting and shall not require anchoring. H. All peristaltic hose-type metering pump motors shall be specifically designed for operation with variable frequency drives I. The VFD panels shall have the following control devices at a minimum: 1. Manual speed control potentiometer with digital speed indication in revolutions per minute 2. Hand-Off-Auto selector switch ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-7 3. Start and Stop Pushbuttons 4. Run, Fail and Leak indicating lights J. The panels shall accept external current sources (4-20 mA) for primary speed control. The panels shall also accept local speed adjustment by using the speed control potentiometers. Speed regulations shall be ±1% with 95% load change. Panels shall include a fail dry output contact for remote fault indication to the PLC such as power supply failure or loss of pacing signal. The panels shall accept remote dry contact closure for remote start/stop control, forward/reverse control, and leak detection device run/stop control. K. The panels shall output a 4-20 mA signal to the PLC proportional to pump motor speed. Four relay contacts rated for 30 VDC with a maximum load of 30W, NO or NC software configurable to indicate running/stopped status, forward/reverse status, auto/manual status, general alarm status, and leak detected status. I. For detailed control requirements, refer to Section 40 61 96, Process Control Descriptions. 2.06 PUMP ACCESSORIES A. The Contractor shall furnish accessories for each peristaltic pump as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings including but not limited to the following: 1. Pressure gauges - Gauges shall be provided on the suction header and discharge of each pump. Each gauge shall be provided with a diaphragm seal and constructed of materials which are completely resistant to corrosion by the chemicals referred to in this section. Each pressure gauge shall also be provided with an isolation valve. Isolation valves shall be PVDF with seals that are resistant to the chemical applications. 2. Pressure relief valves One pressure relief valve shall be installed on each pump discharge header. Valves shall be Series PR as manufactured by Plast-O-Matic, or equal, and shall be completely resistant to the chemicals for which they are provided. Valve bodies shall be of one piece construction. The valves shall incorporate a poppet seat at the valve orifice, and shall be provided with double U- cup seals on the internal shaft and a rolling diaphragm seal. Sizing of the valves shall be the responsibility of the pump manufacturer and calculations shall be submitted with Shop Drawings. Contractor shall route the relief line from each valve back to the bulk storage tank vent line. 3. Pulsation dampeners - Diaphragm and body materials and configuration shall be supplied for the specific chemical for which the dampener is used without corrosion, wear, or other cause of abnormally short life. Each dampener shall be equipped with a charging valve and gas pad pressure gauge rated at 0 to 150 psi. Sizing of the pulsation dampeners shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer and shall result in no more than plus or minus 5% variation from average pressure. Calculations shall be submitted with Shop Drawings. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-8 4. The hose pump supplier shall supply a leak detector for each pump head. The leak detector shall be enclosed in the pump head and shall detect a process fluid leak without excessive fluid build-up. Upon indication of a leak, the pump shall be shut down and a leak fault LED shall be illuminated. 2.07 SHOP TESTING A. Shop hydrostatic and performance tests shall be performed as specified herein and in Section 46 00 00 - Equipment General Provisions and 43 20 00 Pumps - General. B. Certified test curves for shall be provided for all pumps. 2.08 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions, and shall include the following for each peristaltic pump supplied: One (1) spare pump head assembly and rotor Six (6) hoses for each pump furnished under this project PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided as follows: Service Number of Trips Number of Days/Trip Installation and Testing 2 1 Startup and Training 1 2 B. The Contractor shall be fully informed and shall be responsible to ensure that all Contractor's employees, agents, and/or subcontractors are fully informed as to the hazards and proper procedures associated with working with and around the specified chemicals. C. Any additional time required to achieve successful installation and operation shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The manufacturer's representative shall sign in and out with the Owner on each day they are at the project. D. A written report covering the representative's findings and installation approval shall be mailed directly to the Engineer covering all inspection and outlining in detail any deficiencies noted. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-9 E. The times specified are exclusive of travel time to and from the facility and shall not be construed as to relieve the manufacturer of any additional visits to provide sufficient service to place the equipment in satisfactory operation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the pumps and all associated equipment and accessories as required and specified herein in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions and 43 20 00 Pumps General. B. The Contractor shall cut shipped hose to length and shall repackage the remaining hose for storage by Owner. 3.03 TESTING, CLEANING AND START-UP A. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer that the completed systems meet the functional requirements intended and that all components of the system are properly calibrated. B. After installation of piping and accessories but before connection of piping to the feed equipment and pumps the Contractor shall completely flush the system to clean and remove all foreign matter from the piping system. C. After chemical storage tanks are hydrostatically tested and the tanks and piping system are cleaned, complete system hydrostatic tests and operational tests shall be completed with potable water. The Contractor shall check the functioning of all pump accessories, valves, and feed points and shall repair or replace all malfunctioning or unsatisfactory components. The Contractor shall repair all leaking joints and components identified during the test and through the one-year guarantee period. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS PERISTALTIC (HOSE-TYPE) CHEMICAL TRANSFER PUMPS 46 33 68-10 SECTION 46 41 42 CHEMICAL INJECTION ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, test, adjust, and place in satisfactory operation chemical injection assemblies as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 46 00 00 - Equipment General Provisions and Division 40 Process Interconnections. 1.02 OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Chemical Injection Assemblies Service Sodium Permanganate No. of Assemblies 1 Type of Feed Device Injector Maximum Concentration 3% Chemical Pipe Diameter 1 Chemical Pipe Material PVC Maximum Chemical Feed Rate 10 gpm Max Chemical Discharge Pressure at the 40 psi chem feed pump discharge Max Chemical Pressure at the chemical 40 psi injection assembly Receiving Pipe Diameter Receiving Pipe Material PVC DR 18 Maximum Receiving Pipe Pressure 15 psi Maximum Receiving Pipe Velocity 5 fps Application Point Washwater Recycle Line 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The following items shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings in accordance with, or in addition to, the submittal requirements specified in Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions: 1. Equipment specifications and data sheets, with identification of all materials of construction. ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS CHEMICAL INJECTION ASSEMBLIES 46 41 42-1 2. Complete assembly, layout, installation and shop drawings, with clearly marked dimensions, tolerances, jointing and anchoring details. 3. Weights of equipment component parts. 4. Chemical resistance data for wetted parts PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The chemical injection assemblies shall be EB-159 Series as manufactured by SAF-T- FLO Water Services, Inc., or approved equal. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS A. Each injection assembly shall be specifically designed for the particular chemical service for which it is being supplied. The materials of construction for the assemblies shall be compatible with the chemicals being fed and shall be suitable for the pressure in the chemical solution line and receiving pipe, the maximum velocity in the receiving pipe, and the insertion length. B. Acceptable materials of construction shall be as follows: Sodium Permanganate Corp Stop/Compression Gland 316 SST Injection Assembly Ball Valve 316 SST Solution Tube PVC or 316 SST Insertion Length 6 in. Injection Assembly - Check Kalrez 6375 FFKM Valve Seal Flexible Tubing Assembly - PVC Valve and Tubing C. The injection assemblies shall be retractable and furnished with an isolation valve assembly, solution tube assembly including check valve, locking device, and safety chains. The locking device shall connect the solution tube to the corporation stop on the receiving pipe to prevent accidental withdrawal of the solution tube. A stainless steel safety chain shall prevent the solution tube from being withdrawn past the compression ring in the gland. Safety chain length shall be determined by the manufacturer based on solution tube length. D. The assemblies shall be sized to match the pump discharge line or injection flow rate and shall be of the same diameter as the chemical piping. The injection assembly solution ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS CHEMICAL INJECTION ASSEMBLIES 46 41 42-2 tubes shall penetrate into the pipe a distance equivalent to a minimum of 1/3 of the pipe diameter into which the chemicals are being injected. E. Each injector shall be furnished with a flexible hose assembly consisting of flexible hose/tubing, connection fittings, seals and ball valve, specifically designed for the particular chemical service for which it is being supplied. Flexible hose assembly shall also be capable of withstanding maximum pump discharge line pressure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 A. The services of a qualified manufacturer's technical representative shall be provided in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall furnish the chemical injectors and all associated equipment and accessories as required and specified herein in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with Section 46 00 00 Equipment General Provisions. B. Mounting racks shall be provided for chemical feed piping, valves, and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified herein. The racks shall be constructed of fiberglass channel members and shall allow valves and appurtenances to be mounted such that they are readily accessible by plant operations personnel for operation and maintenance. END OF SECTION ONSWTP SODIUM PERMANGANATE BULK STORAGE AND CHEMICAL FEED IMPROVEMENTS CHEMICAL INJECTION ASSEMBLIES 46 41 42-3 E17047 CONFORMED DRAWINGS (LINK): -